Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(41 - 60 of 164)

Pages

Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calen...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Majors Pre-Professional Training , Requirements I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study Honors Program Degrees .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE .. ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . Recreation Intercollegiate Religious L i f e Student S e r v i c e s Athletics Housing Food S e r v i c e MUSIP ... ... ... . .. ... PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID . . . E a r l y Decision . . . . . . Advanced ... The A p p l i c a t i o n Process Transfer E a r l y Admission Advanced Placement Standing F i n a n c i a l Aid ... ... PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP . I PAGE 19, EXPENSES . .. Expenses 1974- 75 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... ... ... D i v i s i o n a l Organization Graduation Requirements Registration Probation and Dismissal Grading Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n C r e d i t by Examination Classification Courses Numbering . . Symbol ... ... ... ... ... . PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 90. INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e . Glossary of Terms T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e College. - - C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC.. COURSE.. MAJOR.. MINOR LOAN .. . . .The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . ..... . . A s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. . .......A c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a . majors i n 18 departments. Augsburg o f f e r s ..........A c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n t h e major. ELECTIVE.. FEE.. We ... . . A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s dictate. ... .......Charges made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l . ...........Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. SEMESTER ... F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. .......The College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. . PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department. Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March, August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May, June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis, Minnesota. Introduction There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you both. The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose participation i n athletics. Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own education. A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4.1' I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t . Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and t h e Fighting Saints. Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f Christian higher education. The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan area. Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s . The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing artists. A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus. ( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.) History Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879. The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . r Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g academic e x c e l l e n c e t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the Christian f a i t h . I Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked Preferred t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181) times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n . . School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal and p r e p a r e a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having coffee. General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see "Academic Administration" section. ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications E a s t Asian S t u d i e s Economics Economics /Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro -Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology P h y s i c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Work Sociology Spanish 1 Speech Theater A r t s Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted f o r f u r t h e r information. Pre-Professional Training Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses. Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s , cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses. These co-learning c l a s s e s CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co-learning courses. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. . Augsburg and COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI ) CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Aupsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e three hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN), Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n . - ~ SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg . Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e requirements) Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and Cultural Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s . Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower. This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y areas. Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s . West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms and b a t h . Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women. The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g i n College houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations. Admission to the College and Financial Aid Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background. A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o s e e t h e campus. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor, along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester t o : Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn 55404 . 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1 a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s . 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e . 2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f . Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes which a r e provided. 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Admission An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup Library Science H a l l Old Main Mortensen Tower and V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t ) Urness Tower The College Center The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o The Music Building S i Melby H a l l Speech and Drama Building E a s t H a l l (Band Building) A. B. F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required) S,tudent Parking (Permit Required) Offices Admissions (Science 156) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ) Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r ) A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128) Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) Center f o r Student Development (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor) Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r ) Advanced Standing College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. Financial Aid About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information, c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College. Expenses Expenses TUITION - $2,115.00 T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d . A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT For p a r t - t i m e REFUNDABLE A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00. Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer Science, $25 .OO Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement of Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) . Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students: $2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e . Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room $1,161.00 P a r t i a l Board and Room $1,125.00 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) $ 801.00 5 Day Lunch Plan $ 234.00 In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract year. A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'. A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides f i v e noon lunches p e r week. Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year. 1974-75 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00 Application Fee. Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) . . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00 Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 25.00 Board and Room Breakage (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s . 80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s . 70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges. In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s . Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College. 5. Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s . 6. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows (One course may meet one requirement only) : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply. f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Divisional Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Earl R. A l t o n Chairman : Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman : Norma C . Noonan Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department o f Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman : E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography, L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman : P h i l i p A. Quanbeck Department of A r t Department o f E n g l i s h Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of Religion Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as full-time students. Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s . Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses having t a k e n 16-24 courses having t a k e n 25 o r more courses I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y , he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as follows : 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0 .b Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course. Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course) . Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average. A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n . For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r . An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester. A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average. Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d . Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0, o r N. Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r . A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s . Graduation With Distinction Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows : Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 3.6 3.3 - 4.0 grade average 3.89 grade average - 3.59 grade average - General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Classification ....... .......... ........ Sophomore Junior Senior.. ........14 grade p o i n t s ........32 grade p o i n t s 7 courses 16 courses 25 c o u r s e s . . ..... .50 grade p o i n t s To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s . Courses A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n . Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d . Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Course Descriptions American Studies Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages. See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS: H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s Amsrican S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490 S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 1 14 Education 478, 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463 Economics 120, 122, 251, 453 TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y director. MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s under major. 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . (Fall) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today., e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores. all) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE For description, see 295. l e v e l of work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e all) and a r c h i t e c t u r e . 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. ( F a l l , Spring) Department of Biology Chairman : Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y (Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I ) P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352; Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major. . one c o u r s e from e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology, Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y , P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r Microbiology (Group V ) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major. MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year. 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) (Lecture 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 4\' For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory. 111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m ) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o t h e study v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, pathogenicity a r e considered 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and morphology, physiology, genetics, and as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 112, 367 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.: 112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 SEMINAR Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. : 112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g I n addition, c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . (392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.) In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n . 101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. (Fall, Interim) 102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) l e c t u r e s , and case material. 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral ( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g ) topics . . 3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261. Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-18 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108. ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALTZATION: MTNOR: or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219. Five courses i n Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120. A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l education r e q u i r e m n t s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting. (Interim) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m ) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent. Spring) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or e q u i v a l ent Spring) . 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr) 4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1 9 74-75) Economics MAJOR : ECONOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. COMBINED MAJOR: ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n , d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d . MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n . E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t . 1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl'; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ; D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , Interim, Spring) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s . (Prereq.: 123. F a l l ) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. (Prereq.: #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chemistry Chairman: E a r l Alton GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r . AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e . T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n , n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp& a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r . P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<: DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g ) h i g h school chemistry, 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or 115. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g ) 353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362, o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l ) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n d u r i n g t h e academic year. East Asian Studies T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s : Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t may a p p l y toward t h i s major. Department of Education Acting Chairman: Lauretta E . Pelton The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111, and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s recommended. 2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y ) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g . Fall, Spring) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring) 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of English Acting chairman: Ronald Palosaari MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s 250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 219 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts (Spring) . 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 261 MODERN FICTION S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . (Fall, Spring) 272 LITERARY CLASS1CS Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 43 II n 2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological, t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e . 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English 1anguage (Spring) . 3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements. Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 . 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See description under Scandinavian Studies 352. 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship Director. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e all, S p r i n g ) s t u d e n t ' s choice. Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences, however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on all , Spring) placement. 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on (Spring) advanced placement . 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l ) 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and (Spring) l i t e r a r y study i n French. 2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor. (Fall) 3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n (Fall) courses. 3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s . y e a r l y on demand) . 3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r Readings, r e p o r t s , i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness. extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976) 3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t ' promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 19 7 5 ) 3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) - 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( S p r i n g 1976-77. Offered every t h i r d year) 3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I g, etc.) , Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide, Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, 3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus, Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.) shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332, 354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year) A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac, 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions) ( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l . Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . 112 F a l l , Spring) 21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages, t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0 - 1890 Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present. Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g ) 2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y ) Linguistics 31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current 1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. ( S p r i n g ) 411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s : t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work 1 112, S p r i n g ) expected. 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. ( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) ,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) 3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge j m d miltors w i l l bc of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. (Spring) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354. ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e . ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l , Spring; 112, Spring) 2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l ) 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. Fall) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1 A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l 1974, 1976. 353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e . and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g ) 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. (Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar. A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s : A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level. S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f end o f the f i r s t t e r m c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e MINOR: 3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t ) a f a c u l t y conwittee. 5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300) b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be t a k e n i n sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g ) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l ) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring) 3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th Centuries. 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period. An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y . (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l ) 4 6 4 MODERN CHINA The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839. 4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76) 4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (Fall) . 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. Department of Mathematics Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: - 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325. M s : 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11 Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with of several variables d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w and s e r i e s with applications primarily from *$Peal sciences. Primarily f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l ) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975, alternate years) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern elementary s c h & -tics c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g ) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e , 224. F a l l ) e.: 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ] 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1 A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m ) Medical Technology This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical Technology adviser. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies Director: J o e l S. Torstenson 1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study. MAJOR: The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102; B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360; S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l . To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology, r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . * The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karl& MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457, 458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education. . . . . . . 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y (1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year. A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s . A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano proficiw@# ' o n b y t h e end o f the year. I t i n c l u d e s : i n v e r s i o n s , played two (a) majw. minor s c a l e s w i t h r er and w i t h correct a t moderate s p e e d and o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3 from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi* qd.+sical sonata; ( c ) a Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade. One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory. &ece*, During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s . TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: & sew$& b'da m* a A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e , #a r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 ) s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when convenient. 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall) 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. (Fall) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Fall) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. ( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control, f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student, but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band ~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112. be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361. - In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department. NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the o f t h e philosophy faculty. j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement. 1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates, P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 0 ETHICS Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 3 0 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110. 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11: (Fall, Spring) MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241, 242, 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344. F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1975-76) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75) 3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 344. F a l l , 1975-76) 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o , Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #. 1975-76) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r 1974-75) course i n philosophy. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: E . W. Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472. 223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572. 10 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y course are a l s o required. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 5 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243. 1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n (PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499 Independent Study) C@lWENG EN-PIT: m&hg. - Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . Physical Education 102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body. (Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105. Spring) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fa11 ) 472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately. (Fall) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School on1 y) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education. majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y ) Open only t o Health Education 1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. ( F a l l ) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses. American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring) Also includes ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program. (Fall) Department of Physics Chairman: Theodore Hanwick MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made of n 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , 3-inch Quostar. Spring1 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics, wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s . Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Fall) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, F a l l ) 2 6 1 ELECTRONICS A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 224. Fall) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1 A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems, c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1 The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and 1 seminar hour p e r week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 351. S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u . P r e r e q . : 486. Spring) Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a . MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e 3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e department. * The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . ) - Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n . For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . (Fall, Spring) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. description) See note under 326. See Section 11 for 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section I V for description) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. 11. See Section I V for description) COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . course i n Political Science or #) (Prereq.: One 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice, including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L POLITICS 160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign (Spring) policy . 361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years. ) V. P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section 11 for description) 3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s (Offered alternate years .) appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. ) 3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study f o r Interim, Spring) lower division students. (Prereq. : #. Fall, 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . Fall, Interim, Spring) (Prereq.: #. 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student. (Prereq. : # Fall, Interim, Spring) . Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y , should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n ( F a l l , Spring) major sub-areas. 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult. Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . (Preraq. : 3 5 1 . Spring),, 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY .. .. I A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . ( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l ) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research. ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.: 105. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. General Education requirement. ) (Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n requirements. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s . all) 3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75) 3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1 The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church. (Fall) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine . 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin Luther and o t h e r representative figures. (Fall) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. (Fall) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 5 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l ) 4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring) 4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B . BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495; Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: J o e l Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( S p r i n g ) 2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 362, 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ; h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra. Fall, Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n . Spring) Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION - A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth; and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring) 3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y ) c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g . 3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 105. Fall) Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s . ( P r e r e q . : #) 4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y , i n c l u d i n g 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r . of instructor. (Prereq. : 121, permission Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul T. Steen MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384; S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861 8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) . (one The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325 326; Psychology 351 352 (may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362 375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l Work 257 357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231 and 232. - or and 2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework, group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l ) 3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work. (Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g ) 3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY * A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (summer) 3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer) 4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e . Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major Spring) . Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f Admissions. P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r 352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s required. SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g , l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n dramatic productions during a l l four years. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l ) Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements. (Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y . of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g ) See a l s o description under Department 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g ) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n .discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) P r a c t i c e i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students on 1y (Spring) . 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. Spring) (Prereq. : 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall) 487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . * ( F a l l , Spring) Total Student Enrollment . . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773 359 Academic Year, 1972-1973, Summer Session, 1973 Summary of Graduates ................ Graduates, 1870-1972 Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972 - May 20, 1973) . 5,434 260 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) *WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan (Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) . BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education) ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College, (Theater Arts D i r e c t o r ) KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian) JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion) *ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics) VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e Studies) WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach) JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band) *NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass) CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American History) BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935, R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer) ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus) . K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e ) F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s ) BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972, Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics) GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Learning) *EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics) *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education) NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology) HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n ) BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Visual Communications) MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy) (Enj oys f e n c i n g , c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t ) *WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Chicago (Human Development) BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s roses) *ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods) DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g , p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry) . LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A. 1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r ) THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y (Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication) *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Voice) DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology) NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e ) HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y ) JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach) VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) * I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y ) MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d School o f Music (Piano) MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French) ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) , Department Chairman *SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Zoology) *JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish) BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing) *LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing) GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g ) ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961, Luther Theological Seminary "KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance) MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Enjoys bargain-hunting) DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays preaching) *SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and gardening) JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology) *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass) GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ; S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75 S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest) *KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l , mental and s p i r i t u a l ) ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y ) RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Ancient History) "CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s . DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America) ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Theater Arts) JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting) *WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) "VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa (American C i v i l i z a t i o n ) RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman. (Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s ) "PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics) ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l ) WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology) LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping, mus i c) JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends weekends s k i i n g . ) MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m ) Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l ) STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r ) *JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology) GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish) PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making) . EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance, Urban) "KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e ) LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir) *IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Library Science) EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail School o f Music *RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960, Hebrew Union College (Judaism) MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943, U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota *DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology) PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community) *CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory) GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman *RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College (Personality) NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research) JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of Mus i c JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology) *EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Elementary A r t Methods) *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism) * Part-time Personnel Administration President ..................... Finance and Management Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management Controller D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r of Data Processing D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . Burton P . Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1 Academic A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs Registrar Assistant Registrar Head L i b r a r i a n D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth ....... .. .... ... . . . . . . . . C.. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y . . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson Development and College R e l a t i o n s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~ D i r e c t o r of Development D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s Manager of t h e News Bureau O f f i c e Manager . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low . . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson Student A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement D i r e c t o r of Student Programs D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander . . . . . . . Richard Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh . . . . . . . . P a t Olsson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson . . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr. Index ...... ........... AcademicAdministration 22 Academic L i f e 7 Accreditation 6 Administration 89 Admission t o t h e College 15 Advanced Placement 16 Advanced Standing 18 American S t u d i e s 27 Anthropology 76 A r t . Department of 28 Bachelor of Music Degree 11. 57 Biology. Department of 29 Board. Cost of 20 Business Administration . . . . . . 32 Business Education 34 Calendar 7 Campus 6 CampusMap 17 Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37 Classification 26 Communications 79 Computer Science 56 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 9 C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26 Course Desdriptions 27 C r e d i t by Examination 26 Degrees 11 D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23 East Asian S t u d i e s 39 Economics 35 Education. Department of . . . . . 40 Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40 Education. Secondary 41 English. Department of 43 Enrollment 82 Expenses 19 Faculty .7. 83 F i n a n c i a l Aid 18 F i n a n c i a l Information 20 Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8 Food S e r v i c e 14 French 45 Foreign Languages 45 Full-Time Student Defined 26 General Education Requirements 7 Geography 42 German 48 Grading 24 Graduates (1870-19 73) 82 Summary o f 82 Graduation Requirements 22 . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . ..... .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... . . . ...... ...... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ...... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... .............. . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. .............. ....... ........... ...... .. ....... .. .... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . . Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n 25 Greek 49 Health Education 63. 65 H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College 4 History. Department of 52 Honors Program 11 Housing 13 Identification 4 I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs 8 Intercollegiate Athletics 12 I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study 10 Journalism 43 Library Science 42 Linguistics 49 Location 4 Majors 8 Mathematics. Department of 54 Medical Technology 9. 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) 14 Music. Department o f 57 Nature and O b j e c t i v e s 5 N a t u r a l Science 60 Numbering of Courses 26 Pers onne 1 89 Philosophy. Department of 61 P h y s i c a l Education 63 Physics. Department of 65 P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of 67 Pre-Professional Training 8 Probation and Dismissal 24 Psychology. Department of 70 Recreation 12 Refunds 21 Registration 24 Religion. Department o f 72 Religious L i f e 12 Room Costs 20 Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s 50 S o c i a l Science Majors 75 S o c i a l Work 78 Sociology. Department of 76 Spanish 51 Speech. Department of 79 Student L i f e 12 Student S e r v i c e s 12 Summer School 9. 10 Symbol (#) 26 T h e a t e r Arts 80 Transfer 15 T u i t i o n and Fees 19 V i s i t i n g t h e Campus 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .......... ... ..... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........ .... . . .... . ...... ...... ...... .. . .... .. .... .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ...... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . ...... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . .......... ..... . . . . . . . . . . ....... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . .......... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ......... ........
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1978-1979
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1978-1979
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the college, or the registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 1I, PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 32, EXPENSES PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 102, FACULTY PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 112, INDEX PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20 departments. MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major. ELECTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-ln-Aid. SEMESTER. . . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "41-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 . The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupatio~~al opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall, Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall, (332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence is judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is to permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454. Memorial Hall Art Studio and Art Annex Music Hall Si Melby Hall Augsburg College Ice Arena Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) East Hall Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center Olivet Hall (notshown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H R . (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 1 35) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1 st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 1 14) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 2 1st Avenue South. The Physical Plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Following is a brief description of each building. A new music/classroom building is designed and scheduled for completion in 1978. Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe organs and equipment for class-piano instruction. The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in 1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal room for large groups. dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 60 students and provides space for several faculty and administrative offices. Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located in this building. The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Annex Houses, located in the campus area provide accommodations for students, faculty, and staff members. The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other speech activities. The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the main dining area, plus private Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used as a practice room for the band and other instrumentalists. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to their individual interests and abilities. The Student As Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning is not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It is not equal to simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves the solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over a million volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiolvideo tape recordings are available for both faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are also available. Faculty The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. , In the humanities area, students may select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in social and behavioral sciences are offered in the departments of economics, history, political science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns is required as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports. For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available through cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It is possible for students to complete other majors also through ACTC. Make application for such majors through the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course. Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 , 352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the Political Science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Medicine at Augsburg Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one or more writing and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning to enter seminary should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of educational materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. ' CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission to the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application to be approved by the director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY. Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at each other's campuses under certain mutually satisfactory arrangements. Interested persons should contact the Academic Dean. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor has an office in the College Center where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and the ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis, and track. Student Services Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices i o make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively by finding and discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Minority Concerns. If you have some special needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff member to help you find out which resources and programs will help meet your needs. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility area. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation is to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser; one in the major and one in the area of education. Freshmen also have an upperclass adviser. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live In college-operated houslng. You may wish to contact this office for information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on Student Financial Services Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Vkfts are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center is the main food-service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into three branches: the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Student-government elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year, Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President in their offices in the College Center. International Students If you are a student from a foreign country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed as adviser. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs if the concern is related to student life and the Vice President for Academic Affairs if the concern is related to academic matters. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A visit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. The Application Process For Freshmen 1 . From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $1 0.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 15 after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $1 0.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office 731 21 st Ave. South Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need to have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00 matriculation fee with their application form. 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made in the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is available to help them in the transition to college and ta the United States. Admission Is based upon performance in secondary school and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number of scholarships is available. ' Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. If they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by December 10 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by February 1 Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1976-77, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling $2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program to which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from other relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e. scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union to which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations in a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan is available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources is the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are $31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is $1 500 per year. Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available to full-time and part-time students. Up to $1 400 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify for special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's Administration Office in your area. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired, deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for special assistance. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an application from the American Lutheran Church, Division of College and University Services, 422 South Fifth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application deadline is April 1. Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load. If the adjusted family income of the student is less than $25,000 per year or if financial need is established for those not in this category, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan. Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education whichever is less and the aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State Student Loan. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community I junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Applications for the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 1, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. Return completed application and FFS to The American College Testing Program, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE How To Apply Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Opportunity Grants (SEOG) Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a second year. Educational For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application is also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number is 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. 1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to able and Averages approximately $1 000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal is not guaranteed. 2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to - deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended by the committee. - two deserving juniorlsenior students. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need. - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 4. Memorial Scholarship 5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships established in 1972 to be - distributed by the scholarship committee to needy students 6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen. 7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to $1 000 each - awarded on the basis of scholarship, achievement, character, leadership, industry, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to Tozer Foundation (code 6577) - 8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee - 1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. - MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty - awarded annually to Scholarshlp Program Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. - 3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal Scholarshlp Awarded periodically to an American Negro student. - 4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for Mlnorlty Students sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC (Code 6591). - RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. - 2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian Service. - 4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes awarded to a Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. - - 5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to an able and deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. - - 7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. - 1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - 2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. 3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. - 4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship awarded to able and deserving women students showing ability in women's athletics. - 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. - 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. - 7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship is for male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. - Blology Scholarships established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. - 2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business andlor education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty, Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty - awarded to The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty - 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English. HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty - The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library staff. - 1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp generally awarded to able and deserving juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. - 2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. - MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern Language faculty. The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. - MUSIC - Winners selected by Music faculty. - 1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over-all academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. - - 3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. - 6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund awarded i o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" andlor "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student studying choral music. - - 4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. 5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp awarded to upperclass students seeking to SOCIOLOGY - - Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. .- -- ..-# , l..\ y C--m:;: ,, , C ; , .. . . . . . r , * ; . ,- -. . ... ,-.-.: .' . Expenses The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $3,100 Film Making, $70 Life Drawing, $1 0 Stagecraft, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1978. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson during the interim. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim); piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim). Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a semester. OTHER COSTS A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1 .oo. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according to the schedule on file. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $1 25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $250.00. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES REFUNDABLE Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,500 Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. - NOT Cinema Arts, $25 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 1978-79 COST SUMMARY Application Fee - $1 0.00 Tuition - $3,100 account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Board and Room - $1,500 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits - TUITION DEPOSIT New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit. Required at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September. Applied to the room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half-year billing period is due August 20, and the second half-year is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her Refunds A student cancelling part or all of hislher registration andlor being released from hislher housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: through the first five days of classes. from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. from the twenty-sixth day to the middle of the term. No ref1und will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel hislher registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will be applied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Duane Johnson Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports, Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairman: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Linguistics, Norwegian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department, except 17 for Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Students must petition and receive permission to register for more than 4.5 courses. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. A course from each of the following eight areas (One course may fulfill the requirement in one area, only): Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology - Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English - Speech, Communications & Theater Arts Foreign Language Art - Music C. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-1 5 courses below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system; some others are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system in most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on PIN grading system if approved by the department chairman. A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402, and several interim courses are graded only on Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirements, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average In order to qualify for graduation with distinction transfer students must have completed two years (fourteen graded courses) of work at Augsburg College. lndependent Study Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration andlor academic load to the Office of the Registrar. lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may b e given only in the case of extreme emergency. See section on Grading. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification .. Sophomore . . 7 courses. . . I 4 grade points Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points . . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 1 5 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the department. Symbol #Consent of instructor Course Descriptions The description of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics to be Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and requirements for individual courses, please consult the respective instructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". American Studies Director: Grief Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* Hlstory of the United States American Studies, 23 1, 260 History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351, 490 and 49 1 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. (Spring) Social Sciences in the United States Economics 120, 122, 123, 251 Education 4 78# Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326, 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS 370, 371, 421 Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73, 381,383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract, Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in For description, see course 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Art Chairman: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225, and 250. 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses including 386, 387, 388. 150 JEWELRY 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring) 221 SCULPTURE l STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 399 INTERNSHIP The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring) Consult chairman or internship director to determine project. 242 FILM MAKING Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring) Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS l An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Sprin g) 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY 290 ART HISTORY SURVEY 330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 351 CERAMICS II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 355 PAINTING II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer, 1977) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978, Alternate years) 385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1) 386 MEDIEVAL ART 360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR PAINTING Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent water-color (Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1978) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from the early Renaissance through the 18th century. (Offered 1 9 78-79) 368 PRINT MAKING II 388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Offered 1 9 78- 79) 387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART 389 AMERICAN ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and alternate years.) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121, 122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I); 355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What iniluence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 108 MICROBIOLOGY MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate years). 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring) A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 . Offered alternate years). 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or 1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall) 355 GENETICS 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring) A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or 3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71 and 4 76). 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.; 1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in bklogy) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Business Administration C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373, 379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code, (Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM Spring. Offered alternate years) If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, a certificate will be awarded upon 295, 495 TOPICS completion of the following: Business Education Lectures, discussions, meetings with members 108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and methodology and readings in the areas of Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand) general education requirements. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit) Business Education NOTE: The major in Business Education is being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited number of courses will be offered in 1978-79. See class schedule for courses offered. MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses. CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262, 263, and Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 21 9. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school.) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.) 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand systems may enroll for rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or equivalent.) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #.) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 250 DATA PROCESSING 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fa4 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall, Spring) Department of Chemistry - - Chairman: Earl Alton approved research; participation in seminar. GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124, 125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or #. Fall) 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring) PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY I DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of Designed for nurses in the degree program, medical technologists and others in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either of two-term organic course or the one-term biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 1 15. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1, Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing) East Asian Studies Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major concentration plan is constructed for each student with the advice and assistance of his or her adviser. A major plan normally consists of ten to twelve courses distributed under one of the following general categories: East Asian Culture Two language courses including one year of Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history courses; four to six courses in cultural - specialization andlor comparative studies; two or more independent study andlor seminar courses. East Aslan Language and Culture At least four language courses (a two-year concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is encouraged; however, one year of each language is acceptable); two introductory history courses; two to four courses in cultural specialization andlor comparative studies; and two or more independent study andlor seminar courses. - Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton I I Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15. 3. Library Science 358. 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement.) Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. Early Childhood Education Steve Reuter. Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for elementary education plus the following courses: SOC.231 Psych. 351 Ed. 325 Ed. 425 Ed. 484 Sociology of the Family Developmental Psychology: Child Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Early Childhood Curriculum Student Teaching (160 hours) For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) 362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms (Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary education. Spring) 372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring) 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of hislher life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center andlor nursery school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall) (See Secondary Education) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL (See Library Science) 425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the Department of Education and/or #. Spring) Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement). 5. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psych. 105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359, 478; a minimum of one-half course in special methods in the area of the student's major, and a minimum of two courses in Student Teaching. 481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371, 372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher licensure program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special methods and three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg courses H.Ed. 115.) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. General Information: 1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them to teach in their area in all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. For social studies licensure: The program leading to licensure in this area is being revised to conform to new state guidelines. See Einar Johnson for further information. 3. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION (1/2 course) Teaching procedures, materials and projects. With this general methodology course, must be taken one or more of the following education courses in special methods from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program) Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 360 American Studies Methods l/2 course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) % course (Fall) 363 Business Methods % course (Spring) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) l/2 course 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods l/2 course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristics of different kinds of learning problems found in regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fall) media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring) 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and htgh school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY lndependent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Library Science Patricia Parker, Coordinator 1 I I I ,( MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Earl Alton: Adviser Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged. Department of English Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairman. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairman, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructors. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one course in British literature, and either 21 9 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world literature concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271, 331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and sometimes 282, 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed to develop advanced skills in a variety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy 110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352; English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER TO DANTE 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period. (Spring) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. (Offered on demand) 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 1 9 78-79) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 MODERN POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. 368 MODERN DRAMA Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 ) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE 388 LITERARY CRITICISM A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80) A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students wil study the works of historical, psychological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Offered on demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century .as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairman. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) Department of Foreign Languages Chairman: Gunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet useable skill levels. Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division courses. See department faculty for career information Language majors must consult with department for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairman for details. Chinese 21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall 1978) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT a A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 452 FRENCH DRAMA A study of French plays that shows the evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS 495 FRENCH SEMINAR A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate years) Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq: 352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. lntenslve practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition, (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN Course 11 1 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring) 21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (21 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years) 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In . Spring 19 78) German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th CENTURY Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek See instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or #. Fall) Japanese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 , and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus required education courses, including special methods. 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or equivalent. Fall) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or equivalent. Spring) 353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.) Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1, 41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1, 331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring) 31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Colombian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78) 31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent. Fall) A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered 1 9 7 7 and on demand) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. On demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1200s. (Fall, Spring) 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in seauence. A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Fall) 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY I A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring) I 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. I I The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Spring 1978-79) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 ) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1) 399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring in history. See department chairman 41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period. An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history. (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80) 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79) 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and alternate years) Department of Mathematics Chairman: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5, 224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 1 2 4 may not register for credit. (Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall; 125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq: 224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall) An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY 21 1 NUMBER THEORY 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq: #) An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall) 21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224. Spring) A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 19 79. Offered alternate years) 245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the students plan to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course. Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary) Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 , 362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one course of internship or independent study. visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ; Computer Science 245; Education 478; English 351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internships, and independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges by approval of the director and the Urban Studies faculty. Each student's major program must be approved by the director. MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ; Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship andlor independent study. Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library andlor field research related to subjects of seminars andlor major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN LATIN AMERICA Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists. 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SAUS faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Department of Music Chairman: Robed Karle'n Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made no later than the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano proficiency test, perform in a music organization for 2 years, participate in Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music re~ertoiretests. MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of Performance Studies. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; and education courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or other elective; and 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies including at least one term of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need to apply for internship sites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota is limited, students may need to seek out-of-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student is eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests. Attendance at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. I HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation andlor promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first semester at Augsburg. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras, (Spring) Works of 20th Century composers will be chosen according to instrumentation and abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance. An evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard to its significance and relationship to the total output of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring. Alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING 458 Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 476 ORCHESTRATION The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents . will give individual lessons-to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students up0n Of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Music Therapy Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of the music of our time. 110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. This will be an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores who may be considering music therapy as a major. This course will give the students a broad background in the many and varied ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 ) 495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Recitals, Lessons, Organizations 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq: 3 8 2 ) 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwlnd Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79. Students now entering college should be alert for changes in requirements after July 1, 19 79). MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351 and 361. In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after consultation with a member of the Physics Department. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser is recommended. MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1, 112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and Physics 121, 122. Department of Nursing Chairman: Donna Peterson Augsburg offers a second-step program in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in nursing. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or a diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, and microbiology at accredited institutions of higher education. These courses may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission into the nursing program. Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing for five years must take a refresher course prior to acceptance into the program. Courses in introductory psychology, introductory sociology, English composition, and organic chemistry are also required for the major. Students may take these courses at Augsburg during their first year in the program or they may take CLEP examinations to validate credits. MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301, 302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426. Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is highly recommended. The required courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward the major. 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Lecture, laboratory course which is an extension of Nursing 31 0. 320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP IN NURSING A course designed to investigate the current leadership responsibilities of the professional nurse and the trends and issues evolving in contemporary nursing practice. 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the development of skills in comprehensive history taking and physical examination which assist the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families. 350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING RESEARCH Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic research as applied to nursing. Students are involved in designing, implementing, and evaluating research projects. 301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV 420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC NURSING Discussions designed to facilitate the student's progress throughout the nursing program and to assist in career-goal attainment. One course credit granted on completion of all four seminars. PIN grading only. Seminarllaboratory courses in which the student explores in depth a chosen area of study and develops expertise in the selected area of practice. Opportunities are available which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop behavioral objectives, select learning experiences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor, instructor, agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 , 320, and 325). 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Lecture courses which focus on the investigation and application of the concepts and principles of health promotion, health maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships in the community setting. Emphasis is placed on involving the student in health teaching and counseling activities with individuals and families. 425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING For course description see 420, 421. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Kenneth Bailey 130 LOGIC MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343. and 344. Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS AND METHOD Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. The major function of the course is to enable you to develop the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1 9 78) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 380 MEDICAL ETHICS What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79) Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for the dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978) Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 440 THEORY OF BEING Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1 9 78) Being is the most important concept which philosophy investigates. This course studies some of the perennial theories of metaphysics along with some modern applications of these theories. Students will have the opportunity to read and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in philosophy) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242, 343, or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson Physical Education PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy Major must be secured from the Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 485, 491 ; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115; P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq: Biology 103; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied fo exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL '12 course 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairman 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING ' Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES % course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350, 35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and approval of department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. C . Health Education 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 , 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241. Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5; Biol. 103, 11 I . 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD % course Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring) 355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT % course 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION % course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring) Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationship to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq: 320.) Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 12 1, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 35 1, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq: Junior standing. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. * The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) General Education Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158, 160 or 170. The Urban requirement may be filled by Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship, Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic. Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairman or the Social Studies Education adviser. opinion research and political public relations. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES I Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 1 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation. promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or #) The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years). I I 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS 326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #) The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the lectoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years.) (See Section V for description) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #.) 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.) (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq: Social Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. - - 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 495 SEMINAR 299 DIRECTED STUDY Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq. #) Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) - - Department of Psychology Chairman: Norman Ferguson MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from other departments will also be required; Physics 103 is one of the required courses. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and 493. Additional courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is recommended. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Not more than a total of two courses from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement; the student may actually take more such courses. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from among the following departments: Biology, Mathematics, and Computer Science. It is recommended that students interested in physiological psychology, comparative psychology, psychological measurement, or experimental psychology include at least three of these courses in their psychology major program. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may be counted toward the minor. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairman for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and laboratory regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology; two courses in biology are recommended. Fall) 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide variety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 361 PERSONALITY 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring) Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideration of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 3 6 1 . Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE AND MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or #.) theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq: 2 courses. Offered alternate years) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and Study of selected areas and topics within psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq: 105 and #. Fall, Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science in relation to the study of such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471 -475. MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356, 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time grant licensure for a Religion major or minor. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. 361 CHURCH FATHERS 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES See under Department of Philosophy. A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 1 9 7 7-78) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) (See under Department of Music) 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) Russian Area Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers in areas such as government, international business, or teaching. The Major consists of 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses in Russian history 1 course in Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course in Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scmdinavim Area Studies Director: Mildred Joel 331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN AMERICAN HISTORY MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses listed under Department of Foreign Languages. 255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY: MUTUAL IMPACT An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics and economy of Norway and, conversely, of Norwegian political perspectives and institutions upon the development and use of this recently discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 ) 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78) 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE The Old World background and use of "America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. (Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 ) How did the Old Stock American host society receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the immigrants respond to the reception? Through case studies, selected readings, class lecture, and discussions, this course examines the encounter of the new American culture with the older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 ) 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic communities in Minnesota. (Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the community on a non-credit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 ) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1979) See description under Department of Art. 360 EDDA AND SAGA 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are done in a Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 ) Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. (1977-78). 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON EXPERIENCE Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75). 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July I , 1979 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Department of Education for further details. The Social Science major is also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. History Emphasis 7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of these courses must be upper division. 2 courses in political science 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology, economics, sociology, psychology B. Behavioral Science Emphasis 14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, pyschology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5 courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the following: ( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history. (2) 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 (3) 1 course in American history C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis Hist. 103 - The Modern World 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 12 courses in non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least four disciplines represented. Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c . Econ. 122, 258. Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104; Econ. 122 4th term of college work in a modern foreign language. 2) Required: upper division Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332. 3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this list. No more than five from any one discipline. Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant to~ic Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics independent study or interim course on a relevant topic Sociology 241 4th term of college work in a second modern foreign language. Sociology 241 Religion 356 Philosophy 355 D. International Relations Emphasis 1) Required: lower division Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from each of five disciplines, selected from the following: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. The selection of courses must be approved by one of the faculty supervising the social science major. Department of Sociology Chairman: G. Nelson MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of Graduate Record Examination in sociology. (Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology.) This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairman concerning areas of concentration. MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above). HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairman before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a candidate if helshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS See under Department of Religion. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially .experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall) relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic Interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1 or 1 2 1 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or Internship Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Social Work Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student is not interested in a professional social work position. Core program consists of Psych. 105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc. 375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363, 461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121 or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the BA program unless there are definite plans not to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same courses as specified for the BS except that Sociology 231 is not required and only one of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students may take a second major, but cannot take a Social Work Specialization. SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY IN SOCIAL WORK: Broad preparation in all areas of social science with at least one course in each social science is recommended if graduate training in social work is considered. The following are highly recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361 and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375. SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, and Youth are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in the senior year. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim) 361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the role of social work in them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of the various programs and services of the welfare system; the profession of social work; exploration into the future of welfare. Three class periods per week plus special assigned work. (Prereq: Junior, or #. Fall) 363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions or small group discussions per week plus 10 hours of field experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS AND SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Refinement of practice skills in direct service social work through field practice, seminar analysis, and regular class work. Examination of the alternatives, modes and submethods in social work. Some emphasis upon development of an eclectic practice style. Attention to professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0 hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.: 363 or #. Fall) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE Seminars consisting of an introduction to social policy formulation and analysis associated with the delivery of services in selected areas of social work practice. Examination of the development and impact of policy in such areas as mental retardation, chemical dependency, youth, aging, and public welfare and social security. Field experience of 10 hours per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #. Interim) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS A PROFESSIONAL Futurism in social work; professional education; application of ethics and all professional principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0 hours per week as a professional social worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring) Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Communication Arts COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 21 9. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1, Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and Philosophy 130. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in forensics. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art. 219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English. 225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II See under Department of Art. 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See under Department of English COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses. 242 FILM-MAKING SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved by department. See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director:^ role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall, Spring) Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION See under Department of Political Science. Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 351 ARGUMENTATION Theater Arts 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. ( S ~ r iinns) 355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology I 399 INTERNSHIP THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts major: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, lighting and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. Consult the Department Chairman for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 361 THEATER HISTORY Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for elementary and secondary school teachers and recreation leaders. (Fall) An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 228 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Department Chairman for details. 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (fall) Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar); c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821 Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314 Summary of Graduates Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675 Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6 Faculty RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota. OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion *MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota 'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion) JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota *ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish) *RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University *LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke University *DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairman GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College 'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairman *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota *STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications *ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women "JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary *KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) *KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota *WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities, M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach) *I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) *NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University *ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn) BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies *MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairman RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-chairman *GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairman *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota 'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On Leave 1977-78 *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairman *DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College *DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati, Department Chairman LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman R BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making) EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-chairman LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965 Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78 DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech *R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany) *DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College *EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) *GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass) *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department Chairman *DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College *MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On Leave 1977-78 JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Studies) *GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota *MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *Indicates part-time ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . Gores Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie . Sibley . Olson Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia . Mandl .. Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild Estness Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela . Louisa Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta . Henke DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden . Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS C. Boatman . Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella . Rosenquist Mattos Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia . ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer . Edwins Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson a STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp M. Olsson Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia . . . Slater Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller . Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet Grant Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge . Index Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 . AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22 . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 . American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 . Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 .. Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 . Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 . Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 . Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. . Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 . Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 .. . Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 . Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15 Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 . . 80 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ... Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 .. Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 .. Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 .. Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 .. . East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 . Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. . . 56 English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 .. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10) . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 .. Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02 .. Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 . Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 .. Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 French 60 . Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 . General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35 .. Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 .. . Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 .. Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 .. Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .. . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 .. Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 .. Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 . Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70 Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 . Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 .. Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10 .. Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 . .. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 . Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 ..1 Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ... Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ... Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 . Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 .. Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 . Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 .. . Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . . Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 . .. Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 . TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 .. Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Academic Calendar For 1978-79 (Tentative: Subject to Change) Fall Semester 1978 Sept. 5-6 Sept. 7 Sept. 20 Oct. 23 Nov. 22 Nov. 22 NOV.23-26 Nov. 27 Dec. 13 Dec. 16-20 Dec. 20-Jan. Registration and Welcome Days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Christmas Holidays Interim 1979 Jan, 3 Jan, 26 Jan. 31 lnterim Begins Interim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1979 Feb. 1 Feb. 14 Apr. 6 Apr. 7-1 5 Apr. 16 Apr. 20 May 11 May 14-17 May 20 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Title
Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields, Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. Development: A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1964-65 . . . . . Freshman Days Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.) ........ Late registration fee 1 ..................Homecoming OCTOBER T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 30 31 S M S M Sept. 16 (Wed.) Oct. 29-Nov. Nov. 12 (Thurs.) ... End first half Thanksgiving recess Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) ................... Christmas Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.) recess begins ..... Classes resume . . Final examinations ......... Jan. 26 (Tues.) F S F 4 11 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 F S of Semester Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.) ....................... NOVEMBER T W T DECEMBER T W T 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 ~ S M S M JANUARY T W T 1 7 First Semester ends S M FEBRUARY T W T F S S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S M T MAY W T F S Spring Semester 1965 .................. Registration Feb. 2 (Tues.) Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.) Feb. 3 (Wed.) ....... Classes begin .......... Late Mar. 30 (Tues.) ... registration fee End first half of Semester April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) ....................... Easter recess begins April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends May 19 (Wed.) May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.) May 30 (Sun.) May 30 (Sun.) 1 .................. Reading Day . . Final examinations ........ Baccalaureate service ............... Commencement S M T JUNE W T F S S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1 965-66 S . . . . . Freshman Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.) OCTOBER T W T M F S Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.) S NOVEMBER T W T M F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes Sept. 15 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late Oct. 28-31 Homecoming End first half of Semester Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.) DECEMBER T W T M .. begin registration fee ...................... Nov. 11 (Thurs.) S . . . . . . . Registration Sept. 15 (Wed. S Days F S ....................... Thanksgiving recess Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) S .................. JANUARY T W T M F S Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) ...... Classes resume Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.) . . Final examinations Jan. 25 (Tues.) M FEBRUARY T W T S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S F Christmas recess begins .......... First Semester ends S Spring Semester 1966 ................... Registration Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester Feb. 1 (Tues.) April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins S M MAY T W T April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends F S May 25 (Wed.) ................. Reading Day May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.) S M T JUNE W T F S ........................ Final examinations June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service June 5 (Sun.) ............... Commencement historical sketch Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incor~orated under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded t o a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including G E NERAL INFORMATIOR the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history: Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907 1907-1911 Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937 George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938 Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962 Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963 Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present aims and objectives IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. Ultimate Aims To contribute t o the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. Basic Philosophy The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. Primary Objectives To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. F To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. Distinctive Character Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. the alumni association The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside Avenue. the physical plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall Gerda Mortensen Hall Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda, Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. the archives The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. library facilities The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and well-trained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. natural science laboratories The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. P.' I A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. guaranteed tuition plan In order to assist students and parents in planning ahead for tuition payments, which are the major item of college expense, Augsburg College offers a Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the tuition cost for four years of college. Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964, who sign up for the plan, will have their tuition cost guaranteed for eight consecutive semesters a t a total cost of $3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year) as follows: The larger charges in the first two years build up a reserve available for the last two years. If the student on this plan voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve. If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve will be refunded. Those who do not elect t o sign up for the Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of $450 per semester and at whatever level the fee is set in subsequent years. FINANCIAL general expenses per semester * Regular Tuition Plan Tuition (includes Student Activity $450.00 Fee of $1 1.00) 7.50 Student Union Fee 1.00 Lo'cker (Optional) Guaranteed Tuition Plan $500.00 7.50 1.00 TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER $458.50 $508.50 Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester Students registered for more than the maximum number of credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay the regular tuition charge. room and board expenses per semester" WOMEN Min. Max. $125.00 $130.00 150.00 125.00 1.OO 1.00 MEN Min. Max. $120.00 $120.00 175.00 225.00 1.00 1.OO Room Board * Key Deposit (refundable) Breakage Deposit -0-015.00 15.00 (refundable) TOTAL ROOM & BOARD PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00 *Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men students $175.00. music fees per semester " Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00 * Subject t o change special fees" - Application fee -, ,- -, - -, , , , , ,, ,, , , - - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00 Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00 Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-, -, - - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00 Placement fee ,-, , , , , , , , , , , , , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00 ------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one , ,, - -, ,-- - -, , -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 scheduled ,,,,-, Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00 Student teaching 20.00 . . Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00 Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00 ------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students 10.00 not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-, - ------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4--- estimated expenses per semester "* MEN WOMEN Min. Max. OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses $508.50 Special, music, books 25.00 100.00 $608.50 TOTAL $483.50 Min. Max. $458.50 25.00 $483.50 $508.50 100.00 $608.50 RESIDENT STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses Room & Board 251.00 Special, music, books 25.00 TOTAL $734.50 $458.50 311.00 25.00 $794.50 $508.50 361.00 100.00 $969.50 $508.50 281.00 100.00 $889.50 * * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. refunds Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition. V u b j e c t to change payment of accounts Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's office at the time of payment. Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted the following payment plans: DATE PAYMENT DUE n OFF-CAMPUS RESIDENT STUDENTS STUDENTS Guaranteed Guaranteed Tuition Regular Tuition Regular Tuition Plan Tuition Plan or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due October 15th 85.00 95.00 125.00 135.00 Due November 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due December 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due January 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due February 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due March 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due April 15th 85.00 Due May 15th Balance Balance Balance Balance In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made, an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is late. financia 1 assistance Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the campus. loan funds 18 Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available t o selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modern foreign languages. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial reserves required. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. scholarships and prizes Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or. achicwement in the art of singing. 20 The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in n ~ e ~ n o rof y their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. f The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t Lamberton, Minnesota. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the Scholarship Committee. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband. A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from another country in order to prepare that student to make a contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the relationship of that country and the United States. The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife. Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and promising students in the field of English or the language arts. The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs. Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation. The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with special interest in the problems of modern society that are reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. grants-in-aid Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. employment service An employment service, located in the Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the student and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. application procedure Applications for admission to Augsburg College should be made to the Director of Admissions. Students may apply for admission as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in which the student seeks admission. No applications are accepted after September 1. Early applicants gain an advantage both in registration and housing. Notification of admission is normally sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 (2) Complete and return the application form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph. (3) Request your high school to send us a copy of your high school record and test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized .tests taken. (4) After acceptance, all new students are required to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit. This deposit may be made any time before July 1; for those admitted thereafter, it is due within two weeks after notification of acceptance. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. admission requirements The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application. Augsburg College seeks ADMISSION TO THE students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and score average or above on college aptitude tests. It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and at least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is computed on the basis of work transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. advanced placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. advanced standing Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. ' I. The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd in each life. All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Faith and Life Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Chapel Service The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, CAMPUS LIFE where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. recreation standards and discipline Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. The Program In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet these requirements. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may be developed. Such common activities as television viewing and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and to follow it as members of the college community. Although the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. religious program The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. convocation Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. social and recreational activities Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Music and the Fine Arts Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. student government The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students. receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. Publications The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors; business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student Personnel Services. The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under the direction of the Registrar. co-curricular program The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psychology. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. Forensics Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. The Genung Endowment The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to carry out a project for the improvement of international relations on a student to student level. musical organzzatzons The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June, 1965. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental string technique. physical education and recreation Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. eligibility requirements In order to participate in certain extracurricular and cocurricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices, nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the Coordinator of Student Activities for approval. A student on academic probation may not participate in the Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in a dramatic production without special permission from the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. honors and awards On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in which the student is eligible. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. student personnel services Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Admissions Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t all possible. Other information concerning admission and entrance requirements can be found in another section of the catalog. Counseling Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women, respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of Women. A further referral may be made to the College Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the latter case. Testing All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshman Orientation Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. Records Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Service The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. Housing and Food Service In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and Personnel Deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All women students and freshman men students not living a t home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in the residences and most students in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining room. The college also provides two houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other students. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15 breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. Graduate Placement The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. Student Employment An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Coordination of Student Activities The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. I 4 registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is two weeks after the beginning of classes. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which-he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 18 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. change of registration and cancellation In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he obtains a form from the Registrar's Office on which he makes application. Approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar must be obtained before a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATIOP after the first week of classes. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last four weeks of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. university courses By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. classification In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. pro bation and elimination The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the end of each semester, considers the status of students who have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation. They are removed from probation when they obtain better than C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. F class attendance Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of that class. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. examinations Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination a t another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. comprehensive examinations Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. grade values A - - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit C D Passable, no honor points per credit F Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit .. E Condition I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete - - - - _ , - L - - - L L - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - L - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u - - - - - - - - - - - 2 L L - - - - - - - - - conditions and incompletes A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. graduation requirements In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. general education requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields: .. Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12 -, --, ,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -, ,--, ,2credits --Fine Arts -- ,-, , ,-, _-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-, -- 2 credits Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29 Foreign Language - - - - - ,----, ,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits 0 - If four years of one language have been successfully completed in high school. 6 - If student has sufficient background in the language to enroll in the intermediate course. 14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign language in high school. Students with two years of a foreign language in high school should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning course, but will receive credit only for the second semester of it. Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2 Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4 All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. Major and Minor All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Business Education Religion Art Home Econo'mics Philosophy History Medical Technology Greek and Latin Sociology Biology English Social S'cience Physics German Psychology Chemistry French Elementary Education Natural Science Spanish Business Administration Mathematics Speech Economics Physical Education Music 1 Except with special majors such as music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. I 1 Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. degree with distinction The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point ratio Summa Cum Laude ,-, , -, - - -, - - ,-, --, - - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0 Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79 Cum Laude ,,,,,,-, , - -, -, - - -, , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. + I courses onered Descriptions of the courses offered in 1964-66 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. numbering of courses IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1, 2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. symbols t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. credits 0 Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total COURSES OF STUDY credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. divisional organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Division of Religion and Philosophy Religion Philosophy Division of the Humanities Greek, Latin English, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art Division of the Social Sciences History, Political Science, Geography sociology Psychology Education, Library Science Business Administration, Economics Business Education Home Economics Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education division of RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson, Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen. Mr. P. A. The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses 3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their course of study. Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2, 2 crs, 1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It. A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts incllrd~1Re entile New Testament. Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram. 2 crs. 3. Church History. I. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. 4. Christian Doctrine. II. 2 crs. TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. Principles of Christian Education. I. 3 crs. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 52. Parish Work. II. 2 crs. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 54. Youth Work in the Church. II. 2 crs. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. History of Religions. I. 3 crs. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. The Mission of the Church. II. 3 crs. A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. See course 66 under the Department of Music. 3 crs. 3 crs. 71. The Early Christian Fathers. I. The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early c l ~ u r c h . 3 crs. 72. Protestantism in America. 11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 3 crs. 81. The Gospels. I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 3 crs. 82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II. A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 3 crs. 83. The Message of the Old Testament. I. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I. 3 crs. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 92. Christian Ethics. 11. 3 crs. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 3 crs. 94. The Christian View of Man. 11. The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.) Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 3 crs. 23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.) A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. 3 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical 52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11. thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. 53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66) 3 crs. 54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.) 73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e cedures. (Offered 1965-66.) 85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1964-65.) 86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.) 91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi- 60 cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. division of THE HUMANITIES Mr. Thorson, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN Mr. Colacci The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. ,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and'l4 credits in Latin. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. N e w Testament Greek ~ h o r 20 : credits 8 crs. 1-2.j Elements of New Testament Greek. I, II. 'l'kOr&tic&la d ,practical study of the grammar of the Greek language of the New Testarrreqt, Roadingsr and parsing of the Greek text from the &ape1 of Bt John and the huer d St, James. The manuscript & ~ b I f & I 0 n0f the Greek b x t of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. 52. Advanced New Testament Greek. Prereq. 2, 1. II. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. Greek Exegesis. Prereq. 52. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. Latin 1-2.$ Beginning Latin. Fr. I, II. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 crs. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate Latin. Prereq. 2. So. I, II. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Mr. Thorson, Miss Pederson, Mr. Dahlen, Miss Lillehei, Mrs. Livingston, Mr. Nicholl, Mrs. Trautwein, Mr. Bergstrom, Mrs. Cherne, Mrs. Christensen, Mr. Lesher. The Department of Engltsh a i m Eo train students in the proper use of EwUsh in opal and written oxpn$$.qion; to increase proficiency in reading and fn anatyzlng; Ukefary texts; ta acquaint the students with the &@nnings of Wes@rn literature md i t s development, chiefly in England and fn America; and to Ustill a deeper uttderstanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary and elementary schools and for graduate study. All students, except those exempted from English 12, must complete Freshman English (courses 11 and 12) for graduation. Students of superior rating are placed in special sections of course 11; those superior students who achieve a high level of proficiency at the end of course 11 are exempted from course 12 and placed in course 40 the second semester. Satisfactory completion 'of course 11 is a prerequisite for course 12. Credit for course 11 without course 12 is given only to students in the affiliated nursing program and those superior students exempted from 12 who complete course 40. . Courses 35, 40, 41, or 42 meet the literature requirement for graduation. .All studenh must hmonstrate a proflclencgr in writing a t the upper di&lon level & q ~ w for y the A.3. &g&e. This requirement may be met by &&$wemen(on the s o p h o h m fighh test, a satisfactory junior &me test, or completion of course %,50,1or 55, Major : 27 credits above cowso 12, including 40, 41, 42, 61, 62, and 91. Additional courges peogrnwerded for those planning on graduate study: 50 or 55; 73 or 7s: 82; 84; 8 ; 88; 93; plus work in German, French, Latin, philosophy, and hlsbry. T e a m major for the sewbdary 6;ehool: 33 wedits above course 12, in~ludlnga5,40, Q, 42, 55, &1, 62, 84, 91: and %, 73, or 74. Strongly recommaded, in additIrm, are 9 cmlfts from th? fdbwing: journalism, speech, elemeneducation 63 ; lzbrrtrl scimae 99, 60, 88. Teaching major for the elementary school: 27 credits above course 12, including 25, 40, 41, 42, 91; 50 or 55; 35, 73, or 74; and 61, 62, or 84, Recommended, in addition, are library science 58 and speech 16. All majors must complete the intermediate year of Latin, German, French, Spanish, or Norwegian. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, and French. Minor: 18 credits above course 12, including 40, 41, 42, 91. Teaching minor, elementary or secondary: 21 credits above course 12, including those listed for the minor, plus 50 or 55. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Improvement of Reading. (Offered both semesters.) Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. 1 cr. 9. Communication. I. 2 crs. A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses. 6 crs. 11-12. Freshman English. (Course 11 offered both semesters.) The study of language, composition, and literature. Superior students are placed in advanced sections of course 11. 3 crs. 14. Journalism. Prereq. 11. II. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and the mechanics of newspaper production. 25. Expository Writing. Prereq. 12. 1. 3 crs. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 3 crs. 35. Literary Classics. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's classics from the renaissance to the modern age. 40. The Classical Tradition. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the foundations of literature in the productions of the Greeks and Romans. The influence of the classical tradition in subsequent ages. 4 crs. 41. Medieval and Renaissance Literature. Prereq. 12. 1. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from the ninth century 'to the age of Shakespeare. 42. American Literary Developments. Prereq. 12. 11. 4 crs. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 50. American English. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the structure of Modern English. Grammar and problems of usage. 3 crs. 52. Creative Writing. Prereq. 12. 11. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 55. Introduction to Modern English. Prereq. 12. 1. The study of Modern English grammar, vocabulary, and sounds viewed in historical perspective. Acquaintance with some of the recent studies of language. Designed to give prospective teachers of English an understanding of structural linguistics. 4 crs. 61. British Literature, 1616-1800. Prereq. 40. 1. The principal authors from Donne through Blake. Discussion of literary works in relation to historical backgrounds. 4 crs. 62. British Literature since 1800. Prereq. 40. 11. The major writers in England in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. 3 crs. 71. American Literature, 1820-1912. Prereq. 42. 1. The development of romanticism and realism in nineteenth-century American writers. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 73. Modern American Literature. Prereq. 42. 1. Major American writers and movements since 1912. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 74. Modern Literature. Prereq. 40. 11. The important literary movements of the present century in Europe and in America. 3 crs. 82. The British Novel. Prereq. 40. 11. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their works. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 84. Shakespeare. Prereq. 41. 11. A study of selected plays, with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age. 3 crs. 86. Three Major British Poets. Prereq. 61. 11. A study of the major poems and selected prose works of Milton and two other British poets. (Offered 196S66.) 3 crs. 88. Chaucer. Prereq. 41. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 crs. 91. English Seminar. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 1. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. A review of movements and terminology. 93, 94. Independent Study. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major with a grade-point average of 2.0 or better. I, 11. 1, 1 cr. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Mr. Anderson, Miss Cole, Mrs. Olson This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. All students are required to earn two credits in speech for graduation. Speech 11 is designed to meet this requirement, but other courses may be substituted where permission is granted on the basis of previous training or experience. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may use 16 to fulfil the speech requirement. Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all majors. Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, and 66. In addition, course 76 is strongly recommended. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 11. Beginning Speech. So. (Offered both semesters.) 2 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours a week. 12. Forms of Public Address. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. II. 2 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week. 16. Story Telling and Creative Dramatics. So. II. 3 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. 21-22.t Intercollegiate Debate. I, II. Open to all students. 2 crs. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 29. Introduction to Dramatic Arts. Open to all students. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. 31. Interpretative Reading. So. I. 3 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry and drama. 3 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. 32. Acting. So. II. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. Argumentation. Jr., Sr., I. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. It is recommended that students take logic prior to registering for this course. 52. Advanced Public Speaking. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 196566.1 56. Group Leadership and Discussion. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Offered 1964-65.) 63, 64. Stagecraft. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. First semester devoted to lighting and design; second semester to scene construction and painting. Students planning to take only one course should register for 64. 66. Stage Direction. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. Speech Pathology. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 91, 92. Independent Study. Sr. 1, II. 1, 1 cr. Selected topics in drama or rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES Mr. Olson, Mr. Landa, Mrs. Kingsley, Mr. Hatchek, Miss Aaskov, Mr. Hansen, Mr. Cannon, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Moreno, Mr. Balz, Mrs. Nashan This department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. I t also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. German Major: 24 credits above German 2. Minor: 16 credits above German 2. 1-2.t Beginning German. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audiooral exercises in laboratory required. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students who have credit for German 5, 6 will not receive credit for this course. 5, 6. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3, 3 crs. 51, 52. German Literature. Prereq. 4 or 6. 1, II. Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture. 61, 62. Composition and Conversation. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 2, 2 crs. More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for teachers and minors. 71. The German Drama of the 19th Century. Prereq. 52 or #. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered 1965-66.) 72. The German Short Story (Novelle). Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. A survey of the genre and reading of works in the field. (Offered 196566.) 74. The German Novel of the 19th and 20th Centuries. Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German. Scandinavian Language a n d Literature Minor, 24 credits. 1-2.t Beginning Norwegian. Fr. I, II. 8 crs. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. Intermediate Norwegian. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 11. Scandinavian History. I. 3 crs. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 196566.) 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. 3 crs. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1965-66.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55. The Modern Scandinavian Novel. Jr., Sr. I. 2 crs. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerl~f,and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 56. The Modern Scandinavian Drama. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. The course includes dramas by Bj~rnson,Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Reading of selected authors. Paper to be written in Norwegian. French Major: 24 credits above French 2. Minor: 16 credits above French 2. 1-2.t Beginning French. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written, and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate French. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice. Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on the native voice. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of French Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and reporting on literary works in the French language. 61. French Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Conversation and composition toward facility in the language. Vocabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression. 72. Modern French Literature: The Novel. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French novelists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196465.) 74. Modern French Literature: The Drama. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French dramatists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196566.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 52, and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in French Literature for the advanced student. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered on demand.) Spanish Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2. Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2. 1-2.t Beginning Spanish. I, II. 8 crs. Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels, and plays. Further laboratory work. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of Spanish Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 3, 3 crs. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral reports. Laboratory work. 61. Spanish Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native voices. 72. Hispanic American Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of Hispanic American writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1964-65.) 74. Modern Spanish Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Selected readings of modern Spanish writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1965-66.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 5 2 and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish. For the advanced student. (Offered on demand.) DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Mr. Sateren, Mr. Savold, Mr. Thut, Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Thut, Mr. Gibson, Mr. Lane, Mr. Haugen, Mr. Karlen, Mr. Davenport, Mr. Gabrielsen The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits, Excepting 4 and 66, courses 1 through 69, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 6 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 3 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the monthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. The workshops are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed; (b) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 4 and 56, courses 1through 58, and 6 credits in applied music, 4 of which must be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music, and 2 in an organization. A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 4, 4 crs. 1, 2. Theory. I. Fr., So. I, II. A basic course in the materials of music: the principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises, including the harmonization of figured bass and given melodies; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and partsinging. 2 crs. 4. Introduction to Music. (Offered both semesters.) A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 2, 2 crs. 7, 8. History and Literature of Music. I, II. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. S u p plemented by musical scores and recorded performances. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. 55, 56. Theory II. Prereq. 2. 1, II. Continuation of 1, 2, with advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Course 55 includes work in strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Course 56 gives special study to the form and structure of music. 57, 58. Conducting. Prereq. 2, or 2 cr. in piano, organ, or 2, 2 crs. equivalent. Jr. I, II. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should take the course in junior year. 2, 2 crs. 61, 62. Instrumental Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 2 crs. 63. Choral Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 3 crs. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. Development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. 2 crs. 69. Twentieth Century Music. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. *Students taking Instrumental Technique are not required to take Choral Technique. Those taking Choral Technique must take one semester of Instrumental Technique. Applied Music Vocal and insburnenial Instruction is available to all sludents. Beginners must complek two semesters of private lessons In order to receive credit. Qtl~el~s wceive one crcdit for a minimurn of sixteen thirtyminute lcssons per semedcr. Occasional lessons alVe aavnilable without credit. For slatc~mentof ices see under Finnncinl Information. 1, 1 cr. Piano. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this kxamination has been passed apply toward the major or minor. 1, 1 cr. Organ. Prereq. Basic piano technique and #. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. 1, 1 cr. Voice. I, II. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. 2 crs. Ch0ir.t I, II. Concert Band. t 2 crs. I, II. Wood-wind Instruments, Brass Instruments. 1, 1 cr. Women's Chorus (Cantorians)t, Male Chorus, Collegiate Band, Orchestra, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. 1/2 credit per semester These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Performance Workshop. I, II. 0 cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART Mr. Thompson, Mr. Molder Thc Department of Art endeavo~sto fustlier the student's technical nnd conceptual unrlersTenrling or art, Bcsides exp~rIence In the disciplines of dmwing, print rnnlting, painting, and sculplure, ernpltasis is ~ l v e n to the function of art In hjstory and religion. Recnusc 01 Ihe placr nrt hns in contcmpornry lib, s t u d ~ n t s are enenuraged to consider the areas of i~aching,grrrdiralc study, comrnsrrial. clesigning, and avocational art. In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student a r t work for exhibition purposes. Major: 32 credits, including 1, 7, 18, 21, 65, 66, 67, 83, 84 Minor: 16 credits, including 1, 18, 21 and 83 or 84 See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Basic Design. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Theory and application of basic art principles in drawing, painting, sculpture, and design. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 7. Drawing I. Fr. I. 2 crs. Freehand drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 18. Oil Painting I. Prereq. 1. 3 crs. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape and portrait painting. (Offered semester 11, 1964-65; both semesters, 1965-66.) 21. Sculpture I. Prereq. 1. 1. 3 crs. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic design and plaster casting. 32. Water Color Painting. Prereq. 1 or 7. 11. 2 crs. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. (Offered 1964-65.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 3, 3 crs. 65, 66. Composition. Prereq. 1 and 7. 1, II. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. Semester I: Form and Space. Semester 11 : Vision. (Offered 196566.) 3, 3 crs. 67, 68. Print Making. Prereq. 1. I, II. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Semester I : Woodcut and the silk screen process. Semester 11: Intaglio methods on copper. 3 crs. 76. Oil Painting II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced oil painting. (Offered semester I, 1964-65; semester 11, 196566.) 78. Sculpture II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced sculpture. 3 crs. 83, 84. Art History and Appreciation. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in Western civilization. Semester I : Prehistoric to Renaissance. Semester II: Renaissance to Modern. 90. Independent Study. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Supervised study in fields of special interest. Problems selected from studio disciplines and art history. Open to seniors with a major in art. division of SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Dl~rislock, Cl~airrnnl~ It is the general purpose olf the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Mr. Chrislock, Mr. Kleven, Mr. Gisselqnist, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Gustafson, Mr. Laue The work of this department is designed to give the student a n understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. F o r non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1, 2. Western Civilization. Fr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. A rapid survey of Western history from ancient times and up to the present. An effort is made to place the study of Western Civilization in a world setting. 3, 3 cn. 21, 22. United States History. So. I, II. A survey of the life of the American people and the development of their ideas and institutions. Special section for students selected for the honors program. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 52. England to 1832. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 53. History of Canada. Jr., Sr. I. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 55. Contemporary United States. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 56. American Diplomatic History. Prereq. 6 cr. in History or 3 cn.. Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 196566.) 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 57 under Political Science. 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 crs. 3 crs. 61. Ancient History. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 63. Medieval Europe, 300-1200. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 64. Medieval Europe, 1200-1500. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Medieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 196566.) 65. Early Modern Europe, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Early Modern Europe, 1648-1789. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XIV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1964-65.) 67. Commonwealth Countries of South Asia and the South Pacific. 3 crs. Jr,, Sr. I. A political and economic study of the transition from colonial to commonwealth status of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Australia, and New Zealand in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1965-66.) 68. China and Japan, 1850 to Present. Jr., Sr. II. 71. French Revolution and Early Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Political, economic, social and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to 1850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 72. Late Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. 3 crs. Jr., Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 3 crs. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. See course 75 under Political Science. 3 crs. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 82. Twentieth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Sr. 11. 3 crs. 99. Seminar in Northwest History. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1964-65.) Political Science Minor: 15 credits. 6 crs. American Government. I, II. A study of the Constitution; civil right; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42:F U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 56. American Diplomatic History. II. 3 crs. See course 56 under History. 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. The emergence of the new national states in this a r e a ; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1964-65.) 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1965-66.) 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics 15 for Political Science minors. Jr., Sr. II. See course 82 under Economics. 3 crs. Geography 14. Human Geography. Fr., So. II. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 crs. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology 1, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Mr. Torstenson, Mr. Nevasltar, Mrs. Belgnm, Mr. Nordlie The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 27 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1, 2, o r 21, 22; Psychology 5. Minor, 15 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1,2, o r 21, 22. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Introduction to Sociology. Fr., So. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts a s they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. Social Problems. Fr., So. II. 3 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and communily disorganization a r e selected for special study. 8. Sociology. II. 2 or 3 crs. An introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses. 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 crs. 21. Rural Sociology. So. I. 3 crs. The culture and social organization of American rural life in historical perspective; a n examination of social processes and problems of changing rural communities and institutions. 3 crs. 22. Urban Sociology. So. II. The culture and social organization of the city in historical perspective; including an examination of processes and problems related to the development of the modern metropolis. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 53. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. I. Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of socio-psychological data. Constructing of graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation. 54. Social Research. Jr. II. Prereq. 53 or #. 3 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research designs and techniques. 57. Fields of Social Work. Jr., Sr., I. 2 crs. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. 2 crs. 58. Introduction to Methods of Social Work. Jr., Sr. II. Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1965-66.) 59-60.? Field Experience in Social Work Agencies. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 2 crs. Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and 58 or 66. 63. Criminology. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of thi nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment and prevention of delinquency and crime. 66. Public Welfare. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant social issues. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 1, Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audiences. 76. Race and Minority Group Relations. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations; major attention is focused on prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. 3 crs. 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1965-66.) 81. Modern Sociological Theory. Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary soci* logical theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Mrs. Hinrichs, Mr. Armacost, Mrs. Anderegg The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man. Major: 24 credits, including 5, 61, 62, 64, 81 and 86. In addition, Sociology 53 or Economics 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1, 2, or 13-14; Chemistry, 5, 6 , or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 23 or 73. Minor: 15 credits, including 5, 62, See under Curriculufls for a suggested course of study. 5. General Psychology. So. or #. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general princi- ples and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit by students selected for the honors program. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. 2 crs. 7. General Psychology. I. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. or See course 53 under Education. #. 1. 3 crs. 60. Psychological Measurement. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests, attitudes. 61. Psychology of Personality: Normal. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. 62. Psychology of Personality: Abnormal. Prereq. 61 or Jr., Sr. 11. #. 3 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. 64. Experimental Psychology. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. 71. Educational Psychology. Prereq. 5. Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 1. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 75 under Sociology. 81. History of Psychology. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. 1. 3 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology. 1-2 crs. 84. Topics in Psychology. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, II. Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research projects. Four credit maximum. 85. Counseling Psychology. Prereq. 61. Sr. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. 86. Seminar in Psychology. Prereq. 15 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. 2 crs. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Mr. Jollnson, Miss Mattson, Mr. Fardig, Mrs. Anderegg, Mrs. Hanson The Education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary o r the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching a r e required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under Curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation and counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matler of the fields which a r e taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies m a y be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All students admitted to the Elementary Education program must satisfactorily complete Ed. 57, 58 (Group Activity), usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 56. Students in elementary education a r e required to take 3 semester hours in general psychology to be completed a s a prerequisite for Ed. 51. Major: 31 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for Elementary Education. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 51. Orientation to Elementary Education. Prereq. Admission to Dept. of Education. Jr. I. 4 crs. A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey of American schools, philosophies, policies and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations. 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of the growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. 54. Methods and Materials: Art, Health, Physical Education, Music. 2 crs. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching a r t and music in the elementary school. 56. Methods and Materials: Mathematics, Science. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. 2 crs. Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. 0 cr. 57, 58. Group Activity. I, II. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection, with elementary education 51 and 56. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 61. Methods and Materials: Language Arts. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 1. 2 crs. Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts other than reading; language, spelling and handwriting. 2 crs. 62. Methods and Materials: Social Studies. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 11. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. 63. Teaching of Reading. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. I. 3 crs. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. The methods and materials are studied in the context of learning theory. 65. Children's Literature. Prereq. 51, 53 or #. Sr. I. 3 crs. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 66. Seminar in Teaching. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68. Sr. II. 2 crs. Deals with the practical problems of teaching a s they arise in the student teaching experience. 68. Directed Teaching in the Elementary School. Open to seniors in elementary education. II. 8 crs. Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Secondary Education Admission to the secondary education curriculum requires a n application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is lo complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, and 1:O ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in a t least two subjects that a r e taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 7l and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High School Teaching. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 7 1 . Educational Psychology. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. Teaching in Secondary Schools. Prereq. 7 1 . Jr. II. 3 crs. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. Activity. I, II. 0 cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 73,74.Group 76. Principles of Guidance. Prereq. 71. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. School and Society. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. Included a r e a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. 79-95. Special Methods Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they a r e given; applications of the principles of teaching a r e made in the specific field. Each student is required to take one course related to the major field to prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites a r e a major o r minor in the field and Education 72. 79. Teaching of Natural Sciences in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 81. Teaching of Business in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 83. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 85. Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 88. Teaching of Music in the Elementary School. Jr. II. 2 crs. 89. Teaching of Music in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 91. Teaching of Home Economics in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 92. Evaluation and Adult Education in Home Economics. Sr. 11. 2 crs. 93. Teaching of English in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 94. Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 95. Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 97. Student Teaching in the Secondary School. Prereq. 72. (Offered both semesters.) 6 crs. Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching assignment; or one-half day of each school day for one semester. In addition, the student attends seminar meetings. 1-2 crs. 99. Topics in Education. Sr. (Offered both semesters.) Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each sttrdenl. does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conductucl largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. Library Science Mrs. Parker The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in Library Science. Preparation for selecting books and other library materials, efficient and effective management of library materials as well as the intelligent use of library resources from the standpoint both of the school librarian and the classroom teacher is given. While the minor in Library Science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of Library Science. Minor, 16 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65. 45-46.t Basic Functions of the School Library. So., Jr. I, II. 4 crs. To orient the student to the role of the library in the school and community. A study of library facilities, standards, book selection policies and buying guides. The second portion of the course concentrates on the organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation proceflnres. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Elementary Materials. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The chacteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. The student is directed through extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wise exposure to individual titles to a better understanding of the role books and related library materials play in the development of the church. (Offered 1964-65) 59-60. Secondary Materials. Jr., Sr. I. II. 6 crs. The characteristics and purposes of a secondary school library. Study of the adolescent and the guidance role of the librarian. The selection and use of reference materials is stressed, as well as a wide exposure to other books in various subject areas. (Offered 1965-66) 63. Library Materials in the Classroom. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. To define and study the role of the library as an instructional materials center in modern educational setting. Involves extensive study of curriculum needs and curriculum enrichment through teacher-librarian cooperation in selection and use of books and audio-visual materials. Library instruction units are included. (Offered 1964-65) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS EDUCATION Mr. Hemmingson, Miss Lund, Mr. Budge The objective of this department is to help students gain a liberal arts background a s well as some specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major concentrates on accounting and provides basic preparation for careers in the accounting field. The economics major concentrates on fundamental analytical and policy matters and serves as a basis for advanced study in economics. Either of these majors can also provide the background needed for generay ~dminiskativecarcers in busfneas, government, or various public nnd privn1.e instJtutions. In particulnr, either major cauld Ile the bnsis for gt-aduate study in such fields as hospital or public ndrninistr~tion. The business education major and minor prepare students for teaching in secondary schools. Business Administration Major: 36 credits, including courses BA 1, 2, 53, 71, 72, 74, 76; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58. Minor: 18 credits, including courses BA 1,2; Econ, 15, 16; and six credits in upper division business administration courses. Majors will be required to demonstrate by means of a test a minimum ability in mathematics at the time of application for the major which will be ordinarily at the end of the sophomore year. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3, 3 crs. 1, 2. Principles of Accounting. Fr. I, II. An Intrcduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single prnpdetrship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of financial ~tatcmcnts;and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION OOURSES 3 crs. 53. Business Law. Jr., Sr. I. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, p r o p erty and business organizations. 3 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables and inventories. 71. Intermediate Accounting. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. 72. Intermediate Accounting. II. Prereq. 71. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and operations. 74. Cost Accounting. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. 76. Auditing. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A review of internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. Economics Major: 30 credits, including courses BA 1, 2 ; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58, and nine credits from 78, 80, 82, 85. Math. 42 required. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 15, 16. Principles of Economics. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in econoniic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Course 15 designed for students taking only one semester of economics. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 54. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. II. 3 crs. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Considerable emphasis on statistical inference. 57. Intermediate Macro-economics. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. I. 3 crs. An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and investment. (Formerly Econ. 62.) 58. Intermediate Micro-economics, Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. II. 3 crs. An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions in regard to production and prices. (Formerly Econ. 61.) 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 78 under Department of Sociology. 3 crs. 80. Money and Banking. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 85. Economic Development. Prereq. 15 or #. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination and analysis of the developmental problems and pros~ e c t sof the underdevelo~ednations includine: consideration of wlicies i o promote growth. ~ i s t o r i cpatterns of gro\;th and communist~versus non-communist approaches will be examined. Intended as an interdisciplinary social science course. Business Education These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Business education major: 37 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; BA 1, 2, 53; and Econ. 15, 16. Minor: 27 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; and BA 1, 2; or Econ. 15, 16. Seven credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in courses 1, 3 and 4. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 cr. 1. Elementary Typewriting. (Offered both semesters.) A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Elementary Shorthand. Prereq. 1. I, II. Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 8. Office Machines. Prereq. 1. (Offered both semesters.) The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mime* scope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 53. Advanced Shorthand. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation a t a minimum of 80 words per minute. Five hours per week. 3 crs. 56. Advanced Typewriting. Prereq. 1 or equivalent. II. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 58. Secretarial Practice. Prereq. 4. 11. Dictation, busincss Iettcrwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal iorrns, personality tlev@lopmcnl,writing applicntlon lellers, and r n a l r i n ~application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who incIudc IRis as n part of ille parish worker's course. Four hours pcr week. 60. Business Seminar. II. 2 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS Miss Segolson, Mrs. Peterson, Miss Sonsteng, Mrs. Tester Home Economics is concerned wRh ihe individud, the hmily, the home, and with the conditions of the society and Iheir impact on the individual, the family, and the home. It ~ e e k sto unify ltnotvledge from mmy fields in the solving of individual and home I l k pprot~l~ms.Study in home economics includes lenrning to use one's resources to attain values set up as most worthwhile in life and acquiring some techniques and skills needed in immediate personal and home living. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Graduates in Home Economics Education are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46, 58, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5, or 5, 6, or 5, 32; Physics 3 ; Economics 15; Sociology 1 ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54; Psychology 5, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46 and one upper division course. Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for nonteaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her college work. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 5. Clothing Selection, Care and Repair. I. 2 crs. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready-made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week. 6 . Clothing Construction. II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per week. 8. Elements of Nutrition. 11. 3 crs. A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of gmd health throughout all of life from prenatal needs through old age. Translating these nutrients into foods for everyday meals. Analyzing diets of class members. Three single class periods per week. 33. Color and Design. I. 3 crs. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. ~ r a f f s .II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 196566.) 39, 40. Food Preparation and Management. Prereq. 8 or #. I, 11. 3, 3 crs. Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory periods per week. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. 2 crs. 46.Child Development. Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. II. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations ,in local nursery schools; a two-week play school is conducted at the college for ten to twelve children of preschool age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Textiles. II. 2 crs. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. 3 crs. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Home Planning and Furnishing. II. 4 crs. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 67. Family Health. .I. 2 crs. A study of health problems relating to the family, including: heredity, pregnancy, growth and development, mental health, aging, public health, communicable diseases, non-communicable diseases, safety and home care of the sick. Two single class periods per week. 71. Home Management Problems. I. 2 crs. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 73. Home Management Laboratory. I. 3 crs. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment. Emphasis is placed on management of time, money, and energy for effective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week. 74. Consumer Education and Income Management. II. 2 crs. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. Advanced Clothing Construction. Prereq. 6. 1. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 6. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. division of NATURAL SCIENCES A N D MATHEMATICS Mr. Nash, Chairman It is the purpose of this division to provide training in methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of science and mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Mr. Nash, Mr. Urdahl, Mr. ~Mickelberg,Mr. Frosig, Mrs. Pederson The aim of this department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and a t least 4 Upper Division courses. Also required are Chemistry 5, 6; o r 15,16. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and at least two Upper Division courses, preferably 51 and 64. For a science major and minor for teaching see page 111. 3, 3 crs, 1, 2. General Blology. Fr. I, If. of the W prlndples of biology to meet the needs of rt0n-den@ majors. l a w e s and one double laboratory period not count toward the major or minor. Week. Thfs wurse A S$U& 4 crs. 3. Human Anatomy and Physlololgy, Fr, I. A pmfissiond c m e in hmatomg and physiology with special a p h a & on structure. POT&dent nwms, Three lectures and three ~ D W 01 B lakortito pW week. Stuwho have credit for Biol. 4 will 7 not receive credit or Biol. 3. 4 crs. 4, Human Anert~myand Physiology. Fr. II. .& p*,~sfmal s W e in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on bOth structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of Itiwatoly per w k . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 8. Mlcroblolagy. H. 3 crs. p e s&ldy of b d r i a , peasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms, tiidr ebaraeteristia, rOle and control, especially in the fields of sanitation a medlaine. especially for student nurses. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 8 crs. 13-14.t General Zoology. Fr. I, II. A survey of the animal khgdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptatfm, and reproduction of type animals. Biological prlndphg are e ~ g b a d m d . Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 4 crs. 25. General Botany. So. I. A survey of the plant kingdom with special emphasis on the vegetative and reproductive structures of the various plant groups. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 51. Genetics. Prereq. 13-14, or 25. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 crs. 56. Ecology. Prersq. 13-14, and 25. So., Jr. II. A survey of local oadlogieal sommtmitier, and a study of the general principles of biol&cd a~wiation succession. Two lectures and one double labwatoxy pePiod o= fiebl trip per week. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 58. General Entomology. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. II. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1965-66.) 4 crs. 64. Microbiology. Prereq. Chem. 6 or 16. 11. The study of bacterk, yeasts, ,molds,*use$ and other micr+organisms; their characttyi&m, Hle, and oofitrol in the home, medicine, agriculture, and industry. Two lectures and three lrrbocatory periods per week. 66. Taxonomy o f Flowering F;an.is. Prereq. 25. Sr. II. 3 crs. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1964-65.) 11. 4 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 68. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. Prereq. 13-14. 71. The Cell. Prereq. 13-14, 25; and Chem. 6 or 16. Sr. I. 4 crs. The ultrastructures of the cell and their physiological processes. 91, 92. Biology Seminar. Jr., Sr. I, II. Required for the biology major. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Mr. A p e , Mr. Alton, Mr. Holum, Mr. Jorenby I t is the purpose of this department to give students a n understanding and a n appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides a n opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of manmodern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways .to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry a r e offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing, and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high school teaching, o r pre-medical work a r e urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 27 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended a r e : Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 41, 42. Course 3 does not count toward the major o r minor. F o r those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will include Math. 13, 14; Physics 5, 6 ; Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61; 82, and one of 83, 88, or 91. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete 16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61 a r e strongly recommended. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 82, and 83; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 53, 54; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3. Elementary Chemistry. Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. 3 crs. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. . 5, 6. Introductory Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 crs. Fdr prb-datal, hofie emnomi~e,elementmy education, medical *ohnoloaids, and other students not malorw in chemistry, U w s ,and thefihs . of chemistry and of non-met& and met& and their compounds, Qr&aqtc ~hemfstsy is cgnsidered, &%tenlath 6edmicro pafitaflve an&& of catbm is the mnin Iaboratory work t+ second s8lme&r. % w e lectms and four hours of Sabaratory per week. 15, 16. Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry. Fr. I, II. 4, 4 crs. For rnajolzt Irr chemistry,, including pr&medlcal students; others by p x d s s b p Of ItlWucmf. 4.n inteadve course. First semester devoted funclamentat prhciples and second fnotgmia chemistry and qwalil'crdve ana1~5is. Three lenlmes and four b d u s of laboratory per we&. Pmreg.: hQh qhml dheql-, elementary algebra, and geometry. 4 crs. 32. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 5 or 15. So. II. Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 6 o r 16. So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures, one recitation, five hours of laboratory per week. 3 crs. 61. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. Jr. I. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 72. Advanced Organic and Qualitative Chemistry. Prereq. 54, 61; some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent registration). Jr. II. 4 crs. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reaction. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spectrophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and Math. 42 (or 4, 4 crs. concurrent registration). Jr. II, Sr. I. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids. Three lectures and four hours laboratory per week. 3 crs. 86. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 83. Sr. II. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 88. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and 82. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis. Three hours lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 91. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prereq. 61. 1. 4 crs. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table, hytlridcs, and coordination chemistry. Prepamlions of inorganic compounds utilizing hot-tube reactions, air Crec .systems, and similar tecl~niqucs, Three lectures and three hours of laboratoly per week. 93, 94, 95, 96. Chemistry Seminars. Jr., Sr. I, II. 0 cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest. 97, 98. Chemistry Research. Sr. I, II. Cr. arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, may participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Mr. Hanwick, Mr. Baker Recent developments in the field of physics make it imperative that excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of physics. I t is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background to make it possible for him to follow, with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of science as they come to him from the medium of semi-scientific publications. Major: 27 credits including courses 53, 54. Minor : 16 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2. Descriptive Astronomy. Fr. II. 3 crs. A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Two lectures per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky. 3. Principles of Physics. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 crs. A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory. 5. General Physics. Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration in Math. 13. Fr., So. I. 4 crs. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. General Physics. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. II. 4 crs. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52. Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. 11. 3 crs. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eV/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 53. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. I. 3 crs. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 54. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 53, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration in Math. 42. So., Jr. II. 3 crs. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 57. Optics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration 3 crs. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1964-65.) 3, 3 crs. 61. 62. Mechanics. Prereq. 6 and Math. 41. Jr. I, II. Tni.rorluctinn to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a parliclc, molion of JI t'igid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one clilnension, motion in a conservative field. 63, 64. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. 65. Nuclear Laboratory. Prereq. 3 or equivalent, or #. 1. 1 cr. A trvc-tiour lnlmrain~y course d c n l i n ~wilh nlcltintls of detecting and measuring t'nciialions fron~rad~onctivesubstances. Experirnenis include l he usp of gcigcr lubes, windowless counicrs, scintilla1 ion counlcr. Measuri~~a cclulp~ncnti ~ ~ c l i ~ d 11 cvnricty s n l scaling ci~.cuits,electroscopes, and :i gatIutla ray spcctmmetcr. Open to all studcnls who hnvc had fit least u course corrcsrlm~dingto 1'1-inciples of Physics. 71. Heat and Thermodynamics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or 3 crs. concurrent registration in Math. 41. Jr., Sr. I. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 72. Mathematical Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41. Sr. 11. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 196566.) 73,74. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, II. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Mr. Soberg, Mr. Haugsby, Mr. Follingstad, Mr. Johnson The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 15 credits above 42. For those preparing to teach in the secondary schools, courses 60, 71, 72, and 74 are required. Minor: 6 credits above 42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 13, 14. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. Prereq. higher algebra and placement test. Fr., So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. Derivatives and integrals. Introduces set and function theory, complex numbers, determinants, theory of equations, probability, and analytical geometry. Students in course 13 whose backgrounds call for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week. 41, 42. Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Prereq. 14 or equivalent. So. I, II. 5, 5 crs. Study of analytical geometry and calculus. Includes some work in solid analytical geometry. Open to freshmen with four years of high school mathematics who qualify on the basis of the mathematics placement test. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 56. Foundations of Arithmetic. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For students preparing for elementary school teaching only. 3 crs. 60. Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. A study of the foundations of number theory, algebra, and analysis, with recent developments in these subjects. 3 crs. 67. Probability and Statistics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. 71, 72. Modern Algebra. Prereq. 41. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. An introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors. 73. Differential Equations. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. 74. Modern Geometry. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidian, projective and non-Euclidian geometries. Parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic geometries are introduced using an axiomatic and analytic approach. 3, 3 crs. 83, 84. Advanced Calculus. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I, II. A study of the fundamental notions of Urnits, cwttnulty, differentiation and integration fm iwc~omof one or mare variables. Differentials and Jacobima, partial dlffe~enttation,trmsf&wdan of c u m h a t e s and of multiple Lntogr&, lhe and surface bite@&, valor ana$sis, infinite series and improper integrals. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Mr. Ernest Anderson, Mr. Nelson, Mrs. Mr. Saugestad, Mrs. Schlorf, Mr. Gimse Peterson, Mr. Pearson, The atm of the Depwbent of Heath and Physical Education is to promote health Elnd physfaal l b m s through a well-rounded physical educadan pmgrm, to develop eharacm and g m t sportsmanship, to W e r the worthy use of leisure time, md to pmfde an efPective &elprogram for pm~pea*e waehers d health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major: 30 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 53 or 54, 71, 72, 73, 76, 78, 81, and 87. Biology 4 also required. Minor: 19 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 72, 73, and 87. Non-teaching majors and minors are not required to take 87. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. COACHING ENDORSEMENT : Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools as of September 1, 1966, will be required to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. The following courses will meet the coaching endorsement requirement: Biology 4 ; P.E. 7, 71, 72, 85, and one of 83, 84, or 86. 3, 4. Physical Activities. Fr. I, II. $4, $6 cr. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. 7. Health and First Aid. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 3 crs. 12. Individual and Dual Sports. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 3 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 21. Team Sports. So. I. 22. Recreational Activities and Rhythms. So. II. 2 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Four hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Swimming and Aquatics. Jr. I (Women), I1 (Men). 1, 1 cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with life-saving and water safety work. Open only to majors and minors. Two hours per week. 71. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities. Suggested activities for atypical cases. 72. History and Principles of Physical Education. Jr. 11. 3 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. 73. Physical Education Program in the Secondary Schools. Sr. 1. 3 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. 76. School Health Education. Sr. It. Principles and curriculum of school health education. 3 crs. 2 crs. 77. Community Recreation. Jr., Sr. I. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1964-65.) 78. Instructor's Course in First Aid. Sr. II. 1 cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. Prereq.: evidence of a currently valid standard First Aid card. 81. Self-Testing Activities and Evaluation. Sr. I. 3 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Also a survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. Five hours per week. Men and women meet separately except one hour per week. 83. Coaching of Football. Sr. I. 1 cr. 84. Coaching of Basketball. Sr. II. 1 cr. 85. Prevention and Care of Injuries. Sr. I. 1 cr. 86. Coaching of Baseball. Sr. 11. 1 cr. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Elementary and Secondary Schools. Sr. I. See under Education 87. Separate sections for men and women. 2 crs. special programs of study Affiliation with Schools of Nursing Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish. Fairview, and Methodist Hosvitals in Minneavolis receive some of their' instruction a t Augsburg college. ~ ~ ~ l i c a tfor i o nadmission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. Medical Technology In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. Junior Year Abroad An arrangement has been made with the Uinversity of Oslo in Norway under which students entering their junior year in college may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs, such as those of the Institute for European Studies. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy. Corrective Therapy A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. I t carries no college credit. Honors Program For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered in Basic Bible, Freshman English, General Psychology, and United States History. Students of high ability are invited to make application for honors courses, and are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. General Liberal Arts The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 History or Sociology 3 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . 4 4 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities . . . . . . '/2 I/! FRESHMAN ............. .... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Electives ................ 3 10 - 12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr. Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Foreign Language .... 3 Social Scicncc . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . Natural Scicncc Electives ................ 9 SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 9 I Sem. I1 Sem. Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 Cr. 14 3 14 - Pre-Seminary Curriculum Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended t o prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language Western Civilization Physical Activities Natural Science Electives ...... ...... .... ..... ........ ................ 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 'h 3 2 '/2 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .. ................. New Testament Greek Speech History Sociology or Economics or Political Science ...... Electives ................ ................. Cr. 2 Cr. 4 3 3 3 3 3 5 4 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Fine Arts Natural Science ........ General Psych. ......... Foreign Language ....... History of Philosophy . Electives . ............... 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 - . . 35 ................ ~ SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . ................. 3 .............. 3 ..... 3 . . 3 Electives ................ 5 Rcllglon Philosophy English T~lturnt~we Advanced N.T.Greck 3 3 3 3 4 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, Norwegian, or French. Parish and Church Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the church, as teachers in vacation, weekday, and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The suggested schedule provides for a major in religion. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the head of the Department of Religion. f Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............ ........ Basic Bible Freshman English ....... Natural Science Foreign Language ...... Sociology 1, 2 Physical Activities ........ ..... Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 4 3 4 3 % 3 % JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Prin. of Christian Ed. .. 3 Mission of the Church . . 3 The Gospels . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Protestantism in America 3 Social Psych, or Urban Soc. Y Creits 2 2 ROCP.Aftlviiirw & Rhythms Electives 7 7 ........... ................... - ................ SOPHOMORE Religion 3 , 4 ........... Speech 11, 12 Foreign Language General Psych. ...... Natural Science ........ Story Telling Fine Arts Electives ................ I Sem. Cr. ............ ....... 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 ........... .............. - SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . Youth Work in the Church Early Christian Fathers The Christian View of Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . Literature and Philosophy Fields of Social Work Electives .. ................ - 3 3 3 2 6 2 2 3 3 6 Philosophy Major I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization .... Intro. to Philosophy Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ... ..... Cr. Cr. 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 3 - - 3 % I/z I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Cr Religion ................ 3 History of Phil. 53 3 Philosophy Electives ... 3 Natural Science Electives 7 ..... . ......... ................ Cr . 3 3 10 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3, 4 ............ 2 2 Religion ...... 3 3 Foreign L a l l l f h l ~ g ~ .... Hist. of Phil. 31, 52 3 3 3 or 4 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 3 Fine Arts .............. Beginning Speech 2 Electives 2 or 3 2 or 3 SOPHOMORE ...... - - ............... SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Philosophy Electives .... 3 3 Independent Study ..... 1 to 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...I 0 to 12 10 - - Because of the non-vocational character of the Philosophy major, students with a major in this field are encouraged to complete a major or a minor in some other field as well. Greek-Latin Major 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible ............. 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 Beginning Latin ........ 4 4 Natural Science ....... S or 4 3 or 4 3 3 Western Civilization ... % % Physical Education . , . FRESHMAN . . I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Advanced N.T. Greek Ancient History 3 Religion ..............,. 3 Sneech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fine Arts ............... 3 Natural Science Electives 3 JUNIOR . ........ ........ ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Elements of N.T. Greek Foreign Language ...... Latin 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literary Classics . . . . . . . . The Classical Tradition . SENIOR Greek Exegesis .....,... History of Philosophy . . , Religion ................ Medieval Europe ....... Electives I Sem, Cr 3 3 3 3 4 ................ Sem. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 English Major 1. Graduate Major I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr , 3 3 2 4 4 3 % FRESHMAN ....... ............. ........ ....... Freshman English Basic Bible Natural Science Foreign Language Western Civilization ... Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR British Literature English Elective Religion Electives ....... ....... ................. ................ Cr. 4 3 3 6 Cr. 4 3 3 6 I Sem. n.. SOPHOMORE c.r. Classical Tradition ...... 3 American Lit. Dev. . , . Med. & Ren. Lit. ...... 4 Religion 3, 4 2 Foreign Language 3 Beginning Speech 2 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Natural Science ......... Electives ................ - . .......... ...... ...... SENIOR English Seminar Electives Sem. Cr. 4 2 3 - 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 14 16 ......... ................ Students planning on graduate study should include in their electives: American English or Introduction to Modern English; The British Novel, Shakespeare, Chaucer, Three Major British Poets, Independent Study, and an additional course in American literature; and German, French, Latin, philosophy, and history. 2. In preparation for Secondary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English . . . . . Natural Science ........ Basic Bible ............ Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization . . . Physical Activities , I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 3 3 3 . . . 2 2 4 3 % 4 3 % SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition American Lit. Dev. Med. & Ren. Lit. . Expository Writing Natural Science .... Fine Arts ......... Relieion 3. 4 ....... Forsgn ~ a n g u a g e General Psych. . . . . Beg. Speech . . . . . . . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 . 3 - 2 . JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. British Literature ...... Intro. to Mod. Eng. . . . . . English (Mod. Lit.) . . . . Educ. Psych. . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tchg. in Sec. Sch. ..... Group Activity Electives ................ ......... 4 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 3 3 0 4 -. -4 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 English Seminar . . . . . . . Prin. of Guid. .......... School and Soc. ........ Tchg. Eng. in Sec. Sch. . Stud. Tchg. Sec. School . Shakespeare ............. Health & First Aid ...... Electives ................ 2 2 6 - -3 3 10 At least nine hours of electives are recommended in speech, journalism, or library science. 3. In preparation for Elementary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English ..... Foreign ~ a n g G a g e General Biology Western Civilization Basic Bible ............. Physical Activities ...... Intro, to Music .......... Human Geog. ........... ...... ........ ... JUNIOR .... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 '/a 2 - 2 z / ' 3 I Sem. Cr . 4 3 Sem. Cr. - 2 Orient to Elem. Ed. Human Growth & Dev. . Meth. & Mat. (54) . . . . . . Meth. & Mat. (56) ..... US History Religion ................. Amer. Govt. Literary Classics ........ Brit. Lit. Since la00 Found, of Arith. ...... ............. ............ .... - - 3 3 3 3 SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition ..... Med. & Ren. Lit. ....... Foreign Language ....... Religion 3, 4 Prin. of Physics, Astronomy Basic Design General Psvch. ......... ~ m e r i c a n~ n g l i s h ..... Amer. Lit. Development I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - SENIOR - 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. English Seminar ........ Meth. & Mat. (Lang. Arts) Teaching of Reading . . . Children's Lit. Religion ................. Expository Writing . . . . . Health & First Aid Meth. & Mat.: Social Studies ......... Seminar in Teaching .... Directed Teaching in Elem. School ........ Beginning Speech . . . . . . . English 94 Independent Study ... .......... ...... - 3 ........... ........... ........... --.2 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - Speech Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. -- . -- Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ..... Natural Science ........ Foreign Language . . . . . History or Sociology .... Physical Activities . . . . . . . 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 % '12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. -~ Cr . 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Literary Classics . . . . . . . Foreign Language ....... Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 3 3 2 3 3 - Sem. Cr. 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .......... Argumentation Speech Pathology . . . . . . . Educ. Psychology . . . . . . . Teach. in Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Natural Science Stagecraft .............. Dramatic Arts .......... Electives ................ ........ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 3 - - 3 0 0 - - - - 3 3 3 7 4 f Sem. SENIOR Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching ....... 6 Guidance ............... 2 School and Society ...... 2 Methods ................. 2 Stage Direction . . . . . .,. . Health & First Aid ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Recommended electives: English, History, Social Science, Art. Major in German, French, or Spanish in Preparation rfi Teaching in a Secondary School I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr Basic Bible 2 2 3 3 Freshman Esbllah 3 3 History or Saclology ... Beginning Foreign Language ............ 4 4 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities % % SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Intermediate Foreign Language 3 3 Natural Science ......... 3 ..... General Psychology 3 Literary Classics . . . . . . . 3 3 Fine Arts ............... Health & First Aid ..... 3 Electives ................ 3 6 JUNIOR SENIOR FRESHMAN . .............. ..... ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Teach. in Sec. Schools 0 Grtlup Aclivlty .......... 0 Germall :I, U1 or Fr~nuli51, D l or Spnnlsh 51, 131 .......... 5 or 7 Bdt~clffanalppychology ., - - GPrn!nn. 52. 52, 73, or Fl.encll 52, 72 or Spn111sll 52. 72 Elcctl\'ee ..... , ....... , .. ........ 7 or 9 5 or 0 8 ............ .............. 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. ....... ....... 622 ..... 23 - - 3 - 2 6 Student Teachine school & s o c i e t y . Prin, of Guidance ....... Teaching of Foreign Language Religion ................. German, French, or Soanish 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i r m a n French, , or Spanish 90 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives ................ Cr. 3 2 Teaching Major in Music FRESHMAN I Sem. P r -A. ............. Basic Bible 2 Freshman English 3 History or Sociology ... 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 Physical Activities ...... % Applied Music .......... l. or 2 ...... ....... ........ JUNIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 2 'l 1 or 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. CT Cr. 3 3 0 ................ Religion Education 71, 72 . . . . . . . . Education 73. 74 . . . . . . . . Music Theory 55, 56 . . . . . Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choral or Instrumental Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaching of Grade School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Applied Nusic ......... 1 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 14 oreien Ln!li?un~e 3 3 3 ~ e n e y a l I'syct~olbby .... 3 Natural S r j c i ~ c e .., Music Theory 1. 2 . . . . . 4 4 Historv & it: of Music ................. 2 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 1 or 2 ........... ...... ..... - SENIOR I Sem. Cr. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 78 Education 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 3 Beginning Speech 2 Relieion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ~ e a L h i n gof High School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Twentieth Century Music 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ - Sem. Cr. 2 2 6 ....... 2 2 - or 2 - - 1 or 2 Major in Art FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Drawing I .............. Basic Design ............ Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language ....... Western Civilization Physical Activities Elective .... ..... ................. Cr. 2 2 3 4 3 % 2 Cr. - SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Oil Painting I ........... 3 Sculpture I ........... , . . 3 Print Making I 3 Relieion 3. 4 2 2 Fore>gn ~ a n g u a g e....... 3 3 Social Science ........... 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Electives 3 3 ......... ............ ................ I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Natural Science . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 5 - 3 or 4 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . 3 3 SENIOR Oil Painting I1 . . . . . . . . . . Sculpture I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Independent Study . . . . . . Printmaking I1 . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - -2 12 - 3 3 8 History Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .............. 2 ...... 3 ... 3 ....... 4 ........ 3 or 4 ..... % Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activiities 2 3 3 4 3 or d % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr 3 3 JUNIOR ReUnIon ................. Bcgfa~aingSpeecll ...... ....... ................ Fnrliign Lrmgrln~c HIS~L!I'Y A m ~ r i c a nQovcrnment . . Literature or Philosophy . - SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Foreign Language ...... 3 3 U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 General Psychology . . . . 3 Sociology 1, 2 ........... 3 3 Prin. of Economics . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR ............... 3 I Sem. Cr. 3 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Fine Arts Electives - Sem. Cr. 3 - ................ 11 6 3 3 Combined Social Science Major for Teaching FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Clvllixalion Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 % % ...... ... ...... ........ JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. ".. Cr. Lr, Religion ................ Educational Psych. ..... Teaching in Secoildnry Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... History .................. Health & First Aid . . . . . . American Government Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . ..... 3 0 3 3 2 6 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Foreign Language ...... U.S. History ............. Natural Science ........ General Psychology ... Sociology 1, 2 ........... Economics 15, 16 ........ SENIOR Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 - I Sem. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . 6 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 School and Society ..... 2 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Literature or Philosophy Human Geography . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . . . . . . - 3 Sem. Cr - . - 3 3 3 3 5 Major in Sociology in Preparation for Social Work A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years .has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immedate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education and the National Council on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. In consultation with the department head, students may obtain a sociology major without the social-work sequence. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . Western Civilization .... Foreign Language . . . . . Introduction to Sociology Social Problems ........ Physical Education 3, 4 2 2 3 3 4 3 . % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 57, 59. Fields of 3 Social Woyk .......... Soc. 58, 60, Methods of Social Work ........ Fine Arts Beginning Speech 2 Intro. to Statistics 3 Social Research ......... Electives 5 JUNIOR .............. ..... ..... . I Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . American Government . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Principles of Economics Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . Urban Sociology . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 I Sem. Cr. SENIOR Sem. Cr. - Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crinainology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Psycla. 62, Abnornanl . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Upper Division Courses ............... 10 - Sem. Cr. 3 + + 3 3 ................ Major in Psychology FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 . .............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language General Zoology Physical Activities ...... ..... ...... ........ ...... JUNIOR 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro, to Statistics Psych. of Personality ... Experimental Psych. ... Psych. of Measurements . Electives ..... 4 % ................ 7 3 3 4 SOPHOMORE Relieion 3. 1 ............ ~ o r z g nLanguage ...... General Psychology Chemistry or Physics Sociology 1. 2 Beginning Speech Logic .................... Fine Arts I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 .... ... 4 ...... -32 ............... ........... 2 3 4 3 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR History of Psych. ....... Social Psychology Topics in Psych. Seminar in Psych. ..... Electives Cr. 3 ..... 3 ........ - ................ 10 Cr. - + 1 to 2 2 12 Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in a t least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Western Civilization .... Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Science . . . . . . . 3 Selected from Physics, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, Physical Activities ..... 4 or 4 6) ?h a 4 or 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR . - Cr Religion ................. American Government . . 3 Ed. 51, Orientation . . . . . . 4 Ed. 53, Human Growth & Development ......... 3 Ed. 54, 56, Meth. & Mat. 0 Group Activity .......... Basic Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Intro, to Music . . . . . . . . . Foundations of Arith. .. 4 Electives in Minor . . . . . Cr. 3 3 4 0 - 2 2 3 SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 .. ,. .. , ..... General Rlology ........ General Fs'r;ycholOgy Human Geography ...... U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid ... Electives in Minor I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 .... ..... 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 I Sem, I1 Sem, SENIOR Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 61, Meth. & Mat. Ed. 62. Meth. & Mat. . . . Ed. 63. Tchg. of Reading Children's Literature . . . Ed. 66, Seminar in Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 68, Directed Tchg. Literature .............. Beginning Speech ....... Electives in Minor . . . . . . ... Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 Cr. - 2 - 2 B 2 - High School Teaching Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota a t the junior and senior high school level. The same prgram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission t o the Education curriculum during his sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, and business education, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish, French, speech, music, art, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics and physical education. 'Minors are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature, political science and library science. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 Basic Bible Freshman English ...... 3 History or Sociology 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 or 4 Physical Activities % FRESHMAN ............. ... ..... ...... ........ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Lzulglt~ge 3 3 General Psycholum ,, 3 Natural Sctcl~cc 3 or 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid , 3 Electives ................ 5 . ............ ...... .. . .. ......... - . JUNIOR Religion ......... Education 71. 72 . Education 73, 74 Beginning Speech Electives in Major or Minor ...... Sem. Cr. - .. I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Education 76 ............ 2. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . 2' 4S ~ e c i a lMethods . . . . . . . . 2 or - Cr. 3 3 0 ducatio ion 97 - ........... 6. - Literature or Philosophy Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'May be taken I1 Sem. - 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 3 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts, 2 credits; natural science, 3 credits; social science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the student completed four years of a language in high school.) To be valid, approval of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior t o registration for the junior year. Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. -. . 2 Pr Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . 4 History or Sociology ... 3 3 Principles of Accounting Physical Activities ..... % JUNIOR P r -a. 2 3 4 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr Intermediate Accounting 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 Economics 57, 58 ........ 3 Intro. to Statistics ...... Science .................2 or 4 Fine Arts ............... Z or 3 Auditing or Cost Acc. 3 Electives ................ 3 to 5 3 . - r Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ 2 Foreign Language ....... 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 Natural Science ........3 or 4 ...... Beginning Speech Electives ................ I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion Auditing or Cost Acc. Business Law .......... 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 15 SENIOR - - Major in Economics FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. --. 2 ............. 3 ...... ...... 34 Cr Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language History or Sociology . . Principles of Accounting .......... Physical Activities ..... 3 % C r. 2 3 4 3 3 I12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Language 3 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Beginning Speech ..... 2 ................ Electives 3 6 ............ ...... - JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - . Religion ................. 3 Literature or Philosophy 3 Economics 57 58 . . . . . . . 3 3 Intro. to Statistics . . . . . 3 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis 4 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR I Sem. R e l i ~ i n n ................. Anal. Umm. nnd Calculus -6 Cr. -- ..............2 or9 3 Sem. Cr. 3 5 Fine Arts Electives ................ Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History. Major in Business Education in Preparation for Teaching in Secondary Schools E FRESHMAN Basic Bible ........... Freshman English Foreign Lnnguagf ... History or Sncinte~y Physical Acilr+lllcu ... Elem. Typewriting Natural Science .... Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. . ...... JUNIOR ....... ..... ................ ..... I Sem. I1 Sern. Cr. Cr. 2 2 . ... Prin. of .Economics . . . . . Adv. Shorthand ......... Educational psycho log^ , Teaching in Secondary Schools ............... Group Activity .......... Business Law .........., Fine Arts ............... Adv. Typewriting Health & First Aid Electives SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ....... Gen. Psychology ... Prin. of Accounting Elem. Shorthand ... Foreign Language Natural Science . . . . Beginning Speech . Office Machines . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 3 0 3 - - - SENIOR ....... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Student Teaching Speclnl Methods Prln. of Guidance School and Society Rcll~Inn Lllerniura or Phflnao~hy Sectmctnrlal Prncttce .... ~ u s l l l r ! ~ Seminar n ...... E1cr:Hves ........ 26 ...... ..... 22 ................ -3 ................ - - - - 3 Home Economics Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them $forhomemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes) . Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 % '12 FRESHMAN .............. Basic Bible Physical Activities Freshman English Soclolo~ry ............... RLoIop!: 1-2, or 4 or 18-14' 0 A r t i n Daily Living .... Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clothing Selection Clothing Construction Chemistry 5 or 5, 6 or 5, 32' ................. ..... ...... ................ ...... . 3 3 3 3 .... . 1 Sem. Cr. 2 ........ ........ 3 2 - Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ......... or 4 3 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 JUNIOR Religion ................. Foreign Language ....... Beginning Speech ....... Prin. of Economics Color and Design ........ Home Planning & Furnishing . . . . . . . . . . . . Family Health . . . . . . . . . . Textiles ................. Educational Psycholog?/ Teachina i n Secondaru Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... Clothing Construction . . . SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 .......... Gen. Psychology Foreign Language ...... Prin. of Physics Marriage & Family Relationships Child Development ..... Food Preparation & Management .......... Electives ................ 2 3 3 2 3 0 2 4 2 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem, Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . Education 76,78 . . . . . . . . . Education 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teclclting . . . . . . . Home Management Prob. Home Management Lab. Consumer Educ. ......... Teaching of Home E c . 2 - Cr. Cr. 2 2 2 3 3 4 6 2 3 2 2 3 0 - "Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment, as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in dietetics. These students may take the biology course in the sophomore year. Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose program prevent the c~~mpletion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. Biology Major The following course o'f study is recommended for a major in biology. Physics 6 and Chemistry 54 are strongly recommended for students who plan on graduate work in biology. I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............. ...... Basic Bible Freshman English History or Sociology ... General Zoology Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ........ Cr. 3 3 4 4 '12 ..... JUNIOR Cr. 2 f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6 or 15, 16 Literature or Philosophy Genetics ................. Biology 64 or 68 . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 4 3 2 3 - -42 SOPHOMORE f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3 , 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech ...... General Botany ......... Human ~ n a t o m y. . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Foreign Language . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR Cr. 2 2 4 - Cr. 2 4 4 3 - I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Taxonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Cell ................ 4 General Entomology .... Physics 5 , 6 or Chemistry 53, 54 . . . . . . 4 Biology Seminar . . . . . . . % Electives (upper division) 8 Cr. 3 Biology Major for Secondary School Teaching I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English ...... History or Sociology General Zoology ........ Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ..... .... 4 4 4 4 =/2 JUNIOR Biology 64 or 68 ......... Genetics ................ The Cell Educational Psych. Tchg. in Sec. School ... Biology Seminar Group Activity .......... Health and First Aid , Beginning Speech Electives I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - ................ ..... ........ 4 4 3 0 .. ....... .................. 6 4 3 % 0 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. - ----. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 General Botany . . . . . . . . Human Anatomy ....... Foreign Language 3 General Psychology .... 3 Chemistry 5. 6 or 15. 16 4 Electivcs ................ 3 ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr 3 SENIOR Cr. ................. 3 ............... - Religion Flne Arts ........ - Biology 58 or 66 Tch~:. of Nnttlrnl ScIcnces Fl'iti. CII Guldance Sclhool & Society ..... ....... 2 2 2 Slkldcnl Teocl~ing ....... 6 Litcrnturc nr Philo~ophs Birsloay Scrnltlr~r' '/2 Elcctlvt* ........ ................ - . 3 3 - 3 '/a 4 Chemistry Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan t o do graduate study in chemistry. Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological science and the second year of a foreign language. FRESHMAN I Sem. C r. Chemistry 15. 16 . . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . History o r Sociology Physical Activities ... ..... JUNIOR I1 Sem. 4 4 2 3 3 2 3 3 % ' / 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 4 Chemistry 61, 72 . . . . . . . Physical Chemistry (82) Chemistry Seminars (93. 94) Beginning German 'Advanced Calculus .... 'Physics 53, 63, 52 .... Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'Recommended .............. ..... - 4 0 0 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. 4 4 - PW Organic Chemistry (53, 54) Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics (5, 6) . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy . -4' 5 4 2 2 - I1 Sem. -.4 . P . . 5 4 2 3 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Physical Chemistry (83. 86) 4 3 Adv. Anal. Chemistry (88) 3 $dv. Inorg. Chemistry (91) 4 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . . Arr. Arr. Chemistry Seminars (95. 961 .............. 0 0 Religion ................ 3 3 German or French . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 - The summer following the junior year is frequently spent on chemical research under departmental sponsorship. Physics Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis General Physics (5. 6) . Physical Activities . . . . . 4 4 1/2 4 4 'h I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. 2 SOPHOMORE --. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Anal. Geom. and Calculus 5 Intro. Atom. & Nuclear Phys. . . . . . . . . Electr. & Magnetism 153. 54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 German or French 4 ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Fine Arts .............. Differential Equations . . Mechanics ............... Adv. Physics Lab. (63, 64) ............... Literature or Philosophy German or French . . . . . . Chemistry 5 , 6, or 15, 10 Beginning Speech ....... 3 3 1 3 3 4 - I Sem. SENIOR Cr. 3 3 3 Advanced Calculus ..... Religion ................. *Heat & Thermodynamics Adv. Physics Lab. (73. 74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematical Physics . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sern. Cr 3 3 . 1 6 *Offered alternate years Combined Science Major for Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry 5, 6 (or 15, 161, 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in upper division courses. Science minor for elementary school teaching: 3 credits each of physics, astronomy, chemistry; 6 credits of biology; and 9 additional credits in one area of science, at least 3 of which must be in upper division courses. Mathematics Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in Mathematics. X Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 4 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . 3 3 Beginning German ..... 4 4 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 History or Sociology . . . . 3 3 Physical Activities !/z % FRESHMAN ..... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Modern Algebra . . . . . . . . Probability and Statistics Basic Concepts of Math. Religion ................. Biological Science . . . . . . 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 3 3 3 3 3 3 or 4 - 4 3 4 - I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr 5 4 3 2 Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Intermediate German . . . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts ............... Beginning Speech . . . . . . . . 2 - I1 Sem, Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 I Sern. I1 Sem. SENIOR Advanced Calculus ..... Differential Equations Modern Geometry ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Mathematics Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . Physical Activities ..... JUNIOR '/2 I1 Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Modern Algebra ........ Advanced Calculus . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psych. . . . . . . Teaching i n Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 3 3 0 7 Cr. 3 3 3 3 0 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. Anal. Geom. & Calculus Natural Science . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language ...... Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . General Psychology Beginning Speech 5 4 3 2 .... ...... SENIOR 3 - Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Student Teaching . . . . . . . Teaching of Mathematics School and Society .... Prin. of Guidance . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Concepts of Math. Modern Geometry ...... Natural Science . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 6 2 2 2 3 - Cr. Health and Physical Education Major The following course of study is designed to prepare students for teaching health and physical education in the secondary schools, for working in the related fields of health and recreation, and to assist in qualifying them for the field of corrective therapy. T Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English Historv or Socioloav -- . . . . ~ e n e r a lzoology . . . . . . . . Physical Activities . . . . . Health and First Aid .... Individual & Dual Sports ..... Cr -- . 2 3 3 4 % 3 - Cr. 2 3 3 4 =/2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. Religion ................ 3 . 3 Foreign Language 3 3 *Educational Psychology 3 'Teachina in Sec. Schools 3 *Group Activity ........ 0 0 Swimming and Aquatics 1 1 Kinesiology & Adapted P.E. 3 Hist. & Prin. of P.E. 3 Electives in Maior or Minor .............. 4 4 JUNIOR ...... - *Not required for non-teaching majors. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. SOPHOMORE 2 4 3 - ~ e g i n n i n g Speech .... Human Anat. & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . Team Sports . . . . . . . . . . . Rec. Act. & Rhythms . Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Literature or Philosophy 2 'Prin. of Guidance 2 'School and Society 6 *Student Teaching . . . . . . P.E. Program in Sec. Sch. 3 School Health Educ. . . 1 Instructor's First Aid . . s e l f - ~ e s t i n g Activities *Methods in P.E. and Minor Fine Arts ...... .... ......... ............. Medical Technology Students may complete a course leading t o the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work a t Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The following program prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements for the degree. Students planning to enter this program should take higher algebra in high school. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6, or 15, 16 History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Beginning Speech Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities Sem. Cr. 2 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ....... ...... JUNIOR I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 Relieion ................. 3 ~~Microbiology ............ 4 3 Foreign Language ....... 3 Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) 4 ~ i o l o g yElective . . . . . . . . 4 6 'Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 *Physics strongly recommended. Other sciences, arts, humanities. - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ........... Elem. Organic Chem. 32 General Zoology Foreign Language . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 'Electives ............... ........ - 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 2 4 SENIOR Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........................32 recommended electives: English, social In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital. Medicine Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students usually find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical scho'ol to which he plans to apply. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman Enalish . . . . . . Chemistry 15; 16 . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Physical Activities . . . . . History or Soc. Science JUNIOR ................. Religion Intermediate German . . . Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) General Physics (5, 6) L~terature or Philosophy Chem. Seminars (93, 94) Elective Pr Pr 2 2 3 3 4 4 % 3 4 4 'h ................. - - 0 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. ...... .... 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ Beninnina German ~ e i e r a -zoology l ....... Organic Chem. (53, 54) *Mathematics 41. 42 SENIOR Pr Pr 2 4 2 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 3 3 Social Science or Hist. Fine Arts Beginning Speech ....... Genetics ................ General Psychology , Electives ................ Chem. Seminars (95, 05) 'Physical Chem. (83) ,. , . . ............... - .. . 2 4 7 0 - 'Recommended Dentistry Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. The Department of Chemistry is prepared to offer assistance in placing qualified students in dental school. FRESHMAN ...... Freshman English Basic Bible .............. Intro. Chem. & Qual. Anal. (5, 6) Intro. to Math. Anal. .. General Zoology Physical Activities ... ........ ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Physics (5, 6) . 4 'Organic Chem. (53, 54) 4 . 4 4 4 % 'Chem. 61, 32 may be substituted for Chem. 53, 54, but the latter is recommended. Nursing Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have a t least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language Sociology ............... Chemistry 5 Psych. or Geography Art or Music ............ ....... ............. ... 2 3 4 3 4 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 - Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Minneapolis, take some of their course work a t College. Applications for admission to this program made directly to these hospitals. Lutheran Hospitals, Augsburg should be Law Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education a t the college level. The student is advised t o select a broad program of study including courses in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. A suggested three-year curriculum is given below: Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . Freshman English . Foreign Language Western Civllization Natural Science . . . . Physical Activities 2 3 . JUNIOR 2 3 4 4 3 4 '12 3 4 '/z SOPHOMORE ............ I Sem. Cr. R c l l ~ l o n3. 4 &nR!isll 2:. '10 ........... Foreign Language Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Science .......... Natural Science ........ Electives ................ 2 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 ....... 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Rallglnn ................ Beginning Speech ...... ............... Plnc Arts Electives ................ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 12 10 - 2 2 Engineering A student may take two years of pre-engineering a t Augsburg before transferring t o a school of engineering. The following curriculum is recommended. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Social Science . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ...... SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . English 40. 42 . . . . . . . . . . . ~ d i a n c e d Calculus . . . . . Physics 52, 53 . . . . . . . . . . Differential Equations . . Inorg. & Qual. Chemistry rr. rr Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology a t the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. It is recommended that these be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. Secretarial Work The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A Secretarial-Work Certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program. FIRST YEAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 3 1 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Elementary Typewriting Office Machines . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . Physical Activities ..... Electives ................ . - 3 % 8 3 1/2 6 SECOND YEAR 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Beginning Speech Advanced Typewriting . Advanced Shorthand .... Prin. of Accounting . . Secretarial Practice ..... General Psychology ..... Electives ................ Cr. 2 .... 4 3 3 5 Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board . . Mr. G. S. Michaelsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Vice-chairman The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. F. Pautz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. E. Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term Expires 1964 Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota Plastics, Inc. The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service Mr. Herbert Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Investors Syndicate Life Insurance and Annuity Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota 116 The Rev. David Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope .Secretary . .Treasurer The Rev. Harry T. Sorenson, Bellevue, Washington Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd The Rev. Erling Tungseth, Rochester, Minnesota Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church Term Expires 1965 Mr. R. F. Pautz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company Mr. Philip C. Helland, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Mr. U. W. Tervo, Rochester, Minnesota Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota Term Expires 1966 Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota Education, Northfield Public Schools, Farming Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Gamble Skogmo, Inc. Term Expires 1967 Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota Manager, South Side Insurance Agency Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President Clifford M. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Martin Quanbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager Peter Armacost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Gerda Mortensen . . . . . . .Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students. Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to Dean of the College Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the General Faculty Mrs. Jean Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant . Registrar Karlis Ozolins (on leave 1963-64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian Mrs. Mariorie Sibley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting . Librarian 1963-64 Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hielmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions Arthur Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supervisor of Plant Services Richard 1. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services Bjarne Landa . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist . Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Service Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Special Events Mrs. Ruth Gamm . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . Director . of News Bureau Mrs. Jacquelyn Gimse . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Physician COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY President's Cabinet: 0.Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, Mandsager Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, Thorson, Chrislock, Nash, Hanwick, R. Anderson, Halverson, Miss Pederson, Armacost Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck, Saugestad, Miss Cole, P . Thompson, Budge Student Personnel: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs Teaoher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Agre, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Miss Cole, Savold Library: Mrs. Sibley, Sateren, Colacci, Mrs. Jensen, Alton, Benson Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold *Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Thut, Ecklund Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge, Sonnack, Mrs. E. Olson, Thompson, Fosse, Holum Institutional Studies: Holum, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, G. Johnson, Chrislock *Religious Life: Mandsager, Sonnack, Gisselquist Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Miss Sonsteng, Hatchek *Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, M. Quanbeck, Follingstad, Mickelberg *Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund Nominations: Kleven, Urdahl, Hammarberg Administrative: 0. Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse Foreign Students: Miss Joel, Hansen, G. Johnson, Miss Segolson *Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov, A.M., lnstructor in French (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1963; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University, University of Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg 1960-63. Courtland L. Agre, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Chemist, 193740; U.S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1946-58; University of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Earl Alton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University of Michigan, 1955-58. At Augsburg since 1960. Lyla Mae Anderegg, A.M., lnstructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and Counseling, High School, 194546, 1951-53 ; Teaching : E a s t Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 1954-56; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Ernest W. Anderson, M. Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 193741. U.S. Army, 194146. At Augsburg since 1946. Oscar A. Anderson, LL.D., President of the College A.B., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Pastoral work, 1942-48, 1954-63; Executive Secretary, Young People's Luther League (ELC), 1948-54. At Augsburg since 1963. Raymond E. Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Peter H. Armacost, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students (on leave 1961-63.) A.B., Denison University, 1957. Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Teaching Assistant a t University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. Manmohan S. Arora, M.A., Instructor in Economics B.S., Ranja's College, India, 1957; M.A., Delhi School of Economics, India, 1959; Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Leroy A. Baker, A.B., lnstructor in Physics A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis Honeywell. At Augsburg 196&62 and since 1963. Emil Balz, Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Spanish Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Prof. Language School, Germany, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1963. Waltraud Balz, Akadem. Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Modern Languages Abitur, Victoria Oberschule, Germany, 1942; Akadem. Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1947. Teaching: private lessons, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Merrilyn Belgum, M.S.W., Instructor in Sociology A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946: W.S.W., UnlveiUsityof Denver, 1956. Qlisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran W ~ l f n r eSociety, Iowa, 194952; Depnrtmcnt of Public Welfare, Anchmbage, A I ~ s k a ,1952-54; University of Denvcr, Field Inaiructor, 195657; Denver Public Schools Social Worker, 1957-60,At Augshurg since 1960. John Benson, M.A., lnstructor in Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961. Additional study: Columbia University. At Augsburg since 1963. William Bergstrom, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1950-55, University of Minnesota, 195563. At Augsburg since 1963. Nelly T. Blackburn, B.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Earlham College, 1949. Additional study: Oberlin College. Teaching: Macalester College, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Oscar Blegen, Jr., B.A., Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bruce P. Budge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., University of Idaho, 1953; M.S., 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1955-57. Weyerhauser Company, 1953-55, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Harold Cannon, B.A., B.S., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Jacqolyn L. Cherne, A.B., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-62 and since 1963. Carl Chrislock, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 193944; Tracy Junior College, 194748; Augustana College, Sioux Falls. S. Dak., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. 120 C. Winston Chrislock, M.A., Instructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1964. At Augsburg since 1964. Bernhard Christensen, Th.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christian Education (on leave 1962-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 192225; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin G~ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, N. Dak., 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President 1938-61. Gracia Christensen, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Hunter College, 1932; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1935. Additional study: University of Chicago. At Augsburg 1959-60, 1961-62, and since 1963. Nadia Christensen, B.A., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of San Carlos, Guatemala. At Augsburg since 1963. Mario Colacci, Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and Latin Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching : Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40 ; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 194149. At Augsburg since 1952. Ailene Cole, A.M., Associate Professor of Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956. K. Berner Dahlen, A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; CrosbyIronton Junior College, 194041. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. Kenneth L. Davenport, M.M., lnstructor in Strings B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938. Teaching: St. Olaf College, Carleton College, Gustavus Adolphus College; St. Paul Public Schools; Anoka Public Schools since 1953. Member of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra for 14 years. At Augsburg since 1962. Sheldon Fardig, M.M., Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota; Dalcroze School of Music, New York. Teaching: High School, 1940-46; Olivet College, 1949-54; Moody Bible Institute, 1954-56; Bethel College, 1956-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Henry G. Follingstad, B.E.E., C.D.T. diploma, lnstructor in Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Additional study: Rutgers University, University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194748; U.S. Armed Forces Institute, 194546; Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1948-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Burton P. Fosse, B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U.S. Army, 194346. Industrial Engineering work, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Stephen Gabrielsen, B.A., Director of Male Chorus B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1963. Daryl Gibson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 194748; Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954. Jacquelyn L. Gimse, B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence and Social Coordinator R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960, Moline Public Hospital, 1957-58; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. At Augsburg since 1961. A. Malcolm Gimse, B.A., Instructor in Swimming B.A., Macalester College, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Orloue Gisselquist, A.M., Assistant Professor of History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1956. Frank A. Gruver, M.D., College Physician and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University of Utah, 1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Private practice, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1963. Donald R. Gustafson, A.M., lnstructor in History (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota; Wisconsin. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. William H. Halverson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton University, 1959 ; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching : Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. Carl R. Hammarberg, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Director of Placement and Testing A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Leif E. Hansen, A.M., lnstructor in Modern Languages A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Min~esota, 19%. Additional study: Michigan, Stetson University. Wisconsin. Teachjng : High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wiscot~sin, I9GO-61. At Augsburg since 1961. lrene Hanson, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education B.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1946; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194649, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Theodore J. Hanwick, Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching: Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193% 42; U.S. Naval Academy, 194246; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At Augsburg since 1956. George W. Hatchek, LL.D., lnstructor in Modern Languages LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Additional study: University of Minnesota, Middlebury College. Interpreter a t United States Surplus Depot, France, 194446; Teaching: International Institute and YWCA, 195460. At Augsburg since 1960. Ruben G. Haugen, M.M., lnstructor in Woodwinds B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1951. Additional study: University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-52; Breck Military Academy, 1952-55; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958. Orvald B. Haugsby, A.B., Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Melvin A. Helland, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave 1960-63) A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Addiional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 193&10 and 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1941. A. Robert Hemmingson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Grace Hinrichs, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Teaching: Wisconsin State College, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1962. John R. Holum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Additional study: California Institute of Technology. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 195SF9. U.S. Armed Forces, 195557. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. lrene Khin Khin Jensen, Ph.D., lnstructor in History and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-50. At Augsburg 1 9 5 5 5 6 and since 1959. John Jensen, A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961. Mildred V. Joel, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Clifford Johnson, C.T., Vice President in Charge of Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939. Pastoral work, 1939-1953, 1954-1962. At Augsburg 1953-54 and since 1962. Einar 0.Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Wnsklngtnn, 1950; Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Nalsvny. Teaching: Elementary and High School, 193M0; Universil,y of Washin@on. 1953-9; Luther College, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. Glen W. Johnson, B.S.E., B.D., lnstructor in Mathematics and Philosophy B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. James Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Piano A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Julliard School of Music, 1958. At Augsburg since 1961. Mary E. Johnson, M.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Smith Collw~,1947; M.A. in Christian Education, Columbia University, 1950. Additional study: Michigan, Oslo, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 19G2. Dean of Women, Luther College, 1954-55. At Augsburg since 1963. Winfield Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943; A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Donald E. Jorenby, MS., lnstructor in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; MS., University of Minnesota, 1962. At Augsburg since 1962. Robert Karlen, A.M., lnstructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional study: Berkshire Music Center, Massachusetts; Morzarteum, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-53; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-59; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. 124 Mimi B. Kingsley, A.M., Associate Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Bernhardt J. Kleven, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 1922-35; Wheaton College, 194647. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. Bjarne E. Landa, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching : High School, 1930-31 ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42 ; Fisk University, 1945-47. U.S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1947. Dennis Lane, B.S., lnstructor in Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota, 1942-43; MrcPhail School of Music, 194551; private organ and piano instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. At Augsburg since 1960. Richard Laue, M.A., lnstructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., 1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Huron College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Frederick Z. Lesher, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., Carthage College, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962. Teaching: Luther College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bertha Lillehei, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. At Augsburg 193740 and since 1957. Lorraine K. Livingston, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Gertrude S. Lund, A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching : High School, 194345; West Central School of Agriculture, Morris, 194547; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950. Orlin L. Mandsager, B.D., Campus Pastor and lnstructor in Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1959-61; Pastoral work: 1956-58, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1960-61 and since 1962. Martha M. Mattson, A.M., Associate Professor of Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932. Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching : Elementary Schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Erwin D. Mickelberg, A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. August Molder, LL.M., Artist in Residence and lnstructor in Art Graduated, University of Tartu, Estonia, 1935; Master of Law, University of Tartu, 1944. Teaching: University of Tartu, Estonia, 1942-44. At Augsburg since 1963. Ernesto E. Moreno, Dr. en Pedagogia, Instructor in Spanish Diploma, Escuela Normal P a r a Maestros, Cuba; Dr. en Pedagogia, University of Havana, 1945. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Rural school, Cuba; Chandler College, Cuba, 1947-59; Havana Military Academy, 1951-60; High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Gerda Mortensen, A.M., Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students with Rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35, At Augsburg since 1923. Arthur Nash, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46, Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. At Augsburg since 1922. Emma L. Nashan, A.M., lnstructor in German A.B., Duke University, 1953; A.M., Indiana University, 1963. Teaching : Sweet Briar College, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1964. Edor C. Nelson, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. Glenn I. Nelson, A.M., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Grier Nicholl, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College, 1956. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of London. Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1958. At Augsburg since 1960. David Nordlie, A.B., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Esther J. Olson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194556; Luther College, 1956-60; Luther Theological Seminary, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1960. 126 lver B. Olson, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 193944. At Augsburg since 1945. Karlis Ozolins, A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Marburg, Germany. At Augsburg since 1955. Patricia A. Parker, A.M., lnstructor in Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-51; University of Michigan, 1951-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 1954-56; Minneapolis Public Library, 1956-59. At Augsburg since 1960. Howard E. Pearson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At Augsburg since 1956. Anne Pederson, A.M., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 194546; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 193244 and since 1946. Katherine Peterson, MS., Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. At Augsburg since 1956. LaVonne Peterson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Universities of North Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana; MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. Martin Quanbeck, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929.36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 194246 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. Philip A. Quanbeck, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion h.~. Augsburg , College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work, 1951-53. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1951-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Lawrence Rogers, Laboratory lnstructor in Astronomy University of Minnesota, 1942. Diploma, Cal Aero Technical Institute, 1948. At Augsburg since 1962. Leland B. Sateren, A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Puhlic Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 194143 and since 1946. Edwin J. Saugestad, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education and Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. A. Mayo Savold, M,Mus. Ed., Associate Professor of Muslc A.B., Luther College, 1911: M.Mus. Ed,, MncPhail School nf Music, l9t;l. Additiont~l study: M f i r t l ~ Unkola, Minncsota. Tenchina: Renson County Ag~*icult urc! :mtI Training School, hrlridtlock, N, Diilc., 1934-37'; L a m h ~ r t u n Public Schools, 194142 and 3 9.IB4S. U.S. Arrncd Fol*ces J94%45; GIcnwond Pul,lic Schools, 194R-52. At Augshwg since 7952. Donna L. Schlorf, A.B., lnstructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; Additional study: Minnesota, Colorado, Oslo. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 1955-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Ruth Segolson, M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., '- University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study : Minnesota, Syracuse University. Teaching : High School, 192528; University of Minnesota, 192844. At Augsburg since 1944. Marjorie H. Sibley, A.M., Assistant Librarian (Acting Head Librarian, 1963-64) A.B., Unfversity of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota. T c a c h i n ~ :Elementn~~y, 3840-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librm-iun, Macalcster College, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. George Soberg, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. Ruth Sonsteng, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics A.B., Ausburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Oslo. Teaching: High School, 195556; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. At Augsburg 1957-60 and since 1961. Merton P. Strommen, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augshurg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University at Mlnncsdn, 3955: Ph.D., 1960. ~ , 1944-60; Pastor : Mora, Minnesota, 194447. Yooth D i ~ r c l o (~LFC) Director, Lutheran Youth Research 1961-. At Augshurg since 3947. Olaf H. Swenson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 194749, 1950-51. Probation Office, Hennepin County, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1953. Agnes B. Tangjerd, A.M., Archivist A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 192228. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960. Joyce Tester, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., 1959. Teaching: High School, 195557; University of Minnesota, 1957-59 and spring quarter, 1963. At Augsburg since 1963. 128 Phillip J. Thompson, M.F.A., Assisfan?Professor of Art A.R., Concordia Collcg~,1955: M,F.A., Sfnle University of Town, 1958. Teaching: Stntc University fif Iowa, 1957-58; Kokoma Rxlenslbn of Xncliann University, 1958-59. A t Augshtlrg sincc 1959. Paul G. Sonnark, Th.B., A.M, Frofesfor of RellgTen A.R., Augslwg Col I g42; C.T., Augshitrg Theoln~icalSminnrgr, 1945; Th.B., 1$187; h , M . , Univmily of Chicago, 1960. P R S L O M~m, ~ eLalce, Mime- Gerald H. Thorson, Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study: Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting Professor, University of Raykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1946. John Thut, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen C~Ilege,1923: R,Mus., AInPric~nConservatory of Music, 1929: M.Mus., 1936. Addilionnl sturly: Minnesota, Northwestern University, Privnte work in singing wilh Rollin Pensc, Charles LaBerge, Eksel Schioiolz. Special studlcs with Theodore Hnrrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Vera Thut, B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music, and Minnesota. Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 192646; Colorado State College of Education, 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Joel S. Torstenson, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194547. At Augsburg 193S42 and since 1947. E. Margaret Trautwein, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg 1950-54 and since 1961. Erling J. Urdahl, A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. Jesus Zarandin, A.M., lnstructor in Economics B.S., University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Wauneta Blackburn, A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School, 1930-46; Stout State College, 1946-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. Mary A. Hinderlie, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1937-39. At Augsburg 1961-63. Kathryn Jurkovic, B.S., lnstructor in Logic B.S.,St. Olaf College, 1957. Additional study: Northwestern University, Drake University, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. 1: Harold M. Kambak, A.B., Director of Public Relations Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. At Augsburg 1958-63. A.B., Benjamin T. McClure, Ph.D., lnstructor in Physics B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952. Teaching: Research Assistant, Harvard; Teaching Assistant, Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. Rod Myers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., University of California, 1955; M.A., Reed College, 1960. Additional Study : University of Minnesota. Teaching : Elementary schools, 195461. Research Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1962-63. Kristoffer F. Paulson, M.A., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg, Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-63. Jack Ross, M.S., lnstructor in Sociology B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., George Williams College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, Minnesota, 1960-61. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1961-62. Social work, 1952-60. At Augsburg 1962-63. Robert T. Sandin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D., 1963. Teaching: Bethel College, 1952-55; Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1958-59 and 1962-63. Donald G. Shamblin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Marshall University, 1952 ; A.M., Universidad Nacional, Mexico, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954; Colegio Mexico, 1955; University of Minnesota, 1958-61; Macalester College, 1961-62; NDEA Institute, summers 1961, 1962. At Augsburg 1962-63. John M. Stensvaag, Ph.D., Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 194Z59; Dean, 1953-59; Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. At Augsburg 1942-62. Talvryn Tischer, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. At Augsburg 1962-63. Harold Tollefson, A.B., M.Th., lnstructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1955. Additional study: University of Heidelberg. At Augsburg 1959-63. A. Bruce Wrightsman, B.S., lnstructor in Mathematics and Religion B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1960-63. GRADUATES AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1 962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Aadland. Marlin Bennie Stronafield. Sask. . . ~ n d e r s o n ,Barbara E. .......... Roseau Anderson, Garry B. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Mercia Joy . . . Rockford, 111. Anderson, Robert W. Elroy, Wis. Arneson, Frederick W. . . . . . Minneapolis ...... Baker, Jerrold W. . . . . . ,,. . Minneapolis Barney, Jerome C. ............. Stewart Bauman, Philip Quentin . Minneapolis Anoka Bengtson, Judith Anne Minneapolis Bergly, Richard N. Bostad, John Clayton Minneapolis Minneapolis Brown, Wendell John Brude. Joanne ............. Minneapolis Brynildson, Donald E. .. New Richland . .......... .... ..... ......... ....... Minneapolis Carlson, Bonnie Mae Christensen, John W. Cleven, Harry Thomas ......... St. . DeForest, Paul Wis. Coltvet, Sherman P. Cook, Barbara Helen Dyrud, Loiell Estherville, Iowa ........ Newfolden 0. . . . . . Thief River Falls .. Minneapolis Yvonne Lerfald James F . ........... St. Paul Marilyn Ann Brainerd Marjorie Adele Gatzke rickso on', Kenneth Neil Cambridge Evavold, Earle Roscoe Battle Lake Egertson. Ekstrand, Ellingson. Engevik ...... ...... ...... ..... ...... Fellrath, Mary Lee Fisher, Roger LeRoy Whitehall, Wis. . . . . . . . Minneapolis .... Geldert, Daniel Thomas Minneapolis Gildseth, Bruce L. ........... Hoffman Grover. Paul Ralph . . . . . Rochelle, Ill. unders son, Paul ~ e r t r a n d Sioux City, Iowa 1 Haack, Harlin H. ........... Minneapolis O'Brien, Sharon K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca Haglund. Lyle W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olsen, Diane Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Halverson, Frederick S . .... M i n ? + f c ~ ~ ~ o l lOlson, s Kenneth H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson Hanenburg. Kay L. ............... IWnfr~ Olson. Marilyn Carol .. Lacrosse, Wis. Hanse, Bonnie Jean . , . . . . . . . . . . Morris Olson, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, Dale Edward ...... Minneapolis Oppegard, Milo M. ......... Albert Lea Hanson, Patricia K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin Osberg, J o h n Wilson . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hassing, Joan Eileen Minneapolis Ose, Julia E . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Heikkila Alice J. ........ Pelkie. Mich. Ost, David H. ........... Parkers Prairie Helgeson, Rodney A. . . . . . . La?nbel.ton Overmoen, Sonia R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Helland, Claire Elaine ...... Minneapolis Ovikian, Michael 0. Jerztsalem, Israel Hoversten. Lorna Lavonne Radcliffe, Iowa Patton, Jeanne A. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hovland, Peter C. ............... Morn Paulson, Betze Karen . . . . . . . . . . . Halls Hugo. John Robert Minneawolis Paulson. Kermit Earl .. Claziton. Wis. New ~ r i i h t o n Pedersen, Elaine Ruth . . . . . ~ i n n i a ~ o l i s Hunt, Duane R. Peterson, Donna M. ........ Minneapolis Ilstrup, Robert J . Minneapolis Pierson, Waldo Allen . . . . . . Minneapolis Pommerenke, James Warren . . elg grade Jacobsen, Cynthia Ann Scarsdale, N.Y. Johannsen, Clair A. Hzintley Quitno, James Charles . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, David William Manitowoc, Wis. Johnson, Jennelle Kay . . . . . . Minneapolis Ring A n Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Johnson, Judy D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis ~ o l l d f f%lizabeth , I. . . . . . . . . . . . New Ulm Joing, Roger Harry . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Ronholdt, Tamara A. Murdock ...... ......... .......... .......... .. ........... ........... King. Charles W . . J r . . . . . . . Minneanolis ~ n G s o n ,Lois ~ n .n. . . . . . . . . . .~ u n i u r g Korsmo, Gayler Leland Northwood, N. Dak. Kronstad, Ingolf Berge . . . . . Minneapolis Kubota, Cynthia . . . . . Gun Chiba, Japcin Kuszler, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Kuyper, Jerrold E. ......... Northfield Kyllo, Eunice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Sather. Arne C. ............ Minneanolis ~ c h m i d t ,Marilyn F. ........... ~ a k w i n Scholten, Harold Bernard ...... Holland Schwartz, Roger Dudley ...... St. Paul Scott. Ronnie Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneawolis soberg, George, J r . . . . . . . . ~ i n n e h o l i s Sorensen. Mary Ann E. . . . Hutchinson Sorenson, John David . . . . . . Eleva, Wis. Stahlke, Richard D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stierna, Gale Melodie Bloomfield Hills, Mich. Stockman, Earl Allyn Stewart Strand, Eugene Mathias ........ Braham Stuber, Sally Marie . . . . . . . . Manneapolas Sundquist, Lewis J . Minneapolis Minneawolis Svendsen. Karen Elizabeth Swanson, Paul Steven ...... ~ e r k h b v e n Larson, Budrow C. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Larson, Dean Ernest . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Larson, Marilyn Virginia . . . . . . St. Paul Lasley, James George . ...., Faarmont Lerstad, Judith Ann Mi~tlrenpnlis Lindeman. Ronald ............. F1oz)kfnr ~ l n d s t r o m ,Richard Milton ...... I;lre#cll Lorents. Olivia Gordon . . . . . Minnenpolls Lystig, J . David . . . . . . Minnecc~~olis Taylor, Kathleen Ann Shell Lake. Wis. Willmar Tengwall, Sandra Joan Tjon, Twylah Ann ... Rugby, N. Dak. Madison, Ina J o . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Tracy, Kay Frances . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Malmsten, Theodore R. .... Minneapolis Tveite. Allan Peter ......... Minneapolis Matson, Elizabeth Joyce . . . . . . Virginia Tweiten, Roger Allen . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Mattison, Phillip LeRoy . . . Lamberton Molldrem, Ariel Robert . . . . Minneapolis Veien, Richard D. ........... Ellendale Mortenson, Gerald W. .... Minneapolis Vomhof, Daniel W. Tucson, Ariz. Nelson. Kendall Peter . . Minot. N. Dale. Nelson, Ronald C. ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s Wallin, Mary Ann C. ...... Minneapolis Newsum, Edwin L. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nordin, Rose Marie . . . . . Lake Lillian Zahl, Carol J e a n Minneapolis ........ ....... ...... . ........ ..... ........... graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Almlie, Vernon Edward . . . Minneapolis Alstead, Jerry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Amundsen, Duane George . . Minneapolis Anderson. A. Lois Grossman . . St. Paul ~ n d e r s o n ; Carol J e a n . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Helen Elizabeth ...... Clzmax Anderson, Luther Alfred . . . . . . Hoffman Anderson, R. Charles . . . . . . Minneapolis Apold, Carol Ann D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin Arndt, Charles Fred . . . . . . . . . . . Cosmos Bagley, Carol J e a n Bailey, David Arnold ........Zimmerman ........... St. Paul Bakken, Faith Elizabeth . . . . . . St. Paul Batalden, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Batalden, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beckman, Ronald R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beglinger, Barbara J o y . . . . . . . . Moorhead Berglund, Kenneth Lee . . . . . Minneapolis Bevis, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Bjurlin, Morris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Farwell Bloomfield, Nancy Helen . . . . . . . . . lsanti Botten, Einar Nelvin . . . . . . . Minneapolis Brecht, Dwayne Elwood . . . Minneapolis Brown, Earlene L. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Bryan, Constance Jean Wicklund Minneapolis Carlson, Kenneth Joseph . . . . . . Willn~nr Carlson, Richard Melvin ....... Willmcir Carlson, Wendell E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colcnlo Carlstedt. Linda Marie ..... Minnenpolis Christensen, Mary Thorynne Minnecil~olis Christiansen. Wayne G. . . . . Minneapolis Clauson. Reta R. . . . . . . . . . Yorkville, Ill. Cowan. William Owen . . . . . Miitneapolis DeBar, Bernard Edwin ......... St. Pa111 Deen, Erinon Louis .........Mi?uaeopolis Detjen, Ronald Dean .............. Wells Donald, James Marr Minnecipolis Droegemueller. Beryl D. ... Mi?anenpolis Dygert, Robert V. .......... Min?aeapolis ....... Farmer, Lannell J o h n ... Madiso?~,Wis. Franzen, Richard Keith . . . . Minneapolis Marks, Myra . . . . . . . . . . . . Lestev Pl'nirie Meena. Joshua Sisia . Moslti. Tnngrn~?lilia Meffert. Robert Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Ga?llord Meister. Jerelvn Hovland . . . . . . St. Paul Mjo~iess, ~ l l e ;Orlaine ~ .... Minneapolis Monson. Paul S. ............... Savage Mortrud. David Lloyd . . . . Minneapolis Nelson, Andre Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Pan1 Nelson, Carol Ann Erickson . Mi~zi~eripolis Nelson. Dallas S. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nelson. Lola Mae ............. Roseall Nelson. Richard Cris . . . . . M i n n c a ~ ~ o l i . ~ Noe. Ronald LeRoy ....... ~ i n n e a i ~ o l i f i Nygaard. Jon I. . . . . . . . . . . Minneal~olis Olson, Gordon Hanley . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, LaVonne Marie C I L I I L ~ L 'Wis. ~~~~L~L~, Olson. Robert James . . . . . . . Minneapolis Osterberg, Russell D. . . . . . . . . Watkins Pankuch. Leonard Edward .. Minnea]~olis Paulson, Gary Ward ........ Minnenpolis Garvin Peterson. Glenn D. Peterson, Jeffrey Gordon Minneapolis Peterson. Marilyn R. ....... Kerkhovela Petrik, Diane Marie ........ Minnenpolis Petroskey. Yvonne Marie . . . . . Virginia Min?aeawolls Petterson. Jerome Glendoa Proctor. David D. .......... Minneapolis ............. ... Gabrielsen, Stephen ............. Fcrvtilt? Gans, Carl W. ............. Mi!u~{!ctpciliu Gilomen, C. nonnld ........ filinrrru~rt>lls Gjerde. Phlllr, 0,............. Sul~rll~nrrl GjcstJcld. Donald Milton SF. Pit117Prrl'l: Rasmussen. Paul E. C~lnaberl<t?td.Wis. Grululer. David C. Blaitcl~nrlll)illt!. Il'is, Raymond. Lloyd Edward . . . . . . . . Jasper Gultlcn, Dean B. ............ MI~~!IC?I~IDI.I.Y' Reynolds. Susan Loclre . . . . . . St. Paril c Gustafson, Joyce Marion . . U ~ r m i f P-nlFs Rinde. Richard Andrew Wlaite Bear Lake Rnlmck, Jnmcs D. . . . . . . . . . . . fi~i1irmatswtIs Hagen, Joyce Marilyn ...... Minnenpolis Rcrchlrt:, Lclir~td M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. P<ltrf Hagenson, Ronald Thomas 110th. Rlch:lrtl I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hlrfl~ton St. Louis P a r k ntvl, Jert1111c M ~ v l f i. . . . . . . . nfknric.rrfwfis Halvorst~n. Sara J a n e . . . . . . Rucl~cstc~. Rt~!rl?. D11roJd C. . , . . . . . . . . . - , . . . T'fr~l'!~ Hanson, G c o r ~ eOrdean . . . . . . Srn~~lyd! Rtiurl, Hullr A I ~ ~ I P. . . . . . . . . M+n~lc~(~lri)ll!i Hanson. Harlan E. . . . . . . . . . Mlftltcoin~lls Rgstri, dctlun F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl~nskfl ~ a n s o . 1 ; Mary M. ...... P a ~ k e r sPI.-ciirie Heggen, Gaylen K. .. Estherville. IozUct Sandbo. Hans Knutson . . . . . Minneapolis Helmstetter, David W. ......... Newport . Minneapolis Sandgren. Carol Ferris Henrickson, Brenda Joyce . Htitclainson Sandgren, David Peter ..... Mii~nenpolis Hermstad, Richard P. . . . Ar~rovn, Colo. Sather, Ruth L. ............... Franklin Heryla. Peter T. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minnec~polis Satter. Allen A. ............ Min?~errpolis Hess, J u d i t h A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o ~ t l ~ l i e l d Schober, Albert G. . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Holm, Paul B. .............. St. Pnzll Schroeder. Arvid C. . . . . . . . . Mznnaapolis Holt, Bradley Paul W i l l m n ~ Sch\valm. Clair Jerome .... Minneapolis Howe, Lauralee Kathleen ... St. Pnzll Sidncy. Philip Oliver . . Graflo~a.N. Dak. Hughes, David Lester ...... Mi?~?leupolis Soice, Virginia Mabel ...... Mi?znenpolis Humphrey. Linda Elaine Minneclpolis Soli, Robert Francis . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Spjut, Paul Leander ........... Roseau Jeckell. Carol Nancy . . . . . . Lanabe~ton Staff, Clarice . . . . . . . . . . New York, N.Y. Jensen, Harold C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vining Starkey, Ronald Harry .... Minneapolis Jerve. Rochelle Francene . . . . . . Watson Steenson, David K. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Minneclpolis Jiran, William Rudolph Stinson, Patricia Louise Colunabia Heights Johnson, Carolyn E. ........ Alexandl'ia Stromberg. Paul William . . Minneapolis Johnson. Grace Hilma . . . . . . Sandstone Szepanski. Donald Michael . Minneclpolis Johnson, Linda Margaret ... Beloit. Wis. Johnson, Trudy Ilean . . Shavon, N. Dak. Tangen, Karen M. .Mi?aneclpolis Jones, Carolyn Margrethe ... Minneapolis Taylor, LaVonne Helen Minneapolis Joubert, Nancy M. . . . . . . . . . Mi?~neapolis Teppen, Frederick A. Minneapolis . . . ............ ... .... Kallestad, William Bruce . . . Minneapolis Keller, Lee Elmer . . . . . Neillsville, Wis. Koss, Kenneth Francis . . . . . . Minnec~polis Lading. David William . . . . . Robbi?asclclle Lapham, James Sigurd . . . Flushing. N.Y. Larson, J e a n R. . . . . . . A?nherst Jct., Wis. Larson, Wallis N. . . . Cunaberland, Wis. Lassila. Bonnie Elaine , . . Minneapolis Lee, LeRoy Edward . . . . . . . Minneapolis Legaarden, Elaine Louise . . Montevideo Leverentz, Alice J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Lielkoks, Anna J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneclpolis Lillestol, Judith C. . . . . . . . . Mi?uaenpolis Lindberg, Diane L. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Linden, Charles L. . . Gvantsbzirg, Wis. Lindquist, Sheryl J o y . Pnrkers Prnivie Lower, Mary Margaret . . . . Minneclpolis . ...... ..... ...... Ross ...... Minneapolis Thompson. Alan Thompson, Steven John .... Minneapolis Torstenson, Ordean L. ........ Dawson Triden, Karen Gayle ........... WfLyZata Tufford, Robert David, J r . .. Minneapolis . Vaala. John Leland Stuart . Minneclpolis Velde, Ellen Ida . . . . . . . . . . Granite Falls Wagner, Christopher Ross La Mirnda, Calif. Wanglie, Ruth Martine Katherine Minneapolis Wanner, John E. . . . . . . . . Almena. Wis. Weigman, Roland Charles, J r . Minnenpolis Wilkins, Doris May Rochester Wilsey, Duane N. .............. St. P a u l Wockenfuss, Lois Irene .... Minneapolis ......... Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Almquist, Paul Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spicer . Shizuoka-Ken, Japan Ichiyama, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moen, Thomas Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northfield With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Peterson, Eugene S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson . . Svanoe, Rennard Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Haller, James Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Husfloen, Richard Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cloquet Juntunen, Wayne Roger Ose, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Parker, Keith Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash. Pederson, Wallace Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,... . . . . . . . . Willmar With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Christianson, Harlan Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hatland, Kenneth Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Philip Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stevens, Robert Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Summary of Graduates Seminary Graduates Graduates Graduates - 1870-1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 710 College Graduates Graduates Graduates Total - 1870-1961 .......................... 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 281 1 130 171 31 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3822 enrollment summary Augsburg College. 1962-1 963 Class FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . 102 50 115 83 162 134 207 204 44 29 0 44 0 47 0 27 0 76 630 703 . . . . -- Total Academic Year Class Men Women Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 124 167 224 54 0 0 0 0 - 60 86 137 210 40 45 49 27 76 - 671 730 . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . Total 162 210 304 434 94 45 49 27 76 1401 Augsburg Theological Seminary. 1962-1 963 SEM. I SEM. I I TOTAL Men Men Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Firstyear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .............................. 10 13 4 5 32 9 12 3 4 28 10 13 4 5 32 Total Student Enrollment. 1962-1 963 COLLEGE Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1401 1 SEMINARY Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Augsburg College. 1963-1 964 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 73 101 134 183 38 42 46 40 92 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 749 . . . . - - Total Academic Year Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Men Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683 . . . . Women Total 166 74 260 106 281 138 424 186 98 42 43 43 46 46 40 40 92 92 . 767 92 154 143 238 56 0 0 0 0 - Total Student Enrollment. 1963-1 9 6 4 Men Students . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . .......... Deducting those counted more than once . . 683 767 1450 Academic Administration . . . 47 Accounts. Payment of . . . . 18 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . 117 Administration Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Advanced Placement . . . . . . 28 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . 28 Affiliation . . . . . . . . . 2. 8. 98 Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . . 8. 9 Alumni Association. The . . . . 10 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Art. Department of . . . . 71. 103 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Attendance. Chapel . . . 31 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . 49 Audio-Visual Center . . . . . 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Biology. Department of 89. 109 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 16 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . 116 Bookstore . . . . . . . 10 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Business Administration . 83. 107 Business Education . . . . . 85. 108 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 . . . . 31 Campus Life Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapel Service. The . . . 31 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 91. 110 Church Workers . . . . . . . . . 100 Classification of Students . . . 48 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Coaching Endorsement . . . 96 36 Co-curricular Program . . . . Committees of the Faculty . 118 Comprehensive Examinations . 50 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . 98 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 55 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . . 107 Business Education . . . . 108 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Church Workers . . . . . 100 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Economics . . . . . . 107 Elementray Education . . . 106 Engineering . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . 101 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 General Liberal Arts . . . 99 German . . . . . . . . . . 103 Greek-Latin . . . . . . . . . . 101 Health and Physical Ed 112 High School Teaching 106 History . . . . . . . . . 104 Home Economics . . . . 108 Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Medical Technology . . . 112 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Parish and Church Workers 100 Philosophy . . . . . . . 101 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Pre-Seminary . . . . . 100 Psychology . . . . . . . . 105 Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Social Science Combined . . 104 Sociology . . . . . . . . 104 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . . . . . . . . . 2, 140 Development Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 113 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Distinction. Degree with . . . 53 56 Divisional Organization . . . . Dramatics . . . . . . . 37. 65 I index Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 84. 107 Education. Department of . . 79 Education. Elementary . . . 79. 105 Education. Secondary . . . 81. 106 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Eligibility Requirements . . . . . 40 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 45 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English. Department of . . 62. 101 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Entrance Requirements . . . . . 27 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Home Economics . . . . . . . 86. 108 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 53 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41. 53. 98 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . 98 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Humanities. Division of the . . 61 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . 39 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . 98 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. 17 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 18 Financial Information . . . . . . 15 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 13 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 101 Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . 114 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 99 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 3 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates-(1 870-1963). Summary of . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guaranteed Tuition Plan . Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99 Mathematics . . . . . . . . 95. 111 Medical Technology . . . . . 98. 112 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . 113 Membership in Educational Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ministry. Preparation for the . 100 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66 Music. Department of . . . 69. 103 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Musical Organizations . . . 38. 71 . Health and Physical Ed . 96. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History and Political Science . . . . . . 73. 112 43 106 7 104 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 55 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses 114 index Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 9 Organizations. Student . . . . . 36 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Parish Work. Curriculum . . . . 100 Part-time Students . . . . . . . 16. 48 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 18 Personnel Services. Student . . 41 Philosophy. Department of 59. 101 Physical Education . . . . . . 39 Physics. Department of . . . 93. 110 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 10 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . 100 Prizes and Scholarships . . . . . 20 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Psychology. Department of 78. 105 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32. 34 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . 116 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Registration. Change of . . . . . 47 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Religious Program . . . . . . . . 33 Residence Requirement . . . . . 53 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Scandinavian Language and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 20 Secretarial Courses . . . . . 85. 115 Seminary. Summary of Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Social Sciences, Division of the 73 Social Sciences . . . . . . . 76, 104 Sociology, Department of 76, 104 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 103 Special Programs of Study . . 98 Speech, Department of . . 65, 102 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 34 Student Government . . . . . . 35 Student Personnel Services . . 41 Suspension of Students . . . . 48 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Teacher's Certificate . 79. 81. 106 Teaching Curriculums . . . . . . 106 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43. 50 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 16 University Courses . . . . . . . . . 48 Upper Division Requirements . 53 notes Augsburg College is now in the "centennial phase" of its development program, pointing toward the 100th anniversary of the college in 1969. The centennial phase program, covering the years 1964-1969, is the second phase of a 20-year development program begun in 1959 in which objectives are timed to five-year phases. The college has the following centennial goals for the current five-year period: Facilities - TO construct an art building, a 600-bed high-rise dormitory and a college center; to remodel Science Hall, Old Main, and Memorial Hall; to complete Si Melby Hall and to acquire additional athletic field space. Enrollment - To increase enrollment to 1600 students. Faculty - To increase by ten the number of full-time faculty members. Tuition - To maintain tuition a t levels judged to keep the cost of education a t Augsburg within the range of its constituency. Library - To increase the holdings of George Sverdrup library by 50%. - Budget To increase the educational budget to $2,000,000. Student aid - To increase expenditures for scholarships and grants to $209,000. Endowment - To establish a fund of $50,000 per year for endowed scholarships. DEVELOPMEN1 PROGRAM
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ....~................... ....,.,.,.. .. . ....... .......44 ..........................................................5 .............................................................34 .................................................................35 ............................................36 Introduction Calendar About this Catalog Options Visiting Students Augsburg Courses UMAIE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Lifetime Sports Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). For More Information Interim Office Memorial 230) Interim*tary, Kay Thoat =lo25 Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b) It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Calendar 1990 .............................................................Interim Registration ........................................................................... Late Interim Registration ......................................................................................... First Day of Interim October 29 -November 2 December 3 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. ........+..C..H...U .....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd ...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 3 January 16 January 18 January 30 February 4 ..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses .................................................................................................... Interim Ends ................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 . Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $708 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses The Florida Keys: Marine Biology of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental sections of this catalog (Biology and English.) The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Marine Biology of The Florida Keys BIO 140-41048; 340-41049 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Distribution: BiologyIChemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Molds, Mushrooms and Humans BIO 141-41047 Instructor: Esther McLaughlin The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips. Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-41001 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg 'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis in-ted in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living. Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room Science 315 A Labaatory Intro&m to Chemisty <31M113.41002 Instructar: JoanKunz Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to &anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work, tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw murse. Distributiom Biology/Chemistry Time:I Room Science 315 COBOL CSC 27141003 Instructo~:LanyRagland A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the progaming assignments and examinations. Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170) Time:I Room: Science 112 Puinciples of Miaaeconornics ECO 1l%4100Q Instrudo~Satva Guvta ~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time:I Room: Library 1 C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim y Betzueen East and West ECO 319-41037 Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained, including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam (takehome),and a paper. Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro) Time: I Room: Old Main 21 EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~ and Orgm'mtbns ECO 31%41038 Instrudac Milo Schield Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~ Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State). Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic ImperMsm". Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning. I quizzes,paper and final. Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO). Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science, Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor. Time: I1 Room: Science319 For more Economics listings, see Page 36 Human Relations EDS 38841050 Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 10 Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten EDE 37541005 Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill: A. Stms key adult/child relationships. B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby current mearchand practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - '%ow to learn". E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans. ER mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices. H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakem and field trips. Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to iden* 1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten 2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit COum. Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess. Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 wtiw o f t h r n w q s ENG 13641051 Instructo~JohnMitchell This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment co-(E itself will involve an interdisciplina~~ program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50 writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams, Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams; and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture, and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men? tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12 pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting. This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of this catalog (Biology and English) The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) , lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01 Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I Room: Old Main l2 The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm 1 I mG~1007/MW10a) Instructoc Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered ,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel. Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a finalscam Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and p~epw a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it. All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel& original fiction from theclass. Prerrquisite: Effective Writing Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech Time: I Room: Music 22 Speech Communi*: W m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their VioftheEnglishLanpge ENG ZL9-4l057 Instructm JohnSchmit 'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and, conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units. 'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the c u m l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst. 'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p . Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies Time: II Room: Old Main 27 ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l ENG 24941009 Instructm Douglas Gram Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-41042 Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half medit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supemision of the School Health Program HPE 410-41043 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m ) Time: I Room: Murphy Place2 CoachingofBasketbaZ1 HPE 477-41090 Instruchm Brian Ammann ?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-. Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation Thisisa &f cradit catrse. Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays Room: Melby 111 Coachingof Volleyball HPE 48341054 Instructo~:Marilyn Florian This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course. Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE---- 41041 Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Si Melby 202 The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed HIS 33841056 1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and fordp @icy. We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party, Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington. These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study. Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material. Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor Time: I Room Old Main l3 The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course. Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe INS 191-41011 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part of the class work. Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking About What You Read I N S 120-41055 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and about the Paidcia Program. Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part, on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From "%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential Schools, Brown University.) Time: I Room: Science 319 Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India I N S 241-41053 Instructor: Vincent Peters Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor," "East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context of an emerging nation. South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles. Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue, homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view greatly challenged and enhanced. We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with the colorful celebration of Republic Day. There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests. The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation, accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. W m k LifeTransitions INS24541010 Instructar: Diane Busico Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others? ?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18 on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles. Distribution: Women's Studies Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages LIN 3124UlZ Instrue. Donald Steinmek ?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history. Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese, Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l , Sardinian,Rom,and others. This coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&. Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French, Slavic for Romanian, etc. 'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof SpanishandFd By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the factos which account for the diffenmm. Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final examination Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse Time:I Room Old Main 22 Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math MAT 1324013 I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do& Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you like to irrgroveyour math SHS, be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you. In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ . Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests. Time 11 Room Science212 Ma& ofbrterest MAT 173-41014 Instrum Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for annuities and &ved lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan s men? Or why women have paid less than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d . 'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes. Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics Time I Room Science 212 Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview MUS ll(F41017 Instntctor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Electronic Music Composition MUS 23&41063/430-41015 Instructor: Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants will be involved in: 1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Beginning Nonoegian I NOR 111-41018 Instructor: Frankil Shackelford Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 25 What Do You Think Of That? PHI 250-41019 Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly. Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?". Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and class discussions. Distribution: History/Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Music 22 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-41020 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 26. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: MathematicsRhysics Time: I Room: Science 28 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-41021 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor Time: I Room: Science 205 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 15141022 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math level lII Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 Understanding the Middle East Through Literature POL 241-41062 Instructor: Renee Taft Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar, students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Music 23 Alternative Politics PoLW1058 Instructm RandallKindley 'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and ~ m tmovanenk s that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad. 'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist, anti- nuclear, religious and anti-tion p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the 21st Century be based on these new political cleavages? In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action? How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded, shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to come? Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on class participation, a termpaper and a final exam h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor. Time:I1 Room Murphy Place 3 TheLegalRights oftheAm& Employee and E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve POL 37641099 Instruclor. Phil Fishman This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-. Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination. h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics. Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber. Room Old Main 16 Psychobgy ofthe Legal System PSY 3354024 Nancy Steblay l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision Instru- Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice, ethics and victimization. Guest-1 will include members of the legal and psychological communities. Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible for contributionto classmomdiscussion. Prerequisites: a general psychology course Time: 11 Room: Old Main16 The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols PSY 340-41023 Instntdotr Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 3704025 Instructor: Duane E.Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class session is requhd. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required. Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 23 The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation REL 445 41006 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 11 The Theology of Mm'age REL,34341026 Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the 1 I I heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian tea*, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the family. discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be Thew willbe,-l based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room Music 24 Biblical T & i Then andNow REL4354060 Instructor:~~-en An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries, including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians. Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text. Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams. Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward graduationrequirements.) Time: II Room Old Main 23 A t m , God and Money: How SciencP, Religion a n d E c m i c s M k REL 43641061 Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another. Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants will work as teams to construct Space Colonies. Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the course for credit. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 25741027 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991) SWK 34611028 Instructor: Rosemary Link Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections, family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of International Programs. Field Work LU S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse) S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course) Instrudar: Francine Chakoli Course content w i l lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II) Time: To be arranged Principles of Sociology (with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn) SOC 121-41031 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading illbe given. assignments. Three exams w Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: II Room Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-41032 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding. The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room Old Main 18 Beginning Spmdsh SPA 1114(B3 Instructo~Staff Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam Distribution: ForeignZanguage Time: I Room Old Main 29 Evaluating Continental Literatrwe SPA 250-41034 ~ I ' I S Gu* ~ ~ E ROZ4?tlt& The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems. Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time:I Room: Old Main27 Documentary Video SPC 347-41035 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar Theater Crafts SPC 495-41036 Instructor: Michael Burden Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented. Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show. Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or permission of instructor. Time: I1 Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan Archaeology in Yugoslavia Art in France and Italy Australia's Business Climate The British School and Family The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan E m t in Transition Europe and the Rise of Modern Science -- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland Modern European Business and Worklife Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y) Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland Translating All That Business About lapan * These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991) HPE 455-41039 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health and Physical Education department. Total payment is due October 31,1990. Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit). Outward Bound HPE 21241067 Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period. l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has n some scholarshipsavailable). LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu POL39841065 Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld POL 39841066 These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this as(orn w l n r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme. class as&I American Karate HPE 002-41045 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 120&1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-41044 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Hisotry of Economic Thought ECO 219-41406 Instructor: Richard Herzog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV . Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 NEW COU'RSE A I S 290-41069 ART 290-41068 S. Chapman TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y , mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1 produce art work such ar weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department. Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this Proposal. Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included. Distribution: Fine A r t s HPE 271-41070 Time: X I Room: OFFICIATING FOOTBALL I. ~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League. 2. Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total aducational prrrcess. Cmtenr: OM4 Will k based an the rules mb -its set f0M the national Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota State High Schcvl League. Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9- situations Evaluation: Written tcst - T h i s i s a one-half credit course. H I S 140-41964 EAST EUROPE Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri. UNDER THE HAPSBURGS - Room: S i Melby R.D. Zehnder the East C e n ~ d f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent ~nditzon of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t thc Balkans w i t h eye .to fallowin; c ~ z t n events t in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q an ricotic but &- He w i l l lccir a t vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-, Hati-, always as t h vsi+'-q ~ t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s, H z w l m n , and . &-B 3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of s f mt&e .. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud. W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e ma<*= is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th. Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#. Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy Time: I 1 Room: OM13 J, Shackel ford - -- -- - - - - - ~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim ~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton; ~ d l u r=forn l d the discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ; -cgenm of a*pcrirntal e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n for t h e &act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require l er aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr. ~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia. Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl & r , Prerequisite: 3 History course m l m t l m u11l k plpcr. Time: ? I Room: OM13 MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE Zheng The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn, hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc), Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121. Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1 Distribution: I N S 401-41071 Time: I1 Room: 5212 Math/Physics THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR: & THE WILDERNESS THE GARDEN 3. G r i f f i n This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re, but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities. The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves. Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT INTERNSHIPS: Time: I Room: FC 42 For information on January Interim internships please contact the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14. OTHER CHANGES: HPE 232 REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F Cancelled courses: HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED MAT 132, MATH AND ITS APPLICATIONS INTERIM
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ .................
Show more ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ ................................................................5 ................................................................-6 ................................................................39 .................................................................40 lntroductlon Calendar About Thls Catalog optlons . . . . . . Vlsltlng Students lnterlm Courses UMAlE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Ufetlme Sports ...............................................42 Contents Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025. October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration t Day of Interim January 4 ............................................. Class 1990 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00p.m. Last Day for CancellAdd January 5 . Last Day for Determining Grading System ........... January 15 with Registrar January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses A Ends January 27 .................... February 1................... S P M Semester Begins February 5 .............................................. Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog. Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the Introduction I direded/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. I Introduction 1 Alt 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class. Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics Maxlmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 17 610 102-A lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2 Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 105-A Instructor Esther McLaughlln This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/ Mlnorlty General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BUS 22GA Instructor: Stuart Sfoller Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e view these financial statements to approve all loans. The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors with the basics to: record business transactions, understand and use financial statements and communicate effectively with financial institutions. Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a final. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 10 BUS 30 1-A Instructor Mllo Schleld An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of a market-based economy. The course has three components: a review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts), an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of market failures, their causes and their remedies. Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can analyze, defend, and attack the arguments. Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status or Instructor's permlsslon General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 BUS 368-A Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em- ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 INTRODUCTION TO COBOL CSC 27 1-A Instructoc Noel Petlt A study of the COBOL programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Madmum Enrollment:20 rime: I Room: Foss 42 Computer Science ECO 112-A lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy- sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science General Education Perspectlve: Maximum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Fos 43 ECO 1 13-A lnstructoc Ed Sabella An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house- hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd Maximum Enrollment: 25 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 29 ECO 495-A Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy - and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare, technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an interdisciplinary manner. Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal take-home research essay. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor Madrnum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Foss 43 EDE 375A Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization, research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and examlnatlon. Thk; Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 nme: I Room: Ubrary 1 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Madmum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Ubrary 12 EDU 388-A lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to Education Dept. In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Llbrary 1 ENG 2 19-A Instructor: John Schrnlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economical standing and our cultural background. For this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy General Education Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 249-A Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for the local productions. I Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course. Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly recommended. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech General Education Perspective:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 ENG 282-A ENG 482-A Instructor: John Mltchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo- rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling for upper dlvlslon credlt Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 21 English I ENG 282-8 Instructor Joan GrlftYn An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic contributions to medieval civilization. Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams. Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 42 THEATREINAND AROUND LONDON ENG 269-A InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre performances and four group dinners. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 30 FRE 243-A lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project, and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of lnst~ctor Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 27 GER 2 B A lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013 Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor Madmum Enrollment: 15 nme: I Room: Foss 2 1B HPE 232-A Instructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 HPE 475A Instructor:Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e sources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequlslte:BIO 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 477-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby l l l HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marllyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. Thls Is a one-half credlt course. Time:1 I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby l l l neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl UP€48 I-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UP€47CFA Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball (Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. Thk Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UPE 487-A lnstructoc Jeff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Time:1 I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 203 HIS 22GA HIS 32GA Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements for upper level. History Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Old Maln 13 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 I-A lnstructoc Chris Mmball Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of Instructor Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: I Room: Old Maln 29 I History INS 12GA lnstructoc Ann neener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars, reflective writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation. Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 210A lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 lime: I Room: Muslc 23 Interdisciplinary INS 225A I n s ~ c t o rAmln : Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time:1 I Room: Foa 20 INS 245-A lnstructoc Dlane Budco Women assume multiple roles within the work and family domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly, they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting types of behavior. The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will read several books related to women's roles in the work and family domains. The assessment of this component of the course is based on written responses to questions assigned for small group discussion. A second component of the course is a group project on the work and family roles of women. The assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects include an historical overview of the work and family roles of women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women. Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Maln 10 INS 275A Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and daily life. The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a paper. Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Interdisciplinary MAT 173-A lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes. This course should be usehl for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields. Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:20 Vine: I1 Room: Old Maln 16 MAT 253-A Insfructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the explorationof this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Science 1 12 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nlcholas Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For Music non-music majors. Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc Mcudmum Enrollment: 30 77me: I Room: Choral Room M-2 MUS 129 Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or the Instructor's pemlsslon. Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 394-A Instructor Cynthla Lohman "How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers. To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can directly empower their performing, this course focuses on exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression. Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro- cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre. Students will participate in the course through study and re hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes. Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or audlllon. Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room) NOR 1 I 1-A Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 175A lnstructoc Davld Apollonl We will begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles -Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty Madmum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 16 PHI 2 W A Instructor Mark Fuehrer This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm. Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student discussion will also be a factor. Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: 1 Room: Old Maln 22 mrrosopny PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Maximum Enrollment:20 7ime: I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 325A Instructor Stuart Anderson From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent), MAT 124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245). Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 30 POL 359-A Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values, and customs. Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions supporting the old regime, including the family and religion. Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective situations contradicted the policy in both cases. Students will be expected to read several books, plus some articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng wM FSU or number of Department Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 I Room: Muslc 24 PSY IOSA lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab reports, computer exercises, and class participation. Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology Madmum Enrollment:20 nine: 1 I Room: Murphy Place I PSY 20 1 -A lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and illness prevention and treatment. Prerequlslte: PSY 105 MaAmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 23 REL 343-A Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of Instructor Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345A lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1 Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth Maxlmum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Old Maln I8 REL 366-A lnstructoc Brad Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Music 23 REL 445 lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, two presentations to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be used toward graduation rellgion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Main I I SWK315A Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness modem health delivery and folk practices and different health conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655. Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers. SOC 23 1-A Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod The human family is examined as a social system within alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are seen within their cultural and institutional contexts. Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 13 SOC 265-A Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human groups who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular cultural group other than their own. This observation will become the basis for a class presentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class p r e sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban General Education Perspective: intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Fos 20 socrorogy I BEGINNINGSPANISHI SPA I1 1-A Instructoc GabfielaSweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 11 Madmum Enrollment:25 nme: 1 I Room: Old Maln 25 SPC 226-A lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson This course will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced. Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one final reflective paper. The class is designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre SPC 32 1-A lnstructoc James Hayes This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students will be required to enter three different forensics events at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b SPC 495-A Instructor: Anne Holmquest The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to the question: what causes conflict in communication and how should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods. e q wreading (onebook and Students will be evaluated on r articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally Speech, Communication & Theatre I will be asked to give an oral report on research. Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I/ Room: Foss 43 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World Vlew The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural Diversity Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawall Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and Services Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and Denmark Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland Ecuador Geography of the Baltic States A Greek Odyssey Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational Settings The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland International Business and Culture in a European Environment Law In London Uteraw Ireland Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of Europe In Search of the Anclent Romans South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United Kingdom Theatre In and Around London Thls Is New Zealand 2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In the Intertm Offlce. HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Total payment is due October 31,1992. Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247. Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk HPE 2 12-A Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A Information on either of the above programs, housing, and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom, Memorial 117A, 330-1197. Other Courses lrls @ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Libr...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. O l d M a i n 5. Wcsl Hall 6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music- Hall 11. Psychology Building 12 Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Slage II Thrdter 15. Lillle Thrcitc,r 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Studrnt Parking C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Facul~y-StaffParking F. M u r p h y Square G. Practice Field H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp -..-... + ' - , , . . - , .,\: ,. -.:+, . ( Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Contents 2 Campus Map 5 Introduction 7 8 12 16 24 30 44 45 128 139 140 142 Facilities Admissions Costs Financial Aid Student Life Academic Information Brief Facts Course Descriptions Registers Communication List Index Academic Calendars Philip Thompson, Art Department chair, checks a student project Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and women's volleyball Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower at Homecoming Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultwral and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear, disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a cran~~nued goal of the college, f P$ Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand I ~ Christian P faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world. a Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting, provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany, in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college graduation was in 1879. Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year. Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway, centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl ' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years. Location and Campus Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus . or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The Council on Social Work Education The American Chemical Society Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Minnesota Private College Council Lutheran Education Council in North America Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South. Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student Eousing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions 9 Freshmen Students Early Decision Early Admission 10 Transfer Students 11 Former Students Special Students (Non-Degree) International Students 8 Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue South Campus Hub, the College Center, and Urness Tower I' Moving in - often a family affair Ir: . . 4 Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin. cP Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors. visit prospective students in their schools, assisting rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Whencves possible, the Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made. f Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented instcad of t h high ~ school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made. g 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scorcs, and tecommenrlation5. Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid 0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office. f A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr ~ of the senior year of high i r l i o o f hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg. P A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the Admissions Office. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An ~ ~ r i l 1 arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ . py Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10 return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo not pay the application fce, b Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. 5 Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult the information available from the Admissions Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other nations. Financial Information 13 Costs 1980-81 14 Deposits 15 Payments Refunds Financial Aid 16 Application 17 Gifts 18 Loans Campus Work 19 Sponsored Scholarships 12 Melby Hall - site for registration, Chapel, games, Commencement Gymnasts praclice for competition Music Hall entry invites a lineup Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1980-81 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ......................................$3,660.00 Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ............................ 510.00 This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ......................... 255.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 957.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week) ............................... . ...... 880.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account Late Registration (per day after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.00 A d d a course (after first three days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Cancel a course (after first three days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 .... ......... ......... ... 20.00 ....... 5.00 Nursing Admission Test Introduction t o Cinema Arts 35.00 Film Making (Interim) 70.00 Life Drawing (Interim) Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 20.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) ................. 510.00 Locker Rental (for commuters) Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after fPrst, w h ~ c h is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Special Examinations (Schedule o n file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00 Student Teaching .............. 35.00 Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 10.00 Private, Interim, per lesson Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00 ... Psychology of Music 10.00 Radio-Television ........... Production . . . 10.00 .. 35.00 Theater Technical Production Books and Supplies These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) ............................................ $ 50.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. Housing ........................................................... 100.00 Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e . of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from [he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f cancellation is alier these dates. Breakage and Fine ... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... . , ... . .., , .. . .. 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates l single year contracts are indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as r brochure will be miiilcd. availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and b Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g ~ of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls 11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y the C o l l e g ~ (Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according to established repaympnt schetlulcs. r Refunds Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes. 90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h 10th day of cla~srs. UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h h 75th clay ofclasses. ;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs. 60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs. 5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn. - No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. t to Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life. Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office. All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. IG/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes. Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto hcl rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing costs. 9 Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from all aid sources. \ The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources. The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor ~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc- men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration. Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF. Au~sburg'scode is 6014. 3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg , will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aitl packagc. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial Aid/l7 New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of their awarcl by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to inverti~ate rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others, "i Gift Assistance - Available to students who have shown academic Augsbur Tuition Grant r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1 E need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A r;~urlen~'s scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration. 1 Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1. St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln. 18/Financial A i d Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount . grants are hilsed on need the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion . is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr to the appropriate BEOG officc. mF) Loan Assistance National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol minimurn of830 a ~manih) b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school. principal (a1 t R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0. f: 'h Y Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal c or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams. W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge, Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may be e x ~ ~ n d up e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive ! . arc available at thr?callcge, samc ~1ndr1rgra~luate maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan without demonstrating financial eligibility. Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National ~ denrolled in Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum loan is $2500 per year. Campus Work Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl, Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities. 1 Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship deserving junior/senior students. - awarded annually t o t w o M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. David J. Formo Scholarshi established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance. Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclassstudents. Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls P of scholarship, p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe o f State nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf ~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate application required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3 rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer I r)unrldtron {code h577) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. Minority Student Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be awarded to a Blaca student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students. Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded Christian service. on the basis of need, character and interest in The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. awarded annually to an able and Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with a preference for basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the wrestling program. Biology Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship interested in the field of business. - awarded to one or more upperclass students Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business and/or education. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration. Chemistry Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship. Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship. Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship. Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry Scholarship. Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . - established in 1978 for upperclass History awarded annually to students majoring in history H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field. Library Science Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/ senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of mathematics. Music 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. - Student Life 25 Religious Life Student Government 26 Athletics Student Activities Student Services 27 CSD Intercultural Center 28 Health Service Food Service Residence Life 29 Student Rights All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the College Cenler Ready for Christmas - afler finals Classes are small, so you get to know faculty and students Li ~b 7 .. Student Life/25 Student Life Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your edura~ion. !' Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an! plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some 200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion. We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg. Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement arp possibl~! from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If p. ..:-. you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn the College Cenlcr. Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. 26/Student Services The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon , i unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station v, serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower. There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the theater arts depart rnent. Intercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. B Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW). Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes that t ~ pconiext . in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h intrllectual conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its students. F: The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, l ntercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. , and staff as well as You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. "'""6 Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment. htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~ plan t to liclp you assess yourself, explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor. B Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered each year to P II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships), lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf several limes d u l i n ~the year. P Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. 7 Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise. c h a l l r n g ~mare \ Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy anrl procedure. f Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentratr i n two major areas: American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian community Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices, service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities available. lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed International Student Advisor. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~ thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available. Food Service The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All residcnt students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing only if space is available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics. Yo Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student ~fEir5. 7 t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation ( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Academic Information 31 Degrees Academic Calendar Faculty Library & Audio-Visual 32 Divisions 33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s Teaching Licensure 34 Certification Programs Pre-Professional 35 Inter-Institutional Programs 37 Study A b r o a d 38 H o n o r s Program Internship C o n t i n u i n g Education Academic Policies 38 39 40 41 42 Registration Graduation Requirements Grading A u d i t i n g Courses Grade Point Average Classification Advanced Placement Advanced Standing Probation a n d Dismissal Dean's List 43 Graduation w i t h Distinction Independent/Directed Study Veterans 44 Brief Facts 45 Course N u m b e r i n g Prerequisites Psychology Building, Norwegian class, Music Therapy class Academic Information/31 - Academic Information Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad liberal arts backgroun! i n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are c of faculty advisers. encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~ ing ' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission. ~~rl rY Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring the regular term. (See Registration). j a ~ ~ u a Interim ry is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto employ styles of teaching ~ n learning d and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf: ~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog, pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or nt rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1. Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide gbraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are available. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding. Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section. P Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, lnternational Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Church Staff Work Communication Arts Corrective Therapy East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages (Chinese,' French, German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,' Spanish) History International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Stud~es Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso hy PhysicaPEducation (& Adapted PE) Ph sics PoLtical Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science/Social Studies Social Work Sociology S eech TReater Arts 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education: Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German, Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s). 34/Certification, Pre-Professional Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. 7 Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology, sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program. ~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson. a - Program Evaluation Certification Provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies. I nter-l nstitutional/35 he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C. he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments [ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry 115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one from each r,l ~ I i r c e groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353 recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, at othcr medical schools may including psychology and sociology. R~guirements vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn* mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs 724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/, 351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1 course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary, Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. 36/l nter-I nstitutional Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Study Abroad/37 Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. - Semester or Year Abroad Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv. 38/Academic Policies Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. f Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer (or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements. Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a semester. 8, P Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the c of the Registrar. completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office Graduation Requirements 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or I 4 7 minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's degree. 2. Completion of a major. Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or co-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. 40/Evaluation, Grading Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Socio ogy English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports -Two sports. lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care ? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0 scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto l use the P/N gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn. % Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several ~ radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education interim C O U ~ S Carp courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English 111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N. 1 Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. \, Grading, AuditingMI Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1. An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\! h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd r hy ~ ~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere. P A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record. A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned n may not be repeated for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y , h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record. d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp and in ~ l i grade c p n i n l average. A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation o n the record. Auditing Courses Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g (or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1 confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W (Wii hdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges. Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her t has been o n probation two or more a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs r the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses. Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses. Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation. Study Options, Veterans/43 Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. IndependentIDirected Study Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate ~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~ (Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill n t r c g i s t ~again r tor t h e c o u r s ~ to rrceive the final grade. Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses reqi~ircrllor he degree. Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own academic dciln. Y Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of the Registrar, as i t is for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 7 44/Brief Facts Facts & Figures about Augsburg College Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 57% of students are Lutheran, 16% other Protestant, 14% Roman Catholic. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by American Chemical Society. MemberTwin Cities Associated Colleges of the Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26 states and 20 nations. Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of 1980,288. Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30. Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80. Library - Over 160,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Majors - 40 in 20 departments. Special offerings include International Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive internship program. Athletic Affiliation - Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school sessions. ~ugsburgCollege 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Departments, Courses/45 Departments, Course Descriptions Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the student should consult the instructors of the courses. subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ . Courscs and terms listed arc A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not b e ~ fulfilled n iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) t: t: Departments and Courses 47 Art/Art History 49 Biology 53 Business Administration & Economics 55 Chemistry 58 East Asian Studies Education Elementar /Kindergarten Early Chidhood Secondary Library Science 68 Engineering 69 English 72 Foreign Languages Chinese French German Greek Japanese Linguistics Norwegian Russian Spanish 81 Geography Health and Physical Education 84 History 87 International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science 90 Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies 93 Music and Music Therapy 98 Natural Science 99 Nursing 101 Philosophy 103 Ph sics 106 Poitical Science 109 Psychology 112 Religion 115 Russian Area Studies Scandinavian Area Studies 117 Social Science Social Studies 118 Social Work 120 Sociology 122 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 126 Transdisciplinary Major 127 Women's and Minority Studies 46 Chemisrry lab, Science Hall from the Quad XB FWF- - I . . ART Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by thc Art taculky. Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil, 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq. :225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making I1 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits t o museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n 19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83) Biology Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud - Major Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually reauire Chemistrv 353. Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106). Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1982 and alternate years). 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistrv An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate years.) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel. Business Administration I Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391, 392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administratiod53 M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131, 335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from nnc of t h following: ~ Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ . Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474: 8 Internalional Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq l follow. Studrrlrs w h o plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their n program of t' study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 t o b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373, 379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e deparrmcn~chairperson. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants {C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr. r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics). Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately after graduation. Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r program o f study. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business, C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend I I . , . . ." Business Administration/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall) 263 Intermediate Accounting - II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) , 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). 430 Marketing - Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand) 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454 and three other upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming are strongly recommended. MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or 453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479: Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on 379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo to thosf: listetl above. Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses (122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer ly to programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics. Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought, Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d 1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains. Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are: Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics 121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year. 7: American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. / Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. 71 Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a course program early in thelr college career. d Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and 351 or 352. Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. 60/C hemistry - - 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry nl prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry, r Secontl term, nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours , labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school h chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al e ~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy c rmeansol l mocl~rn r h ~ o r ~ of e schem~cal bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East Asian Studies East Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator) This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government, teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies, l 7 This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration OI eSt. Catherine possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~ ~ n (College l of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e languages beyot~dthe first two years. 7 To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government, history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr . stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1 i~ only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion. I Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2 P introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major. d Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of electives. - --- Economics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and , Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater Arts. Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to asr deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg College. Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc, S t u d ~ n ~transferring s from an education program at anuther rollege must be readmissible lo that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115: . . Librarv Sciencr?.341. 358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand l l 2.i i n major and minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. (Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver (483, 484, 478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator. 7, 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course. Application farms arcavailabl~ in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of their rleclarcd major. A student take education courses aficr thc Orientation course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota 13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's gl~ Education < Ion program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t' program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478, special r n c t h ~ t l in s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired. my Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools: ( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S. degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6) Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses. 1 Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe art majorwill r r g i s t ~for r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365; and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC. 373. The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study. All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course) The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses 363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) d 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) Library Science/67 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler, JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services in the Library Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. tngineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period. P k The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College. R Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the freshman year, Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged. English Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in Briii~h literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish 245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser nl regulaj A i l u d ~ with n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n (he English department should work closely wiih an adviser in the department. a10 Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in tke tall term of the so~hornore y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f Education. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration, American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration. k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses, special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P I N grading only. 111 Effective Writing Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall) 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 Modern Drama Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 72/Foreign Languages P 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray, Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm, (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or more of that language. Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311. k Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only. The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad. For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is reauired for graduation. Chinese, French/73 For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r . Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion Competency Exam. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~ become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing. Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and p ~ r s o n ause. l French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf) 352 Creativity and Restraint survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) n 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j . Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended: Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211, 212 Intermediate German For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basir < k ~ l into l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\ practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs r uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl e. lor majorstrid minors. Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid) 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque, n, hulklarung and Sturm und Drang lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~ 011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are A--:---^I .- -:A r+..^I--e.r -un.-eccn, . . Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n . '411 n r ft nn nPmand\ Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Creek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information. Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended. M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in cP civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged. R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu- age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand) Russian, Spanish/79 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator. 111, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the [ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~ practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for t l ma]c~r< and mrnors. Open to all q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. O n demand) 457 Spanish Novel Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography, Health Education/81 Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n Health Education Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410; SOC. 231, 241. Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105; Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ. sequence for teaching license. Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 82/Physical Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol. 103. Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471, 472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493; Professional Affilialion Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl ion or teaching and student tcachin i n an udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator. (This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.) f Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years) Physical Education/83 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 254 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-2) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic, ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and professional ethics. (Summer School only) 495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for details. Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division. Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances, h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1 3 1 r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e language at 1 course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee. Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students. Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering for an u p p e r level course. There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty schedules a n d student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. - 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. See department chairperson. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the last fifty years. l nternational Relations/87 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator) Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104, 332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351, 381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge work in a second modern language. Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14 required courses. Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d Mathematics-Education. 104 Basic Mathematics A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring; solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Computer Science/89 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982 and alternate years) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage, and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall) 90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming cl languagr in numerical analy~~s. Topin tncluric error analysis, the a ~ n r r a concepl l of ill*rativc% formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear 4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on ant1 integration. Credit may be granted toward a ma~tiematic~ rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved. Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution. P Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Garry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc 722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art : 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Metro-Urban Studies/91 Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psyc~ology, religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171, 381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or indepenBent study. 399 lnternship - Metropolitan Resources 498 lndependent Study An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. 499 lndependent Study Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 lndependent Study (Optional) lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated wirli ~ h c language instruction. 92/Metro-Urban Studies 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning - in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 Field Experience 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco 499 lndependent Study Music t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand. Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier, l 5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D. johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas, l David Tubergen, Mary Wilson Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) Bachelor of Arts Degree Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the* camplction of Thcory 1112, Bachelor of Music Degree Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375, 499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg. Bachelor of Science Degree Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or 365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice; Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103, Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7 Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and Soc. Ill, lZT,231,241,362,375); 7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during t h senior ~ year. This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith nn I ~ N;lrinnal P A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r radiratlon honors In music If they (1) provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors . Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d term of the junior year. Honors Maior: Students may qualify for 1 Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests. Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof l music majors. Music minors musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance ir 5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major may r u b i r i ~ u r e rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof Music. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test. Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one term of residency a t kugsburg College, 101,102,223,224 Theory Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 440 Advanced Musicianship Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 96/Music Therapy 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Music Therapy 110 Introduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars, and guest lecture demonstrations. Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital. Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. S Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument. - Guitar Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. - Orchestral and Band Instruments Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Music Organizations The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Augsburg Choir Wind Ensemble Chamber Orchestra (Membership by audition) Brass Ensemble Chorale Jazz Ensemble Percussion Ensemble String Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble 98/Natural Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics 121, 122. This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor admission to most m ~ d i c aschools, l including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9. d ! All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation with ~ d v i s e ris recommended. a &road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life S c i ~ n (Riology r~ 111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115, 116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar, Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488. Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223, 353; Physics 245). Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust, Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350, 403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y 355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior P to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive statistics are supportive tn lhe major. Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events. Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum i n Nursing I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*) 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344. Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe d junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof i y t h departmrn~. ~ Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal ~ world was not overly important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark Engebretson Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year, Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics. 1 K Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand seniors with departmental approval. 106/PoIiticaI Science - Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division 7 courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas. Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/l07 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign - Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 108/Political Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law I1 Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I I for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) Psychology/lOg 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~! ear. 381 or 399 in !he junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended [hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc, devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis recommended far many students. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor. E Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363, PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which [lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for furthcr dctails. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Studv Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior r h a n u and ~ indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects. n IPrerea.: 1051 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology, 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. - 450 Proaram Evaluation The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~ and effici~ncy, The ~~oliflcdlantl organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on. The roleof evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC 362; 50C 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness, James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~ department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major. Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina, and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471. ky Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or 358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American P Lutheran Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work. 1Y 7 7 Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. P 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h Chatailqila Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as government, international business, o r teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Mildred Joel (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate &vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr ! Department of Foreign Languages. 312 Old Norse An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required. N(~rwt?gtan language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. llG/Scandinavian Area Studies - 345 Scandinavian American Experience The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable. Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof ~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~ language desirable. Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11 rcl written work in a Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Social Studies/l17 Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major. Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221, 222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and 121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines: g Economics, History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.) ! Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science n~rthodology course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12 courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104, 3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson ! of thc Dcparrmenl of History in choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r . Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123, Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 118/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of required courses from other departments. Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*; and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least {CHR) course i s strongly recommended. onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the transcript. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services -WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sopharnores. Open ro all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #). 3613ystems of Social Welfare An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Fall) Social Work/l19 363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462,464, Field Work II and IV: Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making extensive,systen~~tic dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings. ~ r m i ~ ~These ~ c e sresources , become the core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y. This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly Ocfcndsthc tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation. Y Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363, PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for further details. \ 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 Religion and Society A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121, Fall) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105) 122/Speech, Communication 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban sociology; t h metropolis ~ as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan r area is m a j o r i s ~ u relaled ~s utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 388 Social Inequality Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological - Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances, hearings. These resources become the core of I ~ courqe, P supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior ~ year. Communication Arts/l23 - - - Communication Arts Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375, Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind er speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, II (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 243 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 124/Theater Arts 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 480 Seminar in Communication Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Theater Arts Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. Theater Arts/125 r: B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses : i n movement, cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, a n d 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art. Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r 243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors, a n d a m i n o r i n English. Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions. Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 126/Transdisciplinary Studies 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Women's, Minority Studied127 Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6 courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences { i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses, independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for further details. 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. 232 Blacks in America This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Registers 129 Board of Regents Division for College and University Services 130 Administration 131 Emeriti 132 Faculty Music Hall, newest campus building Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater Commencement Procession wends through Murphy Square i P .,-- . Regents, DCUS/l29 - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James C. Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan ~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~ h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . . Administration President President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson Lowell Brandt College Pastor Carolyn Magnusson Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President ........................................................ ................ A c a d e m l c Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College Rlchard Green Associate Academic Dean Pat Parker John (Jack) A. Hlll Registrar Assistant Registrar Carol Stack Margaret Anderson Head Librarian Cralg Carnahan Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. Director of Audio Visual Services.. ...................................... James Olson Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ................................... Valerle Gealther Mary Olson Recorder ............................................................... Interim Director .......................................................... Tonl Clark Mary A. Klngsley International Studies Program Director International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl ............ ................................................ ........................................................ ...................................................... ................................................... ...................... .............................. F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson Herald Johnson Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services Vlrene Luthl Associate Director, Financial Aid Director of Personnel Bonnle-Jean Mork Chief Accountant Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center Mlldred Nelson Robert Gores Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending Gerald Johnson Director of Plant Services Custodial Supervisor Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor Rob Curtls Grounds Supervisor ..................................................... Fred Wolter Manager, lcae Arena James Carey ...................... ........................................ ............................................. ........................................................ ............................................. .............................. ............................................ ................................................ .................................................. ................................................... D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler A. 8. Batalden Assistant to the Vice President Lols G. Wollan Director of Public Relations.. Janlce Rykken Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs Kay Cady Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information Manager, Graphic Center Therese Nlchols Executive Secretary Irene Steenson ........................................ ......................................... ............................... ........................ ............................................ .................................................. Admlsslons ............................................. Kathryn E. Lange Director of Admissions Assistant Director Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor. Admissions Counselor.. Admissions Counselor.. Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator.. .......................................................... Blll Ross Sue Bonner ...................................... ...............................................Erlc Anderson ................................................ Sally Hough ................................................ Llsa Novotny .......................Charlene Weidenbach Administration, Emeriti/l31 Student Affalrs .............. Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students Marlanne Sander Associate Dean of Students Rlck Thonl Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Patrlcla M. Olsson Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm Director of Human Development Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren Area Apartment Manager ............................................ John Augustlne ............................................... ..................... ............... ....................................... Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser Foundation. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~ of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y 01 Minnesota. Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 132/Facu lty Fac uI ~ 01Y as September, 1980 Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach. Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. *Part-time Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan Music School. Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach. David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S., California State University. Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary. John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Colorado. Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 134/Facu lty Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director. Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of Iowa. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., juilliard School of Music. Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan. Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l35 Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., University of Georgia. Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach. Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State University. Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages. Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska. Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University of Kansas. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., University of Minnesota. NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work. Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications. Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University. Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach. William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Facu lty/l37 Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest, Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach. Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University. Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. 139 Communication List for Mail or Telephon 140 Index 141 Academic Calendars F? T... . ; .. ., ! . ..-.."". ... ,.. ....... " -, 138 O l d Main, campus keyslone Hockey is the key attraction at the Ice Center Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran , ' r... , ,',,', .., '.:' Communication List/139 Communications Directory Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries. All have this mailing address: Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 Area Code: 612 President .................................................................330-1212 Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024 Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168 Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001 Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046 Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105 Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036 Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025 Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162 College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107 Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028 Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171 Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations, publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180 Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179 College Center Manager. .................................................. 330-1 109 Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251 Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000 The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance: Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin) Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap) Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023) ployment - Em- All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office. 140/l ndex Academic Adviser ..................... 77 Academic Enrichment ................. 27 Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38 Academic Policies and Procedures 38-45 Accounting Major ..................... 52 Accreditation ....................... 6, 44 Adapted Physical Education ............ 82 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131 Admissions 9-'1'1 Advanced Placement .................. 42 Advanced Standing 42 American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg 11-11 Application for Financial Aid 15-17 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 31. 36 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Auditing Courses 41 ... ......................... .................... ............. ............. ........ ............... ..................... Black Student Programs ................ 27 Black Student Union 27 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... I29 Board of Regents '129 Books and Supplies .................... 14 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. ..................... ............. Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142 Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Campus Tours ......................... 9 Campus Work 10 Cancellation from College 39 Cancellation of Courses 39 Career Planning and Placement 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3 Certification Programs-Art 34. 47 Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112 Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120 Women's Studies 34. 127 Chemical Dependency Program 36 Chinese 62. 73 Classification ......................... 42 Coaching Endorsement 82 College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26 College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139 College Work Study Program 18 Communications Directory 13!1 Computer Programming (CDI) 36 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) .................... 36 38 Continuing Education Coordinators - Discrimination or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 82 Corrective Therapy 13 Costs 1980-81 C.P.A. Certification 34 ........................ ............. ............... ........ .......... ................ ........ ........................... ................ . ........... ........... ......... ................. .................... ......................... .................... Courses. Majors. Minors Art. Art History .................. 47-49 Biology ......................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics 52-59 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61 East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Education 62-68 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72 Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Health and Physical Education 81-84 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87 International Relations 87 Mathematics/Computer Science 87-90 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 90-92 Metro-Urban Studies Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114 Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Scandinavian Area Studies 115-116 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120 Sociology 120-122 Speech. Communication and Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126 Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Women's and Minority Studies 127 ................. ....................... ..... .............. ... ............. ...... ..................... ...... Dean's List ............................ 42 31 Degrees .............................. Deposits ............................. 14 Directed Study ........................ 43 Dismissal from College ................42 Distribution Requirements ............. 39 Divisions ............................. 32 Driving to Campus ..................... 3 .......................10 .......... 53-55 ........................ 10 Early Admission Early Childhood Education Early Decision Economics ......................... Elementary Education Emeriti Enrollment Evaluation and Grading ............. 56-59 ..............63-65 ..............................131 ...........................14 4n-47 ......................... ................................. Facilities.. 2-3. 7 Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137 Fees 14 ...................... .................. ....... ...................... ..................... Financial Aid 16-23 . 28 Food Service Foreign Study 28. 37 French ............................ 73-75 13 Full-time Student German ........................... Grade Point Average (GPA) Graduation Requirements Graduation with Distinction. Grants Greek ........................... 75-77 ......10. 39. 41 ..........39-40 ...........43 ............................ 17-78 77 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Higher Education Consortium (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29 Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27 . . . ........ ............ ................... ............ 43 Independent Study . . . . . . . . 26. 44 Intercollegiate Athletics Intercultural Center 27 Inter-Institutional Programs 35 Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112 International Business 53 11. 28 International Students Internship Program 38 26 Intramural Athletics Japanese 62. 77 26 KCMR Radio Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63 ................. .............. .................... ................... .......................... ......................... .................... 27 Learning for Living Library/Audio-Visual 31. 35 Library Science Courses ............. 67-68 Life Science Emphasis 98 40. 82 Lifetime Sports Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78 Loans ................................ 40 Location 2. 3, 6 ............... .................. ..................... .......................... Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) ........................ 33. 39 Management Major 52 52 Marketing Major Memberships .......................... 6 Metro-Urban Studies 91 Term (MUST) M i d d l e School Science Emphasis 99 Minnesota State Work Study Program ............................ 18 Mission Statement ..................... 5 Mortensen Tower 2. 3. 29 26. 97 Music Organizations ................... ...................... ....................... ........................... ................. ............... Numbering of Courses Off-Campus Programs ................45 .................44 Part-Time Students .................... 13 Physical Science Emphasis 98 Payment Plans 15 Policies ............................ 6. 44 Pre-Professional Programs 34. 3 5 Prerequisites 45 42 Probation Program in Global Community 37 .............. ........................ .......... .......................... ............................ ........................ Re-admission o f Former Students 11 Refunds . 15 Registration ....................... 30. 39 Religious Life 25 Residence Life 28.20 Residence Requirement ............... 39 Room Rent 13 ROTC 36 Russian .............................. 79 ........................... ......................... ......................... ..................... ........................... ................................ ........... San Francisco Summer Term 92 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68 SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook 26 Semester or Year Abroad 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104 Smiley's Point Clinic 2R Society of Physics Students ............ '104 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 79-81 Special Interest Houses 29 Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Student Government 25 Student Life .......................... 25 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37 Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 26 Sudent Rights ......................... 29 Student Services 26-29 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37 Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38 ..... .............. ................... ... ................ .................. .... ................... ....................33 ............................ 9 .........................9. 70 ............................... 13 .....................9. 10 ..................... 2. 3. 29 Teaching Licensure Testscores Transcripts Tuition Tuition Deposit Urness Tower Veterans ............................. 43 Academic Calendar 1980-81 Fall Semester 1981-8z* Sept. 2-3 Sept. 4 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to designate grading option Mid-term break lnterim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 1-2 Sept. 3 Sept. 7 Sept. 17 Sept. 17 Oct. 27 Nov. 10-13 Nov. 17-Dec. 5 Nov. 20 Nov. 27 Dec. 1 Dec. 12 Dec. 15-18 Dec. 29 Sept. 17 1980 1981 September 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 January 6 13 20 21 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 2 3 89101 15 16 11 22 23 24 2 3 4 91011 16 11 18 23 24 25 30 31 November 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 17 18 19 "10 24 25 26 6 13 20 21 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 1 14 21 28 1 8 I5 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 5 12 19 26 Jan. 6 Jan. 23 Jan. 30 Feb. 3 Classes Begin Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 4 11 10 25 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 5 12 19 26 I 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 11 I6 19 ''m?'~ 25 26 Jan. 5 Jan. 22 Jan. 29 Feb. 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 11 I8 19 20 ''1 25 26 21 1 14 21 28 2 3 1 0 l 16 11 23 24 30 4 l I8 25 1 14 21 28 6 I3 20 21 1 14 21 28 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 1 14 21 28 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 4 1 18 25 6 13 20 21 7 14 21 28 I 8 15 22 29 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 I4 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 26 29 30 3 0 11 24 31 October November 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 28 29 30 June 1 8 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 16 11 23 24 30 31 September 6 13 20 27 May Jan. 4 1 9 15 22 29 August 4 5 6 7 1121314 18 19 20 21 25 26 21 28 April 6 13 20 21 Interim Jan. 5 5 12 19 26 March I 8 15 22 29 December 7 14 21 28 3 0 17 24 31 Februarv October Nov. 2 Oct. 26 Nov. 9-12 Nov. 16-Dec. 4 Nov. 19 Nov. 26 Nov. 30 Dec. 11 Dec. 14-17 Dec. 28 July 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 21 28 29 30 December 6 13 20 21 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 Spring Semester Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 M a r . 23-27 April 3 April 17-20 April 24 April 27-May 7 M a y 15 M a y 18-21 M a y 22 M a y 27 M a y 24 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term Break Last day to designate grading option Easter Break Last day to withdraw from a class Pre-registration for Fall Classes end Final Examinations Final grades due Seniors Others Baccalaureate-Commencement 1982 1 Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 (See Easter) I April 2 April 3-13 April 23 April 26-May 6 M a y 14 M a y 17-20 January 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 "1 25 26 27 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 I 4 I1 I8 25 5 12 19 26 July 1 2 6 7 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 Augusl 3 0 17 24 31 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 18 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 5 12 19 26 6 7 8 13 14 20 21 27 28 Februarv 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 2 9 16 23 3 10 17 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 I9 26 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 I4 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 5 6 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 16 17 I 8 19 20 23 24 25 26 21 30 31 April 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 1 0 13 I 4 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 2 1 28 29 30 March M a y 21 M a y 26 M a y 23 4 I1 18 25 5 12 19 26 Summer School J u n e 1-26 J u n e 29-Aug. 7 Term I Term I1 ' *Subject to change AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454 612/330-1000 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 14 I 5 21 22 28 29 6 13 20 27 June 2 3 1 0 1 16 17 23 24 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 September 1 2 3 9 1 0 1 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 1 18 25 October 3 4 5 6 I 0 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 ."J 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 5 16 23 30 November May 2 3 4 5 9 I 0 11 12 16 17 I 8 19 7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26 4 11 I8 25 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 7 8 9 14 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 1 0 1 1 1 16 17 I 6 23 24 25 30 5 6 2 1 3 19 20 26 27 December 4 5 1 1 2 18 19 25 26 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 I 4 20 21 27 28 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 I 6 17 23 24 30 31 4 1 18 25
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 A...
Show more ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 Additional Courses 52 ...................................................................... . . . . ........................ .................................................... ............... ............................................................... .............................................................. ..............................~............................. ............................................. ..... .... ..................................................... I Contents I Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction I Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson, 330-1025. Interim Registration October 28 - November 1 ................................. December 2 ...................... ...............Late Interim Registration . . ..........J t Day of Interim January 6 .......................... Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00 p.m. . . . . . . January 7 ....................... ................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends Semester Begins February 3 Interim Grades Due February 7 ............................................ ..... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time 1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM at Augsburg with a special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with your instructor for class scheduling this day. I Introduction I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. - Students are invited tobe part of one of International In* the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This Introduction 1 proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. 1 ART 107-42040 ART 1 18-42041 ART 35542042 Instructor:Phlllp Thompson Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1 I 107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and contemporary examples of coastal landscapes. 118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south Florida environment in water or oil based media against a concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples. 355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment. Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors. The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare, lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida. The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West. DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics Maodmum Enrollment: 12 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 4 & 17 Arf I ART 290-42043 Insfructor: Steve Chapman An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n available to those interested in an American Indian Studies minor. Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc Maxfmum Enrollment:20 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 17 BIO 14042044 810 34042045 Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse, "Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing and painting courses. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme:I Room: ScIence 205 610 102-42046 Instructor EWn Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry Maxlmum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 10542047 Instructor: ThomasHehst This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/ Mlnotify General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BIO 141-42048 Instructor:Esther McLaughlln This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms: fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture, medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored. The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips, audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations. Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 11 Room: Sclence 2 13 Biology I BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy) Instructoc John Cedto Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course will be of service to the urban community by providing research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations. Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to conduct field-based research projects for community-based organizations requesting and requiring marketing research assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an outline of the expected research methodology. Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r . Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: Independent Study Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon CHM 100-42050 Instructor: Ariln Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding various topics and implications.The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format. Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116. Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2 Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I/ Room: Sclence 3 15 CSC 27@42051 Instructo~Lamy Ragland A study of the Fortran programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming I Com~uterScience In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170). Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 ECO 1 1M2052 Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc. Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics. Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective examinations. Dlsf~ibvtlon: Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal Sclence or Uban Concerns Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Sclence 2 12 ECO 1 12-42053 Instructor:Satya Gupta An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 ECO 32342054 Instructor: Jeanne Boeh An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other countries. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 23 ECO 49542055 lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed in intadisciplinaxy manner. Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake home research essay. Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor Dlstrlb~on: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Memorlal Hall 323 EDU 353-42056 Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m This course presents an examination and comparison of s e lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project. Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of Instructor. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: I Room: Ubraty4 EDU 37G42057 Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons This course will provide future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students. Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work expedence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: 1 I Room: Ubraty 4 EDE 37542058 Instructot B ~ c Drewlow e This class prepares students for the unique experiences and Education responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest speakers will be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Room: Ubrary l EDU 388-42059 Instructor:Mlldred Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to Education program In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays Room: Ubrary l Education ENG 2 1942060 Instructor: John Schmlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social u l w background. For and economical standing and our c this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or Mlnom Siudles General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: 11 Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 2404206 1 ENG 342-42062 Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course, students will find answers to these questions by mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 136-42063 Inslrvctor John Mttchell This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition, students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance. The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be an informed presence rather than a mere tourist. There will be one week of introductory study on campus, about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a week to complete the course requirements back on campus. Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view of what has been learned first-hand. A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech Maximum Enrollment: 10 77me: 1 Room: Sclence 205 English FRE 24342064 Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject, and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of Instructor Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure Madmum Enrollment: 25 lime: I Room: Old Main 12 HPE 11542065 Instrvctoc Richard Borstad A course req& for all students majoring in education. Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their ) French/Health and Physical Education effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's role in the school health program; and examine their own attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude: legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs; epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 232-42066 Insiructor: Carol Enke A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping, and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation, and a written and practical final exam. Thisis a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby ZW2 Health and Physical Education HPE 47542067 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequlslte:610 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days Room: Melby l l I HPE 478-42068 Instructoc Ed Saugestad This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations; scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook This is a onehalf credit course. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby I I I I Health and Physical Education I HIS 220-42069 HIS 320-42070 Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected to completea book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Mcudmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 13 HIS 440-4207 1 Inslructor: Don Gust&n Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century, individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to the record and image of prominent figures. In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons behind the p m t myths. Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a h a l exam. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~ or above and at least one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:11 Room: Old Maln 1 1 INS 22542072 Insfructor: Amln Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: FC 42 INS I W 2 0 7 3 Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 299-42074 sOC299-421 I I Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you connect your experiences to the liberal arts. The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts Interdisciplinary working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests, and for students actively engaged in community service. The assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately 20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of January (check with instructors if you have questions). All students will design an individual learning plan and are scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar, which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis. Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and pemlsslon of the Instructors. Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlrne: I1 Room: Murphy Place 2 MAT 173-421 12 See Addiional Courses,page 52. MAT 253-42075 Instructoc Bev Durkee Our o b j j v e s are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it meals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and exprience them as an art form via computer graphics. I Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics Maximum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 1 12 MUS 129-42076 Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn "Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or h e Instructor's pemlsslon. Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 179-42077 Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto visit and experience important cultural centers that provided theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World. Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only. Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-42078 Instructor: 0. Nlck Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the musical content, methods, and historical background of s e leded artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors. Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: MUSIC5 NOR 1 1 1-42079 Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, q&, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 17542080 Instructor: Davld Apollonl We w i l l begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my comments and criticisms.) DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy M d m u m Enrollment:30 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 12 PH141W2081 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam. Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 10 PHY 10642082 instructor Noel Pelit "Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing, man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under- Philosophy/Physics standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography, pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds impact on world events. The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes: Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach, the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather, and broadcast weather. During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately $750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information. PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1 DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 723 PHY 1 17-42083 Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these problems we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions between the three. Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and group work. See the complete description for more details. Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs General Education Perspective: Natural World if2 Madmum Enrollment: 40 77me: I Room: Foss21a& b PHY 151-42084 Instructor Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in physics on a more intuitivelevel. We mathematicsto +ence will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*, homework, and a hal scam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs Madmum Enrollment: 20 77me:I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 337-42085 InsIructor:StuartAnderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption, and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent), MAT 124, 125,224 Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme: I1 Room:Sclence 30 POL 29542086 lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada. In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science I is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories, poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be &an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies). Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project. Mcudmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Old Maln 2 1 POL 37 1-42087 Instrvctor: Phll Ushman This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues, including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place, protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow'' will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor union movement and employel's political action groups will be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings. Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre sentatives of industry. Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a final examination. PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In Pdmcal Sclence or Economics. Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment: 35 77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m. Room: Old Maln 16 POL 42 1-42088 Instructor: Wllllam Mods This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/ or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences and other literature paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the films and viewing equipment. Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158 Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Political Science Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:1I Room: Old Maln 2 1 PSY 10542089 Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:1I Room: Old Maln 25 PSY 32 1-42090 Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations. Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written assignments. Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 18 PSY34CM2091 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4 for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequlslte:PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Old Maln 1 1 PSY 370-42092 Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and society will be the main focus. - Psychology This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. RerequlsRes: PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 29 REL 24 1-42093 Instructor Brad HoH Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals, listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the "independent' churches have developed creatively in music, theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will Religion include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews, visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions. Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed for students seriously interested in religion who are in good health. A visa is required for Nigeria. Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria. Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requlremenls) Madmum Enrollment: 15 REL 32842094 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and "game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a final project. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requirements) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 Religion REL 34342095 Instructor Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~. PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requirements) Mdmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345-42096 Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years of history. An anthology including two monographs and the professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams and one short paper. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221 DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 16 REL 44 1-42097 INS 49542098 Insiructoc Lynne Loremen This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers on the assigned readings which include questions for class discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class participation, and a final exam. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1 DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM Mcudmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 25742099 Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of service (in a senices agency or institution which students Re/igion/Socia/ Work I select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age, socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all students. General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme: I Room: Muphy Place 1 SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM) SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course) Instrvctor Marla Brown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has Social Work reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and consequences for the family and the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence. Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above work Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work, psychology or sociology Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 339-42 101 Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless people in the field provide opportunities for participants to learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs, resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class participation, volunteer work, and a research paper. Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class. Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness General Education Perspective: The CHy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 22 Social Work SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course) SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course) Insiructor:Rosemary Unk Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: To be arranged 'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology 265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty Group Relations. SOC 26542 103 lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class presentations, and a final examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only. Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 3 15 SOC321-42104 Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations. There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments. Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Old Maln 18 SPA 1 1 1-42105 lnslructoe Anffa nsher Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Mawlmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 29 SPC 32 1-42106 Insfructor James Hayes This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain an information packet that will help them get off to a "running s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28. Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I1 Room: Foss 2 1a/21b Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n &' Thnntrn SPC 340.42107 Instructor: David Lapakko We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 43 SPC 347-42 108 Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be S ~ e e c h .Communication. ' & Theatre I required for editing. Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor Madmum Enrollment: 15 77me: I Room: Foss 175 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following comes can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature Chlna In Transltlon Contemporary European Buslness Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy Down-Under In New Zealand Egypt In Transltlon E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark, and England Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands The Greek Bperlence Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures Law In London Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a Post- 1 992 Europe Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct Russian Language In Moscow Sounds and Sights of Europe Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues UMAIE These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor registering are available in the Interim Office. 4- SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992) HPE 455421 14 Insfructo~Joyce Hal7 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit. Total payment is due October 31,1991. Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247). Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t. HPE 2 12-421 15 Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). AGENDA (December 29 - January 10,1992) P O L 398-421 16 This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal styles of leaders from government and politics, the media, education, and business, who address such topics as values, ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories, and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small group discussions, and workshops that help students practice leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign embassies in Washington. AND THE MEDIA (December 29 - January 10.1992) A POL 398-421 17 This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features Washington's media personalities, who are readily available Other Courses I to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public policy; and how Washington journalists view national and world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff, and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association of Black Journalists. CAMPAIGN 1992: INPURSUIT OF THE PRESIDENCY (January 12-17.1992) POL 398-42 1 18 This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign. h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith the presidential election process and its impact on American politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the Democratic and Republican National Committees and the Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar will assist participants in developing the knowledge and making connections to become involved in the presidential campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour- Other Courses aged to attend IT ' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process. These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197. The following actMnes are avallable to students during Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre ment for gradualion. HPE 002-421 19 lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25. Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-42120 lnslructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays Room: Melby Gym I Lifetime S ~ l o r t s HPE 002-42 12 1 Instructor: Bdan Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays Room: Melby Gym HPE CK)2-42122 Instructor: Carol Enke Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation with the instructor. PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor lime:Ananged Room:Ananged EDU49542113 Instructor: Ted Welcher This course will provide you with an introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of communication used by deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com- munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and reading assignments will include information pertaining to the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems, historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and cognitive functioning and interpreting issues. General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Foss Center 43 INS 2 1G42 124 Insfructor BIII Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: 1 I Room: Muslc 23 MAT 1 73-421 72 Instructor:Mathew Foss You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would I Additional Courses ' you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This course will be of interest to students in business or economics or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work. Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:25 lime:// Room: Sclence 1 12 SOC 121-42123 Instructor: Rlta Webbrod This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1) teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3) acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of sociological study. Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper focusing on the supplementary reading. DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Old Maln 13 Additional Cor rrs.es 1
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1978
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1978
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
THE INTERIM The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n...
Show more THE INTERIM The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r off-campus resources i n ways not p o s s i b l e during the r e g u l a r t e nn. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s required t o complete 35 courses of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than the number o f y e a r s of f u l l time enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two years i s required t o complete one i n t e r i m f o r graduation 1. There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses not t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. One course i s considered a f u l l time load .during i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one course d u r i n g the period. LISTINGS Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r c graded only on the P/N system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some courses a r e o f f e r e d with e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and the s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and/or a more rigorous grading s t a n d a r d . OPTIONS June I n t e r i m A t l e a s t t h r e e i n t e r i m courses w i l l be t e n t a t i v e l y o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1978 s e s s i o n of summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g s under H i s t o r y , Music and P o l i t i c a l Science). An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m course i n l i f u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge; however, s t u d e n t s planning t o e l e c t the June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of the i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o the January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer course t u i t i o n . Internships Students a r e not encouraged t o seek an i n t e r n s h i p course assignment d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from the f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the s p r i n g term. Occasionally a s t u d e n t who has had previous work experience can develop an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h l p which draws upon and expands t h e previous work experience. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o the I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 12. Independent o r Directed Study Students may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent study (upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r the i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independe n t o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y p e r i n t e r i m . Students e l e c t i n g independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: 1 ) meet departmental requirements 2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n statement from t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e study 3 ) submit t o the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of the intended s t u d y ( t o p i c , procedure, end r e s u l t , and form of e v a l u a t i o n ) . Students not s u b m i t t i n g t h i s information by December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n cancelled. I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Students Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l ) . Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term. The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $390 f o r t h e i n t e r i m c o u r s e . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e interim d i r e c t o r . CLASS TIMES The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time. The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings a s w e l l a s t h e beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . All Interim classes w i l l meet the- f i r s t and l a s t class Classes scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l d a y s of the tnterim. meet the f i r s t day a t 9:00 and cfasaes scheduled f o r Period IS will meet the f i r s t day a t 1:00. INTERIM CALENDAR November 7-10 Interim Registration December 12 Late I n t e r i m R e g i s t r a t i o n January 3 F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m 9:00 a.m. Class I 1:00 p.m. Class I1 January 4 Last day f o r cancelladd January 6 Last day f o r determining grading sys tem January 20 Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s January 27 I n t e r i m ends THIS CATALOG This c a t a l o g l i s t s courses by departments with departments l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . A t t h e end of t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s of s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and o t h e r courses not o f f e r e d by Augsburg College but recognized by the College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about t h e s e courses a r e a v a i l a b l e i n the i n t e r i m o f f i c e . NEED MORE HELP? Check with t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e (Science H a l l 135) and the I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Marilyn P e t e r s e n , o r with the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s e x t e n s i o n 403. AMERICAN STUDIES 08255 AMERICAN INDIAN VOICES IN THE 20TH CENTURY Instructor: Grier Nicholl American I n d i a n s speak f o r themselves through a u t o biography, f i c t i o n , p o e t r y and o t h e r w r i t i n g s . Readi n g s w i l l f e a t u r e t h e l i f e s t o r y o f a n Ogala Lakota h o l y man, Black Elk Speaks (1932); N. S c o t t Momaday's n o v e l , House Made o f Dawn (1967); and Vine ~ e l o r i a ' s C u s t e r Died f o r Your S i n s and I n d i a n M a n i f e s t o (1969). -----, A c t i v i t i e s i n the course w i l l include informal small group d i s c u s s i o n s ; a j o u r n a l o f r e a d i n g c r i t i q u e s ; s h o r t r e p o r t s of a d d i t i o n a l reading; musical recordings; and a p o e t r y r e a d i n g by a mid-western I n d i a n p o e t . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Humanities Time: I1 Room: Gym 24 AMERICAN STUDIES 08377 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES See d e s c r i p t i o n under Music. ART 10242/10342 ' FILM-MAKING I FILM-MAKING II Instructor.: -Paul Rusten Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l , e l e m e n t s o f f i l m . The making o f a 16mm sound f i l m . Lab f e e o f $70.00 Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: None f o r Film-making I You must h a v e t a k e n Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making 11. Humanities I Room: Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l ART 10247 LIFE DRAWING Instructor: Nonnan Holen A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and non a r t s t u d e n t s . The media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , i n k , c h a r c o a l , and p a s t e l . There w i l l be a $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t model fee. Prerequisites : Time: I None Room: A r t Studio 6 ART 10179/10379 ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY & AUSTRIA I n s t r u c t o r s : Robert K a r l e n and P h i l i p Thompson B u i l d i n g upon t h e r i c h a r t s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n Munich, Vienna, and S a l z b u r g , t h e program w i l l combine a s u r v e y o f a r t and music i n t h e Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaiss a n c e and t h e Modern World. D a i l y a t t e n d a n c e a t museums, g a l l e r i e s , m u s i c a l performances and o t h e r a p p r o p r i a t e s i t e s a r e p a r t o f t h e s c h e d u l e which i n c l u d e s f o u r days i n , L o n d o n a n d / o r P a r i s , t e n days i n Munich, n i n e days i n Vienna and t h r e e days i n S a l z b u r g . While a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s t u d y both music and a r t , a n a r e a o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n may be s e l e c t e d from t h e f o l l o w i n g : - 1. Music H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n Journal and/or research t o p i c paper 2. A r t H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n Journal and/or research t o p i c paper 3. Drawing ( S t u d i o A r t ) D e s c r i p t i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e drawing w i t h emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e i n g r a p h i t e , crayon, i n k and wash. 4 . Independent Study Music a n d / o r A r t w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s approval - - - Prerequisites: Distribution: C o s t : $995.00 Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r ( s ) A r t o r Music Also c o u n t s toward a r t major BIOLOGY 20102 PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g A s t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . A b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom w i l l conclude t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : D i s tribution: Time: I None Science Room: S c i e n c e 123 BIOLOGY 20491 TOPICS IN LIMNOLOGY Instructor: Roberta L a m e r s T h i s c l a s s w i l l combine l e c t u r e s by t h e i n s t r u c t o r w i t h p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f i n - d e p t h l i t e r a t u r e r e s e a r c h by t h e s t u d e n t s . Students w i l l a l s o develop a high q u a l i t y p a p e r on t h e i r t o p i c . I n l a n d l a k e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d from many a s p e c t s i n c l u d i n g t h e i r morphometry, c h e m i s t r y , and dynamics, a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f organisms i n h a b i t i n g them, and a s p e c t s o f w a t e r p o l l u t i o n . This course f u l f i l l s the requirement of t h e seminar f o r t h e b i o l o g y major. Prerequisites: Time: I Junior o r s e n i o r biology major Room: Main 7 BIOLOGY 20183120383 THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS I n s t r u c t o r s : Norman Ferguson Robert ~ e r f o r t h L e c t u r e and l a b o r a t o r y . A s t u d y o f t h e b a s i c p r o c e s s e s of t h e nervous system. Emphasis w i l l be placed on t h e a c t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l n e u r o n s ; how t k e y behave and i n t e r a c t w i t h *one a n o t h e r . Topics t o be c o n s i d e r e d w i l l i n c l u d e : e l e c t r o p h y s i o l o g i c a l methods used i n studying nerve c e l l s , t h e e l e c t r i c a l p r o p e r t i e s of the n e r v e axon, t h e synapses between neurons, t h e i n t e g r a t e d a c t i v i t y o f n e u r o n s , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of s e n s o r y r e c e p t o r s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a c t i v e l y involved i n l a b o r a t o r y d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f many o f the phenomena discussed i n class. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : A c o u r s e i n Biology a n d / o r & e m i s t r y and c o n s e n t o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r s Distribution: Time: I1 Science Room: S c i e n c e 318 and 227 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21140 INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS Instructor: Amin Kader Survey of common and important p r o v i s i o n s of f e d e r a l and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s with emphasis on completing the 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n Economics and Business Administration. Prerequisites: Time: None I Room: Science H a l l 320 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 2 1255 RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto Course w i l l cover p a r a m e t r i c and non-parametric s t a t i s t i c a l techniques and SPSS programming (computer programming using t h e s t a t i s t i c a l package f o r s o c i a l s c i e n c e s ) . Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n experimental r e s e a r c h and a n a l y s i s of survey q u e s t i o n n a i r e s . Lab f e e of $30.00. Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Main 23 CHEMISTRY 34 109 CHEMISTRY IN A N URBAN ENVIRONMENT I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Olmsted T h i s c o u r s e w i l l d i s c u s s t h e chemical problems encountered i n urban l i v i n g and how t h e s e problems and t h e i r s o l u t i o n s a f f e c t t h e s t a n d a r d of l i v i n g i n t h e c i t y . Environmental q u a l i t y mneems n o t only the open space8 and wilderness areas of the country. People and where they l5ve are a l s o part of the environment, The course w i l l explain i n layman" sterna t h e chemf c a l e f f e c t s of t o x i n s and other substances present fn a i r , water, s o i l and food, and digcuss the p e r t i n e n t chemical reactions. Proposed solutions t o some of the problems w i l l be d i s c u s s e d t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i r p o s s i b l e r a m i f i c a t i o n s on Living s t a n d a r d s and economics. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Science Time: I ~ o o m :S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ECONOMICS 22150 CONSUMER IN MODERN SOCIETY Instructor: S a y t a Gupta I n d i v i d u a l s must make c h o i c e s i n many a r e a s of t h e i r d a i l y l i f e . I n o u r complex modern s o c i e t y poor d e c i s i o n making on t h e p a r t o f i n d i v i d u a l s i s n o t uncommon. This c o u r s e i s n o t i n t e n d e d t o d i r e c t consumer c h o i c e s , b u t t o p r o v i d e an awareness o f the a l t e r n a t i v e s and opportuni t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e consumer. The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o a s s i s t consumers i n making t h o s e c h o i c e s which a r e b e s t f o r t h e i r purposes i n the l i g h t of t h e i r v a l u e s . Prerequisites : None D i s t r i b u t i o n : May n o t be used t o s a t i s f y t h e major r e q u i r e m e n t s i n e i t h e r Economics o r Business Administration. Time: I1 Room: Main 23 EDUCATION 44251145251 FROM NUTCUPS TO BOTTLE CAPS (TEACHER-MADE MATERIALS) Instructor: Marie McNeff Designed f o r t h e p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r , e i t h e r e l e m e n t a r y o r s e c o n d a r y . The p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r w i l l work w i t h a cl.assroom t e a c h e r i n i d e n t i f y i n g a r e a s where s t u d e n t s a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y l e a r n i n g . Teacher-made m a t e r i a l s , t o e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n what t h e y a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y w i t h , w i l l t h e n be c o n s t r u c t e d . Sources o f i n e x p e n s i v e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be d i s c o v e r e d and compiled. The teacher-made m a t e r i a l s w i l l be u t i l i z e d i n t h e classroom t o t e s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s with s t u d e n t s . S t u d e n t s i n t h i s c l a s s w i l l draw up i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t s . Class s e s s i o n s w i l l be h e l d i n Wayzata i n D r . ~ c ~ e f f home ' s s o t h e s t u d e n t s can have a c c e s s t o saws, p a i n t , s a n d e r s , e t c . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t D r . McNeff, E d u c a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , p r i o r t o December 20th c o n c e r n i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a r r a n g e m e n t s and c l a s s r o o m placement. Prerequisites: Time: 11 E d u c a t i o n 255 o r 265 Room: D r . McNeff's home EDUCATION 44375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Instructor: Lauretta Pelton T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e r . Because a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y opening d o o r s t o knowledge, a t e a c h e r needs t o know a t what s t a g e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e a n e n v i r o n ment i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , and a review o f t e a c h i n g approaches. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e s w i l l be arranged. This course is a p r e r e q u i s i t e t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g a t t h e k i n d e r g a r t e n l e v e l and t o o b t a i n i n g a l i c e n s e f o r teaching a t K level. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admittance i n t o t h e Augsburg E d u c a t i o n program o r a n e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l t e a c h i n g c e r t i f i c a t e . Time: I1 Room: ~ i b r a 4r ~ EDUCATION 45483 STUDENT TEACHING Ins tructor : E i n a r Johnson S t u d e n t s w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e in. o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary s c h o o l l e v e l under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel. Student teaching fee: $15.00 P r e r e q u i s i t e s : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g , completion of prerequisites i n education leading t o student t e a c h i n g , admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g . S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t D r . Johnson p r i o r t o 9 December t o a r r a n g e f o r placement. ENGLISH 54220 FREE-LANCE WRITING Instructor: David Wood E n r o l l e e s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e f r e e l a n c e market, i d e n t i f y an a r e a of i n t e r e s t , w r i t e a r t i c l e s i n t h a t a r e a , and submit them f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . Prerequisites : Time: I Advanced Composition Room: Main 21 ENGLISH 54217 THE WRITER'S WORKSHOP: OR, THE ACT OF WRITING WITH ONE'S OWN HANDS Instructor: John M i t c h e l l How w r i t e r s go about w r i t i n g i s a m a t t e r of enduring popular i n t e r e s t and misconception. This course w i l l emphasize what t h e w r i t e r s themselves have t o s a y about the a c t of w r i t i n g with t h e i r own hands. The course w i l l concern i t s e l f with what w r i t e r s have i n common d u r i n g the process of w r i t i n g and how they v a r i o u s l y cope with t h e s e common problems: i t w i l l t r y t o a s c e r t a i n the ''magical formulas" t h a t make t h e l a b o r of w r i t i n g p o s s i b l e . Although the emphasis w i l l be upon reading assignments, s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o make t h e i r own w r i t e r s ' notebooks and experiment with t h e w r i t i n g process. No previous experience with c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g i s r e q u i r e d , but a previous i n t e r e s t i n c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g a s a p o s s i b i l i t y i s recommended. The premise behind the course i s t h a t although the art of w r i t i n g cannot be t a u g h t , the of w r i t i n g can be encouraged. Poetry, f i c t i o n , and n o n - f i c t i o n a l prose w i l l be included. S t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e course should be capable of independ e n t s t u d y and be w i l l i n g t o go t o some t r o u b l e i n the dead of w i n t e r . One of the i n s t r u c t o r ' s premises i s t h a t e f f e c t i v e w r i t i n g i s w r i t t e n by r e o p l e who a r e w i l l i n g t o go t o more t r o u b l e than o t h e r s . Students a r e encouraged t o t a k e the course on a P/N s c a l e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Main 21 ENGLISH 54230 MODERN WOMEN WRITERS I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark Modern Women W r i t e r s w i l l e x p l o r e the work of Woolf, Nin, S a r t o n and Lessing, a s w e l l , & many l e s s e r known poets and prose w r i t e r s . The c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l focus on such m a t t e r s a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s e w r i t e r s t o t h e modernist t r a d i t i o n , whether they a r e c r e a t i n g an a r t with a d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e , s t y l e and c o n t e n t from the mainstream male w r i t e r s i n the modernist t r a d i t i o n , and t h e i r views on women y t i t e r s , women's a r t , feminism and androgyny. Prerequisiteb: Distributibn: / Time: None Humanities I' Room: Main 7 ENGLISH 5436 2 CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP: FICTION I n s t r u c t o r : Lon O t t o Three s t u d e n t s from each of the f i v e c o l l e g e s of t h e Associated Colleges of the Twin C i t i e s w i l l be chosen, on the b a s i s of p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the workshop. The workshop w i l l be p r i m a r i l y concerned with the s h o r t f i c t i o n w r i t i n g done by the p a r t i c i p a n t s . We w i l l a l s o read and d i s c u s s some examples of i n n o v a t i v e and convent i o n a l f i c t i o n t h a t have been published w i t h i n the p a s t t e n y e a r s , e s p e c i a l l y t h a t i n small p r e s s p u b l i c a t i o n s . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s of a p o r t f o l i o of s h o r t s t o r i e s w r i t t e n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s ' c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e c r i t i c a l d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l a l s o be taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Toni Clark of the English Department and be prepared t o submit some examples of t h e i r w r i t i n g t o t h e English Department by November 1. Time: I1 Room: 212 OEC, College of S t . Thomas ENGLISH 54437 SHAKESPEARE AND THE FAMILY Instructor: Richard Sargent We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems of Shakespeare, w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e family. A t the h e a r t of most of S h a k e s p e a r e ' s works i s a probing of family r e l a t i o n s h i p s and family i n t e r a c t i o n s . We w i l l n o t l i m i t o u r concern t o family i n t e r a c t i o n , however; we w i l l use t h i s t h e m a t i c approach t o develop a broad understanding of ~ h a k e s ~ e a'rs e works. This course i s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those s e e k i n g a g e n e r a l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare's works; i t i s a l s o a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those whose major i n t e r e s t i s psychology, and s p e c i f i c a l l y family systems. Those who have a l r e a d y had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare w i l l be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o the theme of t h e family. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None Humanities Room: Main 2 ENGLISH 54445 POTPPOURRI: SELECTED READINGS FOR DISCUSSION I n s t r u c t o r : Barbara Andersen I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n s m a l l groups, e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g t o common books, a u t h o r s o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined b e f o r e t h e end o f f a l l term s o t h a t a d i s c u s s i o n s c h e d u l e can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e interim session. Prerequisites: J u n i o r o r S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and consent of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Main 22 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245 THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY A S REFLECTED LITERATURE Instructor: William Oyler These works w i l l r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f t h e 20th c e n t u r y e x p e r i e n c e which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German, b u t have a u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n a s w e l l . Topics w i l l i n c l u d e : t h e anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l l i f e , t h e s e a r c h f o r p e r s o n a l i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , t h e u s e s o f power, w a r , p o l i t i c a l change and c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h u l t i m a t e q u e s t i o n s o f l i f e and d e a t h . Works by E a s t German and women w r i t e r s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l read and r e p o r t on one work i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e d i s c u s s e d i n c l a s s . T h i s c o u r s e i s a v a r i a t i o n on German L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n (244), which covers n e a r l y 200 y e a r s from t h e Age o f C l a s s i c i s m t o t h e p r e s e n t . S i n c e t h e two c o u r s e s a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l , s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245 and v i c e v e r s a . C r e d i t does n o t a p p l y t o a major o r a minor i n German. Prerequisites : None Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Main 2 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 70453 LE CONTE ET LA NOUVELLE (THE FRENCH SHORT STORY) Instructor: Ruth Aaskov The French s h o r t s t o r y i n i t s two-fold c a t e g o r y ( c o n t e and n o u v e l l e ) i s a v e r y a c c e s s i b l e and d e l i g h t f u l l y v a r i e d l i t e r a r y form. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l t r e a t animal t a l e s and f a b l i a u x o f t h e Middle Ages, t h e c o u r t l y t a l e , R a b e l a i s i a n e p i s o d e s o f e x a g g e r a t i o n , f a i r y t a l e s of P e r r a u l t and t h e i r modern c o u n t e r p a r t s , a s w e l l a s 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r y p o l i s h e d forms. We w i l l look f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s by and a b o u t t h e French, t h e i r c o n c e r n s and way o f l i f e , t h e u n i q u e and t h e u n i v e r s a l . There w i l l be o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e a s p e c i a l a r e a of i n t e r e s t , such a s c l a s s i c s f o r c h i l d r e n ; a p e r i o d , a u t h o r , o r theme; examples o f Francophone l i t e r a t u r e . Readings, t a p e - l i s t e n i n g , d i s c u s s i o n , r e p o r t s i n French. P r e r e q u i s t e s : French 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Time: Languages ( a l s o c o u n t s toward m a j o r / m i n o r ) Room: Main 4 I1 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 76312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Instructor: Gunta R o z e n t a l s Course i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s who have a b a s i c command o f w r i t i n g and s p e a k i n g s k i l l s i n S p a n i s h and wish t o expand them. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e t o improve o r a l and w r i t t e n e x p r e s s i o n w i t h emphasis on c o n v e r s a t i o n a l f a c i l i t y , s t r e s s i n g i d i o m a t i c usage and t h e f i n e r p o i n t s o f grammar. Readings t o s t i m u l a t e d i s c u s s i o n and broaden c u l t u r a l background from contemporary l i t e r a r y t e x t s and magazine articles. Conducted i n Spanish. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I 311 o r 212 w i t h p e r m i s s i o n Language ( a l s o c o u n t s toward major/minor) Room: Main 4 HISTORY 56136 OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE INTHE ANCIENT WORLD I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l consider t h e causes and consequences of war i n t h e a n c i e n t Mediterranean World. S t r a t e g y and t a c t i c s , technology and p e r s o n a l i t i e s w i l l be major c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Students w i l l be required t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a paper may be a c c e p t a b l e , s t u d e n t s w i l l be urged t o do something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s , b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g o r the l i k e . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None History ROO^: Main 18 HISTORY 56495 SEM1NAR:ASPECTS OF THE NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN EXPERIENCE Instructor: Carl Chrislock An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the emergence of such c u l t u r a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and t r a d i t i o n s a s church, p r e s s , f r a t e r n a l s o c i e t i e s , musical o r g a n i z a t i o n s e t c . Students w i l l develop competencies i n t h e use of source m a t e r i a l s and i n a r c h i v e work. I f c o n d i t i o n s allow, a f i e l d t r i p t o t h e Norwegian American museum i n Decorah, I w a and t o the Norwegian American H i s t o r i c a l Association a r c h i v e s i n N o r t h f i e l d , Minnesota w i l l be included. Augsburg a r c h i v e s w i l l a l s o be u t i l i z e d . Some moderate f e e s w i l l be assessed f o r travel. Prerequisites : Time: I Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Room: L i b r a r y 201 HISTORY 56382 AFRICA: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE -CHARTING A COURSE FOR SURVIVAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY I n s t r u c t o r : Ralph Crowder The t h r u s t of t h i s course w i l l be an indepth a n a l y s i s of Kenya, a developing n a t i o n i n E a s t Africa. A primary concern w i l l be t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of major themes w i t h i n the a r e a s of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c s , economics and t h e s o - c a l l e d dllemma of modernization. An a d d i t i o n a l a r e a of concern w i l l be an e v a l u a t i o n of African and Afro-American linkages w i t h i n a h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary context. Students w i l l be expected t o i d e n t i f y a s p e c i f i c a r e a of i n t e r e s t and prepare a research r e p o r t analyzing t h e i r a r e a of concern. A d a i l y j o u r n a l w i l l a l s o be required of a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s . The course w i l l combine a t t e n d i n g l e c t u r e s a t the U n i v e r s i t y College, N a i r o b i , f i e l d t r i p s t o r u r a l a r e a s and l i m i t e d time f o r personal e x p l o r a t i o n . A s e r i e s of p r e p a r a t o r y seminars and r e a d i n g assignments w i l l be conducted d u r i n g t h e f a l l semester t o adequately prepare course p a r t i c i p a n t s f o r an organized and coherent i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the African c o n t i n e n t . Contact i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s regarding c o s t s , e t c . HISTORY 56215 WESTERN CIVILIZATION AND ITS ESTHETIC TRADITION I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t - Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n a P e r s o n a l View'' t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e u s e s a s a background t h e c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works o f Europe t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s s e e n through i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: History Time: Summer S e s s i o n I INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 60325 LOOKING AT THE FUTURE Instructor: Sheldon F a r d i g Glimpses o f t h e f u t u r e through t h e eyes o f t h e Club o f Rome doomsday p r o p h e t s , Buckminster F u l l e r and o t h e r o p t i m i s t s , t h e o u t e r s p a c e v i s i o n a r i e s , t h e "small i s b e a u t i f u l " c o n s e r v a t i o n i s t s , t h e p r a c t i c a l man (e.g. c i t y planner, a r c h i t e c t , p o l i t i c i a n ) , the science f i c t i o n and s c i e n c e f a n t a s y w r i t e r . Awareness of c u r r e n t b r e a k t h r o u g h s , o f what i s i n t h e d a i l y p r e s s ; S t a r Wars. F u t u r e s t h i n k i n g s t r a t e g i e s and games. A l l a r e a s open f o r extended s t u d y . S p e c i a l f e e s : Cost o f t i c k e t t o " S t a r Wars" a n d / o r o t h e r commercial f i l m s . Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Library 4 LIBRARY SCIENCE 47361 TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Instructor: Grace S u l e r u d W r i t i n g f o r c h i l d r e n w i l l be e x p l o r e d through t h e s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d t o p i c s i n 1 9 t h c e n t u r y American and B r i t i s h c h i l d r e n ' s books which p r o v i d e a n e x c e l l e n t view o f t h e c u l t u r a l v a l u e s o f t h i s p e r i o d . An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y approach w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d such a s h i s t o r y , religion, sociology, o r a r t to study writing f o r c h i l d r e n from t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e ' s p o i n t - o f view. S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o u s e t h e r e s o u r c e s o f t h e K e r l a n and Hess C o l l e c t i o n s a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota f o r r e s e a r c h on a t o p i c which t h e y choose i n consultation with the instructor. Prerequisites : Time : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Room: I Main 8 MATHEMATICS 61136 AN EXPOSURE OF CHAOS IN MODERN COSMIC MODELS I n s t r u c t o r : Henry F o l l i n g s t a d An o r i g i n a l a n a l y t i c s u r v e y o f some c o n t r o v e r s i a l mathr e l a t e d i d e a s which d e a l w i t h t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n o f t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. D i r e c t e d c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l r e b e a r c h w i l l e x p l o r e t h e h i s t o r i c a l impact of u s e f u l math c o n c e p t s , and w i l l a l s o n o t e misuses o f m a t h e m a t i c s which h a v e promoted q u e s t i o n a b l e dogmas. New d a t a w i l l be p r e s e n t e d which c h a l l e n g e t h e v a l i d i t y o f some m a j o r c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s o f astronomy, cosmology, g e o l o g y , b i o l o g y , and t h e h u m a n i t i e s . Prerequisties : Distribution: Time: I None N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 212 MATHEMATICS 61130 SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some of t h e evidence f o r t h e often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , musical phenomena t h a t p r e s e n t a high a e s t h e t i c o r i n t e l l e c t u a l appeal i n both t h e i r a r t i s t i c and mathematical a s p e c t s a r e r a r e . P o s s i b l e t c p i c s : (1) t h e r e i s a fundamental connection i n the s u b j e c t of tuning; ( 2 ) of more a e s t h e t i c i n t e r e s t a r e many canons which deserve t o be considered r e c r e a t i o n a l mathematics; ( 3 ) the s u b j e c t of symmetry, which i s important ( f o r example) t o twelve-tone composition, lends i t s e l f t o geometric a n a l y s i s ; (4) the problem of what c o n s t i t u t e s s t y l e can be a t t a c k e d from a p r o b a b i l i s t i c p o i n t of view. Prerequisites: Distribution: Tim: I Music 101 o r e q u i v a l e n t ; no mathematical prerequisites Natural Science and Mathematics Room: Main 27 MATHEMATICS 6 1 2 4 2 THE DEMYSTlFlCATlON OF ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS Instructor: Bev Durkee Mathematics made s i m p l e f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who a r e a f r a i d o f i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t:o e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s o f a r i t h m e t i c o f t h e e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d . O f f e r e d p r e v i o u s l y a s B a s i c Concepts o f Mathematics. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Time: I1 N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics Room: Science H a l l 320 INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS I n s t r u c t o r : James L. Johnson With t h e a d v e n t of Large S c a l e I n t e g r a t i o n s (LSI) technology, i t h a s become p o s s i b l e t o pack a l l o f t h e c o n t r o l and l o g i c f u n c t i o n s o f a computer on a few s m a l l s o l i d s t a t e "chips". T h i s arrangement i s commonly c a l l e d a micro-processor. The c o u r s e w i l l , a s time p e r m i t s , i n v e s t i g a t e the following f e a t u r e s of microprocessors: ( i ) d i g i t a l components i n v o l v e d ; ( i i ) system s u p e r s t r u c t u r e f o r b u s s i n g d a t a among t h e s e components ; ( i i i ) programming t e c h n i q u e s . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e implementation of c e r t a i n microprocessor c o n f i g u r a t i o n s with d i g i t a l "chips". P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t r o d u c t o r y programming c o u r s e o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 2 0 5 MUSIC 82115 PIPE ORGAN CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Lee Metzker A b a s i c i n t r o d u c t i o n t o and s u r v e y o f pipe o r g a n cons t r u c t i o n and d e s i g n . We w i l l be working w i t h Clarence Gou ld., l o c a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e Moller organ company, i n h i s f a c t o r y and o b s e r v i n g s e v e r a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s of organs i n t h e Twin C i t i e s and surrounding communities. Prerequisites: An a v i d i n t e r e s t i n p i p e organs Distribution: Time: I Room: Music 10 MUSIC 82377 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES I n s t r u c t o r : James Carlson Topics covered i n c l u d e : What is j a z z ? ; How t o l i s t e n to jazz; Jazz Herftages; Rluea; New Orleans D t x i e l a n d ; a i c a g o Dixieland; Ragtime; Boogie-Woogie; Swing, Bop; Cool; Funky; Gospel; 3 r d Stream; Free j a z z , L a t i n j a z z ; The School Scene; J a z z l ~ o c k ;Future D i r e c t i o n s . Prerequisites : Time: None I Ro-om: Olivet Hall MUSIC 82179182379 ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY & AUSTRIA See d e s c r i p t i o n under A r t . MUSIC 82110 MUSIC THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s d e a l i n g with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an overnight t r i p t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music therapy undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non- therapy majors. $10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n . Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps ove rnigh t - . ( P r e v i o u s l y o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy). Prerequisites : Time: None Summer, Term I MUSIC 82119182319 JUMPING JACKS: A POTPOURRI OF MUSIC, MOVEMENT, AND MIME Instructor: James D. Johnson I n t e g r a t i o n of music, improvisations, i n t e r p r e t a t i v e v o i c e , i n t e r p r e t a t i v e movement, mime. Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n the above a c t i v i t i e s and p r e s e n t a c o n c e r t a t t h e end of the I n t e r i m . A s t u d e n t must have Acting (232) t o r e g i s t e r f o r upper division credit. Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Music Auditorium NURSING 8 1320 TRENDS, ISSUES, LEADERSHIP IN NURSING Instructors : Patricia ~ ' ~ a n e , Beverly Nilaaon, Susan Nash A course designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t l e a d e r s h i p r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l nurse and t h e trends and i s s u e s evolving i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I Admission t o Augsburg nursing program o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . None Room: Main 19 NURSING 81322 TRENDS AND ISSUES IN SOCIALIZED HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Larson This course i s designed t o observe and e v a l u a t e s o c i a l i z e d h e a l t h c a r e i n England. S p e c i f i c i s s u e s a r e : t h e r o l e of nursing and u t i l i z a t i o n of n u r s i n g ' s s e r v i c e s , s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses of the system, types of h e a l t h c a r e d e l i v e r y , and r o l e of the c l i e n t i n t h e system. The s t u d e n t w i l l r e l a t e the p o t e n t i a l e f f e c t of s o c i a l i z e d h e a l t h c a r e t o the n u r s i n g p r o f e s s i o n i n the U.S. Prerequisites : Cost: $895.00 Nursing 320, Trends, I s s u e s & Leadership i n Nursing. Consent of i n s t r u c t o r PHILOSOPHY 83135 TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION : OR, ADAM HAD A-TOMS I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some o f t h e a r e a s o f c o n f l i c t , w h e t h e r r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , be tween s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s thought. It w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . l i e f l y , we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h e t h e r a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t o f view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , a n d , i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t m i g h t t a k e . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: None Hurnani t i e s I1 Room: Main 25 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 MODERN DANCE I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela P a u l s o n An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n modern d a n c e t e c h n i q u e and c r e a t i v e c o m p o s i t i o n i n c l u d i n g : e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, e n e r g y , form and d e s i g n . No p r e v i o u s dance e x p e r i e n c e necessary. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Time : I1 Room: Melby Gym PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55410 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Bors t a d H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l bases, s c h o o l h e a l t h s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h program and r e s o u r c e s . Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n h e a l t h e d u c a t i o n w i t h l a b o r a t o r y experience i n c l a s s room and community. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : H. Ed. 320 o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . Time: Room: Gym 1 2 I PHYSICS 84150 SCIENCE AND SOCIETY -- THE TECHNOLOGICAL TRAP? I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson No one, n o t even t h e most b r i l l i a n t s c i e n t i s t a l i v e today, r e a l l y knows where s c i e n c e i s t a k i n g us. Our c i v i l i z a t i o n has been l i k e n e d t o a t r a i n which i s g a t h e r i n g speed, r a c i n g down a t r a c k on which t h e r e a r e an unknown number of s w i t c h e s l e a d i n g t o unknown d e s t i n a t i o n s . There a r e a s m a l l group of people i n t h e engine cab, and t h e r e may be demons a t the switch. Some passengers want t o jump o f f b e f o r e i t ' s t o o l a t e , and o t h e r s hope t o d i s c u s s t h e m a t t e r and a t t e m p t t o communicate w i t h those up f r o n t . T h i s course w i l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e s t u d y o f t h e f u t u r e , and e x p l o r e v a r i o u s i s s u e s i n t h e r e l a t i o n of s c i e n c e and technology t o human g o a l s and v a l u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Time: I1 F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s requirement Room: L i b r a r y 1 PHYSICS 84105 N =R F F F F F L: THE SEARCH FOR P E L I E EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE Instructor: Dan P e t e r s o n Are we a l o n e ? An i n t e r e s t i n g r e s u l t of r e c e n t advances i n a s t r o p h y s i c s and biology i s the p o s s i b i l i t y of e s t i m a t i n g the number of advanced t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n the Galaxy with which we could communicate. The e q u a t i o n i n t h e course t i t l e d i s p l a y s the terms involved i n making t h i s e s t i m a t e , some of which a r e t h e r a t e of s t a r formation i n the Galaxy, the f r a c t i o n of p l a n e t s on which a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n a r i s e s , and the l i f e t i m e of a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n . I n t h i s course, we w i l l e x p l o r e t h e q u e s t i o n of i n t e l l i g e n t l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e by examining each of these terms i n d e t a i l . Topics iio be covered w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c astronomy, s t a r and p l a n e t a r y s ys tems formation, t h e e v o l u t i o n of l i f e , and the evolut i o n of technology. I n a d d i t i o n t o s t u d y i n g previous s e a r c h e s f o r l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e , we w i l l a l s o consider methods of i n t e r s t e l l a r communication and d i s c u s s the consequences of c o n t a c t with e x t r a t e r r e s t r i a l l i f e . Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , t e l e s c o p e o b s e r v a t i o n s , and g u e s t speakers. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None Natural Science Room: Science H a l l 22 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85228 o r 85428 POLITICAL PROCESS AS ART FORM I n s t r u c t o r : Myles S t e n s h o e l P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l c r e a t e a three-dimensional a b s t r a c t model o f t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s a s i t o p e r a t e s i n t h e United S t a t e s . The i n t e n t i s t o d e p i c t , v i a s t a t i c o r k i n e t i c s c u l p t u r e , t h e complex o f i n f l u e n c e s , both governmental and e x t r a g o v e r n m e n t a l , through which a u t h o r i t a t i v e p u b l i c d e c i s i o n s a r e made. The model w i l l i n c l u d e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t p o l i t i c a l f o r c e s , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t , f o r example, the p o l i t i c s o f federalism, o f the l e g i s l a t i v e , e x e c u t i v e j j u d i c i a l , and b u r e a u c r a t i c p r o c e s s e s , o f p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and i n t e r e s t groups. There w i l l be s t u d y assignments and f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s , a b r i e f p a p e r w i l l be e x p e c t e d . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : An i n t e r e s t i n t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s coupled w i t h a n a p t i t u d e i n a r t a n d / o r mechanics. F o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e i n t e r i m f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t , two p r i o r c o u r s e s i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e . Distribution: Time: P o l i t i c a l Science I Room: A r t S t u d i o POLITICAL SCIENCE 85295185495 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY I n s t r u c t o r : Norma Noonan The p r o c e s s o f making, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f some m a j o r i s s u e s o f p u b l i c p o l i c y , both American and c o m p a r a t i v e ; f o r example, e n e r g y , h e a l t h c a r e , environment, budget, u r b a n problems e t c . This c o u r s e may be t a k e n f o r e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t . S t u d e n t s who t a k e t h e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l be expected t o submit a r e s e a r c h pzper. D i s c u s s i o n format p r i m a r i l y ; some s h o r t r e p o r t s on p o l i c y i s s u e s . Prerequisites : Time: I None Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85340 THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA Instructor: Milda Hedblom Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , c m u n i c a t i o n s , sociology. B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y production and content. We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and a r t i s t i c reasons f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s with BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of Parliament and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s of mass communications; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s take v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s . Approximately the l h s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work with each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t of one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news production, o r p r i n t censorship r u l e s o r r a d i o overseas programming, e t c . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Cost: Approximately $995.00 PSYCHOLOGY 86372 READING IN THE WORKS OF ROBERT COLES I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson Study i n t h e works of Robert Coles w i t h a major f o c u s on c o n d i t i o n s under which c h i l d r e n develop. Each s t u d e n t must propose a n i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o t h e beginning o f t h e i n t e r i m . Amendments t o t h e r e a d i n g l i s t may be proposed f o r a p p r o v a l d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m . Contact D r . Johnson f o r a handout p r o v i d i n g s u g g e s t i o n s and g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e a d i n g l i s t development. Course w i l l be o f f e r e d o n l y on a P-N g r a d i n g b a s i s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Psychology 86105 ( I n t r o d u c t o r y psych) Time: I Room: Main 28 THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS See d e s c r i p t i o n under Biology. RELIGION 87328 THEOLOGY OF LEISURE, PLAY, AND SPORTS Instructor : John Benson An academic c o u r s e c e n t e r e d i n what r e c e n t t h e o l o g i a n s and some p h i l o s o p h e r s have had t o s a y about t h e p l a y e l e m e n t ,in c u l t u r e i n g e n e r a l , and s p e c i f i c a l l y what the Christian t r a d i t i o n has s a i d about i t . Special emphasis on t h e i n n e r l o g i c and t h e o l o g i c a l / p h i l o s o p h i c a l meaning o f some o f t h e c h i e f i n d i v i d u a l and group s p o r t s such a s : f o o t b a l l , b a s e b a l l , hockey, g o l f , t e n n i s , and basketball. The c h i e f problem i s what t h e C h r i s t i a n t r a d i t i o n s a y s a b o u t t h e n a t u r e o f man: i s h e a worker (homo f a b e r ) , p l a y e r (homo l u d e n s ) , o r a w o r s h i p p e r (homo r e l i g i o s u s ) ? (Readings w i l l be s e l e c t e d from among t h e f o l l o w i n g a u t h o r s : J. H u i z i n g a , P e i p e r , R. C a i l l o i s , K a r l Rahner, Michael Novak, P a u l Weiss, Harvey Cox, Robert Lee.) T h i s w i l l be a s t r i c t l y academic c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g m o s t l y l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s of a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . Some o f t h e r e a d i n g s a r e h i g h l y a b s t r a c t and d i f f i c u l t . Regular e s s a y t e s t s , p l u s s h o r t p a p e r s and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . S e v e r a l . o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , p l u s a t t e n d a n c e a t some l e i s u r e and s p o r t i n g e v e n t s followed by r e p o r t s and d i s c u s s i o n . S t u d e n t w i l l pay own way t o any such " f i e l d t r i p s . " Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Theology o r s p e c i a l permission Religion Room: Main 1 9 RELIGION 87375 - ISRAEL, ANCIENT AND MODERN Instructor: P h i l i p Quanbeck Focus o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be a r c h a e o l o g y and geography. A t t e n t i o n w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o t h e method and r e s u l t s o f a r c h a e o l o g y a s they r e l a t e e s p e c i a l l y t o b i b i c a l s i t e s i n I s r a e l . The group w i l l l i v e p r i m a r i l y i n Jerusalem. There w i l l be l e c t u r e s , walking t o u r s i n t h e Old C i t y o f J e r u salem, and v i s i t s t o p l a c e s o f r e l i g i o u s and h i s t o r i c a l i n t e r e s t and t o museums. Two t r i p s from J e r u s a l e m a r e planned. One w i l l be t o t h e n o r t h where p l a c e s such a s t h e Sea o f G a l i l e e , T i b e r i a s , Capernaum, Hazor, Megiddo and Nazareth w i l l be v i s i t e d . A t r i p t o t h e s o u t h w i l l i n c l u d e such p l a c e s a s Ashod, Beer Sheba, Masada and Qumran. A t a d d i t i o n a l c o s t i t may be p o s s i b l e t o a r r a n g e a s t a y i n Jordan. Some time w i l l be s p e n t i n London a t t h e beginning and a t t h e end o f t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites : Distribution: Cost: One r e l i g i o n c o u r s e Religion $1,100.00 RELIGION 87377 CULTS: OLD AND NEW Instructor: Douglas O l l i l a An examination of s e v e r a l e s t a b l i s h e d American c u l t s , with emphasis on c u r r e n t groups. Included w i l l be v i s i t s w i t h l e a d e r s and members of U n i f i c a t i o n Church, o l i - l d r e n of God, and Hare Krishna. Deprogramming w i l l be examined. Prerequisites: Distribution: I n t r o d c c t i o n t o Theology o r B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s Religion Time: I1 Room: Science H a l l 22 SOCIOLOGY 94241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY Instructor: J e r r y Gerasimo An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. An examination of t h e i d e a s of "primitive","civilizedtl, and "processt', a comparison of a l t e r n a t e r e a l i t i e s a s found i n d i f f e r e n t c u l t u r e s and v a r y i n g s o c i a l c o n t e x t s . An a n a l y s i s of s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of U.S. c u l t u r e . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 None S o c i a l Science Room: Science 212 SOCIOLOGY 941 21 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Instructor: Garry Hesser Both the popular p r e s s and informal d i s c u s s i o n s suggest an increased concern abou-t t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i . n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about the lack. of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems regarding the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of our i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . The course provides an overview of what the s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r i n regard t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , the course c o n s i s t s of a s e t of u n i t s each of which provides an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s of some aspect of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through a combination of l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t apply what i s being learned. -- Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: 11' None S o c i a l Science Room : Main 28 SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98340 THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA See d e s c r i p t i o n under P o l i t i c a l Science. SOCIAL WORK 95257 PRACTICUM IN HUMAN SERVICES I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and Doug P e r r y Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a h e l p i n g p e r s o n ? Would you l i k e t o e x p e r i e n c e human s e r v i c e i n a s o c i a l agency? T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e f o r you t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e r v e a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a real human s e r v i c e s e t t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l s e l e c t placements r e q u i r i n g t h i r t y hours- a week a s v o l u n t e e r s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d meet w i t h v a r i o u s human s e r v i c e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t o o b e e r v e and d i s c u s s s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y . On-campus weekly review c o n f e r e n c e s and supportive academic work w i l l i n t e g r a t e t h e practicum. This experience should h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether o r n o t t o pursue human s e r v i c e s e d u c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e remainder o f t h e i r c o l l e g e c a r e e r s . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be asked t o meet w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s e a r l y i n December t o a r r a n g e f o r placements Prerequisites : Time : None I Room: S c i e n c e Auditorium SOCIAL WORK 95457 SOCIAL POLICY I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and Nagwa F a r a g S o c i a l P o l i c y a f f e c t s u s d a i l y from b e f o r e o u r b i r t h u n t i l o u r d e a t h . How i s s o c i a l p o l i c y made? By whom? F o r what r e a s o n s ? What v a l u e systems impact on i t ? Where a r e t h e " p r e s s u r e p o i n t s " ? E x p e r i e n c e , l e c t u r e s , readings w i l l provide t h e s t u d e n t opportunity f o r i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s o c i a l p o l i c y i n Minnesota v i s - a - v i s t h e U.S. and abroad. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I Senior o r permission of p r o f e s s o r . r e q u i r e d , S o c i a l Work m a j o r s ~ o o m : Main 25 SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98285 STORY THEATER: PREPARATION AND PERFORMANCE Instructor: A i l e n e Cole Using t h e s t o r y - t h e a t e r method, c l a s s members w i l l p r e p a r e and p e r f o m one o r more c h i l d r e n ' s s t o r i e s . A l l a s p e c t s of the production the play, scenery, l i g h t s , costumes, sound, p r o p s , p u b l i c i t y , h o u s e , and t h e w i l l be t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the c l a s s . strike Must c l e a r s c h e d u l e f o r performance t h e f i n a l week o f t h e term. - - None Prerequisites : Distribution: Humanities + performance Time: 9:30-12 and 1-3 Room: Theater auditorium times SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 983 21 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING I n s t r u c t o r : Ray Anderson T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e a n o p p o r t u n i t y t o work toward a p o l i s h e d s p e a k i n g s t y l e i n both composition and d e l i v e r y . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o g r e a t s p e e c h e s and t o r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , b u t t h e emphasis w i l l be S t u d e n t s w i l l perform i n some way on performance. e v e r y day. An e f f o r t w i l l be made t o develop each s t u d e n t ' s unique powers o f c r e a t i v i t y and showmanship. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I A beginning c o u r s e i n speech high school o r college - Humanities Room: Library 1 either SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98329 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION & THE QUEST FOR GLOBAL JUSTICE Instructor: J o e l Mugge Based i n Mexico City, Oaxaca and a Benedictine monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec near Cuernavaca. T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l be by bus and t r a i n . Mexico provides a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t from o u r own. The course w i l l explore ways i n which these a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and shape the communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and nonverbal, and how t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication can be broken down. The course w i l l a l s o examine the p o l i t i c a l and economic r e a l i t i e s which c o n t r i b u t e t o i n e q u i t y and i n j u s t i c e i n L a t i n America, a s w e l l a s how t h e message of the church speaks t o t h e s e r e a l i t i e s . Emphasis w i l l be on the C h r i s t i a n s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make a j u s t Global S o c i e t y possible. Learning w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d by d i r e c t c o n t a c t w i t h s e v e r a l dimensions of Mexican l i f e urbanmonastic as well community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a small v i l l a g e a s by s e v e r a l resource people who a r e d i r e c t l y involved i n the s t r u g g l e f o r j u s t i c e . A p r e - i n t e r i m workshop, s e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l paper w i l l be required. - Prerequisites: Grading: Pass/No c r e d i t only Distribution: Cost: None Humanities $495.00 i n c l u d i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n - ST. OLAF INTERNATIONAL INTERIMS The following i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e o r from Mary Kingsley i n the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one of t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should apply i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1. 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian A r t (Denmark, Norway, Sweden) Mediterranean Culture (Greece) I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e ( I r e l a n d ) French Language, Culture and Theater ( P a r i s ) Encounter with t h e Two Germanys (East and West Germany) T h e a t e r i n London Science H i s t o r y i n Europe (Munich, P a r i s , London) Comparative Legal Systems (Great B r i t a i n , France, Ne t h e r l a n d ) a r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. ( I t a l y ) Spanish Language, Culture and T h e a t e r (Madrid, Spain) Dynamics o f C h r i s t i a n S o c i a l Concern i n L a t i n America (Mexico) I n t e n s i v e I n t e r p r e t i v e Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico) I n t e n s i v e Advanced Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico) Folk R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan (Taiwan) Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l elations (Hawaii) COURSES These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups not connected with Augsburg but have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e college. Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t plus o t h e r expenses which a r e the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m Office of the College. 55106 SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) Cost: approxi m a t e l y $500 which i n c l u d e s lodging but n o t meals o r t r a n e p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. THE NORTHWOODS LIFE STYLE: A GENERAL NORTHWOODS ENCOUNTER Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. 58210 RECREATION AND CAMPING I N THE COLD WEATHER ENVIRONMENT Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. 58208 58212 OUTDOOR LEADERSHIP PRACCICUM Approximate c o s t : $280.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ENGINEERING APPLIED TO BIOMEDICAL PROBLEMS ENGINEERING MECHANICS Washington U n i v e r s i t y , S t . Louis, Missouri Cost: approximately $550 f o r t u i t i o n , housing and meals, but some s c h o l a r s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e . 10163 BASIC SPINNING, WEAVING AND DYEING 10271 ETHNIC WEAVES-NAVAHO, BOLIVIAN, TURKISH Weavers Guild o f Minnesota Cost: $100 plus m a t e r i a l s ($5-7) S t u d e n t s who have taken A r t 10270, 10103, 10104 10105 may n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r 10163. . e .. Interims Abroad, January,1978 Cooperative Programs of Augsburg and St. Olaf Col 3rograms in Europe Art/Music IIm: Art and Music in Southern Germany and Austria Cost: $995.00 Robert Karlen, Music, Augsburg Phillip Thompson, Art, Augsburg Building upon the rich arts resources available in Munich, Vienna, and Salzburg, the program will combine a survey of art and music in the Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaissance and the Modem World. Daily attendance at museums, galleries, musical performances and other appropriate sites are part of the schedule which includes four days in Lundun rlnd/or Pxris, ten days in Munich, nine days in Vienna nr~dt h r w days in Salzburg. While all partici Ants will be required to study both music and urt. an urea uLoncentration may be selected from the following: I . Music History and Appreciation - Journal and/or re.. search topic paper 2. Art History and Appreciation - Journal and/or research topic paper 3. Drawing (Studio Art) - Descriptive and interpretive drawing with emphasis on architecture in graphite, crayon, - . ink and wash. . 4. Indevendent Studv - Music and/or Art with instructor's approval Counts toward art major only. Fulfills distribution requirement (Art or Music). Prereqsis te: Consent of Instructor(s) Enrollment: 35 Art IIb: 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian Art Reidar Dittmann, St. Olaf Cost: $1,050.00 Painting, sculpture, and related arts in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway, beginning with Romanticism and encompassing Realism, Impressionism, and post-Impressionist trends with special emphasis on Edvard Munch's Expressionism. Counts toward art or Norwegian major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area 0). Prerequisite: Art I I recommended but not required. Enrollment: 20 Classics IIa: Mediterranean Culture Richard Olson, St. Olaf Cost: $995 -00 Thc civilizntio~~ ol'l;rcccc I'rom thc Bronzc A c through Clausictll Anti uity viuwcd rronl two princip;lf 1uc;luuns. klcraclcuii~an2 h thcns. Daily Icclurcs :tnd visi~sto Bronrc hgc M inuii~isilcs in Crctc st K nussrrs, Pliaisio*, end M ulliu, ltnd clilsc r~ltcnliunto tllc vast collcc~iunin lhe Archueolugival Mumum at I-lcraclcu~ir.It) Arhcns and its environs, will1 the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the Bronze Age of the Mycenaeans, and field trips to Classical sites. Counts toward Classics or History Major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B). Prerequisites: History 63 recommended but not required. Enrollment: 25 English IIc: Irish Civilization and Literature Graham S. Frear, St. Olaf Cost: $925.00 Based in Dublin at the Irish Humanities Centre, the course provides study it1 Irish culturc and literatllrc t h r o ~ ~ gdaily ll lectures oirercd by cultural lcadcrs rlnd ~l'ternonnserninnrs on topics uf ~ ~ e r t i n r ~Monday ~ c c , through Thursday. SLUdents will livc irl lrislr h u ~ n c swit11 thc nddd dilnension uf personal contact. Opportunity for extensive theater and other cultural resources of Dublin and surrounding area i l ~ ~ . o l iday ~ l t lours and sludent initiated [rips us well ns a 3 4 d t ~ ytrlp to thc wcsl lrelantl wilt1 slops in the Gacltilchl, tllc h e i ~ rol'~ tlit <ii~clicapeaking districts, then back lo Dublin via l ; i ~ l w ~Linieiick. r. Curk. Wiiterlbrd. Aniplc oppoilurlity for cxp orlng Iluhlin - thc cir o f .lo ce, 0 C:asey,Swiit, O'Fnnlain. Ucllnn. Hecketi. f i t a d n g wi6 hc bnwd on journal and IWU papcrs on ~ o p i c s01' student choice. Counts toward English major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A). Enrollment: 20 French IIIa: French Language, Culture Cost: $925.00 and Theater in Paris Herve Pensec, St. Olaf For advanced students in French. Attendance at performances integrated with analysis and discussion. Visits to artistic and cultural exhibits. Two fullday excursions (to Verxaillcs and Chartrcs) will1 French-speaking leciurcrs, Oplionul wcrk-end uxc~rrsiontu N o r n ~ ~ n d ySludy . uf ilcnls of iopic111i~ncrcstin thc daily ttnd wcckly prvss. Onc u C fbc no st i n ~ p u r l a r ~ ls p c c l ol' s l o n g u ~ g cstudy during thc wind is ltic h~ir hours iriconvrr.riitiunni prac~iccill gmupsoFthrcc cilch wirh French sludents or the IJniversitv of Pnris acting as tutors. Students will keep a journal in French incorporating reflections on the theater and observations on French life. Counts toward French major. lull'ills ?i.i~r~hutiun requirement (Area A). Prcrcqulr~tc: I:rcnch 51 with minimum grade of B-. t7rirding: I't~r;a(No Credit only E I I ~ I J I I ! T II C . ~~: German IIb: Encounter with the Two Cermanys Hanno Klassen, St. Olaf Cost: $950.00 r\ study i ~ ~ l ShCcP I I ~ H ~ wuyY C of Gerltiany ~ i n c c1945. I'wo wccks with thc pcoplc u l the German Dcmucrutic Rcpublic will tlv li~lluwcrihy $1 ~ w n c l u d i nslay ~ ill t l ~ cFederal Rcpublic oriicrmany. The cuursc is dcsipnd to use t hc Cjcrnrun language for n cornparulivt: study ul'thc 1 . w Wellanschuuungen ~ w l ~ i c thuve ~ slir~prtlvary differer~tpolitic:ll nations. In the (icrrnrtn Dcmi)cr:~licKcpublio the Yor~fhHIISIC~ in Lcip7,ip will bc 111ccontact base. Side trips will hc made to uthcr lllaccs of cu lturul intcrcsr. Munich will be rllc location I'ur inquiries into lire in thc f~cdcrulIlcpublic. Studenls will live wit11 host rarnilics. Individual coritacr wilh the peoplc is stressed. Lectures and discussions with students and religious groups, visit to social and welfare institutions, and at- tendance a t artistic performances and exhibitions. Daily discussions. Participants are expected to speak German at all times. Each student is required to keep a journal. Counts toward German major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A). Prcrcqi~istlc: German 51 Grflding: Pass No Credit only. Enrollmrnr: 26 Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London Ronald Lee, St. Olaf Cost: $895.00 Study of drama through attendance a t performances. More than 40 theatres make London the theatrical center of the English-speaking world and will enable students to experience varieties of dramatic productions, modern and traditional. The course will involve play attendance and discussion, backstsgc ohscrv:itinn and convcrsatiun. Supplemental visits are planned tu the cultural attractions in London, Stmtford. Oxrcml, und Cambridge, t ~ n dto u representative rcpional thmtrc. Students will kecp joumnls. Counts toward English or speech major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B). Grading: Pass No Credit only. Enrollment: 2 l Interdisciplinary IIc: Science History in Europe Allen Hanson, St. Olaf Cost: $975.00 Scicncc I iislory in t u r o p focuses on ~ h rc~ w a n d d ~ v b l o p men! o ~ n a i u r a I s ~ ; r s & p i c ~ c j m s c i c n u f i c a Wbbl nd ThO Dmrtdws M w in~ rnuqcums i n wmM Mynda FEB~~IFW techfinlo p r o m und sdmhltr?dc~no u t r w r . T h M tlu&kr anti m u 9 1 I t e m w m b in Park, yitb tbdr ~ I I c c @ ~ and B rwhtnudibn~(M cciallj athcP a ~ w Iwtit~iastml~ are h b # t i tifife m. 1 rchro ~ e t o p p b t .PWO odon w hub, rmcitk8a* tostoiLTrpa UntqenOpm m a air~$vriN~ London it* w ~ t hftsBrrtish Muscum, Oremwtc a*c Museum, Science Museum, Royal Inst~tution,and Medical Ilhtory Muscuni, thc story ul' sclcn~ilicdevclop~t~cnt from a,trolobc to radar, I r o s Boylc to B r e ir~u,nloldcd in grcat chunks o r rare prcscrved n puratus un lure With a sclcntlf ~ chislory lcaibook aa unLrlyinp coursc slructure. sludenls will ollrcrvc, keep u ourn.il, rvritc intcrprttrve papers :and be cxa~nincdon thc stiislanuc o r w e n c e history. Fulfills d~strlbutionrequirement (Area D, non-lab) Prerequ~s~te.One year of college science or permlsslon of Instructor Enrollment 25 m 4 Norwegian Im : Beginning Norwegian Leif Hansen, Augsburg Cost: $1,050.00 A complete introduction to the basic skills in the use of the Norwegian language officially referred to a s "bokmal." Students will have the advantage of a considerable degree of individual attention and support in their efforts to acquire the prvni~nciillinnIS^ niltivt. Nr)rrutg*al~srn rut thl: coursc uC tbc iravcl itincr;lra s l u d c " 1 ~wil! i'!lvc o ~ ~ o r t u nttli llislcn ~ lu and itif~lliY rcglfltlal v ~ ~ r l a l l o n111s sp\)kcll Nlrrwc@iall. Tllrou 11 ~crsun;alcx~cricnccand obscrv;ilien- l l l ~ n gwith iurlilaflecturer. ,iudmis r i l l idso pet m ercellcni insaduction to many aspects of Norwedan culture and society After spending ~ h r i s t m a swith families in Sandane (2@0 3.000 ~ o ~ u l a t i oon n ) the West coast (5-6 days), students will travel by bus and hydrofoil to Bcrgcn b r l l ~ c rsouth for 5-6 days of family Stay, formal l a n ~ ~ a Cg Ic~ S S C Sand formal kctures, along with sightseeing. Thc group will then continue on to Stavanger via hydrofoil coastal ship and then to Oslo by train (5-6 days each) for more language work and the program will again include family stays. Evaluation will include final oral and written tests, as well as a "field" test in which students will have an opportunity to find out how much they have learned of the Norwegian language. Fulfills distribution requirement. Enrollment: 20 Nursing IIIm: Trends and Issues in Socialized Health Care Systems $895'00 Pamela Larson, Augsburg An opportunity for nursing students to explore nationalized health care a s it exists in England. Among points to be explored are: strengths and weaknesses in English health care delivery; and the role of nursing and utilization of nursings services within the syhtcm. St~identswill relate the knowledge gained about sociulizod Iie:~Ilhcare t o the present U . S . health care system, illid prr>jeclthc inip~ictsocialization would have on the role and utilization of nursing in the U.S. Counts toward nursing major Political Science I ~ c : Comparative Legal Systems G. Alan Tarr, St. Olaf Cost: $950.00 On the broadest level this course will survey the role of law in governance. Particular attention will be paid to the interrelationship between the system of law which develops and the society from which it emanates. Bases for comparison shall include common-law legal systems (especially Great ~ ~ i ~civil~ law i ~systems ) , (especially F ~ ~E~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ adaptations of judicial review (especially Germany and F ~ ~and~ the~operation ~ ) of , the international legal system (the world court in -l-he H ~ ~ students ~ ~ will ) . both meet systems and, where la,,with participants in the various le suage does not pow an obstacle, dreCtlYobserve the systems ~n operation. Counts toward polilical scicr~ucm;lJllr Fulfills distribution requirement (hrca C). Prerequisite: Previous polilic:,t uclcncc course or completion of a short reading list. Enrollment: 15 Political Science Im or IIm: Oil and Norway: Mutual Impact Cost: $1,050.00 Myles C. Stenshoel, Augsburg An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwe&inn pclrolalm industry u p n the plilics and economy of N~~~~ convcr5elv, of~orwcgian political erspectives irnd insritulions pn the dcvclopment rind use o&his recently ~iiscovcredrcaourcc. AI'rcr a gcnernl introduction to Norwcgian politics uncl culturt, s t u d c n ~ws i l l be exposed, throu h rtadiiig, luctur~s.observation md conversation. t o the tics of oil from varying a small ex er ience; perceptions ofacademics; impact upon an oil- roiuc: ing city; oil development under political controls; anfthe establishment of a natural oil policy in a welfare state. be shared with the group arrangements the Nurwepinn lan u a g anrl culture and thus stuexlracurriru~. 'Ir 'pporLunities in these areas. dents will See Beginning N u r w q i ~ ~dcscripiion n for itinerary and family stay plans, counts towardpolitical science major, ~ u l f i l ~distribution s tcclurremonr. Both upper and lowcr rlivi~ii~n c.rcrlit possible. - one political science course. Prerequisite: For upper' lcvcl d~v~sion Program in the Middle East Religion IIm: Israel, Ancient and Modern Philip Quanbeck, A ugsburg Cost: $1,100.00 Focus of the interim will be archaeology and geography. Attention will be directed to the method and results of arch;lurllugy aa rliry r e l a ~ erspecii~llyLII hilllic;~lsites in Israel. Frnu ,,ill live primllrllj in J ~ T-hcrcaill ~ leers in the ()it! ( .irv f,, ~ ~ ~ ~,.isits~ t. o s l r r l i p l u u a :lnd h i s t ~ r K ; l inarol l ;lnd nluscl,nn, Tivu [rips I'rur~~ Jcrusnlcm arc pl:~~incd.Onc will hc LO thc 1, ,I, s,;, Gi,l,,,7 ~i,,,,, ~ ~ ~ ~1,lumr, ~ ~~c ~ ,i d d~mild , , ~~ n f~i r r t~l lwill, lx l visilrd . r\ 1ri1) t o tlrc ~ ) I I L I Iwill iliuludc s ~ c l pluccs i :is As'liod. Uccr Shcbi~,M;isrld;! and Qurl~ran.h t iitlditiun;~lcost i l r~inyhc possible to arrange a stay in Jordan. Some time will be spent in London a t the beginning and at the end of the interim, Counts toward religion major. Fulfills distribution requiremenl (religion). Prerequisite: One religion course w;lrki,ll: ,,,,, Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D. Cost: $925.00 Harlan Foss, Vernon Faillettaz, SI. Olaf A study designed to makeChristian history comealive through an exploration of Christian Rome a s an example of Western Christian history in microcosm. Readings and lectures will be carefully integrated with direct exposure to sites, monuments, art and artifacts related to the development of the Church in Rome. Beginning with the pagan city, the seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center and its continued importance throughout the Middle Ages. Resources include the Vatican Museum, Catacombs, Basilicae of S t . Peter and Pasl, papal tombs, etc. Brief visits will be made t o Florence, Assisi, Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa. Counts toward rel~gionmajor. Fulfills general requirement. Prerequisite: Level I religion and interest in Christian history Enrollment: 35 Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture Cost: $925.00 and Theater in Madrid L~~~ N ~st.olaf~ ~ ~ ~ Aimed at improving spoken Spanish, widening cultural exand becoming acquainted with the Spanish theater. ) perience, , Based in Madrid with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley of the Fallen, El Escorial, and Segovia. Activities include Lutoring three times a week by Spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other museums. attendance a t theater performances integrated with analysis and discussion. The group will also attend concerts of the Madrid Symphony, film showings and other cultural functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services. Students will keep a journal in Spanish. Counts towardSpanish major. Fulrills distribution requirement (Area A). Prerequisile: Spanish 51 with minimum grade or 0-. Grading: Pass/No Credit only. Enrollment: 15 ~ , ., ,,, ~ ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ , , rograms in Mexico Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development: Dynamics of Christian Social Concern in ~ a t i n ~ m e r i c a Ansgar Sovik, SI. OIaf Cost: $350.00 plus lransporlalion 'Thc study will focr~son tllc r c l u ~ i o r~U~h r i s ~ i u npruul:ln~alion to poverty, poli~icalupllressiun, nud social injus~iccin L ~ i l i nAmcricn. and tlrc Clir~ilian'sresvmsibility Iijr \worki ~ r gtuwi~rrlstructures 1Ii:il n ~ a k cpossible :I truly Iluman cxisioncc. Tllc Scti~ilr;~ric)I..ir lllcri~floAugshurgu in M c ~ i c C'II~ u \vill hull se lllc /r:~rliuiya~irs.M ~ i ~ l h crrl ra 111c sta l'T :i11e1 licr r1ui1lilil.d leclurv~~s ivill 51i:irc i n direclilip I hc ~.caditlp,s ~ u r l y irntl discussion 131' Liilir! Anicr'iciilr "li hcrr~tion t h e t ~ l t ~ g yr "t prcscnlerl by aklc11 w i t c r s a:. Bunirio, Curncri~,Torres. Ciuilierrez, Frierre, Gheddo, Paz and Goulet, and by the "Christians for Socialism" movement i n Latin America. Direct exposure to community development projects through which the church is seeking t o actualize its social concern will be an integral part o f the program. Week-end field trips will feature areas o f cultural and religious interest, such as the pyramids o f Teotihuacan, the colorful Aztec market town o f Tepoztlan, the magnificent archaeological remains at Oaxaca, the crafts city o f Taxco, etc. Counts toward religion major. Fulfills general requirement. Prerequisite: Freshman religion Enrollment: 12 Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish Cost: $450.00 in Cuernavaca, Mexico plus lransporlalion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School ln~cnsivcs ~ u d yofihcSpnnish Innguzge i11 ~ l i cn u w c scrting witli rintivc-spciikinp tnsl~~uciors, a l thc C u c r ~ ~ u v1.a11. ~ci~ guage Scl~oolin Cucrnarrncu. Mcxicu. Slrong uniphasi?; on I hc dcvclol)n~criktr l' f i ~ n c i i o ~ l :Iiinguugc il skills [I; thc upper. intcrntcdiate lcvcl. Tlic rcl:~iionshipcrl' 1:inpuagc tu cull url: is also Irv;~tcd. 0cc:lr;iunal {rips l o illrllorla~ilculiucal anrl ;iruti;lcnlogiu:il silts. A "wurking" lanpuagv coursc III i ~ r cxciii i ~ :{lid ~ g~ i ~ lI uol rsctt ing. Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32 Prerequisite: Successful completion or Spanish 31 or equivalent. Grading: Pass/No Credit only Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in Cost: $450.00 Cuernavaca, Mexico plus fransporlalion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School Inlcnsivc study r ~ lhc f S p ~ ~ n i slung~~:igc h at (1icuilv;inccd lcvcl i n a n i ~ f i v csclttng with t i : ~ livc-~pcakitlxinstruclr~rsor llic Cucrnrivac~~ l.ungu:tgc S c h u r ~ il n C'ucrnavac:!, Mcxicn. S ~ I ' ~ I Icrtiph:lsis I)TI l l i c rlevelu men1 and perttcting ol' langDilgc s t i l l s ;il t l ~ :~dvanccd e lcvcr Trips lr, irnpor~antcullur:~l a n d r~rchacologicnlsites. Emphasis on dilycrinp c u t ~ u r avall ues i n the Spanish Inngkragc ilrctl. Counts toward Spanish major. Prerequisite: S anish 51 Grading: ~ a s s f ~Credil o only Program in Taiwan Speech Communication IIm: Intercultural Communication and the Quest for Global Justice Cost: $495.00 includes rransporlation Joel Mugge, Augsburg Religion IIe: Folk Religion in Taiwan Cost: $995.00 round trip transporta/ionJron~ West Coast Merle Metcalf, St. Olaf The function o f folk religion i n Chinese society. Special Uiiwd ill M c x i w ~City. O i i x l ~ c ::~IIII ~ :i Uenediu t iric tnuiiasattention t o the primacy o f integrative values and system icry tllc "ill:lgcr,f~hua~cllccrlcur t-~,urna\m;lca, ~~~~~l lo Mcvicir will hc hg bus lrllin, Mrxjvc> Irl.ovi<ics scl[illg maintenance i n thecommunitiesvisited. Accommodation in whcru Inany ~ ~ r , l i ~ i c sociri] iil. lint1 rrligiuus r:~ll,r.h :ir.tr r ~ ~ r ~ l l temples, hostels, churches, etc. This is an extensive down island interim t o study H a k k a and Aborigine variations o f dirfcrefll f'rcjm tlur orvn, -Ttle cu\lrsc ("ill cxpl(lrc w;lys ill and .illilF the cclnjfolk religion. There will be one extensive "backpack" across w l ~ i c ll~cvr. l ~ ;Isprcls or cllliurrinflllenur the central range o f mountains, and several shorter field ~uuriicuiirlnprncess. btith vcrhirl ;~nrlnonvcrhill. ;in4 llo,\ rllc barriers that block effective communication can be broken trips. During this interim w e w i l l live out o f a backpack and cx:lnlilll. the plllilical ccoll. eat from local shops with the local folk. W e will spend time (loivn, ' f l ~ ecourse ,,,ill at the Ocean i n villages o f Pei Kang, and L u Kang, the i r i c ~ ~ l i :ind t y ~ I I ~ U S ~ ~illL T n ~ l l i crealities which contribtita centers o f M a T Z Uworship. The last four days will be i n Taiwull a s llowthe r1rcss;lgc o f ,he churc], I_:ati,, ,jlrlerica. pei visiting Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist shrines, and the SwYkS thCSCle;LljljL'S, Elnr)h;isis Will lIC Llrl tllC C[1risLiiltlB3 National Palace Museum. ~~cspo~isihililirs fur n o r king iua;lrd SlrtrctIIrcs kh;ii 111akt ;I Counts loward religion major. jusl Ciloh;~lSuciciy pclssiblc, 1-v:!rning will lrc h c i l i l s l c d hy Fulrills general requirement. ciircul coll1:et wit11 suvcr:il d i m c n s i ~ ~ nul's Mvxicun lil'c - Ilrreligion ban mon:lrt ic u u n i n ~ u ~ ~ i ~ t yn, d111~'residents oI' 11 srr~:lllrillage - as well i l k by scvcrtil rcsr)urue people who i ~ r c d i r c u i l y involved i n I hc struggle Tor justice. A pre-inkrim \vorksholr, several p;iperlri~ck tehts. iln ex~rnsivedaily jot1rn31. :~n(la final paper w i l l all hc rciluirerl. Counts toward major. Fulfills distribution requirement. Grading: Pass/No Credit only Enrollmenl: 15 ~ ~ ~ # , $ $,Fhman : Program in Hawaii Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian Intercultural Relations Myron Solid, SI. OIaJ Cost: $975.00 A study o f the inlerrelation o f cultures - Asian, Polynesian, and American - which have come t o interact with each other i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have basic familiarity with the American component and the course will therefore concentrate on Asian and Polynesian traditions as shown in social customs, religion, and the arts, and on the consequences o f their interaction with the American tradition i n the filiieth state. T w o weeks i n Honolulu and at the University o f Hawaii and East-West Center will be followed by study at Brigham Young University Hawaii Campus at Laie and the Polynesian Culture Center. The course will conclude 011thc isl:rnd ol' I-I:~w:~ii.I'nil~hasiswill be placed on culture unil inrcrculturnl rcln~iuns. 1-cctures. major un3 I'iclti cxpcric~iccs,oral reports, and course p r o j c c ~ lours , a journal ;Ire rcquircd. hiirplc oplrortunily for exploration o f historic silcs, ctllnic and ;trt tiruseums, rcl~giousshrines, schools, churches--and the beaches. Hawaii itself is a living laboratory o f intercultural relations. Counts toward Asian sludies major Grading: Pass/No Credit only Enrollment: 25
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1986-1988
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1986-1988
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1986-88 Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1986-88 Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries. Facts & Figures about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Religious Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 59% of students are Lutheran, 14% other Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic, 8% other. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing. Member - Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802 from 22 states and 24 nations. Graduates - from 1870 through May 26,1985 - 9,231. Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9 to 1.Class size averages 20-30. Campus - 14 major buildings. Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9 major buildings are connected by a skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway system. Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de- partments. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111. Policy -Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Financial Aid - Approximately 85% of the students receive some form of financial aid from the college and many other sources. Contents Facts & Figures ............................ 11 Introducing Augsburg ......................2 Admissions ....................11 College Costs, Financial Policies, & Financial Aid ............16 Student Life ................... 30 Academic Information .................38 Departments & Programs .................59 College Information: ..............................160 DCUS Board ........................162 Administration ...................162 Faculty Emeriti ...................164 Teaching Faculty ................ 165 Academic Calendar .........................173 Communications Directory .........................177 Index...................................1 7 8 lnfonnatlon Request Card ..................1 9 1 Regents Augsburg College Education in a Real World S tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society. The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings. T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission statement which declares that the college exists to provide high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church and by the context of a great metropolitan center. Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven. While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of their own values as they respond to it. ". ..based in the liberal arts " The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging their students to achieve the highest academic standards while supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and individual attention. Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued. Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology, and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements of a complete education. This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted attempt to direct students toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the educated person. ". .. .. shaped. by the context o f a great metropolitan center" Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The college community continually interacts with the city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for experiential learning through internships, professional program field experiences, and cooperative education placements. ". ..and shaped by faith and values." This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to others, to society, and to the world. Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through service to others. \N ithin the larger community of the city and the world, Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and developed. Augsburg College History A College o f the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants: and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The F o c u s C h a n g e s This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the college as a teacher and administrator. The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. - Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Psychology Building. Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education, emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s extensions of the campus and classroom. Serving the Non-traditional Student Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in 1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office. The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence. Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus on a liberal arts base. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies. Augsburg Today Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church: education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens: the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. ~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community -the college community, and the larger community. Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from 8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first). Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application Procedures forApplication Freshmen for Admission 1. Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Decision for Freshmen Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Re-Admission of Former Students Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Ron-Degree) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 U.S.A. College Costs, Financial Policies and Financial Aid A 11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources. College Costs 1986-87 The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d Tuition (full-timeenrollment) ..................................... $6.780.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course 540.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course 270.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone) 1.400.00 1,300.00 Full Board (19meals a week) Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00. ...................... ................. .................................. ........................................ Other Special F e e s (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students . ..........$ 5.00 only) .................... Late Registration (per day after classes begin) .................... $ 10.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (Cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) .......................$ 5.00 introduction to Cinema $ 35.00 Arts ................................. Life Drawing (See Interim Catalog for fee) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ..............$270.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ...................... fi75.00 Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00 Radio-Television Production ..................... $ .,. 10.00 Theater Technical Production .........................$ 35.00 Student Teaching (per course) ...................... $ 15.00 Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00 Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ...............$ Nursing Credit Validation Tests ,...,..... ..........$ Locker Rental (commuters) $ Student Parking Lot Permit - car .....................$ - motorcyle ..........$ .............. 15.00 75.00 5.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 40.00 20.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year. Deposits Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........................... 9100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage 100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. ........................................................... Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Optiona - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed; 42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon appllcalion and after College approval, a three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100°/~- through the first five days of classes (less $100.00 administrativefee). 90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes. 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes. 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes. 60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and W h e n to Apply New Students -Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad- mission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec- essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after January 1. Returning Stadenha Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. K i n d s of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen- eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance - Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due March 15. Presidents Scholarships Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1. Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient arc laken intn consideration, Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized l~ Irlhc. Irldlarl grants sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact n ~1;gsbur~'s Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy. Loan Assistance National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30 a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10 years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000, Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983 and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10 years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. - Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of $50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl which your family has an account. Student Employment A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign. ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom- mended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships, winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes, *Indicatesendowed scholarships General Scholarships Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni ~~ls S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es- Lnhlislicrtl in 1968. The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc ~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen. Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de- FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s) whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle. burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr. honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) 197 1-1973. Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe Who (ire In n~~rslc andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion. ~~ Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&, 1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the A~~gshurg CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s) who lias st~rcessf~rllv nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity and dsdnm. Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade i v e point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn, Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship* - Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu, and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover a period a160 years, Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship ~ committee. Semi-finalists are inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C. Vaagenes. Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need. Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg COI~P~P, Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College studrnh. David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l, Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler, Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs A~~gshusg Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family, Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Carl Fosse Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen Dr. W. N. Sandstrom Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. - Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family, Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~ Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness. H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952, Library Science Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-UrbanStudies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel. Scandinavian Studies lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar and their familks and friends tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e. ~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Campus Ministry a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as As academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation, support or information. Student Government Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. Fine Arts Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the theatre arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball. Intramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon- sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services ~ u ~ i b college u r ~ doncerned with educating the whole person and - is recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below. Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met: ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life. Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development. Intercultural Center As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv- ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Living on Campus Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper- class students. A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Riahts The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog. Academic Information ',, 1 I . . . ' i!! A ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the premise that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. General Information D e g r e e s Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). t. -+ - 4 II i' Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models for students. Computer R e s o u r c e s Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computing power also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as- sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/ video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Academic Organization and programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Raymond Anderson (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts - Earl Alton (Chairperson) Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Natural Science and Mathematics Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work M q j o r s and M i n o r s Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major, Mqjors available at Augsburg are: Applied Economics Art History Biology ~ u s i n e s Administration s (Accountina, Finance. International Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration EngineeringZ English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Kindergarten-Elementary Education Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) . . Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Occupational Therapys Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce. 1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree- ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty. 3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their academic major(s). Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg. It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser. Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 . Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103; PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373. Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115. 116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11 ~ and ~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary. -~ -~ - - - ~ ~ 0 - - ~ 7 Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin Cities a r e a o n several programs. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000volumes, Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of t~ Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s March 1of t h e preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global Service and Education. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors. Cooperative Education, Internships and the Liberal Arts Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n effective form of career preparation. Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students make more informed career decisions. Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students. Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services. Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/ or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required assignments. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study course numbers are used only for study different in content from courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Center for Global Service & Education The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col- leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: - Office of the Registrar Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office. A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a mqjor. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average 2.0 for most mqjors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. - 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music . A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports. English as a Second Language (ESL)Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01 N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 2.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim terms. Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student, Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Setaiice Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. and IFYogams Course Descriptions Maior & Minor Requirements A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of ,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art Department (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum work. The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson. Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 EnvironmentalAesthetics Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism. lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 2 2 1 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications I1 A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25) 351 Ceramics 11 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years) 368 Print Making 11 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 lndependent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists, a s subjects, and a s patrons. 382 ScandinavianArts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Spring 1987) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Fall 1986) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements. Biology Department (BIO) Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty: Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd. - O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11) 355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Mqjor - O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111) 361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Mqjor P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa- tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106). 101 Human Blology llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body. Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and 10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor) to 105 Blology and Soclety iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture. worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply social applicatio~~ lo the innjoxor minor,) 108 Mlcrablology basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor. Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or) 109 Special Topics In Bloloay Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111.112 oeneral Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 1 9 9 Internship Lower division internship. 203 Principles of Nutrition A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption, transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351 Invertebrate Zoology A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4 ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring) 353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates. (3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 3 6 1 Plant Biology A su~vcy of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 4140 Plant PhysioIogy A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring) 4 7 1 Cellular Biology A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring) 4 7 3 Animal Physiology A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall) 474 Devetopmental Biology A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles are included In the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4 mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class. 4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration and Economics Department The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration. Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec. ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration & Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm, Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick. Business Administration Mqjor (BUS): Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations: BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113, 313,311or 312 or 315. Specialization in Accounting: 12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Specialization in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301. Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353. Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the following emphasis to be taken abroad: Three of: Comparative Business Law European Marketing (or International Marketing) lnternational Business Import/Export Operations Multinational Corporation International Financial Policies One of: lnternational Trade and Finance European Common Market lnternational Economic Policies lnternational Economic Institutions Economics of Developing Countries BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent). Specialization in Management Infomation Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476, 479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC 170. Honors Maor: GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113. 175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law s offered. Students mabring In Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination during their last semester. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and Micro Computer Accounting. Business (BUS) 175 Computers for Economics and BusEness A n i~~lroduction tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC). ge data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221) 242 Principles OF Management Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager. 252 Prlnclptes of Marketing Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s. 279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) 295 Taplcs I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall) d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory gf and Practice 11 A co~iti~~ualion or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring) managerla1Cost Accol~nting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, L C 0 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) International Business Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success. iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses or consent 01 inst~uctor) Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements, idc~~lliy relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370) 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 399 Inlernshtp Program A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will P Lllc opportu~~lty to spend one rull term worltlng with atforti L ~ siudenl snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall) 425 Advanced Accountina Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring) 433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci- 438 450 475 476 479 sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1 Investment Theory Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor) Marketing Management lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352) Information Systems Analysts and Design AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment' t sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~ and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended: BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2) lnformatlon Systems Projects Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended: BUS 479) Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming 1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes. Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo sln~i~talions. Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) E c o n o m i c s (ECO): Mqjor in Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers are also strongly recommended. Mqjor in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130. Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration: 6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252, 279,331, and two other upper division). Honors Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics: 112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 110 Economics of Urban Issues Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs e to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis", Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls, elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also are open to non-majors.) 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken i~~depcndentlyallIJor 110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the olhcr coutses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm, marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or 110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto n tprogress more rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Economics and Business (See under Business). 199 Internship Lower division internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113) 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 295 Topics Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall) 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall) 313 Intermediate microeconomics Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113) 315 Monev and Banklna ~ u n c l f o nor l ~tllc ~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) 318 Management Science l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring) 360 International Trade and Pinance A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112, 1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl 399 linternsltipProwam A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with so~~~rr organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl 413 Labor lkonamlcs Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society. (l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand) 414 Wclfarc Economics Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor) 415 Managerial Economics I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business. Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition, protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring) 416 Mathematical Fmnonlics Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry, knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists. 1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. 2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. 3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. 4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and 5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481, 483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi- ciency are also required. - Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe- matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl genc~al,o r ~ a n tand t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications l Lo )iltman y. pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College) 115.I16 General Chemlaby An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations, enernctics, and bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg) 199 lnternshlp Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351.362 Organic Chemlstry Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac. many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/ Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm; vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~ tric lech~ilq~les nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall) 361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs, quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i e, equilibria and electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.: JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring) 363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each) Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al special sti~ctdi ts may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon. 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR, UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~ stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit: resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra el rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some reading k~~owlerlgc of G e n ~ ~ ar'all) n, 4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc a and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng) or. 482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond, and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1 thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall) tor. 403 QuanCumChernistsy I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and (tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les. Inclurles comznutators. and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs. elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring) 491 Chemistry Seminar 'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers. Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate. 497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers hvo options: 1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in- ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modem Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modem China (See under Department of History) 324 Modem Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics ', 1 1, Department f:" . . Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas. To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the equivalent. To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure. Education Faculty: Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton, Mark Schelske Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352, 381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach ~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295.495 Topics in Mucation Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (112 course) Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,: 255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing) to~. 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course) Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring) 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Secondary Education (EDS) Trudi Osnes (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music (5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (112 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (112 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (112 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (112 course) Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (112course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise ecl must provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ . Special Education (EDE, EDS) Mark Schelske (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course. 282 lntroductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall) Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti- tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: - 1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Dual Degree Plan Michigan Technological University - These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable. English Faculty: Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson. Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses, one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Wrltlng A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex- amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in e Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given. tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought. t P/N grading only. 111 Effcctlwe Writing 'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E i~ either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing, a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218 if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 2 6 1 Modem Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years) 336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1986-87) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. - Foreign Language Department The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of fields such a s foreign language - teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps, or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field. Foreign Languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen, Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz. Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Placement Levels: Chinese (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332, 350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Major: E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall/Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand) 3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Recommended Supporting Courses: 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 411 Avanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German (GER) 8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Major: 111,112 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11 Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall) 4 5 1 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Japanese (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Linguistics (LIN) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 289 Introduction to Linguistics An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01 various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal assilmptions. i~~vcstigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 499 Independent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Norwegian (NOR) Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 -- Old - - - .Norse .- - - - 331 350 353 399 411 499 An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/ minors will have special assignments. (On demand) Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population or Monvay will be cxaniined. Wrltten ancl oral reports in the Norwegian language rvlll Ile required along wlth some Herd work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent ofir~structor.011dernand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand) Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readinas in contem~orarvNorweaian literature ~ r o v i d ea base for the study of ;riginal works from earlier ceriods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examlned, and conslderable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk lalig~laqe,pnrtlckrlaily poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in florwcgian. (Pterrq.: 311o r equivalent. Alternate years) Internship Internship for upper division credit. Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages end lo the hislorical development of the Norwegian language. Laljoralnry worlc and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of iirslructor, On demnr~cf) lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Russian (RUS) One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the mqjor. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coordinator. 111.112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. 211.212 Intermediate Russian Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking with a n added emphasis on reading, Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC) Spanish (SPA) M a o r : 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,331 or332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conver- sation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another lan- guage, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring) 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See under Program in Global Community) 2 4 9 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various ~ e r i o d sand movements are read in Enalish translation. Throuah background reading and class discussion in English the student is acGuainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand) 2 6 1 Spanish Language (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them, Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 Survey of Spanish Literature I, 11 A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to S~anish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness ofwritten and oral expression through conversations, discussions, ~'epo~ts. debales, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prcrecl.: 3 l l or consent of instructor. 4 5 6 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 4 9 9 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. General Studies (GST) John A. Hill (Registrar),Joel Mugge, Donald Warren Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education. 005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar An introduction to college academic life required of all new students a t Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit. 140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available a t Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills s o important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall: 141, Spring) 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community) Health and Physical Education Department (HPE) Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide-range of educational experiences, including several mqjor and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime Sports): men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women: and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Marilyn Pearson Florian. Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad Health Education Mqjor: 110,114,115,320,354,410: 810 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105:SOC 231,336. Teaching Mqjor: Same a s health education major plus 355. Stu- dents wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110,114,115,320; 810 103;SOC 231. 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 199 lnternship Internship for lower division credit. 114 Health and Safety Education (112 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (112 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 399 Internship lnternship for upper division credit. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Physical Education Mqjor: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472, 474,475;810 103. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243, 350,351,365,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to be- come licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Mqjor with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232or 472,243. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351, 475, one of 476-483 (except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meet- ing the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 002,003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit. 199 Internship lnterrnship for lower division credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice i n teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (112 course) 'Thls course wlll loalc at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be Laught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canodng. back-pacl$ing,cycling, outdoor cooking catnplng and watcr safely. Studcnts must Ire prepared to spend somr: wcel~cndsparticiprtling in these activities. (Even number years, Spring) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: 810 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: 810 103. Spring) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning thc art and practlce of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a compctent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, Irclming and crewing). (Interim) 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (112 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics (112 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence a s determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Preventlon and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2course) Emphasis placed on preventing injut ips. 'Trcatrnmt of common athletic injuries. Practical expericntc in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1 s t half of term, and even numbered years, Interim) 476 Coaching of Football (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years, Fall, 1 s t half of term.) 477 Coaching of Basketball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number years, Interim) 478 Coaching of Hockey (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years, Interim) 479 Coachina of Track and Field 1112 course) Theory, t&hnique and adminishitive aspect's of coaching track and field. (Odd number years, Spring, second half of term) 480 Coaching of Baseball/SoRball(1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching- baseball and softbail. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term) 481 Ofilciating of Basketball (112 course) Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball. Prepares student for certification by the Minnesota Stae High School Association. (Interim) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Department (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual: it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished MedievalistJ.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are mled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer eqjoyrnent of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading eqjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a maljor role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg. The department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States, and the non-western world. The department's graduates are well represented among professional historians: at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history maljors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen M a o r : 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval: Modem Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. M q j o r f o r T e a c h i n g L i c e n s u r e : Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. M i n o r : 5 courses, a t least three of which must be upper division. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in spe- cial instances, application before the end of the first term of thejunior year; two years of a foreign language a t the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. N o t e s : Freshmen should enroll in one o r more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 13 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Several are offered each term. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modem World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modem Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. 226 Asian and ~sian-~merican'wornen in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii, Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to d o readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must b e approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modem Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modem China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modem Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role ofwomen and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.history (excluding foreign policy: s e e History 332). The specific topics to b e offered will b e announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 347 Mexico: a Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community) 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development ul Alcxa~idcr'sLmpirc, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as lhc wnl-Id's qrcatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the 31'1s iliicl S C ~ C I ~ C Carid S Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of EngC ~ L I I -Emphasis SC. la~tcl'ssubsctl~lent1,olein Ihe world economy and on the English literary ~ r r ~ a i s s a ~ofi cEIlzaI~ettrari c and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century The study of this centurv a s the most critical ~ e r i o din the rise of the mode l . ~statc: ~ L ~ n l ~ h a sisl salso placed on the el;1ergence of modern science aud I l s efiecl o n lritetlectual history. The chronological boundaries may be I listed as 1560-1714. - 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the c u l t u l ~of cltics ill L I I I ( ~ I Cfrom the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with for.1~.or1 spcrifir. tiistorir. cities a s examples. The course is designed for histnly students, iiil~nnstudy majors, and those who desire a backgrounrl Lo cnrich I ~ ~ l u11r avcl. c 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics a s Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and t h e Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems a t the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed lndependent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Humanities (HUM) Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson),John Benson The Humanities mqjor provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disclplines approach similar questionsand issues, and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own mqjor by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating to that theme. The mqjor was created especially to encourage students not mqjoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second m qjor. Maor: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy the requirement. Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook. A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 275 Perspectives on the Humanities An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, dependin upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values $om the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines. ' Interdisciplinary Studies (INS) (See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's and Minority Studies) International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Director) International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia. and others. Recent students have had double mqjors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major. Major: 13courses. (1) 6 required courses: ECO 122 or 123: HIS 103 or 104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351,381,382; SOC 336; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern language. Minor: Required ECO 122 or 123, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major. Not more than 2 courses from any department could count toward the minor. N o t e : Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. Mathematics and Computer Science Department At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value ofmathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any liberally-educatedperson. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization, and the development of computers has begun to influence modem society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. To this end, the department of Mathematics and Computer Science serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this department are prepared for work in industry, service professions, or graduate study, with opportunities to focus on either the theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. The department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Lawrence Copes (Chairperson), Lany Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Henry Follingstad, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland Mathematics Mqjor: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314, 324.Also required: CSC 170 or 270.The following courses d o not count toward this major: 104,114,121,122,131,174,175. For teaching licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Stu- dents wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Computer Science Mqjor: 9 courses including 240,345,350,445, 450;270 or BUS 175: 3 electives from 340,352,395,495,497,MAT 355,PHY 261,and BUS 479 or SOC 363.Also required: MAT 174,175 (or MAT 124,125,224and CSC 170);MAT 215;BUS 279 or MAT 373 or SOC 362. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation in a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,175) 224.The following courses do not count towards the minor: 104,114, For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must 121,122,131. be selected from 215,314,351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or MAT 175), 240,345,350,and one course from BUS 279,any CSC course over 260,MAT 355,PRY 261,or SOC 363. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling in any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/ or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count a s a prerequisite. The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the test for entry to courses are: I1 for course 104;111 for courses 114,121, 122,131;IV for courses 124,174.Students whose score is V, or who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult with the department about appropriate courses. Any exceptions to course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics (MAT) 104 Intermediate Algebra A revicw of basic ari tlimetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including cxponc~ils,radlcals, and rational expressions: algebraic processes lncludinn factoring: solving equalions and inequalltles in one variabIe, inclurlirig litiear and quadratic; anti graphs of linear and quadralic equations and Ilnear Ineq~iall(lcsin Lwo varlabtes. Does not satrsiy Lhe getieral etl~tcahinllrcquireincr~lin mathen~atics.Adnllssion only via Augsl~urgMall~emalicsPlacetnenl Exam. (I'rerecl.: Placement Oroup II, P/fl gradingonty, Fall) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For sludents planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 104 or Placemenl Group I l l ) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group I l l ) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a slngle varlable wlth applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Sttade!its wlto have compleled 124 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: liI4 or Placcmcnt firotlp I l l ) 124,125,224 Calculus I, 11,111 Differential and inlcgtal calarlus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily Crom the physical sciences, Inlegrated with Lopics from plane anrl solid analylic geomelly. Prilllarily for students in thc natiiral sciences. (Prcrcq,: I 1 4 or Placemerit Group IV for 124: 1 2 4 for 125; 1 2 5 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 1 3 1 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group Ill. Spring) 174,175 Mathematics for Computing 1. I1 A studv of discrete and continuous mathematics with a ~ ~ l i c a t i o to n scom. puter science, integrated with learning a higher level'programming language. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175, Spring) 2 1 1 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor) 215 Elementany Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications: solutions by special integral transforms: systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such a s groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324 Analysis An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis, Includes a rigorous study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 351 Modem Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1988) 355 Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's mettiod, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and intearation. (Prerea.: 175; or 224, CSC 170. Fall) - 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project. 4 4 1 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, completion or concurrent registration; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 4 8 1 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314,324; or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science (csc) 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, a s well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count towards either a computer science major or minor. 170 Structured Programming and Discrete Mathematles An ItiLroclucllon to cornl>ule~' languages and algorithms. and dlscrcte inatllemalics topics ir~~ltictir~g loglc, scls, functions, relations, statistlcs. niatriccs, combinatorics, graphs and trres. Applicatinns from matticmatics, business. and natural scicticcs. I'rognmlniny in a higher lcvel tanguage such as rascal. [Prercq.: MAT 3 24. Spring) 174.175 Mathematics for Computing I, 11 (See MAT 174, MAT 175) 240 Survey of Computer Science AII Introdiicllon Lo conipil ter organizatiori and structure. assembly and n~acfilnclanguages, co~nplllerlogic design, number and character represeritallons, arid f~~nctions ofcoinpoi~entsorcm-rtplltcrsystems. Continued u t p~cq~clrntni~~t roncel~ts.( Prereq.: MAT 175, or clevclnprnenl o f slr ~ ~ c led AT 12 I, MAT 124, and Vascal bolh 170 and MA'I' 124: or eqvivulcril programming course. Fall) 2 6 1 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 270 FORTRAIY Study ofthe FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175. Interim) 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Princi~lesand methods of data communications. distributed ~rocessina systems, network protocols and security, and general compukr interfa; ing. (Prereq.240. Fall) 345 Comp~rterSystems and Assembly Language Sill vey nrr:omputess. latigltages, systems, and epplications. Development or competence in asscrnhly language programming. Elements of compr~te?' operalion. including input-rlutput, interrupts, and an introduction to npcrating Tystems. (I'rcrcq,: 240.F.1111 350 Data Strt~cturesand File Processing Concepts and algorilllms used it1 LIle S O ! U ~ ~ornon-numerical D~ problems. Applicalions to cla ta manngetncnl syslelns, file organlzalion, inrormallon rclricval, list processing, pxogramrninq languages, and storage devices. (rrereq.:240. Spring) 352 Database Management and Design Slnic1ul.e afdatahase managelnel!l systems,query facilities, file organi~~Y. the develepmenl of an elementary database ration and S E C ~ ~ TInrli~ding system. (240 is recotnme~~dcd helore 552 is ialrcn. Spring) 395 Topics Study of intermediate topics, from such areas a s computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 399 Internship Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements or operating systems, melnoiy aticl process management, interactions nnrong ti~a[orcornpnnelils of conipr~tersystems. and a detailed sli~rlyof tlte eflecls oir:ompuler arc!iilectlirf rl11 operating systems. Prereq.: 345, MAT 2 IS. Spring) ~ - - - 4 5 0 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall) 4 9 5 Topics Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of a n area from o n e of the other courses. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 497 Research Project An extensive group o r individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. Ifdirectly supervised by a faculty member the course may b e taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring) 4 9 9 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. MetromUrban Studies (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in Planning, Architecture, Law, Public Administration, Environmental Studies, Social Welfare, Government, Community Organization, and Theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the college's location. Metro Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel Major: 15 courses, including 1 0 core requirements: ECO 123, 279 or SOC 362; HIS 431: POL 122,384 or SOC 363: SOC 111,381: a minimum of one course of internship or independent study: two non-socia1 science courses with an urban emphasis, a t least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended. To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum ofthree disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, a s well a s those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Minor: To b e linked with appropriate majors (such a s business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111,381;an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director. 199 Internship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Pall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 Internship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor, Fall, Interim, Spring) - 498 Independent Study Metropolitan Resources An independcnLIy dcsignrd cou~.scra sluclerit (or group ofstudents) develops, ~nalrinqextetisivc, systen~aticancl irrtegraled i~tllizallonof resources available ir! the metrclpolitarl comin~rnlly.e.y. leclures. symposia, perrorlliab~ces,hearings. 1-hesc resatlrces I)ecolne t h e core of Lhe course, supplcmcntetl Ily trarlltlonal college resources. The course is designed in co!iqultallon with anrl evalualed I>y a department faculty member. .(IJrercti.:SQC 1 I t or 121 and consent or Instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Student must prescllt written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodoloqy oC Lhe proposed stildy according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC. I l l or 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),a consortium of 16 college and universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director is serving a fourth term a s HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics, Included are government and institution publications, joumal articles and books. 359 FleId SemlnanTwln CRlea Metropolitan Area Using llw c~?mrnunTty as a classroom, slitdents visit agencies, talk with specialists In varlot~snclds, and investigate current Issues in Lhe Twin Cities area. Topics include: gcograptry. government, econo~mics,historic ethnic comrnunilies, Lransportallon, planning prescrvation. pop~~ralions, and soclal senriccs. 399 Internship Students are placed in a varlepy of public and private agencies for work experience. A lcarnlng contracl is developect with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an intcmshlp of one or two courses. 11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 Nonvegian Language Intensive language i~islmctlonat beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on co~~versalional listening and speaking skills. Students with aclvanccd Norwegian Ianguagc proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language Credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. 377 Scandinavia in the World Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints a s small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, confllcl resolutinn ancl amls control, EastWest relations, European security, Irade. and the 'l'hird World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with advocates of competing perspectives. 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway a s reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theater, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a vanety of media. 394 Urbanizatioq and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices a s a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting independent study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the GUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser. 111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the c i t y program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 2 6 1 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 361 Introduction to Columbia Overview of Columbia and economic development. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Lalin American City Structirrcrl licld cnirrsc lncusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Rogc>ta, witti ficld trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparisoti. Visits to varior~stypes of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 Independent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. IV. W o m e n and Work in A m e r i c a n Society (WWAS) Women and Work in American Society is an interdisciplinary spring semester program in San Francisco. The program focuses on the challenges that face women today and examines the impact of women in the workplace and on American society as a whole. (See also Women's and Minority Studies) 384 Women and Work Seminar focusing upon the various roles of women from diverse cultures, social classes, and historic periods through readings, guest lecturers, and site visits in the Bay Area. 385 Research Seminar A research seminar in field study through individual and group research i n the community on work and social change. 399 Internship (See MUST 399) V. Literature, I d e o l o g y and Society in Latin A m e r i c a (LISLA) This Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada, Immersion in Spanish language and Columbian culture are stressed. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 360 Latin Amerlcan Literature! Ferspecttves on Social Change Sclcctcd works nT literature and Uiealer illat express wrllers' and artists' perspeclivcs an Lalin American society anrl social changc. Ernptiasis on contemporary prriotl wllh cnnsirleral>le flcld stutly. lucl~tdltigInlervicws w l l l ~corn~nunilysits and "sl reet ll~ealevgroups, wrl tcrs, l i t r ~ a i ycritlcs, ccrmposcxs, pe~fonnersand film-nialccrs; s~nall-$grouplicld dssignments on currcnt arts activities: sile vislts lo museLlm and gaite~yext~lllits,inovies, plays, coriccrls arid a v a r I ~ t yafcor~~niutriiy arts evetits. 364 Lattn American A r t s and Society Introdclces lheoretical Iramcworlrs for examining Ll?erelationships among arts. idcology and socicly. rrovidcs historical background tl~rough survey of Latin Atncsican tho~1g11C In nra jor arlisllc periods: CoIonlal, Rcpi~bllcan, Ron~anlic,I'nsilivisl, Mr~dernlst,"lndlget~lsrno," Ileclllst and C(lntcmpnr a y . Readings ancl seniiriar 3ectui-tl-dlscussion~. 367 IdeoIogles of Sorlal Change In h t l n Amerlca Introductinn to lhe study (11 ideology and lllslorical overview of Latin Arncrirall ideologies, especially In relation to issues of developmenl and soclal change. Cemparativc slirdy of current ideologiral dcbatcs and their Impacl. with special atlcntion to diff~~sio~lism. "dcpendencia. ' Marxism anrl liheralion theology. Field study crnpllasites local resources, incl uding intcrvicw-discussior~swith proponents of compcling icIcnlogies; interviews witti ynvrrnmcrik, huslncss. churcl~and community people: site vlsits Lo psojccts rclierting itIeolagy+ln-pr;lcLlce. 499 Independent Study By special permission from LlSLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead. Music Department (nus) Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an important component of personal, social, and intellectual development. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human historv and culture. In addition. all students of the colleae community have the opportunity of in choral and instruhental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with a preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts - Music Major: Bachelor of Music - Performance Major: Bachelor of Music - Music Education Major: and Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas. Music Faculty: Rokrt Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laint: Bryce, Wayne Dalton, Stephen Gabrielsen. Thomas Gilkey, Medlce Rlemp, Angela Kretsrhmar, Nichotas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Paul Liohman, Steven Luud, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn PHckelson, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy, Celeste O'Brien, Marlene Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative QPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 1 0 1 or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense: an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert: or combinations of the above. Degree and Major Requirements Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111,112, 201, 211,231,232,311,312,341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements a s given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section) French or German study a s stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Music Major: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus 1course credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458. Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112: 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble con- current with 4 quarter courses in performance studies. Bachelor o f Music M u s i c Education M a j o r offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary levels. M u s i c E d u c a t i o n M a j o r : 1 7 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a halfjunior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium; Vocal emphasis - 251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis - 151,155and 1course credit of music elective Other requirements: 1 0 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114,115, EDS 265,354,355,356,357 or358,388,478,481,482,483.Consult the Education Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Performance M a j o r is designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. M u s i c Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice: full junior and senior recitals 358, 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium: Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254,435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements Piano or Organ - 301,302,436, 456, one half course credit of music elective Instrument - 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives Bachelor of Science M u s i c T h e r a p y M q j o r fulfills all academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. M u s i c T h e r a p y Mqjor: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; two of 151, 155, 156: 271, 274, 275, 372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362; BIO 103: SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN grading only) and is not required to fulfill the additional performance and listening requirements. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit - one half-hourlesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter c o u r s e credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice per week. One half c o u r s e credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per week. One c o u r s e credit (B.M.only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, each year in a general student recital, and a s additionally required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend 10 designated music events during the aca- demic year. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. B.A. a n d B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill. B.M. Music Education M d o r - one halfjunior recital 358 at repertoire level 111 and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV. B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358,459. Keyboard Proficiency: B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5 in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance studies. Music Courses (MUS) Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall) 102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants a n d simple modulations. (Spring) 111 Aural Skills 1 (112 co~rrsel Rhythmic and mclarlic diclation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and Iia~?-nonicdictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registmiinn in or ro~nplelionof 101. Fall) 112 Aural Skills 11 (112 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring) 201 Materials of Music I11 (112 course) Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall) 202 Form and Analysis (112 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring) 211 Aural Skills 111 (112 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall) 212 Aural Skills N (112 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel pro ress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion 09202. Spring) 301 Coonterpolnt X (112 course) lFlh thxnt~gll18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double countcrpoinl, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211. Alternate years. Pall 1986) 302 Counterpoint I l ( l / 2 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years. Spring 1987) 311 Composition 1 (112 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall) 312 Composition 11 (112 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Spring) 341 Basic Conducting (112 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) 342 Choral Conducting (112 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class a s the choir. (Spring) 344 Instrumental Conductina 11/2 course) Preparation of and conducc& instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. 401 Counterpoint Ill (112 course) Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall) 402 Counterpoint N (112 course) Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring) 411 Composition 111 (112 course) Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall) 412 Composition IV (112 course) Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.:411. Spring) History and Literature 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other Rne arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Exploration and creatloll of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study arid appllcatlori of practical electronic technology used in music will he comhlncd wilfi acsttielic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. Vor non-music majors. 231 Hlstorv and Literature of Music 1 A stud; of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Fall) 232 History and Literature of Music I1 Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102,112. Spring) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general a s well a s the music student. (Interim) The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232.) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (112 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1987) 332 Music of the Classical Period (112 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1988) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1988) 334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1987) 432 Church Mlrslc and Worship I3evelopment and innrncc ol cliurch music a s evidenced in contemporary worship practices. ncsfgnecI lor the general a s well a s the music and theo l o a s t ~ l d c ~(Spring) ~t. 435 Voice Repertoire (112 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1986) 436 Piano Repedalre (1 /2course) Study of Ihe pia~lolltcrati~refrorn the 17th Century to the present by listening, analy~ingarrd perlorniin<g.(Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 498.499 Independent Study (112 course each) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151 Voice Class Methods (114 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155 Plano Crass Methods (1/4course) I3asic Ireyl>oarrl famlliar'ity, sirnptc accompaniment and music reading slillls necessary to ~necispecilic dcgrce requirements. 156 Guitar Class Methods (114 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 Englllsh Diction (1/4course) Furirlarnc~italcourse In correct standard English diction for singing. FamiIiarlzalion with tile Ir~ternatianalPhonetic Alphabet. Open to all students regi~tercdfor vocal ln5tructlon. The following three courses are continuations of251 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 253 German Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1988) 254 French Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2course) Principles, melliods, nlatel'iats and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of vtlriotzs petlngngical scl~onls or thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Afternale years, Spring IDRR) 458 Senior Recital Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course credit. 459 Senior aecltar (112 course credit) B.M. rarirfidalcs only. I<ccitalmust be preceded by a prerecital hearing by facully ro~nnliLlec,lieperloire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Mlrslc Yerioi-rnancciria[ors. Therapy 170 M u s k Therapy: A Cltalcal Overvfew A suivey of Ll~cmusic. Lhc~apyprograms In Winnesota, with fleld trips to variotts instllullorls. An Introrluctory course [or the freshmen and sophomores considei'i~i~j music thcrapy as a major to give students a htoad bacRgmtrnd 111Llie ways In wliiili irlt~slcis ii.<ed a s a tlierapy. (Intcriln) 271 Musk Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course) Study of nnn.s)~mphorticinstrutneuts, OrfF-Schulwerk,applications of recreational nlusic activities ta clinical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psycholaglcal Foundations or Music 1 An ol~jectlveapproach Lo musical slimirli and response, with an emphasis aspecls of music. An understanding on a r c > ~ ~ s tanrl l ( ~ sociopsychological s of Lhe tcscarrh pmccss and dcvelop~nentof an experimental research project. 373 Psvcholoalcal PoundaCEons of Music I1 lriii>tenien~mion of !lrotq>ant1 individual research projects, emphasis on a ti~~rltidisci~~lir~ary apploacl~to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talertl, and perlomiance. 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Rusk Therapy Senior SemOnar <:lass discirssirrns of theories and research a s they apply to therapeutic seltings lticl~~diny discussion ~Tpl'ofessionalethics. A holistic approach to therapy with n ~ u s i c . 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy CLinical Znternshlp (1J2 course) PII~I-time placemen1 In all MAN?' intcmship setting for six months. Appli~atIonfor In(crns11lp sites must bc made ninc monihs In advance. Sites in Mln~lcsotaare linlileti. (Prercq.:Co~nplelionof all other graduation requirements) Ensembles (MUE) & Performance Studies (MUP) Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the ben- efit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering a t other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes interims. While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 chorale (114 course) 114 Festival Choir (0) 1 2 1 Orchestra (1/4course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131 Woodwind Ensemble (0) 1 4 1 Concert Band (114 course) 142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 ) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded tradi- tionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee, a r e available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons a r e adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearinn credit are supplementea by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Representative programs of study in private instruction are outlined In Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - enter I and attain 111; B.M.-Education Major - enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter II and attain V. l l x Voice 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute. Recorder. Horn l 4 x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba 15x Piano 16x Guitar 17x Percussion 18x Organ Note carefully the following provisions: 1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study regis- tration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office. 2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average 063.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance: otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student. The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. Natural Science Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator) The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and Lo ssffsfy Minnesota licensure requirements. In addition lo the broad basic background in science, the program is designed to allow fur specialization In a mqjor and for study in the liberal arts. Licensurc Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board oFTeaching has approved the Ilcensure program for scknce teachers and au- thorlzed Augsburg to recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12:Lire Science (minor), grades 7-12: Physical Science, Chemistry rnaJor or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12: Physics (minor), grades 7-1 2; and Science (Grades 5-91. Students planning to teach Natural Science must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses Is designed to provide a broad. basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area, The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements or the coltege and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. Consull with the I>epartrnenlof Education for requirements In Eclucatlon. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106): 2 in life science (810 111,112):4 in physical science (PHY 121,122 and CHM 115,116or 105,106).To make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for 121,122. Llfe Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7 RIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following gwups: (13 351 or 353;(11) 355 or474; (111) 361 or 481: (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis Chemistry Maor: Broad Base plus 7 courses and chemistry seminar, CHM 351,352,353,361and 364 (or BIO 367),482,PHY 245. Physical Science Emphasis Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses, PHY 245,351,362,395and three additional to be selected from 261,270,352,363,481,486,488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemis- - - - Physics ma-jor. The stutry major or Physical Science Emphasis dent licensed in PRysical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106,the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112):3 in physical science (CHM 353;PHY 245). Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in and 364 or Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351,352,353,361 482: for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122. Nursing Department (NUR) Augsburg offers an upper division rnqjor in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree, The program is accredited by the MationaI League for Nursing, Graduates of tlie program are eligibte lo apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirementsfor admission to the major are: completion of an assuclate degree or diploma program In nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5:a current license to practice as an R,N. in the state af Minnesota: and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicmbiotogy, English composition, Introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augshurg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major, The prerequisite courses in soci- ology. psychology, English, chemistry and Zrinlogy listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well a s toward admission to the major. All prerequisite collrses must have been completed at the 2.0 level. Courses with gracles k t o w 2.0 must be satisfactortly repeated or chab lenged. In addition, each applicant milst successfu!lyvalidate their theoretical knowledge via d t t e n testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Aagsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursingcllnical practice within t h e past Five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experlencz, or 3)cornpIetlon of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent, Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marjorie Audette, Helen Woelfel Mqjor: 1 0 courses in nursing including 305,306, 31.0,311,330,350, 403,404, 423, 427: PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483.A mfnimrlm grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications are supportive to the major. Courses in the nursing major are designed s o that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall: appli- cation to the department chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 306 Contemporary Nurslng I: Communlcatlon A l r a n s i l i o ~ ~raol u ~ ~ lhal s c In2roduccs 111c components of the professional ralc and bcgins Lhe p ~ o l c s s i n nsocialiration ~~l process. The c o r n n ~ u ~ ~ i c a tit>llprocess is emphasized as onc mean%by which (he nurse-ctienl rela. tionsflip Is negotlalcd. Ililesarlive attd grnilp communication Lhcories are explnr'ecl Inr tllcir appllrallllity to chailginq laIcs and prolession.il practice. (7'rlI<eli~ I I D I LO o r ~ r ~ i ~ ~ t ? i t wlth e r l lS i y10). 306 Contemporary N~rrslng 11: WradEgms in Nursing At? introduction to Lllearies ar~clcc~rlccpli~al thinlting In Lhe process of professitma1 developmcllt. The i~lnctionof theoty In guidlng nlirsir~g practirr i s emphasized. Sclecled nursing cc~nrcplualrrlotlels are sludiccl and Lhelr applicaticln to praclice is cxiirniricd i ~ s i t the ~ q ntlrsing process fonnal. ( t*~ereq..3051 310 Community Health flursing I The l o c ~ of ~ s[Iris course is on com~nunityhealth delivery syslems and the ~racticeni uuhlic hcal(l1ni~rsina.Svslerns t l i e n ~ v. chanae and cnnccois c ~ f i~cal th are kxalnintd as they apply 10 ctlrrenL co;nmurii~ health prod~cms atid Iss~res.Cllnical application or course conlenl involves inalting a heallli assessmetit anti prcpat ing a pilhllc health uurslrig case sludy. Cthical Issues relalcd to r:o~tirnu~~ity heal111 dcdsion-making wllll rlgg~egalc graups are explored. (I'rereq.: 505 or concilnen t enrollmen( l 311 Commirnfty Health lYurslng1r: Practtcam* This course provirlcs a basis for untle~sia~ldirig community charactcrlstics ancl c r ~ l l i r ~ rrtiverslty rl rulalerl ta t ~ c a l l hcare. The nurse's role as a gcner~t alist and as a mcrnbe~of the health learn is cxplorerl. The S t i l d e ~ will detnonstratc hnowl~dgco l ~ o r n m i r t ~ ihealth ty concepts in provlditig care to o selcctcd cascload of clicnts. (PIe~eq.:305,506 nr concurrent cnrotlment, 310,330) 330 Trends and Issues In Nursing Is designed to Ir~vestl~ate the current responsibilities of the prolessinnal nurse. Contem[)orary economic, social, political, and professional trends and Isstics arc explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. T h i s course 350 lntrnduct~onto Nursing Research The rcseilrrh process ant1 methods appropriate to nursingare the focus of this course. Issues of etfllts irr tiufiing researcli are exploredmStilrlents crifor its a[lplicability to niirsing practice. (Prereq.: tique n ~ ~ ~ srcscarcZ~ ing 305,310,330) 403 Contemporary Nursing 1111 Families Tlri5 course provides a aIlenrPtiwl basls for fainily nursing care. Content Includes Camlly as a prinrary group and famiIy dy~lamlcsin light of situatiolial clevclopmcnl evcnts. Consirleration is given to the role of the nurse in fanlily health lare. (ScnIo~'staridlt~g.To Ilc tatten prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Flr~rsIng N: Leadership and Management l'his coilrss provlrles a Il~eoretlralbasis lor leadership and managemenl as crnerging prolessional, nurse roles. Concepls nl change, confllel, comr n u ~ i i c ~ i t iand o r ~ s p t c n i dynamlcs arecxplorccl. Ethics, accouritahllity arid advocacy provide Llle basis fm' i'oic dcvelnpmtlrtt arid professir~naIlstn. (Prereq.: 403) 423 Practicum in Nursina I: Nursina of the Familv* A clinical practicum o?fering the &dent an opfortunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing - care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.;403) 427 Pxacticum In Nursing [I: Leadershipand Management* 'Fitis cli~ilcalpmctlcum t~llllrfsknnwlr:dge and skills from 404. Opportunity is pi ovidcd lo apply Icarlcrslilp and management theory i n a selected aqcncy scttin$\. (I'rercq.: 404) 432 Topic5 In Pturslng course cicsig~ieclto provide In-depth exploration of selected topics in nttrsinq. The s ~ ~ b ] c csti~died ts wlll vary dcpcnding upon the needs and intel'csls ol'the ra~ultyand 3Ltrdents. (Prcrcq.:Senior standing or consent of Il~struf:tor.On de~nand) A 499 Independent Study "Thislearning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a seleclcd topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit wiittcn study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. 'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Occupational Therapy Adaptlng to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied s c h c e that teaches people skflls to enable them to perholm the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional disahflity has arected tllem, The l~ltirnategoal of the occupational tllera. pist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of wlloleness and independence. Given the orienbtfon of this applied science to development of the abilities ofthe whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be founded In the liberal a*. Augsburg College has a cooperative 3-2 arranwment with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri,to allow stu- dents to earn a achel lor of ~ r t degree s from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the academic major of their choice ancl meeting general education requirements in t h e liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg College while gaining the minimum prerequisite caurses for the OCCupationat Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program adviser and plan their programs carefully dnce tillfflling necessary requirements in three years may he difficult in certain majors, Majors in Dialogy, Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated afternatives. Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the Washington University program provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser. Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational Therapy Program: ENG 111,810 111,112, and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115; PRY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373. Philosophy Department (PHI) The department of Philosophy is devoted to instructing students in the discipline of critical thinking in relation to the traditional areas of philosophy: theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and logic. By exposing our students to the great thinkers of the past as well as the present, the department of philosophy endeavors to instill a sense of critical analysis and a love of truth. Since the object of the liberal arts cumculum aims at promoting proficiency in those actions most condign to human dignity, the Philosophy department, with its emphasis upon the analytical contemplation of truth, must always play a crucial role in helping students to focus their thinking with respect to what truth there is to be found in the depth of human experience and in the world both here and beyond, that encompasses human destiny. By infusing in students the desire to fulfill the maxim of Delphi, "Know Thyselfl" the study of philosophy furthers in a unique way the quest of liberal arts to express without constraint the fullness of the human potential for perfection. At Augsburg the philosophy mqjor is founded upon the principle that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the core of the mqjor consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to Modernity. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in Western civilization. In addition, mqjors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which the department offers as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty. This mqjor has been carefully planned so that students can easfly supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Maom are educated with the demands of further graduate study in mind. However, many philoscphy mqjilors plan to go on to other proksdonal studies such as law or medicine. Many enter thc market place, reeling that the study of philosophy has given thcm the ability to think critically in all areas of human affairs. Philosophy Faculty: Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach Mqjor: 9 courses, including 130, 141, 242, 343, 444, and another course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division. Honors MaJor: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendalinn of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made a t Lhc end of Lhejunior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the studenl's choice, invofvIng research above t h e course level, and a defense o l this thesis before the faculty of the department. Minor: 5 courses, including two from 141,242,343,and 444. Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for hlfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introdnctlon to Philosophyz Ideas and Method Though carh person has his or her own set of ldcas and beliefs, rarely have they beeti critically analyzed or evalualed tor their cnnsislency, adcquacy or lrulli. Onc rcason Tor this is thal indivldl~alslack thc needed slrills. Another Is that Lhey rnay havc had 1fttIe opportunity to examinccrit. lrally somc of the ideas basic to western c.ulture. T11r llurposes of this course are l o prnvide Lhe studcnl with somc cxpcrience i n cxamininq ideas. slid thereby to sharpen the critical ant1 analylical skills reqr~iredto evaluate and cnnstrucl a system of ideas and hellcls. 120 Ethics This course studies the possible grounds for making moral decisions and moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. I t also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must YOLIPWhen does a conclusion validly follow from premises? t lere wc txalnlne the rules which govern valid arguments and work lo devclop your abiltly to recognize and construct sound arguments. 141 InhoducHon to Phltosophy Readings En Cluss!cal Texts The writings of Plato atrrl Aristotle are I h e foundatlor~s of all pfiilosophlcal t s rcad and anaLheuglrt in westel.tl civilizalion. In this course s t ~ ~ d c nwill lyze some of Liie ltey worlrs by Plato and Aristotte, In additiol~.o1I1er phltosophical scl~oolsof thought in the ancient rvrrrIrl will bc sturlletl: Stolcisrr~,Epicureanism and Ncoplatonism in order to brnillarize the slttclent with the other elements that cnrlslitutc classical philnsnphy, hit aclvar~ced Irllroductery course in Y hiloso~rliy(or honor sllldcnts. Ihose contt~nplaling a philosophy niqlor 01'rnlrior and those slucienls wishing a more indepth approach to phllosnpl~yat Ilic tntrodt~cto!ylevel. Excludes sttidents cnrollecl Tor 110. (Pall) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 242 Hlstory or Phllbsoptryt Meditwal and Renaissance Philosophy The Middte Ages war; n p e ~ i o dor great assimilatio~~ and synlhcsis O! e i e nienls of Christian revelation, classical pl~ilosopliy and Islarriic~ulLure.In this course sludcnts wi31 rcad wr-ilings by SL. An.jelm, 5I. Rn~iavetiture,Occam, Si. Tliort~asnquinas a ~ r t[Yictrols l of L u w In order to unrlerstand the pi ocess 01p l i l l o s o p l i i r ~assimlfat l lor] Involverl In conslnlcting a Cl~risllan pl~ilosophy.Since ttic Renaissance was a period of ititensifirat!on of the mcdieval synu~eslssluclcnls will bc exposer1 I n Hie ll,nuglit of Pico, Pfcino and Oninn. (Spring) - 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 343 History of Philosophy: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowtedge begin? In Innate Ideas or with cxperlence? What ran we really Isnaw al)oul tlie world? WIml impact did RornantIclsm have on phifosophy? This coilrsc studles the inaJor empiricists of the 18th cenhkry (Lache. Berkeley, 3tunie). Kanl's synthesis or pllilvsnphy, 19Lh century idealism, and the reaction to Iclealisr?~by meti such as Marx, ICieritegJ5i-d arid flictzschc. (Fall. Suggested prior course, I4 1 nr 242.1 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what car1 be said a bout him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with hutnan anrl animal suffet'in~?Is man realIy immorlal? Arc miracles pnssitllc? W e will conduct a sysletnatic Inquiry into Lhese queslions which fotin the basts of religious beliefs. (S~rggcstecf: one prior course In philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 %IItical Philosophy By rludying the ivritin~soipolitical philnsaphers Cram antiquity up to the moriern periorl studenls wlll be asked Lo cxanilne crucial uestions con01 I~urnanS~rieky.The relallon the nature of cei.niriq Lhc ~r'gal~kaiion the slijte lo religiort, the home arid lhe clty wilt b t Inohed at through the eyes of Plato, I\ristoLle, Clcero, Dantv and Maclilaveli. 365 Phllosophy of Science The scienlist's hnnwleclye of the world is purported to be profoundly different ant1 beller tha~iIirat of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studles in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existcnliallsl aulhors. We ucrEIl exatnine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, arid cxplorc such thcmcs as absutdity, freedom, guilt, despair and pamclox. (Sugqestecl:One prior coursc En philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application nl ethical prlnclples lo problems which arise in the areas of health care and ~Ielive~y, human experimentation, human engineering. l abortion, care lor (lie [lying a t ~ reulhariasia. 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 410 Topics In Phllosophy Ad~~anced s t r ~ d icovering ~s a speclflc area of phllosopl~y,such a s studies in the lliouglil or individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history o i a t ~idea 01. spcclfic probletn, or interdisciplinaryproblems. SCmInar Format. Mny be 1ahe11morc t h a n once for crcdit, (Suggested prior courscs, any from 141, 242, 343,44/1 or conscrll of instruclot'.) 4 3 0 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studlcs iri the pliirosophy of particular philosophers, e.g.,Plato, 51. Xl~omas,Marx, fiegel, I<icrkcgaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. {Suggested prlor courses: 141. 2/r2, 543,or consent of Instructor.) 444 Contemporary Philosopliy What ltrs behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is Cn~Llrtlrat which worlts? Carl we remake philosophy as a rigorous scicncc? 'Tllcse ant! other Issires are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. Seminar format. (Alternate years. Suggested prior course, 141, 242,or 343.) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. 4 Physics Department (pm) Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis, Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the Liberal Arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge, the department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also served as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates. In addition, the physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the pre-engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-sciencestudents that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. Physics Faculty: Mark Engebretson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Kenneth Erickson, JeffreyJohnson Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major: The same a s the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An indepen- dent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have com- pleted the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of3.O in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 1 0 1 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementa~yalgtbra. Our solar syslem, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical Instrrlnicnts are explalncd and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an tight-inch CelesLron, and a 3inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3one-hour lectures.) 1 0 3 Physics for t h e Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is dPslgned to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy progranls), riiedical technology and other health science progranls. Tl~ecuurse is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall) 1 0 6 Introductory Meteombogy A study or the scIetlce and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designecl to prnvlclc a working kr~owledgror the basic science principles requlred for undcrslantling wealher a ~ i dcllmate. Attention will be given to llir overall weather patterns nC the earth and to ~ I I Etnany varled aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Phystcs, Computers, ahd Soclety h study of the historical development of selected topics In physical science. Attention wilt be give11Lo the Interaction of physics anrl Its associaled techr~otogywl t17 philosophy, religion. and cullllre. SLudy of mechani c ~electricity, , and dlgilat eleclrorrlcs wlll lead up to discussiori of Ole meaning o l twentieth century ptiysics and of (he rolc af cleclronics and computers in modern society, Mitrocompt~terswill be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physits l,I1 A rigorous study of classical phystcs Including mechanics, wave motion, themotlynamics. electricity, rnagn~lism,and optlcs, Desfgnerl for pllysics majors, pre-etiqineciinq studet~lsand other specifled nla]ors. Musl be takcn In sequence. (3 OIIF.IIOU~ Icctures, 3-klOu1' laborntoly. Prcreq.: MAT 124 or concurrent reglslratlnn. 12 1, Yall: 122 Spring) 199 lnternship lnternship For lower division credit. 245 Modem Physics An Introduclion to modern h p t c s from a hlstorlcal and experimental basis. ReTativity, quantum cfPecti atomic and inolrcular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This coursc indicates the need for, and develops t h e experirncntal basts ol quanttirn rnectianics. ( 3 one-hour lectures. l'rereq.: 122. Talt) 2 6 1 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study oranaiog etectron!cs comprises the first halfofthe sernestcr,The second hall includesstudv aidialtal eleca h rnicrotronlcs culminaling in analysis and use 01 m4cmproccss~1~s computer systems. (l'rercq.: lO3,Ill or 122; and MAT 122 ar 125) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351,352 Mechanics I, 11 A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion anrl the Lagrangtan and Hamlllonlan formalisnis. 'roplcs Include conservation prlnciple~,single particlc motion, systems of parlfcles, oscillatory systems, cerilral-f0rr.r motion. dynamics of rigid bodies. gtmvitatlon, kine. nratics of two-parllclc systcrns anrl noninertial refcrci~ccframes. (3 oneh o t ~lectures. r Prcrcq.: 122, MhT 226.351,Fa!!: 352 Spring) 362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, 11 The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 398.396 Comprehensive Laboratory (Ih course each) A n emphasis on inclcpendenl Iaboratoly invrstigations. including partfclpatian It1 physics seminars. Ex per ln~entsin Lhe 2 1ca of niecllanlcs, ihermodynam~cs,vtlcuuin ptiyslcs, efcctmnics, elcctricity. u~agnctism,optics, and ~nodcrnptiyslcs. ( 2 tliree-hour laboratory and 1srmir~arIrour per wcck. Pi ereq.: Jilninr stailding or consellt o l inslruclor.) 399 Internship lnternship for upper division credit. 4 8 1 Thermal Physics The study ofj~ropertlesof systems and pmcesses forwhlch temperature Is an 3mporlatit variable. The siibjcrct is d~velopedFrom Lwn Independent yet complcrntntary vicwpoii~ts:the expcri~ncnlaI,rnaclnscopic classical therrnoclyr~an~ics arid the tltcorelical, microscopic stdtlstical mcchar~ics.(3 one-lior~rlectures. Prerecl,: 55 1. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development fram ffrst pri~lclples,lnclirdlng de Rroglle's postulates, Lhe Scliroedlnger equalion, operators, wavefunclinris, cxpcctalion values, an. glllar fiiorncntuni, and approxiination mettiods. Specific problems studied int1t1depoteti tlaI wells and potenLial barriers, the harnioriic nscillator, and the hyclrogcn atom. (3 o~ic-hourlectures. Prercq.: 245,551.fall) 488 Quantum Physics I1 The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular ptiyslw, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prercq.: 486. Spring) 499 lndependent Study An npportt~t~lty for str~dentsto expiore systematically a problem in experimenlal nr theoretical pliysIcs, worltecl out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open taJ~uniorsand senlors with departmental approval. Political Science (POL) Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will he encouraged to relate. Insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosoplly, psychology, economics, his. tory, and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-ffelds of political science, the mqjor supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work In the dtsctpline, as well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg political science students have the benefit oFan experienced faculty that brinpls a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speciai strengthsin Interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media. communism. and American ~ u b l i claw. The de~artmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, invoiving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings. Political Science Faculty Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson),Joseph Goldman, C. Lea Hall, Milda Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan . Mqjor: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362).Required: 121 or 122 or 160 or 170;158;384;and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Honors Mqjor: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5in the major and 3.0overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170:158;and a t least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (1V) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 1 2 1 American Government and Politics The polltfcs of American government including the forms of political ideas; ttie patlenl of partidpation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential ant1 Ili~renucralirpoligmaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metroporttan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues. arlors, and structurcs influencing public policy in the modcm urban complcx. Discussionlecturc. sl~nulation.and meetings with politlcal cxpcrls and activists. 325 Public Administration 'Slit politics of pul~licitdministratlon and bureaucratic policy-making in [lie Ut~itcdStates: governmental rcgulatlon, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic intcraction. (Prereq.: 1course in Politkat Strlcncc or consent of instrucloi-) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The politlcal behavior of tlic electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties Ln the electoral proccss, Tielrl work with political parties and ~ntercstgroups anrl rncdia In presidential elections (optional in nonprcsirfenlial election ycars). (Frcrccl.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Pall Lerm of clecllon years) 342 Mass CommunieaUons In Soctety LfFccts nfrtiassct~mniiinlcatlonson indlvidi~albehavior: the uses and control of mass rnedla lor polltir:al ar~tfsocial purpnses Inclurling a study of ccnsorsl~ip,newsmaking. cnlertaitlment and pilllllc affairs programming. ~ otily) ( J ~ ~ n land o r S e ~ l l oslutle~~ts 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section 1V for description. Alternate years) 3 7 1 Constitutional Law I1 (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) 4 2 1 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive orjudicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or statc focus: topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Yolitlcal Science or cansent of instructor. On demand) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 1 5 8 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The rmergcncc, mnlnletiancc and decline of selected democracies, focusIng 011poiltical behavior. institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:One course In I'olllical Science or colrsenl of instructor) 3 5 1 C o m m ~ ~ n lPolltlcal st Systems A tornparalive analysis or the Soviet Union and other communist states in lcrms of polltlml behavior. itrstitutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: ORCC ~ L I ~ SinCPolitical Scicncc or consent of instructor) 3 8 1 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 4 5 9 Topics in Comparative Politfcs Sclcctcd tl~eniesinrluding interpretations of polltlcal systems and compal-ticipotion, l comrnunlparisons or political processes such a s p o l i t i ~ ~ caLiotls, polllical developments, poIi tical change. and rcvolulion. Topic to be lr~cluderlill sul>litle. (Prcrerl.:O ~ i ccourse i r i Pnlitical Science or con. sent of instructor. On demand.) 111. International Politics 1 6 0 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Cammunist Foreign Pollcles Analysls oF I he motivation, Iormulation, and implementation of foreign pollcies of Cornrn~~~ilsl riallons with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and C l ~ l n a (Prereq.: . Otie c.oiwse ill Pnlitical Science or consent of instructor) 4 6 1 Topics ln International Politics Selected tlicmcs including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy dcrislon-malting, simulations of international problems. Topic to be inclurled in sublillc. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years) IV. Public Law 1 7 0 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and s o ciety: roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law: law a s politics: historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law l The legal-polliical-philosophim1role or the Supreme Court in the American polilIcaI systcrn In signilicanl decisions affecting the allocation of powers 111(Ilf ?iatifl~%al government and it1 Lhe Cederal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent oi Ilistructox. Al terndte years) 3 7 1 Constitutional Law 11 Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amenrimcnl as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human r l g h b arltl civil lihe~ticsof individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Altcniate ypars) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) 380 Western Political Thouaht A study of influential po?tical philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.) 381 Clemocratic Theory and Practice A stilcly oC tlemocratic thcory and p~lblicpolicy practice with focus on the emergence of politEral dcn?ocracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative pcr,spective. IPrcrcq.:One course in Political Science or consent ol i~~stmctor.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evoli~tionof Marxlst thcory and rnovemerils emphaslzlng Marxism asdevclopcd in Russia and china. Consideration oCLhe polIllcal, social. and ecoliomic dirnet~slonsof the tlieories, wllh somr Coci~soti Lhe preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158or consent ofinstructor.) 384 Political Analysis An anatysls ol diffrrenl approaches and theorlcs in the study of politics including an cx,~n~inatinn of llle requircmcnts or science as a model for potILlca1 stitdy; malor rcscarch rcq~iirerl.( I'rereq.: Statistical Analysis: 158 ancl two uppcr division courses, nr consenl of instructor.) VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 Lower Dlvlsion Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 498 IndependentStudy: Metropolltiin Resources An indcllendently clesl~n?clcorll se a sLutlcri( (or grnitp ~Cstuderits)develops, tnaljing cxtcnsive, systematic and irltc~~mled utllizalion o ~ r e s o i ~ r c e s c.g. la LLI~FS. symp05ld, pel'availfltrlc in the rnctrul>ulltal~romn~i~niiy, for~nr?nces,l~ca~lnqs. 'l'tiese resources 17ecorr~ethe corc of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Program in Global Community - Joel Mugge (Director) The Center for Global Service and Education offers a s ~ r i n semester n Program, The Program in Global Community, each year inCuemavaca, ico. It is an academic program that has as its primary focus the study of issues related to global-jusiiceand human liberation in light of the Christian proclamation. Students live together as a community, but also with Mexican families in the city, and with villagers in rural Mexico. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room, board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. - - - ~- m ex- SPA 216.316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director) mS 311 T h e Development Prcrcess 'This seminar focuses 01)~pecllicglobal and Interpersonal developmental processes. Particular tlicories or developtnenl ancl educational approaches are critically exalrlincd. As an inlegrative seminar, thc course attcnipts to JILIII togetlicr Lhe many aspccts of the overall program, The seminar provldes st~rdenlstlic opportunity lo renecl critically on their own cducaLIona1process as wcll, ( Rcquircd coi~rsc) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists oCa series of eight mini-courses offered in a number of relevant Lopic areas r'claled to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists or 12 hours, At~yfour mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required) HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view of Mexico's historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CiST 230 required) INS 299 Directed Study 499 Independent Study Tliis prelcrairly is in a student's majar or mlnar dlsclpl[ne, developed ahead or Ilme E n co~lsuliationwith a departn~entaladviser on the home campus arid the program director. The topic a studenl cl~ooscssl~ouldhe relevat~t110th lo Ihe discipline and the tllcme oiqlollal cnmmnnlty. (Optional fourth course) EEL 366 The Church and Social Change In Latin hmerlca This course focuses at1 the rela tionsliip rlf the churcli Lo poverty, polltical oppression and soclal irijusticc in Latin Anrerica. Cenlml to the course is an cxamivation of the etnerging "Theology of Libcrallon" as arllculated by pronlinenl Latin American theologians as well as I,y peopte directly involvcd tn locaT palishes and devclopmcnt projects in Cucrnavaca. (Prereq,: enc course in religion or tticolngy. Optional fourth courscl Psychology Department (PSY) Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions: (2)to develop the ability to analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3)to provide practice in the application of these principles. The department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills c h be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine. Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the community. Psychology Faculty: Paul Hirdman (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson, Richard Marken Major: 1 0 courses including 105,264,265,381or 399, and 493. Also PHY 103. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also expected to select one course from the DevelopmentaljPersonality courses and other electives to complete the major. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology: for example, areas such a s business administration, biology, or communication. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and comple- tion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: 5 c o u r s e s including 105,with a minimum of 2 courses a t Augsburg. Not m o r e t h a n o n e c o u r s e from 2 9 9 , 3 9 9 , a n d 4 9 9 m a y b e counted toward t h e minor. Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 c o u r s e s including 2 6 4 ( o r SOC 3 6 2 ) , 3 9 9 , CSC 1 4 5 , SOC 3 6 3 , a n d approved elective. T h e s e c o u r s e s a r e designed to provide t h e cognitive background a n d skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies o r firms which d o program evaluations o r self-assessment programs. Systematic a n d periodic assessments of programs for social improvem e n t a r e increasingly expected by government a n d funding agencies. For further information contact Norman Ferguson. 1 0 5 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 1 9 9 Internship Internship on lower division level. 2 5 1 Sensing and Perceiving At1 ecologlcaify oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis o n t h e proressitig of environmental information and how this relales to adaptive behavior and s~lbjcctiveexperience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 2 6 4 , 2 6 5 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I. I1 A two-term sequence Il~cl~tdll~g c.upcritnenla(ion in human learning, probIcm solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception, Emphasis will be placecl on holh stalislical dnd expcrirnct~taldesign ~~~rthorlology. Re+ scarcti Mcthods I may bc I;ilieti for credil withouL continuing in Rcscarch Mcthods IT. Majors in psychology must take hot11 terms of the two-term scqucnce: 264 tiiust prrcede 265; 265 should be (altei~In lhc lemi immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 2 9 9 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 3 5 1 DevelopmentalPsychology: Child Ernpt~asison normal ctilld development and behavior. Consideration of llieorelical systcms used i o ~vlcwing the developmental sequence and process. Inquiry illto practical inipticalions and applications of d a h and theory in respecl to the clcvclopmc~rtof childrcn. (I'rcrecl.; 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105) 353 Developmental Psychology: middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on nonnal clevelopme~rLand behavior. Consideration of data and Ihcory related to tlevelnpmcnt cli~rlngL11e middle atlull and olcler adill1 periods ol Ilfe. IncIudcs pcrspeclives or1 death and clying. (Prcrecl,: 105) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in ai~lnralsand titlnian beings. MaJor topics Incl~ide:sleep &f wakefulness, mollvalloti d emotion, learning & melnory, and tnenlat disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required. 356 Environment and Behavior A s t ~ ~ dnCyIhe Influel~cewhich the envlronment, bath natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics Include: overcrowding and environmerilal slress. terriloriatity, rlefcnsfble space & crlme, and bullt environments such as rooms, I>uildings8t cllics. (I'rereq.: 105) 357 Learning Leaming concepts. behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Mental Testlng Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnonnaf Psychology An intrnrl~~ctloti to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and ~~sycltological poirlts of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agctlcies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A stud Involving knowledqc uC materials bearing on the development of sex tllkreilces and rnlcs, Lhe e m r l or socieiy upon values and goals, differenlial Zcgal status of each scx a t ~ dpsychopliysiological data bearing upon these cllffcrel~ces.(Prerrq.: 105 or consent of instructor) 373 Organlxational Psychology Theorelicrll conceplual~zalionsof organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of worlc cCrcctlv~ness,anrl social Influences. An organizational field expericnce. Ifrereq.: 105) 381 Psychology In BfstorEcal PcrspecElve Historical clcvelopment oipsychoIogical viewpoints and theoretical positions. (I'rereq.: two psycholow courscs) 399 Internship Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis. 450 Program Evaluation The appllcat~ori01 scientlRc research techniqtres and stn tistlcal analysls to prosgrams for social Impmvemenl. Designing infonilatinn systems Cor tl?e allgolng ~nonitorinyof programs. As?esslrig curnmlinlty needs. Assesslng program ~ffeccivenessatirl cfliciericy, l'he political and organlzalional inntexl or prn:grim monitoring and cvallration. The role of cvatuation research for social p o k y and pmgt am iniprovcmcnt. (PIercq.: 264 or SOC 3KZ: SOC 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Prlnciples. tnetliods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Cousitieratiott {[lver?to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relatlolnhip. (Prereq,:4 courses) 490 Current Topics In Psychology Study of selected areas and lopics in psychology that are not treated exLcnsiv~lyt l l ~ n u g hcuirenl course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior tn icgislration. (l'rereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary lssues Disc~rssianof contcrnporary socEetal issues from a psychological viewpoi~lt.Consideratinn or the apploacfres and methods used by psychologists In studyitlg such t.ssues. (Prcr'eq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registntion by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Stirdc~itsmust prcscnl a written plan prior to registration including carehrlly cotisldered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. -,= -4 'I?'. ' .' - II, , - - +'. 9, 41~ I , .<[ . ' l i )A -% -. :.' - 3, ' -.. ---: Religion Department (REL) I 9- I V I - , - Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of Biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. The College offers both a mqjor and a minor in Religion. Students who wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose. Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson Fall 1986),Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson lnterim and Spring 1987).John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen Pinsky, James Porter, Paul Sonnack Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495,the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356, 358,360or 483,362,399,471or 473,481.These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in religion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of3.3 in the major and 3.0over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221, or 473,481); APE 232;PSY 105, 356,358,360or 483,362,399,471 351,352or 371,485;SOC 111 or PSY 373,SOC 231;SPC 354.This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson. , 111 Introduction to Theology 199 221 299 350 353 356 An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Internship Internship on lower division level. Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emeraence of the church. Directed Study Independent study on lower division level. Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) - - - - - -- 357 S m e y of Church Blstury A suzvey of Christian history In the early, medieval, Reformadon, and modern periocls. Some attention to primary sources, in addltion to interpretallon$ o i the periods in question, The expatision of the church, its inner life, Ils reIatlon Lo the state, and the development of its dnclrine wlll be major elements of the sludy. 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate years) 360 Rellglion and Society An cxarnlnation of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological a nalyslswith particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on rellqious movements in American society. (Spring) 3 6 1 The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early CI~rlstlanChurch In the context of lhe Roman Empire, Including such toplcs a s persecution and martyrdom, tlre development of the creeds, Christtanlty In conflict with Crnosticis~nand mystery religions, InonasLicism anti mysltcism. early crlrlstian worship: also incl~~rlit~g the theology nl several early Christian leaders and a special unit o n the Iife and thaugllt of Rugusline. 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered a s funding permits) 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America (See under Program in Global Community) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 432 Church Music and Worship (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 Jesus and His Interpreters Consideralion of the Mew Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their conlexl. literary stntcture and relationships. Attention fo the varlety or interpretations given Lhe person of Jesus, including the "quest For the I-listorlcal Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 475 Judaism A survey of the history ofJudaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest In such modem Jewish tfilnkers a s Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 4 8 1 Contempormy ~ h e o f o g y An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thaught Loday. as seen f ~ o m the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task or Lhe Christian Church. (Spring) 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 PsychologyoCRellgion and TheoIoSy A S ~ L Iof I -currenl I~ psyclrcllogical views nl rellglon in the context of the traclilional Chrlsllari view nChtunan nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate years, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), James Brown Russian Area Studies is an ACTCjoint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The mqjor is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is required. This mqjor is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second mqjor in a field such a s business, economics, history. language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Major: 11courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1course in Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives. M i n o r : 6 courses: 2 courses (1year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1course in Russian history: 1course in Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA) . - -- - - - - Foreign Language Department Chairperson Mqjor: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. N o t e : Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg a s upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such a s English, history, urban studies, business administration. 312 OldNorse (See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand) 351 The Modem Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors w11 b e required to d o assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 352 The Modem Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandlnaviati drama w l l t ~emphasis o n lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to d o assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 377 Scandinavia in the World (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 393 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 394 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Khin Khin Jensen (Coordinator) A student may not list a double mqjor in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other mqjor. Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104;1 social science methodology course (ECO 279,PSY 264,SOC 362 or 365):and 12 courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122,258;HIS 103,322, PHI 355;RE1 356;SOC 323,324,440,474;POL 351,363,382,461; 336;seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies .. - - Jerry Gerasimo (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123, Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,PSY 105, SOC 121and336) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work Department ( s m ) - - The Social Work mqjor program prepares graduates for entry-levelprofessional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Sclence degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts, with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation upon which social work education is based. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a person who knows everythingthere is to know about his/her job, except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Augsburg social work graduates are professionals, not technicians. Social work mqjors at Augsburg College must be well-grounded in the liberal arts. Effective social workers cannot be technicians. "Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique leaming opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand. a ~ ~ r e c i a tres~ect. e. and work with people different from themselves and fdbe enrichedby this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. ~ f ~ r o ~ r i a tsocial e l ~ ,work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop a Big BrotherIBig Sister program on campus: mobilizing students to assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center. The Social Work minor and electives in the department allow students to support another mqjor with knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about pu6 lic issues and d e v e l o ~ and nurture a ~ e r s ~ e c t ithat v e sees the central irnportance of diversity 'to the social fabric df this country. But beyond knowledge, students also are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good. Social Work Faculty: Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Rosalie Clark, Edwina Hertzberg, Douglas Peny, Charles Williams Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465, 466,467,469: and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257,260: 810 101; PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,365,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of2.0 is required for each course in the Core Program and a 2.0 average is required in the Supporting Program. Concentration: Concentration in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy a s a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception: SOC 365 may be taken in the senior year if necessary.) Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative),361,463:260 or SOC 375:SOC 265:and one of 465,POL 121, 158,325. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Educationrequired Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388. Elective courses open to all students: 257 Exploring Human Services With lacully approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professional clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and regular class sessions. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. 260 Humans Developing 1his coirrse provides the knowledge bask to an understanding OF human growth through Lhe life cycle, and or the Interplay of socIocullurat, blologthe growth 01 individuals ~cal,and psyclboluglcal factors whlch influe~~ce aucI larnllie? I n cnnle~nporaryAmet ican society, Ernpltasized Is tlie role or Ll~e"nurt~trlngenvtronrnenl" in rclatlnn to Iwman growth, the Impact or "sustalrilng euviroumenl" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Circlwt h relaled to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or Hfe-style rliverslty Is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandlng Ihrough use of their own experiences. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 340 Pollcies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor) 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of minority professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Junior or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Provides Reld learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organizatlon, soclal plannl~~g, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey oihistorical forms olcornmunlty organization ancl social clwngc, 2) u~~derslandlng the Ll~eorics,basic Issttes, and strategies rclevanl to social protest ancl change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 465 Gbetat Policy:Anatysls and Development Includes the sIudy or tlieorlcs of Soclal Policy formutation and methods of analysls associaled with needs ancl services, and analysis of the impact of poll~yon snclal work ~lracticc.Development and implementation will be virived flrst hand through werlr with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper Integralion of class concepts with practical experieuce. (Prereq.: 361,463, atid senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 468 Special Topics (112 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim) - 498 IndependentStudy Metropalltan Resorlrces An Independenlly dcslgned course a student (or group orstudents) develops, lnalrlng extensive, systematic and Integrated utllizatio~lof resources avallahle in the metropolitan comm~tnlty,e.g, lecttlres, symposia, periortnances, hearings. Thcse resources become the core of t h e course, supplemented I>y lradtlior~alcollege resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated Ily a facutty rnernlrrer ~Fthedeparlrnent. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of inst~uctor) 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prercq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Courses reserved for Social Work majors only: 363 Methods and Skllls of Social Work Rasic features or Lhe helping process: theoretical foundations, principles and techniques orsoclal work inlerventlve methods, and pnctica! expcrience necessary for social work practice with indivlduals and small groups with a rliversity orprofessl~nalsand client groups: devclopment of the s h dent's repcrloire of relationship building sl<itIs.tect~~re-disc~~ssion scsslons and/or taboratory exercises cacli wcek. [Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and rcnnemcnt 01 practice sldlls recognizing adaptations of the prnblern.solving mode! to dlverse populslllons through Iccturc, classmom excrclse ahid tegular class work. I-:nla!gement aC social groilp worls sltflls, emphasts on development of gencrallsl practicc sltills and eclectic approaches with a focus on cllversily of proCcsslonals arid clienl populations. Lectures aild/or laborato~yexercises each week. (I9rereq.: 2.0 in 365 and in 364,candidacy staLLls. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 462 Field Work 11: Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status: concurrent with 461; Fall) 466 Field Work 111 (112 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 ('12 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,462,463) 467 The Social Worker as Professional Eth tcal practice, bureaucratic survival, professtonalJob attainment,affirm. ative actlon and sexual harassment issues, personnel policles and practices, alganizalional theory. and resource devclopment will bc stlrrlicd in the course. T h e field work practice becomcs the laboratory For class exerclscs. (Prereq.:Candidacy statrls, 2.a in 461,463.) 469 Field Work IV Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Sociology Department (soc) Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum, namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a society or a social structure. Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a society. The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, interim courses, and the co-learningcourses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)program. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning. A mqjor in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work, and in program evaluation. Others have used their mqjors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban planning. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-grantedaspects of our world. Sociology Faculty: Gordon Nelson (Chairperson),Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Barbara Johnson, Diane Pike Mqjor: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485, Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, intemship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 ofjunior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the GPA through graduation. Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 264), 363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well a s a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematic and periodic assessments of programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Diane Pike. 111 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology is a unique way of irnderstanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, iti(erac1iot1, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering tile world and orie's place in it. 199 Internship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in SocIoIogy h variety ot 10pIcs offcclrd periodically depending o n nmds and Interests which are not satisfied by regularrourscofFFTirigs. May be offcred on cam. pus in atldllIon to reqular course offerlnqs or on campus In conji~nctlon wllh A u ~ s l ~ i t r gConscrvatlon 's of Ilu~li;lnResources (CIIR) I'rograrn. ( P W - g . : consent of lnst~uclor) 336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we s e e and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis ofselected aspects of Western culture. 360 Rellglon and Society All cxnn~lnallo~i or tlic Interaction of religion and 5dclely In terns oisociological arlalysls with particular emphasis on conlernporary sociological ttse;krch on r e l i g l o ~ movements ~s and instllultnns In Amerlcan soclely. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others neccling a I~ackg~'orlnd for social science. (Prereq.: working knowledge of h i g l ~ scllotll algebra arlcl consent or llle instructor. Fall) 363 Research Methods This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation l o ~ r s ~ r n iovcrvlew cr of melhods nforgazilzing, comparlng and interpreting quanlita tlve lnfonnatlo~l.Use of data-processing rquipment lor statisttcal analysis. Dvcrvlcw or commonly -user1 rcsearclr mctltods, especially expcxirncntrll designs arrd appllcat~onsl o proqranl evaluations. Desiqncd for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination ol the Idea oT"gsoup." its relatlonshlp to tndlvldual behaviol' and society. A n analysis of the Ideas 01 "self" and "identity" and wtral part they play In underslantllng Interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health, A look at the major assumplions and processes i~tiderlyinysilr everyclay lire - a Innlc at [he trivlal. (lie ordlna~yand the lake~vfor-granlecl,"Sytnbollc interaction," an 1111Ilortalll olienlallon In social psychology, wlll l x used as a way of deallng with the tnajor lssucs In [tie caursc. (I'rcreq,: 121 and PSY 105.juni01 or senior studcrlts only) 381 The City and Metro-UrbanPlanning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111or 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modem Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Fall) 498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g, lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 1 1 1or 1 2 1and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Studcnt nil~stpresent written proposal cantalning rationale, objectives and methodorogy or the p~oposedstudy according to department guidelines. (l'rcrcq.: 121 and conscnl ol Instrur~or.Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Department (SPC) Communication Communication technology vastly increases our ability to influence human thought and behavior. While these powers are often used to deceive and exploit, they can be used to liberate, enoble, and to enhance life. Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies designed to promote sensitivityand wisdom in the use of communication, since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and shared understanding. The primary aim of the department is to help students to communicate effectively through both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1) to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition, and argument: (2)to develop writing and speaking skills: (3)to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity: and (4)to provide a wide variety of realistic communication experience. Communication careers call for a broad liberal education, so the communication mqjor at Augsburg stresses the studies of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. For breadth we recommend double mqjors, and for practical experience we recommend participation in co-curricularcommunication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in internships under professional supervision. This mqjor is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion, politics, and law. The speech mqjor is designed to prepare students for teaching in the secondary schools. Theatre Arts Theatre is not primarily an extra-curricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances a liberal education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of their own humanitv. Theatre enables students to ex~eriencethe beauty, mystery, and ambi$uity of life. Minneapolis-St.Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students. The Augsburg program provides three possible emphases-acting, directing, and design-but encourages students to participate in all aspects of theatre production. While the program is primarily designed to prepare students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields, such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion. - - - - - Speech. Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Mark Arnbroz, Raymond Anderson, Judith Kirk, Gary Parker Honors Major: GPA of3.25in the major, 3.0overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in a t least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Communication Prospective mqjors should contact the department as early a s possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take 111,PSY 105,SOC 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 o r 352, 354,399and EMG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227,and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: 111;PHI 130;PSY 105; SOC 121 or 336,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111, 354,360:Participation in forensics, and a 241 or 343,350,351,352, minor in English. Recommended: 366,courses in theater, participa- tion in drama. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the followand participation in forensics. ing: 241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360 Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speechtheatre arts. Any of these must be combined with a t least an English minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 199 Internship Internship for lower division cre it. 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225.330 Visual Communications I, 11 (See under Department of Art) 2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) Junior and Senior students only. 343 Radio-TelevisionProduction An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Not offered 1986-87) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening: introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertlslng and promotlon a s important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Junior, Senior. Communication major or cnlisent of instrt~ctor.Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages: emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 lndependent Study In Communication Selected tooics in soeech and communication. with e m ~ h a s i on s the use of primary sources and methodology of research. 499 Independent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Theatre Mqjors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to mqjor in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,232 and 228.111 is not part of the mqjor. Theatre Arts Mqjor: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be sup- ported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modem Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116, 228, 232, 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, ad- vanced acting, and the children's theatre interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. 8. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229,232,350, 360,361,366, 367, plus advanced acting and the children's theatre interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,366,428,429,plus 2 courses in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1in design, and 1 internship. Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232,360,361,366. Theatre Arts Mqjor For Teaching Licensure: 1 0 courses, including 111,116,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228, 232,361,366; one ofthe following: 241,343,350; and participation in dramatic productions. Speech-TheatreArts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361,366; participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); and a minor in English. 1 1 6 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theatre, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 1 9 9 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 2 2 8 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theatre tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting,drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Alternate years, Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theatre History and Criticism Overview of theatre history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theatre productions, Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Spring) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction I1 In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, mkrsical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 4 2 8 Technical Production 11 Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall) 429 Stage Design 11 Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Ron-Realism, Epic and the Absurd. 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own mqjor by combining appropriate portions of two mqjors may consider the Transdisciplinary Mqjor. The Transdisciplinary Mqjor enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed mqjor may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad mqjors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Mqjor are to observe the following: A. The mqjor program should include at least two-thirds of the courses re- quired in the normal mqjor programs of two mqjor fields offered at the college: 6. The student should design and sign a contract for such a mqjor prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies (INS) Faculty: Priscilla Buffalohead, Grace Dyrud, Ronald Libertus, Winston Minor, James Porter, Bonnie Wallace The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no mqjor or minor is offered, there is a certificate program in women's studies. Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such a s biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges a s well a s Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. See also WWAS under Metro-Urban Studies No. IV. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Rellglon in Afrfcan-AmedcanHlstory An examination of selected topics 1 elated to the black experience, e.g. Afr i ~ a nbaclqrounds, religion utldcr slavery, evangelicalism. Meets one reliqlnn requirement or thc IJrhan Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-AmericanStudies An interdisciplinary course providing an overvtew of Lhe major Issues related to the Black experience in terms of Lhe Family, education, religion, art, economics and politics. It is designed lo heighlen the student's consciousness regarding the African rrtcntinns in Rlaclc culture, Lhe evolution of Black culture and the impact of K l d ~ l ccuILurc on Ainerican society. 233 Womtnr Across-Culturat Perspective 'I his course will examinc a varirty ot issues concemlng the biological. evolr~tinnaryand historical orlglns olwnmen's roles and status In human society, Emphasis will be placed on Lhe cornparalive roles o l women in difrerent cultures. This camllarison will inclllde such Morth Amerlcan models as 111~Nava-]~,OJiI>wc, and Iroquois. Arrican modcIs such as the Pygmies and other trlbal gmups, and the peasan1 soclelies oC eastem Europe, Mexico, and the 1nlclr2leEasl and rural China. Offered periodically through C1iR ancl the Ainerican Indian Program olflce. 260 ContemporaryAmerican Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and erlucation. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions anlong selected lndlan Lrlbcs today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's J o ~ ~ r n a lspeeches. s, articles, short stories. poems. pla s and ollwr aeslliclic rres tions, the class will collectively assess the pos8ion of black and white wornen In American culture From the founcling of Ll?e cob ortles t o Lhc present. Cnntribuiions b y Indlan women, Chicanasand other "i~wisibIc"women rninoritics will he inclr~cted. 'ma : Caley say iIn Augsburg College Board o f R e g e n t s The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. Chair Donald R. Grangaard Secretary: Charles W. Amason Vice Chair: The Reverend Hams W. Lee Treasurer: Darrell J. Egertson The Hon. Pamela Q. Alexander (1990) Judge, Municipal Court, Minneapolis, MN Charles W. Amason. J.D. (1988) Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990) Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America, Nashville, TN w e l l Bergh (1990) President, Borton Volvo, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Nancy Bottemiller (1992) Homemaker, Wadena, MN 56482 Rodney P. Bunvell(1988) Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990) President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN Darrell J. Egertson (1988) Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corp., Minneapolis, MN Julian P. Foss (1990) Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. (1990) First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, M N Richard R. Green (1992) Superintendent, Minneapolis Public Schools, Minneapolis, MN Raymond A. arinde (1990) Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, M N Carolyn T. Groves (1990) Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN Elling B. Halvorson (1990) Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osbome Construction Co., Kirkland, WA Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988) Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN Catherine E. Johnson (1990) Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN George 0. Johnson. Ph.D. (1990) Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin., Minneapolis, MN Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988) Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, M N Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988) Control Data Business Advisors, ~ a n k a t oMN , Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990) Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept, of Education, St. Paul, MN Mr. Louls E. Navin (1990) Vice President & Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988) Partner, Nodland, Conn, Nordaune, & Perlman, St. Louis Park, MN Mr. Howard E. Olson (1990) Executive Director, Lyngblomsten Foundation, St. Paul, M N Mr. Donald a. Oren (1988) President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, M N Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990) President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988) Writer, Minneapolis, M N Gladys I. Strommen (1990) Homemaker, St. Paul, M N Merton P. Strommen (1996) Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN Leland N. Sundet (1990) Chairman 61 Chief Executive OWcer, Century Manufacturing Co., Bloomington, MN David L. Swanson (1990) Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN Stanley W. Thiele (1992) Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN William A. Urseth (1992) Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN Board for College and University Services The ~merican Lutheran Church David L. A n d e r s o n , Minneapolis, Minnesota R o b e r t B o r g w a r d t . Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia B o s s e , Saginaw, Michigan Erwin H. G o l d e n s t e i n , Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn H e m s t a d . Olympia, Washington D o r i s H o l m a n , Los Angeles, California G u s t a v K o p k a , Jr., East Lansing, Michigan H a m l e t P e t e r s o n , Rochester, Minnesota R u t h Vogel, Seguin, Texas Administration - OFRce of the President .......................................................................... Charles S. Anderson .......................... Carolyn S. Magnuson ..................... . . ................................................. David T. Wold ........................................... A n C. 0,Halvorson President Executive Secretary t o t h e President College Pastor Director of Church Relations Academic AfFairs .... ............................ Vice President for Academic Affairs a n d Dean of t h e College Ryan A. LaHurd Lois M. Nielsen Executive Secretary t o t h e Academic Dean Associate Dean of t h e College a n d Director of Special , cia A. Parker Programs Director, Weeltend Co!lege Richard J. Thoni Sharon A. Stein Operations Manager, Weekend College Registrar J o h n A. Hill Donna D. McLean Assistant Registrar R a l p h W, Balley Recorder Frlstitulional Research Analyst Robert W,Clyde Hcatl Llbrilrlan M a r g a r e t Anderson Brian P. Hackney Director, Aadio.VTgua1 Center W. Willston Minor Minority Cnarclinator (Black Student Affairs) Minority Coordinator (American Indian Support Program) Bonnie A. Wallace Donald R. Gustafson Interim Director Director, Internatkana1Programs Mary A Kingsley Bradley P. Holt Internatio~islStudent Adviser Norman C. Noonan Director, Faculty Development Director, Cooperative Education G a n y W. Hesser ...................... .........,......,.. ................................................... ........................ . ....... .............................................. ................................................................ .............,,.,,.............,.,,,......... .................................................. ..................................... ................................................. .......................... .... ................................................... ......................................... ..................... . . . ...................... ............................................ .............................................. Development and College Relations ...........J e a n n e L. Narum .......................... Curtis J. Tilleraas ...................................................... T h o m a s I. Benson ................... ...... ......................Jeroy C. Carlson ......................Victoria J, Hoshal .................................~+... . . . .Douglas J. A d a m ................... .............Jeffrey Swenson ............................................Mary A d a m s Forsberg ........................ .......................................... Kay 1. Cady ........................ Morgan K. Brooke ....................... . . . ........J o h n Bruemmer Vice President for Development a n d College Relations Executive Secretary t o t h e Vice President Director, Planned Giving Senior Development Officer Director, Corporate a n d Foundation Relations Development Officer ., Director, Alumni/Parent Relations Director, College Relations Director, Publications Publication Specialist Development Officer/Annual Fund Finance and Management ....................... ....................................................... ........ ............................................................. ................................................................ ............................................................................ ....................... ....................................................... .................................. .............................................. .............................................. ...................................... ........................................................... ................................................................. Vice President for Finance and Management Wayne D. Pederson Executive Secretary to the Vice President Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services Herald A. Johnson Financial Aid Counselor Karen D. Plom Director, Personnel Sandra Jacobson Controller Laurie J. Johnson Director, Administrative Computer Center Daniel R. Cruikshank Manager, College Center Mildred A. Nelson Manager, central Services Charles E. Christopherson Director, PurchasindBook Store Robert P. Gores Director, SAGA ( ~ o g Services) d Robert Ollerman Director, Plant Services James Weninger Supervisor, Maintenance Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena J a m e s J. Carey Student Affairs and Admissions .......... .......................... ....................... . . ........................ ................. ............................................. .............. ....................... ........................... ....................................... ..................................................... ................... ....... ............ .......................................... ................. ...... .................... .............................................. ........................................ ................................................................... Vice President of Student AtTairs and Dean of Students William R. Rosser Executive Secretary to the Vice President Dorothy M. Gauger Associate Dean of Students James B. Grubs Co-directors, Counseling Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater - Services Director, Academic Enrichment Donald M. Warren Director, Career Plannina and Placement Tina M. Waaner Coordinator, OfFcampu&tudent Employment .Lois A. Olson Director, Student Life and Housing Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg Director, Student Activities L i s a L. Woodruff Coordinator, Urness Tower Ava J. Young Coordinator, Mortensen Tower Sue J. Hohenstein Director, Admissions ..... C a r o l A. Stack Assistant Director, Admissions Eric L. Anderson Assistant Director, Admissions Scott C. Stensrud Assistant Director, Admissions Jeannette M. Wittmer Admissions Recruiter Sally Daniels - Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Courtland Agre Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Valeria Baltina Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister d e r Philosophia, University of Latvia. Carl Chdslock Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen Assistant Professor Emerita of English. Ailene Cole Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., G u s t a w s Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. K. Berner Dahlen Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwlck Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Bernhardt J. Kleven Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha J. Mattson Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Fdor C. Nelson Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College: D. Mus., Lakeland College. Paul T. Steen Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Teaching Faculty ,. Correct as of April 30,1986. (beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis) Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University o f Wisconsin; B,Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ryan A. LaHurd (1985).Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean o f the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College: M.A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., University o f WisconsinMadison. Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A.. Middlebury College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lori J. Abrams (1985). Assistant Professor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Speech Communication, University of Minnesota. Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Roger E. Allerson (1981). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. b r l R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College: M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Mark T. Ambroz (1986). Lecturer, part-time, and Theater Arts. B.A., University o f Minnesota, Duluth. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Morthwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lucie Arbuthnot (1986). Lecturer in Interdisciplinary Studies, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Connecticut College For Women; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., New York University. Marjorie Audette (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. 6,s.. Marquette University: M.A., University of Iowa. . Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Joe Bash (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion, Weekend College. John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary: M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. James E. Billings (1970). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Blaha (1983). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota. Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Lynn Bollman (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado: M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. David W. Boots (1982). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artistprumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. James E. Brown (1985). ACTC part-time lnstructor in Russian. B.S.. University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. (Part-time internship, 1986-87) Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A,, Kent State University. C. John Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis (1983). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. RosalieV. Clark (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. James Cleary (1986) Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., University of Minnesota. Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M. Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota: Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace 6. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., Michigan State University: Ph.D., Colorado State University. - - - - - Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin. Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Concordia College: M.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980), Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., St. Cloud State University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.E.E., M.S., University of Minnesota. Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. LA,, Augsburg College: M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert Mederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College: M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jeny Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College: M.A., Ph.D., University o f Chicago. Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B,M., DePauw University, Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Northeastern University. Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota: Ph.D. University of Kansas. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University: M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor o f Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S,, Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. C. Lea Ha11 (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A.. Macalester College: M.M.T., Antioch-New England Graduate School: M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University. Leif E, Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College, Moor head; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jay Hanson (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BOA.,University of Minnesota; M. Div. Virginia Theological Seminary. Nilda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (Part-time leave, 1986-87) Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Nebraska. Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Richard C. Herzog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University. Garry W. Hesser (1977). ksodnte Prnressor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Edl~catlonFmgram, R.A.. Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Fotre Dame. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1987) Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. A.A., WaldorfJunior College: B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion and International Student Adviser. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1986-87) Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A.. Rangoon University, Burma: M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Carla Johnson (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Bethel College. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; MS., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt: M.B.A., University of Michigan. Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California: J.D., University of Minnesota. Robert Karldn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatoly: M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages, and Director of International Programs. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.A., Middlebury College. Judith A. Kirk (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Speech, Communication, Theater. B.S., Indiana University. Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Studio ArtistIOboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College. Alvin L. IUoppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College: M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College. Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University: M.A., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. R. McFall Lamm. Jr. (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., M.A., North Carolina State University: Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University: MS.. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald 1. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women and Minority Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Windham College. Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University o f Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman (1981). Director o f Chorale, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artistprombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Richard S. Marken (1974). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles: Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. (On leave 1986-87) Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota: M.A., University of lowa. Jerie McArthur (1983), Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College: M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton: M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Me. braska. Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974).Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. (On leave Fall 1986 and Interim 1987) Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Kathryn S. Mlckelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T., Southern Methodist University. Jan Miner (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University. Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Malyville College: M.A., University o f Tennessee. Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. BS., Juniata College; M.B.A,, University of Denver; MS., University of Oregon. Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska: M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973).Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J, Nilsson (1977).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl., M.S., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania: M,A., Ph.D., Indiana University, Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mohammed Nouri (1982). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris: M.S., University of Minnesota. - Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Instructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Trudi A. Osnes (1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Anderson College; M.S., City University of New York; Ed.D., Ball State University. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; 8. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gary A. Parker (1983). Instructor in Speech, Communication and Theater. B.A., M.A., University of California-Davis. Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.M., Michigan State University. Lauretta E. Pelton (1970).Associate Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College: M.Ed., Marquette University. Paul render (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A,, University of Wisconsin. Douglas D. Perry (1976).Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College: M. Div., WartburgTheological Seminaty. Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College: M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.M., University o f Minnesota. Diane L. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College: Ph.D., Yale Universi ty. Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College. Richard A. Ploetz (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Colorado State University. Shirley Polejewski (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.S., College of Great Falls: M.A.C., Utah State: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Craig L. Polsfuss (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., U.S. International University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. James Porter (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City: M.A,T., Converse College: B.Th., B. Div., Teamer, Religious and Educational Enterprises, Inc.: Hon. L.L.D., Cuyahoga College. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson (Fall 1986) of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College: B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminaty: M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. (On leave Interim and Spring 1987) Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College: Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College: M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College: M.M.M., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor o f Health and Physical Education and Director o f Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark T. Schelske (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.A., Carleton University; M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Minnesota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa State University: M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. Majorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor, Librarian, part-time. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor and Department Chairperson (Interim and Spring 1987) of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.Th., Luther Theological Seminaty; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana W. Skoglund (1978). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma W. Small (1978). Studio ArtistJVoice, part-time. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Stanley H. Solnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado. Paul G. Sonnack (1954). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; C.T., B.Th., Augsburg Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago. Donald 6.Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S., MS., Long Island University. Daniel Sturm (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace 6. Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: MS., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A,, St. Olaf College: M.A,, University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor, part-time, Music. B.A., Hope College: M.M., Yale University: Ph.D., New York Universlty. Donald N. Warren (1978). Lecturer, part-time, lntro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Charles R. Williams (1984). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.A., North Carolina Central University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Nary Louise Williams (1978: 1984). Instructor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Dorothy J. Williamson (1970). Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Nacalester College. Helen A. Woelfel (1978).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University: M.S., Marquette University. Academic Calendar FALL 1986 .................................................M. Sep 1 ................................................Sa. Sep 6 ........................................ S u Sep 7 ............................................................ M. Sep 8 Labor Day recess Upperclass validation Freshmen registration Classes begin Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperflower division course to upper division Mid-term break Last day to designate grading option or move upperflower division course to lower division Interim registration Spring term pre-registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgivingrecess begins Classes resume Classes end .................................F. Final examinations begin Final examinations end Flnal grades due and lncompletes due from spring and summer '86 ..................... ...................F. Sep 19 ................. ....... . . . ...................F. Oct 24 . ........................................... F.Oct 31 ...................................................M. Nov 3 .F. Nov 7 ...................................M. Nov 17 .F. Dec 5 ........................... .F.Nov 21 .......................................Th. Nov 27 .................... . ............................M. Dec 1 .................... . . . Dec 12 ..........................................M. Dec 15 .........................................Th. Dec 18 .................................................M. Dec 29 Interim 1987 ............................................................ Classes begin M. Jan 5 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperflower division course to .................Jan ... 6 upper division Last day to designate grading option or move upperflower division course to lower division M. Jan 19 Last day to withdraw from a class W. Jan 21 Classes end F. Jan 30 Interim grades due F. Feb 6 .................................... ..................................................... .............................. ............................................................... ................................................... Spring 1987 ....Tu.Feb 3 ....................... . . . . ........................................................... W. Feb 4 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperllower division course to upper division Mid-term break begins Classes resume Last day to designate grading option car move upperllower division course to lower division Easter break begins Classes resume Last day to withdraw from a class Early registration for fall Classes end Final examinations begin Final examinations end Baccalaureate Commencement Final grades due and lncompletes due from fa11 '86and Interim '87 ................................................. ....Tu.Feb 17 ................. S a. Mar 21 .................................................... M. Mar 30 .................................................... F. Apr 3 ...................... .....................F. Apr 17 ........ .,....,........,.M Apr 20 ........................ . ..............................F. Apr 24 ..... .......M. Apr 2 7F. May .................... . . . - 8 ........................... ........... J. May 15 ................... . . .................M. May 18 ......................................... . T h May 21 ............................................... Su. May 24 ................... . . . . .. W. May 27 Summer School 1987 .......................................................................M. Jun IT.Jun 26 ........................... . ....................................M. Jun 29.F. Aug 7 Term 1 Term 11 Upperclass validation and Freshmen registration Classesbegin Labor Day recess Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperllower division course to to upper division Mid-term break Last day to designate grading option or move u .~ ~. e.r l l o wdivision er course to lower division Interim registration Spring term pre-registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving recess begins Classes resume Classes end Final examinations begin Final examinations end Final grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '87 .....................................Tu.Sep 1 .................... . ............................ ..W. Sep 2 .......................................................M. Sep 7 .................................................W.Sep 16 ................................... .............F. Oct 23 .....................................................F. Oct 30 .......................................... M. Nov 2 .F. Nov 6 ................................... .M.Nov 16 .F. Dec 4 ..............................W. Nov 25 ......................................Th. Nov 26 .........................................................M. Nov30 ...............................................................F. Dec 11 .......................................... M. Dec 1 4 .............................................Th. Dec 17 ........................................... M. Dec28
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1976
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1976
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG Augsburg College 731-21st Ave. So. Minneapolis, Mn. 55454 332-5181 Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG Augsburg College 731-21st Ave. So. Minneapolis, Mn. 55454 332-5181 Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning, to investigate particular questions and topics and to use urban and other off-campus resources in ways not possible during the regular term. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required t o complete one interim for graduation). A student may not receive credit for more than two interims in the student's major Also, only one interim course in religion may be applied to the three course requirement in religious studies. There are no tuition refunds for students who choose not t o enroll in an interim course. One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted t o register for more than one course during the period. (;RAI)IN(; AN]) COIJRSIE LISTI' INGS Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option t o register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this limitation is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and/or a more rigorous grading standard. OIBTIONS June Interim At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1976 session of summer school. An Augsburg student may register in a June interim course in lieu of the January term with no additional tuition charge; however, students planning to elect the June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay regular summer course tuition. Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of either independent study (upper division) or directed study (lower division) for the interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students electing independent or directed study must: 1) meet departmental requirements 2) present at registration a written statement from the faculty member who will direct the study submit to the Interim director by December 1 a description of the intended study, (topic, procedure, end result, and form of evaluation). Students not submitting this information by December 1 will have their registration cancelled. Interims at Other Schools 3) Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interim offerings can be consulted in the Interim Center, Room 111 Memorial Hall. Registration for interims at the Twin City colleges and at St. Olaf will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Students interested in attending any other institution during the interim should consult with the Interim Director or his secretary (Room 1 11, Memorial Hall). Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College will accept students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees charged in addition t o tuition. Other students will be charged $310 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write t o the Interim Director for appropriate application forms. These students are responsible for their own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests for on-campus housing can be made t o the office of the interim director. CLASS MI%I%TIN(;S The interim day is divided into two blocks of time. I I1 - 8:OO - 12:30 12:30 - 5:OO The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. All Interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Classes scheduled for Period I will meet the first day at 9:00 and classes scheduled for Period I1 will meet the first day at 1:OO. October 27-30 Interim Registration January 5 First Day of Interim Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. January 6 Last day for cancelladd January 9 Last day for determining grading system January 23 Last day for canceling class January 30 Interim ends Check with the Interim Center (Memorial Hall # I l l , extension 470) or with the Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson (Memorial Hall #114, extension 475). Instructor: Paul Rusten Film-making I, Film-making I1 Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film. Lab Fee of $70.00. Prerequisites: None for Film-making I. NOTE: You must have taken Film-making I in order to take Film-making 11. Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: East Hall Life Drawing Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non art students. The media will include pencil, contikrayon, ink, charcoal, pastel, chalk. There will be a $10.00 per student model fee. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Art Studio 6 The Arts of Spain Instructor: Philip Thompson A study of cross-cultural influences in art and architecture which appear to have blown into Spain on the winds of political change and which were deposited as monuments to both Western and Eastern civilization. El Greco, Velasquez and Goya reflect these influences and exert a personal freedom of expression which is characteristically Spanish. Picasso, Miro, Gaudi and Dali are modern examples of the Spanish artistic temperament nutured by centuries of "contradictoriety" via the country's great wealth and extreme deprivation. Although Spain appears to be untouched by Modernism, its artists have led revolutions in the arts. The purpose of this interim in Spain is also to investigate great art collections which are housed in and around Madrid, Burgos and Barcelona. Since Spanish art and architecture seem unaffected by the 20th Century Avant-Garde and the electronic revolution, this would be a chance to step out of our psychedelic cosmography into the perspective of the time in which the art of the Spanish past was created. Cost will be approximately $895.00. PIN grading. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor; Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125. Distribution: Humanities Scientific Racism Instructors: Johnny Bland, Roberta Lammers What is the biological definition o f race? What do biologists say about the evolution o f races? Is the biological concept o f race compatible with cultural and societal definitions? What is racism? We will be examining these questions along with the history o f the eugenics movement and the current controversies about race and IQ and about population control and food supply. Some o f the authors we will be reading critically are Charles Darwin, Francis Galton, Hans Eysenck, Arthur Jensen, Richard Hernstein, Ashley Montagu, Garrett Hardin, Stephen Rose, and Robert Williams. Prerequisites: Knowledge o f high school biology or equivalent Distribution: Science/Math, Urban Time: I1 Room: Science 21 3 Evolution: Believe It or Not Instructor: Ralph Sulerud For many decades most biologists have accepted the theory o f organic evolution as being supported by a body o f irrefutable evidence. Nevertheless, there has been an upsurge o f antievolutionism in the past few years, which has led to a great deal of discussion and the publication o f numerous books on the subject. In this course the historical development o f the theory o f evolution from Darwin to the present time will be traced. The evidence in support o f the theory will be discussed, and the mechanisms o f evolution as presently understood by biologists will be studied. During the last part of the course some o f the recent antievolution literature which attempts to refute the scientific evidence will be examined. In this part o f the course people representing various points o f view will be invited to some o f the sessions. Prerequisites: At least a high school course in biology Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Science 205 Instructors: Robert Herforth, Kermit Paulson Nuclear Radiation Science (Biological Emphasis) : Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist o f ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course o f study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Students may receive credit in Biology for this course by selecting projects having a biological orientation. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Time will be available to tour the area, including the national laboratory, and special lectures, featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar students. The cost will be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Science 30 Seminar: The Cutting Edge Instructor: Neal 0 . Thorpe Students will conduct an in-depth literature research on an up to the minute topic in biological research. The class will attend seminars at the University o f Minnesota and several investigators will present seminars t o the class on campus. Students will develop a high quality paper on their topic and will present the subject orally to the class. This course fulfills the requirement of the seminar for the biology major. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology Major Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 212 BUS. AIDMIN. Principles of Managerial Accounting Instructor: Arnin Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals o f managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Prerequisites: Business Administration 101 Distribution: none Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Office Technology Instructor: Gertrude Lund Operation of transcription machines, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling o f office duties through simulation in various departments such as personnel, filing, purchasing, sales, and international trade. Prerequisites: Typewriting Distribution: none Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Symmetry in the Arts and Sciences Instructor: Margaret Etter The fundamental concepts of symmetry are universally appreciated. Small children entranced with a spinning top, musicians creating a fugue, scientists exploring crystal structures, and naturalists enjoying a buttercup are all more or less consciously involved with the science o f symmetry. We will explore the many facets of symmetry in our life, culture, and history as outlined by Martin Gardner in his intriguing text, The Ambidextrous Universe. An appreciation for the different types of symmetries involving rotations, reflections, inversions, and translations will be systematically studied, using H. Weyl's classic book, Symmetry. The symmetry operations used by the late artist M. C. Escher in his graphic works will ako be studied in some detail. One short seminar, one written report, and one creative project involving symmetry in any discipline will be required, in addition to routine class assignments and quizzes. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 1 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Instructor: Roy Hanson This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques o f analysis. The course is to be taken by chemistry majors normally in the interim o f their sophomore year. Medical technologists should take Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments. Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116 Distribution: None Time: I & I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Chemical Research Instructor: Courtland Agre This course offersjunior and senior chemistry majors an opportunity to become acquainted with chemical research by pursuing a topic or problem in detail. The faculty member will work with students in areas o f their own interest such as continuation o f research problems already started or particular problems of synthesis or analysis. Off-campusactivities such as research at Argonne or in industry may be possible. The student is required to discuss his research with the instructor before the start o f the interim. Prerequisites: Junior or senior chemistry major Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 318 Principles of Economics - Micro Instructor: Peter Morici An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 120 or 122. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 28 Welfare Economics Instructor: Ed Sabella Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures;social welfare functions; normative concepts o f economic theory. Prerequisites: Economics 251 or permission o f instructor Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 21 1%IBIJCATION Construction of Learning Centers for Elementary and Pre-school Use Instructor: Steven Reuter Construction and display o f interest and learning centers for use in elementary and pre-sch ool environments. Students will have the opportunity to view, design, construct and display their creations. A unique opportunity to gain understanding in enriching the classroom. The course will include various field trips and some lab time in the public schools. Prerequisites: Elementary, Kindergarten, and Pre-school majors or anticipated majors. Distribution: None Time: I Room: Library 4 1%I)IJCATl' ION SIJDIMIER Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Elementary) Instructor: Lauretta E. Pelton This will be an opportunity for the student to investigate the teaching profession and to explore various job possibilities within it. Working in schools will highlight the course along with various exploratory ventures as promoted by the participating students'resourcefulness and creativity. Prerequisites: Sophomore or Junior standing Distribution: None Time: Summer Session 11I)UCATl' ION Audio-visual Media Instructor: Mary Alexander This course will provide the student with an opportunity to work with Media Specialists in Elementary or Secondary schools of the metropolitan area. The students will learn to use a variety of equipment and to produce AV material. Please contact Mary Alexander before December 1 in order that assignments can be made with specific schools. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Distribution: None Time: I (and arranged) Room: Old Main 7 Things That Go Bump In The Night: The Literature of Fantasy Instructor: Ron Palosaari Human imagination has filled many books with strange creatures such as hobbits, ghosts, elves, and ghouls. Some of these creatures delight our taste for the fanciful. Others stir our fears. As the old Scottish prayer puts it: "From ghosties and ghoulies and wee little beasties And things that go bump in the night Good Lord, deliver us. " We will spend the month reading and discussing works of fantasy. We will start with Tolkien's The Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings trilogy and wander from there t o other fantasy writers. If January winds blow us some luck, there may be a film, a play, or a television show or two that will give us some additional fun. The course is open only to the curious andlor devoted. Students will establish their curiosity or devotion by reading at least The Hobbit and Fellowship o f the Rings before the class begins. The instructors who are slightly suspicious as well as curious and devoted will give an examination on the four Tolkien books on the third day o f class. - Prerequisites: See above Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Science 205 The Literature of Terror: Tales of Horror, Mystery and Detection Instructor: Lorraine Livingston Do you have a penchant for murder and detection? Do you like spine-tingling horror stories? You will be able to swap experiences with fellow students as you read both classical and modern mystery stories. A selected reading list will include such works as Great Tales of Horror by Edgar Allen Poe, Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Dr. Jekyl and Mr. Hyde by Robert Louis Stevenson, The Moonstone by Wilkie Collins, The Hound o f the Baskervilles by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Rebecca by Daphne du Maurier, The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler, Murder on the Orient Express by Agatha Christie, The Odessa File by Frederick Forsyth, and In Cold Blood by Truman Capote. Brief be followed by group discussions, Each student will write one short paper on a subject lectures o f his choice. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 1 Myths, Motifs, Mandalas and Much More: The Short Story and Archetypes Instructor: Richard Sargent We shall read and discuss a collection o f short stories by some familiar writers (Hemingway, Lawrence, Hesse) and some not so familiar (Anais Nin, Akutagawa, Tanizaki) from a variety of points o f view, but with emphasis on one called archetypal criticism, an interdisciplinary approach using insights from anthropology, psychology, sociology, and religion t o understand literature. The collection of stories will be of interest even to those who have read widely, since the selections are not over-anthologized, and represent a wide number of cultures. The course would be appropriate for someone just learning how to discuss and write about literature, but it would also be of interest to a literature student who wished to learn more about archetypal criticism. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 25 L'homme moyen sensuel and The Bloomsday Book: Instructor: Toni Thornton James Joyce's Dubliners and Ulysses. The course will consist of a close reading of these two masterpieces and selected criticism. The focus will be on class discussion and analysis, and a paper to be completed by the end of the course. Those planning to enroll should be familiar with Homer's Odyssey. Prerequisites: One literature course Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Intermediate French I1 Instructor: Ruth L. Aaskov Those who have studied the basic structures and forms of the French language once and have done a little reading may revitalize their skills by exploring twentieth century writings of current thema tic interest. Basics of the tenses and other grammatical forms will be reviewed in the language and there will be daily practice in listening and speaking. Understanding and communicating ideas are goals for leisure time French as well as readiness for courses in conversation, writing, civilization or reading. -- There will be lab assignments or work with C-60 cassettes and field trips en francais as possible for the group. Prerequisites: 3 years (high school level), 211 (college level) or consent of instructor Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 The Agony of 20th Century Germany as Reflected in Literature Instructor: William Oyler Works in English translation by significant 20th century German writers will be read and discussed. These works will reflect the crises and upheavals of the 20th century experience which are not uniquely German, but have a universal application as well. Topics will include: the anonymity of urban-industrial life, the search for personal identity and security, the uses of power, war, political change and confrontation with ultimate questions o f life and death. Works by East German and women writers will be included. Students will read and report on one work in addition to those discussed in class. This course is a variation on German Literature in Translation (244),which covers the nearly 200 years from the Age of Classicism to the present. Since the two courses are not identical, students who have taken 244 may get credit for 245 and vice versa. Credit does not apply to a major or a minor in German. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 8 History of the German Language Instructor: Don Steinmetz How do languages grow? What causes them to change? How are languages related to each other? What are language families? These and other general questions of historical linguistics will be considered as exemplified by the history o f German. Topics studied include: the development of German, English and other Germanic languages from Indo-European through Ancient Germanic, the development of German from the earliest docurnents to the present day, the formation of the modern standard language and Martin Luther's contribution to it, German dialects, especially the difference between Low and High German. Prerequisites: German 112 or permission o f instructor Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 1 Norwegian Composition and Conversation Instructor: Leif E. Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronuncia tion and original composition. Some attention will be given to regional speech variations and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. There will be a variety of contacts with native speakers of Norwegian now residing in the Twin Cities area. Students will be required to put in a total of 5 hours per week in laboratory work andlor field experience. Prerequisites: Norwegian 75212 or equivalent Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 Spanish Literature in Translation: Famous Literary Figures Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Emphasis upon the analysis of the basic human types and the fascinating characters of fact and fiction with which Spain has enriched world literature: The Cid, Celestina, Don Juan, Don Quiojote, the conquistador, the mystic, the rogue, the guardian of his honor, the modern agonist . . . . Lectures, discussion, extensive readings, reports and a paper. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Language Time: Summer Session Room: Spanish Expression Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley The main goal of the course is to improve the students'ability in oral and written Spanish, with a secondary goal of widening one's cultural background. It will include readings and discussions in Spanish on a wide variety of topics including: Spanish art; selected works of Ortega, Unamuno, Julian Marias, and Pio Baroja; the Spanish versus the Mexican tortilla, including lessons on how to make them; After Franco, What?; Spanish etiquette; macismo; etc. Special emphasis will be placed on clarifying grammar problems common among English speakingpeople, i.e.: porlpara, serlestar, subjunctive, passive voice, preteritlimperfect. In addition there will be a systematic general review of Spanish grammar. The course will be conducted entirely in Spanish. Prerequisites: One conversation class beyond intermediate level Distribution: Language Time: I Room: Old Main 3 History of London Instructor : Orloue Gisselquist "When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford" (Dr. Samuel Johnson, 18th century). This course does not promise all that! But London does offer much of value and interest to study. Its amazingly rapid growth since mid 16th century has meant that Londoners have felt, thought about, and responded to modern urban problems for at least four centuries. Its business community was at the forefront of economic change in the Western world for several centuries. Several times the city has represented high points in the history of European culture. It has had a massive influence on English society generally (well illustrated by its demographic preponderance in the nation) and a powerful leverage on British politics (whose capital was conveniently located just a few miles up the Thames River). And fortunately, for the purpase of our study, there is a great deal of literature about the city that is readily available. Urban history, and hopefully this course, appeals t o students o f various disciplines - geography, architecture, popular culture, economics, urban planning, political science, as well as history. Both in class activities and student assignments, there will be an effort t o construct the course so as to reflect this interdisciplinary interest. There will be wide choice in the matter o f assignments; it is understood, though, that an individual project emphasizing literature or architecture will evidence the insights and background gained in the broader concerns o f the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban or Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 The Japanese-American Experience Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen This course is a study o f the Japanese-American experience in the USA. Perspectives o f their immigration patterns, geographic settlements, and their contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation o f the Japanese-Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice. Where in the United States were the so-called "American concentration camps"located? How did this ethnic group adjust to detention and attempt to overcome the trauma o f their war-time experience? Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films and slides will be used as resources. Field trips will be taken t o observe Japanese products, arts, cooking, and the headquarters o f the Japanese-American Citizens League. Some evening meetings may replace regular day sessions. A paper or an acceptable alternate project will be required. Prospective education majors may find the course valuable for their teaching. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 18 From the Indus to Indira: Epochs in Indian History Instructor: Don Gustafson This course will present an introduction t o the vast panorama o f Indian culture from the early cities on the Indus River t o the problems and potentials o f modern India. Not only will a wide variety o f topics be covered, but in addition there will be a great variety in the materials used - cultural artifacts, recordings, slides, novels, religious texts, histories, and who knows what else. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Library 1 IMT IERI)ISCII'LINl\IW Philadelphia and the Quest for a Humane City Instructors: Joel Torstenson, Carl Chrislock A Bicentennial study of the cultural and socioeconomic metamorphosis of an historic American city. The study will begin with an examination of the Philadelphia of William Penn; its socio-historic origins, its dreams, urban imagery and city design. With this starting point as background, the course will proceed to examine the sequential transformation of the city as it participates in the American Revolution, the industrial revolution, the 20th Century urban crisis, and the "urban renaissance" of the post-industrial city. Readings and other sources such as films will be selected from both social sciences and humanities. In the third week of the Interim, the course will be conducted in Philadelphia where academic, civic, and cultural leaders will guide the study. Special attention will be focused upon contemporary developments in Philadelphia such as the redevelopments of its historic central city and other urban renewal programs, the "urban renaissance" movement and the socio-political developments relating to the urban crisis. The implications of these developments for the city's present and future dreams and design and how they fit into America's "quest for the humane city" will be a guiding theme for the course. Approximate cost: $235. plus meals. Prerequisites: Lower Division - None. Upper Division - permission o f instructor. Distribution: Urban studies Time: I1 Room: Science 34 60272 Three Caribbean Cultures: Afro-European Civilizations in Transition Instructor: F. Mark Davis A study of three Caribbean states - Jamaica, the Dominican Republic, and Haiti with an emphasis on the heritages of European colonial po,wer - Great Britain, Spain, France. Each state gained independence at differing times and in differing ways. Each state is predominantly Black in population. How has the encounter of European and African heritages found expression in institutions, ideas, and values? A week will be spent in each of the capital cities and environs. The course will bean on the Augsburg campus with four days o f intensive reading and orientation. Harold Mitchell, Books to be read include: A. c.- ~ilg;s, Contemporary Politics and Economics in ihe Caribbean;I-Iarold Mi t h e l l , Europe in the Caribbean; Lionel Belasco, Strange Happenings: Tales of the Caribbean;Marjorie Engber (ed.), Caribbean Fiction and Poetry. Caribbean: In Kingston, Jamaica, time will be spent at the institute of Jamaica as well as government offices and the Hope Botannical Gardens. In addition two days will be at Knox College in Spaulding, Jamaica. In Haiti study will include the Centre dlArt, Theatre de Verdure,and the National Museum in Port-au-Prince. In addition the group will visit the San Souci Palace and Citadella Laferriere in Cap-Haitien. Finally the Dominican Republic study will include the University of Santo Domingo and the Primate Cathedral of America. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: None 60308 Victorian Woman INTlERlBI SCI 1'IAINAIl\7 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl A study of woman in the Victorian period (chieflyin England), considering both the prevailing images of women and their actual condition. Materials used will include novels, poetry, essays, paintings, letters, biographies,journals, documents, and health and homemaking manuals. Specific topics studied, either by the class as a whole or by individuals, may include women at home (wives and daughters), the governess, the bluestocking, the domestic servant, the fallen woman, women's education, early feminists, the suffragemovement, family planning, women as factory workers, and such individual figures as Florence Nightingale, Harriet Martineau, Jane Carlyle, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Queen Victoria. Students electing this course will do a substantial project leading to either a paper or (in most cases) a class presentation. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I 1 Room: Library 201 Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American Civilizations Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The conquering Spaniard discovered in the Americas, not bands of savages, but highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist,analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes, agricultural techniques, and daily life. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I R o ~ m :Old Main 19 Exploring the Future Instructor: Sheldon Fardig We all realize that change is upon us from all directions. While we understand to a degree what is happening we probably have not come to grips with what the future may mean to us. Through this study of analyses of the post-technologicalfuture the student should develop a knowledge background of changes and issues expected, be aware of hislher value system and how the future may impinge upon it, and have some skill in alternative futures thinking. Topics will include limits of growth, technoIogy of the future, metaphysics of the future;projecting into the future by means of reading, film, video, special speakers, field trips, scenario writing and individual projects. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Science 318 Communications and Reasoning in Mathematics Instructor: Bev Durkee Exploration of the art of mathematical reasoning and communications: how to read mathematical materials, how to write mathematical statements, and how to construct mathematical proofs. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (Math 224 or prior experience with proofs in high school mathematics) Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Science 320 The Art and Science of Executive Decision Making: An Introduction to Operations Research Instructor: Warren L. Persons Operations research applies the scientific method to decision problems concerning the operation and coordination of activities to serve the best interests of an organization. The major objective of the course will be to acquaint the student with the methodology and terminology of 0.R. by providing ample opportunity to formulate and build mathematical models from a verbal description of a decision pro blem. Topics will include linear programming, the simplex algorithm, the transportation model, and duality. Major emphasis placed on mathematical modeling and applications. There will be a term project using the computer as a tool (no prior programming experience is necessary). Lab fee: $10. Prerequisites: Math 114 or equivalent Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 213 DIIJSIC Electronic Music Instructor: Robert Karlen Sounds are created, manipulated, and organized into an individual, aural art, using traditional, contemporary, and novel sound sources; includes working with a synthesizer. Students will need to purchase some materials such as recording tape. It is also desirable that students have access to a tape recorder. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I Room: Music 20 American Band Music (1776-1976) Instructor: Jim Carlson This course is designed for members of the Augsburg College band and will focus on the two hundred year history of American band music. After a brief discussion of European origins, the real study will begin with a consideration of the functional "fife and drums" and "bands of musick" of revolutionary times. Their development will be traced to the popular "business" band era exemplified by Gilmore and Sousa and their uses of marches, cornet solos, transcriptions, etc. The role of community bands will be examined. The midwestern roots of school bands and their phenomenal growth in the American education system will be analyzed. The present day development of the iriportant band music repertoire will conclude the study. When off campus, students will be brought in contact with persons and places of importance to American band music: Dr. Richard Goldman in Baltimore; Dr. Mark Hindsley at the University of Illinois; the Library of Congress and Smithsonian Institute in Washington D.C. The band will be presenting concerts while off campus. Student cost will be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg College Band Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Olivet Hall 82290 Brigadoon DI USIC Instructors: Stephen Gabrielsen, James Johnson The production of a Broadway Musical including singing, dancing, acting, stage design, choreography, lighting and promotion followed by a week of evening performances. Students will be responsible for supplying costumes and possibly for acquisition of musical score andlor libretto (depending upon audition outcome). Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I Room: Music 11 Revelation and Human Knowledge Instructor: Mark Fuehrer This course will be an intensive study of the problems of revealed truths. We will investigate how it is possible for the human intellect to receive information from sources other than normal perception. The role of perception in revelation will be studied, as well as the problem of inspiration, ecstacy and mystical insight. Prerequisite: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Safety and Drug Education Instructors: Ed Saugestad, Edor Nelson An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Ooss First Aid course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities and Rhythms Instructor: LaVonne Peterson Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Prerequisites: Phy Ed major or minor. Distribution: None Time: I Room: Melby 12 Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course will attempt to prepare the student to be a qualified gymnastics coach and judge. It will bring out new spotting and coaching techniques in the field or gymnastics. The main emphasis will be on judging of this sport. There will be practical experience of judging actual high school and college meets. The culminating activity will be to take the State High School League test for the judging o f gymnastics and therefore be an officialregistered judge for the state of Minnesota. It is required that women participate (perform-spot-assist)with the Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team. Prerequisites: PE 472, Self-testingActivities for Women or 1 year experience with a women's gymnastics team. Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Melby 13 'r 1'1 1T SICS The History of Astronomy Instructor: Ted Hanwick This brief course traces the development o f astronomy from the ancients through the 19th century. While special emphasis will be on Hipparchus, Ptolemy, Copernicus,Brahe', Kepler, Galileo, Newton, and Herschel, other lesser lights must also be mentioned for their contributions to the development of this subject. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 123 1'111 T SICS 'r Understanding the Weather Instructor: Ken Erickson An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background. Topics to be discussed include: the rela tionship of sun, earth and atmosphere;important physical quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; aviation weather; and the influence of weather on pollution. Possible course activities include experimentation, forecasting and guest speakers. Prerequisites: None Distribution: ScienceIMath Time: I Room: Science 22 1'111 T SICS 'r Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis) : Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar Instructors: Kermit Paulson, Robert Herforth A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on"laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement (physical science applications) at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course of study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory and also special lectures, featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar Participants. The cost d l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Science 30 When You Haven't A Prayer: The Supreme Court on Church and State Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel 85295 An investigation of significant decisions of the United States Supreme Court on issues of religious liberty and governmental neutrality under the First Amendment religion clauses. Analysis of principles of interpretation used by the Court, including their underlying assumptions, differential impact, and possible future constitutional development. Paper not required. 85495 Students will research, brief, analyze and criticize recent decisions, presenting the results of their studies to the combined group and in a paper. Prerequisites: Prior course in U.S. constitutional law or constitutional history or written permission of the instructor. Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Science 22 The British Design for Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom British mass media can claim a world wide reputation for high quality production and content. The essential reasons for this distinction are cultural, political and artistic. The British design for the mass media will be the subject for a month of group and independent study o f mass communications in England, based in London. We will visit and interview at major media centers in London, including the British Broadcasting Corporation and the London dailies (though other special interests, such as film, might be accommodated). Topics we will study during the first half of the interim include British views on the proper use of the mass media, the nature of political controls and fundingprovisions, involving interviews with relevant public officials. The last two weeks of the interim will be devoted to independent work (under the supervision of the instructor) with each student studying a particular aspect of one medium such as television news production, or print censorship rules or radio overseas programming, etc. Some individuals may select topics requiring regional travel, such as Wales or Scotland. This is acceptable but will have a separate cost and be individually arranged in England. The cost will be approximately $850-895. Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Social Science America's International Politicians Instructor: Norma Noonan Study of foreign policy decision making and decision makers in the U.S.A. In-depth study of decision process either in a major case, such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, or a simulated case. Discussion format with opportunity for the student to explore some aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Requirements: project and final examination. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Library 201 Creativity in Preschool Children Instructor: Duane Johnson What conditions facilitate the development of creativity? For preschool children it is necessary to consider play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, tasks, personal interaction, and activities. Each student must make hislher own arrangements before the beginning of the course to have ready access throughout the interim to one specificperson in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the first grade o f school; children who will be 3 by July 1 , 1 976 are acceptable). The child should be available basically on a daily basis for purposes o f observing and interacting with the child. Student.should expect to spend up to $10 for purchase of materials for use with children. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 8 Your Personality and its Measurement Instructor: Lyla Anderegg Temperament, character, attitude, mood, trait, preference . . . these are some of the elements that are thought of as constituting your personality. Through the use o f surveys, scales, inventories and other means now available, we will investigate and evaluate your personality. Prerequisites: General Psychology Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: Old Main 22 Computer Applications in Behavioral Science Instructor: Richard Marken An introduction to the use of computers for the analysis of behavioral data and simulation of behavioral processes. Students will learn to write programs to do statistical analyses such as correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance, and Chi square. Programs will be written in FORTRAN IV. Students will also study the behavior of programs which simulate interesting behavioral and biological processes such as perception, learning and evolution. Each student will be required to do a programmed project on a topic of interest. Topics for projects will be quite varied and range from demonstrations of theorems in statistics to simulation of rumor propagation in crowds. A lab fee of approximately $1 0. Prerequisites: General Psychology Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Israel: A study in Social Change Instructor: Grace Dyrud Israel represents more differentlife styles and more planning for social adaptation than any other spot of that size in the world. Some people work on computers while some herd goats and sheep as in Biblical times. Social adaptation will be seen through visits to an absorption center, a kibbutz, a center for social change research, and visits with Israelis. Social policies such as the following will be viewed: settlement policies, places of women and minorities, and the resolution o f religious and secular interests. The areas visited will be Tel Aviv-Jaffa,Beer Sheba, Jerusalem, Jericho and the Galilee. Ancient and Biblical hist0r.v will be briefly described in conjunction with the above visits and others such as Caesaria and the Dead Sea Scroll sites. The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: Room: The Behavior of Nerve Cells Instructor : Norm Ferguson Learn how your brain actually functions! A study of the basic processes o f the nervous system. Emphasis will be placed on the action o f individual neurons; how they behave and interact with one another. Topics to be considered will include: the electrophysiological methods used in studying nerve cells, the electrical properties o f the nerve axon, the synapses between neurons, the integrated activity o f neurons, and the organization o f sensory receptors. Prerequisites: A course in Biology and/or Chemistry or consent of instructor Distribution: ScienceIMath Time: I Room: Science 34 World Order and Religion Instructor: Eugene M. Skibbe The world appears to be in a state o f crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind o f order would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and principles o f order. However, religions have always been ways in which people have ordered their world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order? What does the religious map o f the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation game, films, and visiting speakers. Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121 Distribution: Religion Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 RELIGION Contemporary Religious Movements Instructor: Douglas Ollila A study o f several contemporary religious groups, both Christian and non-Christian, including the Jesus movement, neo-pentacostalism, and selected non-Christian groups such as Hare Krishna. Emphasis will be placed on visitation to group meetings and discussions conducted by rnovemen t leaders. Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121 Distribution: Religion Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Israel: Ancient and Modern Instructor: Philip Quanbeck The land of Palestine has long been a focus o f interest and intense loyalties. Christians, Jews and Moslems have seen in that relatively small area at the eastern end o f the Mediterranean a place o f great importance. The current discussions and peace initiatives are a measure of the continuing interest in the whole o f the Middle East. The goal of the interim in Israel is fundamentally two-fold. First, we will attempt to become acquainted with the methodology, procedu~so f archaeological study and some of the results. Second, we will seek to gain a modest first-hand acquaintance with the geography of Israel especially as this geography relates to biblical history. To accomplish these purposes, there will be assigned reading, and we will listen to lectures and visit museums. We will stay in Jerusalem which will make possible a number of walking tours o f the Old City. In addition t o this there will be two three-day trips; one trip to the north where we will visit places such as Hatzor, Nazareth, Tiberius, and the Sea o f Galilee. One trip to the south where we will visit places such as Qumran, Beersheba, Hebron, Bethlehem, and Arad. On the return trip we will stop a few days in London before returning to the U.S. The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. PIN grading. Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Religion Practicum in Human Services Instructor: Paul Steen With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a half-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Prerequisites: Consent o f Instructor Distribution: Required for Social Work Majors Time: I 1 Room: Memorial Hall 1 Human Service Issues in Selected Areas Instructor: Tony Wagner A series of seminars designed to introduce the major issues of human service delivery in selected areas such as youth, aged, mentally and physically handicapped, alcohol and chemical dependency, social security, or the ecology of welfare. There will be 16 hours a week of field experience. Prerequisites: Social Work 95351 or consent of instructor. Distribution: Social Science (required for Social Work majors) Time: I Room: Old Main 2 Hi-Rise vs. Homestead: Patterns of Urban Housing Instructor : Gordon Nelson An examination of housing alternatives in the urban setting. The course will focus on the tension between the demands of population density and American life-style preferences, but will also examine the ways in which political pressures and economic considerations affect the patterns of urban housing. During regular class hours the class will meet occasionally at off-campus sites such as the Minneapolis Housing Authority, new apartment developments, and rehabilitated houses in older city neighborhoods. The course grade will be based on the quality of class participation and on a "take-home" examination designed to relate class discussion to assigned reading. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Melby 24 Death and Play in Zen and Don Juan Instructor : Jerry Gerasimo There are interesting parallels between the teachings of Don Juan, the Yaqui Shaman, and the instructions of the Zen Buddhist masters to their pupils. We will compare these methods as to form, content, and implications. We will compare the roles of death, time, and play in their teachings, and ask what ways can these teachings be transferred to ordinary life. The texts used will include: Carlos Castaneda, A Separate Reality and Journey to Ixtlan; Eugene Herrigel, Zen in the Art of Archery; and D. T. Suzuki, Zen and Japanese Culture. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 Advanced Public Speaking Instructor: Ray Anderson This course will provide an opportunity to work toward a polished speaking style in both composition and delivery. Attention will be given to great speeches and to rhetorical theory, but the emphasis will be on performance. Students will perform in some way every day. An effort will be made to develop each student's unique powers of creativity and showmanship. Prerequisites: A beginning course in speech - either high school or college Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Library 1 Issues in Human Development: A Cultural Perspective Instructor: Joel Mugge The interim will be based both in Mexico City and in a Benedictine monastery in the village o f Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca,Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of the interim will be to provide both an academic and experimental framework for the students to clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the Mexican culture, the monastic community, and other members of the group. The class will not only be a learning community for a month, but a working, living, and worshipping community as well. While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of the monastic community and will spend a part o f each day in class and part of the day working in agricultural projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of community within the group itself,and the skills involved in developing community. In addition, some time will be spent in small groups in travel experiences to other parts of Mexico. Background reading, an extensive daily journal, and a final paper will be required. The cost will be approximately $450. PIN grading. Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Humanities Theater Practicum Instructor: Ailene Cole The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation,its technical preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I & I1 (9:30a.m. - 3:00 p.m.) Room: Speech Auditorium SIDEIICII The British Design for Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom See description under Political Science. SIBBIICII Advanced Acting Instructor: Esther Olson A study of the Stanislavski method in acting as it relates to the development of character and style. Approximately ten plays from different pen'ods will be studied, and students will reenact scenes from these dramas. Field trips to community theaters and Minneapolis Institute of Art will be included. (Fees for tickets will amount to approximately $10.) Prerequisites: Speech 232 (Acting) or permission of instructor Distribution: None Time: I Room: Speech 43
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1977-1978
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1977-1978
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Each student is responsible ...
Show more This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty adviser or the dean of the college. Table of Contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 25, EXPENSES PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 98, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the interim in January. . . MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8 de~artments. . . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major. . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student MINOR . . . . . ELECTIVE.. . from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE. . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. , . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "41-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and activities are available to enrich your educafion, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or cofee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 . The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. The Campus I 1 Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence is judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is to permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454. Library Science Hall Old Main Mortensen Tower Urness Tower College Center The Quadrangle Memorial Hall Art Studio and Art Annex Music Hall Si Melby Hall Augsburg College Ice Arena Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) East Hall Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) --= --Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 1 14) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21 st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to their individual interests and abilities. The 4- 1 -4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with class size averaging 2 5 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Recommended Programs for students in Dual Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and Engineering at Augsburg College. Any Augsburg academic major that meets the recommendations listed below would be eligible to participate in the Engineering program at Michigan Technical University or Washington University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg, and two years at either university. The majors that would most typically meet the recommendations would be physics, chemistry, and mathematics. Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors such as linguistics and library science are available through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. First Year English 11 1 Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 Religion 11 1 Electives in English or Social Science Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3 Second Year Economics 1 2 2 Math 2 2 4 , 226 Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 Physics 245 Foreign Language Religion Electives in Humanities or Social Science Third Year Advanced Math or Science Political Science 121 Electives to meet distribution requirements and to make a total of 2 6 courses Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg 1 1 1, English - 2 courses; General Biology 11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course Some variation from these recommendations can be accommodated since not all courses listed above are required in every Engineering curriculum and some may be transferred as free electives in some curricula. Questions may be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct communications with the head of the appropriate department at either Michigan Technological University or Washington University in St. Louis. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty advisor early in the freshman year. *Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may - wish to take the Political Science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Medicine at Augsburg General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ; Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course; English 1 1 1 and a second course (English 21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are acceptable second courses, Students exempted from the freshman English requirement may elect higher level English courses or general electives). Health Ed. 11 0 Math 11 4 (students who have a math proficiency beyond college algebra may elect to take calculus or general electives). Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses) Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour requirements courses should be chosen so as to fulfill the distribution requirements in humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g.. history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. The student planning to enter seminary should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg Freshman English1Communications 2 courses; Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course; Chemistry (must include laboratory): General 11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory level; Other - anthropology, economics, geography, history and political science, psychology, social science and sociology courses can usually be used to fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater and upper division foreign languages). Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the college of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of educational materials including approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. The library is open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual Center includes audio and television studios, and provides film rental and related services. ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. [he interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange s, and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan camwses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission to the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to the intercollegiate programs requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice auring the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg College is undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to pursue an honors program should address inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean. lnternship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Science degree. The degree Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble, and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, student activities, and residence living. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. Freshmen also have an upperclass adviser. Career Planning and Placement services are available to all students, and a Minority Coordinator provides special support services and programs for minority students on campus. The office of Student Financial Services provides assistance with financial problems. A special Foreign Student Adviser works with students from other countries. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. students' rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into three branches: the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Student Government The Buckley Amendment Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects Students have the right to inspect all official records, files, and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Challenges may be made to the judicial council for a hearing. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. A visit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for araduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Application Process 1 . From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission, complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4 3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5 . After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation The Transfer Process 1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4 3 . Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1 . After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student is encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 . Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for tHe program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 80% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately 80% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0 from Augsburg and all other sources. And federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 . Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. Expenses The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. - NOT REFUNDABLE An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $230. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES REFUNDABLE - See Study Abroad Adviser, Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson during the interim. - $2,850. SPECIAL FEES Study Abroad - NOT Cinema Arts, $20 Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an interim). Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy, $1 . o o . Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or $7.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0 Partial Board and Room - $1,310 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $915 5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract.'' Student Teaching, $ 3 5 A lunch contract is available to non-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year, 1977-78 Cost Summary Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0 Tuition - $2,850. (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half year billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second half year is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 . Refunds A student cancelling part or all of his registration and/or being released from his housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule.. . 100% through the first five days of classes 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day to the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student to forced to cancel his registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. Students required by military law to enter the service will receive a full refund of tuition and proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will be applied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 1 3 in one department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major [except Elementary Education] and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 3 5 total courses required. 5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. a. A course in writing (English Ill) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments (two different departments): economics, history, political science, sociology; and one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one or two additional activities in a semester. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is elected for a two-year term. Registration Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Duane Johnson Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors. Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson Probation and Dismissal Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, HUMANITIES Chairman: Eugene Skibbe JUNIOR, Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Linguistics, Norwegian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts SENIOR, below 1 . 6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7 - 15 courses below 1 . 9 having taken 1 6 - 2 4 courses below 2.0 having taken 2 5 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PIN. Grading An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 . Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on PIN grading system if approved by the department chairman. Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students may select the traditional grading system in other courses. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirements, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average For transfer students all grades are averaged to determine graduation with distinction. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 3 5 courses required for the degree. lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore . . 7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation. periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 1 5 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol # Courses may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. "Meets urban requirement. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and 3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others): * History of the United States American Studies 2 3 1, 260 History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5 (American emphasis) Religion 352, 3 6 3 Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 2 6 5 Art 102 English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1, 490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States Economics 120, 122, 123, 251 Education 4 78 # Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326, 370, 371, 421 Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73, 381, 3 8 3 Social Work 3 5 1, 463 * "American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. (Spring) * 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Spring) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Art Chairman: Philip Thompson 132 PHOTOGRAPHY STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3 art history courses, including 107; and three from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 . The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white photographic processes. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended. STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1 art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from 1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 , 386, 387, 388. 150 JEWELRY. Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. 221 SCULPTURE l ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388. Three major works in any of the following media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood, stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 223 PRINTMAKING I Fine arts and the environment in the local and world setting. Topics include art history, urban archaeology and environmental design leading towards appreciation and criticism. Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING 1 Introduction to painting media. Application of historical and contemporary techniques in acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography. typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall. Spring) 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 350 CERAMICS l An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART 351 CERAMICS II Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. Creative clay pieces with the throwing and handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART 355 PAINTING II A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8. Fall, Spring) 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq. : 10 7 or #) 399 INTERNSHIP 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) (K-12) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Fall) Advanced work in various media, including silk Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 478 SCULPTURE II Three major works in any of the following media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood, stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 (Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring) 111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 , 11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I); 3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill); 4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V); Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . ) 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring) 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 19 78. Offered alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or 3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71 and 4 76). 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate years). An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.. 112, 361, or 4'. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 491 SEMINAR A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer) A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on 476 MICROBIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 , 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major, with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring) Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Business Education 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262, 263, and Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 21 9. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 295, 495 TOPICS If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, a certificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand) HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring. Offered alternate years) 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (Interim) an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 108 CALCULATING MACHINES 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand systems may enroll for rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76) Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 76- 77) Economics MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373, 379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 . 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Spring) Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 . Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120. Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Department of Chemistry Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above 3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ; and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Certification after July, 1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are also advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and 1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it is suggested Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 11 5. Spring) 325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY This course is intended to meet the needs of medical technology majors and others not working toward a chemistry major. Theory and practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric . analysis and electrochemistry is covered in some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed. Theory and practice of spectroscopic, chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not meet requirements for a chemistry major.) 351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.) 361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate. with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing) East Asian Studies Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen Major Concentration A major concentration plan is constructed for each student with the advice and assistance of his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally consists of ten to twelve courses distributed under one of the following general categories: East Asian Culture Two language courses including one year of Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history courses; four to six courses in cultural specialization and/or comparative studies; two or more independent study and/or seminar courses. East Asian Language and Culture At least four language courses (a two-year concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is encouraged; however, one year of each language is acceptable); two introductory history courses; two to four courses in cultural specialization and/or comparative studies; and two or more independent study and/or seminar courses. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to certification in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and Nursery School, and Secondary Education. Certification programs are offered in the following majors: American Studies, Art, Biology, Business Education, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for certification requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 and electives 2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended. 5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the major. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of hidher life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs, Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary education. Spring) 372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring) 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim) 425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the Department of Education and/or #.) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 . Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2 . 0 overall. 3 . Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary Education c ) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical education, or music majors Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 72. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 . Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. - 1 , B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their area. A person working for certification in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 , the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2 , For social studies certification: The program leading to certification in this area is being revised to conform to new state guidelines. See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for further information. 3 . The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program) Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Fall) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (See Language Department for information) Speech and Theatre Arts (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Fall) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching health and physical education at the secondary and elementary levels. (Fall) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq.: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265, 359. Fall, Spring) school library. Extensive study of-evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Library Science 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological Univeristy in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving - financial aid who are participants in the Three. Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224, 226; Physics 121, 1 2 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 ; Computer Science 245; English 1 11 ; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally math 124, 1 2 5 and Physics 121. 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged. Department of English Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 1) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1 6 6 0 (for example, 331 or 448) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 3 3 6 , 337, or 423). All majors must take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 2 4 5 Introduction to Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. Courses in earlyBAmerican literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. Speech: ( I ) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Group Leadership, Interpersonal Communications, Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction Library Science: 4 7 5 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 in the major and 3 . 0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 1 ) , including one course in British literature, and either 21 9 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world literature concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 4 1 2 , 416; English 2 7 1 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , 423, 4 3 8 and sometimes 282, 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 . AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 2 2 1 , 222; American Studies 2 3 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 ; Philosophy 1 10, 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , 3 7 0 ; German 244; French 2 4 3 ; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 7 1 , 2 7 2 , 4 2 3 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. Enqlish 1 1 1 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER TO DANTE 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed to develop advanced skills in a variety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to term, A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period. (Fall or Spring) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE - A studv of modern Enalish viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 MODERN POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (19 76- 77) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 76- 77) Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 19 76- 77) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE 388 LITERARY CRITICISM A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78) A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78) 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 368 MODERN DRAMA 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions, contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Fall, Spring) 490, 491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 4 9 1 , a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or consent of department chairman. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Ruth Aaskov Chinese Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at pre-registration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program Course 3 1 1 is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Language majors must consult with department for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3 . 0 average in Advance Conv. - Comp. is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for certification. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3 . 3 0 GPA in the major, 3 . 0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. 111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with Chinese characters and the written language. In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural readings using Chinese characters. (Offered 19 76- 7 7 and alternate years.) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the spoken language are reviewed and intensively practiced using cultural readings in Chinese characters and, in the second.semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and literature. (Prereq.: one year of collegelevel Mandarin Chinese or #. Alternate years.) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2 , including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 3 5 2 . Study in France strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. lnterim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 11 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring, also Fall with sufficient enrollment) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sig~ificanceof these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (On demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 ) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Alternate years. Spring, 19 7 7) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS 495 FRENCH SEMINAR A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1975. Offered alternate years.) Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 3 5 4 or 3 5 5 . Offered on demand) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Fall 1 9 7 6 and alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 3 1 1 and 41 1 , lnterim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1 . lnterim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL 111, 11 2, BEGINNING GERMAN A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 452 FRENCH DRAMA A study of French plays that shows the Course 1 1 1 is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall, Spring. 112 Spring; also Fall with sufficient enrollment) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. ( 2 1 1, Fall. 2 1 2 , Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3 , 0 0 0 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1 6 4 3 ) , with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Spring 19 7 7) 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (On demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th CENTURY Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (On demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Fall, 19 76) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Spring 19 78 and alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Offered Spring 1 9 76) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Spring 1 9 7 7) Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall 1 9 76) Norwegian MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 and two of 331 , 353, 41 1 , plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 31 1 , 331, 353, 41 1 plus required education courses, including special methods. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 111, 11 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Greek See instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. ( 1 1 1 , Fall. 11 2 , Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 11 1, 112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. ( 1 1 I Fall, 11 2 Spring) I I 21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or #. Fall) Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics. (Inquiry into the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or equivalent. Fall) 31 1 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 2 1 2 or equivalent. Some laboratory work and field experience required. Offered 1 9 77 Interim) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq. 3 1 1 or #. Offered Fall 19 77 and alternate years.) standing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is arl integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 11 2 , Spring) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.: Norw. 2 1 1 or equivalent. Offered Spring, 19 77. Alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or f. Spring 19 78) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1, 4 5 6 or 457, 41 1, two of 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 5 4 . (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1, 3 3 1 or 3 3 2 , and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 1 1 I, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: under- A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 1 12 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. 31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 21 2 or equivalent. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fall) 31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Spring, 19 78) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Colombian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 11 or 2 12, with consent of instructor. Spring 19 77 and alternate years.) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (On demand) A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 2 12 or #. Offered Spring 19 77) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall, 1978. 353, Fall, 1977) Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring 19 78. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 19 78) 457 SPANISH NOVEL 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Offered 19 77. Alternate years) An introduction to Spanish-American literature. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become certified teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 6 in the major and 3 . 0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 3 0 0 ) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1 200s. (Fall, Spring) The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 2 0 0 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairperson of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 3 3 2 ) . The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Fall) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring) 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 7- 7 8 ) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring in history. See department chairman. 41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history, (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1 5 6 0 - 171 4. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples, The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (SPrin g) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1 8 6 8 , interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Fall, 1 9 77- 7 8 ) Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 781 Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium war of 1 8 3 9 . The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall) An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 and alternate years) Interdisciplinary Studies 357 FIELD EXPERIENCE lectures on Scandinavian Life and Institutions, aimed at facilitating the students' studies of life and learning in Urban Scandinavia. The student works in a community agency or institution. Reports and logs required. 373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA 358 SEMINAR: READINGS IN URBAN STUDIES A review of current literature on urbanism, Seminar discussions. This interdisciplinary core course in urban studies is offered for 14 weeks. It examines the extent, the nature, and the processes of urbanization taking place in contemporary Scandinavia and the changing settlement patterns and community developments that were associated with it. Minneapolis Urban Studies Term 359 SEMINAR: CITY OF MINNEAPOLIS An overall view of the city as a political, economic, social system. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term 372 ORIENTATION TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE AND CULTURE This course includes a two-week intensive language study coupled with a series of 396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA This is the second core urban studies course. In addition to the study of the housing developments themselves, this course pays close attention to the policies, the structures, the processes and character of the comprehensive social planning integrally related to the housing programs. Department of Math Chairman: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5, 224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric functions. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics in finite mathematics including linear programming, probability, and statistics with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Spring) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 2 15. Fall) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and math models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. No course credit will be given to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224, 324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 19 78, offered alternate years) 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, regression and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 215 LINEAR ALGEBRA 399 INTERNSHIP A study of vector spaces, linear tran~f~rmations, the algebra of matrices and canonical forms. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 3 14, 324. Spring 1 9 77, offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics in real and complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, and computer science. (Prereq.: 3 14, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods. COBOL and non-scientific applications of FORTRAN. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer Fee: $30.00) 245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods. Machine language and FORTRAN. Materials primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Mathematics 1 2 5 . Computer Fee: $30.00 Fall) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted towards a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 2 4 5 or consent of instructor. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $30.00) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 11 1, 11 2 and two additional upper division (usually 3 6 7 and 4 7 6 ) ; 2) Chemistry: 105, 1 0 6 (or 11 5 , 1 16), 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) , 3 2 5 . Metro-Urban Studies Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 1 20; Political Science 122; Pyschology 3 7 3 ; Sociology 1 1 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; plus a minimum of one course of internship and/or independent study. The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 1 0 2 ; Biology 1 1 0 ; Business Administration 131 ; Computer Science 2 4 5 ; Education 478; English 3 5 1 ; History 431 ; Psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; Religion 3 6 0 ; Speech 3 4 2 ; others, including interims, internships, and independent studies, by approval of the Director and the Advisory Council. MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, business education, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology I 1 1 ; Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship andlor independent study. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium in Urban Affairs (HECUA): 1 . Metropolitan Urban Studies Term (MUST) A "semester in the city" program focused upon the Twin City metro area. 2. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A "semester in the city" located at the University of Oslo and focused upon Scandinavian Urbanization and city planning. Other electives in Urban Studies can also be taken at other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). For further information on these electives through HECUA and ACTC, and for planning either a major or minor in Metro-Urban Studies, consult the director of the program. Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karlen MAJOR: 1 2 courses: 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 or 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 5 , 457, 458, 4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. TEACHING MAJOR: 1 1 courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458, two of 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. Consult with the Education Department for requirements. BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 courses plus 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years; 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , or 3 6 5 , 457, 476, or 350; 3 years of Performance Studies including organ and voice; Performance Workshop; piano and guitar proficiency; Music Therapy 3 6 0 , 382, 383, 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 , 435, 495; Psych. 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 , and one of 264, 3 5 1 , 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 11 1 , 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical education (folk dancing recommended); elective in speech (Speech 1 1 6 recommended). Eligibility for application for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy is made possible upon satisfactory completion of a six-month internship in an NAMT approved institution, in addition to the above degree program in Music Therpy. MINOR: 5 courses; 101, 1 0 2 , 260, or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests. Attendance at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they ( I ) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation andlor promotion of smaller performing ensembles; ( 2 ) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3)apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 1 5 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 , 260, 2 6 1 , 354, 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 3 8 2 , 3 9 5 , 4 3 5 , 457, 4 7 6 or 3 5 0 , 495; 3 years of Performance Studies; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 ; Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 1 1 1 , 121, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 375; plus recreational music and electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign languages; and speech, communication and theater arts. Eligibility for application for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy is made possible upon satisfactory completion of a six month internship in an NAMT approved institution, in addition to the above degree program in Music Therapy. MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260, or 261, 4 5 8 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and two music repertoire tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops and campus recitals also required. Students intending to major in Music or Music Therapy must declare their intent not later than the end of their Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory 1 0 2 . Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 1 0 2 . Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors are required to pass three Music Repertoire tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire tests. Information regarding the test may be secured from the Music Office. Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8 terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2 terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Major in Music Therapy: 7 terms. Performing Organizations Requirements: All majors: 2 years; minor, one year. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, ( 1 ) take a placement test in music theory, and ( 2 ) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first term in Augsburg. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (1 0 1, 223, Fall, 102, 224, Spring) Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 458 CONDUCTING The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING 488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 457 CONDUCTING 476 ORCHESTRATION 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music Therapy Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of the music of the 110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSlC THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. This will be an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores who may be considering music therapy as a major. This course will give the students a broad background in the many and varied ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSIC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSIC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates with music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 7 9 . Students now entering college should be alert for changes in requirements after July 1, 1 9 79). MAJOR: A total of 1 2 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 11 1 , 1 1 2. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105, 1 0 6 , or ( 1 15, 1 16 ) , and 3 5 3 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 2 2 3 and 3 6 1 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 6 1 . In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 1 2 1 , 122, 2 4 5 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after consultation with a member of the Physics Department. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser is recommended. MAJOR: 1 3 courses including Biology 1 1 1 , 11 2, 4 9 1 or 492, and 2 upper division biology courses; Chemistry 1 15 , 1 16 or (10 5 , 10 6 ) , 351 , 3 5 2 , and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , or 1 2 4 and 1 2 5 ; and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Nursing Chairman: Donna Peterson Augsburg offers a second-step program in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in nursing. For admission to the program, a student must have completesd an associate degree or a diploma program in nursing, with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.3, and have a current license to practice nursing in the state of Minnesota, or be preparing to sit for the state board examinations prior to enrolling. Nursing students are expected to complete course work in: Introductory sociology, introductory psychology, English composition, inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, and microbiology at accredited institutions of higher education. Students enrolling without course work in these areas, or having taken course work at non-accredited institutions, are expected either to test out of the courses or to take the required course work before undertaking the last year of the program. MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing, including 3 0 1 , 302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and two of the following: 420, 421; or 425, 426. Speech 354, Interpersonal Communications, is also required in addition to the sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above. 301, 302,401,402 NURSING SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV Discussions designed to facilitate the student's progress throughout the nursing program and to assist in career-goal attainment. One course credit granted on completion of all four seminars. 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Lecture courses which focus on the investigation and application of the concepts and principles of health promotion, health maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and rehabilitation to nurse-clientifamily relationships in the community setting. Emphasis is placed on involving the student in health teaching and counseling activities with individuals and families. 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Lecture, laboratory course which is an extension of Nursing 31 0 . nurse and the trends and issues evolving in contemporary nursing practice. 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the development of skills in comprehensive history taking and physical examination which assist the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families. 350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING RESEARCH Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic research as applied to nursing. Students are involved in designing, implementing, and evaluating research projects. 420,421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC NURSING Seminarilaboratory courses in which the student explores in depth a chosen area of study and develops expertise in the selected area of practice. Opportunities are available which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop behavioral objectives, select learning experiences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor, instructor, agencies and clients/families in initiating complex nursing care. (Prereq.: 3 10, 3 1 1 , 3 2 0 , and 325). 320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP IN NURSING 425,426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING A course designed to investigate the current leadership responsibilities of the professional For course description see 420, 421. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 1 1 0 , 120, and 1 3 0 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS AND METHOD Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. The major function of the course is to enable you to develop the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists, (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with ex~erience?What can we reallv know about the world? What impact did oma antic ism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: 130 LOGIC Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1 9 7 9 ) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 ) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1 9 78) Studies in such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology. Russian philosophy, etc. (Suggested prior course: 3 4 4 ) 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1 9 78) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors We will examine what it means to be a being-inthe-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox, (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for the dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.) 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses H.Ed. 11 1 P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 3 5 0 , 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: I 1 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical Education 11 1 , 2 2 3 , 231, 232. 243, 3 5 0 , 351. 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472, 4 8 5 , 491, 495. Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 5 5 , 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 1 0 3 . Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 1 10, 11 1, 350, 351, 360. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 6 courses, 11 1 , 243, 350, 351, 482 and practicum in coaching. (Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study) Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota public schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. Physical Education 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. (Prereq. : Biology 1 0 3 . Sprin g) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 . Spring) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching health and physical education at the secondary and elementary levels. (Fall) Three hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP 223 TEAM SPORTS Consult department chairman. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. (Spring) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq. : 2 4 3 , Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports - Swimming. Fall) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 482 COACHING OF SPORTS History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or senior only) Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq. : 3 50, 3 5 1 , 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 , 35 1, 3 5 2 . Summer School only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485, 4 9 1, and approval of department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Health Education 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Prereq.: 1 10. Fall, 19 77) Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 2 4 5 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 2 and 3 9 5 plus three coursegabove 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 the freshman year, and Mathematics 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 the sophomore year. MINOR: 5 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and three courses above 1 2 2 . HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3 . 0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult witti the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of SPS provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 1 2 1, Fall; 122, Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq. : 1 2 2 Mathematics 226, 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226, 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 261 ELECTRONICS 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 1 2 2 or 103 plus Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 3 5 1, Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.: 245, 351, 352, Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to systematically explore a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty advisor. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The major in Political Science will consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics (Sociology 3 6 5 ) : 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; 3 8 4 ; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: The minor in Political Science will consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 2 . 7 5 over-all. The student must take an Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department. * The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) General Education Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121 , 122, 158. 1 6 0 or 1 7 0 . The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 1 2 2 , 3 4 2 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urbanrelated topic. Students interested in secondary education may take one of the three broad social science options with a concentration in Political Science. See the Department Chairman for more information on these and pending options. For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS 326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the lectoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 2 1 or #, Fall term of election years.) 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. * 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years). 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of elite and!or mass partipation in the political system. (Offered on den:~nd. Prereq.: #). Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public opinion research and political public relations. * 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judical process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision- making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary search for political processes and structures appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE 170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years.) V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human society. (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II Recent political philosophy and ideology. including readings from individualist, anarchist, socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: Social Statistics; Political Science 158 or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics: Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq. :#) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Norman Ferguson I I MAJOR: 10 courses. Additional supporting courses from other departments will also be required; Physics 103 is one of the required courses. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses will include 105, 264, 265 and 493. Basic courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 105, 264, 265, 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is recommended. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Not more than a total of two courses from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement; the student may actually take more such courses. It is recommended that psychology majors take some course work from among the following courses: Biology 103, 1 1 1-112, 353, 355, 367, 473, 474, 481 ; Chemistry 103, 105106, 1 15-116, 223; Mathematics 1 14, 121 122; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 261. It is recommended that students interested in physiological psychology, comparative psychology, psychological measurement, or experimental psychology include at least three of these courses in their psychology major program. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may be counted toward the minor. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult department chairman for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures associated with the study A structure the field psychology include psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 2 6 5 ; 2 6 5 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105, 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq. : 105, Fall) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 35 1, Spring) 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology; two courses in biology are recommended, Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide variety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105, Spring) 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq. : 10 5 , Fall, Spring) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105, Spring) 361 PERSONALITY Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideration of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105, Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 3 6 1, Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE AND MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor.) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 , Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq.. 2 courses. Offered alternate years) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Study of selected areas and topics within psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 and consent. Fall, Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science in relation to the study of such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 3 5 6 , 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361 - 3 6 3 and one from those numbered 471 - 4 7 5 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 2 5 in the major and 3 . 0 0 over-all: research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. Religion 11 1 or 221 are prerequisite to'all other courses. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time certify a Religion major or minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 3 5 6 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 3 . 471. and 3 5 5 . 11 1 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. (Fall) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES 361 CHURCH FATHERS The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OR RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions. monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring) 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS (See under Department of Music) A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to the history of religion. An historical survey beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major religious traditions and forms of faith found in India, China, and Japan (special attention will be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of this survey is to introduce both the variety and the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to their participants, as well as their significance to the rest of mankind. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the vadety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 19 75-76) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 19 76- 77) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 475 JUDAISM New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Spring) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 495 SEMINAR An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS Scandinavian Area Studies MAJCR: 8 upper division courses. 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. The Old World background and use of "America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic communities in Minnesota. (Offered Fall, 19 74- 75, soliciting students from the community on a non-credit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Lanugage majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 19 76) and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are done in a Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 19 7 5 ) 372 ORIENTATdON TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE AND CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 19 76) 373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 360 EDDA AND SAGA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology 495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON EXPERIENCE See under Department of History. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist This major is particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for certifications are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July 1, 1 9 7 9 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser, or the Education Department for further details. The Social Science major is also recommended for others, such as pre-law students who desire a broad major in this area. This major consists of 1 4 courses, which may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses in history; a distribution of these courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged at least 4 of these courses must be upper division and one a seminar; 2 courses in political science; 4 courses: 1 each in geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 1 5 8 or 3 8 4 , Sociology 3 6 5 or 3 6 2 . 3 6 3 ; Economics 3 7 9 or 4 9 5 ) B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362, 363 or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. 1 course in geography; 1 course in anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses in the methodology of the Social Sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362, 363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other courses in economics, political science, and sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. For a Social Science major with a Non-Western emphasis to meet the requirements of the State of Minnesota for a high school teacher of the social studies, there must be among the courses taken at least 7 courses in history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least 2 courses in history and 2 courses in political science: History 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Political Science 351, 353, 461, 363, 382, 495, 499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355. 1 course in each of geography, anthropology, statistics; 11 courses in history, political science, and economics, with at least 3 in each discipline and at least 5 upper division courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158, 160, 350, 351 , 353, 461. 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course in the methodology of the social Sociology and Social Work - Sociology Chairman: Robert Grams MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375 and 485. Completion of Graduate Record Examination in sociology. [Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship independent study or upper division interim course in sociology.] This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e,, 300 and above) HONORS MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairman before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 3 0 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a candidate if helshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Aubsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending on needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 3 6 3 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 3 6 2 . (Prereq.: Soc. 3 6 2 or #. Spring.) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors, (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121. Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "gr.oupn, its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic Interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych 1 0 5 . Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an ecosystem; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as an important learning laboratory. 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 1 2 1. Spring) The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student is not interested in a professional social work position. Core program consists of psychology 105, and either psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 or sociology 3 7 5 ; sociology 1 2 1 , 231, 3 6 5 , and 3 8 3 ; and social work 257 (optional and if available), 3 5 1 , 352, 3 5 3 , 461, 463, and 4 6 7 . Students may take up to 1 5 courses in the Department of Sociology and Social Work. Re~ommendedcourses are: one CHR; economics 122; political science 121 or 1 2 2 or 3 2 5 or 3 2 6 ; psychology 3 6 2 . Specializations in social work are available by appropriate selection of field experience and selection of a course as follows: for Aging, social work 372; for Corrections, sociology 373; and for a youth, sociology 2 5 5 (Summer School). 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 12 1 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Anthony R. Wagner MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the BA program unless there are definite plans not to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same courses as specified for the BS except that Sociology 231 is not required and only one of Social Work 461 or 4 6 3 is required. Students may take a second major, but cannot take a Social Work Specialization. A maximum of 1 3 courses in Sociology and Social Work is allowed. SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED FOR PREPARATION FORGRADUATESTUDY IN SOCIAL WORK: Broad preparation in all areas of social science with at least one course in each social science is recommended if graduate training in social work is considered. The following are highly recommended: Economics 1 2 2 ; Political Science (one or more) 121, 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 , 325, and 3 2 6 ; Psychology 3 6 1 and 362; and Sociology 241, 3 7 3 , and 3 7 5 . SPECIALIZATIONS: One specialization may be taken in the BS major. The department has capability of offering specializations in Aging, Crime and Corrections, and Youth. A specialization consists of one Sociology course descriptive of dysfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in two senior year Social Work courses in the area of specialization. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hourslweek as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim) 363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods (a lecture-discussion session and a laboratory session) and 6 - 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: 3 6 1, Junior, Fall) 362 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE Seminars consisting of an introduction to social policy formulation and analysis associated with the delivery of services in selected areas of social work practice. Examination of the development and impact of policy in such areas as mental retardation, chemical dependency, youth, aging, and public welfare and social security. Field experience of 1 6 hours per week. (Prereq.: 36 1, and junior, or #. Interim) 361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the role of social work in them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of the various programs and services of the welfare system; the profession of social work; exploration into the future of welfare. Two class periods and 6 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS AND SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Refinement of practice skills in direct service social work through field practice, seminar analysis, and regular class work. Examination of the alternatives, modes and subrnethods in social work. Some emphasis upon development of an eclectic practice style. Attention to professionalism and futurism in social work. 6 - 8 hours of field work, 2 hours lecture per week. (Prereq. : 353 or #, Fall. NOTE: Corrections specialists: Prereq. Soc. 3 73, or #, Spring. Non-majors in this section 4 6 1 meet one extra class period per week.) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3 ) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Fall) 467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional social worker in selected social welfare agency with arranged reflective seminars. (Prereq.: 46 1 or 4 6 3 and major.) Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3 . 0 0 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examinatiqn in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 11 6 and 4 7 6 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Communication Arts COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 3 4 2 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 9 9 and English 21 9. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 1 1 1 ; Philosophy 130: Psychology 105; Sociology 1 1 1 , 3 7 5 . Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 1 1 1 , Psychology 1 0 5 , Sociology 11 1 , and Philosophy 1 3 0 . COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses. SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved by department. English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 courses, including 1 1 1 , 241 or 243, 3 5 1 or 3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 . Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 1 1 1 and six of the following: 241 or 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 and participation in forensics. 11 1 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art. 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English. 225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II See under Department of Art. 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See under Department of English. 242 FILM-MAKING See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Fall, Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY and communication. (Fall) See under Department of Political Science. 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Spring) Theater Arts THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 228. 232. 3 6 0 , 361 , 366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in drarntic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective group functioning. (Fall) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, lighting and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 courses, including 11 1 , 116, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 3 6 0 , 361, 366, 4 6 7 , 476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. f SP rin g) 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics in speech THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 11 1 , 228, 232, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , one of the following: 241 , 243, 4 7 6 , and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 2 courses. 11 1 . 228, 232, 241 or 2 4 3 , 351 or 355, 3 5 2 , 354. 360. 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 361 THEATER HISTORY Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for elementary and secondary school teachers and recreation leaders. (Fall) An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 228 STAGECRAFT Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper division students only. (Spring) Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Fall) 366 STAGE DIRECTION 399 INTERNSHIP 232 ACTING Consult Department Chairman for details. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design, and sign, a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year; (the contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1975-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,906 Summer Session, 1976. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 0 Summary of Graduates Graduates, 1870-19 7 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,315 Graduates, 1976 (August 31, 1975-May 18, 1976) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970. University of Wisconsin (French), Department Chairman COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , Northwestern University BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 5 4 , Northwestern University, Department Chairman CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D, 1 9 6 2 , Union Theological Seminary ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET ANDERSON, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1 9 4 2 , Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1 9 6 3 , Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972. University of Minnesota KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 0 , University of Minnesota *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion *MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct Instructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1 9 4 8 , Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1 9 7 0 , Luther Theological Seminary JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Indiana University, (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) *RANDALL CASPER, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1 9 7 6 , Augsburg College CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 5 , University of Minnesota BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 2 9 , The Hartford Seminary TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California - Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMIN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , Yale University *LIV DAHL, Adjunct Instructor in Norwegian, M.A. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 0 , University of Minnesota F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Duke University BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Arizona State University, Department Chairman GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota *JOHN ECKBERG, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), M.M. 1 9 7 3 , Catholic University of America 'EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1 9 5 6 , Manhattan School of Music MARK ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 6 , University of Minnesota *ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 0 , Colorado State University, Department Chairman *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Northwestern University NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , Penn State University MARK FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman STEPHEN M . GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Chicago BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Executive Assistant to the President and Director of Planning, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968. University of Minnesota *STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Communications ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women *JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , Southern Illinois University DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota *DEBORAH SUE HANSEN, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1 9 7 3 , Augustana College LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 5 0 , New York University MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1 9 6 1 , William Mitchell College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 0 , The Hartford Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1 9 5 6 , University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 6 2 , University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 5 4 , University of Minnesota *CARLA HOWERY, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , St. Olaf College ERVIN INNIGER, Instructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities, M.S. 19 7 5 , St. Cloud State University, (Head Basketball Coach) I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 6 , University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Assistant to the Dean and Director of Summer School, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Washington GLEN W . JOHNSON, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, B.S.E. 1 9 5 2 , University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1 9 5 9 , Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1 9 5 8 , Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of Minnesota, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , Columbia University (French) AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959. University of Minneosta, (Director of Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 4 1 , University of Minnesota ALVIN KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) "ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn) BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota *ROY H. LA FAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota *ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.S. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota PAMELA S. LARSON, Instructor in Nursing, M.S. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass) LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1 9 5 1 , University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Nebraska *ANN MEISSNER, Associate Professor of Nursing, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Wisconsin, M.P.H. 1 9 6 9 , University of California - Berkeley DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1 9 7 1 , University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota *HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Wisconsin JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L1.D. 1 9 4 4 , University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) 'JON E. MONDA, Lecturer in Music Education, B.Mu.Ed. 1 9 6 5 , Mac Phail College of Music CAROL MORK, lnstructor in Education, M.A.T. 1 9 6 9 , Reed College *GEORGE MOUDRY, Lecturer in Sociology. M.S.W. 1 9 5 8 , Catholic University ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 8 , University of Minnesota *R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Chicago RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota *GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (American Studies) NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , Indiana University, Department Chairman 'CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1 9 6 3 , Boston University JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, B.A., 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D, 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M S. 1 9 6 3 , University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 5 , University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 6 , Marquette University, Department Chairman *DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1 9 6 8 , University of Cincinnati, Department Chairman LA VONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 5 3 , Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota "ALICE PREVES, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1 9 6 4 , University of Illinois - Urbana MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 5 2 , University of Minnesota PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 5 8 , Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , Northwestern University STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota (Spanish) *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Exeter (England) LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1 9 6 5 , Gettysburg College D.Mus. 1 9 6 5 , Lakeland College, (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) *IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1 9 4 3 , University of Illinois, and M.A, 1 9 6 1 , University of Minnesota *DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1 9 6 2 , University of Heidelberg (Germany) *DANA SKOGLUND, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Piano), B.M. 1975, Augsburg College *EMMA SMALL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Voice) *NANCY SOLI, Assistant Volleyball Coach, B.A. 1 9 7 5 , Augsburg College *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1 9 6 6 , Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) *CARROLL I. STEIN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct Instructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Brass), M.M.Ed., 1964, University of Minnesota *PAUL THOMAS, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 5 8 , University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1 9 3 4 , American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1 9 2 7 , American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (MetroUrban Studies) ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of SociologylSocial Work, M.S.W. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist-in-Residence (Flute), B.A. 1 9 3 8 , Macalester College DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , Bowling Green State University PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Assistant to the President. . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Collegepastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson Bruce Gildseth Lowell Brandt FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services and Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Auxiliary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,IceArena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Manager, Ice Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GroundsSupervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burton P. Fosse Wayne Pederson Eugene Ecklund Carl Stromer Douglas P. Wasko Robert Gores Herald Johnson Charles Gerster Mildred Nelson Therese Morrison Michael Walgren James Carey Joseph Roberts Edwin Hovey Dennis Easley ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Deanofthecollege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . AssistanttotheDean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HeadLibrarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Audio Visual Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FineArtsManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charles Anderson F. Mark Davis Mildred Joel Beverly Wegge Marjorie Sibley James Olson Louise McColl Cynthia Mandl DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Institutional Advancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson Sigvald Hjelmeland Donald A. Christenson Jeroy Carlson Irene Steenson a . PUBLIC RELATIONS Coordinator of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darralu Lindholm Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stella Rosenquist Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Mattos ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel Jennifer Harvey Kathryn Lange Raymond Dahlof Leslie Samuelson STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Tod Hanson Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Olsson Director of Student Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joel Mugge Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder Head Resident, Mortensen and Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . Debra Bergh ........................ .................................. ......................... ................ . .......... Academic Administration 27 Academic Life................................. -12 Accreditation 7 Administration ................................. 97 Admission to the College 22 Advanced Placement 23 AdvancedStanding ............................. 2 3 American Studies 32 Anthropology .84 Art. Department of -3-2 Bachelor of Music Degree 17, R 3 Biology. Department of -34 Board. Cost of ................................. - 2 5 Business Administration 38 Business Education ............................ -30 Calendar 12 Campus 7 CampusMap 8 -41 Chemistry. Department of Chinese 51 Classification .................................. 31 Communications 87 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -62 Conservation of Human 15 Resources (CHR) Corrective Therapy 1 5 70 Courses of Study 31 -32 Course Descriptions 32 31 Credit by Examination Degrees ...................................... 1 7 Divisional Organization 27 Early Admission ................................ 23 Early Decision 23 East Asian Studies .............................. 43 Economics .................................... 3 9 Education. Department of 43 Education. Elementary 44 Education. Secondary ........................... 4 5 Engineering 1 5 . 47 English. Department of .......................... 4 8 Enrollment 89 Expenses 25 12. 9 0 Faculty ................................... Financial Aid -24 Financial Information -25 Five College Cooperative ......................... 1 5 Foodservice 19 51 French ForeignLanguages ............................. 51 25 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements 12 Geography .................................... 59 53 German Grading ...................................... 29 89 Graduates (1870.1975) Graduates. Summary of 89 27 Graduation Requirements Graduation With Distinction 30 ............................... .................................. ............................. .................... .......................... ......................... ...................................... ...................................... ................................... ....................... ....................................... ............................... . ............. .............................. .......................... . ........................... ............................. ........................... .......................... .................................. ........................ ........................... ............................... .................................... ..................................... ................................. ........................... ................................... ........................................ ........................ .................. .................................... ........................... .......................... ........................ ...................... Greek ........................................ 55 HealthEducation 72 History of Augsburg College ...................... 8 History Department of 57 Honors Program ................................ 1 7 Housing 19 Identification .................................. 6 Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 Inter-Institutional Programs 14 Intercollegiate Athletics 18 Journalism ................................... -87 Library Science ................................ 4 R Location 6 Majors ........................................ 12 Mathematics. Department of 60 Medical Technology ......................... 15 €32 Metro-Urban Studies 62 Metro-Urban Studies 17 Internship Program (MUSIP) Music. Department of ............................ 63 Music Therapy ................................. 6 5 6 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg Natural Science 67 New Dimensions Program ........................ 19 Norwegian 55 Numbering of Courses ........................... 31 Nursing 67 Personnel of the College 97 Pre-Professional Training 13 Philosophy Department of 68 Physical Education 70 Physics Department of .......................... 7 2 Political Science Department of 74 Probation and Dismissal ........................ - 2 8 Psychology. Department of 77 Recreation 18 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 Registration -28 Religion. Department of .......................... 7 9 Religious Life .................................. 1 8 Room Costs -25 Scandinavian Area Studies ....................... 81 Social Science Majors ........................... 8 2 Social Work .................................... 85 Sociology. Department of -83 Spanish ....................................... 5 6 -87 Speech. Department of Student Life ................................... 1 8 18 Student Services ............................... Summer School 17 Study Abroad .................................. - 1 7 Symbol(#) 31 . 3 2 88 Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Major 89 Transfer to Augsburg 22 25 Tuition and Fees ................................ 7 Visiting the Campus ............................... ........................... . ...................................... . ............ ....................... .......................... ...................................... ...................... . ............................ .................... ................. ................................ .................................... ....................................... ......................... ........................ ........................ . . .............................. . ................... ....................... .................................... .................................. .................................. ........................ .......................... ................................ ................................. ................................... .......................... ............................ ............................. Academic Calendar For 1977-78 (Tentative: Subject to Change) Fall Semester 1977 Sept. 6-7 Sept. 8 Sept. 21 Oct. 2 4 Nov. 2 3 Nov. 2 3 NOV.24-27 Nov. 2 8 Dec. 1 4 Dec. 1 5 Dec. 16-21 Dec. 22-Jan. 2 Registration and Welcome Days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Reading Day Final Examinations Christmas Holidays lnterim 1978 Jan. 3 Jan, 27 Jan. 31 lnterim Begins lnterim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1 978 Feb. 1 Feb. 1 4 Mar. 1 7 Mar. 18-Mar. 26 Mar. 2 7 Apr. 21 May 1 2 May 15-18 May 21 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1988
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1988
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1988 ...................... .................... .......................... November 2-6 .Interim Registration December 7 .Late Interim Registration January4 .First Day of Interim Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1 p.m. January5 .Last Day for Cancel/Add January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses January29 .Interim Ends February 2 .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 3 .Spring Semester Begins ..................... . ............................... ........ ...................... The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock. About this Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the 26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are available in the same office. - Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1.Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Lourses Art d Li e Drawing A T 247-48001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 J PlantsUand Civilization BIO 102-48002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 1 Biological Evolution BIO 107-48003 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisite: High School biology Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 212 Business H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility o Business f; B S 270-48004 Instructor: Dick Herzog In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior. Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action, truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so on. There will be lectures, discussions and probably some guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays on assigned topics. There will be a final examination. Prerequisite: Ethics recommended Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Management Simulation Games BUS 278-48071/378-48072 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be able to apply business concepts learned. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and ECO 112 or permission of instructor Room: Psych 3 Time: I1 " Chemistry ' fur Changing Times CHE 100-48005 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Chemistry in Health CHE 120-48006 Instructor: John Holum This course will progress from a study of basic principles of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-48061 Instructor: Jean C. Kung This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 319 Computer Science f7 ~ort;an CSC 270-48007 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Economics Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-48008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.) Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban Concerns Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Planned Economies (Soviet Union, Yu oslavia, India) 8 EC 495-48009 Instructor: Satya Gupta Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic problems of these countries. Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper. Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Education Student Teaching EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014 EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015 EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016 EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through the Ages ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025 Instructor: Joan Griffin "Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king who ever lived, Arthur of Britain. But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead, he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the world has need of a leader as great as he. In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur). King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he become throughout the centuries7 Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred, Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail and Excalibur. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a class discussion and write a long paper based on additional readings. Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-48019 Instructor: John Mitchell Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by preference. This course will examine the language of rock and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their cultural implications and themes. Students will be required to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals. Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Five College Advanced Short Fiction Writing ENG 362-48058 Instructor: Carol Bly This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged. We will explore sophisticated means of writing short American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot, sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can manage. Grades will be based on writing, class participation and evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles. Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing and permission of Professor John Mitchell Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E French Beginning French FRE 111-48057 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course works toward the discovery of French culture and the French way of life. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction t o Yiddish GER 220-48070 Instructor: Don Steinmetz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7 They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL ri~~,a Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Phwsical Education II Recreational Rhythms and Activities PE 232-48022 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and alternate Fridays Room: Melby H Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48023 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the student to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam. Prerequisite: Instructor's permission Distribution: Lifetime sport Beiltg H14man INS 18848063 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves. The course will emphasize reading original sources from various historical periods, and frequent written interaction with those readings. Several short papers plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 24 Images of America: From Wilderness Forest to Urban Sprawl EVE INS 188-48064 Instructor: Ron Palosaari When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee the city and escape its problems by going back to nature. In this course we will study some works of literature and other texts that will help us understand how we got our attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and then study some of the development of American ideas about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two and have several guest speakers. Texts: L. Mumford, The City in History, selections I Plato, The Republic, selection Bible, selections Augustine, The City of God, selections R.W.Emerson, "Nature" H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux" E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd" S . Crane, Maggie J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain J.C. Oates, Them Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Leadership in the City flz/E INS 188-48065 Instructor: Richard Nelson It has often been observed that leadership cannot be taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this course we will study leadership within the context of the city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will view the ancient and modern city and selected problems within urban culture which require the development of various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this material will be historical in nature. The third week of the course will be devoted to time spent observing the city. Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition, you will work in teams to view the life of the city and formulate questions and observations about the nature of our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in class. During the course you will write four short papers (3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the city, and write three short exams. Each component, the short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in discussions will count 10% of your final grade. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 16 1 H Urban Theatre and Art 11v,C INS 188-48065 4 Instructor: Julie Bolton The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others. The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/ real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/ healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic, Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History. Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page critical reviews will be written and shared with the group as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Interdisciplinary Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the World of Work INS 299-486% Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation. Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 11). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll. Women, Men and the Bible INS 181-48027 Instructor: Bev Stratton Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and relationships of women and men in the family and in the church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society? We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project. Prerequisites: An open mind Distribution: urban/women/minority Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Politics and Process in Education INS 183-48053 Instructor: Norm Ferguson Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of the formal education you are experiencing? How have the educational methods you have been exposed to shaped your view of yourself and the world7 The objectives of this course are to examine the processes used today in American education (from elementary school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological, sociological). The content of the courses will include topics such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the alternative approaches to education being used currently in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one class presentation. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: Psych 2 The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in the Computer Age INS 185-38029 Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we will examine these questions: Are human beings in some sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7 Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay items. Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt INS 262-480 Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings, lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants will meet with people and organizations representing the countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800 from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from January 7 through January 24. Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30. Mathematics Shaping Up MAT 151-48056 Instructor: Bev Durkee A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry. The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations at midterm and final. Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 112 H Math of Interest MAT 173-48062 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 H The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-48028 Instructor: Larry Copes Lower-division mathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: Science 205 Music E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-48033 Instructor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students planning to major in music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 26 E Improvisation in Music MUS 129-48032 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Time: I1 Room: Music 4 The Electronics of Music MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031 Instructor: Robert KarlCn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Norwegian Be inning Norwegian g NO 111-48034 Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and , a final examination. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Nursing Pends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-48035 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Philosophy Readings in Mystical Literature: The Western Padition PHI 390-48036 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the various forms of mystical experience based on discussions of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by short papers and final examination. This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a perspectives course. Time: I Room: Memorial 323 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-48037 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? For example, what does science have to say about values? These and other questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge, and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and an individual study project. Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and one course in natural science Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Phusics ~&oduction to Weather PHY 106-48040 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 123 The Physics of Music PHY 112-48038 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 The Starship Accords PHY 180-48039 Instructor: Mark Engebretson You have been selected to participate in the establishment of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during flight to: A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable for colonization. B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of the new colony. C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community. Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the above and on two short quizzes. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library 1 Po Iitical Science II Patterns of Change in the Middle East POL 268-38068/468-48069 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics and international relations while examining Middle East political life. Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power and political concepts. How ideas and social movements confront each other amidst rapid technological and social change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in the region. All students will read an introductory text and select from recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel, Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All students will give oral critiques of two books from the set of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries. Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An additional final essay applying comparative theory to two Middle East countries will be required for upper division students. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 H Political Economy POL 459-48041 Instructor: Joseph Goldman This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political science and economics, we will look at the concepts, models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate, GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement are covered. Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case study or policy study in consultation with the instructor. The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the total grade. Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science or economics Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Psych 3 Ps ycilology H Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-48042 Instructor: Paul Hirdman Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understanding and insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: Psychology 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-48043 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 27 The ~ u t h e r a n Heritage REL 345-48044 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in class on the second day. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-48052 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Social Work Ex loring Human Services SJ K 257-48055 Instructor: Francine Chakolis This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Melby 24 Issues of Hornelessness SWK 339-48051 Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal. 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Psych 2 H Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-48059 Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern - ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal social policies. These policies have established services available to all citizens in health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social policy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 23 in The International Center, Old Main 20. Field Work III SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046 Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-48047 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, written assignments, and/or examinations. Distribution: Urban/Minority Time: I Room: Old Main 25 .- Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-48048 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selections from different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one novel and a number of poems. Student evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Speech, Communication, Theatre Children's Theater SPC 285-48049 Instructor: Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary. Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage Two H Television News Production SPC 344-48050 Instructor: Warren Harmon This will be a basic course in television news production taught on location. Students will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a television studio. Students should have some previous TV coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information. Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton Time: I Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23, 1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside H The English School and Family H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century: Modernity and Tradition H German Language and Culture H The Greek Experience H Hawaii: A Cultural History H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier International Law and Business in a European Environment H The Irish Renaissance H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary Problems H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and Power Mexico: The Old and the New H From Monastery to Manufacturing: The Dawn of Capitalism The Natural History of New Zealand Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts H The Vikings These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-48073 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washin on D. C. Interims ? Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-48073 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-48074 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in his class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-48067 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F Room: Melby
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72 Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70 I I FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970 June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. .................... Fri. Final registration and beginning of cl...
Show more Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72 Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70 I I FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970 June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. .................... Fri. Final registration and beginning of classes Final examinations M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. .................... Classes begin Final examinations ...................... SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970 July 17 ................. July 20 Aug. 14 .................. .................. ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 4 ..................... Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . . WINTER TERM Dec.1 ..................... Dec. 2 ................. Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. .......... Jan.4,7:45a.m. ........... Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 2 2 . . .................. Feb. 23 .................... Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ........... March 3-9 ................. SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 10 .................. March 16 .................. April 7,9:00 p.m. .......... April 13,7:45 a.m. ......... May5 ..................... May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 19 .................... May21 .................... May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May30 .................... .... Fri.-Tues. ................ Tues., Wed, .............. Thurs. ................... Wed. .................... Wed. .................... Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. .................... Wed.-Tues. Wed.-Tues. ............... Freshman Welcome Week Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Thanksgiving recess Tues. .................... Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. .................... Fri. ...................... Mon. .................... Tues. .....-......-....... M o n ..................... Tues. .................... Wed.-Tues. .............. Wed.-Tues. .............. Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Christmas recess begins Classes resume Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Term break Tues. .................... Wed. .................... Tues. .................... Wed. .................... Tues. .................... Wed. ................... Fri. ...................... Wed. .................... Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Easter recess begins Classes resume Spring pre-registration Last day for cancelling classes Cap and gown day Last day of classes Final examinations Baccalaureate, Commencement ............... Fri. ...................... Mon.-Fri. ................ Sun. ..................... Academic Calendar FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1 ...................... June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and Beginning of classes Holiday Final examinations S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1 July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M o n....................... Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Final examinations ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72 FALL TERM Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N o . .............. N0v.p .................... NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . . ... N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2 1.. 7"" WINTER TERM Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F e b . M d p 3 - 3 ......... kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b T W ~ I .lYI.\ .IL'VE 1 K 1 P ---. I. 1 2 3 l'GI I JL 1 ...................... Tucs. Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Easter recess begins , Classet resyne,;, Spring pre-registration Last day for cancelling classes Cap and gown day Last day of classes Final examinations Baccalaureate, Commencement Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . . ..........--.......-.. Tues. Wed. ...................... Tues....................... Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. % ....................... Wed. ...................... Fri. ....................... Mon-Fri. .................. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lq-I ! ..................... Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S M T W T F nr'TORTR 1971 SEPTEilRER 1 9 2 t"T1 Al1(;li- 910 6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8 11213 13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617 20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 35 26 27 23 P.30 31 1 9P( T\IFlEH 1 . 1 Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Christmas recess begins Classes resume Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Term break Mon. SS H T W T F S 1 T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. ...................... Mon....................... SPRING TERM March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . March 14 . . . . . . . , ........ March 29,9:00 p.m. ........ April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . . May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May5 ..................... May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . . May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Freshman Welcome Week Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Thanksgiving recess Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr i. ....................... / ' S Fri.-Tues. ................. Tues., Wed. ............... Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed. ...................... Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues. ................ Wed.-Tues. ................ s f 1314 51617 8 910111213114 ~ 1 M T W T F NOVEMBER 1971 IMIWT-F-S S SLT-W-T-PS . 1 2,314 5 6 7 8 91011 3 1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10 22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17 2'3'30 31 1 1 . I,, FEBKI' Z H I I'I': 242728230 I 1. MARCH 1972 2425262718330212030 31 APRIL 1'1": \ l A Y lq7> Mile 6 AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES O F STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus. GENERAL INFORMrK>N Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South at 7% Street. Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181. AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS To contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which i s appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s an observation lounge at the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. LIBRARY FACILITIES The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000 volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff. Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room. A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of 750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University, the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72 R t/ TUITION ($1.650) New freshmen, transfer. or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or $550 per quarter. Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term. $45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying 1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour. Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students carrying more than 18 credits per term are charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science, $20. Student Teaching, $SO. Improvement of Reading, $25. Music Lessons (10 per term). $45. Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day): Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5. Cinema Arts. $1 0. BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020) For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per quarter) partial or full board. For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per quarter) partial or full board. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week; a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week (excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday, for $68 per quarter. Linen service, required in residence halls. approximately $30 per year. FEES, required but not refundable or transferable: General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper. admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students. OTHER COSTS Change in registration after first three days of classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration after classes begin: $5 per day. Graduation Fee: $1 5. Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy. $1. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according t o schedule on file. Students required t o enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. Books and supplies are available from the bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a charge account.basis. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Fees and costs are subject t o minor adjustments. DEPOSITS Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; t o be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied t o the tuition charge (under early decision program. payment is due January 1 ). Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students, $25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge. Not refundable. Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0 Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due August 20, November 20, and February 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a service charge of $25 per year. No student is permitted t o register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides t o cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term. the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial Aid in the form of scholarships, Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and employment is available. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required t o submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship Service. designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required t o submit a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form each year. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable $1 500 a year and renewable for four years. for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 All applicants must take the National Merit (C average). Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for state financed scholarships and grants while atselor. tending Augsburg College. Applications must be obtained through the high school counselor. The Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable with outstanding high school records and high for four years. scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 t o full tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband, of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music. vidual's interests, abilities, and character. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry. tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and $2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability. fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and department. academic achievement. SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student ship Committee of the College. who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships Preference is given to such students from Chetek each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or tries. These scholarships may be awarded in the Northern Wisconsin District of the American amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition. Lutheran Church. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year t o upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds given by friends and family t o honor the memory of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career. ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran one year's full tuition for a student from Norway Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student way set up for this purpose. selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students. tory with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award. in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award- ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical education. . . ~ ~- - Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teachIng. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth. former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue higher education without assistance. The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne. business administrator of the college from. 1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually t o selected students preparing for Christian service. 'I. ?ii. I The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically t o an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan t o continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement. a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota. The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An annual award of one or more scholarships will be made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre- paring for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse. professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually t o a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis- try at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by the Federal Government. The grants vary from $ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial need as determined by C.S.S. The grants are restricted t o students taking a full time load and are renewable for four years. -- LOAN FUNDS National Defense Student Loans established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year. September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment begins nine months after graduation or leaving school. United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which an educational loan is obtained directly from a bank or other commercial lender. The federal government guarantees the loan t o the lender and assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine months after graduation or leaving school. Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic year. Applications are available in the Office of the Dean of Students. State Loan Programs are provided by some states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state regardless of where they attend college. Applications for these loans must be obtained from the specific state agency that is responsible for administering the program. These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. The college also participates in the federally financed College Work Study Program. Under this program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work per week during the academic year and the job must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school. type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduation class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have at least 12 academic credits in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four credits of English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign language, social studies. mathematics, and science. A credit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer t o be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. required t o make the $100 tuition deposit within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies t o the cost of tuition. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges t o send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. A student can apply before taking the SAT. See your counselor about registering for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey. Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT. 4. An interview on campus is encouraged. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted t o the Office of Admissions. Applications may be obtained by visiting. writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1. the class may be filled well in advance of this date. Students applying under the Early Decision Program which is described below will receive the admissions decision about December 1. All other applicants will be notified concerning admission about two weeks after their application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit is due before April 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after April 1 are EARLY DECISION An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December I . After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed. has been provided, the student must agree t o withdraw applications made t o other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. EARLY ADMISSION An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with a college course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for early admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of his junior year. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory. and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg College will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College-Level Examinations offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar. CAMPUS LIFE CAMPUS LIFE There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom, laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus. RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student. who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services. both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered. including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom experience and t o enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances, talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall. The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports center. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities. and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research experiences in various areas of chemistry. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education. Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement. Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity t o participate actively in local. state and national politics. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper classmen. The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries. The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of social service. The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent, agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness of the problems and concerns in politics and education. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS ' . q.. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally t o Canada. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program, gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests. skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests. and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the College Center for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading. student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least t w o years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election t o membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and scholarship. The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship, leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the whole man. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College. Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service. Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available t o them as they meet the problems of daily life. A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information. The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies. including the constitutions, activities and schedules. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the campus. Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students. w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged t o enroll i n this course. HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred t o them. Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1. All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing. Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Office of the Director of Housing. All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options. Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available t o students living in houses. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1. All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement fee. STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the College Master Calendar is also kept by the office. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. Completion of a major. A total of 180 quarter credits. At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply toward the major. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work at Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 4 History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................................................... 5 Religion 11 Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25 Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 4 Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the sophomore, junior, and/or senior years. The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12: (2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations. t:. The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech 41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings. Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement. The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement. If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make a total of four terms. .his I Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics, or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation. In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15. or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Classical Languages Economics Economics and Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech. Communication, and Theater Arts Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year. A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek, Latin, and Library Science. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: ... Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+ . -3.49+ Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 grade average grade average grade average To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very . good. 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit f ........................................................ - . . . . . . . . . . .Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete .. W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may be cancelled after the eighth week of classes. A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing. CLASSIFICATION In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours and grade points: Sophomore Junior Senior Credits 36 84 130 Grade Points 72 168 260 Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are part-time students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation: Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5 Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6 Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8 Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0 A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed above, If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation until the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness. the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAM INATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination. Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and bring it t o the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are r t:. .his '. I interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of.the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade-point average of at least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. - THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. 2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. 3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. 4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. 5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. 6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being planned. In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer with the chairmen of these departments. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's credits in the Augsburg Summer School. In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20 through August 14. In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours. Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe availability of desired courses, and, depending the date of application, may. .permit reduced - upon . .. tuition charges. For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions, interested persons should write to: Summer School Office / Augsburg College / Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 . .-- raw d . ,- & ..& w: . . M 'M ,- I . . - . . II. i r .--. I - - . . ,. - -2 I i , . . . A I m -&,. - 1- m=F d f W'".@a""'lrl -d -k -gH& f ' 1- hn ma- CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives or Major H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Philosophy Speech-Communication Electives or Major I Cr. 5 4 5-6 1/3 Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 5 - 5 1/3 1/3 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4-5 16 12 12 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Natural Science or Math Fine Arts Pol. Sci. or Economics Electives or Major SENIOR Religion Electives or Major Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - 4 - - 4 6 6 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 15 12 15 AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language History 21,22 H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech-Communication Fine Arts Religion 63* History 55* Psychology 81' Sociology 58,* 59* Philosophy 65* Electives (non-major) *Electives in the major program Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4-5 - - 4 - - 5 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20,* 21 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 5 4 4 5 Term SENIOR Religion 60* Political Sci. 56* History 56* Education 87* English 82* Political Sci. 22* American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) 1 I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 r = - 4 4 - 4, 4 -- 4 - i s & - 4-6 + - ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN Religion II English 11,12 Foreign Lang. History I Art 7,8 Art 13,12 Sociology II H. P.E. 1,2,3 I Cr. 5 5 2 4 lh Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5 4 2 4 1/3 5 5 ; 4 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Lang. Natural Sci. or Math Philosophy Art 21 Art 18,55 History 2 History 61 Electives JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Art 87,88 Art 50,67 History 3 Speech-Communication Music 30 History 21,22 Electives - 4 4 4 4 4-5 4 - 5 - Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Art 86,68,78 Art 98 History 71,95 Art 99 Electives 4 - - 5 8 Term I I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 - 5 5 4 4 - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 8 4 4 4 3 - - - 4 4 4 4 ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion II English l l , 1 2 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Art 7,8 Art 13,12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 - 5 - 5 5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 JUNIOR Teim I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr Art 88,86,87 Art 50,67 H. P.E. 10 Education 50,58 Education 52,53,54 Education 62,59 Music 30 Elective 5 5 4 4 4 0 4 4 4 - 0 2 4 - 4 5 2 0 3 - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Natural Sci. or Math. Philosophy Speech-Communication Art 21 Art 18,55 Psychology 5 Elective SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83,87 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Art 68,99 Art 78 Electives Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 4 5 4 - 4 - 4-5 - 4 4 - 4 - - 5 4 . - Term I I1 Ill Cr.. Cr. Cr. 10 5 - - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 3 8 BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the fall term. FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Chemistry 5 , 6 Biology l l , l 2 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 6 6 6 6 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Speech-Communication Foreign Language Fine Arts Education 50,59,74 Education 52,53,54 Biology 67 Biology Electives - 4 4 4 0 4 - 5 - 4-5 4 - 5 0 0 5-6 5-6 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Psychology 5 H. P.E. 10 Chemistry 23 Mathematics 40 Biology Elective Biology 72 Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. I - - 5 - 5 5 5 5 6 - - - - - 5 - - 6 6 SENIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 83,87 Education 84 Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Biology Electives Biology 91,93 Elective 5 4 - 10 4 - - 4 6 5-6 1 1 4-6 - - BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is suggested for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully in accordance with plans for the future. At least one term of botanical work is recommended and Biology 72 is required. Careful planning is essential. This specific program should not be considered as the best possible, schedule for all students. If Chemistry 5, 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 1 5 , 1 6 , the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the winter term. FRESHMAN Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Chemistry 15,16 Biology 11,12 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 6 6 6 6 - SOPHOMORE Religion Speech-Communication Chemistry 51,52 Mathematics 40,41,42 Biology Elective Biology 72 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4-5 6 6 5 5 6 - 5 5 6 - JUNIOR Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Physics 21,22,23 Biology Electives Elective Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 - 5 5 5 5-6 5-6 - 4-6 SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Philosophy Biology Electives Biology 91,92,93 Biology 99 Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 6 1 - - 5 4 4-5 5-6 1 1 - 3-5 - 6-8 M A J O R I'N BUSINESS A D M l NlSTRATlON (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Business Ad. 31 Speech-Communication Economics 51 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 5 - - - 5-6 5-6 - 5 4 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - - 5 - 4 - - 5 - 4-5 - 12 5 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 61 Business Ad. 62,63 Economics 22,23 Philosophy Fine Arts SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 or 84 Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 - 5 5 4 - - 5 5 5 - - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 5 12 12 12 5 M A J O R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Term I I I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History I , 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E.1,2,3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 5 5-6 5-6 lh 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22,23 Philosophy Speech-Communication Fine Arts Business Ad. 61 4 4 4-5 4 - 5 4 4 4 1/3 5 5 4 5 5 - - 5 - - JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51 Business Ad. 62 Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 - - 4 5 8 - SENIOR Term I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Business Ad. 78 Business Ad. 73 Electives 5 5 - 10 10 15 I - 10 BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING AND OFFICE SPECIALIZATION FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1 or 2 or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Business Ed. 1 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Fine Arts Business Ad. 31 Natural Science or Math. Business Ed. 60 Philosophy Electives *Accounting Specialization **Office Specialization Term II HI I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - I 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 0 4 5 4 5 0 5 4 4 - 3 0 2 5 5 SOPHOMORE Computer Science 45 Accounting 62,63* Psychology 5 Economics 22,23 Foreign Language Business Ed. 8 Speech-Communication Busirless Ed. 10,50** SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 83 Sec. Educ. 84,87 Business Educ. 64 Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I I I III Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 . - 5 - 10 4 - 4 4-5 5 . 8 BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Economics 22,23 History 1 or 2or 3 Business Educ. 1 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Econ. 51,58,91 or 92 Sec. Education 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Business Ad. 31 Business Ed. 60 Fine Arts Philosophy Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 4 4 1 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 4 3 0 0 0 2 5 - 4 4 - 4 - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Business Ad. 1,2 Psychology 5 Computer Science 45 H. P.E. 10 Elective SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 84,87 Sec. Educ. 83 Business Ed. 64 Bus. Ed. 65, or Econ. 51 Speech-Communication Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 5 - - 5 4 5 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 4 5 - - 4 4-5 4-5 4 8 BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION and COMPREHENSIVE M A J O R FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1 or 2 or 3 Business Ed. 1,lO Sociology 11 Philosophy Fine Arts H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Business Ad. 1,2 Economics 22,23 Business Education 50 Business Educ. 60,64 Computer Science 45 *Comprehensive Major **Secretarial Specialization Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 1 5 - 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 3 4 0 0 0 2 5 5 4 4 - 5 4 4 4 - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Psychology 5 Business td. 21,22,53 Speech-Communication Business Ed. 8* Elective SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 84 Sec. Educ. 83,87 Business Ad. 31 H. P.E. 10 Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51 Electives Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 4 4 5 - 4-5 4 5 4** I Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 5 4 5 5 4-5 - - - 8 - - - CHEMISTRY M A J O R The following guide for a course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 4 6 5 5 1/3 1/3 Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15,16 Mathematics 41,42 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 6 113 JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Chemistry 61,62 Chemistry 63 Foreign Language Chemistry 91 Electives (Math., Physics) 6 5 0 4 SOPHOMORE 6 5 0 4 I Term II Ill Cr. Cr, Cr. Philosophy 23 Chemistry 51,52 Chemistry 53 Physics 21,22,23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 SENIOR 5 5 0 5 6 5 5 - 5 6 5 - 5 5 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Chemistry 81,83 Chemistry 72 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Chemistry 91 Electives 5 4 0 5 4 4 4 0 4 SOPHOMORE Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 0 - M A J O R IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English l l , l 2 , 3 5 History 1 Sociology 11 Latin 1, 2 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Electives 5 5 5 5 4 - - 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 5 - JUNIOR Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Art 83 Philosophy Speech-Communication Creek or Latin Mythology 65 Electives 4 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 Religion 21 Natural Sci. or Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Latin 3,4 Creek 11,12,13 5 4 5 5 4 5 5 4 5 SENIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Creek 99 or Latin 99 History 60 or 61 Electives - 5 - 2 4 - 12 10 16 COMMUNICATION MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Speech 11 Electives JUNIOR Fine Arts Speech 40 Speech 51 Speech 52 Sociology 75 Nat. Sci. or Math. Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 4 - - 1/3 5 4 5 1/3 - 5 1/3 4 - Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy 23 Psychology 5 Speech I 5 English 21 Electives SENIOR Religion Speech 80 Speech 87 Linguistics Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - 4 - 4 5 5 - - 5 5 4 3 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 1-5 5 5 5 15 10 DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Mathematics 40,41 Chemistry 15,16 or 5,6 H. P.E.1,2,3 Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 6 SOPHOMORE Pol. Sci. 20,21 or 22 Speech or Lit. Psychology 5 Chemistry 51,52 Physics 21,22,23 Biology 11,12 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 6 5 6 6 5 6 4 4 5 5 - ECONOMICS MAJORS The following programs are suggested courses of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statements under the Department of Bus. Ad, Econ, and Bus. Ed. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History 1 , 2 or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 I Cr. 5 4 5-6 - Term II Ill Cr. Cr. 5 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 5 10 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Fine Arts Business Ad. 1 , 2 Economics 22,23 Electives Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 4 - 5 4 4 4 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51,58 Electives Speech-Communication Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 - 4 5 5 - 5 8 4-5 SENIOR Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Economics 54 Electives - 4 15 12 15 ECONOMICS - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Combined Major) FRESHMAN Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 , or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 - 5 5 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - 10 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Fine Arts Business Ad. 1 , 2 Economics 22,23 Electives JUNIOR Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Business Ad. 78 Electives 15 Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51,58 Business Ad. 61 Speech-Communication Electives 4 5 5 - 4 5 4 5 4-5 8 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 4 - 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 15 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a-choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the Speech-Communication requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. Music 30 fulfills the fine arts requirement, and Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 (American Government) fulfills the political science-economics requirement in general education. The major in this program i s Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor area of study; an academic major i s highly recommended. The minor chosen i s subject to departmental approval. FRESHMAN Religion English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, 3 Biological Science *H. P.E. 10 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Elem. Educ. 52,53,54 **Elern. Educ. 55 **Elem. Educ. 56 Elern. Educ. 57 Elern. Educ. 61 Elem. Educ. 63 Elem. Educ. 64 **Mathematics 56 **Art 48 Elem. Educ. 58 Elective (minor) Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 - - 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 -- Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 0 0 0 (4) 4 5 (5) 2 2 - - 4 6 (4) 4 2 (2) (2) - (2) 2 4 4 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Psychology 5 **Physical Science Pol. Sci. 21,22, or 23 **Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) SENIOR Religion **Elem. Ed. 84 **Philosophy **Speech11 **Elern. Ed. 65 **Elern. Ed. 87 **Elem. Ed. 79 Elective or minor Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 - - 5 (4-6) 4-6 4 4 (4) 5 4 4 5 - Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. (4) 4 15 (15) (15) (4) 4 (4) 4 2 (2) - (4) 4 - (3) 3 (4) 8 4 *Highly recommended but not specifically required **Parenthesis indicates that course i s offered more than one term JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will need to be approved for teacher education before he can proceed in the program. He will also need to apply for student teachihg during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Biology Business Education Chemistry English (Language Arts) French German Health & Physical Education History Mathematics Music Natural Science Physical Education Physics Scandinavian Studies Social Science Spanish Speech Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. I SOPHOMORE Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - I Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History 1,2, or 3 Foreign Language Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Electives 5 5 5 5 - 4 lh 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Psychology 5 Electives - 5 4 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - 4 5 5 4 JUNIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 83 Education 84 Education 87 Electives in major 5 5 - 10 4 - 12 12 Philosophy Speech 11 Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. Methods 58-76 H. P.E. 10 Electives in major 7 - 4 4 0 0 - 5 12 8 4 3 0 2 8 ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U. of M . FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Mathematics 41,42,43 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Physics 21,22,23 5 - 5 5 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 5 5 5 SOPHOMORE Physics 61 History 1,2, or 3 Literature or Pol. Sci. Sociology, Econ. or Phil. Physics 45 Mathematics 58 Art 1 Chemistry 5,6 Speech 11 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 6 - 4 4 6 - ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 English 12 or 30,35, 40, or 45 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 - 5 5 5 5 4 4 - - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci., or Econ. Speech-Communication Philosophy Natural Science or Math. English 30,35,40,45 or Elective in the major English 60; and 21 or 22 Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - 4 5 5 5 - + 5 5 4 - JUNIOR Religion Fine Arts English 61,62,84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - 5 4 5 4 4 5 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. English 90,91, or 92 Electives* 3 12 15 15 - 5 5 *Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82,86,88,92,95; and foreign language. ENGLISH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11 English 12, or 30,35,40,45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 4 lh JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52,53,54 Education 59,65 English 61,62,55 English 72 or 74,84 Speech 60 or 66 5 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 4 4 0 5 4 - 0 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12,52 or 55 Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Natural Science or Math. English 60, 21 English 30,35,40,45, or 55 SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 H. P.E. 10 English 86 or 88 English 90,91, or 92 Library Science 75 Fine Arts Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4-5 4 - 4 - 5 5 5 4 - 5 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 3 4 - 10 5 - - - - 4 4 5 4 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Beg. Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 5-6 1/3 Religion Inter. Foreign Language Speech Philosophy Pol. Sci. or Economics Fine Arts H. P.E. lo* Electives or 56,57 5 5 5-6 1/3 5 5 4 - 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 4 4 9 4 5 - - - 5 4 5 JUNIOR Education 50*, 59* Education 52,53,54* Education 66*, 67*, or 75* Psychology 5* Conversation 55 Survey 63,64** Literature 72 or 74 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 3 0 0 0 2 5 - 5 - 5 5 - - 5 8 5 SENIOR Religion Education 84* Education 83* Education 87* Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Indep. Study 99 Electives Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 5 - - 4 I - 5 - - - - 2 - 5 2 5 5 - *Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute 92, 99 or other electives for these courses. **Courses 56,57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. BROAD M A J O R IN HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Foreign Language History l,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 43 H. P.E. 11,13 (W, M) H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 69 Pol. Sci., or Econ. H. P.E. 57* H. P.E. 51,52 H. P.E. 71,72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31' Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 5 - - 5 7 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 3 0 0 0 - - 2 6 5 2 4 4 4-5 4 - - - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Psychology 5 Biology 6 Chemistry 5 H. P.E. 31,32,23 H. P.E. 50* Fine Arts Elective SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Philosophy H. P.E. 73* H. P.E. 60* Electives Speech-Communication Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - - 5 5 - 6 5 4 5 1 4 4 -- Term II Ill Cr, Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 - 5 ; I - - - - - 4 4 - - 5 4 4 4 - 4 - *Starred courses are required for the broad maior in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY M A J O R The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of History. --- FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2,3 Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Econ. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 4 1/3 JUNIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Foreign Language History Economics Fine Arts Minor or Elective Literature 5 4 4 4 - 5 5 4 1/3 5 8 4 - 5 5 4 1/3 4 4 4 4 SOPHOMORE Term II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. I Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy Psychology 5 Natural Sci. or Math. - - 5 4 4 5 5 4 - - 5 5-6 5-6 - SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Speech-Communication 4 4 8 - 5 4 8 - 4 3 4 4 HISTORY M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2,3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 1/3 JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 70 Fine Arts Geography I 4 Political Science 20,21 H. P.E. 10 History 0 4 5 8 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 4 0 4 4 4 3 0 2 4 8 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. 4 5 5-6 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84,87 Education 83 Sociology I 2 Speech-Communication History History 95 4 5 5-6 5 4 5 - - 5 10 5 4 - 4 - 4-5 8 4 - 3 - - - - LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, English, History, Political Science. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it i s normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year at prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adviser, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS M A J O R The following course of study is suggested: FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , l 2 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Mathematics 40,41,42 or *Mathematics 41H, 42H, 43H H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Religion Mathematics 71,72,73 Philosophy Speech-Communication Computer Science 55 Electives or *Mathematics 83,84 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 - 5 - 5 4 5 - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 8 4 4-5 4 4 5 4 8 SOPHOMORE Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Sociology 11 Foreign Language Fine Arts Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43,64,67 or *Mathematics 58,64,67 SENIOR Mathematics 58,83,84 or *Mathematics 93,94,95 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 4 4 4 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 *For students with strong background in Mathematics from High School. MATHEMATICS M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following course of study i s suggested for students preparing for secondary education: FRESHMAN Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11, I2 Foreign Language History 1 , 2 , or 3 Mathematics 40,41, H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Mathematics 43,64,67 Physics or Chemistry Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - 4 5 4 5-6 5-6 4 4 - JUNIOR Religion Fine Arts Education 50,59 Speech-Communication Psychology 5 Mathematics 71,72,60 Education 52,53,54 Philosophy Computer Science 55 Education 71 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 4 3 - 4-5 5 4 4 4 0 0 0 4 - 4 - - 2 SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 Mathematics 83,84 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 4 5 4 4 5 - 8 8 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. Many modifications of this program are possible; one popular alternative is substitution of Chemistry 15, 16 for Chemistry 5, 6. In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Sociology 11 Biology 11,12 Chemistry 5,6 History 1,2, or 3 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Chemistry 53 Biology 67,72 Biology 76 Biology 71 or 73 Biology 91,92 Elective (upper division) Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - + 5 5 5 4 6 6 6 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 - 6 - 6 4 6 6 1 1 4 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Mathematics 40 (or 5) Pol. Sci. or Economics Speech-Communication Fine Arts Chemistry 23 Philosophy Physics 3 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 (5) (4) 4 - 4-5 - - 4 - - 6 4 - - 5 SENIOR Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish hospitals for 12 months. 45 crs. MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as trarislated into courses at Augsburg College, are as follows: Credits Biology 11, I 2 Chemistry 15,16 Chemistry 51,52 Chemistry 53 English l l , 1 2 Literature elective Mathematics 40,41 Physics 21,22,23 Social Science and Humanities General electives 12 12 12 5 10 4 10 15 27 34 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required courses, pre-medical students are encouraged to take additional courses in the sciences, especially if the student is interested in an academic career in medicine or medical research. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in biology, chemistry, or natural science. The requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry; for a natural science major under Curriculums. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments or the Medical School Advisory Committee early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Music l , 2 , 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 5 5 5 - 4 4 4 5 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Music 4 , 5 , 6 Applied Music JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 68,73 Music 53*, 54 Music 60,61 Music 57,58 Music Organization Applied Music Speech-Communication 4 0 4 5 0 1 - 3 0 0 4 2 4 4 3 3 0 0 1 1 - 4-5 Religion Education 84,87 Education 83 Pol. Sci. or Econ. H. P.E. 10 Philosophy Music Organization Art 1 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 4 1 5 4 5-6 5-6 4 4 1 1 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 10 5 - - 0 - 5 - - 4 5 0 4 - 4 - - 4 0 4 MUSIC MAJOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Music 1,2,3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1,2,3 Religion Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4,5,6 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr 4 - JUNIOR Art 1 Music 60,61,62 Music 53*, 54 ,, Music57,58 Applied Music Music Organization Electives 5 4 4 4 4 - 1 0 3 1 0 - 3 1 0 8 4 - - 5 4 4 - - 4-5 4-5 4 4 4 4 1 0 I 0 1 0 Term I 11 111 Cr. Cd Cr. SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization Speech 11 or Literature Electives 5'- - - . - -' 4 1 0 4 :I ' 8 4 4 - a --I 0 1 0 - 10 ..5 'Chorar Technique may besubstituted for Instrurnenial Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR PREMEDICAL STUDENTS -b = This major is preented as an option for premedical students. It provides the necessary coursa for admission to most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School. I n addition, the major allows a number of elective courses. The student should choose elective courses carefully, keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he intends t o apply. care must also be taken t o ensure that enough upper.. t division credits are included. (In this specific program 16 credits of electives ~ u s be u ~ ~division e r credits.) Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - Religion' 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H, P.E. < 2 , 3 Chemistry 15,16 Biology l l , 1 2 -6 6 , - Religiqn Foreign Language Physics 21,22,23 Biology Elective Electives 5 5 4 I h 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 6 4 4-6 IF I II Ill Chemis~ry51,52,53 Mathematics40.41.42 , . ,5 5 5 S~IOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. -' -, T; Speech-Cammunicat ion Pol. Sci. or Economics , Biology Electii~e - erm I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 ? ; Term SOPHOMORE - - 5 4 - I h 1h "* Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Philosophy Biology S'eminar Electives - 4 - 5 4 4 - 4 -- 1 -A 9 1 R . e *-a - I P NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORFOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Speech-Communication Education 50,59 Natural Science or Math. Education 52,53,54 H. P.E. 10 Education 74 Fine Arts I Cr. 5 4 5-6 I n Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 - 4 Foreign Language Natural Science o r Math. Psychology 5 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 11 11 11 - - 5 5-6 I n 1/3 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - SOPHOMORE - - - 4 - 4 4 4 0 - 5 0 5 - 3 5 0 2 4 - - SENIOR Religion Natural Science or Math. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 5 5 5 - - 5 - 4 4 4 4 - PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 52 Philosophy Electives Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 4 4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3 - - Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Fine Arts Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy 23 Philosophy 41,42,43 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 5 4 4 4 - 5 - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - - 5 SOPHOMORE 5 5 10 10 SENIOR Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 2-5 5 5 5 - 11 10 PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Physics 21,22,23 Mathematics 40,41,42 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR French or German Physics 51,52 Physics 62,63 Physics 77 Mathematics 58,83,84 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 lh 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 - 4 1 4 SOPHOMORE Religion Mathematics 43 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy Physics 45 French or German Fine Arts Sociology 11 History 1,2, or 3 Elective SENIOR Religion Physics 86,87 Physics 77 Speech-Communication Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 - 5 4 5 - - - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 1 4 4 1 1 - - 4-5 11 11 8 8 POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a typical, not mandatory, course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Philosophy 21 Math. or Natural Science Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. 20,21 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 4 1/3 Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 23 Sociology 61 Computer Science 45 Pol. Sci. 30,49 Pol. Sci. Electives Art 1 or Music 30 JUNIOR Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. Electives Economics 22,23 Psychology 5 Inter. Disc. St. 96 5 - 4 4 7-8 4 4-6 - 4 4 5 - 3 - 5 5-6 4 1/3 5 - -- 5-6 4 1/3 SENIOR Political Sci. Electives Lit. or Speech Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 5 5 5 4 - - 4 4 - 4 4 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 8 8 4 4 8 16 PSYCHOLOGY FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2, or 3 Sociology 11 General Psychology H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Computer Science 45 Psychology 59 Psychology 61,62 Psychology Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 113 - 5 5 5 4 4 5 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 12 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Natural Science Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Speech-Communication Sociology 61 Psychology 64 Elective SENIOR Religion Psychology 81 Psychology 93 Psychology 99 (any term) Psychology Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 4 - - - 4 5 -- 4-5 4 - - - 4 - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - 3 4 4 4 4 8 4 10 RELIGION MAJOR FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Natural Science or Math. History 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion 21 Religion Foreign Lang. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Philosophy 21 Electives JUNIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Philosophy 23 Foreign Lang. Psychology 5 Electives Philosophy 5 6 4 - 5 5 5 - 5 6 4 - 5 4 4 4 5 4 8 - Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - - - 5 5 - 5 4 - 4-5 4 4 Term I I Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 8 5 4 8 5 4 8 SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES M A J O R The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Scand. I , 2 History I , 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5* Education 50*, 59: Education 52,53,54* Scand. 84,74 Philosophy 21 Scand. 62 Electives Education 67* Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 4 - - 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 0 5 - 5 4 0 - 4 3 0 5 - SOPHOMORE Scand. 3,4 Scand. 55 Scand. 51,26 Speech-Communication Pol. Sci. o r Econ. H. P.E. lo* Fine Arts Electives SENIOR Religion Education 84* Education 83*, 87* Scand. 72 Scand. 99 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 4 5 - 5 - 4-5 - 4 - - 5 4 4 4 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - - 10 - 5 4 5 - 1-5 - 1-5 0-5 - 5-10 *Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program. A student in the two-year program must elect courses from the general education requirement to make a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Religion 11 English 11,12 Business Ed. 1,lO Business Ed. 21,22 Business Ed. 50,53 History 1,2, or 3 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 1 5 4 4 - 5 5 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 SECOND YEAR Religion Psychology 5 Speech 11 Business Ad. 1,2 Business Ed. 8,60,64 Sociology 11 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 4 5 4 - - - - 5 4 4 4 SEMINARY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate preseminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History l , 2 , 3 Foreign Language* Sociology 11 H. P. E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Greek Philosophy 41,42,43 Speech 11 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 5 4 4 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Electives SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives I Cr. 5 5-6 4 - Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5-6 4 4 4 4 6 4 Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4-5 4 12 16 SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING I N SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits, which may be earned in either of the following distributions: A. History concentration: 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. B. Behavioral science concentration: 14 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 47 credits distributed as follows: 42-43 credits in economics, political science, and sociology, of which a minimum of 16 credits shall be upper division, with at least one upper-division course in each of the three disciplines; 4-5 credits in an additional upper-division course in one of the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. Plan A. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences (history concentration). FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2 , 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 - 4 113 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 5 4 - - 5 5 5 - JUNIOR Religion Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 70 Fine Arts Political Science 30,21 Economics 23 History H. P.E. 10 Sociology 12 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 3 0 0 0 - - 2 4 - 4 4 4 8 4 - 5 - 4 - SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 Speech-Communication Interdisciplinary St. 90 History 95 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 5 - - 4 - 4-5 2-3 - 3 12 4 - Plan B. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences (behavioral science concentration). FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Sociology 11, I 2 Political Science 20 or 21 Math. or Natural Science Geography I 4 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Pol. Sci. (upper div.) Social Science* Economics 58 Foreign Language Interdisc. Studies 90 H. P.E. 10 Education 50,59 Ed. 52,53,54 Education 70 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 4 1/3 - 5 - 5 4 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4-5 - 5 - 5 - 2-3 - - 4 0 0 - - - - 5 5 3 0 2 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Economics 22,23 History 21,22 Sociology 61 Political Science 30 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Speech-Communication 4 5 4-5 SENIOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Foreign Language Social Science** Electives 10 5 - 4 - 4 4 - 4-5 - 8 8 4 5 4 4 - - 5 5 5 - *Upper division course in economics, sociology, or political science. **Upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology, or sociology. SPANISH M A J O R See under Curriculum for French major. SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Fine Arts JUNIOR Speech 61 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Speech 60 Speech 51,55 Education 50 Education 52,53,54 Education 59,76 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3 - - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - 5 5 - 5 4 - 0 0 0 - - 5 - 5 - - 8 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 23 Speech 12 or 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 SENIOR Religion Speech 16 or 67 Speech 76 Speech 66 Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - - 4 - - 6 6 5 - 4-5 - - 4 5 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr, 5 4-5 - - 5 - - 5 - 10 - 5 - - 4 8 - - -- -- - - THEATER ARTS MAJOR The following program is suggested for students who plan to study theater arts in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2 o r 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1,2,3 Speech 11 Electives JUNIOR Fine Arts Philosophy English 74 English 76 Speech 60 Speech 61 Electives Term 1 II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 4 - 4 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 5 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 - - 4 - 4 5 5 - 7 11 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Nat. Sci. o r Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Speech 16 Speech 28 Speech 32 Electives SENIOR Religion English 84 Speech 66 Speech 67 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - 5 4 - - 5 4 4 - 4 - 4 - - - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 - 5 5 - 5 10 10 - SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11,12 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Philosophy 63 Sociology 61,' 62* Speech-Communication Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 lh 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 5 10 10 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Natural Science or Math Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Sociology 41,58,59 Psychology 5 - - 5 5-6 5-6 - 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 5 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75* Sociology 91,* 82 Soc. 85,86,87 or SOC. 92,93,94 Electives 5 - 5 - *Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology l l , l 2 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion. Sociology 51,* 52,* 53* Spciology 54,* 55,* 56* Sociology 61* Psychology 5* Pol. Sci. 20,21, or 22 or Economics Electives *Required for the major. Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 , 5 5 5 - - 4 4 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1134 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 1 5 5 4 1 - 4 1 5 - - 4 - 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Speech-Communication Philosophy Sociology 31,58,59 Elective 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 4 5 4 4 - - 9 SENIOR Term II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75,82,73 Psychology 61,62 Electives I 5 5 5 - 5 5 5 5 5 7 PERSONNEL THE B O A R D O F REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Jerome Formo Vice-chairman john R. Winsor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Albert E. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Luther Theological Seminary (Retired) Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota Insurance Exchange Dr. Harold I.Lunde, St. Louis, Missouri Manager of Planning and General Research, May Department Store Co. Mr. C.S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor; Director, Environmental Health and Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Nelson Resource Corp. Dr. Oliver H. Peterson,Jr., Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Senior Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Bertil Sandberg, St. Paul, Minnesota Secretary-Treasurer, N. H. Sandberg Erection Co. Secretary . . . . . Treasurer Mr. Clifford C. Sommer, Owatonna, Minnesota President, Security Bank &Trust Co. The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack, St. Paul, Minnesota Professor, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burton P. Fosse President Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ...................................... Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President Vice President for Development Miss Fern I. Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women ....................................... Vice President for Student Affairs Thomas Holman Miss Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miss Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty ............... Assistant Registrar Karlis L. Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing Sigvald Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Coordinator StevenVite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,NewsBureau Russell Jones . . Coordinator of Campus Events and Manager of Music Organizations Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Director of Admissions David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Warren D. Cuplin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services Carl Stromer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services Rafael Cuerrero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor Douglas Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of College Center Irving Hoel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D. C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D.Strong Company Mr. R. J.Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Dain, Kallman &Quail, Inc. Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Northern States Power Company (Retired) Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman, Executive Committee, Tescom Corporation (Retired) Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. A. Herbert Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Lutheran Brotherhood Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Consultant to Management, IDS Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Randall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0. G. Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judgeof the District Court General L. J.Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank (Retired) Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, JeffersonTransportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Cuplin, Fosse, G. Johnson PRESIDENT'S CABINET: 0. Anderson, M i s s Martinson, M i s s Joel, Stromer, Ecklund, M. Johnson, Mandsager, Lancaster, Walgren, Jones FACULTY SENATE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Benson, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Palosaari, Mrs. Noonan, Torstenson, Alton, Sulerud EDUCATIONAL POLICIES: Bailey, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, E. Johnson, Ollila, P. Quanbeck, Davis, Steinmetz, Mrs. Dyrud, Stenshoel, Gulden, Thorpe LIBRARY: Ozolins, Reichenbach, Miss A. Pederson, R. Nelson, Hanwick STUDENT PERSONNEL: G . Johnson, Miss Martinson, K. Paulson, Gustafson, Mrs. Sibley, Dewey ADMISSIONS AND STUDENT Rozentals, D. Johnson, Holman STANDING: Bailey, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Miss INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION: Mrs. M. Johnson, Sargent, Miss Joel, Miss M. Anderson ATHLETICS: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Persons, Kiive FACULTY SOCIAL FUNCTIONS: Mrs. L. Peterson, Mosand, Koehler, Mrs. Nichols, Mrs. Baltina TEACHER EDUCATION: E. J. Johnson, Pearson, G. Nelson Johnson, Mrs. Ludeman, Mrs. Parker, Miss Lund, FACULTY PERSONNEL POLICIES: Miss Cole, Fardig, Holman, Nordlie, Sateren *JUDICIAL COUNCIL: E. Nelson, Gundersen, Rusch, Mrs. Anderegg *STUDENT-FACULTY COUNCIL: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Johnsrud, Herforth *CONVOCATIONS: Agre, Gabrielsen, Thompson, Mrs. E. Olson, Wasko *RELIGIOUS LIFE: Mandsager, Riley, Miss Kemmer ARCHIVES: Ozolins, Chrislock, L. Hansen, M. Quanbeck *Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY RUTH AASKOV (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French (on leave Term 1, 196970 B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. COURTLAND ACRE (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. EARL ALTON (1960), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., W61, University of Michigan. LYLA MAE ANDEREGG (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. BARBARA ANDERSEN (1969), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Northwestern College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954. ERNEST ANDERSON (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *MARGARET ANDERSON (1969), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1948. MARY MARIE ANDERSON (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. OSCAR A. ANDERSON (1963), President of t h e College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; L.L.D., Concordia College, 1963. R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University o f Minnesota. *ALLEN H. BACHELDER (1967), Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) B.A., 1961, and B.S., 1966, University of Minnesota. KENNETH C. BAILEY (1965), Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of t h e College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University o f Minnesota. VALERIA B. BALTINA (1967), Instructor i n German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University o f Latvia. *Part-Time Faculty STEPHEN K. BATALDEN (1969), lnstructor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. JOHN E. BENSON (1963), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY (19661, Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948, Northwestern University. *NELLY T. BLACKBURN (1963-64,1968), lnstructor of French B.A., Earlham College, 1949. *VERNON M. BLOOM (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. *PENELOPE A. CAIRNS (1967), lnstructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. *LOUIS H. CAMPBELL (1969), lnstructor of Speech B.A., Westminster College, 1964; M.A., Brigham Young University, 1967. CARL H. CHRISLOCK (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. *L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN (1959-60,1961-62,1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. ROBERT W. CLYDE (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. AILENE COLE (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. *EDWIN L. CROSBY (1969), lnstructor of Political Science B.A., 1961, and M.A., 1966, University of Minnesota. WARREN D. CUPLIN (1968), Business Manager B.S., University of Illinois, 1955; M.S., Northern Illinois University, 1967. K. BERNER DAHLEN (1941),Associate Professor of English (on leave 1969-70) B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. F. MARK DAVIS (1968),Associate Professor of English B.A., William JenningsBryan College, 1956; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1958; Ph.D., Duke University, 1966. CARLYLE C. DEWEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. BEVERLY C. DURKEE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics (on leave 1969-70) B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.M., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. GRACE B. DYRUD (19621, Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. EDGAR E. EKLOF (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. *KENNETH N. ERICKSON (1964-65,1969), Associate Professor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., Michigan State University, 1964. SHELDON FARDIG (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. 1950. BURTON P. FOSSE (1953), Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN (1963), lnstructor in Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. ORLOU E GISSELQU IST (1956), Associate Professor of History (on leave 1969-70) B.A., 1943, M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. RUTH ANN GJERDE(1968), lnstructor of Health and Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. *EDWIN L. GROENHOFF (1966), Visiting Professor of Geography B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957; Ed.D., of Colorado, 1968. LARRY G. GRU (1968), lnstructor of Business Administration B.A., Colgate University, 1964; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967. DEAN B. GULDEN (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967. JOHN H. GUNDERSEN (19671, lnstructor of Scandinavian B.A., City College of New York, 1961. DONALD R. GUSTAFSON (1961-63,1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1969, University of Wisconsin. ARLlN E. GYBERG (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. CARL R. HAMMARBERG (19531, Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. LElF E. HANSEN (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. THEODORE J. HANWICK (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and MS., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. THERESA G. HAYNES (19681, Director of the Audio Visual Services University MELVIN HELLAND (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *KATHERINE A. HENNIG (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.S., 1933 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. ROBERT S. HERFORTH (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., 1963, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska. NORMAN D. HOLEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. THOMAS R. HOLMAN (1966), Vice President for Student Affairs, Associate Dean of Students, and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. JOHN R. HOLUM (1957-58,1959), Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1969-70) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. VALIJA JAUNLININS (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. VIVIAN JENKINS(1969), Special Education Counselor in the Center for Student Development and Director of the F.A.M.E. Program with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Dana College, 1965. CAROL J. JENNINGS(1969), Special Skills Counselor in the Center for Student Development and Assistant Professor of English B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1969. *IRENE KHlN KHlN JENSEN(1955-56,1959), Associate Professor of History (on leave, terms ll & Ill 1969-70). B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *OLIVE J. JENSEN(1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. MILDRED V. JOEL (1947), Registrar with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. DUANE E. JOHNSON (1968), Associate Professor of Psychology I B.A., Huron College, 1954; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.E., South Dakota m State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. ElNAR 0.JOHNSON (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.Q., 1961, University of Washington. GLEN W. JOHNSON (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. JAMES D. JOHNSON (1961), Assistant Professor of Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. . *MARY E. JOHNSON (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. SHERMAN J. JOHNSRUD (1960-61,1965-66,1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. ROBERT KARLEN (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. *JOANNE KARVONEN (1965-68,1969), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. *GRACE E. KEMMER (1966), Librarian I,Acquisition Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. *SYLVIA J. KERR (1968), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Carleton College, 1963; M.S., 1966 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. PRllDU KllVE (19661, lnstructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. BERNHARDT 1. KLEVEN (1937-46,1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. BOYD N. KOEHLER (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. *MAYNARD W. LlNN (1969), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy B.A., Augustana College, 1962. LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota KAREN P. LONG (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Gettysburg College, 1965. RUTH G. LUDEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. GERTRUDE S. LUND (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. LYNN L. McCABE (1968), lnstructor of English B.A., 1963; M.A., 1967; and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. *PATRICIA A. McCOLM (1969), lnstructor of Speech B.A., University of Arizona, 1968. *MARIE 0. McNEFF (1968), Assistant Professor of Education B.S., 1960; M.Ed., 1963; and Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska. ORLIN L. MANDSAGER (1960-61,1962), Campus Pastor and lnstructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. FERN MARTINSON (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. MARTHA M. MAlTSON (1960-68), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. *DIANA L. METZKER (1968), Artist in Residence in Music (piano/organ) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. EDWlN D. MICKELBERG (1956), Associate Professor of Biology (on half-time leave of absence 1969-70) B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. SHEROD L. MILLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., Wheaton College, 1962; M.S.W., Florida State University, 1964. J O H N R. MITCHELL (1968), lnstructor of English B.A., Maryville College, 1962. *AUGUST MOLDER (1963), Artist i n Residence and lnstructor o f A r t Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. GERDA MORTENSEN (19231, Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. J O H N B. M O S A N D (1967), lnstructor i n Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University o f Illinois, 1960-61. D A V I D G. MUTCHLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Mathematics B.A., Hamline University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1965. ARTHUR NASH (1922-661, Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. *CHESTER A. NELSON (19691, Visiting Lecturer o f Health and Physical Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1938. EDOR C. NELSON (19461, Associate Professor o f Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University o f Minnesota, 1947. G O R D O N L. NELSON (1967), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University o f Chicago Divinity School, 1965. RICHARD C. NELSON (1968), Assistant Professor o f History B.A., University o f Nebraska, 1964; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. CRIER NICHOLL (1961), Associate Professor o f English (on leave Term 1,1969-70) B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota, 1964. CHERYL C. NICHOLS (19681, lnstructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. * J O H N L. NIELSEN (19661, Artist i n Residence and lnstructor i n Music (Brass) B.A., lowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University o f lowa, 1963. N O R M A C. N O O N A N (19661, Associate Professor o f Political Science (on leave Term I and one-half Term 11,1969-70) B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. D A V I D NORDLIE (1961), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University o f Minnesota, 1965. DOUGLAS J. OLLILA (1966), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. ESTHER J.OLSON (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D., 1956, University o f Minnesota. *NILS W. OLSSON (1967-68,19691, Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. GARY OSMAN (1968), lnstructor of Spanish B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. *WILLIAM E. OYLER (1969), lnstructor of German B.A., Carleton College, 1954; B.S. in Ed, 1961, and M.A., 1963, University of Minnesota. KARLIS OZOLINS (1955), Head Librarian with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.A. in Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. RONALD G. PALOSAARI (1965), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *PATRICIA A. PARKER (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. KERMIT E. PAULSON (19681, Assistant Professor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963. WAYNE C. PAULSON (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Luther College, 1965; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1968. HOWARD E. PEARSON (1956), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. ANNE PEDERSON (1932-44,19461, Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. WARREN L. PERSONS (1968), lnstructor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968. LaVONNE PETERSON (1950), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1953. *KATHRYN J. PFEFFER (1968), Instructional Assistant of Health and Physical Education for Women B.S., Moorhead State College, 1962. RONALD D. PFEFFER (1966), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education B.S., Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. *OLGA PULESTON (19691, lnstructor of Sociology B.A., University of Delaware, 1964. MARTIN QUANBECK (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. PHILIP A. QUANBECK (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th,, 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. LLOYD E. RAYMOND (1969), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., Mankato State College, 1969. BRUCE R. REICHENBACH (1968), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wheaton College, 1965; M.A., 1967 and Ph.D., 1968, Northwestern University. ri. Yir JOHN F. RILEY (1968), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1951; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1964, Catholic University of America. FLOYD ROMSLO (1969), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. GUNTA ROZENTALS (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956; M.A., 1961, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. WILLIAM G. RUSCH (1968), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., 1959 and M.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1963; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1965. *THOMAS R. RYKKEN (1968), lnstructor in Computer Science B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. EDWARD M. SABELLA (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. JACQUELYN B. SAHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Education B.A., Wayne State University, 1952; M.A., Roosevelt University, 1960. RICHARD B. SARGENT (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. LELAND B. SATEREN (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakeland College, 1965. EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD (1959), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. *RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ (1968), Visiting Professor of Religion A.B., University of Illinois, 1949; M.A., 1955 and Ph.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College. JESSE M. SHAPIRO (1969), Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1950; M.A., 1951 and Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota. *MARJORIE H. SIBLEY (1961), Librarian II, Reference Librarian B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. EUGENE SKIBBE (1964), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. DAlNA SMlTS (1968), lnstructor of Economics B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *CARROLL I.STEIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., 1956; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota. DONALD B. STEINMETZ (1968), Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. *CHARLES A. STENDAHL, JR. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1969. MYLES C. STENSHOEL (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. RALPH SULERUD (19641, Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska. PHILIP J. THOMPSON (1959), Associate Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. NEAL 0.THORPE (19671, Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. JOHNTHUT (1947-66), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. VERA THUT (1947-68), Instructor Emeritus B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. JOELS. TORSTENSON (1938-42,1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *THOMAS N. TWEETEN (1968), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry B.S., Winona State College, 1968. ERLING J. URDAHL (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *LEO B. VETVICK (1966), Lecturer of Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. EUGENE VUlClCH (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *SISTER AGNES WARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. DOUGLAS P. WASKO (1968)) Director of College Center B.S., 1961 and M.Ed., 1965, University of Minnesota. BEVERLY A. WEGGE (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. Q. FREDERICK WESSMAN (1969), Assistant Director for the Center of Student Develop- ment with rank of Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Augsburg College, 1965; M.A., American University, 1967. DAVID C. W O O D (1969), Associate Professor of English B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1958; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1969, Bowling Green State University. L. WILLIAM YOUNGDAHL (1968), Director of the Center for Urban Programs B.A., Yale University, 1950; B.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1954; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, 1955. Non-Returning Faculty *CALVIN W. APPELBY (1968-69), Lecturer of Sociology B.A., Kent State University, 1956. JOYCE C. ASCHENBRENN ER (1968-69), Associate Professor of Sociology B.A., Newcomb College, 1954; M.A., Tulane University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. CRAIG B. CARLSON (1967-69), lnstructor of English B.A., College of William and Mary, 1965. GEORGE A. FEVlG (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965. *CLIFFORD L. JOHNSON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Southern Illinois University. *JAMES C. KINCANNON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., Washington & Lee University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967 *ROBERT A. LEWIS (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; B.D., Moravian Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. *WILLIAM 0. NILSEN (1968-69), Visiting Professor of Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1924; M.A., University of Minn-esota, 1935. *KNUT NYSTEDT (1968-69), Artist in Residence in Music Eksamen Artium, 1935; Oslo Conservatory of Music, 1936 and 1943. WAYNE R. PARK (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., Trinity College, 1958; M.S., Northwestern University, 1959. *JAMES W. P R A n (1968-69), lnstructor of Speech B.A., Macalester College, 1966. *JERIE M. P R A n (1967-69), Instructor of Speech B.A., Macalester College, 1966. *BRIAN L. RAINER (1967-68), lnstructor of Greek B.A., Luther College, 1964; M.A., University of Iowa, 1966. *WILMA A.'SWEDBURG (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Education B.S., 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ed.Sp., 1962, University of Minnesota. *ROBERT F. WALD (1968-69), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy B.A., St. John's University, 1963. GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1, 1967 to AUGUST 31,1968 Ackermann, Carol Martinez / Northfield, Minn. Ackerson, Constance M . /Cumberland, Wis. Agrimson, lone Evangeline / Bismarck, N. Dak. Amdall, Elizabeth Ann /Barron, Wis. Andell, Paul Arne / Miami, FI. Andersen, Norman R. / Newport, Minn. Anderson, Donna Mae /Red Wing, Minn. Anderson, Dorothy L. /Madison, Minn. Anderson, Margaret Rose / Richfield, Minn. Anderson, Michael B. /Minneapolis, Minn. Anthonisen, Ann Larson /Cokato, Minn. Arndt, Michael John / Hutchinson, Minn. Asp, Camilla Joy/Ames, lowa Bachman, Jean Frances /Richfield, Minn. Barnett, Robert ~ a d e / M i n n e a p o l i s ,Minn. Batalden, Carol J. / Lamberton, Minn. Beck, Joyce Ersted / Donnelly, Minn. Behm, Christ Joseph /St. Paul, Minn. Belter, Lois Lillian /Glencoe, Minn. Bengtson, James Dennis /St. Louis Park, Minn. Benson, Donald R. Jr. / Bloomington, Minn. Benson, W. Bruce/Center City, Minn. Berg, Allan Jerome/Austin, Minn. Berg, David F. / Beloit, Wis. Berg, Gene Arthur / Wanamingo, Minn. Berg, Priscilla Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Berglund, Jean Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn. Berndt, Bonita Louise /Osseo, Minn. Bjerkestrand, JoelSilas Jr. /Minneapolis, Minn. Bjornlund, Robert Ronald / Holden, Mass. Boe, David Eugene/Adams, Minn. Bogeskov, Nancy Louise /Bloomington, Minn. Bohnsack, John Richard /Chaska, Minn. Bollerud, Gracia Mae /Minneapolis, Minn. Bomsta, Stanley M. /St. Paul, Minn. Braaten,.Janet Marie,/ Elk River, Minn. Braud, Carole Sandra /South St. Paul, Minn. Britt, Donald E. /La Crosse, Wis. Britt, Judith Ann Hurtig / Hector, Minn. Brown, Perilyn Ruth /Charles City, lowa Buckman, Patricia Mariam / Le Center, Minn. Burch, Donna Marie /South St. Paul, Minn. Burns, Mary Jane Larson /St. Paul Park, Minn. Carlson, James Ernest /Aitkin, Minn. Carlson, Margery Lynette/Richfield, Minn. Carlstrom, Geraldine E. /Red Wing, Minn. Chilgren, Duane Allen /St. Anthony Village, Minn. Christensen, Linda Rae / Hartland, Minn. Cox, Miriam Charlene /St. Paul, Minn. Dale, Charles Vernon 11 /Forest Lake, Minn. Derfler, David J. /Minneapolis, Minn. DeVries, Jonathan W. /Bejou, Minn. Digree, JoAnne Celeste /Minneapolis, Minn. Dunshee, Sharon /Minneapolis, Minn. Eckberg, John Charles /Gibbon, Minn. Eggum, Elen ldell /Albert Lea, Minn. Eidsvoog, Jane Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn. Engel, Margaret A. / Hanley Falls, Minn. Elavsky, Jeffery Craig /Minneapolis, Minn. Enger, William /Fairmont, Minn. Ersfeld, Dean Arnold /Lakeville, Minn. Erickson, Stephen Keith /St. Paul, Minn. Fahlberg, John A. /Alexandria, Minn. Farmer, William B. /Minneapolis, Minn. Faue, Jeffrey Lawrence /Minneapolis, Minn. Feig, Douglas Gregory /Minneapolis, Minn. Firl, Mary Louise /Red Wing, Minn. Fredrickson, Alan R. / Hutchinson, Minn. Frisk, Douglas Quentin /Minneapolis, Minn. Garmer, Gregory Richard /Elk River, Minn. Gerken, John Ralph /Raymond, Minn. Gilbertson, JoAnn /Richfield, Minn. Cislason, Allen Wayne /Minneapolis, Minn. Gravell, Carolyn J. /Mound, Minn. Gudmestad, Kim A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Guetzkow, Denis G. /Anoka, Minn. Gunderson, Lynn James/Minneapolis, Minn. Gunderson, Thomas Harding /Dodge Center, Minn. Haack, Linda Caroline/Spring Lake Park, Minn. Hageseth, JonAubrey / Elk River, Minn. Hallcock, Lois Arlene / Northfield, Minn. Hansen, Wayne Norman /Mount Prospect, 111. Hanson, Barbara Rae /Sand Creek, Wis. Hanson Carolyn A. /Robbinsdale, Minn. Hanson, Mark Stephen /St. Paul, Minn. Hanson, Robert Nels /Harris, Minn. Hartmark, Leif S. /Arden Hills, Minn. Haugann, Else Dagny Momrak /Oslo, Norway Hendrkkson, Dale A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Hoekstra, Donna Anderson /St. Paul, Minn. Hoel, Brian Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn. Holm, Virginia Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Hopper, John Douglas /Fergus Falls, Minn. Hoversten, Martha Annette / Brainerd, Minn. Hukee, Byron Edgar /St. Francis, Minn. Husbyn, Natalie M . /Cannon Falls, Minn. Ilstrup, Duane Montor / Buffalo, Minn. Ilstrup, Russell Emris /Buffalo, Minn. Jacobson, Harold Leon / Lake Lillian, Minn. Jedlund, Steven Douglas /Richfield, Minn. Jensen, Gerald David / Menomonie, Wis. Johnson,Alan R. /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Dean Sheldon /Blaine, Minn. Johnson, Dolores Johanna/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Gail Linda/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Gary Allan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Herald Allan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Nancy Wells /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Richard Lamson / Edina, Minn. Johnson,Theodore Reynold / Kerkhoven, Minn. Johnson,Timothy L. /Tananarive, Malagasy Republic Johnson,William James/ Escanaba, Mich. Jones, Nancy Lee / Hopkins, Minn. Jopke,Walter Henry Jr. / Fridley, Minn. Jordan, Rebecca Hedlund, Minneapolis, Minn. Jorgensen, Linda Kay /Redwood Falls, Minn. Jorgenson, Myrna Jean/Minneapolis, Minn. Joyce, David Allen / Bloomington, Minn. Jurgensen, Mary S. /Minneapolis, Minn. Kahl, Meridel Louise / New Lenox, Ill. Kanne, Karen Kay / Brainerd, Minn. Kelly, Susan Dianne /Minneapolis, Minn. Kendrick, Luther Wayne/Rapid City, S. Dak. Kern, David M. /Minneapolis, Minn. Knudson, Kathleen / Fairmont, Minn. Kopperud, Vicki E. /St. Paul, Minn. Korogi, Patricia A. /Golden Valley, Minn. Kristenson, Stephen Paul /Wanamingo, Minn. Larson, Elaine Marie/Toledo, Ohio Larson, Melinda Anne Marie /Bayfield, Wis. Lee, Rebecca / Hollywood, Calif. Leitzke, Roberta J. Humphrey /Minneapolis, Minn. Lestrud, Karolynn /Menomonie, Wis. Lawatsch, Frank Hjalman /Elk River, Minn. Liljequist, Carolyn /Minneapolis, Minn. Lindeman, Glen Raymond / Paynesville, Minn. Linden, Patricia Ann /Grantsburg, Wis. Lindgren, Richard A. /Cockeysville, Md. Lindquist, Kathlynn M. /St. Louis Park, Minn. Loftness, David Palmer / Hector, Minn. Lukens, Argyle Ellis /Albert Lea, Minn. Lunneborg, Mary Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Luukkonen, Thomas Lloyd /Big Lake, Minn. Lyle, Carolyn Natalie /Minneapolis, Minn. Malm, John Randolph /St. Louis Park, Minn. Malotky, Lyle Oscar /Richfield, Minn. Marks, Lyman E. /Lester Prairie, Minn. McMullen, Max M. / Eden Prairie, Minn. Melby, David John / Hendricks, Minn. Mikutowski, Mary Julia/South St. Paul, Minn. Miller, Gary Allen /Minneapolis, Minn. McMullen, Sharon Kay /Rogers, Minn. Miller, Margaret A. /Vincent, Iowa Neiderhauser, Audrey P. /Ellsworth, Wis. Nelson, Dennis R. /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Robert Dennis /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Ronald E. / Portland, N. Dak. Nelson, Ronald G. / Dawson, Minn. Nelson, Suzann Johnson/Evansville, Minn. Neseth, Sandra Avon / Kenyon, Minn. Nichols, Donald Harold /Minneapolis, Minn. Niles, Charles Arden / Hopkins, Minn. Nilsson, Ronald Allan /Des Plaines, Ill. Norine, JamesMichael / Pennock, Minn. Nye, JamesHarry /Minneapolis, Minn. Nyquist, Kathleen Louise /St. Paul, Minn. Nystrom, NoReen /Golden Valley, Minn. Odegard, Lorelyn Ann / Dubuque, la. Ojeda, Bernard P. Jr. /Brooklyn, N. Y. Olsen, Roberta Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Olson, Douglas K. /St. James, Minn. Olson, Judith Kay /Robbinsdale, Minn. Olson, Kathryn Elizabeth /Hoffman, Minn. Olson, Marsha Strommen /St. James, Minn. Oslund, Sam David / Escanaba, Mich. Pagel, Sandra Kaye /Cannon Falls, Minn. Palm, Gregory John /Richfield, Minn. Pedersen, JaniceNaomi /Chicago, Ill. Pedersen, Karen Elizabeth /Copenhagen, Denmark Pedersen, Linda Lee / Minneapolis, Minn. Pederson, Jonathan Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Pederson, Kathleen L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Peters Mary Joy/Chisago City, Minn. Peters, Robert J. /Madelia, Minn. Petersen, Lois Scott /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Joan Marie / Eden Prairie, Minn. Peterson, Mary Roiland / Starbuck, Minn. Peterson, Nancy Carolyn /New London, Minn. Pierson, Esther C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Pilcher, Pamela Jean/Blue Earth, Minn. Pilgrim, David J. /St. Paul, Minn. Prigge, Roger Irvin /St. Paul, Minn. Quenemoen, Richard Wayne / Boyd, Minn. Redeske, JoanCarol / Edina, Minn. Robison, Thomas Lockert / Richfield, Minn. Roebke, John M . /Hector, Minn. Rogness, Audry JaneAnderson /Ashby, inn. Romerein, Judy Elaine/Minneapolis, Minn. Romslo, James/ International Falls, Minn. Ronning, Merrill Dean /Park River, N. Dak. Rood, Lynette Kaye /Minneapolis, Minn. Ruud, Robert Henry /Richfield, Minn. Sackreiter, Karen Foss /Spooner, Wisc. Salmonson, Cecelia E. /Roseau, Minn. Sanford, Karen Jean/Wausau, Wisc. Sateren, Leland Bernhard Jr./Minneapolis, Minn. Schaubach, JudithAnderson /Minneapolis, Minn. Schivone, Mary Louise / Mound, Minn. Schmidt, Gary Hugh /Minneapolis, Minn. Schornstein, Robert Victor /St. Paul, Minn. Schueler, Bette Ann /Melrose, Minn. Schulz, Alan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn. Seegmiller, Steven M. / Decorah, Iowa Sethre, Earl William / Preston, Minn. Severson, Clair Frederick / Minneapolis, Minn. Severson, JanA. /Cambridge, Minn. Shaler, Emily Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Shelstad, Dennis LeRoy /Minneapolis, Minn. Sie, Amy Yu-Mei / Hong Kong Sletten, Donald A. /Souris, N. Dak. Sorbel, Dorayne J. /St. Paul, Minn. Stadum, Beverly Ann /Minot, N. Dak. Stafsberg, Dianne Lea / Brainerd, Minn. Stangland, Gary B. /Morris, Illinois Starn, Susanne Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Stavnes, Lowell E. / Lamberton, Minn. Steen, Peter Timothy / Minneapolis, Minn. Steenson, Robert L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Steffen, Jane Louise /Walnut Grove, Minn. Stevens, Nancy E. /Minneapolis, Minn. Stivland, Sidney Ralph / Lowry, Minn. Stratton, Terrance L. / Bloomington, Minn. Struckmann, Ronald H. / Rochester, Minn. Sundberg, Stanley Waldon /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, Bonnie Lee / Northfield, Minn. Swanson, T. Leonard /Minneapolis, Minn. Sylvester, JoAnne Lois / Hutchinson, Minn. Tholen, Judith J. /Aitkin, Minn. Thompson, James Kermit / Minneapolis, Minn. Thoreson, Larry B. /Kenyon, Minn. / North Branch, Minn. Thorp, Janet ~ l a i n e Tiedeman, Diane Joan / Richfield, Minn. Timm, Mary R. / Bricelyn, Minn. Turner,Jeanne Marie /West St. Paul, Minn. Vaala, Janice E. /Robbinsdale, Minn. Vaala, Leslie David /Granite Falls, Minn. Van Ornum, Bonita Karen / LaMoure, N. Dak. Volz, Joan L. /Frost, Minn. Weinard, John P. Jr. /St. Louis Park, Minn. Wellnitz, Lois Adel / Lafayette, Minn. Wilkman, Helen I./ Deer River, Minn. Williams, Kathleen Dianne /Sacred Heart, Minn. Wilt, Judith Kay /Minneapolis, Minn. Wolslegel, Mary Ellen /Wausau, Wisc. Young, Richard John /Cannon Falls, Minn. Youngquist, Myrtis M. /St. Paul, Minn. Zieserner, William M . /St. Paul, Minn. GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1, 1968 to AUGUST 31,1969 Adix, Kathleen Ruby /Alden, Minn. Affolter, Ronald H. /Lindenhunt, Ill. Agre, Annetta Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn. Ahrens, Dallas A. /Windom, Minn. Alm, Karen Marie / Forest Lake, Minn. Anderson, Bonnie L. /Sargeant, Minn. Anderson, Douglas Scott hchaumburg, Ill. Anderson, Stewart C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Anderson, Sydney J. / Braham, Minn. Andreason, Marjorie Lucille / Minneapolis, Minn. Anthonisen, John Christopher / Richfield, Minn. Arvidson, Lynn A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Bailey, Suzan K. /Randall, Minn. Becklund, Sandra /Minneapolis, Minn. Beenken, David Low /Minneapolis, Minn. Bell, Thomas Paul /Minneapolis, Minn. Bengtson, Ardell Thorpe / New Brighton, Minn. Bengtson, Dennis Ray / Richfield, Minn. Benson, Lynn Barbara /Minneapolis, Minn. Berg, Lona May /Welch, Minn. Berg, Ronald A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Betzler, William F., Jr. /Buhl, Minn. Bickel, Lynda Sue /St. Paul, Minn. Bjorklund, Pamela Joan /Columbia Heights, Minn. Bjur, Yvonne Mae /Bloomington, Minn. Blazina, Barbara Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Blomquist, Susan Joan /Watertown, Minn. Boe, Darrell A. /Grand Rapids, Minn. Boen, Gary Lee / Burnsville, Minn. Bolstad, Nancy H. /Helena, Montana Botten, Thomas Ford /Minneapolis, Minn. Bottge, Brian Adrian /Renville, Minn. Bottge, Donna Nordang /Granite Falls, Minn. Branes, Joel Keith /St. Paul, Minn. Bucka, Barbara Jean/St. Louis Park, Minn. Carlson, Wayne Donald / Kerkhoven, Minn. Challgren, C. Gene /Sylmar, Cal. Childs, Maureen Gladys /Columbia Heights Minn. Christensen, Sonya Ruth /Minneapolis, Minn. Christianson, Carol Anne/St. Paul, Minn. Christian, Pamela Kaye /Sheridan, Ill. Cina, David George / Richfield, Minn. Clark, Sharon Ann /Coon Rapids, Minn. DahI, Beth S. Foss /Wayzata, Minn. Danielson, Maynard /Cadott, Wisc. DeVries, Stephen James/ Edina, Minn. Docken, Thomas Lloyd /Minneapolis, Minn. Edstrom, Philip E. /Marine on St. Croix, Minn. Egertson, Bruce D. /Tulsa, Okla. Erickson, Cheryl Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Ersfeld, Diana Olson /New Brighton, Minn. Essen, Michael D. / Edina, Minn. Fenton, Richard William / Peoria, Ill. Finke, Patricia Anne /Minneapolis, Minn. Follingstad, Diane Ruth /Chicago, Ill. Ford, Kathleen Page/Minneapolis, Minn. Forseth, Marilyn Jeanne/ Minneapolis, Minn. Franck, Michael J. /Minneapolis, Minn. Frank, Paul W. /Deer Park, Wisc. Fredrickson, Pamela Ann /Burnsville, Minn. Froyum, Dale Walter /Wanamingo, Minn. Fundingsland, JohnAnderson /Minneapolis, Minn. Garmer, Mary Katherine Michaelsen / Minneapolis, Minn. Gisselquist, JamesClement / Story City, la. Goetsch, Kristi Sanford / Wausau, Wisc. Grams, Robert Warren /Anoka, Minn. Greene, Mary Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn. Greenfield, John C. / Northfield, Minn. Hagel, Barbara Lee /St. Paul, Minn. Hagestuen, Dorothy Sharon /Starbuck Minn. Halseth, Roberta Loie /Mounds View, Minn. Halverson, Joan Yvonne / Dallas, Wisc. Halvorson, Carol Sue / Brainerd, Minn. Hansen, Lois Batalden / Lamberton, Minn. Hanson, David C. /Columbia Heights, Minn. Hanson, Sandra Marie/Minneapolis, Minn. Hausske, George Edward, Jr. /Wheaton, Ill. Hawkins, Janice Elizabeth /Lake Lillian, Minn. Hedstrom, L. Keith /Scandia, Kansas Heege, Nancy Johnson /Sioux Falls, S. Dak. Helgeson, oiane Kay /Menomonie, Wisc. Helgeson, Eunice May /Tracy, Minn. Helmbrecht, Royce Ralph / Hayfield, Minn. Hermann, Kaye Lilien /Delano, Minn. Hermerding, Ertwin / Duluth, Minn. Hoel, Mary Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Holden, Kristi Ellen /Westby, Wisc. Holden, Ronald Edward / Eleva, Wisc. Holmberg, Carole Lee /Fridley, Minn. Holte, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Hoplin, David Glenn /Lowry, Minn. Horner, Donald James/Minneapolis, Minn. Hoseth, JamesAlan /Two Harbors, Minn. Hubbling, John Randolph /East Greenwich, Rhode Island Huovie, Curtis Oliver /Robbinsdale, Minn. Jacobs; Gerald John /Robbinsdale, Minn. Jacobson, Miriam Janice/Kenyon, Minn. Jacobson, Rosemary /Menomonie, Wisc. Jamieson, Bonnie J. /St. Paul, Minn. Jenneke, Cheryl Yvonne / Lester Prairie, Minn. Jensen,Juanita Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Jensen, Karen Elaine / Goodridge, Minn. Jensen, LeRoy / Milltown, Wisc. Jetzer, Thomas Carl /Sheboygan, Wisc. Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, David John /Bloomington, Minn. Johnson, Donna Lynne/Chisago City, Minn. Johnson, Kay Lynn /Willmar, Minn. Johnson, Laurel Jones/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Norma Jean/Princeton, Minn. Johnson, JonScott /Robbinsdale, Minn. Johnson, Thomas Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn. Jones, Judith Lynn /Rochester, Minn. Jones, Russell Keith /Massapequa, N.Y. Jones, Sandra R. /Marshall, Minn. Jurisch, John A. / Hector, Minn. Kangas, Judith Johnson/Frazee, Minn. Karkhoff, James Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Kelley, Suzanne /Golden Valley, Minn. King, Peter C. / Rosemount, Minn. King, Richard Earl / Rosemount, Minn. Kirchner, Robert William /Anoka, Minn. Kloster, Ingrid Rachel / Decorah, lowa Kniefel, Jacqueline Mae /Medford, Minn. Knudson, Curtis L. /Bemidji, Minn. Koponen, Janet Kathryn /Detroit, Mich. Kragnes, Kathleen /Bloomington, Minn. Kraskin, Cheryl Ann /Bloomington, Minn. Krinke, Susan / Lamberton, Minn. Kulseth, Joyce Marie / Bellevue, Wash. Kusel, Marilyn Janet/Orange, Cal. Kwan, Peter K. W. / Hong Kong Kyllo, Jeanne Marie / Wanamingo, Minn. La Belle, Douglas H. / Rush City, Minn. Larsen, Laurel Esther /Seattle, Wash. Larson, Cynthia Joan / Edina, Minn. Larson, Lawrence Louis /Minneapolis, Minn. Leach, JoanneOgdahl /Minneapolis, Minn. Lee, Janiel L. /Cottonwood, Minn. Lempke, Diane K. /Ottawa, Ill. Lien, Karen Elizabeth / Northfield, Minn. Lindberg, Gary Leonard /Brainerd, Minn. Locken, Carl M., Jr. /Coon Rapids, Minn. Lofstrom, Hjalmer I., Jr. / Newfolden, Minn. Louden, Michael Hughes /Cannon Falls, Minn. Lund, Marcia Ann /Forest City, lowa Lund, Mark Alan /Forest City, lowa Lunneborg, Sherman C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Lyon, Melva Jean /Lake Crystal, Minn. Machmueller, Nancy Lou /Birnamwood, Wisc. Malmberg, Rickard H. /St. Paul, Minn. Mathison, JanisJune/Larsen, Wisc. Matthews, Larry John/Fridley, Minn. Mestemacher, Bruce Allen / Edina, Minn. Mether, Mary L. / International Falls, Minn. Mielke, Sharyn Lee /Montrose, Minn. Mikkelsen, Clark L. /Cedar Falls, lowa Moline, M . Stephen / Hopkins, Minn. Molskness, Theodore Arthur / Minneapolis, Minn. Morgan, Susan /Minneapolis, Minn. Moskal, Annette Joyce/Minneapolis, Minn. Mueller, Paula Martha/ Prior Lake, Minn. Neihart, Kenneth James/St. Paul, Minn. Nelson, Charlotte Ann /Glencoe, Minn. Nelson, David Dayton /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Stephen L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Thomas W. / Northfield, Minn. Ness, Margaret Elaine / Hinckley, Minn. Neuman, Judith L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Neumann, Nancy Lee / Edina, Minn. Newhouse, John Orlando /Crystal, Minn. Nichols, Paul William /Minneapolis, Minn. Nord, Erland John / Goodhue, Minn. Nordin, David Denton /Lake Lillian, Minn. Odden, Shirley Jean/St. Paul, Minn. Olmsted, Richard D. / Lakeville, Minn. Olmsted, Sandra Larson /Richfield, Minn. Olsen, David A. /Shakopee, Minn. Olson, Arlene Eva /Blanchardville, Wisc. Olson, Douglas Murlin / Paynesville, Minn. Olson, Gary Leroy /St. Paul, Minn. Ondov, Judy/Minneapolis, Minn. Osman, Marshall Kent /St. Louis Park, Minn. Paschke, Charles Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Perkins, Dan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn. Perkins, Patrick Stephen /Minneapolis, Minn. Person, JohnWalker /Big Lake, Minn. Peterson, Dale Allen /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Dale Howard /Ogilvie, Minn. Peterson, Dale William / Fairmont, Minn. Peterson, Daylen Craig /Austin, Minn. Peterson, Glen J. / Burnsville, Minn. Peterson, Jeffrey Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Lois Ann /Richfield, Minn. Peterson, Michael David /St. James, Minn. Peterson, Nancy Carol / Bloomington, Minn. Peterson, Ronald L. /Annandale, Minn. Petrich, Ronald /Minneapolis, Minn. Piepenburg, Patricia Ann /Grove City, Minn. Pietig, Sandra Olson /Minneapolis, Minn. Polly, Richard Pierson /Elk Grove, 111. Putnins, Dace / Milwaukee, Wisc. Ramsden, Linda Lee /Circle Pines, Minn. Ramstad, Darlene Joanne/ Minneapolis, Minn. Randall, Catherine Nadine / Richfield, Minn. Rasmussen, Clyde Stephen / Neenah, Wisc. Redman, Alan William /Wells, Minn. Reiff, Mark Andrew /St. Paul, Minn. Repinski, Patricia A. /Tampa, Florida Richmond, Stewart George, Jr. / Bloomington, Minn. Riskedahl, Sharon Janine/ Independence, Iowa Rolfe, Nancy Karen /Minneapolis, Minn. Roste, JamesB. /Sacred Heart, Minn. Runquist, Diane Ellingson / Milaca, Minn. Saiovici, Adriana /Sao-Paulo, Brasil Salzman, Linda J. / Peshtigo, Wisc. Sammler, JamesRichard /St. Paul, Minn. Sandeen, Richard Ernest /Richfield, Minn. Sandven, Lars Arild / Norheimsund, Norway Sanford, Linda Sue / Richfield, Minn. Schaller, Lee Franklin /Minneapolis, Minn. Schaubach, Jerome E., Jr. /Minneapolis, Minn. Schmidt, Donna Jean/Bloomington, Minn. Schmidt, Judy Ann /St. Louis Park, Minn. Schulte, Ellry L. /Brandon, Minn. Schultz, Wilbur W. /Canby, Minn. Schwanebeck, Lois Ann / Faribault, Minn. Schwartz, Gary Lee /Minneapolis, Minn. Scurrah, William L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Sevig, Daniel A. / Brookings, S. Dak. Sevig, Kathleen Ruth / Kensington, Minn. Shaffer, Thomas Wayne /Rockville, Md. Shefveland, Richard D. /West St. Paul, Minn. Sims, Barbara S. /Richfield, Minn. Skogerboe, Laurel Elaine /Minneapolis, Minn. Snow, Jon Frederic /LeSueur, Minn. Solomonson, Earle /Minneapolis, Minn. Solomonson, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Steinke, Steven H. /Bloomington, Minn. Stendahl, Charles A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Stensvaag, John-Mark/Minneapolis, Minn. Stewart, Linda Marie /Robbinsdale, Minn. ,Stidand, Anna L. / Lowry, Minn. Strand, Alvina Rae /Bonetraill, N. Dak. Strandquist, Robert Adler / Richfield, Minn. Strom, Gretchen Louise / Fairmont, Minn. Strom, Mary Lynn /Red Wing, Minn. Strommen, E. Peter / Richfield, Minn. Stolberg, Larry J. /Minneapolis, Minn. Sulzbach, John Harold /Minneapolis, Minn. Sveom, Karen Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, John E. /Litchfield, Minn. Swanson, Paul D. /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, Roger L. /Columbia Heights, Minn. Swanson, Ronald Allan /Riverside, Cal. Swanson, Sally 0. /Minneapolis, Minn. Swee, Shirley Ann / Faribault, Minn. Tabor, Judith Ann /Welch, Minn. Tangen, JulieA. /Redwood Falls, Minn. Teigland, Julie Anne / Hutchinson, Minn. Thernell, Shirley Faye /Minneapolis, Minn. Thomas, Donald C. /Madelia, Minn. Tollefsrud, David Lawrence /Zumbrota, Minn. Torfin, James N. /Burnsville, Minn. Trechock, Aimee Jean/ Hopkins, Minn. Trechock, Mark Alan /Minneapolis, b t ~ n n . Tripp, Allen Charles /Ashby, Minn. Turner, Lawrence Paul /West Concord, Minn. Uejima, Arlene Suyeko /Minneapolis, Minn. Villwock, Gary /Minneapolis, Minn. Wagner, Frank John/Mound, Minn. Walton, Sue Ellen /St. Paul, Minn. Weltzin, Marcia Virginia /Viroqua, Wisc. Wesley, Raymond J. /Minneapolis, Minn. West, John Charles / Minneapolis, Minn. Westberg, Karen Lee / Hoffman, Minn. Weum, Larry A. /International Falls, Minn. Wiebusch, Anne Lynn /Long Lake, Minn. Winkler, Linda Johnson /Buhl, Minn. Wold, Jane Knudsen /Shakopee, Minn. Wood, Patricia A. /St. Paul, Minn. Zieske, Curtis Lee / Cambridge, Minn. SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Graduates Graduates Graduates Graduates TOTAL 1870-1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3743 1967 (Jan. I-Aug. 31) ........................ 222 1968 (Sept. 1, 1967-Aug. 31, 1968) ............ 258 282 1969(Sept. 1, 1968-Aug. 31, 1969) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4505 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Augsburg College, September 1,1967 to August 31,1968 FIRST TERM SECOND TERM THIRD TERM SUMMER SESSION Men Women Total Men Women Total Men Women Total M e n Women Total 142 164 206 242 16 0 0 0 0 770 140 161 202 234 11 0 0 0 0 748 138 155 198 227 13 0 0 0 0 731 134 276 164 328 197 403 280 522 11 27 49 49 4 4 44 43 43 62 62 984 1754 124 264 165 326 197 399 272 506 9 20 49 49 4 0 40 42 42 60 60 958 1706 116 254 156 311 190 388 265 492 8 21 48 48 64 64 4 0 40 56 56 943 1674 Total Academic Year (1967-1968) Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Men Women Total 155 136 291 173 170 343 221 204 425 253 290 543 24 18 42 0 49 49 0 78 78 0 43 43 0 62 62 826 1050 1876 Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1967-1968 SLA Men Students Women Students Total NURSES Men Women Total TOTAL 40 26 16 3 3 31 25 19 8 10 71 51 35 11 13 88 93 181 ENROLLMENT S U M M A R Y Augsburg College, September 1,1968 to August 31,1969 SUMMER SESSION FIRST TERM Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total SECOND TERM Women Total Men 161 158 319 168 157 325 214 214 428 242 266 508 13 20 33 0 4 8 4 8 0 50 50 0 56 56 0 74 74 798 1043 1841 140 161 213 241 12 Men Women Total 139 279 151 312 199 412 259 500 18 30 47 47 43 43 55 55 71 71 767 982 1749 THIRD TERM 1ST SESSION 2ND SESSION Men Women Total Men Women Total Men Women Total 126 174 202 236 25 135 261 148 312 192 394 250 486 26 51 44 44 66 66 52 52 61 61 753 974 1727 Total Academic Year (1968-1969) Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D. H Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Men Women Total 169 166 335 179 163 342 233 219 452 261 274 535 66 29 37 48 0 48 86 0 86 56 0 56 74 0 74 871 1123 1994 Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1968-1969 SLA M e n Students Women Students Total NURSES Men Women Total TOTAL 38 39 19 12 5 34 28 15 8 5 1 72 67 34 20 0 113 90 203 20 10 7 4 2 7 17 8 18 5 12 1 5 1 3 33 22 55 INDEX Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Accreditation ....................... 6 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21. 33 Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 46 Aims and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 98 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . 54. 100 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Board of Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10 Business Administration ......... 56. 101 Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59. 103 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 704 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 104 Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . I31 Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . 43 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy .................46 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . .94. 104 Degree .............................. 38 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . 105 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 96 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58. Education. Department of ........... Education, Elementary . . . . . . . . . . 64. Education. Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . 65. Electives ........................... Eligibility Requirements ........... Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 67. Enrollment ........................ Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examinations ...................... Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 63 106 107 39 31 108 108 148 22 42 14 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Financial Assistance ................ 15 Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 109 . General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 109 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Graduates (1870-1966). Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Health and Physical Ed. . . . . . . . . . . 70. 110 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 110 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 40. 46 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 34 Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . 50 Interdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 7.. Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 ...... Laboratories. Natural Science 12 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 8 Law Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 ............................ .................. ........... Majors 38 Mathematics 74. 112 45. 733 Medical Technology Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses ......113 Membership i n Educational Associations ...................... 6 Metropolitan Opportunities 27 Ministry. Preparation for the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 M o d e r n Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Multi-Racial Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 80. 174 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . 30. 83 Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 ........ ....... - Natural Science Major . . . . . . . . . .115. 1'16 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Norwegian ......................... 78 Numbering o f Courses .............. 50 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Objectives and Aims ................ Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 34 ~ass/No Credit Grading System 48 Payment of Accounts ..............I5 Personnel Services. Student ........ 33 Philosophy. Department o f ..... 83. 116 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . .31. 70. 110 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Physics. Department of ........ 84. 117 Placement Service for Graduates . . . 36 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 117 pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . 120 President's Board o f Advisors . . . . . . . 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Psychology. Department of . . . . . 88. 118 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 71 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Registration Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Religion and Philosophy. Division o f . 50 Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . 89. 118 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Requirements. Graduation . . . . . . . . . . 38 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Scandinavian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 118 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Secretarial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59. 119 Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Social and Recreational Programs . . 26 Social Sciences. Division of t h e . . . . . . 50 Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . .91. 123 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. 109 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 45 Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 94. 121 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 33 Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Suspension of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 42 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 w w ii b w w 1 - rn 1 ...>-;; b r,. . .. 1 - +:? . '- - - .?: I:? . - .I$. 3 Theater Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95. 122 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 107 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Upper Division Requirements ....... 38 :+r ?>. " I . Additions to the Augsburg College Now CHANGES EFFECTIVE - SEPTEMBER, 1972 1. CHANGES I N COSTS FOR THE 1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR (The following changes supersede the finallcia1 information stated on page 14) Tuition General Fee Room and Board 2. $1750 $ 150 $1017 to $1050 TUITION DEPOSIT CHANGED (The following information supersedes financial information stated on page 15) The tuition deposit has been changed from $100 to $50. 3. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS (The following information supersedes requirement stated on page 22) Either t h e Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing (ACT) Program Examination is required for admission of all freshmen. 4. METRO-URBAN MAJOR ADDED TO THE CURRICULUM Augsburg College now offers an interdisciplinary major in Metro-Urban Studies. A metro-urban concentration is also available with appropriate majors such a s history, sociology, religion, political science, and psychology. 5. THE 4-1-4 CALENDAR TO BEGIN IN THE FALL OF 1972 The 4-1-4 calendar consists of two fourteen-week semesters of four courses each, separated by a one-month interim in January when one course is taken. 6. EXCHANGE PROGRAM A student exchange program with the private colleges of St. Paul makes available a wider selection of courses for Augsburg students. Augsburg students may register for one course a semester a t no additional cost a t the College of St. Catherine, the College of St. Thomas, Hamline University, or Macalester College. (over) Extra Issue, Vol. 34, No. 6, December 1970 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s published semi-monthly in January, March, August, September and December and monthly in February, April, May, June, July, October and November by Augsburg College, 731 21st Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second-class postage paid a t Minneapolis, Minn. TENTATIVE SCHEDULE FOR THE 1972 - 73 ACADEMIC YEAR Fall Semester .................................... 2qaknke-4 September 5, 6 Welcome-Week ....................................... September 7 .......................... December 15 ......................................... December 18 - 22 Classes Begin ............................... Registration - Fall Semester Classes End Final Examinations Interim January 3 - 30 ............................. .. . . . , January Interim Spring Semester r', .......................................... &-mr33 February 6 ......................... Easter Recess ............................................. Classes End May 14 - 18 May 20 Classes Begin - Spring Semester ........................................ April 19 - 23 May 11 Registration ................................... ......................................... Final Examinations Commencement
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2002
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2002
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
......................2 Options ......................4 Visiting Students ................5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................36 Interim Abroad .................. 38 Other Courses ...
Show more ......................2 Options ......................4 Visiting Students ................5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................36 Interim Abroad .................. 38 Other Courses ...................39 Introduction Introduction to Interim The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The College is changing its calendar next year to a 4-4 calendar so January Interim 2002 will be the last opportunity to take an Interim course. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. All other current students are expected to complete the two interims required for graduation. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1321 per course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may petition to take an additional 1.0 course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as afirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, afirmative action coordinator, Ofice of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, M N 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>. Options International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 38. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 7. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,844 for the Interim course plus a $25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2002 November 13 to December 1 January 3 . . . . . . . . . . Interim registration ..........................First day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m January 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last . day to register or add a class January 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day to drop a class without notation on record January 16 ..................... Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses January 2 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends January 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins February 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 to 11:45 a.m. (Note:on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-no class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at 612-330-1 150. h f e Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: John McCaffrey A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with a variety of drawing media. Students will study form, structure, skeletal and surface anatomy, proportion, rendering techniques, and composition. There will be a $45 fee to be paid on the first day of class Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tme: I Room: Old Main 17 /Topics: Watercolor Painting: Art of the French Table ART 300-J Instructor: Tara Christopherson A !r' Aim What Arles cafe seated Van Gogh on the yellow chair he immortalized? What Provencal traditions produced the inspiration for Cezanne's still life, Fruit Bowl, Glass and Apples? How did the region's pottery and glass artisans influence the dramatically modern Leger and Picasso? The wallpaper in Matisse's tableau, Harmony in Red-did it hang in his studio on the outskirts of Nice? And FragonardProvencal romantice, what perfumes from his native Grasse inspired his flower-filled paintings? In this course, students learn transparent watercolor techniques and experience the art of the French table by painting on location-subject matter, conversation, locations, and traditions that inspired masters. For more information, contact Prof. Tara Christopherson, 612-330-1232. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys BIO 140-J BIO 340-J Instructor: William Capman dLm The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about two weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities, oceangoing research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents-BIO 101, 102,103,113, 114, or consent of instructor. BIO 340:(l)field and laboratory records, (2)personal journal, (3)quizzes at Marine Institute, (4)written report of the research project, and (5)final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 340: BIO 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing, and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructor for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: II Room: Science 225 Rhe Biology of Aging BIO 185-J Instructor: Bob Herforth With the aging of the Baby Boom generation, interest in, and research on, the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age and diseases associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 /personal Finance BUS 240-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. Evaluation: Quizzes and exams. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Foss 43 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-J Instructor: Steven LaFave This course provides an examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age. Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used everyday come from different polymeric materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic polymers in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle, for the historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets, six quizzes, six reflection papers, six lab periods, and an individual project and presentation. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: II Room: Science 315 States of Maiter (.50 Credit) CHM 114-J Instructor: Joan Kunz CHM 114 provides an overview of the main states of matter, examining the laws governing the behavior of gases, liquids, solids, colloids, and solutions. The course connects chemical theory and models of matter with real world behavior and application. CHM 114 is a required transitional course for students needing one year of general chemistry who enter at the CHM 105 level and intend to take CHM 116 in the spring. CHM 106 will not be offered in the spring of 2002; all students needing two semesters of general chemistry must take either CHM 1151116 or CHM 10511141116. Prerequisite: CHM 105 Time: I Room: Science 212 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Tune: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Grading will be based on examinations and programming assignments. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 202 School and Society EDC 480-J Instructor: Joe Erickson -l'l~iscrmrse will rxanainc. the rr~lcof schools and ducatinn in two cultures: the United States and Nicaragua. Participants will have an opportunity to see how these two contrasting cultures and social systems view the role of schools within their societies. Every system of learning has both opportunities and defects. Those in leadership roles within each system make choices about how to educate. The goal of the course is to enhance participants' understanding of the role of teaching and learning within a society, both in the formal elementary and secondary educational systems and in non-formal educational structures such as adult literacy campaigns. For more information, contact Prof. Joe Erickson, 612-330-1647. Prerequisite: Sophomore-standing education majors & completed PPST & admitted to the education department Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing (If taken in conjunction with EDC 200.) Time: WEClDay 1 Topics: Live Theatre Here and Abroad: The Best of Two Worllds ENG 282-2 Instructor: Ron Palosaari & Darcey Engen W f/F , ~ I London, an exciting city to visit, has the best live theatre in the world. MinneapolisISt. Paul is one of the best places for drama in America. We will spend 10 days enjoying London theatre, nightlife, and cultural opportunities. Then we will return and study Twin Cities theatre, which has its own strengths. Students will also be assigned several museums and art gallery visits, hear guest speakers that will include directors, actors, and stage managers. Our course will be especially good for those students who want to travel abroad but are looking for a shorter or less expensive trip. Any interested student, however will find this course a rich educational experience. For more information, contact Prof. Ron Palosaari, 612-330-1005, or Prof. Darcey Engen, 612-330-1549. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-D ENG 482-D Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in 19-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. From Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its end, the nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain have continued to interest and horrify readers throughout the 20th century. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood, and Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one reviewer remarked) seemed like people the reader might meet at dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive, these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Foss 20 Topics in History: Minnesota History HIS 195-J Instructor: Bill Green This course will cover the early racial, ethnic, political, and economic history of Minnesota, focusing on the Ojibway and Dakota, the explorations of the French and British, the U.S. territorial era, and statehood. We also will look at how European immigration impacted Minnesota, and how the rise of various political movements influenced the governance of the state. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Dance (men only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-M Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I- 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116 Room: Melby Gym - center court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-W Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I - 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116 Room: Melby Gym - center court Instructional Materials & Methods in Health Education HPE 390-J Instructor: Eileen Uzarek This course will cover principles and methods of instruction applied to health education(5-12). Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and student assessment. Development and delivery of lessonslactivities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create, deliver, and assess health education lessons in a "real"c1assroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion of a "technology project:' resource file, and exam. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff 1'1 e>m Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,500, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying Interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce I Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, 612-330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills; Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Paideia Seminars INS 255-J Instructor: Anne Kaufman Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars, and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Topics: I've Been Working on the Railroad INS 268-J Instructor: Noel Petit An overview of the history, technology, economics, and future of railroading in the United States. Includes visits to rail and transportation facilities here in the Twin Cities as well as a rail trip to Chicago on Amtrak to experience intercity and commuter rail systems. Designed to give the student an understanding of the significance of this hidden part of the U.S. economy. The student will learn how significant Minnesota has been in the development of rail systems where we are going in this growing industry. We will have a special emphasis on the development of the towns of the Midwest. Students will complete four papers (one each week) and present their paper to the class (with multimedia images and videos) each week. Students will critique each presentation. Trip Fee: $300. Note: This fee will be placed on your student account when you register for this course. Prerequisites: Effective Writing English 111 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Time: I Room: Sverdrup 201 Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson & Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, and its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self-discovery learning activities, visits to Twin Cities businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options, complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and selfassessments, and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Lindell 16 Native American Storytelling INS 332-J Instructor: Sophia Jacobsen The objective of this course is to study Native American storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will learn how the art of storytelling is integral to story content. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics or Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Music 23 Topics: The Czech Republic: Social and Cultural Impact of the Emerging Free Market Economy INS 495-C Instruclor: Stu Stoller This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culture and society will allow you the opportunity to develop an appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in Central Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their own life experiences have shaped their perspectives in the world, and how this differs from people in other countries. During week one, there will be excursions and field trips that will explore the environs of Olomouc and study the history, culture, art, and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week two will focus on the Czech Republic's recent membership of NATO. Students will study the roots of the divisions of modern Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it approaches membership in the EU. The final week will concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the excommunist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the changes in social norms and values, which underlie these new economic initiatives. For more information contact Stu Stoller at 612- 330-1772 Applied Algebra MAT 105-J Instructor: Su Doree Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an emphasis of applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 1 I ' Math of lnterest MAT 173-J Instructor: Nick Coult Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 205 Math of lnterest MAT 173-K Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 108 I Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe w M U 5 179-J Instructors: Roberta Kagin & Gabe Gabrielsen d m\,/I ' I ' h i ~cnlirse provides an opl~nrtiir~ity t1-r visit sonw of tlw F Great Eurclpeau c~~ltural ccfilers that ~~rovidcd the impctits f i l l I development of cultural life in the New World. For more information you may call Prof. Roberta Kagin, 612-330-1273. Liberal Art Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 1951-1971 MUS 204-J Instructor: Ned Kantar An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, written assignments, exam, and a group project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Music 3 . Skills of Music Theatre MUS 235-J THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from the basic human impulse to dance, sing, and express oneself. Come join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music professor Sonja Thompson as we explore this interdisciplinary art form, and assist you in developing your own performance skills. In addition to memorizing, analyzing, and performing your own scene from an opera, operetta, or a musical, you will also be introduced to music-theater from China, Japan, India, and other cultures. The course includes writing and research, class discussion and exercises, improvisation, and small and large group instruction. Performers of all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested students will be auditioned in December and appropriate material will be assigned. Course may be repeated with permission from the instructors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Beginning Norwegian I NOR I l l - J Instructor: Becky Hegstad This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 26 The Philosophy of Socrates PHI 231-J Instructor: David Apolloni We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his person and teachings. We shall clarify and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if that means accepting one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Existentialism PHI 370-J Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach We begin with the philosophical background of Existentialism in Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, and Heidegger. We then consider what it is to be beings-in-theworld by focusing on central themes such as freedom, absurdity, guilt, despair, paradox, risk, and the presence and absence of God in the philosophical and literary works of individuals like Sartre, Camus, Kafka, Beckett, and deBouvoir. Prerequisite: One prior course in Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-J Instructor: Ken Erickson This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research paper, and at least one class presentation. Prerequisite: Phy 245 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 206 Environmental and River Politics POL 241-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where they are, and it continues to define the city, as human settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river ecosystem. Of late in cities across America there has been "a return to the river," and in this class we will be doing the same. The river stands as a remarkable symbol for the community, of continuity and change, of cycles and transformation, of the power and beauty of the natural world, and there is much to be learned from studying it. Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction between wilderness and civilization and the political function of the line dividing those two realms. We will cxplott. the ~bivorlhrt>ughthc cycs and cxpcrienccs c b f those whv have wr-rkerl ancl lived their lives along il, anrl through sitc visits to Incatio~lsalong thc river, speakers in class, nnd on the Internet. S!~tdentswill t~avi.iln opportui~ity to explow thcir own inttresrs in tl~criver through i n d i v i d u a l projects, ranging rrom boat building, lo Inhlying at the Stutc Ct~pital,In rhe vnrinlrs Mississippi Honds, tn river wolcl~yand "green consumerism." There will bc o p p o r t u n i l i e s to work will1 Incrll river-relatctl groups 011 thasc projccts,'~h~.ou~liont thc coursc s ~ t ~ d e nwill t s he encousngctl to drcnm, and to worlc o t ~talcing that vision and ~ i ~ a k i nit gn i.e:~li~y, in building wip port lor n projccr, in netwnrlritls, in hilvinp, palicnce, in fclllnw ing rhrouph, in working hartl, R I I ~ at ! tlir enrl, 11;lving sornr~l~i~ig concrete to show for thtir effilrrs. T11esc pmjcc~s can h~ B j~rtjtntypcfor the f ~ ~ t ~pt ur ~ r s r ~nf i l a vnratiori lo cnntribute lo thc*jrworld in whntcvor wny one is celled to tic1 SO. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Understanding Asian America: The Politics of Identity POL 282-J Instructor: Andrew Aoki This course focuses on Asian Pacific Americans (APAs) and thcir chilnging p o s i l i o n in Amcrican socie~y,Innking a t history ns ~ c l as l contcinpnr:lry ile\~cloymcnls. L l x n ~ i ~ i n c s Elnw hltAs hnvc hccn idcn~ificdhy olliers, ar~rlhow Asian An~cricar~s itlcntify thcrusrlvcs. Will Al+'ir fi~llnwa "'racial" pailern Isii~~ibr to Al'laicnnAmcricarts), or will they follow nn "eihnic" pattern (similar lo I'uropean Arnoricans)? Tc, what cxtcrit rrrill those not nf E u r o p c a n dcqccnt be sccn as part CII the mainstream rather than the margins? These questions are relevant not just for APA affairs, but also for the larger social changes that are sweeping America at the beginning of the Science and Religion J .9. -- 7 - REL 374-J Instructors: Larry Crockett & Mark Engebretson For somc in our sncicty, scie~lccir t l ~ driving c enainc ofa l)cttcr, inore scclrre l i f t i ~ n dthe hasis h r a philosopl-ty of life. I:or n~hers, scici~ura nrl irs assaciatecl ~cchnologieq,n long wit11 its inviratinn tn hecomc n glnbal wnrltlview, constilcitc a gl-nvc tlircal. Smne Cl~rislinnspart irulnsly iccl thrcntencrl by science. Tlris coarse will adclrcss ~ h c s rlnatters in two ways. Firs!, it will I~cginwiih a historica! nvcrview nS tlie relatioi~s bstwecn scicncc and tllc Chrisiinn f6~itll, empl~wsizills~lircc periods: he clrigins o f the Clrrisiian faith, thu clevcl~ipmentof "morlern" sciencc ant! ~~~cclianistic ~diilrrsal~liy, and thr recvilluat ion [tf scicncc anil natulnchirr Ihc 201h rcnt~rry.Scconci, it will stlldy systematically the wnrlctvictm of scicncc and religion to see how they compare. Class tilnc will hc tlivirlud ,lmnng a variety of artivitics including lectures, wliolc class tlisctrssicms, snlall Rruilp IU rorials, arrrl an oxtended simtr Intion cxercisu in dcvclnpirrg a space cillol~y,itlrawitig from thr ide;is rlcvclopcll in ihr coiirse. (hurse cv:tluatic~nwill I>c hnsurl un two sl~ortexams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: II Room: Science 205 Topics: Heaven, Hell and the End of the World: Interpreting Biblical Apoca!yptic Liferature REL 490-J Instructor: Philip Quanbeck I 1 This course is a study of the apocalyptic literature of the Bible with emphasis on the book of Daniel in the Old Testament and the book of Revelation in the New Testament, as well as apocalyptic themes elsewhere in the New Testament, such as the letters of the Apostle Paul. The apocalyptic literature of the intertestamental period will also be examined. This course will also address the legacy of apocalyptic literature in the history of Christian thought and experience including an examination of contemporary apocalypticism. This will include the role of biblical apocalyptic imagery in art, literature, film, and popular culture. Coursework will include group presentations, two exegetical papers on biblical texts, and a final project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time II Room: Old Main 25 Cultures of Violence SOC 290-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 13 Topics: The Sociology of Social Movements SOC 295-J Instructor: Lars Christiansen Scores of social movements have shaped and challenged the social, political, and economic institutions of the United States. Many of these protest movements seek to change the established social order; some seek its defense and preservation. This course offers the sociological study of social movements in the United States within the last two centuries. We will explore important question such as: Why do people engage in protests at certain times, while at other times reamin silent? Why are people willing to risk their lives to create social change? How do social movements form, and what causes their decline? Is the use of violence an effective means of establishing social change? We will address these and other crucial questions through a systematic study of several social movements including labor, civil rights, feminist, environmentalist, and anti-global capital movements. Prerequisite: Soc 121 or permission of professor. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 29 Documentary Video SPC 347-J Instructor: Deb Redmond Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 257-A SWK 257-B Instructors: Glenda Rooney & Francine Chakolis Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of practice in social work and to help students explore a possible major in social work or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 307-A SWK 307-B Instructor: Curt Paulsen & Joe Clubb Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Introduction to Dance (0.0 credit) THR 002-T HPE 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance, including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Each class includes a rigorous physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modern dance. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation THR 004-J HPE 004-J Instructor: Sandra Agustin Students will learn various phases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation of short, improvisational pieces. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Prerequisite: THRIHPE 002 or instructor's permission. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Skills of Music Theatre THR 235-JIMUS 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen See course information listed under MUS 235-J. Resources for Youth and Family Ministry Y FM 201-J Instructor: Nancy Going The Twin Cities are home to many youth and family organizations and parachurch ministries. This course in an unbelievable opportunity to visit many of them, and to get to know many of the creative people who have conceived and given shape to significant resources for the church. In addition, students will have hands-on opportunities to review and use the printed, music, media, and Web resources that are shaping ministry in the church today. Finally, students will learn a process for planning, and develop their presentation skills by providing leadership for a two-day retreat. Retreat costs: $30. We will pool transportation for site visits and the retreat. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II -January 3, 4, 7 - 11, 17, 18, 22, & end with retreat on January 23-24 from 9:00 a.m. on January 23 to 8:00 p.m. on January 24. Room: Sverdrup 1 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership YFM 232-J Instructor: Lyle Griner Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 9 a.m. - 11:30 a.m. on January 3,8, l0,22, & 24; and 9 a.m. - 5 p.m. on January 14, 15, 16 & 17 Room: Sivertsen Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball HPE 002-B Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Melby Gym-northlsouth courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F Instructor: Paul Grauer Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-G Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Introduction to Dance HPE 002-T/THR 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin See course information listed under THR 002-T. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Satern Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation HPE 004-JTTHR 004-J Instructor: Sandra Agustin See course information listed under THR 004-J. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Satern Auditorium Interim Abroad UMAIE SPP 201-J Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following - courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,612-330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Africa e5 the Middle East African Stories: Philosophical Ideas in Literature Crossroads Africa: Arts and Culture in Morocco The Natural History of Tanzania Australia and the South Pacific Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society Australia: The Economy and its Social Context Europe Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern Ireland Context The Czech Republic: Social and Cultural Impact of the Emerging Free Market Economy Tltr 13rrcqlish Srlrard nnrl l:rrt~riiy:A Cot?~parrrtiveStudy in Nirt', Id~*tlr), and Paris Frct~rhI,nri,vra,qc rrrtd Culrr~n~ ?t~~errnl?rli~rrr .'ipnrrisi~C n ~ r g i r g rrrlrri Ctrl/rri-cin Southern Spain Live Theatre In and Around London The Lost Generation: Americans in Paris Spain: The Influence of a National Culture on Organizational Practices Theatre in England Watercolor Painting: Art of the French Table The European Union in the 21st Century Latin America and the Caribbean School and Society . Other Interim Abroad Courses HECUA Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Peace and Conflict Resolution in Northern Ireland ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at Hamline: Transforming Genres Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: David Mura David Mura will teach the ACTC 2002 advanced creative writing course at Hamline University. His topic will be "transforming genres." Mura, a poet, creative nonfiction writer, critic, playwright, and performance artist, will encourage students to write in one genre to explore shifting their work to another genre. The total class size will be limited to 2-3 recommended students from each college. Prerequisites: Eng 226, or other introductory creative writing course, and recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To apply for this course, contact Professors Cass Dalglish and Doug Green. Maximum Enrollment: Three student writers from each of the ACTC colleges. Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Inside Washington 2002: Academic seminars Politics and the Media Politics, Power, and the Presidency January 6-1 8, 2001 Pol 398-A(l.O Credit) January 2002 marks the end of President Bush's first year in office and the beginning of the race for the congressional midterm elections that may mean a party switch in the House or Senate. Much is also at stake at the state level as numerous gubernatorial races may determine who will run for president in 2004. Many retirements and new seats as a result of reapportionment and redistricting means that the political deck is being reshuffled. Who will be advantaged? What are the likely outcomes? What main forces will be at play? How will President Bush's policy agenda affect the political landscape and what role does the media play in the political and policy games of Washington, D.C.? Inside Washington 2002 is an exceptional opportunity for students to step into the fire of politics and gain a unique insight into these and many other issues. Through site visits, tours, briefings, and lectures, politicians, media personalities, policy makers, and scholars will take students on a behind-the-scenes journey through the halls of power. Don't miss this special opportunity to go inside Washington! The first week, "Politics and the Media:' will examine how the relationship between politicians and the media shapes political news. The second week, "Politics, Power, and the Presidency:' will explore the first year of the Bush Administration, and the influences that affect the public policy agenda of any new presidential administration. For further information about the program see Professor Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A, call her at 330-1197, or email: hedblom@augsburg.edu.There are four scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through the political science department.
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1994-1996
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1994-1996
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
A Greeting from the President On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use this opportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable...
Show more A Greeting from the President On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use this opportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and its metropolitan location attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg. The College continues to grow, building on a tradition of excellence in its programs, f a d t y , students and facilities. It is a place where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and ideas. I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future. I look forward to meeting you on campus. Charles S. Anderson President - AUCSBURC LOLLECE FACTS AND FIGURES Location -Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 18 percent represent other Protestant denominations and 21 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. Accreditation -North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by the American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, and National League for Nursing. Member -Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council. Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board, as described on page 11. Enrollment (1993-'94) - 2,964 students from 26 states and 26 nations. I Graduates - 11,839 undergraduates from 1870 through July 31,1993. StudentIFaculty Ratio - 13.84 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 20-25. Campus - 16 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. I Financial Aid -Over 90 percent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. I Library -Over 175,000 items, access to over 7,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium and Minitex, the regional library network. School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College -trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program - trimesters, September to June. Majors -More than 40 majors in 22 departments. Off Campus Programs - Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE)and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. I Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A ugsburg College in - is grounded traditions - the traditions of its founders, of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to the challenges of today's - and tomorrow's changing world. Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college stude,ntswere enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouraging and respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect the future in positive ways. Early Leaders Establish a Direction The phrase, "Think globally, act locally" rings true at Augsburg. The College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for service," and to the Mission of the College: To developfuture leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the About Augsburg 7 Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changed This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr., became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsbwg added the Music Hall,Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting three graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increased accessibility and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. - About Augsburg Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,800 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers - Riverside Medical Center - is adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Corners theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/ skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the fi;e buildings on the ~ u a d r i ~ lplus e , Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and Black Student Affairs Program Offices - Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and Black students. Anderson Hall -Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is the newest building on campus. Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 men and women. (1993) Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air supported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing year-around use. Christensen Center - Center of nonacademic activity, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, About Augsburg 9 bookstore and offices for student govemment and student publications. (1967) program and two admissions representatives. College Relations House - Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for College Relations staff, who oversee public relations and publications for the College. Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. It is also the office for the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department. It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961) East Hall -Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) and the Center for Atmospheric Space Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel and the Amold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for the Campus Ministry program, drama and communication offices. Augsburg's computer lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center and the John Evans Learning Laboratory are located in the lower level of this facility. (1988) The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. Located at 2124 S. 7th Street, the center houses the offices of Alumni/Parent Relations, the Augsburg Fund, Community Relations, the Hispanic/Latino support Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall - Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Modem Language and Art Departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall ,- Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. (1949) South Hall and Annex Houses -All are located in or near the campus area and provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Iu - About Augsburg George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, Cooperative Education and classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have given several generous gifts to the College. The tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs which increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to the programs listed below, the College is also home to Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction- Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a non-profit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. By drawing on the talents and resources of others concerned with the success of students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps them move from thinking to doing, from wanting to having, and from dreaming to achieving. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. Nordic Center - The Nordic Center promotes interest in contemporary Norden, encourages the pursuit of Nordic studies and nurtures intercultural relations between the United States and the five Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic Center is located at 2400 Butler Place. Augsburg Youth and Family Institute - The Institute is designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2011 South Seventh Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar/ workshops, a resource center and counseling senices. W POLICIES It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 About Augsburg Ir Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. For Freshmen - 14 Early Admission of Freshmen - 15 For Transfer Students - 15 For Former Students - 15 For Special Students - 15 International Student Services - 16 - ADMISSIONS A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community and the community at large. Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Call the Admissions Office any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 430 p.m. - (612) 330-1001 or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including Saturday momings during the school year). Our office is on the northwest comer of Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call first.) Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. . . 1 FRESHMEN Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $20.00 application fee. Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. General Education Development scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores - Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information- If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's course work, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Admissions Confirmation of Admission - Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. *Non-refundableafter May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. I TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional aedit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer course work from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter credits, will be accepted toward the number of Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of this catalog to see if admission to the major is necessary. I FORMER STUDENTS Students who have intempted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for re-admission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. I SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time l3 - Admissions students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Admissions Office. Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. International students from more than 50 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. Students should contact the Admissions Officefor an International Student Application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be received two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. , For additional information, call (612) 330-1001, or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis MN 55454 College Costs Tuition and Fees - 1 Room and Board - 1 Special Fees - 18 Deposits and Payments - 19 1 Financial Policies Refunds - 20 I Financial Aid How and When to Apply - 21 Kinds of Aid I 1 a I .I I I I Merit Scholarships - 22 Gift Assistance - 23 Loan Assistance - 23 Student Employment - 24 Sponsored Scholarships - 25 X OUR LDUCATION A 11students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in gifts -from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations and endowment income. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 1994-'95 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ..................$485.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .......... $2,234.00 (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) ......... $2,138.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) Flex 5 point plan Fees ......... $2,076.00 .......... $1,890.00 ....................... $112.00 ..... $ 11,902.00 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September, 1994. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course ....... $1,270.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NON-REFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ............... $12.00 Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ...........$25.00 Registration Change after first five days (cancelladd/ change/grade option, or combination at one time) .................. $5.00 Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) ...... $485.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ........ $270.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ........ $50.00 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) ....... $100.00 Financial Information Is Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) .... $193.00 Student Activity Fee ............. $100.00 Student Activity Fee (part-time students) .......... $50.00 Fees Payable by Check/Cash Application (new and/or special students) ............. $20.00 $128.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests Nursing Comprehensive Exam .... $16.00 Nursing Name Pins ............... $5.00 Locker Rental (commuters) ........ $26.00 Student Parking Lot Permit - car ....................... $81.00 -motorcycle ................ $41.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ........ $2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Ofice) .. BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year. DEPOSITS Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........ $100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage Deposit ..... $100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall Semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. I PAYMENTS Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a Statement of Estimated Charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installmentsbeginning June 15 and ending March 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - Financial Information A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. REFUNDS Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Advising Center or Registrar's Office. They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% - from the 6th through 10th day of classes 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes 60% - from the 2lst through 25th day of classes 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus onehalf of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued e ~ o h e n t . Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. REFUNDS FOR NEW STUDENTS FIRST TERM AT AUCSBURC Refunds will be calculated on a pro-rata basis (using federal government guidelines) for students attending Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point in time of the period of enrollment. The federal statute guidelines and requirements for refunds are more stringent for Financial Information 21 first-term new students. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the 1993-'94 academic year, nearly 9 out of 10 students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. HOW AND WHEN TO APPLY New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application, enter the Augsburg College Code 002334, and send the application to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid application and submit it to Student Financial Services. 4. After Augsburg receives the analysis and you are accepted for admission, the' Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid. 5. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 6. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available from the Admissions or Financial Aid offices. 7. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a copy of their most recent federal tax form. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re- :L Financial lntormation established each academic year by filing the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid and the Renewal Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Renewal is based on the family's financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academic progress and fund availability. KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and other sources. Merit Scholarships President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the difference between non- Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details are available from the Admissions Office. Transfer Scholarships - Transfer Scholarships up to $5,000 are available to full-time students in the day schedule who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following two years of full-time study at a community college or other approved twoyear college. Students must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on a 4.0 point scale. Scholarships are awarded without regard to need and will be renewed for a second year given satisfactory academic performance. Special application is due April 1.Details are available from the Admissions Office. Regents' Merit Scholarships -The Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement. Depending on high school class rank or college entrance test score, Augsburg will award scholarships of $1,000 to $4,000 each, renewable each year, regardless of financial need. Performing Arts Scholarships -These recognize student excellence in music or theater. Students with talents in music (vocal and instrumental), acting, stage design or production are qualified for this $1,000 annual award. Selection is based on individual performance auditions, good academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with a co-curricular performance group. Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and community. Examples of involvement of recent scholarship recipients include Financial Information z! Amnesty International, Habitat for Humanity, community service and church activities. Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recognize incoming freshmen of high academic achievement with a demonstrated record of leadership within their congregations. Students eligible for the $1,000 annual renewable award are those who rank in the top 30 percent of their high school class and have the recommendation of their pastor. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $500 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1. Gift Assistance (Need Based) Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Mimesota residents who have financial need. For 1993-'94, these ranged from $100 to $5,889. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1994'95 was $2,300. Application is made by filing the FAFSA. Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian Scholarships -Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary; contact the American Indian Support Program office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan cames a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate - Financial Information L4 study is $15,000 ($30,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loans Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans which the federal govenunent subsidizes by paying accrued interest while in school and during the grace period. Therefore, the borrower is not responsible for interest accrued while in school or during the sixmonth grace period. Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement for the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually based on the 91-day Treasury Bill. For students with existing loans, the interest rate will match the interest rate on their existing loans (7%,8%, 9% or S%/lO%). The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 Federal Nursing Student Loan -A federal program with provisions similar to the Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half-time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent childreri. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not toexceed 10 perceni and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has an account. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) - SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduates may borrow up to $6,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments b e p the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven Financial Information 2s financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study positions. Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities. Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends of the College, offers more than 175 sponsored scholarships. For more detailed information about sponsored scholarships, contact the Student Financial Services Office or your admissions counselor. Sponsored scholarships are available in the following categories: general scholarships, special scholarships, minority/ international student scholarships, and departmental scholarships. Social, Cultural, Recreational- 28 Fine Arts - 29 IntercollegiateAthletics - 29 Intramurals - 29 Student Affairs - 29 Academic Skills Enrichment - 29 Program for Students with Disabilities (CLASS) - 30 Support Programs - 30 American Indian - 30 Asian American - 31 Black Students - 31 Hispanic/Latino - 32 Career Services - 32 '1 ' I 1 Center for Counseling and Health Promotion - 32 Health Service - 33 Id First Year Experience - 33 , Student Activities - 33 International Programs - 33 I Food Service - 34 ( Residence Life Program - 35 (Housing) I I , '1 L Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records - 36 2g 3TUDENT LIFE I bxperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for leaming and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student govemment also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gfts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our The College Pastor and Campus Ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support or information. Student govemment is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities.If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the Student Body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities take place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalities in various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of Student Life leisure-time activity on campus. The Gameroom and Student Lounge, popular hang-outs, are located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Urness Tower. Students have many opportunitiesto participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and intemational tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus v,&shops with visiting arts professionals. I INTRAMURALS Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. I ACADEMIC SKILLS ENRICHMENT INTERCOLLEGIATEATHLETICS Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota IntercollegiateAthletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division LII. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball and tennis. The Academic Enrichment Program is designed to offer students study skills assistance so that they may achieve their best from their studying. The program includes four components: the Learning Center, the Tutor Center, the Learning Laboratory and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). The Learning Center, located in Memorial Hall, Room 119 and Foss Center, Room 18, assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, 30 Student Life - notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies and learning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient study skills. The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies students of tutoring labs available, as well as supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the courses. The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing and mathematics through the use of computer software. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. W PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) serves over 150 students and is recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with diagnosed learning and physical disabilities. The CLASS program is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a high quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation. Augsburg has a commitment to recruit, retain and graduate students with learning and physical disabilities who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning. The staff includes three licensed learning disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities specialist, and an accommodationspecialist, who supervises work-study students and coordinates accommodation services for students. One-on-one meetings between students and specialists are the centerpiece of the program model. Accommodations include individualized academic support, advocacy with faculty and staff, special testing arrangements, taped textbooks, peer tutors, securing notetakers, access to and training on computers, and adaptive technology, such as a Braille printer, dictation and voice recognition software, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and accessible dormitory rooms are available. During the 1980s Augsburg spent nearly one million dollars to make the campus accessible to persons with physical disabilities by constructing a skyway-tunnelelevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Augsburg has the oldest and most extensive learning disabilities program among the private colleges in Minnesota. For more information, please contact the CLASS office at 612/330-1053 to request a copy of the CLASS brochure and/or schedule an ~nformationalappointment with a specialist. W AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The American Indian Support Program, located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a multifaceted office established in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is a national model of success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian students in the state of Minnesota. Student Life Components of the program are as follows: American lndian Support Services: Assistance in admissions procedures, financial aid procedures including BIA, Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career counseling, employment, community and professional referrals, internships, student housing and crisis intervention. It advises and supports the Intertribal Student Union (ITSU). Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and cosponsors cultural events. Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership:MNITTP is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public schools. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness for each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. American lndian Studies Minor: An academic component encompassingthe range of American Indian contributions to North American culture. Courses offered include art, religion, history, literature, Ojibwe language and women's issues. For more information, contact Dr. Virginia Allery, 612/330-1385, or see course listings under Interdisciplinary Studies in the academic section of the catalog. Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000 books, a variety of journals and scholarly publications, research materials, American Indian magazines and newspapers and over 125VHS videos are housed in the Sverdrup Library and at the American Indian Support Program Office. The library project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States. H ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The Asian American Support Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian American students and to enhance the quihty of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunitieswhere Asian American students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life. The Program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and course work selection, career development, academic and non-academic difficulties, and employment and placement referrals. The Asian American Association is affiliated with the Support Program. The Association carries out various activities during the acadeinic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian American and other students at Augsburg. BLACK STUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAM The Black Student Affairs Office (BSA) is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to promote cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. BSA sponsors 31 - 32 Student Life events and activities, such as celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana History Month, the Each One Reach One mentoring program and Augsburg Black Alumni Council gatherings. The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) provides support to students, including a schedule of social and cultural activities. The headquarters is in the BSA Office, as is the Pan-Afrikan Center. HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT PROGRAM The Hispanic/Latino Support Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling and advocacy. Students find assistance in: admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment and placement referrals. The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, cultural events, and other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic/Latino students and provides awareness of the unique aspects of the Hispanic culture. CAREER SERVICES The Career Services Department is committed to assisting all students with their career planning. This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services offers students the opportunity to actively participate in career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews. S e ~ c eare s available to all students, but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend one of three annual job fairs with recruiters representing business, education or nonprofit and government sectors. There is also an annual graduate and professional school fair for seniors to explore educational options after graduation. CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Counseling Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunitiesto gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Counseling is an educational process in which students learn to think objectively about themselves and learn methods of understanding themselves and others. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Student Life 3: Health Promotion Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group workshops to accommodate the needs of all students. Topics include varied health issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight management, stress reduction, alcohol and other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students interested in health issues can combine learning and practice through involvement with Health Promotion services. Academic and practicurn opportunities are also available to students from a variety of academic disciplines. HEALTH SERVICE Riverside University Family Practice Clinic serves as the Augsburg College Health Service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located one block from campus at 2615 Franklin Avenue South. Office visits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students. Students must check family health insurance coverage to determine if they are included. If not, contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office for information regarding student health insurance. FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM (FYE) The FYE program assists students in their first Augsburg registration, provides orientation events before classes begin, and also includes a seminar series. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students - an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, the ME seminar is centered on a series of themes. These themes are reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the program. STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involve ment in developing events, activities and organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming effortsand targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS The International Student Services Office focuses on the needs of international students. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. International Students -International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financial matters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare) and personal concern. New international students participate in an orientation program before the beginning of the term which provides 14 Student Life practical information on housing, banking, using local transportatiod and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportmities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Students interested in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements. Orientation and re-entry programs are offered to assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their course work and personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15 for off-campus study the following year. All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. The cost for many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/ general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and the Study Abroad Adviser before departure. Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the cross-culturalperspectives of its intemational students and students with experience overseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club and the International House, forums on world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural communication for faculty and staff. FOOD SERVICE The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. %s pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's - Located on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features grill items, pizza, soups and salads, desserts and beverages. - Augsburg provides a variety of board Student Life plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residence experience during the college years. Research indicates that students who live on campus will be more likely to complete their college degree successfully. Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic residence program which fosters the development of community, and supports and enhances the academic experience. Live-in staff assist students by providing social and educational programming, facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting in emergencies. Each complex contains 24hour study rooms, computer services, laundry and vending services and access to security staff. Augsburg expects all freshmen and sophomores, not living at home, to live in college-operated housing. Housing for married students and students with families is available. Students rent a room at the beginning of the Fall term for the entire academic school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upper-class students make housing arrangementsin the Spring. All resident students must sign room and board contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay a $100 deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the student's account when he or she moves out. The College houses approximately 700 students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A wide variety of options are available, including single rooms. Urness Tower -All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk and chair. Linens are not provided. Mortensen Tower -This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 onebedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. Anderson Hall - Opened in Fall 1993, this is the newest residence hall. It contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses and townhouses. This residence houses 192 men and women. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers and desks. It is equipped with telephones, cable TV and computer hook-ups. Special Interest Housing -Students may submit proposals in the Spring for a program which allows them to live as a group with a special educational contract. Examples of programs include Campus Ministry, healthy living options and international floors. 3! - l6 Student Life STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS The C O 1 l e ~ a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Officeof the and the Placement Office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office. General Information - 3, Degrees Offered - 38 Academic Calendar - sa , Computer Resources - 39 Academic Advising Center - 39 I Academic Organ'mtion and Programs Divisions and Departments - 40 Majors and Minors - 40 Teaching Licensure - 42 Pre-Professional Programs - 42 Honors Program - 43 Inter-Institutional Programs - 44 Study Abroad - 45 Experiential Education - 48 Weekend College -50 Graduate Programs - . Other Programs - 51 Academic Policies and Procedures - 5 Registration- 51 Withdrawal from College - 52 Leave of Absence - 52 General Education Curriculum - 53 Quick Check Summary of Graduation Requirements - 53 Graduation Requirements - 55 Students Entering 1993 and After Students Who Entered Prior to 1993 Students Entering Under Distributio Curriculum Requirements - 64 Skills Component - 57 Liberal Arts Perspectives - 58 Rationale for Perspectives - 63 Evaluation and Grading - 66 Assessment of Previous Learning Program - 68 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal - 70 Four Year Assurance Program - 71 - ACADEMIC INFORMATION A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human persons -intellectually, spiritually and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which live. providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over 40 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. DECREES OFFERED Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work graduate degrees. ACADEMIC CALENDAR Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three course credits can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. fiecalendar is coordinated with of the four other colleges of the Associated CoU,ges of the Twin Cities, so students can t&e courses on another during the regular term. (SeeRegistration on page 51 and Calendars on page 269 and 270.) January Interim is~&cularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunitieswithin the United States and abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contading the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs, pages 50 and 51). FACULTY The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. ~ o sfaculty t hold the dodorate or other terminal degree and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional and a variety of research activities, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Every freshman is assigned a First Year Experience (FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. tapes and films, and supplies media equipment free of charge for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. I COMPUTER RESOURCES I LIBRARY AND AUDIO-VISUAL SERVICES A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study and do research. The main library houses over 175,000 books, journals, records and microforms. Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within departmental areas. A se~ce-orientedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, reference service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitations and special needs. Students have access via a computerized online catalog and daily courier service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and the James J. Hill Reference Library. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses a large collection of sound recordings, video The recent completion of a new computer classroom and lab in the Foss Center was an important addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters -located in the residence halls, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network that offers a full range of network services. Students also have 24-hour access seven days a week to more than 30 computers in the Mortensen/Umess study lounge. Augsburg College, a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet since 1990, is connected to hundreds of universities and other institutions in the U.S. and around the world. Internet access and a renewed focus on educational technology is allowing Augsburg to integrate these electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. I ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER The Academic Advising Center advises transfer students and students with undeclared majors, provides information on - Academic lntormation matters of general education, administers and tracks all entry level skills assessments, interprets catalog and graduation skills requirements, and advises both students who have been placed on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The Center also coordinates summer advising for the orientation program and provides in-service training and development for f a d t y advisers. DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS The College curriculum is offered by 22 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chair).Art, English, Modern Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication, Theatre Arts, College Librarians. Natural Science and Mathematics Mark Engebretson (Chair).Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Computer Science, Physics. Social and Behavioral Sciences Richard Nelson (Chair).Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History, Management Information Systems (MIS), Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. Professional Studies -Vincent Peters (Chair).Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work. MAJORSAND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Business Administration/Economics Business Administration/Finance Business Administration/Intemational Business Business Administration/Management Business Administration/Marketing Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication General CommunicationStudies Mass Communications Organizational Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) East and Southeast Asian Studies' Economics Applied Economics Economics Economics/Business Administration Education Kindergarten-Elementary Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering2 Academic lntormatlon - English Health Education History International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Applied Mathematics Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Nursing (B.S. -Weekend College only) Philosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Russian, Central and East European Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Women's Studies Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Health Education History International Business International Relations Linguistics Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modern Languages ' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Social Welfare Sociology Russian, Central and East European Area Studies' Special Education Speech Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). - Academic lntormation 'L Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning1 intermediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese,Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC ofice. *Dualdegree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School o f Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University. W OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major($ Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Academic Information Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of American Law Schools. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing and will satisfy most law school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),MAT 145,146;and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 113,114,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (BIO 367,386,471), (BIO 355,474), (BIO 351, 353,473), (BIO 361,440), (BIO476,481) with BIO 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota ( M i m e apolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with their faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical Therapy - Course work in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Biology Department. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112 or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121,122; electives from hurnanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philose phy, English, psychology, sociology or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (WesternCivilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 145; public speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106),351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121, 122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division modem languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the curriculum requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Honors Program The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfers - 4: 14 Academic Information and others. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript and which provides a n advantage for both employment and graduate school application. During the freshman and sophomore years, students take a four course honors sequence that satisfies four Perspectives. They also participate in a Monday Forum program that affords an opportunity to hear outside speakers, assess films, and pursue course sequence topics in greater depth. The First-Year Experience (FYE) is also integrated into the freshman sequence. During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion),one each semester and participate in a six week Monday Forum program each term. Seniors take a Senior Seminar during Interim, which satisfies a Perspective requirement, and are obliged to complete an approved Honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal which publishes outstanding student papers. Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan Griffin, Director of Freshman and Sophomore Honors, or Dr. Larry Crockett, Director of Junior and Senior Honors. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for additional details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers offcampus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change, inequality and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Academic Information 4! Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two and three year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more mformation, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad, students may find themselves exploring the ancient Mayan ruins in Mexico, meeting with women's groups in Namibia, examining Scandinavianperspectives on world peace or hilling to the sounds of music at a Viennese opera house. International Study at Augsburg College is intended to motivate students to act responsibly and effectively in society by expanding their awareness of other cultures, deepening their understanding of the human condition on a global scale, and helping them to understand the connections between social justice and global interdependence. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to students studying abroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15 for study off-campus for the next academic year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estifnates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic - Academic 16 Information program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the humanities, are among those who study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. A sample of study programs is highlighted below. For information on these or other programs overseas, contact the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. Also see the International Studies section of the Department and Programs section of this catalog for full course descriptions of the programs listed below. The Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway and Switzerland. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars -in Mexico to Central America, in Namibia to South Africa, and in Switzerland to Italy and Germany. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus plus airfare. Augsburg College/OstFold, Norway Semester or Academic Year Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss, offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Students are taught in English. Courses offered may meet perspectives for general education requirements, or count as electives in communication, international business and Nordic Area Studies. Students live with host families on the island of Jeby. Application deadline: April 15. Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives - Fall This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. The course offers credit in areas such as religion, political science and Spanish. Application deadline: April 1. Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America - Fall This program introduces students to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing, popular education and human services. Credit may be earned in social work, sociology, education, political science and Spanish. Application deadline: Apnl 1. Southern Africa Societies in Transition - Fall This intensive progrim of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition Academic Information 43 from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Credit may be earned in history, political science and religion. Internships are available with development agencies. Application deadline: April 15. Contemporary Issues in Mexico and Central America - Spring This program examines the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Students explore the importance of community and the role of U.S. citizens in social and political change. Credit may be earned in areas such as history, religion and Spanish. Application deadline: October 15. International Development and Human Rights in Latin America - Spring This program focuses on the themes of international development and human . rights. It includes coursework in human rights, international development, Hispanic literature and Spanish composition and conversation. Credit may be earned in Spanish, Latin American studies, international relations, political science, economics, peace studies, anthropology and pre-law studies. Internships in human rights organizations are available. Application deadline: October 15. Women and Development: A Southern Africa Perspective - Spring This intensive study and travel program is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history of their role in society, and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. Students may earn credit in political science, religion and sociology. Internships are available with agencies providing special services to women. Application deadline: October 15 Global Issues and World Churches Summer This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical church agencies. The program will focus on justice issues (international responses to the challenges of humans rights, refugees and relief, and social and economic development); peace issues (international responses to conflict);and the integrity of creation (international responses to environmental and ecological travel). The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in three different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Colombia. AU programs emphasize the impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies, and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway - Fall This interdisciplinary program focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture and language, and the development '8 Academic Information of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in Copenhagen, Stockholm, Helsinki, and the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15. Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador - Fall or Spring This interdisciplinaryprogram enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and increasing language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadlines: November 1for Spring Term and March 15 for Fall Term. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Colombia or Ecuador - Spring This interdisciplinary program focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: November 1. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University or the University of Minnesota, Morris. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. Interim Abroad Each January, 25 to 30 courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: October 25. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROCRAMS Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal arts education by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizations and the academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiences in small and midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Information 4 Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internships consists of the following steps: 1.Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and Director of Internships and Cooperative Education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education Office, with copies made for the faculty, supervisor and student. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester), Interim or summer session. For extension of an Internship beyond one term see Evaluation and Grading on page 66. A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education Cooperative Education is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice in work or servicebased settings. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience. Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begin and end anytme. Co-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but a non-credit Cooperative Education transcript entry is available during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram combines respoke to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understanding of issues, reflection and educational growth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct servicelearning activities and seminars or class discussions. - Academic Intormation Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building housing for low income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s) and the community. Service Learning includes course-imbedded community service, tutoring, internships, cooperative education and a wide range of volunteer options. The Service-LearningProgram works with community organizations and organizes specific projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and campus ministry. WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Accounting, Business Administration (specializationsin finance, international business, management and marketing), Communication (concentrations in general communication, organizational communication and mass communication), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work. 1 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work. Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts. This cross-disciplinaryprogram directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandinn ., of their world. The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offers two concentrations: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Academic Information Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and is host to both Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. For more information, contact the Academic Dean's office. Both concentrations are founded on the assumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs and the services to address them. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. OTHER PROGRAMS Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985with endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Elderhostel and College of the Third Age REGISTRATION A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four course credits per semester and one course during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following academic year. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning their academic program. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer -5' - Academic Information iz School Office, Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science Hall 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230 Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place Weekend College Office -2222 because this may result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be completed in the Office of the Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form may be obtained in the Advising Center or in the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Murphy Place Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the Fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the Fall for the Spring term and during the Spring for the Fall term. Class Confirmation All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment arrangements prior to the start of classes. Students who do not confirm their registration before the first day of classes (unless special arrangements have been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confirm during the first five days, but special late fees are assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form must be picked up in the Advising Center or the Office of the Registrar. It must be signed by Advising Center staff or authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated Leave of Absence form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period or an application for readmission will be required. A student on leave of absence is responsible for keeping the Office of the Registrar informed of his or her mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by the returning student. A leave of absence does not defer payment of loans or extend incomplete course deadlines. :(sluaua~!nba~ OZ"""' ('yy.0) a3wuuojrad >!snyy ' - ' - ' ' ' ('yy.0) uo!+e:,npg 3!snn asaqloj Aldde Aeu j!pam ~ a p u w l )uop '1 PI-............ ( y g ) Oqquno3~y -enpe~601 ~ o p d qua~aJ!nbal6 u ! ~ o l l o ~ :suogda3xa % u y i o ~ ~ o j aql alaldwo3 lsnu '£661 '1 henuel aq+ q q ! ~' ~ u a q e d a pauo liue laye (q!pa~>a l o u JO p~ q l ! 6u!~alua) ~ €1 ut!q+aroux ON u! aq lieu1 sasmo:, quapnls JapueJl Jo!uas pue ~o!un!IIV sasmo:, uqraluI aq Jsnu OML 8quosear aageq!quenb q asmo:, aug 8 q e a d s u! asmo:, auo - m u ) uo!s!a!a . ( ~ ~ [ Eaq+ LXI u!q+!~auo) ~ U I + U Mu! sasrno3 OML (.sa~g:,adsradro ro[eux aqj u! sasmo3 q + !+am ~ aq dew s+uauxar!nbar a s a q ~.J ) ro 0.z 30 ape18 urnur!qw e VIMS I I ~ uSo ! ~ n p e ~~U!MOIIOJ 3 aqq n g ~ ~y e sqa s~~ n aqa1duo3 o~ uayeq s! axanbas $1101-read e ssaIun squaqedap juarajpp woq OML 'sanypadsrad p p o 1erweN ~ a8eduel anlqeu mod ueqq raqqo q 'sanypadslad aSe&uel OMJ, . . . (anoqe ro 0 0 paraq ~ raddn aq qsnux 11 :asaqq jo .s+!par3 asmo:, EE aqaIduIo3 (-qdmaxaare squaprqs rajsuerq arouxoqdo~).ieu!uraS put! uoqequauo n q m a q a~a1dwo3 :(quauaJ!nbaJ asaqloa Aldde Aeu ypaJ3 ~ajsueq)uopenpe~601 J O ! J ~ q u a u a ~ ! n b a6~u ! ~ o l l oaql ~ alalduo3 lsnu ' ~ 6 '1 6 ~ henuef JaUe 6u!~alua sluapnls Japueq a~ouoqdosput? uetuysay Ile pue uauqsay Mau llv .a8e~ane ~ q o aped d ~~LII+II qeqqen .ro[eu~e 30 uo!qalduxo3 aged uo paqtrxap are sumuqxauI raqw . -uo!qenpefi lo3 pux are s+uauIar!nbar ne qeq arnsua o+srasrape r!aq+ q q ! ~lil+uanbayqnsuo:, oq pue s~uauxa~!nbal uogenper8 IInj aqq d ~ ~ y a peal oq pasrnpe ale spaprqs .SS a8ed uo q8aq q:,!q~ squamar!nbar aadap a~a~dmo:, y Jouue:, pue an!s aqq 103 d l ~ aqwqsqns -uaqarduxo~IOU q +! lXleuxuxns a s y -uo!~ -enper%roj squawar!nbar urnln:,!un3 uo!q -e:,npg praua3 aqq 30 uoysraa paqeparqqe ut! q +syppaq:, a:,uarajar p n b y u i4 Academic Information Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing. Demonstrate proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports. Achieve a Math Placement Group score of III. Complete 33 course credits. Of these: Complete courses that fulfill the following Perspective Requirements: Two Christian Faith perspectives (One Christian Faith perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) One City perspective 11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above) Two must be Interim courses One Western Heritage perspective No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Accounting (B.A. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Music Education (B.M) . . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 One Social World perspective Other maximums are described on page 57. Completion of a major. Maintain minimum grade point average. One Human Identity perspective One Aesthetic perspective One Intercultural perspective Two Language perspectives, in other than your native language One Natural World perspective Complete courses that fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) One course with a writing component within the major One course with a critical thinking component One course in speaking One course in quantitative reasoning GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors, page 71. Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a minimum GPA, residence, and general education courses. Because the College is in transition during the change from Distribution to Perspective graduation requirements, the minimum number of credits required may vary depending on date of matriculation, as follows: Students Entering After January1, 1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation: 1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance (B.M.) -20; Music Therapy (B.S.) - 17; and Social Work (B.S.) - 15. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 33 total course credits required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no PIN grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still be counted for meeting perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program - Academic Information section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Students Entering Prior to January1, 1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation: 1. Completion of 34 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting)for the Bachelor of Arts degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each trans- fer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 34 total course credits required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/N grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still fulfill perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for detalls. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC Academic Information exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Note: Students completing under Distribution Curriculum Requirements, go to page 64. A definition of students who fall under the Distribution Curriculum or prior catalog requirements is on page 64. SKILLS COMPONENT Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Reading Word processing Writing Mathematics Critical thinking Placement in writing courses, math courses and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. (See page 68.) Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore Transfer Students: Take entry level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101Developmental Writing before ENG 111Effective Writing. Fresh- men should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their Sophomore year. Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Freshman and Sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Juniorand Senior Transfer Students Transfer students who enter as juniors and seniors in 1993-'94 or after are exempt from word processing, reading, critical thinking and quantitative assessments. Those who have not taken the ENG 111Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. If they do not achieve exemption from the writing requirement, they must take ENG 111 Effective Writing at Augsburg. Junior and Senior transfers (who enter 1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only the writing component course within the major is required. Math Requirement In order to graduate, students must take the Math Placement exam and achieve a score placing them in Group I11 (college algebra skills). Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course will have their placement level determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult the 57 - Academic Information Mathematics Department. Math placement is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer Credit form for students who have transfer courses in college-level math. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group determined. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students needing to advance their Math Placement Group may take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Director of Testing in the Academic Dean's Office. Please note that all students majoring in Accounting, Business, Economics, Elementary Education, and Management Information Systems and all students under the current General Education Perspective Curriculum Requirements must attain a t least Math Placement Group 111. In addition, many courses have Math Placement Group requirements. In particular, MIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY 103; all MAT courses; and all courses with a Graduation Skill Component in Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math Placement Group I11 as a prerequisite. In addition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics courses have at least Math Placement Group I1 as a prerequisite. Students should refer to the course descriptions to check the Math Placement Group prerequisites for courses that they are interested in taking. Graduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a miriimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components (at least one within the major) and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. Lifetime Sports Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35,34, or 33 course credit requirement. W LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspective. Although courses approved for each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every course meets all the goals of each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. 2. No single course cim fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from Academic Information the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3) Emphasizes the college's affiliation with the Lutheran Church. Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology and area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this Perspective except for the following: Transfer students entering with 14-23 course credits will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. The City (C) This Perspective emphasizes the College's location in the heart of a metro- politan area, and its mission of education for service. One course credit or experience is required to meet this Perspective. Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2) Reflection on western themes from politics, art, literature and other disciplines that have shaped our own society. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Human Identity (HI) An opportunity for self discovery and the study of what it means to be a person. One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Aesthetics (A) Emphasizes creativity, beauty and selfexpression, and how these enhance the human experience. One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Social World (SW 1 and 2) The study of social, economic or political systems and how individuals exist within society. One course must focus on current theories.and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different deparbnents are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. InterculturalAwareness (IA 1) The study of a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective. 59 60 Academic Information (IA 2 and 3) Study of a modem language other than the native tongue. Up to two course credits of a beginning language or one at your placement level is required. Students with previous language study should contact an admissions counselor or the Registrar's Office for placement information. Students whose native language is not English should contact their admissions counselor or the Registrar's Office. Natural World (NW 1 and 2) The study of the self in relation to the physical world. One course must cover the scientific method through laboratory experience. The other reflects history of science, the difference between science and technology and the importance of symbols. Biology, chemistry, physics and other natural sciences may satisfy this requirement. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective unless a two-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES: EXPLANATION Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. The Bible (for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation). 2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious beliefs. 3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside the Christian faith. 4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by seminars related to the experience. Academic Information Perspective: Western Heritage Perspective: Aesthetics This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. Aesthetic creations convey fundamental insights and values, express beauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been significant for Western society and the relation of these to present world views. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Forms of artistic expression. 2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms. 3. Different theories of aesthetics. 2. Specific historical themes, trends, events and persons and their roles in shaping both the past and the present. 4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art. 3. Historical and literary methods of ascertawg and conveying the past. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences and behaviors. This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine and critique social, economic or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1.Methods and approaches that attempt to explain how individual persons think, feel and act. 1.The characteristics and dynamics of human organization at the group and societal level. 2. Scientific or humanistic interpretations of their own development as persons. 2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or economic systems. Perspective: Human Identity 3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and professional lives. 4. Factors involved in physical and mental health. 3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political structures. 4. The relationship between various social, political or economic systems and 61 'L Academic Information the student's own responsibilities in society. 5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across cultures and affect diverse groups in society. Perspective: Intercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to comple ment the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a modern language or American Sign Language for hearing students. The modem language requirement will be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement: Modem Language Course Placement Experience or Requirement College level - none (0-2 semesters in High School) 111,112 College level - 111 (3-4 semesters in High School) 112 College level - 112 (4-6 semesters in High School) 211 College level -211 (7 semesters in High School) 212 College level -212 (8 or more semesters in High School) No course required Students who are required to complete two semesters of modern language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstration compe tence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Selected aspects of the natural world. 2. The characteristics, strengths and limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at least in part through practical laboratory experience. 3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social development and the variety of ways persons and civilizations have approached the natural world. 4. The relations and differences between science and theology; the mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/ physical environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment and the interconnectednessof all living systems. 5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting to describe, classlfy and model objects and events. Academic Information H THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES: RATIONALE The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the Lutheran Church, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program. The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life -of what it is to be human - form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on significant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to focus upon - 6: 54 Academic Information aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamental insights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, mathematics and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. STUDENTS ENTERING UNDER DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM Former Students Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission provided that they have been away from college for at least one calendar year. Regular Students Enrolled Before June,1991 Students enrolled before June, 1991, have a choice of using all graduation requirements in effect when first enrolled or changing to the graduation requirements in effect beginning in September 1991. No combination of requirements may be made. Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later Students entering under the following classifications will follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below. Transfer students who entered in 1991-1992 as sophomores, juniors or seniors; Those entering in 1992-1993classified as juniors or seniors; Those entering in 1993-1994 classified as seniors. All other students entering Augsburg September, 1991, or later will follow the requirements listed in the section titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum" (see page 55). REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM 1. Completion of 35 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting) for the Bachelor of Arts degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of Academic Information 6: Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the credit total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total course credits required: two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (7)also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/ N grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the ME Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Writing A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods and periodically throughout the year. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics/Physics Psychology/Sociology Chemistry/Biology Economics/Political Science English/Speech, Communication History/Philosophy and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Art/Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Modem Languages Two courses (111and 112) of one language at Augsburg. Students who place above the 111level of a language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Inte* course, are required. The number - Academic Information of religion courses required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the Registrar's Office. Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports Demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-course requirement. EXPLANATION OF GRADES Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. PassINo Credit Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, pages 55 and 56. Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (i.e. Lifetime Sports are graded only PIN). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Number Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. Academic lntormation An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of the Registrar. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for aedit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without aedit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 18. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of courses taken.* *Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. 6; Academic Information Sophomores - Seven courses completed. Juniors - 16 courses completed. Seniors - 24 courses completed. International Baccalaureate Program (IB) Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for aedit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to course work in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. f i e following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) - Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4 and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) -This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams - These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/ no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $485.00 for a full course aedit. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) - This is a aedit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrais Office representative and two faculty members from fields of study Academic Information 6! directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP committee applies the following criteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learing experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of course credits applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements, Upper Division, and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalau'Ieate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101Developmental Writing or ENG 111Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine - Academic Information 'O whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit toward the degree will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation. ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION AND DISMISSAL The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore -A student who has taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior - A student who has taken 24 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or Academic Information better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Lf permission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To quallfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded course credits) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. W FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM This program applies to students who enter the Day School schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1994 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate,in four years -if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and follow advising guidelines - or they will receive the needed remaining courses free of additional tuition. A few professional majors are excluded from this program. Contact the Academic Advising Center in Memorial Hall for details. 7' - LOURSE VESCRIPTIONS WITH MAJOR AND '4 A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more Parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered FaU and/or Spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offeredin January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipand the Master of sSocial Work are published in separate Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if thereis prior approval by the professor teaching the course and the academic adviser. ACCOUNTING See listing under Business Administration, Accounting and Management Information Systems. AMERICAN lNDIAN STUDIES See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies. A rt is important as a field of study for our time. &survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a sigruficant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide onthe-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly sigruficant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art, such as teaching in public schools and colleges, ceramics, interior design, photography, film and video work, painting, gallery and museum work and design. Augsburg Art Department graduates have worked in many of these fields. Art Faculty Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn Bollrnan, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Philip Thompson 'O Art Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I or ART 225 Communication Design I or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey And two additional art history courses Art History Major Eight art history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art Two studio courses from: ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing ART 118 Painting or ART 221 Sculpture Honors Majors GPA-of 3.5 in the major, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Deparfment Chair before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Five courses including ART 240, ART 107 and three additional studio courses. Art History Minor Five art history courses including ART 240. Certificate in Art Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. ART 102 Design A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. T w e and three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pen&, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork. Art STUDIO ART ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. ART 106 Calligraphy Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $175-200. (Fall) ART 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider art as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. ART 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. ART 223 Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored. ART 225 Communication Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students will develop visual communication skills working with typography, symbols, logos and illustration. ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. ART 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 7; - - Art ART 306 Calligraphy II Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. ART 330 ART 351 Communication Design II An advanced study of graphic design using various techniques and tools, including the computer, to create visual communications for the print medium. (Prereq.: ART 225. Spring) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) ART 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) ART 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in bansparent watercolor. ART 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223) ART 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of art to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. ART 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221) ART 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. ART HISTORY ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art of the Western world from preliistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. ART 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. Art 7! ART 382 Scandinavian Arts The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. ART 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. ART 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. ART 389 American Art A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts. See listing under East and Southeast Asian Studies. - DIOLOGY '" UEPARTMENT - BIO B iology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Esther McLaughlin (Chair), Mary K. Chelberg, Robert Herforth, Dale Pederson, Ralph Sulerud Major Nine courses including: BIO 113 General Biology BIO 114 General Biology BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology and at least one from each of the five following groups: A. Molecular and Cellular: BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology B. Cellular to Organismal: BIO 355 Genetics BIO 474 Developmental Biology C. Organismic/Animals: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology BIO 473 Animal Physiology D. Organismic/Plants: BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology Biology E. Environmental: BIO 476 Microbiology BIO 481 Ecology The ninth course may be BIO 203 Principles of Nutrition or any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. Required Supporting Courses CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 116 General Chemistry CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry PHY 116 Introduction to Physics Math Placement Group IV Graduate and Professional Training Students who intend to enter graduate school or professions such as medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine should consult with the Biology Department as schools vary in their admission requirements. These may include CHM 351/352 instead of CHM 223, PHY 121/122 instead of PHY 116, and MAT 145/146 or one year of calculus. Training as a physician's assistant, physical therapist or occupational therapist requires specific coursework which should be discussed with a member of the Biology Department. Cooperative Education Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department Cooperative Education Coordinator. Minor Teaching Licensure Major Five courses, including BIO 113,114 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or CHM 105,106). The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. 81 - 32 Biology BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view: what makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 105 Biology and Society A consideration of the biological basis of some of the problems facing society, such as toxic pollutants in air, water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic diseases and counseling, extinction, wilderness ethics, global warming, cancer, hunger, drugs, biodiversity. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 113, 114 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Fall: 113; Spring: 114) BIO 199 lnternshi~ A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which,enablesthe student to consider biology as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 114) BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology An introduction to function and structure in the basic unit of life, the cell. A variety of methods are employed, including microscopy, cell culture and various separation and analytical techniques. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiatefact from fiction in this controversial biological field. (Threehours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification,morphology, behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Fall: alternate years) BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, organ system structure and function, and evolution of the vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stresses Drosophila genetics. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall) BIO 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediate metabolism. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 201, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) Internship A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of biology to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Department and Internship office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 201) BIO 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth, development and water relationships in plants including the relationships of these processes to structure and life histories. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology An examination of the molecular organization of the cell, including the nature and function of organelles, chemical communication, growth and division, cytoskeleton and motility, the cell surface and gene expression. - Biology ~4 (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or 352. Spring) BIO 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Topics include digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and sensory perception as well as the neural and hormonal control of these functions. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of instructor. Fall) BIO 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during development, with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental and descriptive studies are included in the laboratory. Embryonic development, malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Spring) BIO 476 BIO 481 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Environmental, industrial and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three hours lecture, four hour laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall) Ecology A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationsh$s between organisms and their environments. (Threehours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 491 Seminar (.O course) A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) BIO 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: BIO 201 and previous arrangement with instructor.) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, 0 ur mission is to -prepare - students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a curriculum which stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community. The Department fosters close ties with the corporate community which provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities and future job prospects. The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based and socially aware. Faculty Amin Kader (Chair, Accounting and International Business Coordinator),John C. Cemto (Management Coordinator), Fekri Meziou (Marketing Coordinator), Milo Schield (MIS Coordinator),Thomas Morgan (Finance Coordinator), Diane F. Busico, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan, Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy Schwalbe and Stuart M. Stoller. Within the Business Administration major there are four specializations: Marketing, Management, Finance and International Business. Within the Accounting major there are three specializations: General Accounting, Public Accounting and Managerial Accounting. Graduation Requirements To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 55), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-courselimit per academic department. Courses designated as ACC, BUS and MIS are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Transfer Students Transfer students must complete at least four of the Upper Division courses required in the major at Augsburg or obtain an exemption from the Department. Advising Majors The Department of Business, Accounting and MIS offers four majors: Business Administration (BUS), Accounting (ACC), Management Information Systems (MIS), and a combined major in Business and Economics. Specializations Students who plan to major in Business, Accounting or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their careers, assist majors in obtaining intemships or jobs, and provide letters of 85 - Business Administration recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. Internships Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Cooperative Education and Department faculty to obtain an Internship (BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or T he major in Business Administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The four specializations within this major share a common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. Business Core 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Miaoeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law BUS 331 Financial Management senior year. Although an Internship may count against the 13-course limit, students may petition for an exception. An Internship may satisfy the perspective on the City. Internships can provide students with experience that may be v~luablein competing for jobs after graduationyour adviser on this matter. Specialization in Marketing Business core plus 3 courses: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 355 Marketing Communications or BUS 357 Advertising BUS 450 Marketing Management Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project ~ a n a ~ e m e n t or ECO 318 Management Science Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory and one of the following: ECO 311 Public Finance ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 315 Money and Banking MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing and one additional Upper Division course in either International Business or International Economics. I , GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.1 overall ?nior thesis and comprehensive oral .m in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should conta~ the Department Chair. Minor in Business Administration Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379. Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, and three Upper Division courses in International Business (or one Upper Division course in International Economics i ~in i ~ ~ and two upper~ i ~courses international ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in Accounting or MIS. Minor in International Business 11 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 of ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other Upper Division Economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or BUS 331 Financial Management and one other Upper Division Business Administration, Accounting or MIS course BUS 199 Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable altematives in International Economics. Internship Lower Division Internship BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Business Administration BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. BUS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit BUS 301 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. BUS 302 Business Ethics Examines individual choices in business using various ethical standards. Reviews critical thinking skills in relation to moral reasoning. Analyzes and evaluates various business practices and policies. Emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing andspeaking (&ereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or Junior/Senior standing) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) BUS 355 Marketing Communications Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis is placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both. BUS 357 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. Business Administration BUS 362 International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an intemational context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in intemational business. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring) BUS 364 Contemporary East-West Relations An analysis of the conditions and motivations for East-West trade, economic and industrial cooperation. The commercial policies will be explained, including the changes in the organization of foreign trade in the organization of foreign trade in Eastern Europe and Russia. The effectsof GATT, the World Bank, IMF, and EEC on East-West relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed, involving film, television documentaries, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of students. (Prereq.:junior standing or consent of instructor) BUS 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduationbut not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/retum relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor) BUS 439 Risk Management and Insurance Analyzes exposure to accidental loss - its identification, measurement and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) 89 90 Business Administration BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision-making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) BUS 465 International Management To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence of national and international institutions on the multinational corporation and on the strategies, sbuctures, practices and effects of the national corporation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended) BUS 466 International Marketing This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) BUS 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACCOUNTING - ACC T ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I he major in accounting - prepares ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 students for professional careers in a wide MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for variety of accounting-related positions. Business and Economics This major has two tracks: General BUS 301 Business Law Accounting and Professional Accounting. BUS 331 Financial Management The General Accounting specialization is 4 -2E-35adequate for a wide variety of positions. Practice I The Professional Accounting track includes ACC 323 Accounting Theory and two specializations: public accounting and Practice I1 managerial accounting. The public accountACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ing specialization is recommended for ACC 425 Advanced Accounting positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended (It is recommended that students take for positions with large or rapidly-growing the courses in the sequence given above.) companies. Specialization in General Accounting The two professional specializations No additional courses required. relate to two professional designations: the - CPA and the CMA. A Certified Public Accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a Certified Management Accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy, Accounting majors in the Public Accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA examination during their last semester. Accounting Core 14 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326 Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing. Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in Accounting Six courses including: ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175,379, ECO 112 or 113. This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and Finance. Accounting ACC 199 Internship Lower Division Internship ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) ACC 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.:ACC 322) ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor) ACC 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) ACC 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Accounting 93 ACC 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and operation auditing. Also integrated are the professional skills of oral and written communications, problem-solving in an unstructured environment and team projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, 331, MIS 175,379) ACC 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACC 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) v4 IVIANAGEMENT INFORMATION 3YSTEMS - MIS T he major in Management Information Systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from Computer Science, Mathematics, Economics, Business and Accounting, as well as from MIS. Management Information Systems Major 16 courses including: A. Six courses in Economics, Business and Accounting: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 B. Three courses in Mathematics and Computer Science: CSC 170 Structured Programming MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics and one of the following: ' CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C C. Seven courses in MIS: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Accounting, Economics and MIS or CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects and one of the following; MIS 376 Project Management MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ECO 318 Management Science CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concent~ation. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in MIS Seven courses including: MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375, ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376, 475,479 or ECO 318 Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC) Requirements MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all majors in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG 111. MIS 95 - MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Introduction to business applications, operating systems, computer hardware and languages. Strong emphasis on spreadsheets (basic commands, functions, graphics and database.) Lesser emphasis on database. Emphasis on concepts and relation to business. (To test out of MIS 175, pass either a ' comprehensive exam or MIS 370.) (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a Pass in MAT 103.) MIS 199 Internship Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399). MIS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management Information Systems. MIS 299 Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499). MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business An investigation of p~ogrammablesystems using personal computers. Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts. Apply these concepts by programming various applications (spreadsheets, word and database) and application-oriented languages such as Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG I11 or a Pass in MAT 105. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive experience with spreadsheets and personal computers. Fall) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Analyze various kinds of information systems in terms of their computer components and their benefits to staff and management. Introduction to a CASE tool such as Excelerator. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, CSC 160 or 170. Recommended: ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 379, BUS 331. Spring) MIS 376 Project Management Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes and problems associated with project management. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 175 or 370.) MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Computer software may be used to analyze survey data. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) MIS 399 Internship Program A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq.: MIS 375. Fall) MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 475. Spring) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 379. Fall) MIS 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to provide an opportunity to analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) c hemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. *To provide an afmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry, knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, and capable of providing a public understanding of their work including potential problems as well as benefits. *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemisty major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences. Chemistry Faculty Earl R. Alton (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz, Sandra L. Olrnsted 0 . BACHELOR OF ARTS Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar and one additional course from: CHM 364 Physical Chemistry CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry - Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry BIO 367 Biochemistry Also required: PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I & I1 or one year of calculus Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major The same as the Graduation Major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE American Chemical Society Approved Major 12 courses including: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I & I1 or one year of calculus MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I or approved math course PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German and computer proficiency. Honors Major Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved , research; participation in seminar. Minor Five courses which must include: CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353, and two other Chemistry courses from: CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO 367 Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. Chemistry CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall) CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three onehour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG III. Spring) CHM 115 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 111. Fall ) CHM 116 General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring) CHM 199 Internship A work-based learning experience at the sophomore chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participatim in a mcurrent I seminar is expected. Prior to the b e w i n g of the ~ I BJregistrzrtim, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered will include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Spring) CHM 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing. Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. - Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring; CHM 352) CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 111. Fall) CHM 361 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall) CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) Physical c h e m i s e ~ a b o r a t ointroduces j students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.) CHM 364 Physical Chemistry Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) CHM 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four one-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 399 Internship A work-based learning experience at the junior-senior chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlationsfor IR, UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three one-hour lectures, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instruc- Chemistry tor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall) CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (Three o n e hour lectures, one four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall ) CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (.O course) This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. CHM 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) CHM 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. -1' " LOMPUTER 3CIENCE - CSC T he Augsburg Computer Science ~e~artmentstrives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks, communications and the use of computers as an information access tool. The course work provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their course work by electing an Internship or Cooperative Education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. and two courses, at least one of which is upper division, from: PHY 261 Electronics CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design CSC 399 Internship CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated once) CSC 499 Independent Study Computer Science Faculty Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett, Noel Petit BACHELOR OF ARTS Computer Science Major 11 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated) MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Computer Science Major 15 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I MAT 146 Augment Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning II Computer Science 1 and two courses, at least one of which is upper division, from: PHY 261 Electronics CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UND( and C CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design CSC 399 Internship CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated) CSC 499 Independent Study CSC 145 CSC 160 Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. Minor Six courses including CSC 160,170,210, 345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division Computer Science course. Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a computer science major or minor. Introduction to Computing and Communications. Basic computer applicationsusing word processing, spreadsheets and databases; files and disks; using the computer as an information accessing tool through remote access to the library; use of e-mail, Internet, news, and information services; simple programming. (Prereq.: MPG 111) CSC 170 CSC 210 Structured Programming An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or MPG Iv) Data Structures Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects, classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170) CSC 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) - Computer Science CSC 271 COBOL Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 272 UNIX and C Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 145) CSC 330 Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145) CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: csc 345) CSC 345 CSC 352 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of computer science to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Computer Science Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP, IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340) Computer Science CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345) CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) CSC 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. - EASTAND SOUTHEASTASIANSTUDIES A major in East Asian Studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China and other East Asian nations and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian Studies are diverse. Majors have the opportunity to be involved in government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. East and Southeast Asian Studies Faculty Martha Johnson, Director courses, two of which must be Upper Division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history course on China or Japan); and an East Asian Studies Seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in a discipline are strongly recommended. Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Language Courses Elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese are offered at Hamline University. Elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese are offered at Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors are also eligible to take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. Minor in East Asian Studies Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia which would complement other disciplines. Minor in East a'nd Southeast Asian Studies Major in East Asian Studies The requirements for the major consist of nine courses. Courses in the major must be approved by the campus adviser, and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian language; four additional A minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies is an area of concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. East and Southeast Asian btudies - Five courses including one from: PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy REL 356 History of Religions SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology and one course from: HIS 474 The World and the West POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post Communist Systems POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and Russia and one course from: HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life HIS 399 Internship HIS 495 Seminar Recommended: HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian Studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg College -Khin Khin Jensen 330-1193, Hamline University -Richard Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas -Robert Werner 962-5565. Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian Studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and Russia REL 356 History of Religions THR 245 Introduction to Asian American Theatre - tCONOMlCS DEPARTMENT - ECO T he Economics Department at Augsburg offers s t u d e k a program which stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis and an emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate with a major in the Economics Department are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in the business world and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. Currently, three Economics majors are offered to students. The Economics major is designed primarily for students who are planning graduate or advanced professional studies. The Applied Economics major generally leads to careers in the business world or government. Finally, the combined Economics/Business Administration major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in planning their program of study. As graduates, students will face a world in constant change. Students have to prepare themselves to take advantage of whatever opportunities become available. The study of Economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and to make choices. Some reasons for studying economics are: economics deals with current problems; economics is a successful and prestigious social science; economics employs theoretical models and the scientific method; an economics major prepares students for community leadership; and an economics major leads to a great diversity of career opportunities. These include careers in business, law, teaching, journalism, politics, banking and finance, service in government, educational administration, both private and public international service and industrial relations. A degree in Economics may prove to be a valuable credential. We encourage students who major in economics to learn to be somebody rather than to simply learn to do something. Students are also able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer science, management information systems (MIS), political science, history and Nordic Area Studies. Internships are available and highly recommended. Students must consult with the Department chair and the Internship office before registering for academic credit. Economics Faculty Satya P. Gupta (Chair), Jeanne Boeh, Edward Sabella. Maior in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics and three other Upper Division Economics courses: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Economics 1( The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended. BUS 331 Financial Management or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics and one other Upper Division Business course Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics ECO 318 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics ECO 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration Five Economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics And one other Upper Division Economics course and six Accounting/Business Adrninistration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre-hensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Note: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains and Soviet Economy. lo Economics ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration or MIS). ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independentlyof ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider Economics as a major and/or explore career alternatives. ECO 219 History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. Major topics may include ancient, medieval, mercantilist, classical, socialist/utopian and contemporary economic thought. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. ECO 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall) Economics 11 ECO 312 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall, Spring) ECO 313 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112) ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 111) ECO 360 International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) ECO 399 Internship Program A work-based leaming experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of Economics to the opportunities found in the placement. (Prereq.: 50 percent completion of major or consent of instructor) ECO 41 3 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 414 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) 'f Economics ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. Spring) ECO 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,313, MAT 122) ECO 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. ECO 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford hirn/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. LDUCATION DEPARTMENT - EDE, s tudents interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional education combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. Classroom teaching is the career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and abroad. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take the PPST (a set of basic competency tests prescribed by the Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDS, EDU Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division courses. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any Education course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is available both through Day School and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in an International Student Teaching Abroad program. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Education Faculty Rich Germundsen (Chair), Virginia Allery, Mary Ann Bayless, Bruce Drewlow, Mary Endorf, Joseph Erickson, Ann Fleener, Ethelind Garetz, Gretchen Irvine, Marie McNeff, Mildred Mueller, Vicki Olson EDU 341 Media Technology EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field Experience l4 Elementary Education - EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculm: Art, Music EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curridum: Physical Education EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curridum: Language Arts EDE 388 Human Relations EDE 481,482,483 student hi^^ K-6 EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education PHY 103 HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators SWK 260 Humans Developing PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts EDS 377 Mathematics Methods and an academic minor If students also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten is also required. A GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in the major and grades of P in student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.0 in all Education courses. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure are available in the Education Department. Conceptual Physics (See Physics Department for course description.) EDU 120 EDE 199 Learning in an Urban Setting This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career is expected. Students alternatives. Participation in a concurrent se*ar must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience hvestigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) Elementary Education EDE 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 299 Directed Study Lower Division independent study. EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, and evaluation of effective audievisual m&erks for teaching/leaming situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: PPST) EDU 370 Classroom Management (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary education students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage ment techniques. It is designed to empower future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build self esteem in their students. (Prereq.: PPST. Spring) EDU 371 Teaching the Individual Learner (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall) EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics lo Elementary Education - at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and r,esources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (P/N grading only) EDE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, f a d t y member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the Department and the Internship Office before registering. EDE 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education for course description.) EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. A full term of student teaching is required for all students pursuing an initial license. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary course work satisfactorily completed and admission into the Education Department Licensure program.) EDE 491 Pradicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education for course description) Secondary Education EDE 495 Topics in Education (.5 course) Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). EDE 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty. 1 t is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are expected to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; and the following courses: EDU 210 Learning and Developing in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDU 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary Field Experience EDU 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching Seminar (for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors) HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or equivalent) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators Methods course in major/minor areas GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching required. All required EDU/EDS courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. '1 Secondary Education Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the physical education major for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom EDU 120 music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (512). Modern Language Licensure For modern language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Modem Language Department for information on the required competency exams. Teaching in the Minor Field Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. Learning in an Urban Setting (See Elementary Education for course description.) EDS 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required. EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105 Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) Secondan, Education EDS 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) EDS 295 Topics i n Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. EDU 341 Media Technology (-5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description) EDS 350 Reading i n the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.: P E T ) EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) EDS 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (.5 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials and techniques. Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: Woodwinds. Odd year: Brass and Percussion, Strings. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall) EDS 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall) EDS 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (.5 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361. Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall) EDS 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (.5 course) (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: P E T ) 11 - Secondary Education EDS 366 Modern Language Methods (.5 course) World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modem Language Department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) EDU 370 Classroom Management (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary Education students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom management techniques. (Prereq.: PET. Spring) EDU 371 Teaching the Individual Learner (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST) EDS 374 Natural Science Methods (.5 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.S course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Winter: WEC) EDS 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (.5 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre, and directing of cmxn-ricular speech and theatre activities. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) EDS 377 Mathematics Methods (.5 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Spring) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description.) EDS 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. S~ecialEducation EDS 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senior standing, EDU 265 and P E T ) EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Obsenring and directing learning at the secondary level under supemision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 712 licensure majors. Four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and Physical Education licensure majors and of double majors. (Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and admission to the Department.) EDS 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDS 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). EDS 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Departmental cumculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. See Department listing for a description of the following approved electiue: HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: PPST) Minor Minimum of six courses: EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education EDE 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child PSY 357 Behavior Analysis One course chosen from: HPE 354 Physiology of Exercise MUS 110 Interim Course PSY 362 Behavior Disorders SWK 340 Interim Course and one course chosen from: PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 359 Psychological Assessment EDS 388 Human Relations LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics Recommended as an additional course: BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology 12 zZ Special Education EDU 110 Introduction to Deafness and Language of Deaf People Introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of cornmunication used by deaf people. Through lectures, guest speakers, videotapes, reading and field trips, we examine the language, education, social and political aspects, and cultural issues within the deaf community. (Odd years) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Fall) EDU 491 Practicurn and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Spring) A ugsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Engineering Adviser Stuart Anderson University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A. / B.E.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A. / M.E.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A./ B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and AppEed Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. 24 Engineering The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 116 General Chemistry CSC 170 Structured Programming ENG 111 Effective Writing PHY 121 General Physics I Students are also encouraged to explore PHY 122 General Physics II Four Mathematics courses from A or B: opportunities for graduate work at A. Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informa- MAT 145 AUGMENT I tion on these and other graduate programs MAT 146 AUGMENT II is available from the Augsburg Engineering MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I Adviser. MAT 247 Mathematical Structures and Financial Aid: Students receiving Reasoning II financial aid who are participants in these B. (For WEC students. See WEC catalog for dual degree programs will be encouraged course descriptions.) to apply to the engineering school of their MAT 124 Calculus I choice for continuing support. Their MAT 125 Calculus II applications will be evaluated using need MAT 224 Calculus 111, Differential and academic performance as criteria. Equations MAT 226 Calculus III, Differential Equations Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 or 145,146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. - ENC T hose who study - English - believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do and better understand the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. ism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing and other professions and businesses. English Faculty Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, John Schmit Major The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the campus. English majors have the opporhmity to use and refine their skills through working in Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the Cooperative Education Program. Nine courses above 111, including: ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 245 Introduction to Literature One course in European literature: ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante or ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Two survey courses in British literature from: ENG 331 British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan ENG 336 British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries ENG 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians One Upper Division course in American literature: ENG 350 American Literature to 1920 or ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 One 400 level course Two additional electives Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journal- Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program 12 - 26 English that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department. Note: Transfer majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. 10 courses, including those listed under the major, and: ENG 345 Introduction to the English Language ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing EDS 364 English Methods and one course with a component in nonWestern literature (for example, ENG 361). In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education no later than the spring of their junior year. Minor Five courses above ENG 111, including ENG 245; an upper~ i ~literature i ~ i course; and an additional writing course. Transfer Students Transfer students with a B.A. in English from another college must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably Upper Division). These courses must be taken before the Department can recommend a student for student teaching. The English Placement Test A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skills - such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences - are required to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing where thev receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101Developmental Writing before enrolling in ENG 111 Effective Writing. V Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major. Prerequisites Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chair by October 15 in senior year for Department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines). ENG 111Effective Writing is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature and/ or consent of the instructor. ~ Enalish ENC 101 DevelopmentalWriting A preparatory course for ENG 111Effective Writing, this course is required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. ENC 111 Effective Writina Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing anddeveloping topics, thinking critically and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0. ENC 216 American Indian Literature A study of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflect and illuminate American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring) - ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as well as c o ~ r s ~ ~ e r f o r m a nwill c e , determine whether the ESL requirement is met. Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218) ENC 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Spring) ENC 225 Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Fall) ENC 227 Journalism An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print media, including practice in writing for radio and television. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. Basic copy preparation, editing 12 28 Enalish practices and an introduction to legal and ethical questions are included. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 241 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring) ENC 245 Introduction to Literature An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it. ENC 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of the Western heritage and American world views. Themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the nature of nature, definitions of the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America. (Fall) ENC 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including works by such authors as Homer, Virgl, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aristophanes, Ovid and Dante. These works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance. (Fall) ENC 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire and Ibsen. (Spring) ENC 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. ENC 299 Directed Study Directed study for Lower Division credit. Supervised but largely independent study of a topic not normally offered among course selections. Instructor's and Department Chair's consent required. Students are responsible for proposing topics before the term in which they wish to undertake the study. English 11 ENC 327 Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the work of others and learning layout and design. Includes workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of others and laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years) ENC 331 British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 336 British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers are emphasized, as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.) ENC 345 Introduction to the English Language A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary components of linguistics, the development of the English language and the social impact of language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) ENC 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to WWI. Attention is given to issues relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature and regional differences are also studied. The approach is historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Emphasis is on sigruficant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 399 Internship The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and English as a Second Language, and various off-campus Internships in writing and editing. Interns meet with faculty advisers or seminar groups. Interested students should consult the Department Chair. ENC 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 438 Shakespeare Study of major plays -comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 445 Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 480 Criticism The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 482 Topics in Language and Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ENC 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 or consent of Department Chair. Designed to enable advanced students to pursue a topic not covered by course offerings. The student must define a topic and a tentative reading list, then seek a faculty member willing and able to supervise the project. Department chair approval required. See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective: THR 325 Playwriting See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logstics of being college students. The First Year Experience (ME)is composed of four parts: Summer Registra- CST 005 FYE Seminar tion, Fall Orientation, ME Seminars and an optional FYE Interim Term Course. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the ME Seminars is required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for ME 005 on their official transcript and a 0.25 credit. Students without a P for ME 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. (.25 course) A series of Fall term meetings with an ME faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the.Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplines and sources collected in the "Augsburg Anthology." (P/N grading only; evaluation based on attendance and participation.) See listing under Modern Languages. See listing under Modern Languages. s ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative proseminar created by cooperating faculty and CST 009 Cooperative Education offerings of the Center for Global Education. General Studies Faculty ~~~lM ~~ ~ ~warren ~ ~ ~ l , d (.O course) Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Cooperative Education staff. No course credit. CST 140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (.5 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning and making decisions. GST 209 City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course) Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of intemship/service/ cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students do a series of 5-6 reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic way of thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger community. The seminar enables the student to utilize experiential education options to meet the objectives of the City Perspective. Permission of Instructor. Non-credit. CST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. See listing under Modem Languages. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL DUCATI ION v irtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA/YWCA programs and community services, municipal park and recreation departments as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty Carol Enke and Edwin J. Saugestad (CoChairs), Brian Amrnann, Richard Borstad, Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Jeff Swenson. HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education Major HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 216 Human Sexuality HPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/ Adapted Physical Education HPE 320 School Health Curriculum HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 114 General Biology PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. 14 Health and Physical Education Teaching Minor Students interested in the Teaching Minor should consult with the Department Chair. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education Major HPE 101 Fitness for Life HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 210 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport HPE 220 Motor Learning HPE 223 Team Sports HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports HPE 232 Dance HPE 254 Introduction to Development/ Adaptive Physical Education HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Jnjuries BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education Students interested in this program should consult with the Department Chair for individual program planning. Minor HPE 101,115,210 223,231,232,351. There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement (not a major) HPE 310 Psychology of Sport HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 486 Organization and Administration of Coaching HPE 489 Practicum One course from: HPE 476 Coaching of Football HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field HPE 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball HPE 487 Coaching of Wrestling (Interim only) Internship in Athletic Training BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 350 KineSiology HPE 351 Physiolggy of Exercise HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries And advanced athletic training (ACTC schools) Also required: 1500 hours of practical experience under the direction of a Certified Athletic Trainer. Health and Physical Education 1 HEALTH EDUCATION HPE 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. HPE 115 HPE 116 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. Health Concepts for Educators (.5 course) A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis on prevention. HPE 199 1 HPE 216 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Students should consult with the departmentalIntemship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. HPE 254 Introduction to DevelopmentalIAdapted Physicat Education (.5 course) A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. HPE 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. HPE 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: HPE 110) HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (.5 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. HPE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles - Health and Physical Education of health or physical education with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 110) HPE 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course) Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chair.) No course credit. HPE 101 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to mod~fypersonal health and fitness. HPE 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider Health/Physical Education as a major and/or explore career options. HPE 210 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport (.5 course) History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport. HPE 220 Motor Learning (.5 course) The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to physical activity. HPE 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules and skill development. HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports including history, rules and skill development. HPE 232 Dance (.5 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. HPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education (.5 course) (See Health Education for course description.) Health and Physical Education 1: HPE 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. HPE 310 Psychology of Sport (.5 course) The application of psychology to athletes and athletic situations. Psychology of Sport deals with the effect of psychological factors on behavior in sports, and the effect that participation in sport or physical activity has on the performer. HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs (.5 course) A survey of management, leadership and decision making for Physical Education and athletic programs. (Prereq.:HPE 210) HPE 350 Kinesiology (.5 course) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103) HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (-5 course) (See Health Education for course description.) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-6) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary aged children. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites) HPE 368 (.5 course) Physical Education Methods (7-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in secondary schools. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites) HPE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210) HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course) Preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Even years. Interim) HPE 476 Coaching of Football (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd years) - Health and Physical Education HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball (-5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd years) HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd years) HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd years) HPE 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd years) HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd years) HPE 486 Organization and Administration of Coaching (.5 course) Principles of athletic administration at the interscholastic level. (For non-physical education majors seeking coaching endorsement.) HPE 489 Pradicum HPE 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. HISTORY - HIS H istory is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a major role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg. The Department has strength in, and requires of its majors, work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for a wide variety of career choices and personal enrichment. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chair), William Green, Donald Gustafson, Christopher Kimball Major Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be Upper Division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Teaching Licensure The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor Five courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. - History Prerequisites First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 200level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and above. Satisfactory completion of a Lower Division course is normally required before enrolling in an Upper Division course. See instructor for permission. Transfer Students Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their courses at Augsburg. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg. HIS 101 The Beginning of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century. HIS 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. HIS 103 The Modem World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. HIS 104 HIS 199 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Internship A limited number of work-based Lower Division experiences may be available to qualified students in which the student, faculty member and site supemisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider history as a major while exploring career alternatives. Consultation with the Department and Internship Office is required before registration. HIS 220 America to 1815 The historical evolution of America to 1815beginning with the contact of American, African and European cultures, then turning to the political, religious and racial diversity of colonial life. After treating independence and the creation of a new republic, the course will conclude with examination of the expansion and democratization of that republic. HIS 221 19th Century U.S. An historical survey of the United States during the 19th century, empha- sizing the social changes brought about by immigration, expansion, sectionalism and the slavery debate. After considering the Civil War and History 14 Reconstruction, the course will conclude with an examination of political, economic, and cultural changes influenced by industrialization and urbanization. HIS 222 20th Century U.S. An historical survey of the United States in the 20th century, focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of inaeasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence. HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform. HIS 241 Topics in African-American History Selected topics in African-American history including the history of civil rights, African-Americans in Minnesota, contributions to world culture and leadership. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 242 History of African-American Civil Rights, 1619-1915 An examination of the historical development of civil rights for African- Americans from the appearance of black slaves brought to Jamestown to 1915, focusing on the legal, economic and political issues stemming from race and class, with special consideration of perception, emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves. HIS 243 History of African-American Civil Rights, 1915-1972 A continuation of the examination of the historical development of civil rights for African-Americans for the period 1915-1972,with special emphasis placed on the contributions of W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randolph, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall and Martin Luther King, Jr. HIS 2451345 The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is placed on the Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society. (Offered only in the Augsburg College/lZlstfold, Norway program. See International Studies) HIS 299 Directed Study An opportunity for the student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chair of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. wL History HIS 326 American Indian History A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure and inter-governmental relations. HIS 331 Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the Cold War. Attention will be paid to changing definitions of war and peace, tensions between internationalismand isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and military power, and the making of diple macy in the nuclear age. HIS 335 American Urban History A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture. HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective An historical overview of Manibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (For offerings see International Studies) HIS 347 MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (For offerings see International Studies) HIS 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion and political institutions. HIS 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's ~ m ~ i rthe e , Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. HIS 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state, eniphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. History 1' HIS 399 Internship A limited number of work-based Upper Division learning experiences are often available to qualified history majors in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which unites the study of history with opportunitiesfound in the placement. Consultation with the Department and Internship Office is required before registration. HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 474 The World and the West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. HIS 495 Seminar This course is required for the major and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their course work. Selected topics will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. (Offered at least once each year, during the Fall term.) HIS 499 Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 GPA or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for Independent Study. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chair of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied to the major. 1 nterdisciphary Studies covers a broad specof experience and course work. Through Interdisciplinary courses, students gain greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their own. Through these experiences students are better prepared to become contributing members of the global community. Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or Ethnic Studies requirements under the General Distribution Requirements. Consult the General Education list for courses which fulfill the specific perspectives. Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to major and minor in Women's Studies, and to minor in American Indian Studies. For other Interdisciplinary course listings, see International Studies. INS 105 AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES The American Indian Studies minor offers nine courses that encompass the range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered are two beginning courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa), the original language of one of Minnesota's native people. Approved electives from other departments include Women, a Cross-Cultural Perspective; Contemporary American Indians; and American Indian Women. Coordinator Virginia Allery Minor Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course. Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. Introduction to American Indian Studies This course is a n introduction to the content areas of the American Indian Studies curriculum, including an ovemiew of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music and language. (Required for American Indian Studies minor.) OJB111, OJB112 Beginning Ojibwe (See Modem Languages for course description.) ENC 216 American Indian Literature (See English Department for course description.) INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Interdisciplinary Studies Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East and China. (Cross-listedwith the Women's Studies Department.) INS 260 Contemporary American Indians This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture (See Art Department for course description.) INS 320 American Indian Women The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to Women's Studies.) HIS 326 American Indian History (See History Department for course description.) REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought (See Religion Department for course description.) ETHNIC STUDIES REL 231 Religion in African-American History (See Religion Department for course description.) INS 232 The African-American Experience in America An overview of the major issues related to the African-Americanexperience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal and psychological aspects of that experience. HIS 241 Topics in African-American History (See History Department for course description.) METRO URBAN STUDIES - INS Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinaTy major and minor by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the content of liberal learning On the community and the process of urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and Interdisciplinary Studies graduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization and theology. The program and General Education City requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs and equip students with the analybcal and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan communitv. Internships, Community ServiceLearning and Cooperative Education are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program. Metro-Urban Studies Faculty Garry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO),Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY), Chris Kimball (HIS) Major 13 courses including: POL 122 Metropolitan Complex POL 421 Topics in American Politics PSY 356 Environmental Psychology SOC 211 Human Communities and the Modem Metropolis SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities HIS 335 Urban American History MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or SOC 362 Statistical Analysis POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar or SOC 363 Research Methods INS 399 Internship Plus three additional approved urbanrelated coursees. (Courses fulfilling the City Perspectives generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.) HECUA off-campus programs are highly recommended, especially the MUST Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics. Minor POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225 and two of the following: POL 421, PSY 356, HIS 335, SOC 381 or INS 399. The Internship, INS 399, is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations ate feasible if approved by the Director of the Program. INS 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supemisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore Metro Urban Studies as a major and consider its career Interdisciplinary Studies alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the Department and Internship and Cooperative Education Office prior to registration. INS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211) INS 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of Metro Urban Studies with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the Department and Internship and Cooperative Education Office prior to registration. INS 498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, which utilizes resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) INS 499 Independent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor) I URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 18 colleges and universities. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America and the Twin Cities. For information on the international HECUA progams, see International Studies listings. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. INS 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinaryreadings connect experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it. 14 18 Interdisciplinary Studies INS 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing -views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. INS 399 Internships (2 course credits) Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week. Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments and writing to meet the objectives of the internship. II. City Arts This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program. INS 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at a variety of arts performances and cultural events. INS 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. INS 399 Internships (2 course credits) Internships involve participation in an ongoing project with an individual artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences. NORDIC AREA STUDIES - NAS (Formerly Scandinavian Area Studies) Nordic Area Studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined resources of the ACTC schools and the Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The curriculum treats Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic Area Studies postulate a Nordic regonal identity as a context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries and to understand the complexity of their interactions among themselves and the global community. Interdisciplinary Studies 14 Advisor Frankie Shackelford Major Eight Upper Division courses. Minor Four Upper Division courses. Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the major must be Augsburg courses. The remainder NAS 330 may be transfer credits included in the major on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian language course listings under the Modem Language Department. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland or Iceland (see International Studies Department - Qstfold Program, Metro-Urban Studies, SUST or Oslo Year Program), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, History, Political Science, Urban Studies, Business Administration, International Relations, Sociology or Social Work. Contemporary Norden A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language not required. (Fall: altemate years) NAS 351 The Modern Nordic Novel Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion based on reading of selected works in translation, including masterpieces from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) NAS 352 The Modern Nordic Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of the Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: altemate years) NAS 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) NAS 377 Scandinavia in the World (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) - Interdisciplinary Studies ART 382 Scandinavian Arts (See Art Department.) NAS 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) NAS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See Intemational Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) NAS 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply theoretical knowledge of Nordic culture in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. NAS 499 Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, the student selects a specific topic for study. H WOMEN'S STUDIES The program in Women's Studies provides students with the oppormn~vto examine critically women's contributions and experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. This is an inter-college program with course offerings at Augsburg College, Hamline University, the College of St. ~aiherineand the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many disciplines and combine theoretical, practical and research components that focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences. The Women's Studies Program offers both a major and a minor, and provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education, and social work as well as graduate study. Women's Studies Faculty Maria Woroby (Coordinator),Kristin M. Anderson, Maria Brown, Grace B. Dyrud, Mary G. Endorf, Milda Hedblom, Victoria Littlefield, Lynne Lorenzen, Mildred "Mike" Mueller, Catherine Nicholl, Beverly J. Nilsson, Norma Noonan, Nancy K. Stebla~f , , J. Stratton , ,, , ,, 1 f Major Ten courses which must include INS 201 Foundations in Women's Studies, INS 495 (Seminar),and INS 199 or INS 399 (Internships).The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved Women's Studies courses. At least three courses must be Upper Division courses. Students may take courses at any of the colleges participating in the Women's Studies Program. However, at least three courses must be completed at Augsburg. The writing component of the Graduation Skills Requirements for the Women's Studies major must also be completed at Augsburg. Each student's program must Interdisciplinary Studies 15 have the written approval of the Women's Studies Program Coordinator. Minor Upper Division; and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written Five courses which must include INS 201; three electives, one of which must be INS 199 of the Studies Program Internship Must be approved by Women's Studies Program Coordinator. INS 201 Foundations in Women's Studies This multidisciplinarycourse introduces students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences and the arts, and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientations and class, and other contemporary issues. INS 233 Women: A Cross Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. INS 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, literature and other aesthetic creations, the class analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will be placed on the perspectives of women of color and other women minority groups. INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies INS 311 The Development Process (See International Studies, Women and Development.) INS 320 American Indian Women (See American Indian Studies for course description.) INS 325 African American Women: Social, Historical and Creative Perspectives This course examines the historical roots of African American women from Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women are examined in depth, as well as past and current contributions by African American women to government, business and family. INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies (Must be approved by the Women's Studies Program Coordinator.) bL Interdisciplinary Studies INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar This advanced course will include student research and presentations that incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study (499). It is offered at a different college each year. INS 499 Independent Study The student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to program guidelines. (Must be approved by the Women's Studies Program Coordinator.) See department listings for descriptions of the following approved electives: ART 352 Women and Art ENC 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction POL 421 Topics in American Politics POL 459 Topics in Comparative Politics PSY 371 Psychology of Gender REL 441 Feminism and Christianity 1 ntemational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, International Business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the Intemational Relations major. Director Norma Noonan POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Two of the following: HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy POL 461 Topics in International Politics Also, the equivalent of four terms of college work in a modem language Required electives Six of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): BUS 362, 465,466 ECO 314; 317,360 HIS 440,474 PHI 355 POL 350,351,359,382,459 REL 356,420 SOC 336 SPC 329 FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA 332, SCA 330 (See Modem Languages.) Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universitiescan be considered here with the approval of the Program Director, as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Honors Major Major Required courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 The Modem World or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes or POL 160 World Politics GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall. In addition to fulfilling the requirements for the major, the student must complete an Honor's Thesis no later than March 1 of one's senior year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to complete an Honor's Major by the end of their junior year. International Studies Minor ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem language. Three courses from the list of required electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor. I ntemational Study at Augsburg College is intended to motivate students to act responsibly and effectively in society by expanding their awareness of other cultures, deepening their understanding of the human condition on a global scale, and helping them to understand the connections between social justice and global interdependence. The Center for Global Education administers international study opportunities available to Augsburg students. Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences to mathematics, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/ general education and graduation requirements when approved by the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad and appropriate faculty before departure. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in the program. All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus through the Center for Global Education. Students must apply by December 15 for study off-campus for the next year. The cost for many programs is equivalent to full room, board and tuition for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. International study programs approved through Augsburg are listed below. For information on these or other programs, contact the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others International Studies struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway and Swiberland. Students experience Ulree distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars: in Mexico to Central America, in Namibia to South Africa, and in Switzerland to Italy and Germany. WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES - FALL This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also approved for credit in Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies, depending on the mini-courses chosen. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) INS 31 1 The Development Process An integrative seminar providing opportunity to rdkct critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social change strategies. POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics -Women in Latin America A n examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies and revolution. REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuemavaca. Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women and religious institutions. 13 j6 - International Studies 1 SOCIAL POLICY AND HUMAN SERVICES IN LATIN AMERICA - FALL This program introduces students to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing, popular education and human services. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) POL 295 Latin America: Development Issues A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and development, economic change and international trade, diminishing resources, war and revolution, peace and justice and cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global perspective which recognizes human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities. SWK 361 International Models of Social Work Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal government services and private initiatives. Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to social work in several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze the current response to human needs in Latin America. SWK 399 Internship A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. There are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to Social Work majors. One-and-one-half years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement. EDE/EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being developed in Latin America. Students will apply their knowledge of educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical -&inking, con&iousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving. Exploring the transferability of these learning models to North America wzl be a focus throughout the course. SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social justice (Social Work - Upper Division, or Sociology - Lower Division) Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the International Studies distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. (Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5 Independent Study to supplement the North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on the Augsburg campus.) SOUTHERN AFRICA SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION - FALL This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social and economic dynamics of building a new nation. INS 312 The Development Process - Southern Africa This course will provide the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice and human rights. The course will examine basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Readings include selections of biographies and personal accounts of some key religious leaders in Southern Africa who played important roles in the anti-apartheid struggle. HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South Africa and the war for independence. An exploration of the historical roots of apartheid and the process by which it has been institutionalized during the 20th century is an integral component. POL 353 or SOC 304 Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative Perspective This course is an integrative seminar for the semester. The Namibian situation is a case study for exploring the process of political and social change occurring in Southern Africa during the second half of the century. The legacy of apartheid in Namibia will be examined with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. The structure and process of Namibian politics will be compared to those of South Africa and Zimbabwe. INS 399 Internship A limited number of Internships will be available to provide students with opportunities to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency. 13 58 International Studies W AUCSBURC COLLEGE OSTFOLD, NORWAY - SEMESTER OR ACADEMIC YEAR Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss, offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Twenty U.S. students and 20 Norwegian students join to explore the cross-cultural dimensions of a variety of fields. NOR 1111112 Beginning Norwegian This course aims to develop the four basic language skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing. Special emphasis will be placed on helping students learn to use Norwegian in their daily lives, including at school, with host families and in the community of Moss. Television, radio, movies, newspapers, magazines and visits by native Norwegians are incorporated into class sessions. (Intermediateand advanced Norwegian courses can be arranged for students who have already completed a year of Norwegian language study.) NAS 1991399 Internships Students are placed in local businesses, institutions, or organizations in the Moss area where they work approximately 8 to 10 hours per week. In addition, students complete the academic component of the internship, which usually includes reading appropriate books and articles, keeping a journal, writing a paper, and participating in seminars with other interns. Students, faculty, and work supervisors cooperate to develop learning contracts which spell out the work and study obligations of the students. HIS 2451345 The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is on the Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society. NAS 250 Comparative Social Structures in Scandinavia and the United States This course examines concepts basic to the study of sociology, including group interaction, social institutions and culture. It also explores the development and current status of social structure in Scandinavia and the United States. NAS 2991499 Directed Studyllndependent Study (Some of the Lower Division courses may also be taken for Upper Division credit.) SPC 332 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the opportunities and the problems associated with communication between people from different cultural backgrounds. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectation, values and non-verbal symbols will be examined. The Western cultures of Norway and the United States will be examined as well as the non-Western culture of Asian foreign workers. SPC 346 Theories of Communication and Media This course will explore the relationship between communication and International Studies media by examining texts, ideas, media products and technical facilities. Special attention will be given to the social, psychological, ethical and demographic issues from American and Scandinavian cultures, which have resulted in the development of two distinct media traditions. SPC 349 Interactive Communication and Media This course will explore interactive communication and media. In this context, interactive communication refers to a two-way exchange of messages, and the media most commonly used for this purpose are computers, television and interactive video systems. Scandinavian and American media systems and their interactive media products will serve as the framework for this study. ART 382 Scandinavian Art (See Art Department for course description.) INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND HUMAN RIGHTS IN LATIN AMERICA - SPRING This program examines approaches to development in Latin America and the relationship of these approaches to achievement of basic human rights. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director) ECON 495 Topics of Economic Development in the Third World Study the models of economic development implemented in Latin America during the past 50 years. Examine the economic strategies utilized in Mexico and Central America during the past decade, as well as the impact of U.S. economic policies in the region. Learn about the current debate on economic development as well as the irhplications of the North American Free Trade Agreement for Latin America. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or equivalent) POL 495 Seminar on Human Rights in Latin America Examine the philosophical foundations and contemporary definitions of human rights, including international standards and covenants. Become familiar with the work of international agencies, grassroots organizations and churches in promoting respect for human rights. Concentrate on the ways in which human rights affect women, children and other marginalized groups. Study international humanitarian law and the relationship of human rights to both international development and U.S. foreign policy. CST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar Look at aspects of Latin American culture, history and contemporary realities. Through a series of mini-seminars gain an understanding of Mexican cultural identities and develop a cultural framework for understanding contemporary issues. 15 - International Studies HIS 347 Mesoamerican Legacy of Conquest Obtain a comprehensive view of Mexico's development from preColombian times to the present day. Through a series of mini-seminars trace the roots of pre-Colombian civilization in Mexico, study the turmoil of the Mexican revolution and its effects on modem Mexican society, and investigate the strategies of current revolutionary movements in Mexico, Nicaragua and El Salvador. REL 366 The Church and Social Change Learn about the role of religion past and present within situations of political oppression and social injustice. Focus on the role of women in the church and emerging theologies of liberation. INS 399 Internship Gain hands-on work experience in a human rights organization or development agency located in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Provide 80 hours of service to the agency, attend field placement seminars, and report to fellow students about experiences. WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: A SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVE - SPRING This intensive travel and study program is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history of their role in society and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. SOC 236 Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa Using a cross-cultural approach, this course will examine the family as a social institution in Namibia and South Africa. A family stay will serve as a laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in Namibia, including kinship, child-rearing, courtship and the marriage relationship. The course will also examine formation of social policy responses to family issues in post-independent Namibia. INS 312 The Development Process - Southern Africa This course will provide the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. The course will examine basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Readings include selections of biographies and personal accounts of some key religious leaders in Southern Africa who played important roles in the anti-apartheid struggle. International Studies It POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics - Southern Africa This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly independent Namibia. The experience of Namibian women in the political process will be compared to that of women in South Africa and Zimbabwe. INS 399 Internship A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with the opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency working with or providing special services to women. GLOBAL ISSUES AND WORLD CHURCHES - SUMMER This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical church agencies. The program is focused on peace and justice issues and the integrity of creation. Based in Geneva, Switzerland, the program will also include seminars in Italy and a family stay in Eastern Germany. POL 356 International Organizations and Religious NCOs A study of the functional organization and role of nongovernmental agencies, with emphasis on world church agencies, and their relationship to other voluntary agencies and to intergovernmentalorganizations (United Nations committees) responding to global issues. REL 379 Ecumenism in the Contemporary World A study of the policies and programs of world church agencies with attention to the ethics, theology and socio-political assumptions on which their work is grounded. i2 International Studies THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTlUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in three different full semester programs in Norway, Colombia and ~cuadorAll programs emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. FIECUA programs include intense language experience, internships and field trips. The cost of HECUA programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on-campus plus airfare. For non-international HECUA courses, see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies. SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST) - FALL This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local, regional and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union. INS 372 Norwegian Language Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with . emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the Chair of the Modem Language Department for language credit. INS 377 Scandinavia in the World Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade and the Third World. Includes field travel to other capitals for discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives. INS 393 Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. INS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view. International Studies It INS 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser, SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAUS) - FALL This semester in the city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia or Quito, Ecuador. This interdisciplinary program focuses on the relationships between Third World development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin America. Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study in the host city and outlying regions. INS 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. INS 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin America. INS 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and applied to Latin America. INS 363 Wealth, Poverty and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. INS 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Spanish are required to prepare an Independent Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required, supervision is by a professional at a local college or research institution or by SAUS faculty. COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA) - FALL OR SPRING This interdisciplinary program enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with the study of community development process and the increase of language skills. i4 International Studies LITERATURE, IDEOLOGY, AND SOCIETY IN LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (LISLA) - SPRING This interdisciplinary propam focuses on developments and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in which ideologies shape social realities. INS 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change. Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manifested in major artistic periods. INS 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America. INS 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence and Marxism. INS 499 Independent Study All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and others appropriate for Spanish language credit. See listing under Business Administration, Accounting and Management Information Systems. A t least since Soaates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of a-itical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally educated person. Mathematics courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. Mathematical ideas have had a formative impact on the development of civilization. Since a liberal education should include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of mathematics and its influences is an important part of a liberal arts education. The Department aims to provide its majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics majors are prepared for graduate school or work in industry or service professions. Students may pursue a concentration in applied mathematics or the more traditional major. Internship and Cooperative Education options help students take advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technically-oriented enterprises in the city. Additionally, an increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Toward the goal of serving students with a diversity of needs, the Department uses an integrated curriculum that introduces mathematics and science majors to modern mathematical developments and a wide variety of concepts in the first two years, not just calculus. A major federal grant supported the development of this AUGMENT curriculum. Mathematics Faculty Larry Copes (Chair), Suzanne Dorge, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Beverly Stratton Major Eight courses including: MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I1 MAT 314 Abstract Algebra MAT 324 Analysis MAT 491 ~ a t h e m a t i c s / ~ o m ~ uScience ter Colloquium (junior and senior years) CSC 170 Structured Programming or CSC 270 FORTRAN And three electives from MAT courses above 200, at least two of which are above 300. Note: At least two mathematics courses above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Mimesota teacher licensure requirements. - Mathematics Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics Ten courses including: MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I1 MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics MAT 324 Analysis MAT 491 Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium (junior and senior years) PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 CSC 170 Structured Programming or CSC 270 FORTRAN And three electives from: PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics MAT 328 Complex Analysis MAT 355 Numerical Analysis MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1 MAT 481 Topics (must be approved) Note: At least two mathematics courses above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.1 overall, and Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I1 or MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics And one elective above MAT 300. At least one of the MAT courses above 200 must be taken at Augsburg. Math Placement Croup (MPC) Before enrolling in any mathematics course, the student must have appropriate math placement. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college may have their Math Placement Group determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult with the Mathematics Department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students who need to advance their Math Placement Group may take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Director of Testing in the Academic Dean's Office. Prerequisites A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course. MAT 103 Basic Mathematics A review of arithmetic and an introduction to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, exponents, radicals and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Successful completion advances the student to Math Placement Group 11. P/N grading only. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG I. Fall, Spring) MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra A review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include polynomials and rational expressions, exponents and radicals, solving and graphing linear and quadratic equations, and inequalities. Successful completion advances the student to Math Placement Group 111. P/N grading only. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring) MAT 105 Applied Algebra An exploration of applications of algebra to the social and natural sciences, business and everyday life using linear, exponential, logarithmic and other models. Use of calculator, estimation and graphs are stressed. Successful completion advances students to MPG 111. Students in Math Placement Group III or IV should consult the Mathematics Department. Students preparing for MAT 114 should consult the Mathematics Department. (Prereq.: MPG 11 and a year of high school algebra) MAT 114 Elementary Functions A study of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and Mpnometric fmctions. For students planrung to take MAT 145 or calculus. Studens who h a w completed MAT 145 or l r l d u s may register for credit only wiLh consent of instructor. S u c c ~ ~ fcompletion ul advances student to Math Placement Group IV. (Prereq.: MPG I11 and two years of high school algebra. Spring) MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of finite mathematics including combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear programming and graph theory. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall: odd years) MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG In. Offered occasionally) MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 111. Offered occasionally) Mathematics MAT 145, 146 AUGMENT Mathematics 1 & 11 An exploration of mathematical ideas, paying attention to historical and philosophical connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics. Includes calculus concepts such as limit, continuity, derivative, anti-derivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability, geometry, topology, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq.: MPG IV for MAT 145; MAT 145 for 146. Fall: 145; Spring: 146) MAT 173 Math of Interest An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan payments, and other topics in the mathematics of financial transactions. Offered occasionally. (Prereq.: MPG 111) MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I Further exploration of topics introduced in hL4T 145-146 including calculus, vectors, matrix theory, graph theory and set theory. Emphasis is on mathematical thinking, including logical reasoning and understanding algorithmic procedures and proof formats. Part of the AUGMENT curriculum. (Prereq.: MAT 146 or a year of college calculus. Fall) MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning II Emphasis on mathematical thinking continues from MAT 245 with conjecturing, generalizing, abstracting and communicating mathematics in both written and oral forms. Topics include ideas from linear algebra, dynamical systems, analysis, number theory and abstract algebra. Part of the AUGMENT curriculum. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring) MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics Designed primarily for applied mathematics, pre-engineering and physical science majors. Includes topics from calculus, differential equations, discrete mathematics and applied algebra. Emphasis is on modeling and reading mathematics. Part of the AUGMENT curriculum. (Prereq.:-MA~245 orthree semesters of college calculus. Spring) MAT 314 Abstract Algebra An introduction to modern abstract algebra: a rigorous study of the basic structures of modem abstract algebra, such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Fall) MAT 324 Analysis An introduction to mathematical analysis: a rigorous study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract situations. (Prereq.: ENG 111, MAT 246 or 247 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Spring) MAT 328 Complex Analysis A study of complex numbers, functions, limits, derivatives, integrals, series, analytic functions, conformal mapping and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Fall: even years) Mathematics MAT 351 Modern Geometry A study of transformational geometry including complex number representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Spring: even years) MAT 355 Numerical Analysis A study of approximation methods and an analysis of the computational algorithms used. Topics include approximating solutions of nonlinear equations, linear systems of equations and differential equations, interpe lation, extrapolation, curve fitting, numerical differentiationand integration, and error analysis. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or three semesters of calculus, CSC 170. Fall: odd years) MAT 373 Probabilitv and Statistics I A study of modern probability, enumeration techniques, discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, ~ h e b ~ s h e vinequality 's and the central limit theorem. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or three semesters of calculus. Fall) MAT 374 Probability and Statistics II A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373. Spring) MAT 399 Internship A work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the Internship. Presentation at a departmental Colloquium is expected. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering. MAT 441 Foundations of Mathematics A rigorous investigation of some of the foundations of mathematics including set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of the real number system. (Prereq.: MAT 314, Coreq.: MAT 324. Spring: odd years) MAT 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of an advanced topic. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247 and consent of instructor. Spring) MAT 491 Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium (.O course) This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep students informed about contemporary developments, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in Mathematics and Computer Science. Junior and senior majors must attend. Others are welcome. Sessions are presented by students, faculty members or outside visitors. (Fall, Spring) MAT 499 Independent Study The student, with the guidance of a faculty member, selects and studies an advanced topic. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See Physics Department listing for a description of this approved elective) 1' See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies. See Ethnic Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he Modem Languages - - Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, second language study goes beyond the development of new communication skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of a global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Modem Languages Department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors in French, German, Norwegian and Spanish. Intre ductory courses in Qibwe and Russian are offered at Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. In addition to courses in language and culture, the Department offers linguistics courses in which students may go beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles that operate in and shape all languages. In this way the study of linguistics provides a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facets of the human mind. Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in second-language education and translation, but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or minor in modem languages. In addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in most academic disciplines. Modem Languages Faculty Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Nancy Aarsvold, Ruth Aaskov, Mary Kingsley, Randi Quanbeck, R o d n Soto, Donald Steinmetz Modern Languages Transfer Students Major Requirements Majors must take nine Upper Division courses, five to seven of them at Augsburg and two to four on an approved studyabroad program. The major must include the following: 350; two courses in culture; two courses in language (311 or above); two courses in literature; two electives (from any of the three areas above). Minor Minors must take at least two Upper Division courses at Augsburg. 311 is a prerequisite to all other Upper Division courses. The minor must include four courses above 212, including one each in language, literature and culture. Honors Major Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chair for details. Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages must take a minimum of one Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Study Abroad Study abroad is required of all language majors (minimum of one semester) and highly recommended for minors. An advanced-level Internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged. Teaching Licensure Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. All transfer teacher candidates, including those who have completed a college language major elsewhere, must take at least two courses in language, literature, or culture at Augsburg. A 3.0 average in Conversation and Composition (311) is a Departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam prior to student teaching. See requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools under Department of Education. I CHINESE (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. '2 Modern Languages FRENCH (FRE) FRE 111, 112 Beginning French Aimed to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; Spring 112) FRE 21 1,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212) FRE 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through assigned readings, class discussion and written reaction, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On demand) FRE 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. FRE 31 1 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other Upper Division courses. (Fall) FRE 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of spoken models from the media. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) Modern Languages 1; FRE 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 355 20th Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member, and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply advanced French skills in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. FRE 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristiclevels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) FRE 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim Catalog. Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) GERMAN (CER) CER 111, 112 Beginning German Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, under- - Modern Languages '* standing and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations.Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111; Spring: 112) GER 21 1, 212 Intermediate German For students with two tenns (or four to five semesters high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212) GER 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem periods (including Mann, Hesse, Grass, Kafka, Brecht) are read and discussed in English. Readings are considered in the context of German cultural history as well as in context of the universal human condition. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) GER 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. GER 311 GER 331 Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) German Civilization and Culture I Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness in the Middle Ages and the upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) beats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Modern Languages CER 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm and Stress, Classic and Romantic literature. Readings in German supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Study of later Romanticism, Yowg-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings in German. Class discussions help improve students' ability to express ideas in Gennan. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) CER 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' selfexpression in Gennan. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) CER 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply advanced German skills in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. CER 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Aims at developing and refining the student's use of.German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) CER 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) GER 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) CER 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. 1; '6 Modern Languages JAPANESE (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. 1 LINGUISTICS (LIN) LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand) LIN 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. LIN 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria and explanatory goals. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines (anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory). (On demand) LIN 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. NORWEGIAN (NOR) Two courses in Norwegian are also offered as part of the 0stfold Program, listed under International Studies. NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress is on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112) NOR 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall) NOR 299 Directed Study Study for Lower Division credit. NOR 311 Conversation and Composition Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Some attention given to regional dialects and to differencesbetween the two official languages of Norway. Modern Languages Readings in history, social science and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring) NOR 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into an historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by newspaper articles and video tapes. Readings, lectures, class discussion, writing assignments and periodic oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) NOR 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) NOR 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several in nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) NOR 399 Internship A work-based experience in which the student, a faculty member and the site supemisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply advanced Norwegian skills in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the Departmental Internship Coordinator and Internship and Cooperative Education Office. NOR 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and cultural readings. Some attention is given to the historical develop ment of the Norwegian language. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, written and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring) NOR 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. OJlBWE(OJB) Two courses in Qibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the Modem Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor. OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa). - - - Moaern Languages Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. The second course extends vocabulary usage, reading, writing, oral skills and cultural studies, with increased emphasis on comprehension. RUSSIAN (RUS) One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian, Central and East European Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the major. See Russian, Central and East European Studies Program Campus Coordinator for more information. RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed 'to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions and a growing acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112) SPANISH (SPA) Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under International Studies. SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112) SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with four to five semesters of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212) SPA 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit for this course does not apply to a Spanish major or minor. (On demand) SPA 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. SPA 311 Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of Modern Languages fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent. Fall) SPA 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Conducted in Spanish. (Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the pre-Colurnbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 [taught in Mexico] may not take 354. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 399 Internship A work-based leaming experience in which the student, a faculty member and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply advanced Spanish skills in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. SPA 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written Modern Languages compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) SPA 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. MUS M u s i c has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying dimension to our lives. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity to participate in choral and instrumental ensembles which perform locally, nationally and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Students may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts -Music Major; Bachelor of Music - Performance Major; Bachelor of Music - Music Education Major, and Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas. Music Faculty Merilee Klemp (Chair),Stephen Gabrielsen, Robert Karlen, Roberta Metzler, John Moye, Robert Stacke Music Coordinator Mary Ella Pratte Bachelor of Arts Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Theory tests will be required of all incoming students and will be given the first week of class. The petition to be accepted as a B.A. candidate will be submitted to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Bachelor of Music - Education Theory placement tests will be required of all incoming students and will be given the first week of class. Students wishing to become Bachelor of Music - Education candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They may then apply, by petition, to the Department as early as their second semester of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. Bachelor of Music - Performance Theory placement tests will be required of all incoming students and will be given the first week of class. Students wishing to become Bachelor of Music - Performance candidates must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. uL Music - Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in music courses and a 3.0 in performance studies must be maintained. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy Theory placement tests will be required of all incoming students and will be given the first week of class. Students considering a music therapy major should consult with the director of the program. An equivalency program is available for those who have a four-year college degree. juniors with a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: a senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Music Minor Candidates must apply by petition to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Freshman Performance Scholarships Available to freshmen taking lessons for credit. Consult with individual instructors or the Music Office. Transfer Students Transfer students will enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. All transfer students will be required to take the theory placement test the first week of class. Core Curriculum (required of all majors): MUS 101 Materials of Music I MUS 102 Materials of Music I1 MUS 111 Aural Skills I MUS 112 Aural Skills I1 MUS 201 Materials of Music 111 MUS 211 Aural Skills 111 MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 Plus ensemble participation, performance studies, and recital requirements as given under each speafic degree and major (see A p plied Music section).Also, French or German study as stated in General Education Require ments and in speafic degree requirements. BACHELOR OF ARTS Ensembles Music Major Auditions for membership in ensembles are scheduled, following application, during summer orientation sessions or during the first week of the school year. Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performancegraduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Honors Major Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those Music Requirements: 12 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 202 Form and Analysis MUS 212 Aural Skills IV One music credit elective And two semesters chosen from: MUS 311,312 Composition MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century Performance Studies Eight quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice. Eight quarter course credits in a major ensemble Four semesters in a non-credit small ensemble Keyboard proficiency Pass tluee Music Repertoire tests Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information on individualized degree requirements. Music Minor Six course credits including: MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, I1 MUS 111,112 Aural Skills I, I1 MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I or MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting And one additional course in Music History or Conducting Plus four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses of Performance Studies in the student's major instrument. Music minors also must pass one Music Repertoire test. W BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Education Major Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes course work which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary levels. Requirements: 16.5 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 202 Form and Analysis MUS 212 Aural Skills IV MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11 MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 342 Choral Conducting or MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Performance Studies Two quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice Four half course aedits in the major instrument/voice Two full course credits in the major instrument/voice Two quarter course credits in the minor instrurnent/voice MUS 358 Half junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital Eight quarter course credits in a major ensemble Four semesters in a non-credit small ensemble Improvisation competency on major instrument or voice Keyboard proficiency Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Choose one area of emphasis: Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253, 254,435 Music Instrumental emphasis - MUS 152, 155, and one course credit of music elective Other Requirements HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDS 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings EDS 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Consult the Education Department and Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser. BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Performance Major Designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. Requirements: 19.5 course credits: Core Curriculum plus: MUS 202 Form and Analysis MUS 212 Aural Skills IV MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 342 Choral Conducting or MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Performance Studies Two quarter course credits and six full course credits in the major instrument/ voice Two quarter course credits in the minor instrument/voice MUS 358 Full junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital Eight quarter courses in a major ensemble Four semesters in a non-credit small ensemble Keyboard proficiency test Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and 3.0 in the major performance medium. Choose one area of emphasis: Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253, 254,435, one course credit of music elective. French or German to fulfill language requirement. Piano or Organ emphasis - MUS 301, 302,436,456, one-half course credit of music elective. Instrumental emphasis - MUS 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Music Therapy Major Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for the professional Music certification examination developed by the Certification Board for Music Therapists. This course is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. Requirements: 16.5 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 152 Basics of Singing MUS 155 Class Piano MUS 158 Class Guitar MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 372,373 Psychological Foundation of Music I, I1 MUS 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 472 Human Identity Through the Creative Arts MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Performance Studies Eight quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice MUS 458 Half senior recital Four quarter course credits in major ensemble Four semesters in major (credit) or small (non-credit) ensemble Four semesters in small ensemble (no credit) Keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course Additional required courses: EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 362 Behavior Disorders BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology SOC 362 Statistical Analysis or PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. APPLIED MUSIC Ensembles (MUE) One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student way register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies for Credit Four elements are required of music majors/minors - lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, mandatory attendance at performance workshop and attendance at off- and on-campus performances. See Music Department Student Handbook for details. Areas of Concentration The music major/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Educa- 18 Bd Music tion students, necessitates additional lessons, jury examination and performance. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit - one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One-quarter course credit - one halfhour lesson and four hours of practice per week. One-half course credit -two halfhour lessons and eight hours of practice per week. One course credit -two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel (jury examination), and additional performances as required by the instructor. Listening: All music majors/minors registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to attend designated music events during each semester (recommended:four on-campus and four professional off-campus) during each semester. Failure to attend the required number of recitals, major ensemble concerts, other designated events and the Performance Workshops or student recitals will be a factor in determining the final grade received in Performance Studies. Music majors must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass one. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests and specific degree requirements. Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals. A pre-recital hearing will be mandatory for all students performing recitals that partially fulfill degree requirements. The charge of the recital jury shall be to determine if the recital is likely to be adequately prepared by the recital date for the student to receive a grade of 3.0 (B.M. Performance) or 2.5 (B.A., B.M.Education, B.S.) as specified in Department guidelines. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists. Departmental Sponsorship Recitals required for the fulfillment of the B.M., B.A. or B.S. degree requirements or Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals may be departmentally sponsored. Duration and Repertoire Level All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in this catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the Music De~artment. 1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will be at repertoire Level I11 for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level IV for Music Performance majors. 2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire Music l a Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music Performance majors. Keyboard Proficiency B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.) 3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level 111. Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or the Music Department for course offerings in each term. THEORY MUS 101 Materials of Music 1 (.5 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Fall) MUS 102 Materials of Music 11 (.5 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. To be taken concurrentlywith MUS 112. (Spring) MUS 111 Aural Skills 1 (.5 course) Rhyhmc and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 101. Fall) MUS 112 Aural Skills 11 (.5 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 102. Spring) MUS 201 Materials in Music 111 (.5 course) Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: MUS 102. Fall) MUS 202 Form and Analysis (.5 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th century practice. (Prereq.: MUS 201. Spring) MUS 21 1 Aural Skills 111 (.5 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 201. Spring) MUS 212 Aural Skills IV (.5 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 202. Spring) - Music MUS 301 Counterpoint 1 (.5 course) Sixteenth through 18th century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: MUS 201,211. Alternate years: Fall 1995) MUS 302 Counterpoint 11 (.5 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Alternate years: Spring 1996) MUS 31 1 Composition 1 (.5 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall) MUS 312 Composition 11 (.5 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Spring) MUS 341 Basic Conduding (.5 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) MUS 342 Choral Conduding (.5 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 344 Instrumental Conduding (.5 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Alternate years: Spring 1996) W HISTORY AND LITERATURE MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. MUS 230 Electronics in Music Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors. MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201. Fall) MUS 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201. Spring) Music The following four half-courses are extensive studies of speaal eras in music history: MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1994) MUS 332 Music of the Classical Period (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period (-5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1995) MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1996) MUS 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. (Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 435 Voice Repertoire (.5 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th century to the present, with an emphasis on literature and source materials used for teaching voice. (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 436 Piano Repertoire (-5 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231 and 232. Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 498 lndependent Study (.5 course) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. MUS 499 lndependent Study Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. W TECHNIQUE MUS 152 Class Voice (.25 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. (Spring) MUS 155 Class Piano (-25 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sightreading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the Piano Proficiency Test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or consent of instructor. Fall) MUS 158 Class Guitar (.25 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. (Spring) -11 - Music MUS 252 English Diction (.25 course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students registered for vocal instruction. (Alternate years: Fall 1995) The following three quarter-courses are continuations of MUS 252 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. MUS 251 Italian Diction (.25 course) Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to basic Italian song literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Fall 1995) MUS 253 German Diction (.25 course) Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic German song and choral literature. (Prereq.:MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1996) MUS 254 French Diction (.25 course) Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic French song and choral literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1996) MUS 358 junior Recital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education majors or full recital at Level IV, Music Performance majors. No course credit. MUS 456 Piano Pedagogy (.5 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Alternateyears: Spring 1996) MUS 458 Senior Recital (.O course) Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course credit. MUS 459 Senior Recital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and Level V for Music Performance majors. No course credit. THERAPY MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (.5 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. Includes on-campus practicum with children. MUS 272 Human Identity through the Creative Arts A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama and movement. (Alternateyears: Fall 1995) Music 19 MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 372 MUS 373 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. (Alternate years: Fall 1994) Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent and performance. (Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 472 Human Identity through the Creative Arts (See course description for MUS 272.) Enrollment for Upper Division credit required for music therapy majors, and will include an additional course module. (Alternate years: Fall 1993) MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. (Alternate years: Spring 1994) MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums (.25 course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prereq.: three of MUS 274,275,374,375.) MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.5 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) W ENSEMBLES AND PERFORMANCE STUDIES Ensembles (MUE) These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to Concert Band members. While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel Choir will satisfy the major, minor or Distribution/General Education Requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students. 92 Music MUE 111Augsburg Choir (.25 course) MUE 131Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course) MUE 112 Chapel Choir (.25 course) MUE 141 Concert Band (.25 course) MUE 113 Vocal Chamber (.O course) MUE 142 Brass Ensemble (.O course) MUE 114 Advent Vespers Choir (.O course) MUE 143Jazz Ensemble (.O course) MUE 121 Orchestra (.25 course) MUE 144 Percussion Ensemble (.O course) MUE 122 Sbing Ensemble (.O course) Performance Studies (MUP) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - Enter I and attain 111; B.M. - Education Major - Enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. - Performance Major -Enter I1 and attain V. MUP 111-411 Voice lessons MUP 121-421 Violin lessons MUP 122-422 Viola lessons MUP 123-423 Cello lessons MUP 124-424 Bass lessons MUP 131-431 Oboe lessons MUP 132-432 Bassoon lessons MUP 133-433 Clarinet lessons MUP 134-434 Saxophone lessons MUP 135-435 Flute lessons MUP 137-437 Horn lessons MUP 141-441 Trumpet lessons MUP 142-442 Trombone lessons MUP 143-443 Baritone lessons MUP 1 4 - 4 4 Tuba lessons MUP 152-452 Piano lessons MUP 159a Piano accompanying MUP 161-461 Guitar lessons MUP 171-471 Percussion lessons MUP 181-481 Organ lessons MUP 191-491 Harp lessons Note carefully the following provisions: 1. Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes. 2. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 3. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 4. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. T he Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to strong preparation for science teaching and satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the Distribution/ General Education Requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Coordinator Arlin Gyberg Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Broad Base Requirements Two Earth Science (PHY 101 Astronomy, PHY 106 Meteorology or Geology) BIO 113,114 General Biology PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry Biology Major (for licensure in Life Science) Broad Base Requirements, plus: BIO 201 Introduction to Cellular Biology BIO 491 Seminar Six other Biology courses, including at least one from each of the following groups: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology or BIO 473 Animal Physiology BIO 361 Plant Biology or BIO 440 Plant Physiology BIO 367 Biochemistry or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 476 Microbiology or BIO 481 Ecology And one course in Organic Chemistry Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Two courses: one in Earth Science (Astronomy, Meteorology or Geology), and one in General Biology. Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Graduation Major in Chemistry: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, I1 or MAT 124,125CalculusI, II (WEC only) One advanced Chemistry Course One year of General Physics and Two Physics courses above General Physics (Recommended: PHY 245 Modem Physics and PHY 261 Electronics) - Natural Science l4 Physics Major (for licensure in Physical Science) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Graduation Major in Physics: PHY 121 General Physics PHY 122 General Physics PHY 245 Modern Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields 11 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, 11 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 WEC only) MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics* or MAT 224,226 Calculus Ill, Differential Equations (WEC only) Two additional Physics courses above 122 One year of General Chemistry One course of Organic Chemistry and One course of Analytical Chemistry *Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics may substitute for MAT 247 NORDIC AREASTUDIES See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies. NORWEGIAN See listing under Modem Languages. I he Augsburg Nursing Program is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities in the health care field. The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools and community organizations. Some are selfemployed, m i n g their own businesses. All of these nurses provide comprehensive health assessment for individuals from all cultures and socioeconomic levels. From helping parents have safe deliveries of healthy infants to coordinating home care for the dying, nurses assist people through the entire life span. The bachelor's degree equips the nurse with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral and nursing sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg College also provides the educational opportunities to increase skills in critical thinking, clinical investigation and decision-making that prepare nurses to handle challenging new positions in today's health-care field. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health nurse registration in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for school nurse certification. Nursing Department Faculty Beverly Nilsson (Chair),Marian Enos, Lucie Ferrell, Sharon McDonald, Pamela Weiss Major Nine courses including: NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing LI: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family NUR 431 Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of Level I and Level 11 courses of study are required. Students also must complete Augsburg's residence and General Education Requirements. The program has been planned so that the Nursing major can be completed within two academic years, however, students may pursue their studies at a slower pace. Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring additional weekday time. While courses are designed so that the major may be completed within two years, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other collegeso r universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in "- Nursing pursuing the Nursing major should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the thesis. *If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. The following steps may be taken in any order, but all must be completed prior to application for admission into the Nursing major. 1. Admission to Augsburg College: Before you can apply for the Nursing Program, you must first be admitted into Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.0 GPA. 2. RN Licensure in Minnesota: Applicant must be a registered nurse licensed in Minnesota or be registered to take the State Board Exams prior to beginning at Augsburg. 3. Prerequisite Course Content: The following courses must have been completed with a GPA of 2.0 or better: chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. These courses may be taken at Augsburg or at another accredited college or university. 4. Written Entrance Exam: Applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge by taking the AD Comprehensive written exam. There is a fee for this examination, which is given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Upon successful completion of the validation testing, credits for up to six courses may be granted. Scores for this test may be transferred. 5. Current Clinical Practice: Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice (within the past five years). This may include: graduation from a school of nursing (a minimum overall GPA of 2.5 is required), work experience, or completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Options for Completing the Degree Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full and part-time alternatives for pursuing this degree. Courses are offered at different times throughout the year to suit various schedules. The entire Nursing major and the necessary prerequisite courses are available through Augburg's Weekend College. Classes usually meet on alternate weekends for one three-and-one-half hour time block. Students also can complete their liberal arts General Education Requirements by taking courses in day school and Weekend College. Nursing NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. The communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in piding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined. NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems. Health care is examined within the cultural, political, and economic diversity of the city. Students complete an assessment of an elderly person and an urban community and critically discuss the ethical issues of health care delivery. NUR 311 Community Health Nursing II: Practicum'* This course provides a clinical experience in the practice of p ~ ~ b lhealth ic nursing in which students give direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. Students will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients. Students analyze a specific community system and the community's provision of health related services. (Prereq.: NUR 310) NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This transitional course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice and design a research proposal. NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and functioning throughout the life span. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq:NUR 311) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family** A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to provide complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: NUR 403) 1! - Nursing NUR 431 Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice** This course examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountabilityand advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in selected practicesettings. (Prereq.: NUR 423) NUR 432 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students. NUR 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with f a d t y and submit written proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to registration. ** This course involves an additional clinical fee. T he Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sigruficanceand meaning of the world they experience, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. studies such as law, medicine or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong, the world and God. Beginning with two Socratic principles: "The unexamined life is not worth living" and "Know yourself," the study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for understanding and self-fulfillment. Major Nine courses including: PHI 230 Logic PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy PHI 344 History of Philosophy lV:20th Century Philosophy A 400 level course (other than PHI 499) Three elective courses in Philosphy Note: Five courses must be Upper Division. Four courses in the history of philosophy -beginning with the ancient Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present - form the core of the philosophy program. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize great texts of Western civilization. In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminars in special topics. This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional Philosophy Department Faculty Mark Fuehrer (Chair),David Apolloni, Bruce Reichenbach. Honors Major Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice that involves research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor Five courses, including two from PHI 241,242,343 and 344. - Philosophy lo PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy Philosophy raises some of the most basic questions that human beings can ask about meaning, ideas, beauty and truth. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining these concepts, thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) PHI 120 Ethics Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping students to consider the bases they use to make moral judgements. The course explores the major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions, and then applies them to contemporary personal and social moral issues. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not take PHI 125. (Fall, Spring) PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assess the role of reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of friendship and human love is investigated next. The course ends with an analysis of human happiness. Students taking PHI 125 may not take PHI 120. (Fall, Spring) PHI 175 Philosophy of Love and Sex We begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love and some philosophers' definitions of it. We then try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends or sexually desiring them. Finally, we consider issues such as the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage, adultery and homosexuality. PHI 230 Logic Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning. PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students read and analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as work in Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism. (Fall) PHI 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesis of elements of Christian revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course students will read writings by various Medieval and Renaissance philoso- Philosophy 2' phers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring) PHI 260 Philosophy and the Arts What is artistic creativity?What is a work of art and what makes great works of art great? What is it to appreciate works of art? Is one's appreciation of music or art simply a matter of taste? Does aesthetic experience differ from other kinds of experience? We will consider answers to these and many other related questions. PHI 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (On request) PHI 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested prior course: PHI 241 or 242. Fall) PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, phenomenology and post-modernism. (Suggested prior courses: PHI 241,242, and 343) PHI 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of Western religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion Department. Offered annually) PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 360 Political Philosophy By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquity up to the modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions concerning the organization of human society. The relation of the nature of the state to religion, the home and the city will be looked at through the eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. (Alternate years) PHI 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's knowledge of the world is profoundly differentand better than that of the non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific - Philosophy l2 methods. Students will also work in researching and developing philosophical responses to sigruficant issues in this area. (Suggested prior course: PHI 230 or one course in natural science. Alternate years) PHI 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, g d t , despair and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. (Alternate years) PHI 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or inter-disciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any from PHI 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor. Offered annually) PHI 499 Independent Study Jndividual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. (On request.) See listing under Health and Physical Education. P hysicists are not only curious about the woild, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and reaIizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge, the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, engineering and medical and health related fields. In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry,biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the PreEngineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels. The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies. The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by NASA. Cooperative Education, internship and undergraduate research programs provide opportunities for students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical.situations in industrial, governmental and academic settings. Students may participate in alternating term Cooperative Education programs or work part-time during two or more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the nonscience students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. 4 Physics - Physics Department Faculty Jeffrey Johnson (Chair), Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson, William Monsma, Robert Stenstrom. Physics Research Staff Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. BACHELOR OF ARTS Major 13 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics II PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory Two elective Physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, I1 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC only) MAT 245,247 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I, I1 or MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111, Differential Equations (WEC only) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major 17 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics 11 PHY 245 Modern Physics PHY 261 Electronics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 352 Mechanics I1 PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 486 Quantum Physics I One Physics course above PHY 122 CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, 11 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, II (WEC only) MAT 245,247 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I, I1 or MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111, Differential Equations (WEC only) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Physics Major With Concentration in Space Physics 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective Physics course. Honors Major A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written Physics 2' research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124 or 145,125 or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and 226 or 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. PHY 101 Minor Seven courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics II Three elective Physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, II or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, II (WEC only) Society of Physics Students The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics comunity on a professional basis. Membership in SF'S is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring) PHY 103 Conceptual Physics An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive approach to physics and is designed to serve students in education. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG IlI. Fall, Spring) PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology A survey of the basic principles involved in understanding the earth's weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and - Physics precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming and ozone depletion. (Three onehour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall) PHY 116 Introduction to Physics An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 111. Fall) PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG IV.Fall: PHY 121; Spring: PHY 122) PHY 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider physics as a major and/or explore its career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. PHY 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimentalbasis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one oneand-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall) PHY 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125 or 146. Spring. Cross-listed with Computer Science Department.) PHY 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. PHY 320 lntroduction to Space Science A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and aurora). (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring) PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics An introduction to special functions in physics and engineering (complex numbers, partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of selected Physics 2 differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, and functions of a complex variable). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent. Spring. Cross-listed with Mathematics Department.) PHY 351, 352 Mechanics I, II Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consenration principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, two-particle kinematics, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 226 or 247 (or PHY 327). Fall: PHY 351; Spring: PHY 352) PHY 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247 (or PHY 327). Fall: PHY 362; Spring: PHY 363) PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (.5 course each) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall: PHY 395; Spring: PHY 396) PHY 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member a learning agreement which links the ideas and and site s u p e ~ s odesign r methods of physics with the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Internship Office before registering for academic credit. PHY 420 Plasma Physics A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma parameters, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, kinetic theory, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function, Boltzmam equation, magnetohydrodynamics,plasma waves, instabilities, transport processes and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration) PHY 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, angular momentum and approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Fall) Physics PHY 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring) PHY 499 Independent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimentalor theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval. F irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in public administration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications and other fields. Legislative and other Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of ~ u ~ s b uPolitical rg Science students in the Twin Cities area. Combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as special strengths in interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learning. Political Science Faculty Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Major Nine courses: POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar Required elective - one of the following: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 122 Metropolitan Complex POL 160 World Politics POL 170 Law in the United States And at least five other Upper Division courses in four out of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. SOC 362 Statistical Analysis Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change O Political Science - Minor after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Deparlment to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Five courses, including POL 121 or 122 or 170; POL 158; and at least three Upper Division courses in three out of five political science areas. Honors Major Political Science Areas The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's GPA must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Department Chair. Students should apply for the Honors major no later than the first term of the junior year. (I) American Government and Politics, (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (III) International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chair. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS POL 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policy making; and current issues in American society. POL 122 Metropolitan Complex Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on actors, structures and other influences on urban public policy. Discussion-lecture, case studies of the Twin Cities metro area, and meetings with public officials and activists. POL 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Political Science POL 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) POL 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor) POL 370 Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 371 Topics in Constitutional Law (See Section I V for description.) POL 375 Media Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) W II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. POL 350 Topics In European Politics Study of the political behavior, institutions and processes of European states. The course will focus on either European Community Law and Politics or Domestic Politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 351 Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/postcommunist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes and countries vary. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor) - Political Science I* POL 459 Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political development, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence) IV. PUBLIC LAW POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. POL 370 Constitutional Law The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor) POL 371 Topics in Constitutional Law Selected topics in constitutional law, especially civil rights. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor) POL 375 Media Law Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, Political Science access, ethics and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent of instructor) V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description.) POL 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 381 Topics in Democratic Theory A study of democratic theories. Topics vary and may include the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective or American political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 382 Marxist Theory Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the changing role of Marxist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor) POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 495 or SOC 362; POL 158 and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS POL 199 Internship Lower Division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) (Fall, Interim, Spring) POL 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) POL 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Fall, Interim, Spring) POL 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of political science to opportunities found in the placement. 21 Students must consult with the Depariment supervisor and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) (Fall, Interim, Spring) POL495 . Seminar Selected topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject matter. POL 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instriictor and student. (Fall, Interim, spring) IJSYCHOLOCY DEPARTMENT - PSY P sychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The Department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral research, and (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical pre-professional experience. On-the-job experience gives students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality, social, and organizational psychology and analysis of public policy. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and govenunent, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine. Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson. Victoria Littlefield Major 10 courses including: PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World or PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I PSY 330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1 PSY 399 Internship PSY 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective or PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues PSY 354 Perception and Cognition or PSY 355 Brain and Behavior PSY 325 Social Behavior or PSY 359 Psychological Assessment Three additional Upper Division Psychology courses. Note: A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be counted. It is recommended that Psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests and skills in psychology. All Psychology majors must have an adviser in the Psychology Department. l8 Psychology PSY 356 Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as room, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 357 Behavior Analysis Principles of learning. Behavior change principles and their application to instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 359 PsychologicalAssessment Theory,principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: PSY 230) PSY 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study, including theory, research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 362 Behavior Disorders An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from social, organic and psychological points of view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 371 Psychology of Gender Psychological theory and research on biosocial aspects of behavior. Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and behavior of individuals. Consideration of such topics as cognitive, physical and soda1 development, social relationships, and economic and political power. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizationsof organizational behavior. The study of the individual, groups, structure and change and development in organizations. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two PSY courses) PSY 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of psychology with the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required. Students must consult with the Department and the Internship Office before registration. (Prereq.: PSY 330) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: three PSY courses and junior class standing) PSY 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and consent of instructor) PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five PSY courses) PSY 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including a carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. (Prereq.: PSY 330) - KELICION DEPARTMENT - REL !O A \ ugsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the whole world and they have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from Christianity. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Students who wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose. Religion Faculty ~Lynne~ Bradley ~ ~(chair), l tJohn B LorenZen, philip Quabeck 11, Eugene Skibbe BACHELOR OF ARTS Religion Major Eight courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 356 History of Religions REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Seminar Three additional Religion courses. Note: Seminar, especially for majors, should be taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chair. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Religion Major with a Concentration in Youth and Family Ministry Nine courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 342 Theology of Youth and Family Living REL 343 Theology of Marriage REL 358 Life and Work of the Church REL 399 Internship REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Seminar and a supervised Internship in the Youth and Family area. ~ Reliaion Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the Department of Religion may be achieved. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department. Minor Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the minor. REL 111 Religion 111or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses and is to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg. Exceptions may be made for junior or senior transfer students, but the basic courses are still highly recommended as preparation for Upper Division courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department credit. All majors must consult with the Department Chair. See also International Studies Department: Global Issues and World Churches. Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. REL 199 Internship A work-based learning experience designed by the student, faculty member and site supervisor to meet the goals of the student; i.e. exploring career alternatives in religion. The learning agreement must be completed before registering. REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. REL 231 REL 299 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African backgrounds, religion under slavery and evangelicalism. Directed Study Independent study on Lower Division level. Limited to special cases, on application to Chair. REL 342 Theology of Youth and Family Living Contemporary theories of youth and family living are examined within the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioning of families, particularly in relationship to current crises in teenagers and families. (Fall) 21 REL 353 Denominations and Religious Croups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups. Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. (Spring) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) REL 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. REL 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Spring) REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. REL 361 The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early Christian Church, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship and theology. REL 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. REL 363 Religion in America A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Within these broad areas, the subjects of medicine, healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual powers are also included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. Religion REL 399 Internship A work-based learning experience designed by the student, faculty member and site supervisor focusing on methodology and specialties within the field of religion. The learning agreement must be completed before registering. REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church This course will explore the history, theology and liturgical life of the Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia. (Spring) REL 441 Feminism and Christianity This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. (Fall) REL 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quests for the historical Jesus." REL 472 Paul the Apostle A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his writings. REL 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. REL 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modem Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism. (Fall) REL 481 REL 483 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 2; Religion REL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) REL 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental guidelines. See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective: PHI 350 Philosophy of Religion Coordinator Minor Magda Paleczny-Zapp Six courses including: Two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) One course in Russian history One course in Marxist theory One course from the approved list of electives. Major 11 courses including: Four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) Two courses in Russian history One course in Marxist theory One course in Russian literature One course in Soviet politics Two courses from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Central and East European Concentration Minor Consult the Coordinator for information. Courses that are regularly offered in Augsburg College are: POL 351, POL 363, POL 382, POL 459, ECO 317, REL 356, REL 420, HIS 348, RUS 111, RUS 112. s tudents preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Coordinator Jerry Gerasimo Social Studies Teaching Licensure Seven courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113Principles of Microeconomics HIS 222 20th Century U.S. POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology One course in geography (human or cultural) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. For students beginning in Fall, 1994 or later: New requirements for the social studies licensure were under consideration as this catalog went to press. Contact Prof. Gerasimo and the Department of Education for information on curriculum and requirements. - 30CIAL VVORK UEPARTMENT - SWK !6 T he Social Work major . prepares - graduates for entry-level generalist professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and analyze social policy. Courses within the program utilize a student empowerment model for teaching and learning. of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a variety of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the LINK program on campus, mobilizing students The College's commitment to the liberal to assist a social service agency in their arts is highly compatible with education for annual Christmas giving program, and professional social work practice. The tutoring at a local neighborhood center. liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of The Social Welfare minor and electives understanding, cultural and ethnic in the Department allow students to diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis support another major while gaining and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for knowledge about human needs and social work education. As Sir Richard growth, human services and the methods Livingston has said, "A technician is a of effective citizenship. Students taking person who knows everything there is to know about his/her job except its ultimate these courses have the opportunity to purpose and social consequence." Effective become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that social workers go beyond being technisees the central importance of diversity to cians. Augsburg social work graduates are the social fabric of this country. But beyond entry-level professionals. knowledge, students are encouraged to use Augsburg College's motto, "Education their talents and skills to address the needs for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of of society in the interest of the public good, the Social Work Department. Unique always emphasizing social justice. learning opportunities for field work Augsburg's social work major also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields. Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of Social Work degree on a weekend schedule. placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance Social Work Faculty Rosemary Link (Chair), Vern Bloom, Maria Brown (BSW Program Director),Francine Chakolis (MSW Program Director), Anthony Bibus, Blanca Rosa Egas, Hans Eriksson, Carol Kuechler, Sharon Patton, Social Work Curt Paulsen, Vincent Peters, Michael Schock, Edward Skamulis, Mary Lou Williams Major 11 core courses: SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work I SWK 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work I1 SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development SWK 466 Field Work I11 SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional SWK 469 Field Work IV and seven supporting courses: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing BIO 101 HumanBiology PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0 average in the supporting program. Concentration Concentrations in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. A concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in Religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy Social Work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and supporting program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review. Social Welfare Minor Six courses including: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race and one course from: SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 325 Public Administration School Social Work State Department of Education required coursework includes EDU 255; HPE 115, and 400 hours in a senior year field placement in a school setting. See adviser for additional specifics. 2; - !8 Social Work H ELECTIVE COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS SWK 230 Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the " ~lobalcontext. It also identifies the focus of Social Work in addition to many other disciplines which are vital to fostering peace, development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human kind. SWK 257 Exploring Human Services This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to perform 80 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the weekly seminar. SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity or special stresses relevant to growth is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandingthrough use of their own experiences. SWK 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of instructor) SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and govenunental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) SWK 399 Internship* Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.:consent of instructor) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of community organization and social change; 2) understanding the theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change; 3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Social Work SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: SWK 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor.) SWK 499 Independent Study An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g., lectures, syrnposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. * Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field sites. W COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventative methods and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship-building skills. Includes videotaping laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing) SWK 364 Field Work I* Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency which focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A total of 120 hours, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing, concurrent with SWK 363) SWK 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative and qualitative information.Use of data-processingequipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq.: MPG El) SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group and family work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches with a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. (Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week) 2: SWK 462 Field Work II* Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus one supportive/ discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 461) SWK 466 Field Work 111 (.5 or 1.0 course*) Continuation of field work, a total of 60 or 120 hours. (1/2 course option during Interim. (Prereq.: candidacy status) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status) SWK 469 Field Work IV* Continuation of SWK 466. (Prereq.: candidacy status. Concurrent with SWK 467) * Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field sites. 30CIOLOCY DEPARTMENT - soc S ociology is the study of society as a whole and i f human social organization and groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how individuals come to think and act as they do. The goal of the Department is to help students develop their understanding of the social order and how it affects them in their daily lives. Sociology majors develop an understanding of the theories of society and social groups, leam to create and use sociological tools of analysis, and leam how to apply sociological concepts to the solution of social problems. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as intemships, independent study, Interim courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships and Cooperative Education enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work and in program evaluation. Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, urban planning and criminal justice. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education as a foundation for work and life, are looking for new and different ways of understanding- the often taken-forgranted aspects of our world. Sociology Faculty Diane Pike (Chair), Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Rita Weisbrod Major 10 courses including: SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 349 Complex Organizations SOC 362 Statistical Analysis SOC 363 Research Methods SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory and four additional Sociology courses. Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended. An Internship, Cooperative Education experience, independent study or Upper Division Interim course in Sociology is recommended to take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult the Department Chair concerning areas of concentration. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major To complete the Honors Major in Sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In addition, she or he must: 1) successfully complete an internship, independent study or cooperative educa- - Sociology tion experience; 2) submit a portfolio of completed papers and projects, including a theory paper, a research methods project, and two projects or papers of the student's choosing which represent outstanding work in sociology; and 3) write an acceptable reflective statement on the sociology major and on the work included in the portfolio. Application for Honors Major can be obtained from the Department Chair. A SOC 121 letter of intent to apply for Honors should be received by the Chair no later than Nov. 1of the Senior year. The application and portfolio must be submitted for Department acceptance by March 1. Minor Five courses including SOC 121 and two Upper Division courses (i.e., SOC 300 and above), at least one of which must be taken at Augsburg College. Introduction to Human Society What is society and how does it make us who we are? As a unique way of understanding, sociology offers insights into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions and our interactions with each other. (Fall, Spring) SOC 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a leaming agreement which enables the student to consider sociology as a major and/or explore career altematives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) SOC 21 1 Human Communities and the Modern Metropolis The course asks a fundamental question of our times: how is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic and ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility. (Fall, Spring) SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective The human family system is explored in its variation among world cultures and within sub-culturesin the United States. Students prepare and deliver oral reports on topics of their choice including a world family pattem, an American sub-cultural pattern and a family process. (Fall) SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they stigmatized?The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only. (Fall, Spring) SOC 299 Directed Study Lndependent Study for Lower Division students. (Fall, Spring, Summer) Sociology 2. SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture is examined in anthropology. In what way do we see and live in the world? An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "nature," "primitive," "civilized and "progress." The course will examine the person's relation to culture and conduct an analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring) ' SOC 349 Complex Organizations What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121 recommended. Fall) SOC 362 Statistical Analysis The amount of quantitative information in the world is ever-increasing. This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis -be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall) SOC 363 Research Methods Good research -how do you know it when you see it, can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 375 Social Psychology An examination of the ideas of group, role and self in the understanding of the relationship between the individual and society. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life using interaction theories. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring) SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to planning and shaping metropolitan areas. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, outside speakers and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring) - Sociology SOC 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of sociology with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) SOC 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) SOC 498 SOC 499 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and/or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) Independent Study The student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. Limited registration by permission for advanced students in Sociology. (Prereq.: SOC 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) SPANISH See listing under Modern Languages. -A 31JttLH/ LUMMUNiLAl IUN AND I H t A l K t ur quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to ,jrnprovecommunication skills. - p - p - Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, English, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology. The Augsburg Communication major focuses on competency in both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics and research methods in their programs. Prospective majors should meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts ~aculty David Lapakko (Chair), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest, Martha Johnson I BACHELOR OF ARTS Communication Major 12 courses overall - seven required core courses and five courses within one of three concentrations. For transfer students, at least six of these 12 courses must be Upper Division courses offered at Augsburg. Required of all Communication majors: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 355 S m d Group Communication POL 342 Mass Communication in Society One of the following: ENG 223,225,226, 227. Note: Participation &I at least two interscholastic forensics tournaments in two different events is also required. General Communication Studies Concentration Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495, 499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PSY 325,371; 3753621 Organizational Communication Concentration Five additional electives from the following: ART 132,225,330; SPC 329,345, 399,495,499; BUS 340,355 or 357; PSY 325, 371; SOC 265,349,375. Mass Communication Concentration Five electives from the following: SPC 343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225, 330; ENG 241,327; POL 375; THR 232,325, 350,360. /-- For All Three Concentrations Majors must participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics Program by attending at least two interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two different events. Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October through mid-March, and should plan schedules accordingly. Majors in dl three concentrations should plan to include at least one Internship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Students may petition the Department to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or Department chair. Honors Major The Honors major is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Communication Minor Six courses including: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking POL 342 Mass Communications In Society SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 345 Organizational Communication or SPC 355 Small Group Communication ENG 223,225,226 or 227 Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be Upper Division courses offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a Communication faculty adviser. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to idenhfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. SPC 111 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students give several speeches and receive feedback from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both.) (Fall, Spring) SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking Theory and practice of preparing speeches for delivery in formal and contest situations. Students are expected to attend three interscholastic speech tournaments and compete in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate, speaking to entertain and/or communication analysis. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111or 112 for credit, but not both.) (Fall) SPC 329 lntercultural Communication This course explores both the problems and potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, language and non-verbal symbols are examined in this course. (Fall: altemate years) SPC 343 Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of equipment. (Fall) SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. (Fall: altemate years) SPC 347 Documentary Video A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as production teams, gaining experience in field production editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. This course requires additional lab time for editing. SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 This course is an advanced television production course in which students apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. SPC 351 Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Stresses skill in analyzing the quality of argumentative claims, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students enhance their skills in debate and discussion and learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. (Fall) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. Examines obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychologcal appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. (Spring) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. (Fall, Spring) SPC 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experiences to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a taskoriented small group. (Spring) SPC 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis) SPC 495 Communication Topics Selected topics in communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. SPC 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Theatre Arts See Department listings for the following approved electives: ART 132 ART 225 ART 330 BUS 340 BUS 355 BUS 357 LIN 311 Photography Communication Design I Communication Design I1 Human Resource Management Marketing Communications Advertising Theories of Grammar (see Modem Languages) T he study of theatre is essential to a liberal arts education in that theatre is a laboratory for experiencing, experimenting and integrating knowledge from many disciplines. Theatre enables students to seek, confront and experience authentic life in its mystery, ambiguity and beauty. We seek to create every opportunity for students to grow as human beings by encouraging connections between theory and application through course study, production work and the Artist Series. Currently we offer a solid base in classical, modem and contemporary theatre and we are exploring ways of incorporating non-Western and nontraditional theatre to support our commitment to the multicultural experience. Augsburg is an ideal place to study theatre as it is located in one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but by working with numerous local theatre artists and professional theatre companies. Our theatre faculty, currim- POL 342 POL 375 PSY 325 PSY 371 SOC 265 SOC 362 SOC 375 Mass Communication in Society Media Law Social Behavior Psychology of Gender Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Statistical Analysis Social Psychology 1um and program are models for other small colleges. At Augsburg we encourage students to participate in all aspects of theatre production, while providing each student the opportunity of emphasizing a specific area of interest. We prepare students to enter graduate school, law school, seminary, education and various communication fields including professional theatre, television and film. BACHELOR OF ARTS Theatre Arts Major 10 courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft THR 232 Acting THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II THR 366 Stage Direction I 2 O Theatre Arts Three of the following: THR 116 Creative Dance THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 350 Voice and Diction THR 360 Interpretive Reading THR 365 Advanced Acting THR 399 Internship or THR 499 Independent Study in Theatre Ten production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work and design (four required), and theatre management/ miscellaneous (two required). Freshmen planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses THR 116, 222,232; sophomores:THR 228,245,361, 362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361, 365; seniors THR 365,366. Please Note: Several courses are offered alternate years only. This major should be supported by courses in multi-cultural dramatic literature, and Shakespeare, Modem Drama and Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video). A capstone course is encouraged, but not required. Majors must participate in dramatic productions every year. Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA to have major participation in productions. Honors Major Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Theatre Arts Minor Five courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft or THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 232 Acting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I or THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical crew work (two required), and theatre management/miscellaneous (one required). Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor Five courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 A directed studies course in dramaturgy or theatre criticism or theatre history Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to idenhfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Theatre Arts THR 116 Creative Drama A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play through activity, reading, observation and discsussion. Emphasis on improvisational techniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some fundamentals of acting are introduced. (Fall) THR 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review live productions. Crew requirement. (Fall) THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts, magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required, lab fee. (Fall) THR 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring) THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre This course is a survey of the rich theatrical p e r f o m c e styles, aesthetic theories and plays of traditional Asian culture, as well as Asian American drama. The course will include lecture, films, videos and demonstrations by visiting performers. Students will read and analyze selected plays and attend and review one live production. (Fall: altemate years) THR 299 Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division aedit. THR 325 Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.:ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Cross-listed with the English department. Fall: altemate years) THR 328 Theatrical Design Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The class will also take theatre tours, have visiting designers and practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, some materials needed. Prereq.: permission of instructor. Spring) -2, *- Theatre Arts THR 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism. Emphasis on healing vocal vulnerabilities. reports and papers, Theory and practice are combined in oral voice tapes and individual coaching. (Fall: alternate years) THR 360 Interpretive Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry and drama. Study, discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups. (Spring) THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentiallywith THR 362. (Spring) THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 361. (Spring) THR 365 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterizationthrough character analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, restoration comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the theatre of the absurd, culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition. (Prereq.: THR 222 and THR 232. Spring: alternate years) THR 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). Permission from instructor required. (Prereq.: THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring) THR 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) THR 495 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. THR 499 Independent Study in Theatre Independent study for Upper Division credit. Chair Vice Chair Rodney P. Burwell Raymond A. Grinde Secretary Treasurer Barbara C. Gage David L. Swanson The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date $current fern. President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minn. Chairman, Xerxes Corporation/Burwell Mr. Rodney P. Burwell (1994) Enterprises, Minneapolis, Minn. Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Mr. Darrell J. Egertson (1994) Company, St. Paul, Minn. Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz Mr. Julian P. Foss (1996) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn. Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998) Retired businessman, Roseville, Minn. Mr. Raymond A. Grinde (1996) Administrator, S.J. Groves & Sons Company Ms. Carolyn T. Groves (1996) Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd. Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (1995) President, Papillon Airways, Inc., irkl land, Mr. Elling 8. Halvorson (1996) Wash. Homemaker, Apple Valley, Minn. Ms. Beverly J. Thompson Hatlen (1996) President, A.A. Housh and Associates, Edina, Mr. M e n A. Housh (1995) Minn. Associate Professor and Division Head, Dr. George 0.Johnson (1996) Health Services Administration, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. The Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange, J.D. (1995) Judge, Hennepin County Govenunent Center, Minneapolis, Minn. Control Data Business Advisors, Mankato, Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1994) Minn. The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (1996) Senior Fellow - Education, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. The Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, Minn. Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune (1994) Partner, Nordaune and Friesen, St. Louis Park, Minn. Mr. Richard A. Norling (1998) President and Chief Executive Officer, Fairview Hospital and Healthcare Services, Minneapolis, Minn. Dr. Charles S. Anderson *as of December, 1993 Mr. Donald G. Oren (1994) Mr. Glen E. Person (1999) Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1996) Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (1995) Ms. Inez Schwarzkopf (1998) Mr. Ronald K. Speed (1994) Ms. Gladys I. Strommen (1994) Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998) -Mr.David L. Swanson (1996) Mr. Michael W. Thompson (1996) Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (1994) Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998) Mr. William A. Urseth (1998) flo wiger, Ph.D. (1995) Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (1994) President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minn. Retired businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn. President, Catco Company, St. Paul, hhn. President and Chief Executive Officer, CommunicationSystems, Hector, Minn. Program Administrator, Communications Director, Region 3 - ELCA, St. Paul, Minn. Vice President, Public Affairs, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet Companies, Eden Prairie, Minn. Retired businessman, Minneapolis, Minn. Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn. Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, h. Tunheim Santrios Co., Minneapolis, Minn. President and Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Directives, U.S. Restaurant, Minneapolis, Minn. Associate Professor, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, Minn. President, Financial Services Associates, Inc., Edina, Minn. IN AMERICA (ELCA) Chair The Rev. Stephen P. Bournan Executive Director The Rev. W. Robert Sorenson Secretary The Rev. David L. Echelbarger Assistant Director for Finance Ms. Beata H. Sorenson Vice-Chair The Rev. Karen S. Parker Director for Colleges and Universities Mr. James M. Unglaube Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities Ms. Naomi E. Linnell - 48 + .................................... .Thomas I. Be u m m r , C q o r a t e and Foundation Relations ........................... Carol Fc Senim Development Officer ........................................ Jeroy C. Car Senior Development Officer ......................................... Howard 0 D i P e c t ~College , Relations ........................................... Forrest M Director, Publications ...................................... Shirley Westman Safg &rector, Sports Information ........................................ Gene McGi Graphics S p h l i s t ............................................ .Chris Holland-T Director,AludJParent Relations ................................... Donna McL Associate Director, Augsburg Fund ................................. Norm Okerst Assistant Director. Augsburg Fund .................................... Kay Helm Enrollment Management Vice President for Enrollment Management ........................... Richard J. Th Secretary ............................................................. Julie Sz Director, Admissions ................................................. Sally Dan Associate Director of Admissions ......................................... Deb Ba Associate Director of Admissions ........................................ Heidi B Associate Director of Admissions ....................................... .Tom Lar Registrar .......................................................... .Paul Simm Associate Registrar ................................................... .Jay Phim Coordinator, Institutional Research .................................... Kathy Ku Admissions Coccrdinator, Weekend College .......................... .JeanetteWitt Director, Hispanic Support Program .............................. Eloisa EchavezDirector of Studcrnt Finandal Semi=; .............................. Herald A. John Associate Director of Student Financial Services ........................... Lois Lar Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ....................... Sheila Ander Assistant Direct0.r of Student Finanaal Services ........................... Paul Te Student Loan Coordinator .......................................... Kaye Schro Finance and Management Vice President for Finance and Management .......................... Michael Ran Administrative Assistant ............................................... Pat Ostr Director, Personnel .................................................. Gaye Lind ControlIer ......................................................... Dick Adam Director, Administrative Information Services ...........................Steve Ter Manager, Christensen Center .....................................Mildred A. Nel Manager, Central Services ................................. Charles E. Christopher Manager, Bookstore ................................................. Mark Eck Director. Food Senrices ................................................ Tim Wag Fireftor, Plant Services ............................................. James Wenin Supervisor, Maintenance ........................................... .Robin A. Cu Manager,Ice Arena ..................................................JamesJ. Ca Managa, Telecommunications ...................................... Vivian Skord Manager, Safe@and Senuity ....................................... Vada Ander Dr. Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lyla M. Anderegg, Professor Emerita of Psychology. Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Dr. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Margaret J. Anderson, Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Dr. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina, Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Dr. Carl H. Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. Dr. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dr. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Dr. Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of Minnesota. Dr. Orloue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dr. Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig, Artist-in-Residence - Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Dr. Edwina L. Hertzberg, Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dr. John R. Holum, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Dr. Irene Khin Khin Jensen, Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dr. Einar 0. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson, Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Edwin D. Mickelberg, Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Dr. Patricia A. Parker, Associate Academic Dean. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Anne Pederson, Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Lauretta E. Pelton, Professor Emerita of Education. Dr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Dr. Gunta Rozentals, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne B. Sander, Dean of Students. Dr. Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus, Lakeland College. Mq-orie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. Dr. Myles C Stenshoel, Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Dr. Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Mimesota. John Thut, Professor Emeritus of Music. A.B., Northwestern University; B.M., M. Mus., American Conservatory of Music. Dr. Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beginning year of service flaculty is indicated zuith parentheses. Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Camel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of WisconsinMadison. A Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Modem Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth L. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Michael L. Agin (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Beloit College; M.A., Loyola University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education/Director of American Indian Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Patricia K. Amo (1990).Instructor, Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Barbara L. Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kristin M. Anderson (1984).Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Stuart M. Anderson (1989).Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M., Northwestern University. H. Janice Antholz (1983). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rene C. Aravena (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Whitman College; M.M., M.A., University of Nevada; D.M.A. (A.B.D.), University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty 25 Jermaine D. Arendt (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ten L. Aslakson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College. Eric J. Aureille (1993).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Georgetown University. Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Michigan. Deborah L. Bart (1981).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Eustolio Benavides, 111 (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Creighton University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Anthony A. Bibus, 111(1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Randi S. Birk (1993). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology. Beverly J. Blinde (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Nebraska. Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1976). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Borstad (1977). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lisa A. Broek (1993).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central College; M.A., University of Iowa. Maria L. Brown (1980).Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce (1987).Studio Artiit/Bassoon, part-time, Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1981). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. - Augsburg College Faculty Michael R. Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Thomas L. Busico (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., A.B.D., University 0f'~innesota. John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Margaret (Peggy) Murphy Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work/MSW Coordinator. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Hamline University. Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Samir Cherif (1993). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor, part-time, Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Patrick J. Conge (1993). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., The University of Texas-Austin. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Lany J: Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.F.A., Vermont College. Mary E. Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown University. Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin. Marilyn Doyle (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of St. Thomas; Psy.D., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology. Bruce K. Drewlow (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., University of Iowa. Francoise duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite de Bordeaux 111; M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke University. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. D p d (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Rabbi Joseph A. Edelheit (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of California - Berkley; M.A., Hebrew Union College. Blanca-Rosa Egas (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. M.P.H., University of M i m e sota; Lic.Ed., M.D., University of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., State University of New York-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Minnesota. Marian S. Enos (1987).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Heid Ellen Erdrich (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Johns Hopkins University. Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty Kenneth N. Erickson (1964).Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Lynn M. Erickson (1991).Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College; M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Hans G. Eriksson (1993).Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wilmington College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Jacqueline R. Fendler (1992).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lucie K. Ferrell(1992). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine; M.N., University of Califomia-Los Angeles, Ph.D., Adelphi University. Anita L. Fisher (1991).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Phillip F. Fishman (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University. Ann C. Fleener (1987).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Marilyn E. Florian (1980).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990).Instructor, part-time, Religon. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Karen B. Franzmeier (1993).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert P. Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A.,Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David A. Gabrielson (1991).Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. George M. Gaetano (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty Ethelind K. Garetz (1989).Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University. Jerry Gerasimo (1971).Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard A. Germundsen (1987).Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag.,Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter J. Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Ronald D. Grace (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Karen M. Graves (1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Douglas E. Green (1988). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. William D. Green (1991).Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Gresczyk (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Hanard University. Nancy J. Grundahl(1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Katherine A. Guenther (1993). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Lawrence University. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy G. Guilbeault (1988). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, Director of Counseling. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961).Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967).Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, part-time, Education, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. -2 - Augsburg College Faculty Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., American University. Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo. M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instmctor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, India; M.B.A, Ball State University; D.B.A., Kent State University. James T. Hayes (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Milda K. Hedblom (1971).Professor of Political Science, Director of Canadian Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David A. Heitke (1993). Instructor of Computer Science. B.A., North Central College, Naperville; M.S. (Mathematics), Brown University; M.S. (Computer Science), University of Rhode Island. Robert S. Herforth (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Susanne M. Herrlin (1994).Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Linkoping, Sweden. Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Experiential Education, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Anne Holmquest (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. Marilyn N. Horowitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M., Indiana University. Martha J. Houser (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana University. David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Shahidul Islam (1989). Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota. Willie B. Jackson (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., McKendree College; M.S., Southern Illinois University. William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of M i m e sota. B.S., MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hamet W. Johnson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen E. Johnson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Luther College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Martha B. Johnson (1988).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre. Director, East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.Comrn., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota. Robert A. Karl6n (1959). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana. Christopher W. Kimball(1991).Assistant Professor of History. B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. -2 - Augsburg College Faculty Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Carol F. Kuechler (1994).Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Marquette University; M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Steven J. LaFave (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B.,University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Andrew P. Lawson (1992). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Portland State University; M.Ed., Penn State University. Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University. Lynn Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S. North Dakota State University. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton; M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University. Cynthia D. Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., M.M., University of Minnesota. Lori L. Lohman (1990).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Semirary; M.A., The Claremont Graduate School. Mark E. Ludwig (1993). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Steven P. Lund (1982).Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty -2 Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Milton H. Luoma, Jr. (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M.S., M.B.A., University of Dayton; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Ann Lutterman (1993).Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M. Div., Yale Divinity School. Janet L. MacKenzie-Polanski (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. John B. McAllister, I11 (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Bates College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elena McCollim-Medina (1991).Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of California-Berkeley; M.A., Johns Hopkins University. Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University. Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley. Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Roberta K. Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas. Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Tunis,Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A., M.Ed., Macalester College. JeannetteH. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Dawn L. McDougal Miller (1993).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.M.Ed., University of Kansas. Jay A. Miskowiec (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris VIII, France; Ph.D., City University of New York. Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. - Augsburg College Faculty William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M-Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Thomas F. Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; PkD., University of Minnesota. William D. Morris (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University. John N. Moye (1991). Assistant Professor of Music, Orchestra Director. B.M., M.A., Jacksonville University; Ph.D., Florida State University. Mildred ("Mike")Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Toledo. Sharol A. Nau (1993).Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Carleton College; M.F.A., Michigan State University. Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Leslie D. Nelson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College. Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary. Melissa R. Newman (1993).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. Ph.D., University of Mimesota. Catherine C. Nicholl(1973).Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., PhD., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Harnline University. JohnJ. O'Brien (1992). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Augustana College; M.Phil., University of Dublin, Ireland; A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty -2 Michael E. OfNeal(1989).Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979).Assistant Professor, Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Bettye Olson (1992). Director, College of the Third Age. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminar; D.Th., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary. Lila J. Olson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M., University of Nebraska. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw, Poland; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow, Poland. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College. Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Fielding Institute. Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of St. Thomas. Dale C. Pederson (1992).Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul E. Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. Rick Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M., University of Cincinnati. Curtis C. Peter (1983). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College; M.Div., Wartburg Theological Seminar. Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College, Madras, India; M.A., Madras School of Social Work. - Augsburg College Faculty Noel J. Petit (1984).Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., United Theological Seminary. Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Glenn S. Pickering (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.E.E., Ph.D., University of Minnesota; M. Div., United Theological Seminary. Diane L. Pike (1981).Professor of Sodalogy. A.B., Comecticut College; PhD., Yale University. Alisa M. Potter (1993). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sandra L. Powers (1990).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastrnan School of Music; M.M., Northwestern University. T. Peter Przytula (1993).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. M.A., University of Lodz, Poland; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota A.B.D., University of Poznan, Foland. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminar; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Northwestern University. Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota. Patricia L. Redding (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Indiana University; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Cynthia D. Richards (1992). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Brown University; M.A., M. Phil., New York University. James F. Rodde (1993). Choral Director/Instructor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., D.M.A., University of Iowa. Steven P. Rohde (1993). Visiting Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.S., University of WisconsinLacrosse; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty I. Michael Romanov (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Hofstra University; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois. Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. William R. Russell (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary. Edward M. Sabella (1967). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jack B. Schaffer (1993). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Buena Vista College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; MS., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. John S. Schmit (1990).Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington. Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota. Robert T. Schultheis (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.B.A., College of Santa Fe; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University. Laura Sewell (1991). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School; M.M., The Cleveland Institute of Music. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University. Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A., M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University. Barbara J. Shin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. *( - Augsburg College Faculty Edward R Skarnulis (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Gail S. Smogard (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., St. Cloud State College; M.F.A., Southern Methodist University. Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National University, Korea. Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music, Band and Jazz Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., University of St. Thomas. John J. Stangl(1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.; University of Minnesota. Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana. John P. Stein (1992).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A., University of Illinois. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., University of South Dakota. Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Diane L. Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., M.A., Boston University. Marie J. Struss (1988). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Mary Jo Stump (1988). Student Teacher Supervisor, part-time, Education. B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College. Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud (1964).Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Kathryn A. Swanson (1985).Associate Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gabriela Sweet (1992).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., State University of New York, Oneonta. William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Augsburg College Faculty Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Sonja K. Thompson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Mimesota; M.M., The Juilliard School. Mark A. Thomsen (1994).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.M., Eastman School of Music. Diane Thoreson (1993).Instructor, part-time Education. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of St. Thomas. James Trelstad-Porter (1993). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., American University. Cynthia K. Troy (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Mimesota; Ph-D., Iowa State University. Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, M.A.L. Program. B.A., University of California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Mimesota. Anthony R. Wagner (1993).Instructor) part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Ronald F. Walter (1988). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Swarthrnore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Gloria M. Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Mimesota. Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts, Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha A. (Cary) Waterman (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A.,University of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University. Charee M. Watters (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Mimesota; M.&g.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. -2, - Augsburg College Faculty Mark I. Wegener (1993).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Concordia Senior College; M.Div., Concordia Theological Seminary; M.S.Th., Christ Seminary-Seminex;Th.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago. Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University. Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia F. Weiss (1991).Associate Professor, part-time, Education, Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Theartrice Williams (1993).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Illinois; M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Helen Woelfel(1993).Adjunct Faculty in Nursing, Coordinator of Nursing Center. M.S., Marquette University; M.S. University of Minnesota. Maria K. Woroby (1990). Assistant Professor, Librarian, Director of Women's Studies. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College. Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.k, Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University. R. D. Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University. Fall 1994 New student orientation ..... Su. Sept.4 - Tu. Sept. 6 Freshman registration ........... summer Upperclass validation ......... W. Sept.7 Classes begin ................ W. Sept. 7 Last day to register .......... Tu. Sept. 13 Last day to add a class. drop a class without notation on record ................. Tu. Sept. 13 Last day to designate grading option .............. F. Oct. 21 Mid-term break ............... F. Oct. 21 Interim registration . M. Oct.24 - F. Oct. 28 Spring term registration .... M. Nov . 14 - Tu. Dec. 2 Last day to withdraw from a class ................ F. Nov . 18 Thanksgiving recess begins ...Th, Nov . 24 Classes resume .............. M. Nov .28 Classes end .................... F. Dec. 9 Final exams begin ............ M. Dec. 12 Final exams end ............. Th,Dec. 15 Interim 1995 Interim classes begin ............ T. Jan. 2 Last day to register. add a class. or drop a class without notation on record ............ T. Jan.3 Last day to designate grading option. or withdraw from a class ................. F. Jan. 13 Classes end .................. W. Jan. 25 Spring 1995 Classes begin ................ M. Jan. 30 Last day to register ............. F. Feb . 3 Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record .................... F. Feb . 3 Last day to withdraw from a class ...................... F. Apr. 7 Mid-tern break begins ....... M. Mar.20 Classes resume .............. Tu. Mar. 27 Last day to designate grading option .............. F. Apr. 7 Early registration for fall .......... M. Apr.24 .F. May 5 Classes end .................. F. May 12 Final exams begin ............ M. May 15 Final exams end ............. Th. May 18 Baccalaureate/ Commencement ........... Su. May 21 Fall 1995 New student orientation .....Su. Sept. 3 - Tu. Sept.5 Freshman registration ........... summer Upperclass validation ......... W. Sept. 6 Classes begin ................ W. Sept. 6 Last day to register .......... Tu. Sept. 12 Last day to add a class. drop a class without notation on record ................. Tu. Sept. 12 Last day to designate grading option .............. F. Oct. 20 Mid-term break ............... F. Oct. 20 Interim registration . M. Oct. 23 - F. Oct. 27 Spring term registration .... M. Nov . 13 - Tu. Dec. 1 Last day to withdraw from a class ................ F. Nov . 27 Thanksgiving recess begins ... Th.Nov . 23 Classes resume .............. M. Nov . 27 Classes end .................... F. Dec . 8 Final exams begin ............ M. Dec. 11 Final exams end ............. Th. Dec. 14 Interim 1996 Interim classes begin ............ T. Jan. 2 Last day to register. add a class. or drop a class without notation on record ........... W. Jan. 3 Last day to designate grading option. or withdraw from a class ................. F. Jan. 12 Classes end ..................Th. Jan.25 Spring 1996 Classes begin ................ M. Jan. 29 Last day to register ............. F. Feb.2 Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record .................... F. Feb.2 Last day to withdraw from a class ...................... F. Apr .5 Mid-term break begins ....... M. Mar. 18 Classes resume .............. Tu. Mar. 25 Last day to designate grading option .............. F. Apr .5 Early registration for fall .......... M. Apr .22 .F. May 3 Classes end .................. F. May 10 Final exams begin ............ M. May 13 Final exams end ............. Th. May 16 Baccalaureate/ Commencement ........... Su. May 19 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. Quad 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Umess Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11.2222 Murphy Place 12. Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Black Student Affairs 22. Oscar Anderson Hall 23. East Hall 24. Murphy Square 25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts Parking Lots A. Admissions Parking B. Faculty/Staff/Comrnuter/Residence Parking C. Faculty/Staff Parking D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking E. Commuter - Street Parking F. Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS I Directions to Campus Public Parking From Minneapolis on 1-94 EastTake the Riverside/25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. All posted Augsburg College faculty/ staff/commuter lots are free and open for use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north or south of 8th Street between 24th and 25th Avenues. Most street parking is four hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. From St. Paul on 1-94 WestTake the Riverside Avenue exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue South. From the South on 35WFollow 1-94St. Paul signs, take the Riverside/25th Avenue exit, turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue South. Froni the North on 35WTake the Washington Avenue exit, turn left on Washington (turns to the right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn right at 21st Avenue South. - I - . -- - *- - - 'I 1 I I I I - --. . -. - .- - - . . - , - - _ - --I - - - 7 ; -- It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex, status with regard to public assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the RehabilitationAct of 1973, as amended, in i t s admissions policies, education programs, activities and employment practices. d- About Augsburg 6, 245 Academic Advising Center 39 Academic Affairs 51, 248, 249 Academic Calendar 38 Academic Information 38 Academic Internships 49 Academic Policies and Procedures 51 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal 70 Academic Skills Enrichment 29 Accessibility 4 Accounting 91-93 Accreditation 4, 7 Accreditation and Memberships 4, 11 Activities 28, 33 Administration 249 Admissions 1416 Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 68 Alumni Center 9 American Indian Studies 31, 75, 144 American Indian Support Program 30 Anderson Hall 8, 35 Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 8 Anishinabe Library Project 31 Annex Houses 9 Application Procedures 14 Art 75-79 Art History 78 Asian American Support Program 31 Asian Studies 106-107 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program 68 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 44 Associated Support Organizations 10 Athletic Affiliation 4 Athletics 29 Audio-Visual Services 39 Audit Fee 18 Auditing Courses 67 Augsburg Echo 29 Augsburgian, The 29 Biology 80-84 Black Student Support Program 31 Board of Regents 246 Books and Supplies 19 Business Administration 86-90 Calendar 38 Campus Location 4, 8, 272 Campus Map 271 Campus Ministry 28 Campus Tours 14 Canadian Program 51 Career Services 32 Center for Global Education 9, 46, 154 Center for Global Education Courses 154-157 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) 30 Chemical Dependency Program 45 Chemistry 97-101 Chinese 171 Choir 29 Christensen Center 8 Class Confirmation 52 Class Schedule 74 Classification (Class Year) 67 Coaching Endorsement 134 College Costs 1994-'95 18 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 68 College of the Third Age 51 College Relations 9, 249 Commons 34 Communication 235-239 Community Internships in Latin America 163-164 Community Service-Learning 49 Computer Resources 39 Computer Science 103-105 Concert Band 29 Contemporary Issues in Mexico and Central America 47 Continuing Education Program 51 Cooperative Education 48, 49 Counseling 32 Counseling and Health Promotion 32 Course Descriptions 74243 Credit Assessment Program (CAP) 68 Credits 74 Index Dean's List 70 Degrees Offered 38 Departmental Comprehensive Exams 68 Departments and Programs 74243 Deposits 15, 19, 35, 69 Development and College Relations 249 Directory 248 Disabled Student Program 30 Dismissal 70 Distribution Requirements 64-66 Divisions and Departments 40 Dormitories 8, 35 Dual Degree Programs 42, 124 Early Admission of Freshmen 15 East and Southeast Asian Studies 106-107 East European Studies 41, 178 East Hall 9 Echo 29 Economics 87, 108-112 Education 113-122 Education for Seniice 6 Elderhostel 51 Elementary Education 113-117 Employment 24, 32 Engineering 123-124 English 125-130 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program 69-70 English Placement Test 126 English-Language Arts Teaching Major 126 Enrollment 4 Enrollment Deposit 19 Enrollment Management 250 Ensembles 182, 185 Entry-level Skills 64 Ethnic Studies 131, 145 Evaluation and Grading 66 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) 4, 247 Experiential Education Programs 48-50 Explanation of Grades 66 Facilities and Housing 8, 35 Facts and Figures 4 Faculty 38, 252-268 Famlty Emeriti 251 Federal Work Study Program 25 Eees - 18-19 Finance and Management 250 Finance Specialization 86 Financial Aid 4, 21-25 Financial Policies 20 Fine Arts 29 First Year Experience 33, 39, 55, 56, 131 Food Service 34 Foreign Languages 59, 60, 170-180 Foreign Study 34, 35, 153-161 Former Students 15 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 9 Four Year Assurance Program 71 French 172-173 Freshman Performance Scholarships 182 Freshmen 14-15 Full-time Students 18 General Education Curriculum 53-54, 5559, 64 General Education Requirements 5354, 55-59, 64 General Studies 132 German 173-175 Gift Assistance 23 Global Education Center 9, 46, 154 Global Education Program Courses 46, 154-157 Global Issues and World Churches 47, 161 Grade Point Average 67 Grading 66 Graduate Program Office 52 Graduate Programs 38, 50 Graduation Level Skills 58 Graduation Requirements 53-54, 5559, 64-66 Graduation with Distinction 71 Grants 23 Gymnasium (Si Melby Hall) 9, 29 Index Health and Physical Education 133-138 Health Promotion 33 Health Service 33 HECUA Courses 162-164 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) 44, 47, '162 Hispanic/Latino Support Program 32 History 139-143 History of Augsburg College 6 Honors Program 43 Housing 8, 18, 35 Hoversten Peace Scholarships 22 Ice Arena 9 Incomplete Grade 67 Inter-InstitutionalPrograms 44 Inter-Race 10 Intercollegiate Athletics 29 Interdisciplinary Studies 144-152 Interim 38 Interim Abroad 48 Interim Office 52 International Business Minor 87 International Development and Hurhan Rights in Latin America 47, 159-160 International Programs 33 International Relations 153-154 International Student Services 16 International Students 33 International Studies 154-161 Internships 47, 4E-50, 134 Intertribal Student Union 31 Intramural Athletics 29 Japanese 176 KCMR Radio 29 Language Courses 106, 170-180 Learning Disabilities Program 30 Learning Laboratory 29, 30 Leave of Absence 52 Liberal Arts Perspectives 58-64 Library 4, 10, 39, 44 Lifetime Sports 58, 66 Linguistics 176 Loan Assistance 23 Location 4, 8, 272 Lutheran Leader Scholarships 23 Majors and Minors 4, 40-41, 74243 Management Information Systems 9496 Management Specialization 86 Maps 271, 272 Marketing Specialization 86 Master's Degrees 38, 50 Math Placement Group (MPG) 166 Mathematics 165-169 Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) Requirements 94, 166 Media Center 44 Melby Hall 9 Memberships 4, 11 Memorial Hall 10, 29 Merit Scholarships 22 Metro Urban Studies 145-147 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) 147 Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership 31 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) 10 Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants 23 Minnesota Work Study Program 25 Minority Studies 66, 144 Minors 4, 40-41, 74-243 MIS Courses 94-96 Mission Statement 6 Modern Languages 170-180 Mortensen Tower 9, 35 Murphy Place 10 Murphy's 34 Music 181-192 Music Education 183-184 Music Ensembles 29, 182 Music Hall 9 Music Performance Major 181, 184-185 Music Therapy Major 184-185 Index Natural Science 193-194 No-Credit Grades 66 Nordic Area Studies 148-150 Nordic Center 10 Norwegian 176177 Notification of Admissions Decision 14 Number Grades 66 Numbering of Courses 74 Nursing 195-198 Off-Campus Programs 4 Ojibwe 177-178 Old Main 9 Orchestra 29 Orientation @YE) 33 Ostfold, Norway Exchange Program 46, 158-159 Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) 23 Part-Time Students 18 Pass/No Credit 66 Pastor 28 Payments 19 Performance Studies 183 Performing Arts Scholarships 22 Perspective Requirements 59-64 Perspectives 58-64 Philosophy 199-202 Physical Disabilities Program 30 Physical Education 133-138 Physics 203208 Piano Proficiency Test 187 Policies 4, 10, 248 Political Science 209-214 Pre-Professional Programs 42 Pre-Registration 52 Prerequisites 74 President's Greeting 3 President's Office 249 President's Scholarships 22 Probation 70 Psychology 215-219 Refunds 20 Regents 246 Regents' Merit Scholarships 22 Registrar's Office 52 Registration 51 Religion 220-223 Religious Affiliation 4 Residence Life Program 35 Residence Requirements 56, 65 Room and Board 18 ROTC 45 Russian 178 Russian, Central and East European Studies 224 ScandinavianStudies 225, 234 ScandinavianUrban Studies 47, 162-163 Scholarships 22-23 School Year 4 Science Hall 9 Secondary Education 117-121 Secondary Education Courses 118 Service-Learning 49 Sigma Pi Sigma 205 Skills Requirements 57-58 Social, Cultural, Recreational 28 Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America 156 Social Studies 225 Social Welfare Minor 227 Social Work 226-230 Sociology 231-234 South American Urban Semester 163 Southern Africa Societies in Transition 157 Space Physics 204 Spanish 178-180 Special Education 121-122 Special Interest Housing 35 Special Students (Non-Degee) 15 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts 235242 Sponsored Scholarships 25 Student Activities 33 Student Affairs 29, 249 Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 24 Student Employment 24 Student/Faculty Ratio 4 Student Government 28 Student Life 28-36 Student Newspaper 29 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) 4 Student Publications 29 Student Rights 28 Student standards of Behairior, Complaints, Records 36 Student Teaching Abroad 48 Studio Art 77 Study Abroad 34, 45, 48 Summer School Office 52 Support Programs 30 Sverdrup Library 10 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10 Teaching Licensure (see also Majors) 42 Test Scores 14 Theatre Arts 239-242 Transcripts 14 Transfer Scholarships 22 Transfer Students 15, 53, 57 Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 18-19 Tuition Grants 23 Tutor Center 30 Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education 4 Urban Studies 147-148 Urban Studies Options 147-148 Urness Tower 10, 35 Veterans 71 W Weekend College 50 Withdrawal from College 52 Women and Development: A Southern Africa Perspective 46, 160-161 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives 46, 155 Women's Studies 150-152 Work Study Program 25 X, Y, Z Yearbook 29 Youth and Family Institute 10
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1966-1968
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1966-1968
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
155 I I AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66 1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE - AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. T...
Show more 155 I I AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66 1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE - AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. -- ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields o~f engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. - MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council o'n Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 28 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, - SETTING The thirteen-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent t o the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in Science Hall a t the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 P.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone in advance is recommended. Write t o the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 338-0501. 3 C p u ' / d- -u-. ---A& +-P A L ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1966-1967 9' t I AUGUST 1966 A T W T F S SEPTEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S FEBRUARY 1967 S M T W T F S MARCH 1967 S M T W T F S DECEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S I APRIL 1967 S M T W T F S . . . (Wed.-Mon.) Sept. 3, 5 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) Aug. 31-Sept. 5 .....Freshman MAY 1967 S M T W T F .... .Registration ...........(Tues.) ..........Classes begin Oct. 2M3 ......................... Homecoming pi 1619 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations . . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration N u 9 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ..........Classes begin eov. 28 ..................... Christmas recess begins Jan. 4, 7:45 a.m. ...(Wed.) .......... Classes resume Feb. 20-23 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations Dec. 21, 9 p.m. g Term 1966-1967 2. ,jP*' a& 7 March 6 - F a y 22-27 ........ . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) /d , - #dl6, 7 ..........(Mon.) ..........Registration March 22, 9' p.m. . 'March 28, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.) May 28 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) S Welcome Week Seut. 6 ?r Term 196G1967 %-?4&. NOVEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S I I 1 ANUARY 1967 ( T W T F S -. OCTOBER 1966 S M T W T F S Easter recess begins . . . . . . Final examinations ........... Baccalaureate Service . . . . . . . . . . .Commencement ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223242526 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17181920212223 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22232425262728 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 JANUARY 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 MARCH 1968 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 APRIL 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Fall Term 1967-1968 S 2 9 16 23 30 DECEMBER S M T W 1 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 1719192021 24 25 26 27 2E 31 MAY 19t S M T W T 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . .Freshman Welcome ' Sept. 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) . . . . ..Registration Aug. 30-Sept. 4 Sept. 5 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . ..Classes begin Oct. 19-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Homecoming Nov. 13-18 Winter Term 1967-1968 Nov. 27 Nov. 28 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) . . . . . .Final . . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Classes begin . Dec. 20, 9 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas . Jan. 3, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Wed.) Feb. 19-24 Spring Tenn 1967-1968 examinations recess beg ..........Classes resume . . . . . . . .(Mom-Sat.) . . . . . .Final examinations ............(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . .Registration ............(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin April 10, 9 p.m. ....................Easter recess begins April 16 . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ..........Classes resume May 20-25 . . . . . . . .(Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Servic May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . * . .Commencement Mar. 4 Mar. 5 C 5 HISTORICAL SKETCH -- Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Min. neapolis, Minnesota, where a build,ing had been erected for its use. In the same year the . school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. Its aim was t o train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in grow. ing numbers in the pioneer set' tlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established .when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work alqng two lines, a classical course t o prepare students for theology, and a scientific course t o prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thorough- ly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 28 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Augsburg is making plans to celebrate its Centennial in 1969. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Executive Director of Lutheran So'cial Service of Minnesota and vice chairman of the Board of Regents, heads the Centennial Steering Committee. A Centennial Commission of eminent people around the world who are interested in Augsburg has been formed with Dr. Theodore Blegen, Dean Emeritus of the Graduate School, University of Minnesota and distinguished alumnus of Augsburg College, as Honorary Chairman. Actual observance of the Centennial will take place in the fall of 1969. Seven presidents have served GENERAL INFORMA7 7 Augsburg during the course of its history: August Weenaas . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . Suen Oftedal . . . . . . . . . . . . George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . H . N. Hendrickson (Acting) Bernhard Christensen . . . . Leif S . Harbo . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A . Anderson . . . . . . 1876-1907 1907-1911 1911-1937 1937-1938 1938-1962 1962-1963 1963present the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a co,mmon search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college stuAIMS AND O B J E C T I V ~ dents of high ability and genu- -ine religious concern who can Augsburg College is a Chrisreap the maximum benefit from tian liberal arts college of The a program of Christian higher American Lutheran Church. The education. faculty and the Board of ReTo provide a campus setting gents of the College affirm the that is conducive to the spiritual, following as their understandmental, moral and physical welling omf the aims, philosophy, obbeing of its students. jectives and character of this To stimulate its students' ininstitution. tellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and ULTIMATE AIMS skills necessary for sound acaTo contribute to the true good demic work. of human life and society. To acquaint its students with To contribute to the building the spiritual, cultural and intelof free and living congregations lectual riches of mankind, both in the community of the Chris- for the sake of the enrichment tian Church. of their own lives and, thro'ugh them, for the enrichment of their BASIC PHILOSOPHY homes and communities. The Christian message conTo lead its students to a deepcerning the redemptive act of er understanding and experience G& in Christ constitutes the of the Christian Gospel in its greatest potential for good in relati,on to every area of life human life and society; but this and learning. potential is realized only insofar To aid its students in disas it is actualized in the minds covering and clarifying their and hearts of individuals. peculiar aptitudes and interests, The redemption o,f the mind and t o provide training and constitutes the unique education- counsel that will asslist them al task laid upon the Christian in preparing for a life work apChurch; in seeking to relate all propriate thereto. learning t o the truth of the To aid its students in the deChristian faith, the Christian col- velopment omf Christian attitudes lege performs its greatest serv- and Christian qualities of charice both to the Church and to acter; and to encourage each society. student to look upon his life Where there is an atmosphere as a Christian vocation, and an of free and honest inquiry, truth opportunity for service t o God has the overwhelming advantage; and man. To confront our students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urbanized culture. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augs.burg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t,o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve th$ enduring values of this hekitage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administratio'n offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland 0.bservatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the sum- mer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Theta, previously a small dormitory house, was remodeled in the summer of 1965 and contains a number of offices. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled t o serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speeoh activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for t,he art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters 9 for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. The Studio Building was erected in 1964-65 as temporary Student Center. It will house the art department after completion of the college center. Alpha Pi, Beta Phi, Chi, Delta, Edda, Epsilon, Iota, Kappa, Lambda, Miriam, Omega, Omicron, Pi Mu, Rho, Sigma, Tau, Xi Phi and Zeta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. = = - - THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. -- - -- - LIBRARY FACILITIES The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains ab'out 65,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either o~f the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All boo~ks are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 500 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-0.f-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES -The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. 11 INANCIAL IRMATION A considerable part olf the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowments and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the schoo'l. TUITION I 1'ci 3' ,Q, The tuition charge for freshman students enrolling at Augsburg f n 1 the fall of 1966 will be $1,250. In order that students and t parents may plan their expendsitures for tuition with certainty, the college will guarantee the tuition rate a t $1,250 for each year the student is enrolled up t o five years from the date of enrollment. With normal progress the student can expect to complete his work in four years. However, the plan has been extended to five years to guarantee the tuition rate in the event that the student may lose un to a vear for illness, accident, or other causes. A Student Union fee of $15 a year is required of all full-time students. Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Personal expenses, such as books, clothing, entertainment, and transportation, vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add $300.00 to $400.00 for such items. BOARD AND ROOM RATE FOR 1966-67 WOMEN MEN Room (September through May) Board (September through May) Key and breakage deposit (refundable) TOTAL ROOM AND BOARD :': The charges for board, indicated above, are minimal charges. For those students who take most or all of their meals in the cafeteria: it may co'st up t o $325 for women and $450 for men. SPECIAL FEES $ l.0C Locker (per term) Application fee l0.0a Change of registration (after first three days of c l a s ~ ~ ~3 nr ~ Graduation fee 15.00 Improvement of reading course 25.00 Final examination taken a t an hour other than the one scheduled 5.00 Examination making up a n incomplete on a condition 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one, which is free) 1.OO Student teaching 20.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled 5.00 Com~rehensiveexamination.. per - credit, for students not 10.00 currently enrolled ,fl ,' 7 A , MUSIC FEES PER TERM A ' 3 1 Music majors: See under Department of Music Private leslsons d $ e r term) Organ rental (one hour per day) Piano or voice studio rental (one hour per day) .-4/d~o 0 12.00 5.00 METHODS OF PAYMENT Each student's charges for the academic year are determined in advance of the fall registration with deposits, scholarships, grants, and loans credited against the total bill. The remaining balance is paid as follows: 1/3 a t the time of fall registration, 1/3 a t the beginning of the winter term, and 1/3 due a t the beginning d the spring term. A time-payment plan is available for those who prefer more frequent and smaller payments. On this plan, after depas,its, scholarships, grants, and loans have been deducted from the total charges for the year, 20% of the remaining balance is due by September 2. The remaining 80% is due a s follows: 10% on October 1 and 10% on the first of each subsequent month with the balance due May 1. The service charge for this plan is $15. There is a fee of $1.00 for late payments. A student's transcript of credits and diploma are issued only after all bills are paid. Registration for a term is not permitted if there is a balance due from a previous term. REFUNDS If a student must cancel his registration, refunds of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as fdlows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book couponls. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illnes's during the first five weeks emf the term, the charge is one-half ,of the rate indicated above. Students required to enter military service will receive a full re- 13 fund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment are available at Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy o'f the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of enddrsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. --" .,.- I.. , -.- 15 ' SCHOLARSHIPS Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. Freshmen are not eligible for this program. SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon'ors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.75 (B minus average). Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school perfomrmance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational osbjective. Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. With this award a stipend of $600 is provided for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in amount from $100 t~ $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Upper-class Schohrships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with a grade point average of 3.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, s,ophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scho'larship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scho'larship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying chohal music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memo'ry of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the seni,or class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scho,larships are awarded annually to able and d'eserving junior or senior students. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships eaoh year to deserving students from other c,ountries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapoli's in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount oaf $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. 17 The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members o'f the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promi'se of achievement in the field of physical education. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount omf $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory olf Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Cthoir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subj'ect in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to fres'hman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, bus!iness administrator o'f the c,ollege from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems oP social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social !&mice Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors d ~e Lutheran faith who are enro1,led in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a s'tudent's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne SoLberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her delth in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Sollberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton' Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. 19 The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award d variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was establislhed in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undeslignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship ommittee selects students who are able and deserting. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundations' Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possiible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald d Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes to study a t Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway sek up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field af chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 t o 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a stu- dent whose academic backgro,und indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augslburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was esbablished in 1963. This annual award is made to a studen,t whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of ohemistry. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus d Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects d graduate study. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory olf George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is *awardedannually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and abi1,ity who pl,ans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. 21 GRANTSIN-AID STUDENT EMPLOYMENT Grants-in-aid are available to students in good ,standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assis,ts studen.ts in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Augsburg College seeks t o enroll students who are genuinely interested in and can beneflt most from the program of Christian higher education which it offers. ADMISSIO: APPLICATION PROCEDURE as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably-before ~ ~ r1 ipreceding i the fall in which the student 8ad@tislsfon,The cb* date for making applica4lon for sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application for admission by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 ( cript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or cdleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results #ofstandardized tests taken. (3) The Schtolastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the Gollege Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write t o College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT. -J r those ndmitted! thereater, lt is thin tw ES of notification d acceptance. Preference in the assignment d campus housing will be determined by the order in which the $100 tuition deposits are received. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. I ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high schml, type d course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendati~onsare impontant factors in considering a n application f,or admissi0.n. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high sohool graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. 23 It is recommended that a student have a leasast12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a Lreign Ianu a g e , social studies, mathematics, and s c i e n c ~A-unit is defined as a course coverirlg one academic year and e q u i v a I g Lo-gt IczJhoursof classworlr. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and rZurned to' the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received befolre the student will be permitted to register. i TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and u they are in golod standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total grade point average is computed on the basis of transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maxium of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a j u n i o r - \ Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in cwrses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided~theyreceived a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. MPUS There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, labolratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need t o be supplemented by other than academic 6orces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate d an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance olf a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in whioh it is nourished should lvot seek to be enrolled a t Augsburg. 25 THE CHAPEL SERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies not only a relationship to the person of Christ, but also a relationship 4'0 people, to events, and to things. The fact thhat God nolt only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the who,le man. It follms that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. The recreational program must be in the context of, and congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effective Christian life in the world. The Program In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts and seeks to offer a varied recreational and social program. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many less-structured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in $he Twin Cities area. In seeking to devdop a colnstructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption ,dalcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Stud,ents are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and t o follm it as members of the college community. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed un- desirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a facultystudent Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean olf Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. RELIGIOUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg co~mmunity. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meeltings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission al'so serves as a coordinating ageacy for all voluntary Chri,stian organizati,ons on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Fellowship. The SCF seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlmet for Christian faith and life. student,^ participate in regional and natio'nal Lutheran Student Association cuf America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Students are given many opportunities for a varied social and recreational program at Augsburg. Teas, banquets, all-sohml parties, dances, picnics, and talent shows are some of the activi,ties students enjoy throughout the year. Tradi.tiona1 highlights d the social program are Homecoming, Sno Days, and the formal Junior-Senior Banquet. The major social planning for the campus is handled by the Program Commission of the Student Society. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. 27 Recreational facilities such as pool, table games, and ping-po'ng are available in the Studio Building. Student Activity Cards pennit students to attend 'home athletic events, and all on-campus dramatic and musical programs performed by Augsburg Cdlege groups. MUSIC AND THE FINE ARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapoli,s Institute o,f Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access t,o large collections d historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for olther University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theater. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student So'ciety consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense d community, folstering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consisits of seven commissioners-each responsible to the president ffcrr one of the major areas d student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vike-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own qficers and harticipates in student government through its representatives on $he council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Asisociatim, the largest representative national uni'on of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and &her organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projeots of interest t o the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of fre~~hmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides olpportunity for the women t o develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims t o create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages parrt,icipation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a natieonal organization. The college nmspaper, The A u g s h g Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves a~,a voice of the student body as well as a medium d information. It prwides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalisltic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and t$heEcho. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications. ef .L The .A ' 9' Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with :he Office 4f Student Personnel Services. The Auggie is a d&ectory of studenlb, 'staff, and faculty and is published under the direction d the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united t o form clubs. CO-CURRICULA PROGRAM 29 Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed a s the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the s'tudents' creative urge in the field of art and t o promote an interest in art. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. Augsburg College Chil'dren's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and nati,onal politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportuni,ty to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A a t Augsburg. The aim of this organizatimon is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from ,the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign sand American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people d various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activilty a t Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members d the club represent Augslburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club ils composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, ant and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students a t Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints 'ts memfbers with the vocation off the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interes)t in various fields of psychology. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers t o its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers far public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in vari,ous forms olf writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Memb'ership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the clhoir goes on tour each year to various pal;ts osf the United States and occasionally to Canada. In 1965 it toured Norway and otiher countries in Europe. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also Instrumental Ensembles and a Repertoire Band. MUSICAL ORGANIZATIOl 31 The Augsburg College Choral Club participates in school programs and concerts, sings at various churches in the Twin Cities area, and makes short tours in the vicinity. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, bennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development d student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character a s sdf-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational gola1 or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must eitmher contribute directly to this goal or be camplementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student , I!' 33 spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such a s self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation o t high-grade pe~.rformanceon the part d both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or obher co-curricular acrtivities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place d a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in cevtain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations should check eligibility olf candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probabion may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible (to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not in(clusive and other activi,tiesmay be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who h a w earned a 3.5 grade point average accumulative are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made at the Registrar's Office at the beginning of the sem&er in which the student is eligible. %~7/ Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization t o recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular aotivities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 o'r better in the previous .pmeskz of work a t Augsburg /PC.~ College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually t o the student who is judged t o be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented t o the college as a prize to arouse interest in orabory. The name omf the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. 35 STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services t o students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The admtinistration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if at all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial prolblems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and eauh new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems olf adjuskment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office ol the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have perslonal pro~blemsare encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands pro~fessionalskill, the student is referred t o the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Physician. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classe~s,inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered fo'r interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervisi'on of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achieve'ment, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary roioms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. HOUSING AND FOO,D SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director 37 of Residences for Women, the head residents, and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource pewlme for these counselors and handle cases referred t o them. g at hame are rfifl I the Student Personnel Office. All stud'ents living in the residences and most students in off-campus h,ousin,gtake their meals in the cdlege dining room. The college al.so provides a number of houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence ha1l:s are open t o students a day before regular schedules beoome e'ffective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students whjo wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, .towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. B,ed linens and bowels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. Thi,s service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen smvice is available to o'ther students. Students engage a rood- ~t the bc~inninrrfdthe fall term for the entire school vear, i room h S~UOflice h n cannot play the fee by that time must be *.*-J m. sure t o make arrangements with the Treasurer's Office by May 15 for later payment of the room depotsit. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date alle automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. r All men living in Memorial Hall are required t o pay a $16 key and breakage fee at th'e beginning olf each school year. At the end ,dthe year the fee is refunded if the condition olf the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free to graduating sen,iors. Alumni seeking the services oP the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. COORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning d student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program o~fstudent activities is a primary responsibility o'f the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin d events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel 0,ffice. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Director of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the C o m ~ i s s i o n on Student Organizations. 39 - FpU,pwing are the requirements for Arts degree A-urg College: ,L,,,,,A,.A ..Aththe Bachelc- ADMINIST , I, e r a 1 Educat Requirement? GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of oore and distribution requirements as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 credits History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Physical Education 1, 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. credit Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 4 credits Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 credits Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 credits Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits - 7&<A /Mf 3 / LFL-~, -5 N L ~ - ( <-&-- dLLd 4- -'< The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman ycar&eligion 21 is required in the sopl~omoreyear. It is recornmended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. Cc- A The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined 5y proficiency examinati~ons.The student is required t o have the quivalent of four terms of a foreign language for pduation, that course B, two terms of the ,beginnj ems of the inter ~ e d i a t elevel course. n the natural sciences, two chemistry, mathe mati-, or physics satisfy he requirement. It is recoaltnenriei , or 13 in the first cc a 41 I . - the option of taking Philosophy of Science for bhe second course. For the fine arts requirement, students may select Music 30 or Art 1. Philosophy 21 is designed to meet the philosophy requirement. 30 Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Ikonom- ol 8.3 ics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature may be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literalture course by permission of the instructor. The following majors are offered: Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek +Physical Education Health and Physics hysical Education Political S ~ i e n c e History Psychology Mathematics Religion Medical Technology Scandinavian Studies Music Social Sciences Natural Science Sociology Philosophy Spanish Speech C B Students are required to make application for the major t o the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except El'ementary Education and Medical Telchnology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the /A!/ Av*4.,.Ad 1 , 1J I. A',- sophomore ye~arand must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as f,ollows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79 Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average + GRADE VALUES . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit .... Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES .A cotldilirl~l - . . . . . . or . . .an . . incorrlj~letereceive< at the end r ~ hif terrli must be removed within the -firs,t five weeks olf classes osf the following .term. If conditions and incolnp!eies-are not ~'emoveclwithin five weeks d the following term, the condition auton~nticallybecomes a failure and the incol-r~~lete' - . becomes .the grade submitted by the t-eicher filj6ng wi tI; the IncompIelc. The final gr:lde after the conldition examinatinn is t,al&n Inty not I,)e 1ligiler than y). A fee olf $5 is-charged . f@ an exatninaiion making _up_-% incomplete'~or a condition received a t the end of a term. *, 43 I ns established by the school. credi't will be given a student for any subject for which he has college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there ot 'sufficient registration. ,A credit hour is normal- tion accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are ach change of registration aftel fee of $2 i s charge three days of class4 course may be added after *"' - ancelled durll16 the first four weeks ur u a a a c c Eollowed by W. Af.ter the first four weeks and before the last ree weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a gra is passing and WE if he is failing the course 1 'udent who finds it necess'ary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION ying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which n. c l . < , : I a t .: , , is based on of credit hours with a t least twice that u ! , r c Sophomore Junior Senior ,--ents are cl,,,.,.,. rtntion ......each- Credits 36 84 130 Grade Points 72 168 260 Students registered Po'r less than 12 credits are cl~as.s~ified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL k A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The Polllowing guidelines are used in placing a student on probation: First-year students with a grade point average d 1.5 or belolw Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or bellow Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits olf F. In order to be remtoved from probation, a student must achieve a grade point avepage of 2.1 or better for at least one term. Lv will be dropped for low scholarship. I -- CLASS ATTENDANCE B@.ar class attendance is required of all students in lolwer divicourses is Wwt #on courses, hndaxpce in upper for iuniors aad s a r i unlers r e ~ W bu the of'% a In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are su~bmittedto the Registrar. S,tudenks whlo find it necessary to be absent because .of illness or for other seasons should report the.reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may ob,tain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. 45 S&denh with an excessive number of absences not excused by the ,, tpFher be dropped from *ha course with a af: F, I Absences for tours, field trips, and othe~r'instructor-arranged activities are cleared with t,he Dean of the C'ollege. Lists of participants, with information as to exact perimods absmt, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is sftill responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immedi,ately t o the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permiasi~onfrom the Dean of the College to take a final examinatimon at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged s fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this commititee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Offioe of the Registrar. A fee olf $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is oharged o ft-r ta in aavatace, mmmaflan ,h& and lawf answers WI" ~ e g w t r a f pOffice. UR: By - arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students ma: nust not exceed 1 1 . n e ~ t s ~ s ~ 8 ( 1 a t t a College and counted towards graduation. pe twmferred to Prugsburg 47 COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1966-68 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING. OF C0,URSES Courses numdered below 50 are lower d,ivision courses; those numbered above 50 are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores; 50-74 for j~mirrrs;and 7r599 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS shown are in terms olf quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a Four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and min~orrequirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department d English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech [3 DIVISION cd NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Department of Health and Physical Education Department of Mathematics Department o,f Physics DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Paul G. Sonnack, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion PA;/ L QC/~, C ~ O ha.? ~ A DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Department of History Geography Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOLDER The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. DEPARTMENT OF ART In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student art work for exhibition purposes. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 94. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84. Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1 disc. Fall, Spring, 1966.67. Winter, 1967-68.1 49 2 *,&3', p.acA-+x?orids. :diz~fl #' . 4 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 14 double Fall, Spring, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs. Winter, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1987-68.1 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1966.67. Fall, Spring, 1967-68.1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . . . . . . 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. [4 double labs. Winter.] 51 CERAMICS II 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. C4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Spring.] 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq. : Ilt, 18. Spring, 1966-67.1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. [2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 67 PRINT MAKING I 4 crs. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Fall.] 68 PRINT MAKING II 4 crs. Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 12,67. Spring.] 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, or fiberglass. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 21. Winter, 1966-67.Bprhg, 1967-68.1 83 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to modern. [Winter, 1966-67. Spring, 1867-68.1 94 STUDIO Ill 4 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art major will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [4 double labs. Prereq. : second course in the studio area and# .I - - / U MR. NASH, chairman, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. SULERUD, MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. D E P A R m OF BIOLOGY All students who plan to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. The graduation major given below requires a minimum number of these supporting courses. Students who intend to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation should follow the appropriate recommendations. Recommended specific four-year programs for such students are given under Curriculums in this catalog as are programs for pre-dental, prenursing, and medical technology students. Major: 46 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 68 or 74, 71 or 73, 91; and 16 additional credits in biology; Uhem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 61, 52; Math. 13, 14 or equivalent. For students preparing for graduate school: The graduation major plus Physics Zl, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. For students preparing for medical school: 36 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 91; and a t least three of 64, 68, 71, 73, 74. Also required: Chem. 52, 53,61; Math. 41, 42; Physics 21,22,23. #o For students preparing for secondary school teaching: .A& credits, including 11, 12, 51, 56, 67, 91; and &additional credits in biology;+2;) '(0 A' Chem. 2+5& This gives the recommended chemistry minor. A chemistry or other science minor is required with a biology major for a Minnesota Teacher's Certificate. Minor: 30 credits, including: 11, 12; and 18 additional credita in biology; (Ihem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6). Biology 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. 5, 5 crs. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in science or mathematics. Credits do not apply toward a major or minor in biology. C4 lect., 1 double lab. Must be taken in sequence. 1,Fa,Spring. 2, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses. [2 lect., 2 double lab. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 5 crs. 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 51 UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. The study of bacteria, viruses and a few other human pathogens, their characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses. [3 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 3. Winter, Spring.] W 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For science and mathematics majors. First term: cellular and molecular biology, vertebrate anatomy and physiology, genetics, and evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: relationships of organisms. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Must be taken in sequence. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] W 5 1 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosophila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. 15 lect., I double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] W 53 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1966-67.1 56 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities, a reciprocal rela- tionship between organism and environment. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1966-67.1 W 64 MICROBIOLOGY 6 crs. An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Chem. 23 or 51 strongly recommended. Fall.] 66 MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS 6 crs. Field collecting and classifying some of the flowering plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq. : 12. Spring, 1967-68.1 H 67 PLANT MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOGENESIS 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1967-68.1 H 68 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect. 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Winter.] H 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Uhem. 23 o r 52. Fall.] -791 H 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, L*//l / ,,L, ' . and Chem. 23 o r 52. Winter.] H 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consideration of the experimental as well as descriptive approach to the development of animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] H 91 SEMINAR 0 crs. Juniors and seniors working toward a major in biology are required to participate in bi-weekly discussions on topics of current biological interest. [Fall,Winter, Spring.] ,.jy f44pdd,;, , & &A /-2 w t ( ; ~ 9 - 4 dc//a I ,is))-t MR. HEMMINGSON, chairman, MR. BUDGE, MR. HADJIYANIS, MISS LUND Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. Major: 61 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23, a,58 o r 91 o r 92; and either Bus. Ad. 62, 63, 81, 83 for the accounting specialization, or 41, 73, 78, 79 for the finance specialization. Soc. 61 also required. ' DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATI' ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS --97u 7 JA *: A Minor: 26 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Econ. 22, 23; a n d two courses from Bus. Ad. 41, 62, 63, 73. Other combinations m a y b e allowed by permission. H 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 53 W 3 1 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. CFall.1 41 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital xtrwturcs of fi~rsinessorganizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising nnd cnnmo1 of sl~orl~ and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prercq.: X, 2. Fn811.3 JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.] 1 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] W 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short- and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 41. Spring.] W 78 INVESTMENTS 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Winter, 1967-68.1 1 79 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Basic mathematical techniques used in 5 crs. financial analysis. [Spring, lM7-68.1 W 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with emphasis on management control. [Prereq. : 1, 2. Fall, 1967-68.1 1 82 TAX ACCOUNTING 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 1 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 40 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Kcon. 22, 25, 51, 51, ant1 three courses from 52, 53, 91, 92. Soc. H I n k n r~qnired.Math~rmatlcs through course 43 is highly recommended Zor tl~oscrpInnning Irn ~ i u l u n t e study in economics. Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, and three courses from 51, 52, 53, 58, 91, 92. 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. 'Micm. 'ant1 mac.meronr~ntic!l h ~ o s ycxamincr7 with the analytical tools of econnmics. Topics include rleterminaiion of the level of national income ant1 employment, rnrlnpy and hnnlting, monetary-fiscal policy, econonllcs of Ihc firm, prwluci and rcsouscc pricing and allocation, etc. dEwm++% Spring.] 1 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: UPPER DIVISIOI 23. Fall.] 1 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations as to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 1966.67.1 1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or #. Spring.] 1 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 1967-68.1 W 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq. : 22 o r #. Fall.] 1 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 1 95 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-2 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses are planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. 55 Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad. 1, 2; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect four other credits in the business field. I I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] I 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. C4 hours. Fall, Winter.] I I0 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION,AND 4 crs. RECORDS MANAGEMENT Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit dilplic~ting muchines. An introduction to and application of basic principles rif filing and organization of records in the office. 14 hours. l'mreq.: 1 ar equiv. Spring.] I 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Funrlam~ntals uE G r c a shorfhnncl (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis Introduction to transcription. on thcory, reading and writing sl~orLl~and. Not open to sf.udenls tvho [law had onr year of shorthand in high school, f 5 h u r s . I'rercq.: I ur eqnlv, E I R . I 11 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing material dictated at speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.] PPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Winter.] W 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] I 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] I 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. CSpring.1 MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. ,OOFFMAN, MR. HOLUM, MR. LYLE DEPARTMENT OF It is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. i Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to major in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff at the earliest possible time. Major: 41 credits. Strongly recommended are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. For those planning to teach ch ' try in high school, the major will 21. 22, 23: Chem. 15. 16 (or include Math. 13 and 14, or l&%ysics 5, 6), 51, 52, 53, 61, and 'one of 62, 81, or 83.' 54,3'5 c 4 4' Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16,,53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 23 credits. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. % Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] &W -* Fm 6, 6 crs. 5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY For non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. An intensive course for majors in chemistry and pre-medical students; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative 57 UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 23 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 crs. Designed for medical technology and other students who desire less than the very intensive year-course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 3 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 5 or 15. Spring.] 5 I , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6- ,. b- crs. -- -Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs: Prereq. :6 or 16.51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 5 or 6 crs. 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. C4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.] 6, 6 crs. 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, so tions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, lab. Prereq.: 53, Math. &. 61 Fall. and colloids. [3'lect., 3 &hour 62, Winter.] 5 Y ~ J 23 ~b. 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used; as chromatography intraduced. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq..>62, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.] & 72 QUANTUM MECHANICS 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrsdinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems, magnetic resonance. [4 lect. Prereq.: 61 or #. Winter.] 81 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. C4 lect., 1 four-hour lab. Prereq.: 62 or #. Fall.] . 83 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY AND SPECTROSCOPY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectro photometric, electrc+analytical, and chromatographic techniques. C3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 53, 62. Spring.] 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. COLACUI, chairman, MR. HELGELAND The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Classics, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. 59 . . . . 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq.: 12. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1, 52 N E W TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Winter, 52, Spring, 1966-67. 51, Fall, 52, Winter, 1967-88.1 46, 54. 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 0 &&, 3 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the synactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. C196667 .I , ..,'I : -[,: '.' I ?fL3*' 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. Survey of the classical period. [Prereq. : 52. Spring.] LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered onIy if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor map be comflrted al the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman al: Augsburg.. . Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered at Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered abeve 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study d Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading and parsing of selections from Caesar's "Gallic War," St. Augustiie's "Confessions" and Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall, . . Spring; 4, Winter, 1966-67. 3, Spring, 4, Fall, 1967-68.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VIRGIL 5 crs. Selections from Virgil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] See under Departmemt of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MRS. HANSON, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be awwroved bv the Committee on Teacher Etlucation. Application must be made d;ring the second semester of the sophomore-year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement. E& mentary candidates are required to-have a 2.5 g?acle point-averagc :FC.rTgc sc c oi311 ry IFlie i r al:inT- FOnEijiid i{>y-?idx b c G r ~ i ~ s ~ E 1 i s 1 - h i v2.5 c in their-proposcd m r l jnr--and a-$.fl-- &rrall a\.Pl'ilr~.' f i t i c l i r 1 : 1 1 ~ ~r t 3 r.Fl'lilit:a Iion In rlimenI:i~-y xnrl srconcl:iry cdu~€3fiz5.re als9 required to make application for student teaching during the junior year. ~ & ~ % c n t s for student leaclilng- are: 2.5 ~ : _ l . + d ~ p o i ~ t . average in the malor. nntl W o F l X I - a. . ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Major: credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required : Psych. 5 ; Hist. 21,W W,w; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 0 crs. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 52, 5 3 , 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.] 1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools : philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS See under Department of Art. 4 crs. . 61 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: t MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 66. Spring.1 $lU H 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS 6 crs. Ol?jeclivrs :untl tcr:lir~icl~rr:sin lhc I : ~ n ~ t ! i l ;u'ls: ~c lisfcning, speaking, writing, and ~~cacling. hpplivalion of l>rhnciplcsOF le:~~.ninfi in acquisition oF sltills, inIr.lhesls, ;IT l ii 4 ~ r l e s . P:xn~ninalinns of morlrrn tllethods and r n i h c ~ i n l s . IPrrr~rl.:O5, 513. tQbU, BprItig. 196fM7. SptaBlg, 196'7-68.1 1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 4 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] W 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE 15 crs. St.urlrnl spcnris Icn tvt?elis i l l Ihe cl;iss~'oun~, ~tssistingthe rcgtil:~rleachcr, and do in^ actl~;tlIcuching. S~rl~t~rvisiorl is r:arriccl onl: by 111scnoperal, ing I.eacher ;lntl lhc c':ollcge slam. 'I'his is lollowctl by onc wcclr UI seminar wi Ui discussion nf problcrns ~ n c r ) u n t c ~ cind I f ~ r -rlassronin. ~ [rra.req.: #. Willtor, IDtifl-07. IG:di, Wlrltrr, fW7-UB.1 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 4 oJ P"(~ 4 crs. Study of litcl.illure suitable 1.0 11-tr olcrncnla~y scl~ool cilild. Role of literature in thin cl:issrtron~,i r ~life oritsirlrb oC sch(7nl. Exfe~lsivt-areading and evalu;lt.ior~ol' vhilrll-cli'w buolts, compiling bi hliogrnphy. I L'r~req.: 55, 56 or #. Fall, S l r r i n ~ ,lVW.U7. Sllrulg, IR(i7-nB. 1 W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate shirlcnts :Ire required to compl~fr!28 r:~.edilsin professional education ctnlrhscs invlurting 50, 52, 53, 54, 59- 83, 84, 87. All students must register 101. lhrcc Irl-nls ol' Group Activity lEclucati<)n 52, 53, 54). Secondary crlucnticr~r stiiilrnls must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 0 cr. H 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq.: M). Spring.] W 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND 4 crs. JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. CPrereq. : 50. Spring.] 1 83 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. CPrereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] W 84 STUDENT TEACHING 10 crs. Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] 8 7 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] 1 91 TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of home economics. [Fall, 1966-67.1 W 99 TOPICS 2 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and resents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, A d future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective ,management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. W 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, inclcding cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] 63 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques d selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Charactel-Jstlcs and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of b k lists, book talb, ~tary-tellingand a wide exposure to inclfvidual titles of books and ~ a t e materials. d Emphasis on preparaklon of papers and bibliographies. C3 l e a k F a 1 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.] 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. RER(;STROM, MKS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MR. HANSON, MISS LARSON, MISS LUAIAEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS P1~~1~1~:1180N, 3lIC.S. '1'Rl\lT'i'Wb:tN is to develop thc student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literaturc, to acquaint him with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his' appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Teaching major for secondary schools: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Crcdits ill sn~~crli are also required for certification. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and at least one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 4.5, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus course 55 in addition to those listed [or the minor. 47 fl* 5- 3- factory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Course 11 is prerequisite to 12; course 1 2 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. 4 crs. I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository essays and selected short stories. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5 crs. 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of such types of literature as drama, poetry, novel. [Fail, Winter, Spring.] 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. [Winter.] 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. An advanced course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITI,ON 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 65 W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the qenaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 5 crs. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 865 Fall.] I/ lJPpER DIVISION COURSES +/a,0% si' CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] 1 5 2 W 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. A study of modern English structure, viewed from a historical perspective, with extensive reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics. [Spring.] W 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers fro'm the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. : 35. Fall.] 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. : 35. Winter.] 72 MODERN FICTION 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter, 1967-68.1 W 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Winter, 1966-67.1 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Spring, 1967-68.1 W 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative works of selected American novelists from the beginning to the present. [Spring, 1966-67.1 H 84 SHAKESPEARE 5 crs. Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Other plays assigned for reading. [Prereq.: 47. Spring.] 1 86 MILTON ."' 4 crs. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the in- . tellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61. Spring, 1967-68.1 88 CHAUCER 4 crs. Study of Chaiucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Can3 , 3, 3, crs. American studies; 92, studies in criticism. 90 and 92 open to English majors and minors of junior or senior rank; 91 open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. [SO, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 9 5 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. MR. ANDERSON, ohairman, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. P F E F F E R , MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. DEpARmT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 1, 2, 3, 11 o r 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 or 13, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 62, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 o r 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 82, 59, 71, 72, a n d Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 83, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10) 31, and Biol. 6. 67 Cvaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are required to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. . . . . 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Fall, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. L2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. C10 hrs. per wk. Spring.] 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs, per week. Fall.] 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreationd activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, rnodjRed gmea, simple rhythmic games, folk and square danc- ing. Iff hrs, per wk. mmter.1 W 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. . . . . History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.] 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. C5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq.: Biol. 6. Fall.] 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 57 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 69 5 9 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS , ,,,\U'' ?>// I I 1' I/ ' 2 crs. Method3 and mntcrinls. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Erliicatlon. Separate sections for men and women. I spring.l 6 2 COMMUNITY RECREATION 4 crs. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. [Fall.] 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] 1 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 1 73 SCHOOL HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION 5 crs. Principles and curriculum of school health and safety education. [Spring.] 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] ~ 7 - 4 8Ooi.rn-~J DEPARTMENT OF MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR.'GISSELQUIST, MRS. JENSEN, MR. LAUE, MR. OLSON MR. GUSTAFSON, The Department of H i d a y aims to introduce studcnts to the sludy of histmy as an Intclleclunl discipline; to prepnre studcnte, for secondmy teaching and gr:tduatc worlc; tn dccpcn atucl~nts'understanding and ap precintion or t h e i ~own and other civilizations: anif fo enhance shrclcnts cffrcIiveness as cnnlribui ing mcrnbers of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. 1 , 2 , 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD 4, 4, 4 crs. SETTING Western civllizatlon from lis b e m n i n m in t.tre Ancient Nznr East Po the prr?sr?nt. Other great world civilizations and their relatifinship to the West are surveyed. Cnursc L carr-ics 1Rc survey In 1300; coursc 2, to 1815; nnd course 3, lo the prescnt, becumes a survey 01 world civilbation. Sludcnts m a y take any one. m y two, or nll three courses. [All off e r d eeclb Zarm.1 2 1, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY 5 , 5 crs. The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. [21, Fall, Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] . 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. See under Department of Modern Languages. JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 55 CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES The United States from 1900 to the present. [Fall.] 4 crs. W 56 AMERICAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 4 crs. The development of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. [Spring.] W 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on nm-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.] 4 crs. 58 THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST Breakup of the Ottoman Empire, rise of Arab nationalism and modern Zionism, and development of new national states. Survey of cultural institutions. Continued interest of the major world powers in this area. [Spring. I W 61 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizaticms and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] W 62 ENGLAND TO 1714 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 4 crs. W 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] W 68 HISTORY OF CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE 1850 4 crs. The traditional institutions within Chinese and Japanese societies, Wesb ern impact, political and social changes, diplomatic and military crises of the twentieth century. [Winter.] \ W EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's to 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands lor chan~e.[Fall.] 4, 4 crs. W 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the nm-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 4 crs. W 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Spring.] 3 crs. W 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GEOGRAPHY W 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography fallowed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. 71 LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 1 MR. HAUGSBY, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD The Department of Mnth~lnatics~timsto develop Ihr! slndcnt's knowledge and skill in tlrc tn:l,jnr branchrs oC rlemcnlary a11d h i g h ~ rmathematics, an appreciation ol jls cullural ant1 pl'acticnl trali~es,and the background for teaching and for plu~lcssional and m.adu;ttr study. See under Uurriculums for suggested course of study. 1 3, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A terminal course in mnthcmntics will? sufTicied r:ontenl to pt-epnrc [or caleuIus. An:ilaytia geometry, almiracl nlgcl>ra, logic, mathcrrlalical stalistics, differ~nlialand intc,pal cnlculus. [ Frcrcq. : 3 yrms of IdgIi schml mntl~e~na tic?^. 13, Fall, WinCr. 14, Winter, Nl1rhr.1 19 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 5 crs. 'I'renlmcnt of college algebra with work in annlytic ~eonlctry,modern algebra ancl math&ntzticnl st~tististlcs.Intended for stuienls wit11 a ~mcl rnathcmatical backcround but who do not mler calcult~sdil+r?ctlv.Studcnls mny not rccclve ctaedll r01. this cutrrsc if they have credit for 13, 14. LProrq. : Higiler A l ~ e h mand mntliematlcs plm~rncnt kst. Fall, Wlntnr. I 4 1 , 4 2 , 4 3 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY 5, 5, 5 crs. Topics of the elcments of plane and solid analytic geometry integrgted with diffcren4inl and internal calculus inclciding calculus of sevcral variallEcs, npplications, nnd scries, rPmroq.: 111 clr 1fi or 4 y r R . N.S. math ant1 mntl?. placement test. 4 I , IblI, WlnCor. 48, \VirltPr, S p r h ~ 43, . Spring, Fa,Il.1 P P E R DIVISION WURSES . 56 BASIC CONCEPTS O F ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary diFPercnPia1 equations with applications, series solutions, sysk m s of dilerential equal.ions; solution by special transforms; numerical meihods; and an int~oduclionto partial differential equations. [Prereq.: 43. Winter.] 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory a r e stressed a s tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA The basic algehl-:iic systclns p r ~ s c n t e diron1 an ;ibstract point of view. Topics include t h ~t t ~ c n r y ol' glntrps, rinb:h, f i r l r i s , vector spaces and A drvclnpment of the real and modules, and line:11' I~h:msfoi~r~~;itions. complex numbcr syslib~~ I S . Il'rw+r,tl. : 13. 72. W~II~PI.. 73, Spring.] 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq.: 43, U h k w . I + 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real'and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.] 92 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-4 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. 1*'1k11, Wi~lt~S r .I I P ~ ~I I R . ,-/ f.. cd , , . L , . :7 P , , , . . . ' t l (, .. .,,.. <' , ((,,!, -., 6 , s MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. LANDA, c l ~ a i r ~ n a nMISS , AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MISS BINFORD, MR. CANNON, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MRS. NASHAN, MISS ROZENTALS DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching a t the junior and senior high school level and for graduate study. Thc beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. TWOterms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. 73 FRENCH . Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, G4, 72 or 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience jn understanding, speaking, and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and laboratory assignments. [I, Fall, Winter. 2, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3,4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading, and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Winter, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1 I gb 5 fOj' A.NJ 1 4 ~ JPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Cnnlinu~s Lrniniog in cornprphrnsir~n, vonversxtion ant1 wading skills with g~.trmm:jr revirw a s a metlns to accuracy and facility in oral and ivriilen rxpl*esslr>n.Cflnss disc~~ssion, sclrclrrl rr:itlit\g, and lal~orato~y n ~ ~ ~ e wr i it ,a ~<:u:ium~~ r n j ~ a s i sR, P ~ L I ~ Y Wfor I contin~in. s ( d y in FI-cnct~.I Prcrr:~.:2 or rquir. 5. Fn11, S l w i n ~ .0, Urintet, 19M-67. Fall, Winter, 1%G7-GB.1 . 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. LPrereq.: 6 or #. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. Thc study of mnjnr French authors nnrl literary movements in France, tvilll Ihr rendlng nf w l i n l ~literilly wnrlts where possible. Lectures, disruasion, oral iind rvrillrn reports in Ihc language. Both terms required f o ~ the major: one term minimum for the minor. [Prereq. : 65 or equiv. . 63, Paall. E l , W)ntor.l 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lec- ture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 or #. Spring, 1966-67.1 H 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. CPrereq.: 63, 64 or #. Spring, 1967-68.1 H 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND 5 crs. COMPOSITION Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1 i #3 [YL, H 9 1 DIRECTED READINGS 4-5- crs. Study within a given topic or genre for enrichment or, if necessary, to replace French 72 or 74. Offered in any term, but no more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 63, 64, or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. H 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for a reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Winter. 4, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. CPrereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory recommended. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq. : UPPER DIVISIO COURSES 6 or equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 5, 5 crs. H 63, 64 SURVEY AND REPRESENTATIVE READING From the beginnings up to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. Both terms for majors; one minimum for minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Fall. 64, Winter.] 75 W 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1 W 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of outstanding dramatic works in thr; vario~nrepresentalive periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, imprcssionfsm, expressionism). For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: R3, 64 or nq~flv.Upring, 1967-68.1 W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1 91 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 -3 (11s I--5--c r s . May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary, and for enrichment. It is suggested that no student register for al.l-&ve c edits 4 2 c e z, , D!/rz, c . within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. . Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN 5, 5 crs. Introduction of thc four basic language skills: speaking, listening, rending, ant1 writing. Skcss m spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, 2, WInter, Plprlng.1 m. 4, 4 crs. 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN A terminal course Tor sllrilcnis not Intending to conCinuc with Norwegiarr lnnguagc study. Vocahulaly building <andstudy of syntax through extensivr rcadings in Norwegian Iitel'ah~re. Sotnp cxzcricnce in oral rxprcssion. [lyrereq.: 2 ar cqui\+. 3, Fall, 4, Wintrr.1 4, 4 crs. 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued convct-sation and compsiiion to further comprehension and facility of expression. Sclccterl rendil~gsin Nonvegian used as Ilnsis for class discussion and cxercfses. RI-iel litcraturc silrvcy. I,ahorato~y ~ w l ' k expected. I Prereq.: L or eqr~iv,5, I W l . 6, Wlnter.1 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 1967-68-1 W 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1967-68.1 W 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND UPPER DIvIsIor OOURSES COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensiv~practice in spoken Norcveginn with emphasis on pronunciation and odgiual composition. Somc attention given to regional variations h spokrn Norwegian and to diifewnces between the two official Ictnguagcs of Norway. Labraloly work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the d e ~ a r t m ~ n t chairman. [Spring.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC W 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 1966-67.1 1 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk, and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures will stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. - [Spring, 1966-67.1 1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1967-68.1 91 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall, 0[it i; J7P , b. i yt,.3~t- Winter, Spring.] SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72 or 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work an inteffral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 3,4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4.4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, ?n:;//,:j,-" --id ;* I Jf r Fall, Winter, Spripg. 4, Winter, Spring.] 1 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings with cultural emphasis for class discussion in Spanish. Further laboratory work. 77 C' t',- / -"r,i,r] ylrk Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION CXXJRSES . . 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq.: 6 o r equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. h shidy of rcpmsentrrtive authors in Spanish litemture, supplcmentctl by lcclures on Ihf Iitcrnry movPrnPnts ant1 development or Spanish literature. Lectures, disctissian, written imd tnnl reporfs in ihc lungunge. Laboratory ti~orlc. Roth Lerms I-cquirerl Car ihr nlajor, nnc [elm minjmum for the minor. I P r ~ r ~ r lk.':i or pqulv. 63, Fs11. O f , Winter.] 72 THE SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the modern period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1 . . 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the contemporary period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 o r #. Spring 1967-68.1 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND 5 crs. COMPOSITION Aims to give an cxtensivt! training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stvlislic rrfincment. Annreciatinn of dilferenccs ng Laboratory work in speech existent in the - ~ ~ a n i s h - s ~ e x l t icointrics. required. For majors and those inlei?ding fn leach Spanish. CPrereq.: 55. Fall. 1867-68.1 1-3 CN, 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY -I4crs. Study of rrprrsentntive Hispanic American writers. Available any term. Mny serve as suhslitutc foi- Spanlsh 7 2 , ~ ~ ~ 7if1 ,necessary. I t is suggested that no student rcgistcr inr"il(--five 21-cdits within one term. IProroq.: 83, R4, or DEPmmNT OF MUSIC #. FdI, Wintor, Sprlng=l MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. DAVENPORT, MR. GABRIELSEN, MR. O N , MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MR. SAVOLD, MR. SUTYAK, MRS. THUT, MR. THUT The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, 01- ~ v l ~ me o primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for f hose who e?rppd. to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 o r 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 traits in applied music, and two y e a r s as a m e m b e r of one of t h e college music organizations. Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 or 63, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits i n applied music, a n d two years a s a m e m b e r of one of t h e college music organizations. Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music organizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals a r e encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be givcn in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the monthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency ekamination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: ( a ) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; ( c ) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces ( b or c ) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified a s a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums lor suggested courscs of study. 79 1 THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and Iheir applicntion in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-~inging. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance tcst. FaIl,l W 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] W 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and dl. Lasso. Writing twcr, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] W 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] W 2 1 THEORY 5 4 crs. Kighteenth cenl.ury counterpoint with examples from the music of J. iJ. &ch; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntd writing. Writing two- nnrl three-part invenlions. a four-voice fuguc, and a chorale prelude, [Prereq.: p&. Wintnr.1 W 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music From 1GO to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. E~nphasis is placed uupon relationships between music m d the othcr fine arts. Participatiml in Chr cultural life of tIlc community leading towards appreciatian and criiicism. For the non-music major. [\Vinter, 1WD-67. Fall, RprEng. 1W7-M.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, and techniques. CSpring.1 4 crs. W 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 4 crs. W 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] W 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques 13conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administiation of choral ensembles. C3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] W 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. 13 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall, 1966-67.1 E 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. C4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertory of musical excellence. [One evening per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] + 0 APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two terms of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS I-' The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] d A -'r 81 ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE Membership is by audition or consent of director. t2 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORS See under Curriculums. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY MR. HALVERSON. chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. JOHNfiRUD, MR. S ~ H M I E G E fib, .-&?-& ai~ntz Sondid f Ch The courses in ~hilosovhvseek to assist the student to become conversant wit11 ill& g r c a t - i e n and intellect~~al movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of so~mcl reasoning, and to develop :I mattire understanding of the foundations of nln. knowledge in such arcas us ucicnc~, religion, and ~Thica. Major: 46 credits, including 21, 23, 41, 42, 43. Minor: 32 credits, including 21, 123, 41, 42, 43. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2 3 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 4 crs. 4 1 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdowri of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY 4 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 5 crs. An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Prereq.: 43 or #. UPPER DIVISION COURSES Fall, 1966-67.1 W 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 5 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] W 71 ETHICS 5 crs. An enquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Prereq. : 43 or #. Winter, 1966-67.1 W 73 METAPHYSICS 5 crs. An enquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Winter 196268.1 75 EPISTEMOLOGY 5 crs. An enquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Fall, 1967-68.1 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Spring.] 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty advisor. [Prereq. 43 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] PHYSICAL EDUCATION See under Department of Health and Physical Education. MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. MOYER Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 83 arise. be mel, and s o stimulate ~ n u n dthinking, perct-ptlv~ jutlgment, and nn interest in experimenlal teclmiqur?~.Tn this end ttle rlcpw+rncnt prepnres some students lor ~ ~ a d u a studies le nnd some for the tcaclling pmfcsaion. The li bcral nrts tradition js s e r v ~ dhy offering ctlurses illat will r n a b k a strident l o fouo~rdrvclopm~nts\ r ~ i t h somp clemec of comprchensic~n. Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 1, and 5 credits of 77. Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses listed for the major. Minor: 29 credits. W l ASTRONOMY 4 crs. A dcscripliv~ course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments arc rxplnir~etl,and use is made d a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional niffhl virwing. [Fall, Winter.] 3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS 4 crs. A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Spring.] 5, 5 , 5 crs. W 2 1 , 2 2 , 23 G E ~ E R A PHYSICS L A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [ 5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41, 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 50 NUCLEAR LABORATORY I cr. For non-physics majors who have the equivalent of Course 3. Dealing with methods for detecting and measuring radiations from radioactive substances using geiger tubes, windowless counter, gamma ray spectrometer, and scaling circuits. [2 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 51, 52 MECHANICS UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: '23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 5 3 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 61 ELECTRONICS 4 crs. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and transistors with applications to certain circuits. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 4 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [Prereq., 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY I cr. Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, optics, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. 13 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4, 4 crs. Study of thermal p~operties,using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low tempcrature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions: classical thermodynamics, kinetic theoly, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, ,Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 8 3 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A sl.udy of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. IPrerecl.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] 85 DEPARTMENT MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MRS. NOONAN OF in poliiical science are intender1 In Fncilltate an POLITICAL A~gs:,Sh~wg'moH'crlngs undcmtnnding of If~e p r o c ~ s s ~ sconr:epls, , anrl instilittions of governance; S C I E ~ ~ ~ Lo prwidc nn i n l c k c h ~ n lbasis for ~ f f c e t i v eand informed citizenship; anrl lo help prrpnro i n l c ~ ~ s l c rstudunts l lor ar~clitlonal wwk at tlie graduate or prbrrssionnl Irvel, fn such :ll-Pas as Inrv, political science. p~~ljlic: ndmlnisl ralirln, mrf inIelhnatinnill relations. IMRjor: I 5 cwdlts, i~irludlngZR, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of tlics fn~rr:crratls indir-nlvd hy l,l~e numbering. Courses numbered in the 50's art. in thp uren of Cnnqrnrntive Government; GO'S, International Itelat3nns; 7n'%, Plrhlicn l,i~w: t ~ r ~go's, d Political Theory. Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. k mnxi~nurnuf nine r:r~tiifstnwnrrl fi political science major may be cnrnefl Ircsni among ceftr~inspecific courses offered by the departments nf hislrwy and rr-c~nomiss.Fnr inrownation, see the Chairman of the Jh?pnrEm r n l oT P(11iticel Scicnrc. . . . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. 1nt~~oilusl~~r.y c.~lorallon oE the nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic dcvclopmml in the United States. Historical, economic, ,mrl lrlgnl factors are considered. The American sorinl, iclrolu~ir~:~l system is compared with democratic and non-democratic alternatives, including Communism. [Fall.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. h dcscriiptivc, analylicnl, and critical approach to the roles and functions oS ihr F~~rsjdenr:y, the bureaucracy, the Congress, and the Supreme Cotrrt in thc Amer~cnnpolitical system. [Winter.] 22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: POLITICS AND THE FEDERAL SYSTEM 5 crs. The political pmcrss Is P ~ I I O I ~ Cin~ the \vol'kin~!of Chc two-pal* ~ystcm anrl in llle impncl of -pl+rsslnqrgroup< in llie clcterlniniltion of pulllic policy, Thc pnrhlcms 01 si:ite nnrl InclrtI govcrnlnents and Il~echanging llaifcrnk n l i n f e ~ ~ g r ~ v ~ r ~ ~ ircl;~ ~ i eticn.;Iiip nlal arc exntninrtl. I SprIng.1 X P E R DIVISION . 50 WESTERN EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected European states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter, 1966-67.1 51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms ol Idrologicnl assumptions, the party role and institutional for~ns.Cornmlrnjst practices are compared with those of democratic governments. [Prcmq.: E crs. in Am. Gov't, o r #. Offered on demand, 1Vlnl~r.I 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. The basic factors involved in international relations, the formulation of national foreign policies, and the implementation of policy through diplomacy and other means. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall. 1966-67.1 6 1 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION 4 crs. The evolution and functions of international organizations, emphasizing the assumptions, activities, procedures and role of the United Nations. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Offered on demand, Fall.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 10 crs. in Am. Gov't or #. Fall, 1966-67.1 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 4 crs. A continuation of course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individual rights and liberties under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 70. Winter, 1966-61.1 , 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [2 double hrs. per wk. Fall, 1967-68.1 81 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. 12 double hrs. per wk. Winter, 1967-68.1 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of ~plected contemporary political scientists, and of their philosoplilcal nnd melhodological assumptions. For majors in political scjcnce, rOfPercrl rm demand. Spring.] 90 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 crs. Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 95 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq.: #. Spring.] 87 U4k44-4- DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. ,- chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MRS. HOWARD Thc nbjectives of this dcpflrtrnent are: (1)To acquaint the student with the piinciples anrl melhods In Ihc scientinc study of behavior; and (2) to ennble ihc &dent to h i t c r untlcrstnnrl Ihe processes which influence heh:tvinr. Emphasis is o n the study ol humnn behavior. Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 84, and 91. In addition, Soc. 61 is required. Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. W 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered i.n connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Secondary Education. 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I 4 crs. Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.] 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I1 4 crs. Adminis~nfionand inivrpretnlion of standardked tests of intelligence, nptitude, inlcresl, acllievcment and pcrsonnlily. Spvcial emphasis given l o the use of the Revised Stanforcl-I3inct ant1 Wecl'lsler Adult Intelligence Scale in stlpcrvi~erlpracticr sitl~aiions. [Prereq. : 69. S p r i n ~ . ] W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental methodology in psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 5 crs. W 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] 84 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2-3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.] 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heqedity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: '17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. DUMPYS, MR. HUSFLOEN, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. SKIBBE, MR. SONNACK. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and a t least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take- course 11: sophomores, course 21. Courses 11 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. 89 Minor: 26 credits. I I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 2 1 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, Spring, 1967-68.1 . W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] JPPER DIVISION FIIRSKS , W 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP ' 4 crs. sludy of lIle origin of Christian worship, the development of the var- fl ious lilur.~ic:ll traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] fJ ' / L W 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS II 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the relation of religious values to institutional aspects of the social structure, particularly church organization. Some implications for contemporary theological thought are explored. [Fall.] W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] W 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] h - -- >.-- - = - - - - - -- a-L -I <----_ICL 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Spring.] W 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL 4 crs. A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and so e of the themes to be found in his writings. [Sping.l W i s 2 : f i 7 f3~4-6 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. kWnkr.1 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 5$~~;i~41966 - 6 7 4 crl. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly as related to history and science. ISpring.1 1 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]' 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] W 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 87 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 See under Curriculums. 91 DEPARTMENT OF S°C1OLQGY MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. ANDERSON, MR. BLOOM, MRS. MADSON, MR. NEVASKAR, MR. NORDLIE Thc ohjceilver nl this d~ptpnrtrncd are lu help rtudmlr nnah a bettpr rmderslarltling - of socirlv. i t s urrlelu :inti lorces trl cl~sn.rc.a s well a s lo preparr studcnls TI^ soclnl senlice and Cor g r a d ~ ~ a tIrnining e in social w o ~ kand in sot-iolnpy. Reynnd t h r i~ndurslanrlirl~ socicly and beyontl acndcmir: competence, tllc rlcpr~rlnlrhl r ~ f n l stn explorr the I-elevnncc of Christianily t o effecUv~social servicc lo relate itself fo the rnodc~m metropolis through research and participation in the community. Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world a s seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] 3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. Social and cultural configurations of family systems. Thc life cycle of the family including mate selection, marital interaction and adjustment, parent-child relationships, and the later years of married life. The family, society, and social change. [Winter, Spring.1 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The European and American roots of the United States rural community, rural social movements, and rural life in the world perspective. [Winter.] 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. [Spring.] 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public registration and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Cono~~rrent in 54. Fall.] UPPER DIVISIO 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social. workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq. : 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54, 55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade 93 for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. CM, Fall. 55, Winter. &6, Spning.1 W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See Religion 59. 4 crs. W 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp* thesis testing. [Prereq.: high school algebra or equiv. Fall, Spring.] W 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research process. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering inols. [Prereq. : 61. Winter.] 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 5 crs. 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority fgm~prelatirms. Major atkntion is focused upon prejudice, racism and civjl rights in the American setting. Seminar offered in connection with this course may Iw tnkrn for one additional credit on approval d instructor. FWtntcr.1 1 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scde organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and \ *re*@4~ 4 D labor-management relations. 1Bpring.I 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. [Fall.] 7 $ <7 we n SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to d w e l ~ pplatform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habils. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literaturelspeech requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement. H I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 4 crs. 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMhTICS Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1966-61.1 H 21 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 2 8 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 3 2 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] H 51 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. I t is recommended that students take logic before taking this course. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISIOI COURSES 52 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING 5 crs. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq.: 11. Winter.] 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership ; principles and types of discussion ; practice in discussion techniques. [Spring, 1966-67.1 H 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Winter.] 95 1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 1 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 1961-68.1 1 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1967-68.1 1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. CSpring.1 1-3 crs. 1 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY Selected topics in oral inteqretation, acting, theater hislory, f ~ctorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. [F~cll,Wintor, Spring.] I . SPECIAL AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING PROGRAMS OF STUDY Student nurges in the Suhools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. 'a MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a oollege degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three ears of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. 0 SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. 7 JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD An arrangement has been made with the University of Oslo in Norway under which students entering their junior year in college may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy, CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students, who complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical o'bservation, practice, and orientation under the direction o'f the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. HONORS PROGRAM For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered. Students of high ability are invited t o write to the Director of the, H,onors Program for information regarding which honors programs may be open to them. Ho~norstudents are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the s'tudents of Augsburg Colllege and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify fo,r the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the Presiden,t of the Student S~ociety. 97 The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. CURRICU GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be fol1owe.d to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required fo,r the majo'r field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. F'RESf,lMAN Retl~ion I1 E ~ ~ g l i slhl a 12 'VVc~tcr~lC l ~ ~ l l l z a t l o n Soriolopy 11 F'c~rrian L L I ~ E L I ~ E Q E:l<sclivep. P h y s w a l ActivtMea JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 - 4 5 5 5-6 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term I I1 111 Cr. C r , Cr. 4 - 4 4 12 12 12 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. A r t 1 o r Music 30 Economics or Pol. Sci. Electives SENIOR Religion Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 . - 6 - 4-5 6 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 15 12 15 ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students a r e urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloev -" English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Drawing Composition Sociology Physical Education JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 - - 4 4 - - 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion A r t History I. I1 P r i n t Making I , I1 Ceramics I Health and First Aid Educational Psvcholozv -Group ~ c t i v i t ? Methods in Sec. Educ. Music 30 Electives SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Problems ot Philosophy Speech or Literature Sculpture I Painting I. I1 General Psychology SENIOR Relieion Student Teachine seminar for ~ t l y d .Teach. School and Society Pol. Sci. or Economics Studio I11 Sculwture I1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 5 4 5 - - 4 - 4 4 - - 4 - - . Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Drawine compo&ion Sociology Physical Ed~lcation Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies ~ o r e i g n ~ai&iHge Nat. Science or Math. Problems of Philosophy Sculpture I Painting I , , I1 Western Civilization Ancient History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 99 JUNIOR Relieion ~ r t - ~ l s t o r I. y 11 Print Making I, I1 Ceramics I Western Civilization U.S. History Speech or ~ i t e r a t u r e Music 30 Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ~- -4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 - 5 5 - - 4 - - SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Studio I11 Sculpture I1 History Seminar History 71 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where biology electives are indicated the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is often desirable. In considering the biology electives the students must also be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Sociology 11 Binlogy 11, 12 Cl~cniistn. 5 5nr. 15 C h r ~ n i s t l .6~ nr 16 Ph.v>lv;hl Ed1 ~ r n l i o n SUNIOR Rcli~torr F o r e t ~ n 1,nngzlage Physics 21, 22, 23 Genetics Microbiology or Bio. Elect. Physiology or Bio. Elect. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Speech or Literature Organic Chemistry 51, Chemistry 53 Calculus Math. Analysis 19 Comparative Anatomy Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 - - - 6 6 - SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy A r t 1 or Music 30 Cellular Biology Embryology or Bio. Elect. Seminar Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING In preparing for teacher certification in Minnesota, a student with a major in biology must complete a minor in another science. Ordinarily this minor will be chemistry. The program suggested below provides for this minor as well as for a goo'd background in the biological sciences. When making the choice of biology electives shown, the student should be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization JUNIOR Religion s ~ e e c hor Literature A& 1 or MU& 30 Foreign Language Educational Psychology Teaching Methods Biology Elective Ecology or Elective Group Activities Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Genetics General Psychology Chemistry 23 Chemistry 53 Math. 13 or Elective Math. 14 or 19 SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy P l a n t Morph. or Elective Biology or Elective Health and First Aid School a n d Society Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. Teach. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. The following program is a suggested course olf study with a specialization in accounting. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 1 2 Western Civilization Principles of Accounting Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Elective Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Statistics Inter. Microecon. Inter. Accounting Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Business Law Prin. of Economics I , I1 Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - 4 - 5 5 - 5 5 4 5 5 - - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 - 4 - 4 5 - 4 4 4 - 5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Cost Accounting Auditing Electives MAJ0,R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Principles of Accounting Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Elective Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Statistics Inter. Microecon. Financial Mgt. Electives SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Business Law Prin. of Economics I. I1 Fund. Finance - - - ~ of -- - - Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 SENIOR Religion Investments Math. of Finance Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theolog English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Elem. Typewriting Bus. Ed. 10 Sociology Prob. of Philosophy , Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Health and First Aid Princiules of Accounting ~ d v a 6 c e d Typewriting Prin, of Economics I, I1 Secretarial Procedure Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies SENIOR Religion Student Teachin2 Seminar for stud. Teach. School and Society Business Law Art 1 or Music 30 Electives 17 Term I I1 1x1 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 101 0 CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Mathematics 19 Chemistry 15, 16, o r 5, 6 Calculus 41, 42 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Physical Chemistry Adv. Organic Chemistry Adv. Calculus 83 Foreign Language Quantum Mechanics Seminar Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Organic Chemistry Quantitative Chemistry General Physics Calculus 43 Sociology SENIOR Religion Adv. Inorganic Chemistry Chemistrv 83 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Seminar Electives DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. A The follo sc edule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Calculus 41 Biology 11, 12 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5. 6 Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 4 5 - - 6 6 6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Political Science Speech or Literature Psychology Organic Chemistry 51, 52 .General Physics Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 - - - 5 - 5 - 6 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 6 ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Science or Math. Sociology 11 Prin. of Economics I Electives Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 4 - 5-6 5-6 - 4 - - - - 4 8 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature A r t 1 o r Music 30 Prin. of Accounting Prin, of Economics I1 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Intro. to Soc. Statistics Inter. Microecon. Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. Religion Electives ELEMENTARY EDUCATION n Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. education requirement, e&one course in in physical science. For the erre,uLement - in general education, t v-n p required t o take Begnnmg Spee-ernpted. F_Or=seiencelnafhematicsral V m e n m y education stud.enis. are required tu-F&e The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor. Variations in the requirements omf the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Biological Science Health and First Aid Sociology 11 Physical Education Elective (minor) Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 - 4 5 - - 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Psychology Physical Science Political Science Music 30 U.S. History Elective (minor) SENIOR Relieion ~ r o f TLab Experience Prob. of Philosophy Speech 11 Children's Lit. School and Society Education 64 Electives lminorl Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 - JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING [7 Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined belo'w satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will also need to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. 103 Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Business Education English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN la' Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech or L i t e r a t ~ ~ r e Education 50, 59 Education 52. 53, 54 Physical Education 10 Electives in t h e major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or A r t 1 Natural Science or Math. Economics or Pol. Sci. General Psychology Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 83. 84 Education 87 Electives in t h e major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr, Cr. ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed fo'ur years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minneso'ta will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U, of M. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization s ~ c i o l o -11 g~ -~ Calculus 41. 42 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5 , 6 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Modern Physics Electricity and Magnetism Physics Lab. Math. 83, 84 Biology 11, 12 or Elect. Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 4 - 4 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Western Civilization 1,iterattlresociology 12 General Physics Math. 43, 58 Physical Activities Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - - - 4 - - 4 5 5 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 ENGLISH MAJOR 0 The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theology English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35, 45 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Physical Education JUNIOR Relielnn -. . ---. . -- A r t 1 or Music 30 English 61 62 84 English 72'or '74 English Elective * SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Speech 11 Prob of Philosophy Nat. Sci. or Math. English 35 or 45 or Eng. elec. English 47, 31 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 - - - - SENIOR Religion English ?O Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Electives recommended for students planning t o enter graduate school: English 30 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign languages. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35, 45 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relialon Gemera1 PsyChoIogy Erluc. P~ychnlogy Group Acllvily Mcti~odnIn Src. Educ. En~rllsh B1, 02, 55 E,nl:IlsIi 72 u! 74, 84 tlrrtlves - 5 - - 4 0 4 0 -0 5 5 4 5 - - - - 5 - 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Speech Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Nat. Sci. or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Health and First Aid Art 1 or Music 30 English 21 or 40, 86 or 88 English Seminar Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 10 5 - - 4 - 4 3 5 - 5 4 4 - - - - FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 ~ e g ~. o r e i g nLanguage Western Civilization Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Inter. Foreign Language Conversation and Com~osition Speech or Literature Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Health and First Aid* Electives 105 JUNIOR Reliaion ~ d u c a t i o n a l Psychology* Group Activities* Methods in Sec. Educ." General Psychology* Literature 72 or 74 Survey 63, 64 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - - 5 5 . - - 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 SENIOR Relieion ~ t u d G n tTeaching' Seminar for Stud. Teach.* School a n d Society' Adv. Conv. a n d Comu. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Independent Study 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 5 - 1-2 5 - - 4 1-2 5 Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives f o r these courses. GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civlllzation Latin 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Greek History of Philosophy Speech Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 5 4 4 5 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 - - - SOPHOMDRE Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Greek 11. 12, :3 Prob. of Philosophy Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5 4 - - - 4-5 . 4 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Health and First Aid Team Sports Swim. a n d Aquatics IW, Physical Activities JUNIOR Reliaion ~ d u c a t i o n a lPsychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Pol. Science or Economics A r t 1 or Music 30 Phy. Ed. 57. Kines and Phys. of Exercise Phy. Ed. Programming Adapted P h y . Ed. and Eval. Self-Testing Activities Phy. Ed. 82 or Soc. 31' Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Psychology Human Anat. and Physiology Chemistry 5 Indiv. a n d Dual Sports Hist. a n d Prin. of P h y . Ed. Rec. Act. and Rhythms Instr. First Aid* I Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - . 4 4 0 - - 6 5 - - 0 2 - - 4 4 4-5 0 5 4-5 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 - - 5 5 - 5 - - - 4 1 - - 6 - - 5 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion s t u d e n t Teaching Seminar i n S.tud. Teach. School a n d Society Prob. of Philosophy Sch. Health and Safety Educ.* Community ~ e c r e a t f o n * Speech or Literature Electives 10 -- -5 - - 44 - - S 4 4 - -3 - 4 - * Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education b u t m a y be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. 107 0 HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department olf History. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Pol. Science or Economics Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Historv ~coGhics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - SOPHOMORE - Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S. History Prob. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Economics Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 or Music 30 Geography American Government Health and First Aid History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S, History Proh. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Social Problems Speech or Literature History Seminar in History Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The f~llo~wing course of study is designed fo'r students who have a s'trong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Math. 13, 14, or 19 before registering for Calculus 41. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Calculus 41, 42, 43 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Adv. Calculus 83, 84, 85 Modern Algebra 72, 73 Electives * Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Pol. Sci, or Economics S ~ e e c hor Literature ~ o r e i g n~ a n g u a g e Prob, of Philosophy Art 1 or Music 30 Physics or Chemistry Differential Equations Modern Geometry Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Prob. and Statistics Independent Study Electives* Foundations of Mathematics recommended. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. MATHEMATICS MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloav -" English 11. 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Math. Analysis 19 Calculus 41. 42 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Educational Psychology Speech or Literature General Psychology Advanced Calculus Modern Algebra Methods in Sec. Educ. Group Activity Prob. of Philosophy Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 - 5 - - 4 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. -4 4 5 4 - - 4 4 - - - 0 - . 0 - - Biblical Studies - - ---Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Economics Calculus 43 Differential Equations Modern Geometrv Physics or heh his try - 4 5 0 4 4 - - 5 4 - - 4 - 4 - 5 - - 4 - 5-6 5-6 4-5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 . . 4 10 - 5 4 - - 4 SENIOR Religion School and Society Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. Teach. Foundations of Math. Prob, a n d Statistics Independent Study Health and First Aid Electives - 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE - - - - 2-4 5 4 4-6 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor omf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. The program outlined prepares such students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. A minimum of 24 credits each of chemistry and biology, and one term of mathematics, is required. In the senior year students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Inlroducllon lo Theology Enblieh 11, 12 Wt-qte1.n Ulvilizntion ~jocio1oRy 1 1 T3inlngy 11, 12 C h c ~ n i ~ t r5y ilr 15 r l l r n t l s t r y 5 or 16 Pl~,vslc:~l Rrlur.:~lion JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy A r t 1 or Music 30 Speech or Literature Microbiology Cellular Biology or Elect. Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 5 - 4 - - 4 6 6 6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Genetics Organic Chemistry 23 Comp. Anatomy or Physiol. Chemistry 53 Mathematics 13. 14 Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. . 5 5 5 - - 6 6 6 6 5 - 5 SENIOR I Lectures, laboratory and practical work a t General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months I1 I11 45 crs. MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American 109 Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission t o the medical school t o which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, a s translated into courses a t Augsburg College, a r e as follows: Biology 11, 12 General Chemistrv 15. 16 Ovganic chemistr; 51,'52 Quantitative Analysis 53 Frcshlnan English 11, 12 Literature elective Mathematics 19 for 13, 14) Physics 21, 22, 23 Social Science a n d Humanities Credits 12 12 E l. ~.r..t. i. v -r -- Recommended: Physical Chemistry Cnlculus 41, 42 61 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. The University of Minnesota very strongly recommends to prospective students that they study physical chemistry, a t least two advanced courses in biology, and psychology a s well as broad studies in the humanities. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major a r e shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged t o consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Foreign Language Western Civilizat~on Theory 1, 2, 3 Applied Music Physical Education JUNIOR Relieion ~ d u r a t i o n a l Psychology Group Activities Teaching of Music Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 Instr. Techniaue' History and i i t . I n ~ t ~ s i c ) Conducting Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 . 4 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Tcrm I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Sociology 11 General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Theory 4, 5, 6 Applied Music SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar in Stud. Teach, School and Society Pol. Sci. or Economics Health a n d First Aid Prob. of Philosophy Music Organization Electives Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 4 5 - 5-6 5-6 4 4 4 1 1 1 Tern1 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. MUSIC MAJOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Theory 1. 2, 3 Applied Music Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Art 1 ist tory and Lit. (music) Instrumental Technique* Conducting Applied Music Music Organization Scandinavian Music Electives * SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Theory 4, 5, 6 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob, of Philosophy Orch. and Choral Arr. Applied Music MuSic Organization Speech or Literature Electives Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique i n the fall term NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHO08LS A major in natural science co,nsists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language, Western Civilization Sociology 11 Natural Science Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Education 50. 59 Nat. Science 'or Math. Group Activities Health and First Aid Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4 5 5 5 - - 5 4 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Nat. Science or Math. Pol. Sci. or Economics General Psychology SENIOR Religion Nat. Sci. or Math. Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. each School and Society Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 5-6 - - 4-5 5 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Foreign ~ a n g u a g e Western Civilization Sociology Prob. of Philosophy Phssical Education JUNIOR Religion Speech or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 - 6 4 - - 5 6 10 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies ~ o r i i Language c Nat. Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Science or Economics Logic Philosophy 41, 42, 43 SENIOR Religion Philosophy 91 Philosophy Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 - 5 - - - 5-6 5-6 - - 4-5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 111 POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a suggeste'd course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Introduction lo Theology English 11, 12 Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Political Science 20, 21, 22 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Political Science 70 or 80 Political Science 71 or 81 Political Science 95 or 84 History 1 or 21 History 2 or 22 History 3 or 56 Social Statistics Social Research Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 4 5 5-6 5-6 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Prob. of Philosophy Logic Social Problems Political Science 50 or 51 Political Science 60 or 61 Economics 22. 23 SENIOR Religion Political Science 80 or 70 Political Science 81 or 71 Political Science 84 or 95 History 21 or 1 History 22 or 2 History 56 or 3 ~iterature General Psychology Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 4 - - 4 - 5 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology Enelish 11. 12 or Math. Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Prob. of Philosophy Pol. Science or Economics A r t 1 or Music 30 Speech or Literature General Psychology Electives N ~ Escience JUNIOR Religion Foreinn Lannuaae - ~ -- - ~ SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ----- Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 4 - History and Theory (psych.) 4 Research Problems - 2-3 Seminar in Psychology 3 - 4 Psychology Electives Electives 8 8 12 SENIOR - Psyc. Measurement Experimental Psychology Personality I Personality I1 Psychology Electives Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The fo11,ofwingprogram is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11. 12 Foreign Language Math. 14 or 19 Math. 41, 42 Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Physics Mathematics 43 Differential Equations Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 - 4 - - 4-5 - 4 - - JUNIOR Religion Electronics Mechanics Advanced Calculus Art 1 or Music 30 Electricity and Magnetism Physics Lab Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. SENIOR Religion Thermal Physics Phvsics Lab speech or Literature Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 - 4 1 1 - 1 4 8 - 11 11 RELIGION MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Nat. Science or Math. Western Civilization Sociology 11 Electives Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Foreign Language General Psychology Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 6 6 4 4 - - - - - - 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 8 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 5 - - 4 6 - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Religion Foreign Language Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 5 5 - 4 - - 4 - 4 - - 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Seminar Literature Sociology Electives SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Beginning Norwegian Western Civilization Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion General Psychology' Educational Psychology* Group Activity* Methods in Sec. Educ: Modern Scand. Novel Prob. in Philosophy Modern Scand. Drama Scand. Music Electives * Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. .-Cr. -- - 4 5 4 - - - 5 5 - 5 - - 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Intermediate Norwegian 5, 6 Norwegian Conv. and Comp. Modern Scandinavia Scandinavian History Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Health and First Aid* Art 1 or Music 30 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 5 4 - - 4 - 4 - - F - 5 i - - 4-5 - - 6 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 4 Student Teaching* 10 Seminar for Stud. Teach.* 5 School and Society* - - 4 Adv. Norw. Conv. and Comp. 5 Independent Study 1-2 1-2 10 Electives 5 SENIOR - - - - Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the f,ollowing program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the sub'ject. An outline of the requiretments for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. 113 A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Introduction to Theology Enelish 11. 12 ~ l e h e n t a r y~ y p c w r l t i n g Advanced Typewriting Elementary Shorthand Interm. Shorthand Advanced Shorthand Bus. Ed. 10 Electives Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - SECOND YEAR Biblical Studies General Psychology Speech Principles of Accounting Secretarial Procedures Calculating Machines Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SEMINARY C,ompletion o'f the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the s,tudent for admission into a theologi,cal seminary course. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Foreign Language* Sociology 11 Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Foreign Language Prob. of Philosowhv Pol. Sci. or Econimics Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Greek History of Philosophy Speech Electives 4 5 4 4 - 5 4-5 4 - - 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives 8 Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists o,f 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreien Laneuane JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 or Music 30 Geography American Government Health and First Aid Economics I1 History Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 0 - 4 - 5 - 4 - - 4 0 - 0 5 - - 5 - 4 4 - 4 5 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S. History Prob. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teaching School and Society Soc. Prob. Speech or Literature History Seminar Electives - 10 5 - 4 - - 4 4 3 4 - - - - 4 - 4 4 - A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in h,istory; and 4 cred,its in each d the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Social Problems Art I or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Philosophy of Science Marriage and Family" Social Statistics* Social Research* General Psychology Speech Electives * Required for the major. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 - - - -- 5 5 - 4 SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Intro. to Anthropology Rural American Community Modern Urban Community Electives SENIOR Religion Social Psychology* Sociology 82 Industrial Sociology Modern Sociology Theory* Electives - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 4 5 - - 5 - - - 5 12 115 SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloav -" English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Relieion socilology 51 52 53* Sociology 54: 55: 56* Sociology 61: Psychology 5' soCiology~31 Electives * Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - SOPHOMORE Biblical S ~ I.~ ~ P S ... I . Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Rural American Community Modern Urban Community Elective SENIOR Religion Sociology 75, 82 Psychology 61, 62 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4-5 - - 4 - - - - 4 4 - - 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Required for the major. SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of .study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Intro. to Dramatic Arts Pol. Science or Economics Interpretive Reading Speech 51 or 55 Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Health and First Aid Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 - -- - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Speech 11 Nat. Science or Math. Prob. of Philosophy Logic Speech 12 or 52 Acting General Psychology SENIOR Religion Soeech 16 or 67 ~ h e e c hpathology Stage Direction Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 117 CRSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .... Vice-chairman Mrs. George Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, Minneapolis, Minnesota Diversified Church Services Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnes'ota Medical Doctor Dr. George Hager, Chapel Hill, North Carolina Education, University of North Carolina Dr. Philip C. Helland, Burnsville, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Junior College Board Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools, Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director Sales Training, Investors Diversified Services Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota Manager, South Side Insurance Agency Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, St. Paul, Minnesota Professor, Luther Theological Seminary Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Vice President and Legal Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Presdent Oscar A. Anderson Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations ADMINISTRATI 119 Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Assistant Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions Jim Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Arthur Nelson ................... Supervisor of Plant Services Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Services Richard L. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Public Functions Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Book Store Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor Bjame Landa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Student Activities OMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY President's Cabinet: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, Fosse, Fagerlie, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Mandsager, A. Nelson, Sorlien Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, SkiWe, Sonnack, Thompson, Nicholl, Hemmingson, Gisselquist, Agre, Haugsby Educational Policies: Bailey, 0.Anderson, P. Quanbeck, Sonnack, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Alton, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Ozolins, Miss Joel Library: Hanwick, Ozolins, J. Thut, Fardig, Skibbe Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, P. Anderson, Miss Pederson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Bailey, Miss Cole, Holum, Hansen, R. Anderson International Education: Mrs. Jensen, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Jenson; Nicholl (Advisory) Athletics: Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold, Dahlen, Laue Faculty Social F'unctions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Saugestad Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, Savdd, Dumpys, Mrs. E. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge. Holum, E. Johnsm, Mrs. Jensen, Sulerud "Judicial Council: Nelson, C,hrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Mrs. I. Hanson *Student-Faculty Council: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johns'on, Miss Martinson, Pearson, Crepeau "Convocations: Urdahl, Agre, Miss Aas,kov, Sateren "Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson * Joint Student-Faculty Committees Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. THE FACULTY Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnes'ota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. *Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnemta, 1945; M.A., Nortmhwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), P r ~ ~ f e s s oofr Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *Hildur Anderson (1965), Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesolta, 1941. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor of Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Colllege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President olf the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Paul S. Anderson (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology and Director of Research Center B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S.,1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave 196567) B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961. William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University o,f Minnesota. R o b e a K. Binford (1964), Instructor of French B.S., Hamline University, 1961; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964. "Oscar Blegen, Jr. (1963), Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. * Part-time faculty 121 *Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor of Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. *L. David Brown (1966), Lecturer in Religion B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; B.A., Concordia College, 1948; C.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. *James Burtness (1965), Lecturer in Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; D.Th., Princeton University, 1958. *Harold Cannon (1962), Instructor sf Spanish B.A. and B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Pro,fessor of History and Political Science B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. "Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor of English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Robert E. Coffman (1965), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., University of Illinois, 1953; M.S., University of California, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965. Mario Colacci (1952), Pro,fessor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), A'ssociate Profess'or of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Kenneth L. Davenport (1962), Instructor of Music (String Instruments) B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938. Hans Dumpys (1965), Instructor of Relligion B.A., Augsburg Cocllege, 1956; B.D., Chicago. Lutheran Seminary, 1960; M.Th., Harvard Divinity School, 1965. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Instructor o'f Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University d Minnesota. *John Eiler (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg Cdlege, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Pro,fessor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. "Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor of Music (Director of Male Chorus) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. 'kDaryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History (on leave 1965-66) B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University o,f Minnesota. Frank A. Gruver (1963), College Physician with rank of Assistant Professor B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University o'f U'tah, 1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63), Assistant Professor of History (on leave 1963-66) B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *Demos P. Hadjiyanis (1965), Lecturer in Economics B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1953; M.S., Ohio University, 1954. William H. Halverson (1955-56, 1959), Professor of Philosophy and Religion (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; .B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; M.Th., Princeton Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1961, Princeton University. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. 123 Irene Hanson (1963), Associate Professor of Education B.S.Ed., 1946 and M.S.Ed., 1948, Temple University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965. *L. David Hanson (1965), Instructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1955. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Orvald B. Haugsby (1961), Assistant Prolfessor o,f Mathematics B.A., Wisconsin State College, Superior, 1952. "John Helgeland (1964), Instructor of Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1962. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Prolfessor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. A. Robert Hemmingson (1957), Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration B.A., Dana College, 1953; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1957. Grace Hinrichs (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor olf Art B.A., Conoordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemisitry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. *Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Pro'fessor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State Co'llege, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952. Ri'chard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Instructor of Re1,igion B.A., Augsburg Colllege, 1961; B.Th., Augs:burg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964. "Clifton Jackson (1965), Instructor of Music "Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor o,f German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. "Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History and Political Science B.A., Rangoon Universi.ty, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. John Jenson (1956-57, 1961), As.sistant Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o~f Associate Professor (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0.Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Selminary, 1959. "James Johnson (1961), Instructor olf Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. "Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. *Sherman Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965), Instructor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf Co~llege,1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. *Eunice Kacalek (1966), Instructor o'f Home Economics B.S., Iowa State College, 1940; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1948. Robert Karle~n(1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish (on leave 1965-67) B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. *Emma Kydd (1960-61, 1965), Lecturer in Home Economics B.S., 1958 and M.S., 1960, University of Minnesota. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Joanne Larson (1965), Instructor of English B.A., Gustavus Adolplhus College, 1961; M.A., University d Georgia, 1962. Richard Laue (1963), Instructor of History B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1965-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. 125 Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minneslota. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry B.A., A,ugsburg College, 1964. Orlin L. Rlandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse Universi'ty, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augs,burg Cdlege, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. *Michael McCabe (1965), Lecturer in Makhmatics and Physics B.A., 1959 and M.S., 1965, Universi.ty of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg C,ollege, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. "Darlene Moland (1965), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., North Dakota Agricultural College, 1956; M.A., North Dakota State University, 1964. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Res.idence and Instruator of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. Donald F. Moyer (1965), Instructor of Physics B.A., 1960 ,and M.A., 1962, Miami University, Ohio. Arthur Nash (1922), Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. *Emma L. Nashan (1963), Instructor of German B.A., Duke University, 1953; M.A., Indiana University, 1963. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Balwant S. Nevaskar (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Wilson College, 1946; B.D., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Grier Nicholl (1961), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate P r ~ ~ f e s s of o r Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Jean Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Modern Languages B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. "Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Magne Olson (1961-62, 1965), Instructor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1966-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. "Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S. Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. "Katherine Peterson (1956), Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor d Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1958 Princeton Theological Seminary. 127 Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor o~f Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., U n i ~ e r s ~ i t09 y Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor o'f Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Oscar Schmiege (1965), Instructor olf Philosophy B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956; B.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. "Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Assistant Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minneso~ta,1961. Dennis Sjogren (1965), Teaching Aide in Bio'logy B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assis'tant P r ~ ~ f e s s of o r Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Paul G . Sonnack (1949), Professor of Rdigion B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., 1945 and B.Th., 1947, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., University olf Chicago, 1960. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Prolfessor o'f Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Gladys Stone (1965), Associate Pro,fessor of Sociology A.A., Modesto Junior College, 1942; B.S. and B.A., Was,hingto,n University, St. Louis, 1944; M.A., University of Ch,icago, 1946; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1956. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor o'f Biology B.A., Concordia Co,llege, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. "Michael Sutyak (1965), Instructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory of Music, 1956. "Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iolwa State University, 1958. "Elvira Thomson (1965), Lecturer in Home Economics B.S., 1929 and M.S., 1947, University of Minnesota. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor olf Music B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor of Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Circulation Librarian B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor o'f Sociology (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Pro'fessor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Ur&ahl(1943), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Ins.tructiona1Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Peter H. Armacost (1959-61, 1963-65), Ass,istant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students B.A., Denis'on University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Emil Balz (1963-65), Instructor of Modern Languages Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad, Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg Univers,ity, 1949. "Merrilyn Belgum (1960-65), Instructor of Sociology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University o,f Denver, 1956. *James Boyce (1964-65), Instructor of Latin B.A., Luther Coll,ege, 1964. 'i'Jacqolyn Cherne (1960-62, 1963-65), Instructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1958. *Linda Crawford (1964-65), Instructor of English B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1960. Kenneth N. Erickson (1964-65), Instructor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., Michigan State University, 1964. 129 S. Hugh Fitch (1964-65), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages B.A., 1949 and M.A., 1951, University of New Mexico. Kirsten Giving (1964-65), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., St. Olaf College, 1960; M.A., University d M,innesata, 1964. "Patricia Hatteberg (1965), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., Eowa State University, 1948; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. *Evelyn Irving (1964-65), Visiting Professor of Language Methods B.A., 1941 and M.A., 1947, Florida State University; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1950. "Dennis Lane (1960-65), Instructor of Music (Organ) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. *Frederick Z. Lesher (1963-65), Instructor of English B.A., Carthage C,ollege, 1958; M.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Iver B. Olson (1945-65), Professor of Modern Languages B.A., Auggburg College, 1935; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957. Joseph W. Richen (1964-65), Ins~tructorof Speech B.A., Berea College, 1960; M.A., Ohio University, 1962. * R d d R. Ricketts (1964-65), Instructor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.M., 1954 and M.M., 1955, Manhattan School of Music. Donna Schlorf (1961-65), Instructor d Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., Universi~tyof Minnesota, 1964. Ruth Segolson (1944-65), Professor of Home Economics B.S., 1925 and M.A., 1938, University of Minnesota. "MertonStrommen (1947-65), Instructor d Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.Th., 1944 and B.Th., 1950, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., 1954 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. "Joyce Tester (1963-65), Instructor d Home Economics B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Univers,ity of Minnesota. "MargaretUroff (1964-65), Instructor of English B.A., Middleburg College, 1956. "HelenWatkins (1964-65), Instructor of English B.A., Radcliffe College, 1960; M.A., Yale University, 1962. 131 GRADUATES 1964 Aadland, Carolyn Irene . . . . . . Westbrook Laycock, Ronald George ... Miniaeapolis Aarsvold, Dawn Joanne Asp Mii~neapolis Lee. Lance Jerome ...... Minneapolis Almer, Charles E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Leifgren, Joyce Michele .. Fwderic, Wis. Anderson. Donald A. . . . . . Ilzidson. Wis. Lindberg. Curtis Martin . . . . . St. Paul Anderson, Luther Leroy ... Miitneapolis Lindell, Sharon L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson. Orville Keith . . V ~ n t q r r n In. Lindgrcn, Mary Margaret . . Miinteapolis ~ i ~ ; ~ l ~ i ~ ~ ~ i iDavid ; ~ n d e r s o n ;~ i c h a c d - ~ : - - . -..:. . Lobben. Charles . . . . . Minneapolis Arends, Myra Mildred . . ..,.. Wabnsso Long. J o h n H. . . . . . . . . . .. S t........ Pnqrl Armstrong, Kenneth B . . . . Mii~necipolis ~ u n d Richard . Allan . . . . . . . .~ i n n e a p o l i s Lundby, Kathyrn Ann . . . Spriiag V a l l e ~ Bakke, David Allen . . . Mii~neanr Ais Lyle, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mii~iaeal,olis Bakke, Karlton ............... Ztintbrota Berg, Andrew Melford . . . . . . . Willnaar Marti~lson. Anltn Louise . . . . . . . . Caiab?~ Bjorndahl, Vern Roland . . . . . Minllcnpolis Matliisrl~i, I>I*:>IByr'ran . . . . . . . . Bngle!~ Bloedel, Karen Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo McTVaIlt!t'. Ivv .Tea11 . ............. H o r n ~ ~ r ~ o, o.Ill. ..r.l Borsgard, Dorothy Diane Saia Jose, Calif. Mi1lt.r. O < ~ ; I I ; WTIPP I . . . . . . Mi?~iaecipolis Braaten. Bruce E. . . . . . . C n i ~ i l o i ~Falls Mo1.11id. Ilritl, Rlnllic . . . . . . . . . Malta, Ill. Bruget, Mur iel Marie . . . . . . . . Miiu~eapolis Moore, Cleve J., J r . ..... Escni~aba.Micll. Munson, Mary Helena . . . . . St. ~ n G Pl a r k Carlson, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . .Mi?ti~eapolis Murdock, Peggy L. Snn F ~ a n c i s c o .Calif. Chartrand. William Roger Escanabn, Mich. Museus, Rodger Raymond . . . Mini~eapolis Clomau, Pearlie M. . . . . . . Chicago, Ill. Myrvik, Wayne E. ... Edinore, N. Dalc. Cotton, Sheldon Eugene . . . Volga, S. Dak. Nelson, Joyce Marlene . . . . . Minncnpolis Daggett, Charles Marshall . . . . Riclafield Nelson. Loren Carlyle . . . . Minnrupolis Damcke, David Robert . . . Minneapolis IVfx. Nevin, Robert Samuel . G~rtrrl~crlrir~rl. Daniels, Diana . . . . . . . . . Jnii~estozun,N.Y. Nordin, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . I.frl:rh I.lll!rtr~ Day. Dallas Charles ......... St. Paul Nordin. Ronald James . . L!rlr<, Lilltori Denny, Daren Gladys . . . . . . . Minneapolis . DesChaine, J u d i t h Ann . . . . . Minneapolis Oltedahl. Harry Arlan . . . . . . . Bagley DeVrieze, J e r r y Dean ........ H n ~ f i e l d Olson, DeLoy M. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Duerr. Allan J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Min?~enpolis Olson, DonaeBill Glen . . . . Minileapolis Dyrud, Philip M. ........... Ne~ufoldeit Olson. Merlin Iver . . . . . . . . Minneanolis Olson. Theodore W. . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f n a a n Engwall. Paul R. ............ Minnenpolis Ostenhus, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Erickson, Dennis John . . Serittle, Wasl~. Erickson. Ronald W. . . Colziinbin H e i g l ~ t s Parks, J a m e s Wayne ....... Mi?t?aeapolis Paulson, Ellen A n n . . . . . . . . Clitherall Fenrick, Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Truiiaaia Pearson. Lloyd Allen . . . . . Payilesville Formo, David Jerome . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pedersen. Arla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneanolis Fosland, Barry Duane . . . . . . St. P a u l ~ e d e r s o n : Patricia Streckpr ..... s e d a n Friederichs, Suzan Barbara . . Mi?u~eapolis petersen,' ~ i a n ~e v e l i n . M i i ~ i ~ e a p o l i s Peterson, K i m Lowell ...... Minneapolis Gerdeen. Charlotte Ann Escctnabci. Mich. Peterson, Marie Annette ... Mini~enpolis Gesche. Connic Rae ~ l 7 , c '1~:nrflr Pfeiler, J e a n S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rrtshford Gilbcrtson, Diane M,arie . . M17111e~c]iolrs Pfleider, Carol J e a n . . . . . . Minnennolis lis Grow, R o ~ ~ a Fl ~ r ai n c ~ s. . . . . . M ~ t l ~ ~ c t ~ l ~ oPiper, Charles Michael . . . . . . iaeaiolis . . n l ; ~ r i r r o p ~ ~ l r sPoeschel, Ronald E. . . . . . . ..~.i nExcelsior Grotli, IIenry Frcdrick Gustafson, Dale Leonard . . . . . ~ i c l l J i e l d Prigge, Robin William .... . . , St. Pnzil . -:::: Habeck. Marearet Jeanne . . . Minneanolis Quanbeck, Helen M. ........ St. Paul 11alvrrs~n. 1i: Lester . . . . ~ i i ~ ? ! i ~ n ~ o l i s Hamilton. Linda Marie . . . . n'liitnc~clinlis Rake, Larry Burton . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hammar. Hobcrt C.. J r . . . . . nl711i1cr1poli.v Ranum. Bruce C. . . . Thief River Falls Hanse, Susan Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . Morris Ercvlwor R ~ f e D ~ a n- e K --a - v . . . . .......... Hanson. Betty Elaine . . . . . . Robbiilsdale ~ i ~ ~ d a Rondi hl. anic ice . . . . . . . . B r o o t o ~ Hanwick, Linda C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis robin so^^. Ricl~ardIIenry . . . M~nnenpolis Heide. Marilvn B. . . Alkabo. N. Dnk. Rosenq~tist, Stclla Kyllo . . . Wanniningo 11jeln;eland. ' ~ a u r e n e Carol ~ i ~ & r c c r ~ , ~ lRosvold, rs Ann Elaine ...... Cottonwood IIoel. Avis Corrine . . . . . . . . . . Miltllra~~ulls Rundell, Dale Michael . . . . . . Minneapolis . Minneapolis Hollstadt, Ronald Norman Holter, 0 Trygve . . . . . . . . . . .Min?teapolis Saari, Geoffrey W. ....... Sleepy Eye Hoversten. Allen R. . . . . . . . . Mini~eapolis Schmid, Lesley Kay Braham Hovland, Virginia Louise ...... St. Pazil Schornstein, James Arthur ... St. Paul Husby, Marvin Louis, J r . Menonlonie, Wis. Schutz, Charles W. . . . . . . . . . . . Zrinabrota St. P a u l Schwantes. George W. Jackson, Raul Anthony . . . Bro?ax, N.Y. Sidney. David Theodore Grafton. N. Dak. Jacobsen, David C. Miianeapolis Simonson. Fave L . Newinan Grove.. -Neb. - Jacobson. Loren Varland Mason City, In. Simpson, . ~ a i d r a A. ........... Spicer Jenke, James Michael ...... Ozuatoitna Spangenberg, Stanley Fred . . Fairmont Johnson. A n n Louise ......... St. P a u l Spiess, J a m e s Ronald ...... Minneapolis Star, Deanne M. ............ Minneapolis Steenson, Karen Henry . . . . . . Webster Stordahl. Sharon Ann . . . . . . Madelia l Strom. William F. . . . . . . . . . St. P - au ~. Johnson, Roger Gerald . . . . . . Wayzatn ~11tld111h. Mary Y\.onne . Miilncopolis Jorenby, Verlie Ann Block . . Minneapolis Sucloli, S n t o r ~.~ . . . Tsil C i t ~ Japan , J u n g , Wei Hin Kelowna, B.C., Canada swan so^^. Sharon ~ e e. . . . . . Goodridge Szepanski, William . . . . . . . . . Ricl~field Kalbcrg, Diane Carol . . . . . . Orloi~uillc Kasberg, Lee Carolyn . . . . . . Minneapolis Thompson, Dagmar V. Tacoma. Wash. Kelly. J n r k William . . . . Plrlnier, nlicl~. Thomuson. Lana Marie . . . . St. Paul Kelsey, Robert Carleton . . . . . . St. Paril ~ h o m p s o h ; ~ a r i l y n ~ ~ i a n i e - Lldii Klaman. Patricia J e a n ....... Minneanolis Marinette, Wis. Tjaden, Ann Marie ~ l a m m b r . Karen K a v ..... ~ u t c h ~ n s o l Todem. ~ Allen Krist ........ DeKalb, 111. ~ l e v o s .w - ~ ~ i i~i ri. t h ; ~ r. ~1rh-eL ~ l l i a n Tonder, Paul Larry ........ Minneapolis Kohout. Karen Lu Verne . . . Mtni~eapolis Torstenson, Dorthea A. Hake Alexandria I<rogsrud. Karla 1,isbcth ... Mri~ncapolis Kuehne, Richard E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vadis, J a m e s Roger ......... Minneapolis Kyllonen. Donna J e a n ...... Minneapolis Vesterso, Anne B. ... Egeland. N. Dak. Kyvig. Margery L. ......... Starbtick Waldner, Garrett Warren . . . . . . Hector I.andeen, Richard Frank . . . S l i l l w u l e ~ ~ Walgren, Carla Rae ........ Minneapolis I.angager, Bruce Allen ..... Mii~neupolrs Walgren, Michael William . . Minneapolis ..... Still~uater Wallin, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minnenp,olis Lynn L ~ ~ n g n e s sGary . ........ ...... .......... ... .:. W e s t p h a l , W a r r e n A. ...... Minneapolis W h e e l e r . M a r k D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis W o l d , Eunice M. . . . . . . S i o u x C i t y , l a . .. Roseville A n d e r s o n , A l f r e d E d w i n R u g b y , N. D a k . Anderson. Daniel W . ...... Eaule B e n d Anderson. G a r v V . . . . . . . . Richfield Anderson. ~ o y c eMarie ~ p ; . i n g L a k e Park A s p l u n d , Lowell H . ......... Minneapolis A u g s t . Bonita A n n ...... Montgonteru A u s t i n , George Lionel ...... B r i d g e t o w n , B n ~ b n d o s ,Britisla W e s t Indies Bacon, N a n c y L e e ............ W i n d o i n B a u m , Donald F. ...... Z i o n G r o v e , Pa. B e r g , A r v i d S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brainerd Berg. E d y t h e E . . . . Czintberland. W i s . B e r g , M a r y A n n Holland . . . Minnenpolis B e r g h , Marie K . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis B e r g m a n , Eunice V . ...... M i n n e n ~ ~ o l i s Blosberg, G a r y K . ... Col7~ntbinHeights B o d i n , B e t t e Jane . . . . . . . . Riclafield B r o d i n , Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dnssel B u b o l t z . Larry G e n e . . Bnffrllo L a k e B u r r i , Phyllis Darlene . . . Decorah, In. Carter, Darryl G . . . . . . Coltlnl bin Heights Chilgren, K e i t h V . ........ Minneapolis Christopherson, A n i t a M. Elk M o u n d , W i s . Cogelow, Mary A n n . . . . . . . . . Willntnr C o l t v e t , Cordelia Elizabeth Estheruille. In. Dahl, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dittbenner, S h a r o n J e a n .... S p e e p u E u e Dooies, Douglas K e i t h . . . . . . Minneapolis D y r u d , David L . . . . . . . S i l u e r t o n , O r e . D y r u d , K e i t h P . ............ N e w f o l d e n W o o l s o n , S h a r o n A n n . . . . . . . Hastings Y u e , H e n r y K a - H e n . . . . . . . . .Hong K o n g Z i e m a n n , K e n n e t h Charles Welconle ... Johnson, K i n n e y L e e . . . . . Minneapolis -- J o h n s o n , Ronald Howard Colz~nabia Heioltts .Tohnson. Sylvia Marie . . . \ V ~ I I ( I I I I ~ ; I ~ O K n m g , Kcndall A. . . . . nlinnen~~ol~s K e m h c s , Throdorc? ~;lcr,ts, ~ : r e ~ , c r Kildal. S h a r o n N a n c y Christensen P ~ n e Czl!j K i n e s b u r v . Richard W i l l i a m Minneanolis ~ l a g ~ Neil e , Owen ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s K l e m e n h a g e n , R o b e r t J . . . . . . . . Olivin K l e v e n , Carol J e a n ......... Minneapolis K r a n z . T h o m a s W . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul K u n z e , S h a r o n Mae . . . . . . . . . S t . Pazll K y l l o , S u s a n Lucille ......... Long L a k e L ~ n c l r y . Leonard R c v a e G o l t l e ~ l Vnlleli Langness. Carol J e a n W e l c h . Da?uson 1.al.son. Marilyn J O A I I I I. . . B!/<'I's,Colo. Larson, Merlin E . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hnnska Larson, Paul E d w i n ......... Minneapolis Larson. Ronald M. .............. Morn L e w i s , ' ~ m l i nF r a n k , Jr. . . . . . L i n d s t r o m L i n d b e r g , W a r r e n B . ........ Zim?ner?nan Livingston, F r a n k H e n r y . . Minneapolis L o f s t e d t , L i n d a E. . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul L u o m a , J o h n K e n n e t h . . . . . . Minneapolis L u t h a r d , Lois Elaine ......... H o f f m m a Martinson, Gerhard . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Martinson. L e R o v J. . . . . . . . . . . . . Edina Eberhart, T h o m a s V . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis E d i n , Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Staples Mattson. Janice I . ........... Alexand?-ia Eiler, J o h n E . . . . . . . . . Cn?anoia Falls McDonald, S t a n l e y A l l e n . . . M t . L a k e McIntyre, John A . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna E k e r e n , Constance Margit T h i e f R i v e r Falls Meyers. Daniel K . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Ellis, G a r y M. . . . . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n E l m e r . K a t h l e e n A n n . . . A r u.. ~ i l e .W i s . Miller, M a r y A n n ......... E d e n , S . D a k . Miller, S a l l y S u e ......., Minneapolis Engebretson, B r u c e A l a n Col?i?nbiri Heights Morreim, Dennis C l i f f o r d . . . Manclaeqter E n g e l , Dale L . ......... H o w a r d L a k e Nelson, L a r r y Charles ... G o l d e n V a l l e y E n s e r , Martha J a n e N e w R i c h m o n d , W i s . Nesland, J e a n Marie Bergenfield, N.J. Erickson. David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Par11 Ness. Marcia Ellen ......... H i n c k l e y E r v i n .. V i r g-i n i a M . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Fehlandt, Wayne A, . . . . . . . . . Hop-kins N e w h a m , Richard D. Minneapolis Scandia Nielsen, Marilyn Doris ~ i ~ steven l ~ ~~d~~~ ~ ~ ...... , M~~~~~ Feig, Charles T h o m a s . . . . . . Minneapolis Fieldhammer. Paul A l a n ... B l o o m i n g t o n Minneapolis N o b l e , T h e o d o r e G., Jr. Flittie, William Tron . . . N e w Brighton Fornell, Natalie Sheryll . . . B a r r o n , W i s . Ohlson, K a r e n Marie ...... Minneapolis Forslund, Margaret Christine . . C h a m p l i n Olson, D w i g h t C . .......... S t . Paul Francis, Donald R o b e r t . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul Olson. G a r v K . . . . . . . . . . .C a n n o n Rails Frederickson, K a t h r y n A . Poulsbo, W a s h . 0 l s o n : ~ t ~ t l i tMarian h . . . . . . Minneapolis Fredine, G a y L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson. I.ylc G c n c . . . . . . . . Minnenr~olis Freeberg, B r i a n M a r t i n . . L e w i s , W i s . Onstad, Peter Charles ....... Minneapolis Friberg, T e r r y l L . ........... Clarkfield Oppegard, Dawn Joyce Johnson W6nnonnnlin Friederichs. H e l e n M . . . . . . Minneapolis p"... Fundingsland, R o b e r t Arnold ~ i n n e a p o l i s osmundson. l g i z a b e t h .. ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ j u d li t h i ~ .~. ~ , l w i s , ~ O s t r o m~. ~ i t r i~c i a Louise ~ . . . . ,. . Ogilvie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gjerde. Mark Luthard Richfield O y e n , Hildur Marie Poulsbo. W a s h . G r i n d a l , Gracia Marie ...... Richfield G u d m e s t a d , Julie Ann ...... Minneapolis Patenaude, David L . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville Paulson, Leslie N.. J r . R i v e r Falls. W i s . G u n d e r s o n , David G l e n . . S t . P a z ~ lPark G u s t a f s o n , Gail E t h e l y n . . . . . . . . D u l u t h P a u t z , Roger Carl . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis G u s t a f s o n , Gerald L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Pearson, Lois A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a n b y Pedersen. Elizabeth Jane Chicago, 111. P e r k i n s , ' ~ a m u e l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Halvorson. J o A n n Margaret . . . Brainerd Peterson, C a l v i n A. . . . . . . . . C l a r k f i e l d H a m b e r g , G l e n n E . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson. Joanne K a t h e r i n e Minneapolis Hamilton. Lois L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo Peterson, Lois J . . . . . . . . . . Decorah, l a . H a m l i n , iferald B . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n Peterson, Mary Carolyn ... Minneapolis Hanggi, Marlene L . . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul Peterson, Philip L u t h e r . . . Minneapolis Hansen, A n n e Marie M o n t e n Minneapolis Petroskey. J o h n Ernest . . . . . Robbinsdale Hanson, J o y c e A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B e n s o n Hanson. Philip Laurel . . . . . . Minneapolis R a s m u s s e n , L i l a h Ann . . . . . . Minneapolis H a r p , Lois Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis R e u s s . G a r v D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H o f f m a n Heere. Gelene ... Buffalo Lake -- . -.. , Marearet - - -H i n z , ~ o b e A ~ i d n e y l , : .. . . . ~ o i i t hH a v e n ~ e u i s ; G U ~ D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f m q n R e y n o l d s , J u d i t h A r l e n e . . . . . Minneapolzs Hochsteller. N a n c y ...... A n t e r y , W i s . R i d g e w a y . L e e A n n . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Holtan, George W . . . . . . . . . . . . D a w s o n R o b a c k , I. Patricia S t e e n s o n Minneapolis Hoseth. Donald M . . . . . . . . . T w o Harbors N e w Prague R o b i n s o n , K e n n e t h B r u c e . . . Minneapolis H u b e r , Sandra L . Robinson. Paul W a y n e ... C a n n o n Falls H u s e b y , J a n e ................. P e n n o c k R o s e , Richard C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hustad, Ronald C . ........... Minneapolis .... ...... ...... ..... .........." ......... ~ ~ 133 ~ ~ Sather, James Kent ........ Minneapolis Savolainen, James William Negaunee. Mich. Scholla. Larrv Richard . . . . . . . . . Hector Schoumaker, Linda Jeanne . ~ i n n e a p o l i s Seburg, E. Cheryl Domeier Minnetonka Shelstad, Jeffrey Milo . . . . . . Minneapolis Sideen, Neil Charles ......... St. Paul Simonson. Terry Arnold . . . Minneapolis Skurdahl, Clayton 0. ......... Madison Stephen, Linnea Marie . . . . . Minneapolis Stiefel, Winslow Alan . . . St. Paul Park Stone, Dale Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . Fridley Minneapolis Stone, Howard Walter Strecker, Priscilla A. . . . . . . . . . . . Sedan Strommen. Steven Terrance St. James Svanoe, Miriam Kareen . . . . . . . . Edina Swanson, Shirley Marie ... Red Wing Swenson, David Adair . . . . . Minneapolis ...... Taeger, David Alan Elroy Trout Creek. Micl~. Tessman, William Richard . . Minneapolis Thompson, Byron Thomas . . . Benson Thompson, Charles R. . . . . . Northfield Thompson, Judy Rae Ann . . Brainerd Thyren, Gary W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Tinseth, Karen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus Tofte, Sharon Ann . . . . . . Wallace, S. Dak. Tolzman, Virginia Joyce . . . Minneapolis Torstenson, Carol Phyl . . . . . . Minneapolis Torstenson, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . Dawson Triden, Kathleen Ann ...... Minnetonka Tyson, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman Uden, Larry Arthur Urban, Darrell B. ......... Minneapolis ......... Robbinsdale Vagle, Virgil David . . . . . . . . Lake Bronson Viken, Gary Arthur . . . . . . Minneapolis Vincent, Thomas Lowell . . . . . Minneapolis Volden, Kristina Mae ...... Viroqua, -Wis. Wagner, Wanda . . . . . . . . . Dwight, Ill. Walker. Mary Ann . . . Clear Lake. Ia. Warren, David Bruce . . . New Brighton Wehner, Catherine Ann . . . Bloomington Wessman. Quentin Frederick. I1 Minneapolis West, Lyndon W. . . . . . . . . . . . Clarkfield Wiegers, Haven Fairmont Sauk Centre Wiger. Loren D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus Wilson, Joy R. . . . . . . Clear Lake, Wis. Wulkan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Zeller, Robert Mitchell . . . . . . . . . St. Paul SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Graduates - 1870-1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3112 Graduates - 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 Graduates - 1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3496 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1964-1965 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Wolmen Total Men Women Total Class Senior ................... Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman ................ Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurs'e (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 140 151 278 40 0 0 0 0 87 208 121 261 161 312 244 522 -43 84 41 41 49 49 41 41 88 88 TO875 160% 108 128 155 263 34 0 0 0 0 688 85 193 115 243 153 308 235 498 28 62 ,39 39 42 42 25 25 82 82 - 804 1492 TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Men Class Senior ............................. . 123 Junior ............................... 144 Sophom,ore .......................... 157 Freshman ............................ 285 Special .............................. 49 Fr. Nurse (D. H.) .................... 0 Fr. Nurse (F. H.) ..................... 0 Fr.Nurse(M.H.) .................... 0 Fr. Nurse (S. H.) ..................... 0 Total ............................... 758 Women Total TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1964-1965 Men Students ...................................... 758 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1647 Deducting those clounted more than cmce ................. 2 . 1645 - AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 19651966 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore .............. Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr . Nurse (D H.) ......... Fr. Nurse (F. H.) Fr . Nurse (M H.) ......... Fr . Nurse (S. H.) ......... Total .................... . .......... . 131 132 209 292 41 0 0 1 0 101 132 171 267 24 42 42 39 80 232 264 380 559 65 42 42 40 80 106 128 194 288 32 0 0 0 0 806 898 1704 748 89 195 126 254 169 363 259 547 26 58 42 42 36 36 35 35 78 78 860 1608 TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Men Class Senior ...............................132 Junior ...............................136 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Freshman ............................ 302 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Fr . Nurse (D H.) ..................... 0 Fr . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr . Nurse (M. H.) ..................... 1 0 Fr . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833 . Women Total 101 134 178 273 33 43 42 39 80 923 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1965-1966 Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833 . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 923 . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1756 135 INDEX Academic Administration Accounts. Payment of Accreditation . . . Administration . . . . Admission . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . Advanced Standing . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . Aims and Objectives . Archives, The . Art. Department of . . Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance. Chapel . . . . . Attendance. Class . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . Biology. Department of . . 51. 100 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 12 Board of Regents . . . 118 Bookstore . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . 9 Business Administration . 53. 101 . . . 55. 101 Business Education Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . 44 Chapel Service. The . . . 26 . . . . . . . . . . 57. 102 Chemistry Classical Languages . . . . 5 9 Classification of Students . 44 30 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaching Endorsement 68 Co-curricular Program . . . . 29 Committees of the Faculty . 120 Comprehensive Examinations . 46 43 Conditions . . . . . . . . . Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Corrective Therapy . . . 97 Costs . . . . . . . . . . 12 Counseling . . . . . . . . . 36 . . . . . . 48 Courses of Study Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . 99 Art . . . . . . 99 Biology . . . . . . . . 100 Business Administration . . 101 Business Education . . . . 101 Chemistry . . . . . . . 102 Dentistry . . 102 Economics . . . . . 102 103 Elementary Education . Engineering . . 104 English ,105 French . . . . . . . . . . 105 General Liberal Arts . 99 105 German . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . 106 106 Health and Physical Ed. High School Teaching . . . . 103 History . . . . . . . . . 108 Mathematics 1 0 8 109 Medical Technology . . Medicine . . . . . . . . . 109 Ministry . . . . . . . 114 Music . . . . . . . . . . 110 .. 11 1 Natural Science Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . 111 . . . . . . . . . . 112 Physics . 112 Political Science Psychology . . . . 112 .... . . . . 113 Religion Scandinavian . . . . 113 . . . 113 Secretarial Work Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 114 . . 115 Social Science . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . 115 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 102 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 43 Distinction. Degree with . . . . 48 Divisional Organization . . 30. 96 Dramatics . 54. 102 Economics . . . . . Education. Department of . . 61 Education. Elementary . 61. 103 Education. Secondary . . 62. 103 42 Electives . . . . . . . . 34 Eligibility Requirements Employment . . . 22 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . 104 English. Department of . . 63. 105 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Entrance Requirements 23 . . 46 Examinations . .. . . 12 Expenses Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73. 105 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 965). Summary of . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Numbering of Courses . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with . - 9 6 Schools of . . . . Objectives and Aims . . . . . Organizations. Student . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Ed . 67. 106 Health Service . . . . . 37 High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . 103 . . . . 7 Historical Sketch History . . . . . . . . . . . . 70. 108 Honors . . . . . . . .34. 43. 97 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . 96 37 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . 48 . . . . . 43 Incompletes Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . 32 Journalism Junior Year Abroad , . . 65 97 Laboratories. Natural Science 11 60 Latin . . . . . Liberal Arts Curriculum 99 . . . . . . . . 10 Library .. 63 Library Science . . . . . . . 14 Loan Funds Location . . . . . . . . . 2, 3 Majors . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . Medical Technology Medicine. Pre-Medic Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Ministry, Preparation for the 114 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages, Department of . . . . . . . . . 73 Music, Department of . . . 78, 110 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31, 81 . . . . . . 42 . . . 72. 108 . . 96. 109 Courses 109 8 30 36 Payment of Accounts . . . . . 13 36 Personnel Services. Student . Philosophy. Department of 82. 111 . 32. 67 Physical Education Physics. Department of . . 83. 112 Placement Service for . . . . 39 Graduates 9 Plant. The Physical . . . . Political Science . . . . 86. 112 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . 114 Probation . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . 88. 112 Publications . . . . . . . 29 , Records Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . 26. Refunds . .... Regents. Board of .. Registration . . . . Registration. Change of . . . Religion. Department of . 89. Religious Program Repeating Courses . . Requirements. Graduation Room Costs 37 32 13 118 4 3 44 113 27 43 41 12 Scandinavian Studies 76. 113 . . . . . . . . . 16 Scholarships Secretarial Courses 56. 113 137 Social and Recreational . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Activities Social Sciences. Division of the 49 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Sociology. Department of 92. 115 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77. 105 Special Programs of Study . . 96 Speech. Department of . . 94. 116 Student Activities. Coordination of . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . . . . 28 Student Personnel Services . 36 Suspension of Students . 26. 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . . . 61. 103 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . 24 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements . 46 41 American Studies Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program An Interdepartmental Major Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments., The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M. A. in library science and the M. A. T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U. S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. MAJOR: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of founaation cou se (29 cr8 .); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar Be of concentrated study. m e The required core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science and Religion, aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and preserit, and introduce him to tile methodologies of various disciplines. English 35: Major .American Writers (5crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer* lkm. (5 cre.) Political Science 21: American Gov't 11, American National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses, to be talcen in a minimum of three departments, the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study would attempt to accomplish this. Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 32: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 35 History 55: Twentieth Century United States (4 crs.) History 56: History of U. S. Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, Politics and the Fed. System (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 20-21 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20-21 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (4 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psyc. 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) with permission of instructor. Religion (Sociology) 55: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Sociology 43: The Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. (over) p? 139 American Studies .courses required: I 95 Seminar .# ," 4 crs. 1 - 3 1 Focuses ob a,limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source materials from various dieciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. .,... . "I *A 5 crs*, ,I-. 99 Independent Study ., Major themes or topics cutting across course,s;elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. Sample Curriculum in American St1 Term I1 Freshman year a I11 Sophomore year . : 5 e : u b , I ,I Religion 11 - I Religion 21 .I: ! n. . . . ! . 4 Englfsh 11-12 -. Foreign Lang. History 1,or 2 or 3 4 ' i!.&1FlNat. Sci. or Math. Sociology 11 4 Phil. 21 Foreign Lang. 5 5 Eng. 35 History 21-22 5 5 Pol. Sci. 20-21 Phys. Act. 1 1/3 - 113 Total 13 113 15 113 14 113 Total I Term I1 5 - . , , p + , 'I Junior year, Economics : .22'. Speech or Lit ., (exc. Eng. '87) Art I or Music 30 I' Hist. 55 Psych. 81 SOC. 42 soc. 43 Religion 6 3 . . Phil. 65 Electives (non-maj Total .: .. Senior year , ' * * * * * 4 4 4 4 or) , A . 16 *~lectiv~s in: the major * Religion 59 * pol.-sci. 70 * Hist. 56 * Educ. 87 * Educ. 82 * Pol. sci; 22 :, Amer. Studies 95 h e r . Studio8099 Electives . . (ndn-major) Total 'b I11 4 5-6 4 4 5 NEW COURSES OFFERED I N 1967-68 A r t 40 Speech 40 -- IIntroduction n t r o d u c t i o n t o Cinema A r t s t o Cinema A r t s Winter Term Winter Term Analysis and c r i t i c i s m of s i g n i f i c a n t . f i l m s ; emphasis on t h e r o l e of f i l m i n s o c i e t y and on a p p r e c i a t i o n of film a s an art form . Math. 61 - Linear Algebra F a l l Term A course intended t o a i d i n making t h e t r a n s i t i o n from t h e concrete t o t h e a b s t r a c t . Such, t o p i c s as elementary matrix a l g e b r a and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e physical and s o c i a l sciences; l i n e a r equations; v e c t o r spaces and l i n e a r transformations; u n i t a r y and orthogonal transformations; t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c equation of a matrix and b i l i n e a r , quadratic, and Hermitian f o r m a r e presented. /&ereq. : 43, ~ 3 1 1 7 - Computer F a l l , Winter Science 45- I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer Science Theory of modern d i g i t a l computers. Terms as algorithms, flow c h a r t s , s t o r a g e , c o n t r o l , input-output u n i t s , and simulation a r e defined. Includes a survey of computer a p p l i c a t i o n s . A p a r t i c u l a r computer language i s presented and used t o solve a v a r i e t y of problems. /&ereq. : Math. 42, F a l l term; None, Winter. F a l l , Winter 7 Fall. term, tcis course i s intended f o r those who have had Math. 42. Winter term, t h i s course i s open t o a l l students. P h i i . zr - Introductions t o Ethics Desfgned p r i m a r i l y f o r non-majors P h i l . 51 - Symbolic Logic Spring Term d e s i r i n g a second course i n philosophy. Approaches e t h i c s through a consideration of movements, such as r e l a t i v i s m , naturalism, e t c . ; o r problems, such a s t h e nature of t h e good, conscience, e t c . ; o r important f i g u r e s , such as P l a t o , Kant, Hume, e t c . P r e r e q u i s i t : Phil.. 21 Winter Term T r e a t s deduction and t h e a n a l y s i s of statements by m a n s of s p e c i a l symbolc. Topics include t h e method of induction, p r o p o s i t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s and q u a n t i f i e r s , t h e l o g i c of r e l a t i o n s , t h e concept of a n axiom system. Prereq. 23 o r # Winter . P h i l . 65 - American Philosophy F a l l Term American thought from c o l o n i a l times t o t h e present: Puritanism, t h e Revolutionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. n e r e q . 21. F a l l . Pol. S c i . 42 - Communist Foreign P o l i c i e s Spring Analysis of t h e motivation. formulation, and implementation of f,oreign p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , w i t h emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. Prereq. : 51 o r 60. 141 . 5 la" - Developmental. Psychology: Psych. 52 - _ :: m d Psych. 51 Psych. 53 . . Ch'i.ld F a l l Term DBvelopment ,of p r s . o n a l i t y :and/or .behavior of children, with emphasis on t h e o r e t i c a l consideratians and empirical findings regarding s o c i a l i z a t i o n , cognition, family r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and general psychological development. LFrerequisite : Psych. 5 and c o n c u r r e n t , r e g i s t r a t i o ni n o r completion of s t a t i s t i c d I3evelopmental Psychology: Adolescent Winter Term Development of personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of adolesce.nts, with, emphasis on theory and .empirical f i n d i n g s regardi'ng physical and sexual deveLopment, paren%-child relationships, i d e n t i t s i and t h e peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and s o c i a l c l a s s d i f f e r e n c e s . L g e r e q u i s i t e : Sane as above7 - - Developmental Psychology: Adult Spring Term Development of :personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of a;dults, with s p e c i a l emphasis on young a d u l t s . Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, i n t e r e s t s and vobational choice, s e x u a l i t y , adjustment and behavior change. Adult Psychology w i l l close with a b r i e f discussion of findings i n g e r i a t r i z psychology. @erequisite : same as ab o v d I . . 143 145 147 149 151 153
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1997
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1997
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
...................4 INTRODUCTION ......................6 VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CALENDAR....................... 8 OPTIONS ..............9 ...............- 1 0 .................45 ................ 46 .....................33 ..................46 OTHER COURSES A...
Show more ...................4 INTRODUCTION ......................6 VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CALENDAR....................... 8 OPTIONS ..............9 ...............- 1 0 .................45 ................ 46 .....................33 ..................46 OTHER COURSES ABOUT THISCATALOG INTERIM COURSES LIFETIME SPORTS UMAlE COURSES ALSO O N Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the sanie amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. It is expected that students will attend every class period; however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for hislher course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, a student under the 34 course Liberal Arts Perspective requirements is required to complete two Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count toward graduation. For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,420.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter Trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, notional or etlirtic origin, age, niarital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educotiotial Atnetidmenis or Section 504 ofthe Rehnbiliiation Act 011973, as otiietided, it1 its adn~issionspolicies, educotiotlol programs, activities and eniploynietrt practices. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent StudylResearch or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Registrar's Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,420 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application forms o r use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Residence Life Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses. INTERIM CALENDAR 1997 November 18 to December 6 ..........Interim Registration January 6 ,.,. ......... dJar,rIY,Yd++,+ ............First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 7......Last Day to Register or CancelIAdd a Class January 17 ................................ Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17........Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 ..................................................... Interim Ends ..................................Spring Semester Begins Interim Grades Due to Registrar February 7 .................... February 3 The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 20, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. For more information contact the Office of the Registrar at 330-1036 or the Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton at 330-1024. ACC 424-1 lnstructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 LIFE DRAWING ART 247-1 lnstructor: Norm Holen A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $38 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS ART 382-1 Instructor: Kristin Anderson Within this nineteen-day course, you will explore Scandinavian culture through its art. Through lectures, discussions, and field visits, you will study the visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. You will live in a dormitory and study with Norwegian students. This course will be taught in English. The course will be held at Troderod, an 18th century historic mansion in Moss, a city of 25,000 people on the Oslo Fjord located on the island of Jeloy, about one hour south of Oslo. The cost for the course is $2,495 (includes airfare, room and board). Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aesthelics Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 BIO 145-1 Instructor Bill Capman We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four forty-minute exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 RESPONDING TO THE CHALLENGE OF JAPAN BUS 368-1 Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and a final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-1 Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The transition from centrally-planned economies to market systems currently taking place in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe represents one of the most important changes of the post-Cold War era. These changes carry major implications for global trade and international business and certainly for U.S. bilateral interest in this region. This course will provide an understanding of these changes and will identify the opportunities and most effective ways of doing business and investing in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 112 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I - M, W Th Room: Memorial 323 CHM 100-1 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enroilment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-1 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 1 CSC 495-1 Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or Computer Science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of Computer Science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center PO ECO 110-1 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS major and does not apply toward an economics minor. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: Cily or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enmllment 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 COMPUTER 5CIENCE/tCONOMICI DISCOVERY LEARN~NGIN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN (0.5 CREDIT) EDE 375-1 Instructor: Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. *Note: This course can be taken along with Hunzan Relations, EDU 388-1. Prerequisite: PPST Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 1 EDS 495-1 Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities and weak short-term memory than ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy learner; but most often, no one has shown us how to be our own lifelong learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neuro-physiology has given us a whole new set of insights about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high-level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual. This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand herlhis own unique learning needs and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will study learning development, brainlmind function, and the nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two tests and two demonstrations required of each student, and upper-division students will have to do two reviews of relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers and parents. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 lNTERNATIONAL EDUCATION EDU 353-1 Instructor: Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. International students are especially welcome to enroll. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-1 lnstructoc Joseph Erickson l'his course is thc study of prcjudicc, discrimination nnd oplwcssion as i t alli.c~spcrsons of color, the hii~idiciippcci, limited English speakers and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms, which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis. "Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-1. Prerequisite: Open to all Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDU 491-1 lnstructoc Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisites: Completion of courses for special educalion minos or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment 9 (This course involves iieldwork supenfision for the faculty member) Time: l Room: Library 4 EDUCATION TOPICS: CONTEMPORARYAMERICAN POETRY ENG 282-P/482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in lengtk will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will als read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisites: Intro. to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Time: I Room: Old Main 16 TOPICS: THECITY/GARDENAND WILDERNESS ENG 2824 I'nstructor: Joan Griffin The city has the power either to nourish or corrupt the human soul. As a garden, the city tames and shapes nature to provide an environment congenial to humanity. As a wilderness, the city suggests the lack of moral restraint and self-control. This course explores these themes in (mostly modern American) essays, short stories, plays, poetry and films. Taking its cue from Alfred Kazin's A Walker in the City,the course will include a service project and field trips in which we will explore some of the "gardens" and "wildernesses" of the Twin Cities. Course grades will be based on a journal, two short papers, class attendance and contributions to discussion. Preference given to freshmen. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 ENG 282-W/482-W Instructor: Robert Cowgill This course reassesses the work of the American cinema's greatest genius, Orson Welles. From his early radio plays with the Mercury Theater, through his groundbreaking seminal 1941 film, "Citizen Kane," to his later Shakespearean adaptations, students will encounter and study all of the Welles extant canon. Welles' stylistic impact on other filmmakers will be examined, as well as the aesthetic choices Welles made in transferring other literary forms (such as novels and plays) to cinema. The course will also explore Welles' re-reading of developing Hollywood studio techniques and formulas (such as his deepening of the archetypal psychology presented in classic film noir), and the changing critical reception of his work. Students will be responsible for viewing all the films; many of the screenings will take place outside of class time. A journal, two short papers and a final video project are required. ' Students registering under ENG 482 will have to write a long research paper as well. Prerequisite: ENG 11 1 or equivalent Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 QUANTITATIVE JOURNALISM: COMPUTERASSISTED REPORTINGAND RESEARCH ENG 347-1 Instructors: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such inquiries will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those preparing to enter the communication professions. Prerequisites: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructors; MPG 3. Graduation Skill Requirement: C)uantitativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 11 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 FRE 11 1-1 Instructor: Francoise duRivage This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercoltural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 GER 111-1 lnstructor: John Van Cleve The course is for those poor souls who have never studied German before. By its conclusion, they will be able to speak, understand, read and write a surprising amount of elementary German. Classes will practice communication in the European Economic Community's most-spoken language, supplemented by discussions of German culture. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, scheduled chapter tests and a f nal exam. liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enmllment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 21 LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS ~NTRODUCT~ON TO FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 350-1 lnstructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg An introduction to the critical reading of narratives in a broad range of forms (short stories, novels, songs, films and comic strips) in English. We will discuss the texts through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice). Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored. Class discussion is a key feature of the course. Evaluation will be based o n classroom presentations, short papers and a final examination o r paper. Lectures, class discussion and all written work will be in English. Students may register under their particular majorlminor language. Prerequisite: FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 31 1 Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 I HPE 114-1 lnstructoc A1 Kloppen Principles: Practice of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enmllmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 DANCE (MEN ONLY) (0.5 CREDIT) HPE 232-M lnstructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I, (KTh & anernate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/10, 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby Gym - norlh court H PE 232- W Instructor Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I, (TTh & alternate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/14 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby Gym - north courl HEALTH & PHYSICAL LDUCATION I HPE 250-1 Instructor: Staff Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness-model foundation for educating self and others about personal health issues. Course topics include wellness programming issues (e.g. HIVIAIDS, substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies that promote a healthier campus environment. The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test, journal entries and a group project. This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who have a desire to learn practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 101 HPE 320-1 Instructor: Patty Murphy Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I - M, Wand alternate F (1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 202 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM (0.5 COURSE) OF HPE 410-1 Instructor: Patty Murphy Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health programs and resources. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I - T; Th andalternate F ( 1 , 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby 202 (January 6 - 21, 1997) HPE 455-1 lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43' - 46' fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Plan of the Health and Physical Education Deparlment (612) 330- 1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Level Skill: Liletime Sporl; also one course credit upper division Maxlmum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) HPE 475-1 Instructor: A1 Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: El0 103, HPE 350 Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I - M, W andallernate F(1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 119 HPE 477-1 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching basketball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I1 - Tj Th andalternate F(1/7, 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby 202; Gym HPE 483-1 Instructor: Marilyn Florian Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I1 - M, W andallernale F ( 1 6 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 11/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 202; Gym ~OTH-CENTURY SOUTH ASIA HIS 162-//HIS 462-1 lnstructor: Don Gustafson This interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:THECIVIL WARERA HIS 331-1 Instructor: Chris Kimball Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular religion, the transition from slave to free labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations. The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term and a final. Prerequisite: One history course or consent of inslructor Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 HON 213-1 Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline devries Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore the history of western economic thought and how these writings affected the development of various economic systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged-labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez- faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues of child labor, poverty and women's roles in the work force. Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion and writing assignments, including a short term paper and a take-home final. Prerequisite: Honors Program student or consent of Honors Program Director Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 SCIENCE AND RELIGION:COMPLEXITY CREATIVITY AND HUN 401-I/HON 401-R Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments, especially the new integrationists. We will also look at the implications of the chaos and complexity theory for the doctrine of divine creativity. The goal is to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for understanding relations between the two areas. Two tests, class presentations and a research paper will be required. Prerequisites: Parlicipant in Honors Program or permission of instructor Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 per section Time: I Rooms: Foss Center 20/Library 20 HONORS I INS 120-1 Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop andlor hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 SERVICE-LEARNING TEAMINTERNSHIPS: LEARNING TOGETHER FROM WORKAND SERVICE I N THE CITY INS 199/399-1 Instructors: Garry Hesser/Lois Olson/Mary Laurel True Interested in hands-on experience and making a difference? In this Interim course you will work, learn and serve through an interdisciplinary team internship approach. You will spend approximately 20-30 hours per week at a local neighborhood non-profit internship site working on a special project with three or four other students. Your internship team will have hands-on experience in an agency that strives to meet the needs of the community, and you will develop a better understanding of organizations that are a part of the city and why and how they function. Two mornings a week you will meet in a seminar with all the internship teams to share experiences and explore ideas and insights into the critical issues of urban communities and organizations. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team internship goals, keep an individual journal and make a final group presentation of their internship. Upper-division students will be expected to make more advanced analysis, connecting theories of coursework and concepts of their major and the liberal arts to the work experience and seminar assignments. Grading: PIN only Liberal Arls Perspective: City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 111 INS 210-1 Instructor: William D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 INS 21 1-1 Instructor: Sandra Olmsted Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. Prerequisiles: One year of an introductory-level science course Gradualion Skill Requirement Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM INS 225-1 lnstructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to Non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 AMERICAN INDIANS IN THE CINEMA INS 264-1 Instructor: Eric Buffalohead Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, will be studied. Films from 1913 to the present will be viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercullural Awareness 1 Time: 6-10 p.m. Room: Old Main 16 FINITE MATH MAT 121-1 lnstructor: Su Doree What does math have to do with the "real world"? Lots! In this course we'll learn about finances, probability, statistics and applied geometry. Class will be a mix of short lectures and small group "hands-on" activities. I Evaluation is based on full participation, daily homework sets, a "math matters" journal, and four brief projectslpapers. There will not be any quizzes or exams. This course is primarily intended for students in MPG 3 who have not previously taken another Quantitative Reasoning course. Prerequisite: Math 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouanlilalive Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 212 MAT 281/481-I Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia In this course, we will discuss and analyze mathematical models of biological phenomena. The mathematical techniques we will use build on ideas from calculus. Many of the techniques will involve a graphical approach, and we will make use of technological tools (graphing calculators and Maple, for example). Course evaluation will include homework, projects and examinations. The course will be offered at both the 400 level (recommended prerequisite - MAT 245 or MAT 145, and junior or senior level standing in a Division of Sciences major), and at the 200 level (recommended prerequisite MAT 145). Non-mathematics majors who are interested are strongly encouraged to find out more about the class by contacting the instructor. Prerequisite: See course description Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 112 MATHEMATICS SOUNDS AND SIGHTS (UMAI E COURSE) OF EUROPE MUS 179-1 lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Hoberta Metzler 4 Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, arttmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 330-1273. Liberal Arls Perspective:Aeslhelics Maximum Enrollmenl: 32 SURVEY OF ROCK HISTORY AND MUSICAL STYLE, 1951-1971 MUS 204-1 Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics 1, 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 SEMINAR: PRINTING MUSIC AT THE COMPUTER MUS 295-1 Instructor Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional-level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I ( M N 10-12:OO; T/Th 8-1 1:30; F 8-1 1:OO) Room: Music Library (1st floor Music Bldg.) MUS 295- TflHR 295-T Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by Music and Theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and per- formance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of Music Theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of Music Theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony and spiritual tradition, seen cross-culturally in ancient Greek drama, Chinese Opera and Japanese Kabuki. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from Music Theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium PHI 231-1 Instructor: David Apolloni Course content includes the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and the question, "What d o we know of the person and teachings of the historical Socrates?" Socrates' key teachings will be studied: virtue is a form of knowledge and all virtues are identical; evil is a form of ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; it is impossible for wrongdoers to be happy; and obeying the law and accepting the death penalty. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 MAKING LIGHT OF MATTER: AN ~NTRODUC~~ON TO LASERSAND SPECTROSCOPY PHY 337-1 Instructor Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modern physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with a short overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. The stage is then set for treating super-radiant devices and lasers and analyzing the effects of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and molecules via the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one-third of the class time will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two examinations. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245 (or equivalenl) and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245) Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-1 Instructor: Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 pp.) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, NO ONE WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE CLASS WHO DOES NOT ATTEND THE FIRST DAY OF CLASS, unless first receiving the permission of the instructor. Liberal Arfs Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 POL 295-//POL 495-1 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten During 1996, elections in Israel, Russia and the United States-as well as political violence in Israel and Lebanoncreated a new context for the Middle East negotiation process. This course will explore these changes and provide deeper background for understanding the intractability of the ArabIsraeli conflict. Drawing upon several theories of conflict and conflict resolution, we will study the historical development of the clash between different nationalist claims to the land that Israelis and Palestinians consider their home. How this conflict drew in neighboring Arab states and superpower interests will be reviewed. The strategic bargaining positions of the major participants will be analyzed as well as the roles of the United States and United Nations in the conflict area, known as the Arab Mashriq. Additional regional factors, such as radical Islamic movements and tensions in the Persian Gulf, will be analyzed for their impact on the longer-term negotiation process. We will consider the potential for geo-political expansion of the conflict into nearby regions. Students will present two small oral presentations and one major oral critique of analytic articles (for 295 credit) and books (for 495 credit). A mid-term examination and class discussion will provide additional evaluations. Feature length films from Middle East film producers will complement course readings and lectures. Graduation Skill Requirement Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 PSY 105-1 lnstructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation is based on tests and reports. Libenl Ads Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 PSYCHOLOGY AND LAW PSY 335-1 lnstructor: Nancy Steblay The course will address psychological issues in law, with specific emphasis on police procedures, eyewitness memory and jury trials. Attention will also be given to issues of mental illness and criminal justice. Grading will be based on tests, written work and classroom participation. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or 102 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 PSY 370-1 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral Develpment" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 CULTURE, FAMILY, SEX AND STATUS: THENEW TESTAMENT SOCIAL WORLD REL 330-1 Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family, and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class presentationlparticipation and a research paper. Prerequisiles: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Chrislian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 CHRISTIANVIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING REL 341-1 lnstructor: Brad Holt The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes and one test. Prerequisites: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Failh 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 THEOLOGY OF MARRIAGE REL 343-1 lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper and two tests. Prerequisites: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 REL 345-1 lnstructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will be addressed: What does it mean to be a Lutheran today? How might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 PROCESS THEOLOGY AND CHRISTIAN FAITH REL 385-1 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen This course introduces students to the relational world view of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small groups and some lectures to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexual- ity and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), a presentation of the paper to the class and class participation. Prerequisites: REL 111 or REL 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 SWK 257-1 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and staff Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximlim Enrollment: 60 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 111 S WK 466-l(ful1 course) SWK 466-H (0.5 course) lnstructor: Maria Brown This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120 hours (.5 course option during Interim). Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting; 2) attendancelparticipation, and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisile: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime lor purpose of room size) Room: Old Main 11 HUMAN COMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS SOC 21 1-1 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: The City Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 21 THR 295-T/MUS 295- T Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson See course information listed under MUS 295-T. MOVEMENT FOR THEATRE THR 226-1 Instructor: Staff In this course students will explore the principles and styles of movement. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration and rhythm. Masks and improvisation will be introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes and improvisation. There will be an intense dance warm-up each session. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Theatre- south court The following activities are available to students during Interim and studerlts may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. LIFETIME SPORT: AEROBIC DANCE HPE 002-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen Participation and practice in aerobic dance activities. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 45 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, 7; U: TH, F Room: Gym - center court LIFETIME SPORT: PICKLEBALL HPE 002-P Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spoti Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:OOM, 7; U: TH, F Room: Gym - nortWsouth courts LIFETIME SPORT: ULTIMATE FRISBEE HPE 002-F Instructor Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Graduation Skill Requirement: Liletime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 12:OO-1:00M, b U: TH, F Room: Air Structure UMAI E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330- 1655). These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. SPP 201-1 Astronomy Down Under (New Zealand) AustraliaS Business Climate Caring for Others: The Swedish Model Drawing a Literary Map of Norway The English School and Family Exploring British Democracy Through Literature and Culture Innovation and Organization in Scandinavia Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture in Southern Spain Luther, B ~ c hand Bonhoefier: Three Influential Lutherans in Germany Roman Germany: The Impact and Legacy of Empire The Trojan War: Myth and Legend These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. UMAI E THEWASHINGTON CENTER1997 Academic Seminars LEADERSHIP2 0 0 0 : A GLOBALPERSPECTIVE (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY 10,1997) POL 398-A WOMENAs LEADERS (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY 10,1997) POL 398-8 THE~NDEPENDENT SECTOR: ISSUES AND CAUSES (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY10,1997) POL 3984 CAMPAIGN96: THEINAUGURATION (JANUARY 14-20,1997) POL 398-0 The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week, one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program (December 30-January 20) in order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 11lA or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117 or call 330-1 197. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2000
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2000
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG ...................... Introduction .................... Options Visiting Students 2 -4 ................5 Calendar ........................6 .................5 ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................48 Interim Abroad ..................49 Other Courses ........
Show more AUGSBURG ...................... Introduction .................... Options Visiting Students 2 -4 ................5 Calendar ........................6 .................5 ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................48 Interim Abroad ..................49 Other Courses ...................52 About This Catalog Interim Courses Contents Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change; and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630 per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <steil@augsburg.edu>. Options . International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent study/research or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2000 November 15 to December 3 January 3 . . . . . . . . . Interim . registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First . day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins February 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at (612) 330-1150. Calendar Calligraphy I & II ART 106-J ART 306-J Instructor: Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required to complete examples in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 Life Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $45 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys BIO 140-J BIO 340-J Instructor: William Capman The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam. Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor. BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the research project, and (5) final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Laboratory Biochemistry BIO 368-J Instructor: Karen Ballen 'I'his ct~i~rsc is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy, Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Science 212 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-J Instructor: Jim Kattke Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3 Mnxltr~~nrr Fnrollmant: 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindeli 16 Personal Finance BUS 295-J BUS 495-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 Chemistry for Changing Timer CHM 100-J Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age. Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used every day come from different polymeric materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and an individual project and presentation. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: Ii Room: Sverdrup 202 Computer Science Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-J/373-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 205 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-J Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 112-J Instructor: Satya t? Gupta The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple applications will be used. Students will take tests every week and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and problems solved. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education EDU 491-3 Instructor: Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 4 Economics I American Dialects: Differences and Attitudes ENG 219-J Instructor: John Schmit Because language plays an important role in our socialization, the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic standing and our cultural background. In this course we will explore the ways in which both personal and group identities are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a number of American varieties of English and will attempt to describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Theatre In and Around London ENG 269-J Instructor: Ron Palosaari The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005. Topics: Introduction to Asian American Literature ENG 282-L ENG 482-L Instructor: Joan Thompson In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J. Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry, short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors. Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional novel and write a research-based paper on it. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 English I Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-0 ENG 482-0 Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes. These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 20 Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity ENG 2824 Instructor: Doug Green What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in English examines films from the early years of cinema to the present in order to explore depictions of and cultural assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure, we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the audience as well as in film production. There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the last week. Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation, and participation. Students missing more than two classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the course. All grades are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required for course credit). Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 English Topics: Contemporary American Poetry ENG 282-P ENG 482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose works have come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Quantitative Journalism: Computer Assisted Reporting and Research ENG 347-A Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those preparing to enter the communication professions. Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3. Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m. Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204 Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic Christianity Along the Border HON 401-J Instructor: Margaret Madsen An introduction to denominations with a special focus on Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 - Enalish Dance (men (0.5 course HPE 232-M Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20 Room: Melby Gym - center court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232- W Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20 Room: Melby Gym - center court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-J Instructor: Missy Strauch Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26 Room: Melby 119 Instructional Methods: Materials in Health Education HPE 390-J Instructor: Patty Murphy This course will cover principles and methods of instruction applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1 learning strategies and student assessment. Development and delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create, deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion of a "technology project", resource file, and exam. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melbv 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff + Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying Interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN Health & Physical Education I ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) 20th-Century South Asia HIS 162-J HIS 462-J Instructor: Don Gustafson This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Topics in History: The Great Men of 20th-Century Europe and Their Myths HIS 195-J Instructor: Sheldon Anderson This course examines several important 20th-century leaders and their impact on the course of European political and diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11, Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies, and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders and these conferences. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 20 Topics in History: Early Minnesota History, 1849- 1900 HIS 195-1 Instructor: William Green This course will examine the political, economic, and social history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 20 Remembering the 20th Century HIS 440-J Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians, gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion about the waning 20th century. What has this century wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great increases in standards of living while famine and child labor persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that while the course will examine major events and developments of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will explore the century through a variety of personal narratives, both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory. Course materials will include several monographs and novels, films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with their oldest living relative. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Paideia Seminars INS 120-J Instructor: Anne Jensen Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Technically Speaking INS 21 1-J Instructor: Esther McLaughlin Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientist. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Interdisciplinary I Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time; I Room: Old Main 27 Topics: Minnesota Indians INS 495-J Instructor: Eric Buffalohead This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences will be studied and compared to see how each group has done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be examined as well as significant events important to each group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation. Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare, treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of major issues through written exams and research projects/presentations. Upper division students will be expected to do more comprehensive research. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss 21 Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion: Experiencing History INS 200-J INS 300-J Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers, videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock, Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course objectives include learning about the history and sociology of race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course, including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20 resources. Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser at 330- 1664) Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 **Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26. Interdisciplinary I Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments; and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Management Information Systems (MIS) See listing under Business, pg. 9. Finite Mathematics MAT 121-J Instructor: Anthony Dunlop How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions: linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3 or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Math Elective for MIS major; economics major Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I Room: Science 108 Math of Interest MAT 173-J Instructor: Christopher Schwartz Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 205 Mathematics 1 Modeling and Differential Equations MAT 247-J Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see connections between mathematics and "real world" problems and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and Differential equations is a must for anyone considering majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation, quizzes, projects, and a final exam. Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I Room: Foss MAC Beginning German I GER I l l - J Instructor: Don Steinmetz This course is for students with no previous background in German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Beginning Norwegian I NOR I1 I-J Instructor: Becky Hegstad This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 26 S anish and Latin-American Culture T rough Film I: SPA 248-J Instructor: Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments; and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 Modern Languages I + Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-J Instructor: Roberta Kagin This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin, (612) 330-1273. Topics: Sounds and Sights of China MUS 295-S Instructor: Robert Karlen + Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266. Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 1951-1971 MUS 204-J Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Introduction to Music Theatre Performance MUS 235-J/THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China, Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Course may be repeated with permission from the instructors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica t MUS 2 9 5 4 Instructor: Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean music, where composition, recording, and world distribution take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert Stacke, (612) 330-1271. Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Music I The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart PHI 295-J Instructor: Mark Fuehrer A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso- pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar format. Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main I1 Science, Technology, and Values PHY 117-J Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming; depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a major project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 40 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 205 Topics: Physics in Science and Fantasy Fiction PH Y 220-J Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved. Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics. Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor. Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2 Graduation Skill: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I1 Room: Science 108 Physics -. I Introduction to Space Science PH Y 320-J Instructor: Ken Erickson This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research paper, and at least one class presentation. Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 206 Social Justice in America POL 140-J Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding Students develop and defend their own standards of social justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban America. Substantial participation in class discussions required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Global Peace and Justice: Focus on Northern Ireland POL 295-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism, liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and we will view some films related to the topic, including The Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation and role-playing of international negotiations to give students a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 26 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics: Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian "Women on the Eve o the Millennium" 9 POL 195-J POL 359-J Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media, Political Science I etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer (10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be taken from books and articles. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Principles of Psychology PSY 105-J Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two tests and two lab reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Psychology and Law PS Y 335-J Instructor: lVancy Steblay Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection, jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on exams and one paper. Prerequisite: PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership REL 232-J Instructor: Lyle Griner Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 40 Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m. Room: Murphy Place 100 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-J Instructor: Mark Tranvik Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Religion Theology of Death and Dying REL 390-J Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come from Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States, and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-J Instructor: Janelle Bussert A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 11 1 Exploring Human Services S WK 257-1 S WK 2 5 7 4 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and the Law S WK 295-J Intructor: Tony Bibus This course will introduce students to social work practice in the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and possibly with families and children as well. There will also be opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws; they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or project completed for the course. Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 20 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar S WK 307-J Instructor: Mike Schock Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Social Work Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit) Instructor: Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisite: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollment: open Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time) Room: Old Main 21 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis SOC 21 1-J Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 Topics: Cultures of Violence SOC 295-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 206 Sacialaav Topics: Discrimination, Harassment, and Communication SPC 295-J Instructor: Robert Groven If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers? Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly, but most people don't know what they really mean. What kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and one test. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Documentary Video SPC 347-J Instructor: Deb Redmond Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 123 Introduction to Dance (0.0 credit) THR 002-T/HPE 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance, including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation (0.0 credit) THR 004-UHPE 004-2 Instructor: Sandra Agustin Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation of short, improvisational pieces. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium introduction to Music Theatre Performance THR 235-J/MUS 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen See course information listed under MUS 235-1. Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for Students in Social Work and Education January 6 - 27, 2000 EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or Susan O'Connor Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field study and practicum experience will introduce students to the content and context of professional practice in Norway as well as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S. and Norwegian students. Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition. UMAIE SPP 201-J 3- Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. *Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina 'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln in Germany "I,'oitvogi~i,q C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula Interim Abroad *Egypt in Transition *In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta *The Many Faces of Japan *Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes *Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain *The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of the European Union Other Interim Abroad Courses HECUA "Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala *Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at Augsburg College Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: Roseann Lloyd This course gives advanced writing students new ways of expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms: lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal, collecting language around town. In addition, each student writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire: Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This is an upper division class for writers who are committed to their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration. Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work. Room: Anderson 100 ACTC Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The Washington Center 2000 Academic Seminars Campaign 2000 January 3-14, 2000 POL 398-A This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the United States government that will focus not only on the new millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the Presidency The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14). Credit is available from the political science department for this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For further information about the program, contact Prof. Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312, or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office. Other Courses I
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students...
Show more Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1986. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/ N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Off ice (Memorial230) Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114G) Interim Calendar November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m. Time 11-1 p.m. January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses Ends January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses Begins January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit Courses January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom Full Credit Courses January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January31 . . . . .InterimEnds February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins . The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key L-Library all M-Music H OM-Old Main P-Psychology S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships-Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Environmental Aesthetics ART 102-48001 302-46002 Instructor: PhilThompson In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process. Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight other text related design projects required. Grades will also be based on one or two examinationsplus a final. Distribution:Art - Music Time: 11 Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-48003 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art -Music Time: I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-46004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 The Biology of Women BIO 231-46005 Instructor:Roberta Lammers The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards. In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of human evolution and the social relationships of women and men. FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists. Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the number of students in the class. Prer uisite: High school biology Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies Time: I Room: S 329 11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester BIO 322-46006 PHY 322-46007 Instructor:Robert Herforth A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: S 24 II Biological Evolution BIO 431-48008 Instructor:Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present. F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor Time: I Room: S 205 BUSINESS II Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-46010 Instructor:Thomas Morgan "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. u&ite: permission of instructor zz7 Room: P 2 IIntroduction to International Business BUS 152-46070 BUS 352-46071 Instructor: Arnin Kader This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned. Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration. Time: I Room: OM 22 IEntrepreneurship BUS 295-46077 Instructor: John Cerrib The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Room: M 23 Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-46092 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 378-48093 Instructor: Milo Schield The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study - advanced word processing (Word Star 2000) - advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates) - advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base) - business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1 presentation) - integrated packages (Symphony) There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus. Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects. Fee: $20--but no required textbook. Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing) Time: I Room S 123 CHEMISTRY Chemistry for Changing Times CHlM 100-46013 Instructor:Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8 needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't) grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 315 The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-48014 Instructor: SandraOlmsted A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11 Room: S 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-46045 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175) Time: 11 Room: S 112 E Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-46012 Instructor: Ed SabeIla This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor Room: OM 16 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019 EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020 EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021 EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022 Instructor:Trudi Fulda Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I Room: L 4 ENGLISH E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop ENG 362-46098 Instructor: Lon Otto This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students Fiction Writing Workshop (con't) will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor. Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous, constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful attendance is essential. Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course. Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English Department. Fee: $10 Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at least one creative writing - course on the college - level Time: 11 Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas IThe Short Story ENG 240-46024 340-46025 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be among the authors studied. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 23 The Dark Side of Genius: Films of Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman ENG 260-46026 460-46027 Instructor:John Mitchell Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length. Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them. Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division credit must have mrrnission from the instructor. Fee: $25 for rental of films Time: I1 Room: SCI 123 Grow Old Along With Me ENG 209-46023 Instructor:Barbara Andersen You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are: Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as "AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time." What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings. Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and interview journals. Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 10 E Love in Literature ENG 269-46068 Instructor:Ron Pal& This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films. Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: OM 25 FRENCH French Literature in Translation FRE 243-48028 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study Prerequisite:Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Sueech Time: I Room: OM 27 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 475-46081 Instructor: A1Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. This is a half credit course. Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology Time: II -Jan.20-31 Room: Melby January 4-23,1986 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48036 Instructor:Joyce PPaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam willbe given. Cost: $2100 Distribution:Lifetime Sports Human Sexuality HPE 216-46035 Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral, and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues, male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project. Fee: $10 Time: II Room: M 24 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-48080 Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a half credit course. Time: II - Jan. 6-17 Room: Melby Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-46036 320-46037 Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants. Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field trips-all these are important components of the course as are the academic components such as readings. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: 816 Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History-Philosophy Time:I Room: LI Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097 419-46039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term. Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division Distribution:History-Philosophy Time:I Room: OM 13 - January 2-26,1986 Hawaii: A Cultural History HIS 321-46104 Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson 'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism , and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU s d s e be a unit on the w ~ nBuddhist-Christian t dialogue. Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Cost: $1,895 Distribution:Religion (by petition) INTERDISCIPLINARY The Art of Being Female INS 216-46078 416-46079 Instructor: Sara Eaton Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation? Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400 years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5 Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary l novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in their art and how they t~1l us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw; students will I x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on their topic to tho class. There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade will come from quizzes on the assignments. Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies Time:II Room: OM II Central America: The Roots of the Crisis INS 280-46034 Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for Global Service The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of the region. The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions. On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26, we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both countries, encounters with people from the churches, political, cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition, there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a time for de-briefingand evaluation. During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2 books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on January 31. Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals. lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure. World Hunger and Justice Education: Developing a N e w World View INSm - 4 6 0 3 1 REL 2 W 4 W 3 2 h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education, tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth, justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S. Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion tl~ealom. The purpose wiU 1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore pe%gogical principles for socinljustice. Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor of Economics at Luther Collage: world guests in tho Twin Cities ma. and The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a final p a p r . S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n this paper and prticipation. Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three weeksi willbe-8300, Dhtrlbution: -1 on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr RiI The Church and Social Change in the Philippines LNS 274-46033 Instructors: J i m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global Service and Education T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice, and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the church. Thmugho~~t the coursc, therefore, we will be examining the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change. The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't) The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d in htinn~apolis.and will foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week. On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January 26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and aduation of the experience. During the first weok, participants will be required to read s packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related topic. During the k i p , students wiU be to keep a journal, and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience. Grading PIN. Cost: $1995fmm ~ ~ includes all p m v d expenses, o meals, ~ ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to change due to &are increase prior to the trip. ~~ MATHEMATICS Mathematical Modeling MAT 132-46042 Instructor: Paul Hulse Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-, represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg. The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments. Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics T i e :1 W r n : OM 21 Linear Algebra In Action MAT 315-48046 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p ~ ~ .leastgsqunres , fitting, computer graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq. Prerequisite:MAT 215 Time: I Room: S 112 IM Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming MAT 144-46043 211-46044 Instructor: Larry Copes In this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s and written reports. For 21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe , patterns and 1epo1.t~ will ~~equire the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer. Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 213 IIntroduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-46047 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t a observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations. In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clam participation. A special class project will be required for upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for field trips during &her the morning or afternoon. Fee: $15 Time: I1 Room: M5 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-46065 329-48088 Instructor: StephenGabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Dishbution:Art-Music Time: II Room: M4 Memorizationfor Musicians MUS 151-48048 351-46049 Instructor:James D.Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc, and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prer uisite: Basic music study -3 Room: M4 NORWEGIAN LI Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-46029 Instructor:Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time:II Room: OM 29 4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311-46030 Instructor: Leif Hansen intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l experience required. uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent Ez?m* Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-46050 Instructor: Alice Stark This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice t md have potential for fwreacllingeffects in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY What Do You Think of That? PHI250-46053 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course ~ we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15 Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes, anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution: History-Philo8ophy Time:11 Room: OM 23 Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature PHI248-48051 346-46052 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer 736s course inquires into the ~Astance and nature of those beings that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the ~ anaelic and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~ as whether they arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e. Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta t h a n lower division studenf.~. uisite: One philosophy or religion course EE3 Room: MEM 323 PHYSICS Numerical Methods in Physics PHY 345-48076 Instructor:Jeff Johnson ' Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi- calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation and nume~.lcal techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist. In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an example of a 2nd order differential equation). The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount of c h s time to it. Student performance will be based on problem assignments and computer projects. Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: S 329 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-48041 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~ of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt. The course will includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory ~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll project. Prei uisite: High school Disaution: Mathematics hyucs Time: 11 Room: S 212 Vbr? The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of the Universe PHY 109-46075 Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists u x-rays from study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our world and form our modern imaga of the universe. But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth, was t h center ~ of the turiverse, Martin Luther quickly cited J o ~ h u who a told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still! Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&: Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp, Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel. The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b servation exercises. Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: M 24 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-46073 MAT 327-46074 Instructor:Ken Erickson Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions: hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions, Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand , fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable. The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the functions. Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project. Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and MAT 224 or equivalent Time:I Room: S 212 POLITICAL SCIENCE The United Nations POL 166-46068 366-46069 Instructor:Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural, political and economic background of the member states of the Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council. The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting of the Security Council. Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the simulationis compulsory. Upper division students will be required to submit an additional paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council. Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: II Room: OM 13 The Politics of International Economic Issues POL 461-46056 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue ~ this goal students wiU Yo. GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy the headlines of 1985. Course objectives: 1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system, and 2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of the mid-1980s Course content: 1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in the world of the 1980s; 2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the distribution of economic power during the past decade, the possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as agriculLur~! m d finance, within a variety of countries; and 3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in the world economy Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam. Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160 Time: II Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 352-46096 Instructor:Duane E. Johnson Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student participation. Procedures will include class discussion, short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the testing willrequire written responses. Prerequisite:General Psychology Time:I Room: OM 16 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-46081 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the e opportunity to explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w i l l ha 3aitilized involving tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(GeneralPsych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 RELIGION IChristianity in Modern Africa REL 366-46058 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid ~ystem of racial segregation.Them will be lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short tests and a short research paper. Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements) Time: 11 Room: OM 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-46057 Instructor: Gene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the present form and work of this church, its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the third day UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon ""% Mstrj ution: M W o n (Qnly one In* ward graduation religion requirements) course m a y be used to- Time: I Room: OM 18 Archaeology and the Bible REL 215-46101 Instructor:Philip Quanbeck Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based on class participation and the project. Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements) Time: I Room: M 22 RUSSIAN Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature RUS 210-46082 RUS 410-46083 Instructor:James E. Brown This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels (Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers and the final examination. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:English-Speech Time: I1 Room: OM 21 SOCIAL WORK Exploring Human Services S W K 257-46059 Instructor:Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary,brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Field Work I11 S W K 466-46060(1 course) 466-46061(% course) Instructor:Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIQLOGY Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC241-46098 Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and "pmgr~ss." and selected aspects of Westem Culture. Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-. Time: I Room: P 3 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER II Children's Theater SPC 285-46064 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off stago as performers (acto~s, ~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts, scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E rience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage T w o E Writing the Creative Article SPC 268-46062 368-46063 Instructor:Ray Anderson The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw. The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience, whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion. Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will. read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor. Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for publication. A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students. Time:II Room: OM 27 W Advanced Acting SPC 432-46106 Instructor: Julie Bolton In this course we will explore chmcter development through scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov, Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity! Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics SPC 116 Time: I Room: Stage 11 Television News Production SPC 344-46072 Instructor: Mark Ambroze This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information. The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes. Time: I Room: W S A , Golden Valley OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-46011 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington Interims Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top POL 398-46084 The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking POL 398-46085 These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January 17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A. Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing ART 163-46040 Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185. Augsburg Lifetime Sports T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation. Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher or lot the student registers for the course. Alpine Skiing HPE 002-46089 Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets. Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W American Karate HPE 002-46086 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F Room: Melby Badminton Racquetball HPE 001-46087 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m. Room: Melby HPE 002-46088 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m. Room: Melby Running Weight Training HPE 002-46091 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1 2Noon Room: Melby HPE 002-46090 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only. ~ A m e r i c m Writern in Europe Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe n China: The Midwest Connection n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain n Englilish School and Family n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna n Hawaii: A Cultural. History f l Health Care in Europe H IsLmda of the Mediterranean n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church !l Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland Legal London London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power "Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey Soviet U'nian: Culture and History Spain, A Country in Transition The Spirit of Ireland Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd 'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r NOTES
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 2016-2017
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 2016-2017
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
2016-2017 UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG Introduction Undergraduate Catalog 2016-2017 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student ...
Show more 2016-2017 UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG Introduction Undergraduate Catalog 2016-2017 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies and procedures for Fall Semester 2016 - Summer Semester 2017. It is subject to change without notice. The catalog is intended to complement other College publications including the Student Guide and College website. It is important for students to be familiar with all College policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements. Published 2016 Phone: 612-330-1000 www.augsburg.edu 1 A Greeting from the President A college catalog is a wonderful text, full of detail and data that offer all of us a map to our lives together as a college community. This is a map grounded in Augsburg’s mission: “To educate students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” What has prompted you to study this map of Augsburg College? If you’re already enrolled at Augsburg, I trust you will continue to find here the awe and wonder of an educational experience that is meaningful and challenging. I hope you will be reminded of the relationships and commitments you have formed at Augsburg—they will last a lifetime. I also hope that you find in this map signposts of the progress you have made in your vocational journey and that you will continue to believe that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which you will spend time for the next several years. If you are studying this map to find out more about Augsburg College and an Augsburg education, welcome. I believe you will find it not only tells you about the character and essence of our institution, but also about our mission of service, particularly about those whom we serve in a modern, vibrant city. Augsburg is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, and it is in the city that our College both serves and thrives. As you study here, you will find a setting that not only provides remarkable learning opportunities, but one in which you will be able to share your own talents and skills. Augsburg’s challenging academic environment is enhanced by both education and service experiences that transform theory into action and unite the liberal arts with the practical in preparing students as faithful citizens in a global society. The experience you are undertaking at Augsburg—or thinking of undertaking—will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans. As you join Augsburg College, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await you here find the College an exciting place, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher learning and good living. Here you can find your way in the world. May this map be your faithful guide! Sincerely yours, Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. President 2 About Augsburg At Augsburg College, we believe that the college experience should be a time of exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and of new possibilities. We also believe that a liberal arts education is the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, creatively solve problems, and communicate effectively. Discovering Your Gifts and Talents The heart of an Augsburg undergraduate education is the Augsburg Core Curriculum—designed to prepare students to become informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders; and thus achieve the educational goals of our mission. Through “Search for Meaning” courses, students explore their own unique gifts and interests and find where their own talents intersect with the needs of our global society; their vocation At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve for a lifetime: writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a few. Thanks to Augsburg’s prime locations in the heart of thriving metropolitan areas, many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the resources of the Twin Cities and Rochester are extended campuses for Augsburg students. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. Campus Location Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University of Minnesota Medical Center. Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s leading companies, as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is blocks from the METRO Green and Blue light rail lines, which provide easy access to destinations in Minneapolis and St. Paul, as well as the Minneapolis International Airport. History A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, WI, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg’s first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway— Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian 3 Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such “college” studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg’s next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg’s theme for more than 140 years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the democratic college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg’s second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg’s motto, “Education for Service.” In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changed Traditional attitudes began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr. became president. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of longtime dean of women, Gerda Mortensen. The College’s mission assumed a double character: ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War II, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College had become a larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. Full accreditation of the College was achieved in 1954. A study in 1962 defined the College’s mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with the American Lutheran Church. Subsequently, the American Lutheran Church merged with two other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to form the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. A College in the City Under the leadership of President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980), Augsburg became a vital and integral part of the city of Minneapolis. The College began to reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all students. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall, Urness Hall, Christensen Center, Ice Arena, and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg’s commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting two graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increasing accessibility, and the addition of the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication; the Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the James G. Lindell Family Library. Dr. William V. Frame became president in August 1997 and retired in 2006. Under his leadership, the College sharpened its identity as a college of the city, providing an education grounded in vocational calling that provides students both the theoretical learning and the practical experience to succeed in a global, diverse world. Augsburg’s Rochester campus was added in 2002, further expanding Augsburg’s presence in key cities in the state of Minnesota. 4 Dr. Paul C. Pribbenow became president in July 2006. Under his leadership, the College aims to educate students of all ages—in the midst of a great city—to be faithful citizens of the world. 5 Augsburg Today Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed:    An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church. Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative, and successful citizens. The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor. Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society. In addition to Augsburg’s undergraduate program of liberal arts and sciences, Augsburg offers numerous master’s degree programs as well as a doctoral program in nursing practice. For information about graduate programs, go to www.augsburg.edu/grad. Undergraduate and graduate education is offered in a variety formats. In addition to its Minneapolis campus, Augsburg has a branch campus in Rochester, MN. Centers of Commitment The four Centers of Commitment articulate core values that inform the institutional mission of Augsburg College both internally and externally: each Center provides a bridge between curriculum and community; each works to realize the College's Strategic intention to "educate for lives of meaning and purpose" as well as to ensure the College is "at the table" with community partners in relationships of mutual benefit that enhance the College's distinctive identity and deepen the educational experiences of our students. Their themes are reflected in Augsburg's mission: informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. Minneapolis-based Day Program Augsburg’s Minneapolis-based Day program offers more than 50 majors—or you can create your own major, either on campus or through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). The Day Program provides an educational opportunity for students who want to earn a bachelor’s degree through courses that meet during the day or in the evening. Students in the Day Program pay comprehensive tuition that allows them to register for between 12-19 semester credits per term. ACTC is a five-college consortium that allows Day Program students to take courses on other campuses without additional charge while a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC consortium includes Augsburg College, St. Catherine University, Hamline University, Macalester College, and the University of St. Thomas. (See Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) section). Adult Undergraduate Program Augsburg’s Adult Undergraduate Program provides an educational opportunity for adults who want to earn a bachelor’s degree with a flexible schedule and with a learning environment that acknowledges the real life experience adult students bring to the classroom. It is a means by which men and women can gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts and professional studies. The Weekend and Evening College (WEC) program began in 1982 with 69 students taking courses in three majors. The program eventually grew to approximately 1,000 students in 18 majors in the liberal arts and professional studies, one of the largest programs of its type among Minnesota private colleges. In Fall 2014, the WEC program began a three year transition into the Adult Undergraduate Program (AU). Current students may continue in the WEC program until spring semester 2017. New students began joining the AU program in Fall 2014. 6 Program Transition Timeline WEC classes will continue to be offered on the evenings and weekends through spring semester 2017. After that term, the program will sunset and all courses will be offered in the AU program. During the transition, WEC students will be able to register for courses in the WEC, AU, or Day programs, depending on their schedule needs. WEC courses will continue to be offered in the hybrid learning model, combining traditional, face-to-face class time, with online and out of class coursework. Adult Undergraduate Schedule The AU schedule is designed to meet the needs of adult students. Courses in individual majors will meet on the same night of the week, on an alternating bi-weekly schedule for the duration of the major. The alternating weeks of the semester are labeled “Maroon” and “Silver.” Students select courses from both the maroon and silver schedules, creating an alternating schedule of classes. Face-to-face meetings occur on alternating weeks for three-and-a-half hours on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday, depending on the program. Online and out-of-class work occurs during the non-class meeting week. AU students may attend part-time or full-time each semester. Minneapolis - Adult Undergraduate Program Augsburg’s adult undergraduate program offers the flexibility you need, and is delivered in a hybrid-learning format, combining the benefits of face-to-face classroom instruction with the convenience of online learning. The program offers more than 10 majors designed to help you finish your bachelor’s degree quickly and efficiently, in as little as two years. Augsburg also offers courses from several Day Program majors during the evening in a traditional classroom setting. These majors include American Indian Studies, computer science, and English/creative writing. Please note that not all of the required courses for the Day Program majors are offered in the evening. For a complete list of degree completion programs offered in the AU Program, visit www.augsburg.edu/pro/majors. Rochester - Adult Undergraduate Program Augsburg’s branch site in Rochester was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. A variety of undergraduate majors are offered. The Rochester site classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), a few blocks south of the heart of the city, which is home to more than 100,000 residents. It is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. In Rochester, Minnesota, students complete the same degree requirements as students in the Minneapolis undergraduate program. Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on weekday evenings, making them accessible to working adults. As with the adult undergraduate program in Minneapolis, Rochester classes are delivered in a hybrid-learning format, combining the benefits of face-to-face classroom instruction with the convenience of online learning. There are 8 majors offered in Rochester, some of which must be completed by taking courses at the Minneapolis campus. In addition to the degree programs that can be completed entirely in this location, students may work on a variety of other majors through a combination of Rochester and Minneapolis-based evening courses. Students at the Rochester site are Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software. Information about the Rochester campus is available at www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at 507-288-2886. 7 Minneapolis Campus Facilities Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg’s main campus are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center. Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, and this residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing and Communication. Center for Wellness and Counseling—The Center for Wellness and Counseling offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being. Christensen Center (1967)—The College Center, with the Admissions Office, student lounge and recreational areas, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy center, and offices for student government and student publications. Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices. Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education, and hospitality facilities. The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It also houses the Gage Center for Student Success. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001. Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area. Charles S. Anderson Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, Bernhard Christensen Center for Vocation, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the 8 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center. Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices. Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices. Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. 9 Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships Augsburg College is accredited by:      The Higher Learning Commission (HLC) National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (Bachelor, Master, and Doctorate level degrees) Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (Bachelor, Master level degrees) Augsburg’s programs are approved by:      American Chemical Society (ACS) ADD American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) Minnesota Board of Teaching National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) Augsburg College is an institutional member of:                     American Association of Colleges and Universities (AAC&U) American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) American Music Therapy Association, Inc. (AMTA) Association of International Education Administrators (AIEA) Campus Compact Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Diversity Abroad Network The Forum on Education Abroad Institute of International Education (IIE) Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA) National Association of International Educators (NAFSA) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE) Physician Assistant Education Association Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Minnesota Private College Council MPCC) Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA) Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. Minnesota Office of Higher Education, 1450 Energy Park Dr., Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 55108, www.ohe.state.mn.us; 651-642-0533. 10 Policies Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, religious belief, national or ethnic origin, age, disability, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, marital status, familial status, genetic information, status with regard to public assistance, or citizenship in its educational policies, admissions policies, employment, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances where there is a bona fide occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students with disabilities. (Approved by Board of Regents on October, 2014) For further information, please contact the College’s Title IX Officer: Ann Garvey| Vice President of Student Affairs| Student Affairs Memorial Hall, Room 118G| 612-330-1168| garvey@augsburg.edu Additionally, the College has four Deputy Officers: Deputy Officer for Students: Sarah Griesse| Dean of Students Memorial Hall, Room 118F| 612-330-1489| griesse@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Employees: Lisa Stock| Director and Chief Human Resources Officer Memorial Hall, Room 19| 612-330-1783| stock@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Athletics: Kelly Anderson Diercks| Associate Athletic Director Si Melby Hall, Room 205E| 612-330-1245| diercks@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer: Leif Anderson| Vice President and Chief Information Officer Memorial Hall, Room 124D| 612-330-1497| andersol@augsburg.edu The Deputies work with the Title IX Coordinator to identify any patterns or systemic problems that arise and may assist as investigators of complaints. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review education records You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request. Right to request amendment of education records You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. 11 Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information” FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. “Directory information” includes the following:               The student’s name The student’s address The student’s telephone number The student’s e-mail address The student’s date and place of birth The student’s major and minor field of study The student’s academic class level The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT) The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates) The weight and height of members of athletic teams The student’s dates of attendance Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student The student’s photograph Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. Right to complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA. Reporting Educational Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. 12 Annual Security Report The Annual Security Report (ASR) for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The Department of Public Safety prepares this annual Crime Report to comply with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/reports. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide. Official Notices A College-provided e-mail account shall be an official means of communication with students, faculty, and staff of Augsburg College. Students, faculty, and staff are responsible for all information sent to them via the College-provided email account. Students should regularly check their e-mail account. If a student, faculty or staff member chooses to forward their Augsburg e-mail, they are responsible for all information and attachments sent to the forwarded e-mail account. Students will also receive official notices via the A-Mail online publication and should routinely review the AMail. Day program students will also receive notices through the student campus mail system (student campus box) and should check their campus mailbox regularly. 13 Admission Augsburg College strives to create a strong, rich, and vibrant campus community with students representing a large number of backgrounds, viewpoints, experiences, talents, and cultures. Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate’s academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. Visit Campus Firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. First-year and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an admissions counselor. Arrangements can be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg’s undergraduate admissions staff is ready to help students and families with college planning. Call any weekday between 8:30 am and 4:30 pm—612-3301001 or toll-free 1-800-788-5678—and we’ll assist with your questions and arrange a tour for you. Admissions visits and tours are available Monday through Friday during the school year. The Admissions Office is located on the lower level of the Christensen Center and serves traditional, non-traditional, and graduate students. Application Procedures First-year Day Program Students Application for Admission  Students should complete the application for admission, including the essay, and submit them to the Admissions Office. Students may apply online for free at www.augsburg.edu/firstyear or www.commonapp.org. Transcripts  An official transcript from the high school is required of first-year applicants. First-year applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final, official transcript upon graduation. If the student has taken college courses, including while in high school, an official transcript from each institution should also be sent. General Education Development (GED) scores may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores  First-year applicants are required to submit results from a college entrance examination unless he or she has been out of high school for more than five years. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred; results from the SAT are also accepted. Test scores recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient. Augsburg strongly recommends completing the writing portion of either the ACT or SAT. Recommendations  One letter of academic recommendation is required for all students. A letter may be submitted by a teacher, counselor, or pastor (spiritual leader). Essay  First-year applicants are required to provide a 1-2 page essay (approximately 500 words) on a topic(s) chosen by Augsburg faculty/staff/students. Additional Information  If there is additional information that may have affected the applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included as a personal statement with the application and discussed individually with an admissions counselor. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may defer a decision on a candidate’s admission until additional information has been received. For example, new test scores, results of the present semester’s coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate Admissions will inform the candidate. 14 Notification of Admissions Decision  Admissions decisions are made on a rolling basis. Applicants are notified of the admissions decision usually within three weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Notification of admission status for completed applications begins in late September. Confirmation of Admission  Accepted students are asked to make a $150 enrollment deposit* to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Students who wish to live in College housing must submit a housing contract to the Residence Life Office. *Nonrefundable after May 1. Note: Admission to a major—a separate process from admission to the College—is sometimes required. Check with the Admissions Office and consult the specific department’s section of this catalog. Day Program Transfers and Adult Undergraduate (AU) Students A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least 2.50 (on a 4.0 scale) in previous college work is recommended for transfer admission to the College. Information regarding transfer credit policies is found in the Academic Information section of the catalog. Students who are applying to the AU program should have attempted a minimum of 12 semester credit, including courses in foundation areas (writing, etc.) Application for Admission  Students should complete the application for admission, including the essay, and submit them to the Admissions Office. Students may apply online for free at www.augsburg.edu/transfer or www.commonapp.org. Transcripts  Official transcripts from all previous postsecondary institutions, as well as final high school transcripts (unless the student has already obtained an A.A. degree) must be sent directly to the Admissions Office. The GED test certificate may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Recommendations  One letter of academic recommendation is required for all transfer applicants. Letters may be submitted by a supervisor, counselor, professor, or pastor (spiritual leader). Additional Information  If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included with the application and discussed individually with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a candidate’s admission until other information has been received. For example, test scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision  Augsburg College uses a rolling admissions plan. Students are notified of the admission decision usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Note: Admission to a major—a separate process from admission to the College—is sometimes required. Check with the Admissions Office and consult the specific department’s section of this catalog. Readmission Day students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for one semester or more, and AU/Rochester/WEC students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for two or more semesters, must apply for readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. To apply for readmission after withdrawing from the College, students must submit an Application for Readmission.  The last day to be approved for readmission is the Friday prior to the start of the term. Please note that processing may take up to 10 business days. 15     If the student has attended other institutions since leaving Augsburg, official transcripts must be submitted to the Registrar’s Office. All financial holds must be cleared before a student can be approved for readmission. If the student was academically dismissed, withdrew while on academic warning or probation, or has a GPA below 2.0, they will need to submit a personal statement explaining their circumstances for review by the Student Standing Committee. If the student withdrew for medical reasons, a doctor’s note indicating the student is well enough to resume studies must be submitted with the application. Non-Degree Students Individuals may take coursework at Augsburg College as a non-degree seeking students can enroll on a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the College’s Academic Calendar. To apply for admission as a non-degree seeking student, submit the completed application, academic intent, and all necessary unofficial transcripts to the Admissions Office. Individuals who intend to become degree-seeking in the future must submit official transcripts. Contact the Admissions Office regarding which unofficial/official transcripts you may need for your application file. Non-degree seeking students who wish to pursue a degree must reapply for admission by submitting the completed application, academic intent, and all official transcripts to the Admissions Office. Second Degree Students Students who have graduated from Augsburg who are returning to complete an additional major will not be awarded a second degree unless it is a different degree from the first awarded. Students who have completed a four-year degree at an accredited college or university may complete a second degree at Augsburg College. A second degree will not be awarded unless it is a different degree from the first awarded. Second degree requirements include a minimum of 32 semester credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any liberal arts requirements not covered by a previous degree. Depending on the student’s previous degree, completion of a second major (non-degree) may also be an option. International Students International students are a vital part of the Augsburg community. (See International Student and Scholar Services, in the Student Life section.) International students should contact International Student and Scholar Services for an international student application and financial requirements. All applicants must provide proof of financial solvency. For more information, call 612-330-1359 or 1-800-788-5678 (toll-free), email admissions@augsburg.edu or contact International Student and Scholar Services at: Campus Box 307 Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA Students who have attended a college or university outside of the United States will need to obtain a foreign credential evaluation by contacting World Education Services (WES). WES is a nonprofit organization with more than 30 years of experience evaluating international credentials. WES will examine your transcript(s) and prepare a report that will help Augsburg College understand how your international coursework compares to courses and grades in the United States. Augsburg College will use this information in its admissions review and will grant transfer credit where appropriate. World Education Services, Inc. Bowling Green Station PO Box 5087 New York, NY 10274-5087 www.wes.org Phone: 212-966-6311, Fax: 212-966-6395 16 Financing The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. Augsburg reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Full-Time vs. Half-Time Students will need to be enrolled in 6 credits to be considered half-time and 12-19 credits to be considered full-time. This is an important distinction for charges and for accessing financial aid. Day Program Tuition and Fees Tuition and fees are published online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/tuition/undergraduate-day. Fees (full-time enrollment) The standard program fees are the Student Activity Fee, Technology Fee, Newspaper Readership Fee, MPIRG Fee, and the Campus Greening Fee. Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees. Full-Time Cost – Fall and Spring 2016-2017  Tuition – Full-Time (12-19 credits per term)  Fees – (12-19 credits per term)  Overload Fee – (over 19 credits) Semester $17,875.00 $332.50 $1,117 per credit Year $35,750.00 $665.00 $4,468 per 4 credits Part-Time Cost – Fall and Spring 2016-2017  Tuition –Part-Time (less than 12 credits)  Fees – (less than 12 credits) $1,117 per credit $183.00 per term $4,468 per 4 credits Other Costs  Audit Fee (taking a class for no credit)  Music Lesson Fees  ½ Hour Lesson  1 Hour Lesson $1,000.00 per course $400.00 $800.00 Room and Board Costs  Detailed housing rates are available through Residence Life Office at www.augsburg.edu/reslife/rates.  Detailed meal plan rates and flex point options can be found at www.augsburg.edu/reslife/rates/meal-plans. Adult Undergraduate and Weekend/Evening College (WEC) Tuition and Fees Tuition and fees are published online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/tuition/weekendevening-undergraduate. Tuition Students are charged per credit. Students are charged based on their program regardless if they take a course through a different program. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services. Fees Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees.  Adult Undergraduate - Minneapolis $420.00 per credit 17 $1,680.00 per 4.0 credits    Weekend/Evening College (WEC) Adult Undergraduate - Rochester Rochester Fee $420.00 per credit $410.00 per credit $1,680.00 per 4.0 credits $1,640 per 4.0 credits $50 per term Payments Semester Charges Prior to the start of each semester, a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online through AugNet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/header-make-paymentaccount-activity/payments. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure. Payment Options Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts. Payment Policy Students at Augsburg College are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the Augsburg College Tuition Refund Policy. Augsburg accepts the following forms of payment: Cash Students and guest payers may make cash payments in-person at the Enrollment Center. Cash should never be mailed. Students will receive a receipt of their cash payment. Check Students and guest payers may pay their term fees via check either in-person at the Enrollment Center, through mail, or online using e-check/ACH. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the bank for Non-Sufficient Funds. A receipt will automatically be sent electronically for any online payments. Students who pay in-person or through mail may request a receipt of the check payment. Credit Card/Debit Card Students and guest payers may make student account payments online with a Visa, MasterCard, Discover, or American Express credit card. As of June 10th, 2016, Augsburg will no longer accept credit card or debit card payments in-person, over the phone, or through the mail. Credit cards will only be accepted online via Cashnet, a vendor contracted by Augsburg. Because Cashnet charges Augsburg for their services, a credit card service fee of 2.75 percent will be associated with any credit card payment made to the college. This is to offset the approximately $250,000 in costs that Augsburg accrues annually for providing credit card payment options to our students. Augsburg will not receive any part of the service fee and will not be profiting from it. 18 Financial Aid All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must reapply each year. In addition to reapplying for aid, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in the Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) section of this catalog. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid supplements student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations. Types of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). Augsburg may offer both merit-based and need-based financial aid to undergraduate students at the time of admission. First year students can find specific information at www.augsburg.edu/firstyear/scholarships. Transfer students can find information at www.augsburg.edu/transfer/financial-aid-and-scholarships. Augsburg will also determine students’ eligibility to receive financial aid grants from both federal and state entities. These grants include Minnesota State Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG), Federal Pell Grant, Federal TEACH grant, and Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarship. Contact Student Financial Services if you need any additional information about any of these programs. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships and grants that might be available in their own communities. It is worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students who meet their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Rehabilitation Services, Educational Assistance for Veterans, and Educational Assistance for Veterans’ Children, and other sources. Loan Assistance Students must be enrolled at least half-time (6 or more credits) to be eligible for any federal loans.    Federal Perkins Student Loan o A federally-funded program administered through Augsburg College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time in school. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $16,000. Federal Stafford Student Loan o Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans that the federal government subsidizes by paying the interest while the student is in school and during the grace period. o For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS) 19 o PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of final disbursement. Further information about all student and parent loan programs can be found at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/loans. Student Employment Students are able to apply for work study positions through Augsburg’s Human Resources Office. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. Students are limited to a maximum of 20 hours of on-campus employment per week. The number of hours a student can work is dependent on the position and the needs of the department. However, work is not guaranteed. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made bi-weekly by check to the student employee.  Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program o Under these programs, the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide part-time work opportunities. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether students receiving financial aid are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree. The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid. Augsburg’s Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy follows the Satisfactory Academic Policy. Student Account Financial Disclosure Students at Augsburg College are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during their time as a student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the Augsburg College Tuition Refund Policy. Statements and account history are available online through AugNet Records and Registration. Augsburg College may require someone to co-sign on the student’s obligations in special cases, such as when a student has a history of late or missed payments. When a co-signer’s signature is required, both students and co-signers are responsible for payment of all costs incurred (including collection costs and fees of any collection agency and/or attorney, if applicable) and all other conditions outlined on the Student Account Financial Disclosure. Results of Balances Not Paid in Full Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Missed or late payments will be subject to a late payment charge and/or a finance charge on the overdue balance from the date the balance was due until payment in full is received. If your account is not paid in full on the first day of the term, finance charges at the rate of 8% per year (.67% per month) will be added onto your student account balance. For example, this means that for every $1,000 owed you will receive $6.70 a month in finance charges. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the bank for Non-Sufficient Funds. Past Due Accounts If the student does not set up a formal payment plan with Augsburg’s Student Financial Services department, Augsburg reserves the right to demand payment of the entire balance owed by that student and to take steps to collect it. 20 Augsburg may cancel the student’s registration, prevent the student from registering for future terms, withhold transcripts or diplomas, remove the student from on-campus housing, turn the student’s account over to a collection agency, or take legal action to collect any past due balance. Each student authorizes Augsburg to release financial information about her or his account and other pertinent information such as address and phone number to third parties who are dealing with the collection of the account balance. By providing us with a telephone number for a cellular phone or other wireless device, you are expressly consenting to receive communications – including but not limited to prerecorded or artificial voice message calls, text messages, and calls made by an automatic telephone dialing system – from us and our affiliates and agents at that number. This express consent applies to each such telephone number that you provide to us now or in the future and permits such calls regardless of their purpose. Calls and messages may incur access fees from your cellular provider. Each student also agrees to reimburse Augsburg College, or its agents, the fees of any collection agency, which may be based on a percentage at a maximum of 40% of the debt, and all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, we incur in such collection efforts. Please note that, due to the Bankruptcy Reform Act, educational benefits are generally exempt from discharge under bankruptcy. The terms of this agreement remain in effect until all Term Fees and other charges are paid in full. Tuition Refund Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date, students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. Medical Refund If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a medical refund should be made through the Academic/Financial Petition. Petition forms are available through the Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the Committee upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. Unofficial Withdrawal Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term, including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website. A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively. The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include, but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300. 21 Financial Aid Policy Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with faculty signature-Full Semester class.” Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date. Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a “W” grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes. Financial Aid - Return of Aid Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes, or in the event of hybrid/online courses, by being an active participant in the course. Federal/State Aid Adjustments Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Students are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your courses, please see a Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned. Institutional Aid Adjustments Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdraw or fully withdraw from courses. If students withdraw from their courses, they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid will be removed. If a student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their institutional aid. Credit Refund Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a term. Credit refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial Aid needs to be finalized and applied to a student’s account before the credit refund can be issued. (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid. You can check your transaction history online to verify that all of your financial aid has been applied to your account and nothing is left pending.) Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds. Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates; less than 3.0 credits for graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed. Bookstore Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $700 to their student account. Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year. Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut-off dates. Plan ahead for courses that start midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date. Students’ accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore accounts before credit refunds were issued. If your bookstore charges create a balance on your account, you need to make payments in accordance with your statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student account are intended for students who have excess financial aid funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you purchase books if you need to discuss payment options. 22 Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times. Third Party If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your purchases to the Student Financial Services Office, along with your invoice request. Additional Funds If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $700 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account, please send the following information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing. Subject: Request for additional funds Full Name: Student ID number: Additional request: Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation. Consumer Information Loss of Financial Aid Eligibility Due To a Drug Offense A student convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco.] A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student. A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows: For the possession of illegal drugs First offense: one year from the date of conviction Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction For the sale of illegal drugs First offense: two years from the date of conviction Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate, clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the ways in which the student may regain that eligibility. Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria:  The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government program. 23    The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court. The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed insurance company. The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor. Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or regulations. 24 Residence Life Students who choose to make Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23-acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends among roommates and classmates. They are just steps away from Lindell Library, classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice arena, fitness center, and Christensen Center. With just over 1,000 students living on campus, most students and faculty greet each other by name. Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residential experience during the college years. Studies show that students who live on campus are more likely to persist academically, to be involved on campus, and tend to have a slightly higher grade point average. Residence Life staff are professional and student team members available to support students in their academic and co-curricular experiences. Through their efforts residential community members become acquainted with life at Augsburg through educational and social opportunities. Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, leadership, and fun. Numerous events are planned to welcome students to the community, including dances, movie nights, open mic nights, and weeks devoted to special themes or issues. Resident students have access to a 24-hour computer lounge, wireless internet, study lounges, 24-hour security, laundry facilities, and vending. All rooms and apartments are equipped with hook-ups for telephone, cable television, computers, and internet access. A skyway connecting the lobby of Urness Hall and Mortensen Hall to Christensen Center and Oren Gateway Center to the Lindell Library keeps students out of the weather on the way to class. To secure housing on campus, students need to submit the following items:   Housing deposit Residence Life and Dining contract During spring semester, current Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing for the next academic year. Facilities Urness Hall—One home to new Auggies and upper-class resident advisors, this nine-story high-rise houses 313 students. Each floor is considered a house-unit providing 36 students (two to a room) with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Meal plans are required. Mortensen Hall—This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 one-bedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It is furnished with beds and dressers. Meal plans are required. Anderson Hall—Contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 upper-class students, and the Neighborhood program. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, desks, and chairs. Meal plans are required. Anderson Hall Neighborhoods—This is available to students who are interested in creating a living/learning environment by designing their own house system. All members meet to determine their program focus, educational goals, and community agreement guidelines. Examples of programs of past neighborhoods include ELE (Everyone Loves Everyone), Hip Hop House, Environmental Neighborhood, and Honors. Luther Hall—Opened in 1999, this apartment residence includes studios and two- and four-bedroom apartments with full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and chairs are provided. Underground parking is available at an additional cost. Meal plans are optional. Oren Gateway Center— The new “front door” to the Augsburg campus, Oren Gateway Center offers substance-free living connected to a dining area, underground parking, and classrooms. Opened in 2007, Oren Gateway Center houses the StepUP first-year and upperclass students committed to an alcohol- and drug-free environment. Flats, apartments, and studios are furnished with bed, desk, and dressers. Meal plans are optional. 25 Food Service Commons—Situated on the top floor of Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty, and staff. This spacious room features small-table units for easy conversation overlooking the College quadrangle and Murphy Square. Students on board plans who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. We offer a mealto-go program for those on a tight schedule. Students have the option of using one meal exchange each week at Einsteins or Nabo to supplement the Commons. Einstein Bros. Bagels—On the main level of Christensen Center, Einstein Bros. Bagels sells coffee, smoothies, hot and cold sandwiches, wraps, soups, salads, and snacks. Nabo—This eatery is located in the Oren Gateway Center. Pronounced “náh-bu,” with the accent on the first syllable, featured food options include pasta, cold and hot sandwiches, a pasta bar, pastries, and beverages. 26 Student Activities and Organizations Augsburg’s mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense. Experiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, yet learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the surrounding area. Whether students take classes in the day, evening, or weekend, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Athletics and Sports Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division III. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, indoor and outdoor track and field, and golf. Women annually compete in lacrosse, volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball, swimming, indoor and outdoor track and field, and golf. Facilities At Augsburg, the facilities are for all students, faculty and staff. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. On-campus facilities include a double-rink ice arena, a 3-court gymnasium, a multi-purpose athletic field, fitness center with workout machines, a weight room, a racquetball court, and an air-supported dome over the athletic field for winter fitness, rentals, and spring sport practices. Intramurals Every student is urged to participate in activities for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Check schedules on the Athletics website for times when there is open use of the athletic field/dome, gymnasium, and ice arena. Campus Activities and Orientation Campus Activities and Orientation (CAO) creates and implements innovative programming that fosters individual and community development and creates an environment where students can connect, engage, and invest in the Augsburg community. CAO programming works to enhance and supplement the liberal arts and professional studies at Augsburg College through quality transitional programs for new students as well as through leadership education. CAO is made up of four program areas: Campus Activities CAO offers several programs and activities throughout the academic year designed to connect and engage students with the Augsburg and surrounding community. Student and Group Leadership Development Emerging Leaders Program (ELP) is an initiative designed to develop new leadership at Augsburg College by empowering incoming students to cultivate and apply their inherent leadership skills through a semester-long skill-building training program. Student Group Development-CAO provides student groups with workshops focusing on social justice, privilege, antioppression, and other pertinent areas of development. Orientation Programs SOAR is a required two-day, overnight orientation experience for incoming first-year day students designed to help with the transition to Augsburg College. Students will meet fellow classmates, faculty, and staff; learn about college resources and services; and get a taste of life on campus. 27 Parent SOAR is an optional orientation experience for the parents and guardians of first-year students that runs concurrently with the students’ SOAR session. Parents obtain important information about the campus; meet fellow parents, faculty, and staff; learn about college resources and services; and get a taste of what life will be like for their students on campus. Transfer SOAR is a required day-long orientation experience for transfer students designed to help with the transition to Augsburg College. Students will learn about College resources and services, hear about academic programs, and discover why being a part of the Augsburg community is so rewarding. Auggie Days is a required on-campus orientation experience for incoming first-year day students, which is designed to complement SOAR, provide opportunities to enhance academic and personal success, and offer a helpful advantage in starting at Augsburg College. Student Organizations CAO manages student organizations on campus and provides them access to many benefits, including but not limited to: organization emails, websites, Auggie's Nest lockers, Auggie Room supplies, skill-building workshops and conferences, advising, funding and grants, and much more. Campus Ministry At Augsburg College, we are “guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church.” Because of this identity, we seek to develop an environment where people are encouraged to use and discover gifts and a sense of call and vocation. As a college of the church, we emphasize the development of this through attending to the sacred, living into radical hospitality, and shaping community. The college pastors, Chaplain to Student Athletes, Muslim Student Advisor, and campus ministry staff have offices in Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or information. Our concern for spiritual care is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Daily worship, Wednesday Night Holy Communion, Bible studies, community outreach, retreats, peace and justice events, concerts and gatherings, Friday prayer, and interfaith initiatives are examples of the wide varieties of activities on campus. Community Engagement The Sabo Center for Democracy and Citizenship, rooted in Augsburg’s mission to educate students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders, aims to:    Create a culture of civic agency and engagement among students, faculty, staff, and our broader community so that graduates are architects of change and pioneers in work of public significance. Foster connections with local community based organizations and position Augsburg as an anchor institution in the Twin Cities. Revitalize the democratic and public purposes of higher education in a time when strengthening colleges’ visible contributions to the common good, not simply to private benefit. Bonner Leaders Program In Fall of 2008 Augsburg College launched its first year of the Bonner Leaders Program. Through the Bonner program, students develop deep community relationships and engage in long-term policy advocacy throughout their time at Augsburg. Those selected to be Bonner Leaders are students with diverse ethnic and geographical backgrounds and experience in community and public work. Through placements with partner nonprofit organizations and community programs, students work an average of 220 hours each academic year supporting ELL classrooms, running an employment education computer lab, coordinating a low-income housing program, community health outreach, tutoring in afterschool programs, and more. Beyond their work-study placements, students participate in civic engagement efforts on campus. 28 Through their participation with the Bonner Leaders Program, students engage in monthly guided reflections and leadership development workshops. The Augsburg Bonner Leaders Program is a successful model that builds on the College’s culture of community and civic engagement. Campus Kitchen The Campus Kitchen Project connects the campus community with the larger neighborhood by using food as a tool to nourish bodies, develop leadership, and educate students through service learning. To accomplish these goals, four programs focus on this engagement:     Food to Share o Surplus food from the Augsburg Dining Service is donated, reheated, and served by student volunteers to neighborhood partners, including homeless shelters, youth and senior programs, and others. Augsburg students in need can also find free food at our food shelf on campus, the Campus Cupboard. Food to Grow o On the corner of campus, Augsburg staff and students manage a community garden composed of nearly 100 garden plots where community and campus members can grow their own food. The garden staff also hosts classes on healthy living in which neighborhood youth learn to grow and cook healthy food. Food to Buy o Find fresh produce grown by local farmers at the weekly farmer’s markets Tuesdays through the summer: 11-1 pm at Foss Chapel on campus, and 2-5 pm at the Brian Coyle Center down the street. The market doubles any purchase made with food stamps. Augsburg is also the host of an organic CSA farm that people can become members of and get a large box of produce each week. Food to Know o Understanding our food system and community health through programs that educate on issues of hunger and poverty, and cooking and gardening classes in the community and weekly on campus. Common Table The Common Table, located at 2001 Riverside in the Trinity Congregation Building, is devoted to building community capacity to make change by connecting and equipping leaders.       Connecting campus community with neighborhood community. Connecting students to local communities, professionals, and movements. Connecting community members across boundaries at an intersection. Equipping young people with the mentorship and connections to pursue their goals. Equipping community members with the tools and experience of public work and organizing. Equipping leaders with an equity analysis for equitable leadership. We continue to welcome new ideas for utilizing this multi-purpose space to deepen the relationships between Augsburg College, Trinity Lutheran, the Cedar Riverside neighborhood, and the Twin Cities. Jane Addams School for Democracy The Jane Addams School for Democracy brings immigrant families, college students and other community members together to do public work and learning. It is a community-based initiative inspired by the vision of democracy, productive citizenship, and popular education held by settlement house pioneers like Jane Addams, who created Hull House in Chicago in 1889. Participants in the school include long-time community residents, Hmong, Latino, and East African refugee and immigrant adults and children, as well as students, faculty, and staff from nine Twin Cities colleges and universities. The non-bureaucratic and non-hierarchical structure of Jane Addams School breaks down barriers so that people can work together across language, culture, gender and age differences to address issues that impact their daily lives. 29 Public Achievement The Public Achievement organizing model recognizes that people of every age have skills, talents and ideas, and that by learning to work strategically with others they can solve problems and build sustainable democratic societies. In a school setting, young people form teams to take action on a public problem that is important to them (for example, driving out gang activity or improving classroom space). The team works with a coach—typically a teacher or college student—to develop an action plan. Through practice and reflection, the team members develop public skills and confidence. Service-Learning and Community Engagement/Community Service-Learning Augsburg’s Community Service-Learning Program provides students with opportunities to understand and respond to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences and civic engagement activities. A key component of community service-learning is reflection on and analysis of community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth and civic responsibility. By connecting classroom content with service-learning experiences in the city, Augsburg students deepen their understanding of abstract course concepts while learning about pertinent and related community issues. This dynamic and interactive educational approach employs reciprocal learning between students and their community. Service-learning components are embedded in most academic disciplines. Examples of community service-learning sites include homeless shelters, cultural and environmental organizations, tutoring programs, and literacy centers. Fine Arts Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra may perform on regional, national, and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theater Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting arts professionals. Student Center Christensen Center, the Augsburg student union, serves students, faculty, staff, alumni, and guests. Traditionally considered the “living room” of the campus, the student union provides a central gathering place for the diverse populations of residential, commuter, Adult Undergraduate, and graduate students at Augsburg through the merging of curricular and co-curricular programs and activities. Christensen Center also houses several student services, such as the Admissions Office, Campus Activities and Orientation, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, Multicultural Student Services, LGBTQIA Student Services, Event and Conference Planning, the Copy Center, Shipping and Receiving, the Information Desk, A’viands Food Services, and Mail Services. The Auggie’s Nest, located on the ground floor of Christensen Center, serves as the student organization office area and houses the Augsburg Day Student Government, the Augsburg ECHO (campus newspaper) office and the KAUG (campus radio) office. Lockers are also available in this area for student organization use. Student Government The Augsburg Day Student Government and the Adult Undergraduate Student Advisory Council organizations support and advocate for student concerns, needs, and activities. These student government groups serve as the official student governments, and the primary voice and liaison between students and the administration, faculty, and staff of Augsburg College. 30 Student Resources/Academic and Support Services Lindell Library Resources Since 1997 the James G. Lindell Family Library has been home to a wide variety of print and digital collections, now numbering almost 200,000 books, 60,000 e-books, 60,000 e-journals, 4,000 movies on DVD or VHS, and more than 120 databases. Through its streaming video services, Lindell Library provides access to an additional 50,000+ educational videos. Lindell also houses significant collections of juvenile literature and K-12 curriculum materials, as well as the College’s archives and special collections. If that still isn’t enough, Lindell Library belongs to CLIC, Cooperating Libraries in Consortium, a network of seven private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Augsburg students can borrow books and videos from any of the other CLIC libraries and get those materials delivered directly to Lindell Library through CLIC’s daily courier service. Research Support Research Support Research help is always available, either online or in person, at Lindell Library’s Learning Commons. Our research guides, available on the library’s website, provide access to key research materials on topics as wide-ranging as health and physical education, film studies, computer science, or music therapy. Students can talk to an expert in person at Lindell’s Learning Commons desk, by phone at 612-330-1604, by email at refdesk@augsburg.edu, or chat with an expert 24/7 through our Ask-A-Librarian service at library.augsburg.edu. Other Cool Stuff Libraries are more than just books and databases, they are places to gather for collaborative research or quiet study and reflection. At Lindell Library, you can do both. Ten group study rooms are available on the top floor of Lindell Library, and can be reserved up to two weeks in advance. The lower level is a designated quiet study space for those who prefer to work alone. Whether working alone or in a large group, Augsburg students can check out a laptop from the Library’s Circulation Desk. Other equipment is also available for check out; just ask our friendly staff for assistance. The staff at Lindell Library are eager to help you with all your research needs. Stop by anytime that the library is open (hours are always posted on the library’s website), or contact us at: library.augsburg.edu refdesk@augsburg.edu 612-330-1604 Information Technology Resources Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for more on Information Technology at Augsburg. Computer Labs Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has five computer classrooms, 41 technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The circulation desk in Lindell Library has 45 wireless laptops available for use in the library. Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus. 31 Clair and Gladys Strommen Center for Meaningful Work Career & Internship Services The Career and Internship Services office is an integral component of the Clair and Gladys Strommen Center for Meaningful Work. Our staff is committed to helping students develop lifelong career management skills that honor each student’s unique gifts and aspirations, aligned with active citizenship in the world. The Career and Internship Services office plays an essential role in students’ overall education and includes a comprehensive resource center that emphasizes the importance and value for all students to engage in internships, career development, and the exploration of vocation throughout their college years. We help students and alumni:          Assess their values, interests, personality, strengths, and skills Explore meaningful work options and majors that align with these elements Link academic majors with career paths Consider the role that vocation plays in their lives Clarify their personal definition of meaningful work Build experience through volunteer and internship learning opportunities Prepare for the job search and/or graduate school Build lifelong career management skills to successfully navigate the changing job market Make a difference in our communities by contributing their unique gifts to the world Augsburg offers several opportunities for students to gain on-the-job and internship experience. Our faculty and staff have developed partnerships with community organizations and employers that provide learning opportunities to students, many of which fulfill the Augsburg Experience requirement for graduation. Internships  Internships for Academic Credit o An internship for credit is a carefully planned, work- or service-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific learning objectives that connect concepts of the major to the experience. An academic internship is approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the internship credit. Interdisciplinary (INS) internships are also available. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with the faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlines the academic objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods for receiving credit. Students complete internships in nonprofits, small and large businesses, government agencies, museums, arts organizations, schools and churches. o Internships for credit are available in all majors and can be taken during any semester. Students must be registered for their internship during the term in which they are completing the majority of their experience. Credit will not be awarded for past experiences. Internships can be registered for 2 or 4 semester credits. A two credit internship involves a minimum time commitment of, on average, 6 hours per week or 80 total hours for the semester. Internships for four credits require a minimum time commitment of, on average, 12 hours per week or 160 total hours for the semester. A maximum of 16 semester credits of internship may count toward the total credits required for the degree. Upper division internships completed off-campus for credit will automatically fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.  Non-credit internships o Internships related to a student’s major or career interests can be registered for a zero-credit internship (AUG EX3) to fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement. The goal is for students to apply theory to practice in a real world setting and reflect on the experience. Internship opportunities are typically part-time during the academic year and/or full-time during the summer, but may have flexible start dates and schedules. Students choosing to complete this option will register the internship during the term in which they will be completing the experience, set learning goals, complete a minimum of 80 hours, and reflect on their experience. The Director or Internship Coordinator of Career and Internship Services supervises non-credit internships and evaluates the reflection process. 32  Work Connections (Available to WEC and AU students only) o Work Connections is a non-credit option available to WEC/AU students who are currently working full or part-time. The Work Connections option allows WEC/AU students to utilize their rich and often extensive work history to meet the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement in lieu of a traditional internship. WEC/AU students choosing to complete this option will register for the Work Connections course (AUG EX4) during the term in which they intend to complete their reflection work. This option requires students to write learning outcome goals that integrate their on-the-job experience with classroom learning and complete reflection assignments describing an academic and work connection. Staff of Career and Internship Services supervises and evaluates the Work Connections reflection process. Gage Center for Student Success The Gage Center assists all Augsburg students in setting and achieving optimal academic goals here at the College and beyond. The Gage Center is located on the Link Level of Lindell Library. The center consists of five collaborating units: Academic Advising The professional staff advisors in the Deidre Middleton Office of Academic Advising work directly with students in identifying academic interests and satisfying the curricular requirements of the college. In addition, we support the work for faculty advisors. Our office assists new Day and Adult Undergraduate (AU) students with initial course selection and registration, and provides orientation to the academic policies, procedures, and resources at the College. In addition, Academic Advising administers assessment tests, interprets graduation requirements, provides degree planning resources, and answers academic progress questions. All incoming students are assigned a faculty and staff advisor. Staff advisors work closely with students to ensure their understanding of available resources and support. As students become more familiar with the College, they spend more time meeting with their faculty advisor and developing the faculty-student mentoring relationship. Once a major is declared, each student will select a faculty advisor from their chosen discipline by completing the Change of Major/New Advisor Form. While all students are required to meet with their faculty advisor(s) each term prior to registration, students are encouraged to meet with their advisor(s) as often as necessary to support their academic progress. Students must declare their major(s) by the end of their sophomore year. Majors and minors are declared online in Augnet Records and Registration. Students confirm their majors and minors on an annual basis until the Intent to Graduate form is submitted. Academic Skills Office (ASO) The Academic Skills Office helps students to achieve their academic goals and become self-directed learners. Comprehensive academic support (e.g., training in time management, note-taking, reading, testing, motivation/procrastination, problem solving, troubleshooting) is available for all Augsburg students through individual and group appointments. In addition, the Academic Skills coaches address affective needs and aid in the overall transition to college. Coaches also refer students to campus resources. The Academic Skills Office coordinates several programs to support students:    Academic Skills Coaching o All students in need of academic support services may meet with a professional member of our staff (academic skills coach) to identify issues, find short-term solutions, problem-solve, and learn about additional resources on and off campus. Tutoring/Supplemental Instruction Services o ASO coordinates free tutoring (individual and group drop-in) for most classes and supplemental instruction in specific courses. Tutors and SI leaders are recommended by course professors and trained by ASO to provide tutoring support. See form here, call us at 612-330-1445, or e-mail your tutor request to tutor@augsburg.edu. Response time varies based on tutor availability. You will receive an e-mail as soon as a tutor is available. CAP Program – Connect, Achieve & Progress 33 o  Each year, a limited number of students are admitted conditionally through the CAP program. If CAP students do not meet the program requirements in their first semester, they will be continued in the CAP program, placed on probation, or dismissed. Get more information at the Academic Skills Office website, http://www.augsburg.edu/acskills. See the Academic Progress, Probation, and Dismissal section of the catalog for a description of probation and dismissal procedures. Satisfactory Academic Progress Warning and Probation Advising o Students who do not meet the College’s Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards, will be placed on Warning, Probation, or Suspension. Students on Warning and Probation are required to meet with an approved academic advocate and complete all necessary requirements as outlined on the Academic Skills Office website at www.augsburg.edu/acskills. A registration hold is placed on the student’s record, which will prevent registration until the necessary Probation requirements have been completed. Students who do not complete the requirements as needed, may be suspended. For more information see the Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) section of this catalog. Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, sensory, and physical disabilities, as well as those with temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain access to the college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences. Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to develop a plan for ensuring they have equal access to Augsburg courses, programs, activities, and facilities. Students are encouraged to meet regularly with their specialist, and discussions may include:      Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking) Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid) Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory Coaching on academic, organizational, and time management skills Campus living accommodations The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the college faculty, staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these accommodations and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility. Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting with a Specialist to discuss their needs, as well as appropriate documentation of their disability. CLASS also provides informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional. Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential components of an institution’s courses or programs. The services and technology provided by CLASS are enhanced by generous support of the Gage family and Groves Foundation. For further information, call 612-330-1053. TRIO Programs TRIO programs are funded by the US Department of Education, and hosted with additional funding by Augsburg College. TRIO Programs seek to help students overcome class, social, academic, and cultural barriers to higher education. They help students prepare for college, adjust to college life, persist in college, and maintain good academic standing to graduate with a bachelor’s degree, as well as assist with preparation for graduate school. 34 TRIO/Student Support Services Student Support Services (SSS) is a TRIO program designed to help students persist in college and graduate in a timely manner. The program serves students who are low-income, first-generation college students (neither parent has a fouryear degree) and/or students with disabilities to develop the skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a bachelor’s degree. Participants in TRIO/SSS must also be US citizens or permanent residents or refugees, must demonstrate academic need for program services, and must be committed to succeed in college. Augsburg TRIO/SSS serves 160 students from the point of admission through graduation, including transfer students. TRIO/SSS typically admits 40 new students to the program each year. Students meet regularly with their TRIO/SSS staff advisor to address academic success issues through:                 Individual academic advising and support, including appropriate goal attainment strategies and self-advocacy skillbuilding Academic program planning, including pre-registration for each term, major and career decision-making, and longterm course planning Preemptive tutoring during the first seven weeks of the semester Financial aid counseling and financial literacy education Information on and assistance with FAFSA renewal and supplemental scholarship applications Academic progress monitoring Weekly adjustment-to-college meetings for first-year students Weekly progress meetings for students on academic probation and for students admitted through Conditional Admit Program (CAP) Career, academic and personal skills development, with referrals to appropriate resources Information, preparation, and referral to on- and off-campus leadership, internship, job and service opportunities Academic success workshops, group academic skill development Graduate and professional school information and application assistance Social and cultural activities and student-led events Equipment lending program for short-term use of laptops, graphing calculators, Smart Pens Five-week residential Summer Bridge program for 25 incoming first-year students, including free summer-term college coursework, academic seminars, adjustment-to-college workshops, and advising Need-based college completion scholarships for junior and senior students actively participating in TRIO/SSS Students may apply for TRIO/SSS any time after admission to Augsburg College; however, preference is given to students who apply within their first term of enrollment. For more information or an application, go to www.augsburg.edu/triosss or contact program staff directly at 612-330-1311 or triosss@augsburg.edu. TRIO-McNair Scholars Program The Ronald E. McNair Post-Baccalaureate Achievement (McNair Scholars) Program, a federal TRIO program funded by the US Department of Education, is designed to prepare participants for graduate school through involvement in research and other scholarly activities. The goal is to increase the number of students in doctoral degree programs who are low-income, first-generation and/or underrepresented in graduate education. The Augsburg McNair program serves 26 students per year who are admitted during their sophomore or junior year. Admission is competitive as students must demonstrate strong academic potential and have an interest in pursuing doctoral studies. To be eligible for the program the student must be: (1) enrolled full-time at Augsburg College; (2) a permanent resident or U.S. citizen; (3) qualify as BOTH low-income AND first generation; AND/OR a member of a group underrepresented in graduate study—African American, American Indian, Alaskan Native, or Hispanic/Latino. A major component of the Augsburg McNair Scholars Program is a summer research experience in collaboration with a faculty mentor. Scholars receive a $4,000 research stipend, plus a room and board stipend, and funding for research supplies. Stipends are also available for attending and presenting research at a professional conference. McNair Scholars participate in:  A motivated, diverse, and supportive learning community; 35        Graduate school preparation and application assistance; Intensive preparation for the Graduate Records Examination (GRE), the test required for admittance into most graduate programs; Social and cultural activities to enrich participants’ academic lives and perspectives; Conference travel and professional presentation of participants’ research; Financial aid exploration and financial incentives such as fee waivers for graduate school applications and the fee reduction waivers for GRE, as well as McNair-designated national fellowships; Academic workshops and the 2 credit course McNair 301: Research in the Disciplines; Workshops to sharpen writing, library, technology, and oral presentation skills. The McNair Scholars program is rigorous and highly respected among graduate institutions nationwide. Office of Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunity (URGO) The Office of Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunity is a resource for Augsburg students seeking research, scholarship, and graduate and professional school opportunities. URGO also supports faculty and staff in their work to engage students in these areas. Services include: Undergraduate Research  Summer Research Program o URGO Summer Research is a 10-week, on-campus program where students join a faculty member’s ongoing research/creative line or carry out an individually designed project. Students receive $4,000, a supply budget and a housing stipend.  Academic year research o $1,200 to pursue scholarship with a faculty mentor  Off-campus Summer Research Opportunities o URGO maintains a comprehensive website, listing off-campus research opportunities. URGO staff work with students to craft and submit high-quality applications for research experiences across the U.S. and some outside the U.S. Nationally-Competitive Fellowships Provide application assistance and interview preparation for awards such as the:            Fulbright US Student Program Goldwater ($7,500 science scholarship) Rhodes (two years at Oxford) Truman (graduate fellowship for public service) Mitchell (one-year study at Irish institution) Rotary Ambassadorial Scholarship Marshall (two-year study at UK institution) Udall ($7,000 for undergrad interested in environmental or tribal policy) UK Summer Fulbright (first and second years study abroad at UK institution) NSF (graduate fellowship) Gates/Cambridge (two years at Cambridge) Graduate School and Pre-Health Sciences Advising Individualized advising and application assistance for:   Graduate school Pre-health sciences (medical school, physician assistant program, pharmacy school, veterinary medicine, physical therapy, occupational therapy, public health. etc.) GRE Exam preparation course offered each summer at low cost 36 Other Initiatives  Zyzzogeton is our annual on-campus festival showcasing undergraduate research and creative activity.  Fund student travel to national academic conferences to present research findings.  Mayo Innovation Scholars Program is a collaborative research between select Minnesota private colleges, Augsburg undergraduates, Augsburg’s MBA program, and the Mayo Clinic Office of Intellectual Property. Bernhard Christensen Center for Vocation Augsburg College has a deep and long-standing commitment to the concept of vocation--the idea that all people are called by God to use their individual gifts to serve the neighbor. The Christensen Center for Vocation works with students, faculty, and staff to explore how each person’s contributions can be uniquely valuable and how we might best live in freedom and responsibility for the sake of the world. The commitment to keep this understanding of vocation central to Augsburg’s mission is carried out by embedding the exploration of vocation in the curriculum as well as through the Christensen Scholars program, internship and service opportunities, short term projects and public lectures. The Christensen Center for Vocation also works to deepen and extend Augsburg’s commitment to interfaith engagement. That commitment includes an Interfaith Scholars program, creating a campus culture in which people of diverse religious traditions have welcoming sacred spaces, convening conversations that respect and explore our differences while also engaging together in acts of service, peacemaking and working for justice. The Christensen Center for Vocation is committed to working with churches, diverse religious communities, nonprofit organizations and other schools of higher education as we live out Augsburg’s commitment to educate students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers and responsible leaders. StepUP® Program The StepUP program at Augsburg College strives to help students champion lives of recovery, achieve academic success, and thrive in a residential community of accountability and support. The culture of StepUP is shaped by its core elements: abstinence-based recovery models, mutual support groups, peer-to-peer recovery support, and other proven pathways to healthy recovery - along with the residential component of the program. Our holistic approach to recovery focuses around students developing healthy minds, bodies, spirits, and emotions. Students live in on-campus recovery housing, have individual support meetings with licensed alcohol and drug counseling staff, and participate in team and community-building activities. Students have access to academic skills specialists and other support services on campus in order to ensure their educational success. Participation in StepUP offers students leadership opportunities within the program, on campus, and in the greater Twin Cities community. Our students give back through leadership and service and thrive in an alcohol- and drug-free environment. In StepUP, students join together to form a community in which recovery is celebrated as a normal part of personal growth. Many of the friendships and bonds that students form while participating in the program last a lifetime. In order to qualify for the program, students must be committed to a 12-step or other proven, abstinence-based recovery program, have a minimum of six months of continuous sobriety, agree to abide by the StepUP student agreement, and live in StepUP housing. Multicultural Student Services American Indian Student Services The American Indian Student Services program has been assisting American Indian students to further their academic careers at Augsburg College since 1978. The program’s mission is to recruit, retain, and graduate Native students by providing academic, financial, emotional, and cultural support and advocacy in a comfortable and friendly environment. Some of the services provided include:  Assisting students with the admission process and financial aid application 37       Nurturing students’ identification as an American Indian and providing opportunities for students to learn about their heritage Providing opportunities for the campus community to learn about the variety of American Indian people and cultures Providing academic advising and course plans Providing opportunities to network with other American Indian students, faculty, staff, and alumni Providing a number of different scholarships, including the Bonnie Wallace Leadership Award, Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership Grant, and additional assistance in seeking and applying for other outside/tribal scholarships Offering community and professional referrals, networking opportunities within the Native community and information about jobs and internships Latin@ Student Services Mission The mission of Latin@ Student Services (LSS) is to provide services, programs and resources that empower Latin@ students to persist and graduate, develop and strengthen their self-advocacy and leadership skills, and contribute to the advancement of the communities they are part of. Most importantly, LSS seeks to be a safe inclusive place where students feel a sense of belonging and community and find pride in their self-identified identities, affinities, and culture. History Originally established in 1994 to support a majority of international and 2nd generation hispano/latino students, the office of Hispano/Latino Student Services was re-branded in 2014 under the Latin@ Student Services (LSS) name in recognition of the changing demographics and needs of current Latin@ students at Augsburg College. During the 2014-15 academic year, LSS has served 177 self-identified Latin@ students who represent a diversity of identities, cultural and national backgrounds, individual and community experiences, sexual orientation, religious affiliation, class, and immigration statuses. Pan-Asian Student Services The Pan-Asian Student Services program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian-American students and to enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where Asian students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life. The program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application process, orientation, registration and coursework selection, career development, academic and non-academic pursuits, and employment and placement referrals. The Augsburg Asian Student Association is affiliated with the program. The association organizes various activities during the academic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asians, other students at Augsburg, and the surrounding community. Pan-Afrikan Center The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces its roots to the 1968 event, “One Day in May” when Augsburg students compelled faculty and staff to respond to Civil Rights era challenges pro-actively through sit-ins and teach-ins held on and off campus. As a result, Black Student Affairs was born. It has evolved over the years into the PAC. Today, the PAC is primarily a resource center, providing culturally-conscious personal, academic, financial, pre-professional and transitional support for students of African descent. This serves to enhance the recruitment, retention, and graduation of our students and facilitates a more meaningful learning experience. The PAC brings the knowledge and experience of Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming as well through advising the PanAfrikan Student Union. The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to 38 enable students of African descent to share their diversity and collectively express their fellowship with the Augsburg community. PASU sponsors a variety of social, intellectual, and cultural activities. Scholastic Connections Scholastic Connections is a scholarship and mentorship program for achievement-oriented, undergraduate students of color. The goal of the program is to form a mentoring community that provides a network of belonging that recognizes, supports, challenges, and inspires scholars to ensure their success at Augsburg and beyond. Each year five new scholars are selected as program participants via an application process. Scholars receive a $5,000 scholarship for the academic year and are paired with a mentor who is an alumnus/alumna of color and is successful within their chosen profession. Working with the Ethnic Services directors, scholar/mentor pairings are formed that, ideally, match ethnic group and field of interest. Eligible scholars have:           A GPA of 2.5 or higher Demonstrated financial need Demonstrated leadership ability or potential Demonstrated community involvement both on and off campus Program objectives are to: Support scholars as they continue at Augsburg Frame the questions: Who am I? Where do I belong? What are my gifts? How can I best serve the world? Assist in discerning vocation Prepare for life after Augsburg: career planning and implementation Scholars who successfully complete program requirements are eligible to continue with the program each successive year until graduation. LGBTQIA Student Services Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer, Intersex, and Asexual (LGBTQIA) Student Services works to improve the campus climate for all students, staff, faculty and visitors at Augsburg College by developing and supporting inclusive understandings of gender and sexuality, as well as fostering a community that honors and affirms the wholeness of all identities. LGBTQIA Students Services provides student advocacy and educational opportunities for the entire campus through a variety of programs and ongoing initiatives. Queer Pride Alliance; Ally Trainings; the LGBTQIA Student Leadership Retreat, the Soup, Gender, and Sexuality series; and the LGBTQIA Newsletter offer learning and networking opportunities for the entire campus on issues around gender and sexuality. In addition, the department honors LGBTQIA and allied students each year during Lavender Celebration, where the recipients of the LGBTQIA Student Leadership Awards, the Augsburg Pride Award, and the Karen Neitge Scholarship are honored. For more information, visit www.augsburg.edu/lgbtqia. Women’s Resource Center The Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center at Augsburg College is located in Sverdrup Hall 207, offering a variety of programming for Augsburg students of all gender identities and a meeting place for students, faculty, and staff alike. It houses a Women’s Studies library, a seminar room for films and discussions, and a lounge space for studying, relaxing, and just hanging out. The Women’s Resource Center sponsors numerous programs and activities on topics such as sexuality education and sexual assault advocacy, as well as broader topics such as The Vagina Monologues, monthly film showings, and monthly brown-bag lunch discussions. The WRC’s largest event is the annual Koryne Horbal Convocation Lecture, which features women and men who speak about the many issues important to women’s, as well as everyone’s, lives. The center also 39 regularly co-sponsors annual events for the Muslim Student Association’s Women in Islam Day and for Queer and Straight in Unity. The WRC is also the home of the Student Feminist Collective. We would love to support you as an intern or volunteer, or simply to co-sponsor your event! Contact us or friend us on Facebook to find out about upcoming events and other opportunities for participation. Student staff positions at the WRC are posted online with Human Resources as they become available. Health and Fitness Center for Wellness and Counseling (CWC) CWC provides short-term personal counseling for students to discuss personal life challenges with professional mental health counselors in a confidential and supportive setting. Through counseling, students can name personal strengths and challenges, identify self-care and support resources, learn new relationship and coping skills, and increase awareness of values and choices. Counseling services to students include individual counseling, group counseling, assessment and referral to campus and mental health resources, educational workshops, and consultations in the case of concern for another student. Students bring many concerns to counseling, including stress, anxiety, depression, mood swings, relationship concerns, grief and loss, roommate issues, intimacy and sexuality, alcohol and other drug concerns, family issues, eating concerns, coming out and other sexual identity concerns, cultural identity, self-esteem, sleep difficulties, and other concerns. Professional counseling can help increase student academic success both by increasing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth, and by directly addressing potential barriers to academic success. CWC also offers health promotion activities and events to increase student awareness of health issues and support students in developing new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle, such as mindfulness events, stress management, and an annual Health Fair. Health promotion also includes an active group of peer health educators, Engaging Peers on Issues and Choices (EP!C) who are available to present an interactive alcohol education program to groups requesting the program. Health promotion also works with various campus organizations and student groups to foster positive change within the campus environment. Health Insurance Augsburg College does not require that students have health insurance, with the exception of international students and student athletes. If a student is not covered by a health insurance plan, they may contact the Center for Wellness and Counseling for more information on student health insurance plans. Health Clinic Services The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with University Fairview Physicians – Smiley’s Clinic. These services are limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley’s Clinic provides certain clinic health services with a minimal co-pay at the time of the visit. Emergency services of any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley’s Clinic. Students with health insurance can also access Smiley’s Clinic for a variety of clinic or other health services. A student’s health insurance provider will be billed for medical services and the student will be responsible for any co-pays or deductibles associated with their insurance. For more information regarding counseling, health promotion, health insurance, or health clinic services, call 612-3301707 or visit www.augsburg.edu/cwc. Fitness Centers Located on the lower level of Kennedy Center and Melby Hall the fitness centers are equipped with stationary bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic workout machines. They include a weight room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may use the centers; some hours are reserved for classes. 40 International Student and Scholar Services (ISSS) ISSS is responsible for the enrollment planning, recruitment and advising of exchange students and degree-seeking international students. Members of the ISSS team serve as Designated School Officials (DSO) for the College’s F-1 student visa program and as Responsible Officer (RO) and Alternate Responsible Officer (ARO) for the College’s J-1 student/scholar exchange program. A DSO ensures institutional and individual compliance with the law and government policies pertaining to F-1 students. The RO and ARO ensure institutional and individual compliance with the law and government policies pertaining to J-1 exchange students and scholars. ISSS advises students regarding the F and J regulations so that students maintain their F or J immigration status. Examples of ISSS responsibilities include:          Recruiting international student applicants and guiding them through application and visa processing procedures Managing international student recruitment partnerships Marketing Augsburg College to the international community Advocating on policy matters affecting international students Advising the International Student Organization Coordinating the International Student Mentor Program Providing intercultural competence training and mentoring for students, faculty and staff Implementing a mandatory international student orientation program each semester Making referrals and providing guidance on issues related to health insurance, taxes, banking, and acquiring a driver’s license, MN State ID or social security card 41 Special Academic Programs Center for Global Education & Experience (CGEE) Study abroad and away at Augsburg aims to provide students the skills needed to be successful in today’s highly interconnected world. The College’s mission states, “An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings.” This strong commitment to a global perspective provides the foundation to include study abroad or away in every student’s degree program. Augsburg’s programs, including those of the Center for Global Education & Experience as well as individual departments, as well as HECUA provide study abroad and away opportunities for students in all majors. Using an experiential education model that focuses learning on social justice issues, these programs challenge students academically and personally to become “informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” In addition to the following programs, students have over 300 programs in nearly 90 countries, including the United States from which to choose in order to meet their curricular and personal needs. CGEE (formerly Augsburg Abroad and Center for Global Education) is the front door for students and faculty interested in study abroad, and provides advising on programs, finances, and academics. Services provided through CGEE:      Study Abroad and Away in the USA program selection advising Financial and academic advising Pre-departure and re-entry support, including career integration Program coordination for semester and short-term programs Faculty resources to globalize courses at home and abroad In addition to the services and programs listed above, CGEE works with the entire campus to increase the breadth and depth of Global Education within the curriculum, in our campus life and to engage the community surrounding the campuses in the Twin Cities and Rochester, and across the United States. About a third of Augsburg undergraduate students enroll in off-campus study programs internationally and domestically before graduating. Students can study a variety of disciplines in a wide variety of countries. For example, students have the opportunity to examine Environmental Sustainability in the USA, study gender issues in Mexico, study social change in Central America, carry out business simulations in Norway and Germany, complete student teaching in Italy, intern with community organizations in Northern Ireland, do an internship in Namibia, do ecological field study in the Galapagos Islands, take organic chemistry in England, and gain fluency in a foreign language where it is widely spoken. Students can choose from more than 300 programs in 90+ countries including the United States. Programs vary in length from one week to a year abroad. In addition to the Augsburg CGEE programs (Augsburg faculty-led short-term, Augsburg in Central America, Mexico, and Southern Africa, Exchange, and HECUA programs), students can choose from Augsburg Affiliated Programs. Study Abroad & Study Away in the USA Programs Augsburg in Central America, Mexico and Southern Africa The mission of the CGEE signature Augsburg in Central America, Mexico and Southern Africa Programs is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading to a more just and sustainable world. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with other students in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting, and living several weeks with host families. In the Southern Africa programs, students travel together on two-week seminars— Namibia to South Africa. Scholarships are available. 42 Augsburg in Central America Social Change in Central America: Exploring Peace, Justice, and Community Engagement (Guatemala, Costa Rica, Nicaragua)—Fall or Spring This is an intensive semester of study and regional travel designed to introduce students to the key issues facing Central Americans. Students will explore the history, culture, and struggles of the people of Central America in this provocative and inspiring experience that develops Spanish language skills while immersing participants in the lives of host families, urban and rural communities, and grassroots organizations dedicated to work on issues related to conflict, US foreign policy, gender, and economic and social justice. Students spend the first five weeks in Guatemala, the next four weeks in Costa Rica, and the final six weeks in Nicaragua. Students live with local host families for nine weeks. Prerequisites: one course in college-level Spanish or its equivalent. Students spend the first five weeks in Guatemala, the next four weeks in Costa Rica, and the final six weeks in Nicaragua. All students will take the following four courses: one Spanish or Indigenous language course (for native Spanish speakers) course, REL 366, HIS/WST 355, and POL 310. Augsburg in Mexico Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica—Fall This program is an experientially-based and designed to introduce students to the important issues facing Mexico, USMexico relations, and the context in which many Mexicans are immigrating to the United States. Students will improve Spanish language skills, as well as develop intercultural skills. Students will learn about key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico, as well as explore the interconnectedness of race, ethnicity, class, gender, sexuality, and religion. Students will learn firsthand from diverse women and men involved in struggles for social change, as well as business leaders, religious leaders, feminist activists and scholars, government representatives, politicians, and political activists. Spanish courses range from beginning to advanced, including courses for bilingual students. The program includes rural travel within Mexico and four-to-five-day seminar in Mexico City. Students stay in the Augsburg study center for part of the semester and with Mexican host families for four to six weeks, although semester-long homestays are available for Spanish majors and others upon request. Students may meet several AugCore and General Education requirements (Augsburg Experience, Fine Arts, Humanities, Keystone, Natural Science and Mathematics, Search for Meaning II, Social and Behavioral Science and Wellness) while in Mexico and/or take courses in the following four concentrations: Business, Religion, Spanish and Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies. Spanish courses range from beginning to advanced, including courses for bilingual students. International Business and Global Citizenship—Fall Today’s business leaders are increasingly well-served by a global perspective. Students gain international experience in Mexico, the business capital of Latin America and the United States’ third largest trading partner. Students improve Spanish language skills and understanding of Mexican culture in order to communicate with and serve the largest immigrant group in the US – a group that is rapidly increasing in economic influence. This program emphasizes success in business, while also encouraging a commitment to corporate responsibility, sustainability, and equality by exposing you to both the opportunities and challenges of international business. Students may take courses any of the following business courses in addition to any courses from the Crossing Borders (see listing) program: Accounting Theory & Practice, Global Business Management, International Business, International Marketing, Keystone, and Internship. Language and Culture in Mexico—Summer CGEE offers five, 3 1/2 week sessions (blocks) focusing on Spanish language and Mexican culture in which students can take one course per session, and take up to five courses throughout the summer. Students can complete their full Modern Language requirement in just 7 weeks. Students can also take ART/SPA231 (Fine Arts), Spanish (beginning to advanced, including Spanish for Healthcare Professionals, Heritage speakers, and Ministry). 7 week Internships are available in a number of disciplines (e.g., business, gender, sexuality and women’s studies, religion and more). 43 This community-based program includes homestays, a trip to Mexico City, the pyramids of Teotihuacan, optional weekend excursions, and numerous guest speakers designed to help students learn about history, culture, and contemporary struggles for peace, justice, and human rights. Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our Communities—Spring This is an intensive program that explores issues of migration, immigration, and globalization. It is ideal for students who are interested in working with Spanish-speaking populations in the United States, as it includes intensive Spanish language classes, an internship or independent research opportunity, and courses that help students understand the connections between globalization and migration while learning from diverse communities that are organizing for positive social change around issues of race, ethnicity, socioeconomic class, gender, sexuality, economics, and the environment. Credit is available in Spanish, History, Political Science, Religion, and Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies. Students spend most of the semester living in Augsburg housing and approximately six weeks living with Mexican host families. Course offerings include: HIS/WST 357, POL/WST 341, REL 200, an internship, independent study, and the choice of 1-2 Spanish courses from 16 different options (including ART 231, which meets the LAF requirement in Fine Arts). A Recreational Wellness course (Latin Dance) is also available. Spanish courses range from beginning to advanced, including courses for bilingual students. Social Work in a Latin American Context—Spring This program was created to satisfy the curricular requirements for the Bachelor in Social Work degree program. Its goal is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on social and economic justice. It includes Spanish language study and social work courses. Social work field experience is also available for qualified students. Students live with Mexican host families for six weeks. All students are expected to take SWK 294 as a core course. Other course offerings include SWK 295, SWK 316, a field placement in social work, and the choice of one Spanish course from 16 different options (including SPA/ART 231, which meet the LAF in Fine Arts). A Recreational Wellness course (Latin Dance) is also available. Prerequisites: Approval of the Social Work Department and one college-level Spanish course or the equivalent highly recommended. Students may choose to study Spanish in Mexico during the month of January prior to the start of the semester Augsburg in Southern Africa Nation-Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind: Southern African Perspectives (Namibia and South Africa)— Fall or Spring This program examines the crucial issues of nation-building, globalization, and decolonizing the mind, from the perspectives of the new democracies in southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid under South African colonization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by today’s world—rapid globalization as well as under- and unequal development. Decolonizing the mind is a long-term project. The program includes seminars in Johannesburg and Cape Town, South Africa. Available courses are: HIS 327, POL 353, REL 346, ENV 100 and INS 312/POL 354. Internships are also available in eight different departments, and a Recreational Wellness course (Yoga) is also available. Exchange Programs The Center for Global Education & Experience partners with universities around the world to provide semester and academic year exchange opportunities to their students. Currently, Augsburg’s CGGE has active exchanges in China, Finland, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Lebanon, Norway, and Slovenia. Students can choose from several options in diverse disciplines. All coursework is in English with opportunity to student the host country language. Travel scholarships are available for these programs. For further information on these programs and scholarships visit the CGEE website. 44 Faculty-led Short-term Programs Faculty-led winter break, spring break, and summer programs offer opportunities to intensively study on a course abroad with an Augsburg professor and other Augsburg students. Program travel length ranges from eight days to five weeks. Program offerings change annually. Scholarships are available for some programs. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers full semester, summer and part-time programs in Ecuador, Italy, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Norway, and the USA (Twin Cities and Jackson, Mississippi). All HECUA programs explore civic engagement, community, and social change, and emphasize internships and field study. Art for Social Change: Intersections of Art, Identity, and Advocacy—Spring What is art for? Who is allowed to be an artist? Where do you find art, and what happens when it finds you? In the Twin Cities-based Art for Social Change program, students seek the answers to these questions not in a gallery or a museum, but on busy corners, vacant storefronts, and empty lots. Students will tap into a growing movement of artists pushing the boundaries of what creative expression does and whose voice it amplifies. Art for Social Change is taught in partnership with Pillsbury House + Theatre, an innovative center for creativity and community in South Minneapolis. Students meet and intern with PH + T staff, resident artists, and a myriad of leaders from the Minneapolis City Council, neighborhood associations, and local businesses. Students receive mentorship from public artists, and an individual budget to create three community-engaged art projects. Community Internships in Latin America (Ecuador)—Fall or Spring The Community Internships in Latin America program, based in Quito, Ecuador, offers a semester of study experience with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, an independent project, and a homestay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life and culture. In the second week of class, each student begins an individual placement at a nonprofit community organization. Previous internship sites have included an organic farm, an arts hub for urban youth, and a women’s safe house. Students learn firsthand about the social problems in Ecuadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or Spanish. Environmental Sustainability: Ecology, Policy, and Social Transformation—Fall The most pressing environmental challenges today are global in scale and require scientific, creative, and systems thinking approaches to understand their root causes and forge more just and equitable solutions. The four linked semester courses of Environmental Sustainability apply systems thinking and sustainability theory to real world cases. Students explore structural inequalities in their own communities, examining patterns of privilege, power, and oppression. They study the restoration of degraded ecosystems, witness and participate in citizen science, and assess how policies and partnerships foster ecologically sound transformation. Students also complete a 20 hour per week internship at one of the many vibrant environmental organizations in the Twin Cities. Past internship placement sites include the Land Stewardship Project, MN350, and Spark-Y Youth Action Labs. Students will leave prepared for leadership roles at the intersection of environmental and climate justice, with a profound understanding of the work being done locally and nationally in those fields. Inequality in America: Policy, Community, and the Politics of Empowerment—Fall or Spring In this Twin Cities-based semester program students actively delve into major challenges of our time: poverty, inequality, and social change. This program asks: What are the root causes of increasing levels of economic, political, social inequality and insecurity and how does this impact all social classes and groups in the United States? How are economic, political, and social inequality reproduced? How do we create more opportunity for all Americans and what are some concrete social change tools for making these changes? To answer these questions, the program examines and connects the economy, housing systems, education, welfare, government policies, urban sprawl, regional race and class segregation, and institutional discrimination. In professional internships, students work to explore solutions in organizations committed to social transformation. Students have direct conversations and work with practitioners in 45 government, the private sector, nonprofits, labor unions, and schools, and other community institutions working to address poverty and economic, political, and social inequality. Sustainable Agriculture, Food, and Justice in Italy––Fall Students live and work at the Castello Sonnino, a historic estate roughly 12 miles outside the major city of Florence. Since the early 1800s, the Sonnino family has run the estate, and the current generation is deeply committed to cultural and architectural preservation. Students live in apartments on the Sonnino grounds, overlooking 300+ acres of woods, olive groves, and working farm land. They study the political and economic context of the farming and food movements particular to Italy. They gain firsthand experience of sustainable local food systems and the role they play in maintaining rural culture through an internship placement on the Sonnino farm, in the nearby village of Montespertoli, or in nearby Florence. Students receive basic Italian instruction, and complete a guided independent study project. New Zealand Culture and the Environment: A Shared Future—Fall or Spring Beginning with five weeks of travel across the North Island and ultimately based in Wellington, this program examines how social and environmental factors shape political and ecological dimensions of identity and culture, and how New Zealanders from many different backgrounds are envisioning and creating a shared future. During the trip and in Wellington, students learn about the history of colonization, the truth and reconciliation process that shape contemporary life, Māori protest and social movements, key strategies used to achieve sustainability, new agricultural practices, and more. Students intern at a nonprofit organization in Wellington. Internship placements in past years have ranged from Kennett Brothers Mountain Bikes to Sustainable Coastlines, from the Green Party New Zealand to Zealandia Urban Eco-Reserve. Links between environment, culture, policy, and community are at the heart of these field study and internship opportunities. Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change—Fall or Spring The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace, and the progress being made. Through a seven-week internship, students get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The program is based at the International Conflict Research Institute at Ulster University (Derry/Londonderry), and on facilitated trips, students compare that region of Northern Ireland to the “borderland” area and to Dublin. Race in America: Then and Now —Summer The summer of 2014 saw the beginning of a dramatic shift in public conversation around race in the United States. As the tragic deaths of Michael Brown, Eric Garner, Tamir Rice, Sandra Bland, Rekia Boyd, and other unarmed men and women dominated the news, powerful protests forced American to face the twin realities of institutionalized racism and police brutality. Race in America: Then and Now dives into questions of racial justice in America today, and the continuing role of race in the United States. Students meet with civil rights activists who were active in the 1960s and those who are active now, as well as lawyers, politicians, educators, and youth. The program is based in Jackson, Mississippi, and is offered in collaboration with the Fannie Lou Hamer National Institute on Citizenship and Democracy at COFO on the campus of Jackson State University, one of America's Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs). The New Norway: Globalization, National Identity and the Politics of Belonging—Fall In less than 50 years, Norway has become one of the richest nations in the world and increasingly diverse. Twenty-five percent of Oslo residents, for example, are not ethnic Norwegian. The program investigates dramatic changes in Northern Europe by examining the contemporary challenges and opportunities for the Scandinavian welfare states in an age of globalization and mass migration. Core topics include globalization and multiculturalism, nation-building and national identity, governance and political party systems, European integration, racial thinking, histories of racialization, the rise of the populist/far-right, international aid politics, and gender. Questions framing the program include: How might Norway and the other Scandinavian welfare states adapt to the challenges of multiculturalism, European integration and globalization? What factors have made possible the rise of populist / far-right parties in Scandinavia and what has been their impact on politics and society more generally? How have film, literature and social movements 46 challenged conventional understandings of what it means to be Norwegian/Scandinavian? Students study Norwegian language or do an independent research project, and intern with a leading NGO. Agriculture and Justice: Building a Sustainable Food System––Spring Two linked semester courses use hands-on, field based methods to unpack sustainable agriculture and justice, exploring the food system, land ownership, labor practices, and policies. Students gain hands-on growing skills and travel to food shelves, grocery stores, community centers, as wells as conventional and small-scale farms. Each student completes a short-term stay on a sustainable farm, as well as a field project in a hunger relief organization or urban community farm. A 4- to 8- credit food systems internship is available concurrently with the two courses, or in the summer following the program. In past semesters students have interned with the Land Stewardship Project, Frogtown Green, Mill City Farmers Market, and others, Making Media, Making Change: Digital Technologies, Storytelling, and Action––Fall and Spring This Twin Cities-based semester of two linked courses is taught in collaboration with St. Paul Neighborhood Network (SPNN), a bustling studio and media access center that puts cameras into the hands of historically underrepresented creators. Students of all experience levels will leave the class with three short films to their credit, including a final work created in collaboration with a local nonprofit. In addition to hands-on training, students meet the leaders of the local media justice landscape. Students see their work as part of a global movement to make media accessible, relevant, and reflective of the diverse voices demanding to be heard. A 4- to 8- credit media production internship is available with community partner SPNN simultaneously (for students who have advanced technical skills) or following the program. Augsburg Affiliated Programs The Center for Global Education & Experience maintains a robust portfolio of affiliated programs to enhance the global education offerings available to Augsburg students. These affiliated programs allow Augsburg students to study disciplines and locations that lie beyond CGEE’s signature, exchange and short-term faculty-led programs See website for listings. Application Process In order to Study Abroad or Away in the USA students should follow these easy steps:    Attend and Information Session Attend an optional Program Selection Workshop and/or search programs online Apply by the deadline Application Deadlines September 30 - Spring semester and winter-break faculty-led programs November 1 - Spring-break faculty-led programs January 31 - Summer Session faculty-led programs March 1 - Fall semester and other summer programs Program provider deadlines vary; students need to meet all deadlines and eligibility requirements set by program providers. Students should start planning in their first year for off campus study to be sure to do appropriate research and meet all deadlines. Academic Requirements and Credit Students automatically fulfill the Augsburg Experience requirement on approved study abroad and study away in the USA. Courses taken abroad can also fulfill graduation requirements including major, minor, language, Liberal Arts Foundation, Recreational Wellness, Honors, and internship requirements. This is determined prior to departure when students fill out the required Course Equivalency Form which is signed by faculty advisor(s), Assistant Registrar, department chairs and assigned faculty to approve the course equivalencies. 47 Credits, Grades and Residency  Students must take a full load of credits while abroad on semester programs.  Students must take courses for a grade (P/NP not allowed) while abroad.  Grades received on affiliated and most exchange programs are reported as transfer credit on the transcript, and thus are not figured into the GPA.  A grade of “C” equivalent or higher must be received for the credit to transfer to Augsburg.  Courses taken on off-campus programs during the senior year meet the Augsburg residency requirement as students remain enrolled at Augsburg while abroad. Faculty-led Short-term Programs Students must register for all courses required by the short-term program. Credit values may vary, so confirm the specific program credit load with the Center for Global Education & Experience (CGEE) Office. Any courses removed by the student without CGEE permission prior to the start of the program will be re-added to the student’s schedule. If no work was completed in these reinstated courses, a grade of zero will be awarded. Eligibility Following are Augsburg College’s requirements for Study Abroad and Away in the USA:      Minimum 2.0 GPA at the time of application. Individual programs/courses may require a higher average. Students with lower averages should consult with CGEE. Sophomore, junior, or senior standing by the time you off campus. First-year students on a case-by-case basis may be allowed to study at Augsburg’s Center for Global Education & Experience program-Mexico site during their second term at Augsburg. Short-term, faculty-led programs will allow participation as a first-year if the student receives approval from the faculty-leader and if space allows. Transfer students must complete one semester at Augsburg before they may study off campus. Students must be in good academic and social standing. Students placed on academic or disciplinary probation after admittance to the off-campus study program may be withdrawn from the program. The student is responsible for all non-recoverable program costs incurred. Any outstanding balances on student accounts must be resolved before students will be allowed to study off campus. Note: Students applying to faculty-led programs who meet the above criteria are accepted to these programs on a first applied, first accepted basis. Space is limited, so early application is recommended. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of semester off-campus study is comprised of program fees that generally include tuition, housing, international health insurance, some meals, excursions, and off campus study fees. Airfare, personal expenses, books, and other expenses are not included in the price of semester programs. Program costs vary; Augsburg College pays the program provider on the student’s behalf and then bills the Augsburg student account. This allows students to access their financial aid for off campus study. Students on semester programs will always pay a minimum of Augsburg tuition plus living and travel expenses when studying abroad. Students who receive financial aid, loans, scholarships, and/or grants to study at Augsburg can use that entire package to cover their off-campus study program costs. Students receiving Augsburg institutionally-funded aid (e.g., President’s, Regents’, Legacy, Promise, and other Augsburg gift aid/scholarships, and tuition benefit) may use their scholarships to study off campus multiple times on Augsburg programs (see below in off-campus study program section). However, institutionally-funded aid may be used only once toward off-campus costs on an affiliate program. Cost estimates for the time abroad are drawn up to assist the student in planning and the financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying abroad. Additional scholarships are available for semester and academic year programs. The cost of short-term faculty-led programs is typically comprised of tuition (for summer programs), meals, airfare, ground transportation, and interpretation/translation services. These costs are on top of any semester/year tuition 48 charges. Some scholarships are available, but are limited for short-term programs. Students often apply loans to fund the additional cost of education travel. Students should attend the required information session and read the advising handbook for any updates to scholarships and financial aid policies. Students are required to notify CGEE immediately if they choose not to continue with their off-campus study experience. At the moment of notification, non-recoverable costs and a cancellation fee will be assessed and charged to the student account. Depending on the time of notification of withdrawal, students may owe nothing; or they may owe the offcampus study fee, the deposit, or some or all of the program fee. Students are also subject to the cancellation and refund policies of CGEE and their program provider. Scholarships The Center for Global Education & Experience offers a range of scholarships and financial aid to students with demonstrated financial need and whose participation in a semester or summer academic program contributes to a community of co-learners that values a variety of cultures and backgrounds.         CGEE Global Education Scholarship. Augsburg students automatically receive a $1000 scholarship on our Semester programs at our sites in Central America, Mexico and Namibia/Southern Africa. This scholarship is also available to students who participate on our semester exchange programs in designated countries (China, Finland. Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Lebanon, and Norway) The Diversity Scholarship is for students who have not traditionally been represented in study abroad, specifically students of color, students with disabilities, and LGBT students. Awards cover up to $6,000 off the cost of a semester program abroad. The Need-Based Scholarship is available for students with demonstrated financial need. Awards cover up to $2,000 of the cost of a semester program abroad. Augsburg students receive an “Auggie Discount” of $1,000 on their first semester program (the Returnee Scholarship will apply for the second program). PJSA Member Discount is available for students whose home school is a member of the Peace and Justice Studies Association. Automatic award of $500 toward a semester study abroad program in any CGE location. This discount cannot be applied to the Social Work in a Latin American Context program. Returnee Scholarship: Automatic discount of 10% off a second semester program for students who combine two semester programs during their college career. There are no forms to submit for this discount. Summer Discount: Students who participate in a full semester program in Mexico will receive a 10% discount off a summer session (before or after the semester program). Global Affiliate Scholarships are also available. These scholarships generally ranging from $500-$5000 are provided directly through our affiliate partner programs. Disabilities CGEE and the Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) work closely with students with disabilities to make every effort student needs are met while studying off-campus. Nevertheless, students are responsible for requesting accommodations within a reasonable time frame prior to departure, ideally as early as program selection. Students should be prepared for the fact that disability may be culturally defined. Attitudes toward disability and levels of accessibility can vary greatly from country to country. The Americans with Disabilities Act mandates equal access to university-sponsored programs and services to students with disabilities. However, providing access by US standards can present unique challenges in international settings. The expectation on the part of US students and institutions is that reasonable accommodations will be made. Depending on the country and culture, there may be different ways to define accessibility and different expectations in terms of accommodations that can or should be made. 49 Continuing Education Program The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally, and spiritually in their homes, workplaces, and communities. The program strives to meet the needs of the community by offering credit and noncredit programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College. Programs are developed through collaborations between academic and administrative departments of the College and community organizations. These collaborations have included the Departments of Business, Biology, Education, Nursing, Religion, Social Work, the Center for Leadership Studies, Institutional Advancement, and organizations including Minneapolis and St. Paul public school districts, Minnesota Department of Education, and the Midwest Regional Office of the College Board. Augsburg College is a Lifelong Learning Partner with the ELCA. Honors Program The Augsburg Honors Program offers an adventurous education where students with a passion for ideas can be their best. We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students committed to an exceptional higher education. Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike any other honors program in the nation because it gives students the resources and freedom to build their own ideal higher education. Students have the opportunity to create their own courses, edit and write for the Honors Review of Undergraduate Scholarship, participate in an intramural debate league, belong to an Honors House, and learn through small reading groups, research projects, and travel around the world. Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great books on trial, or attending music, theater, and art performances. Honors courses bring in professors from several different departments so students can learn from talented professors teaching their specialties. For information, contact the Honors Desk at honors@augsburg.edu (612-330-1560) or Phil Adamo, Honors Program director, at honors@augsburg.edu. Also see the Honors Program in the departmental pages of this catalog. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Cooperating Libraries in Consortium (CLIC) Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college’s library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to more than 2.5 million volumes and media resources of the 14 libraries. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Full-time Day students at Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, St. Catherine University, and the University of St. Thomas may elect to take one course each semester (fall and spring) at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music or approved independent studies. Exchange courses are not transfer courses, and thus courses taken through ACTC are considered Augsburg College courses and do not impact the residency requirement. The permanent record of courses for which an Augsburg student has cross-registered is kept in the Registrar’s Office at Augsburg College, not at the host ACTC institution. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. AU/WEC/ROCH programs are not part of the ACTC consortium, and students in those programs may not register for ACTC courses or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the ACTC consortium agreements. 50 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Ecuador, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Norway, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA programs in the International Programs and Urban Studies sections of the departmental pages of this catalog.) McNally Smith College of Music Augsburg College full-time Day students may elect to take one course each semester at McNally Smith College of Music (MSCM) providing that they meet all MCSM requirements. This program is open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. There is no additional fee for this program. Students should consult with their advisors to confirm if the classes will count toward graduation requirements. In no instance may a McNally Smith course be used as a substitute for any Augsburg course specifically listed within a degree program. Exchange courses are not transfer courses. Courses taken through the Augsburg-McNally Smith exchange are considered Augsburg College courses and do not impact the residency requirement. The permanent record of courses which a student has completed through the exchange is kept in the Registrar’s Office at Augsburg College, not McNally Smith. Air Force ROTC Augsburg Day students interested in participating in the Air Force ROTC program must apply for admission to the unit at the University of St. Thomas. Students are eligible to compete for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. ROTC credits serve as electives at Augsburg. For more information contact the University of St. Thomas at www.stthomas.edu/afrotc. Army ROTC Augsburg Day students may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. ROTC credits serve as electives at Augsburg. For more information, contact the University of Minnesota: Twin Cities at www.goarmy.com/rotc/schools/university-ofminnesota. 51 Academic Policies and Procedures Registration Students must be officially registered for all courses for which they are participating. All registered courses will be reflected on a student’s AugNet Records and Registration page. Web registration through AugNet is the primary method of registration, although registration can be processed through the Registrar’s Office with a Registration Form in instances where online registration is not possible. Students are responsible for verifying the accuracy of their registrations. Students are required to meet with their faculty advisor prior to registration for the fall, spring, and summer terms. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with departmental advisors when planning their academic program. Specific registration dates and deadlines for each semester are listed in the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Students who are missing prerequisites for a course may be eligible for a prerequisite waiver if, after discussion with the course instructor, the instructor determines that the prerequisite learning objectives have been met. Students who believe they have already completed the prerequisite in question should contact the Registrar’s Office at 612-330-1036 or registrar@augsburg.edu. The following registrations cannot be completed online and must be processed with a Registration Form:       THP courses (Theater practicum courses) 100-level MUP courses (Variable-credit music lessons) Student Teaching (Education Department approval required) Independent Study and Directed Study (Independent Study form available on the Registrar’s Office webpage) Internships (Internship Registration form available on the Registrar’s Office webpage) ACTC courses (Course listings are available online through each ACTC institution and should be checked to verify the correct meeting times and room assignment.) Credit Loads Full-time day students normally register for 16 credits per semester. Students in the AU/WEC/Rochester programs typically register for 4-8 credits each semester. Students registered for 12 or more credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. Students registered for at least 6 credits are classified as half-time students. To register for more than 19 semester credits, students must petition the Student Standing Committee unless the following apply: Students with a cumulative GPA at Augsburg of 3.00 or greater may take a total of 20 semester credits without petitioning; students with a cumulative GPA at Augsburg of 3.50 or greater may take a total of 22 semester credits without petitioning. All overload registrations must be done through a Registration Form. (Note: For students in the Day program there is an additional tuition charge for course loads over 19 semester credits. This includes combining the credit load from both the DAY and AU/WEC programs. Auditing classes over the 19 semester credit limit will also incur a tuition charge.) Non-Attendance/Non-Participation Policy Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit an Academic Petition. Internship Registration Registration of internships for credit consists of the following steps:  Students must register the internship for the academic term that coincides with the internship experience. 52  Obtain the Internship Registration Form from the Registrar’s Office webpage and complete the steps to obtain the required signatures. o Complete Site Supervisor Agreement form and Position Description: Submit the internship site supervisor information and approved job/internship position description through an online form on the Strommen Center website. o Faculty Signature: Requires finding a faculty member willing to supervise and approve the internship based on major discipline requirements. o Department Chair Signature: Requires approval that the proposed internship experience meets the major discipline requirements. o Internship Coordinator or Director of Career and Internship Services Signature: Requires attendance at an Internship Orientation session offered by the Strommen Center OR an individual meeting with the Internship Coordinator or Director in the Strommen Center to review important college-wide internship information and ensure all required documents have been submitted. Once the completed internship registration form is submitted to the Enrollment Center, additional requirements for internships for credit include:    Complete a Learning Agreement Plan (available electronically on the Strommen Center webpage) and receive approval of the learning goals from the faculty supervisor responsible for grading the experience. The online form is sent to the Strommen Center and copies are sent to the faculty supervisor and student. Academic assignments (journals, reflection papers, etc.) as determined by the faculty supervisor and/or department guidelines. Complete final evaluations (sent out electronically at the end of the semester). The student and the site supervisor will each complete an evaluation of the student’s internship experience. Results will be sent to the faculty supervisor and student. A complete step-by-step guide on requirements for internships for credit is available on the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work webpage. Independent/Directed Study Registration To register for an Independent/Directed Study, complete and submit the Independent/Directed Study Registration form with signatures of the faculty member responsible for the grade and the chair of the appropriate department Dropping or Withdrawing Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. For drop and withdrawal deadlines see the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Crossover Registration (This policy is approved for the 2016-2017 academic year and is subject to review for the 2017-2018 academic year.) Undergraduate students are enrolled in a home program (DAY, AU, ROCH, WEC) and may register online for fall and spring semester courses outside of their home program based on course availability and subject to the restrictions listed below by program. Students have registration priority in their home program. Students are charged the tuition rate of their home program for crossover courses. DAY Program Students - Are permitted to crossover into WEC courses. - Juniors and Seniors (based on earned credits) are permitted to crossover into AU courses without special permission. - Pay the overload fee for any credits over 19 in their combined DAY/WEC/AU load each semester. AU Program Students - Are permitted to crossover into DAY and WEC courses. 53 ROCH Program Students - Are permitted to register for AU and WEC courses as soon as their registration windows open and do not have to wait until Crossover Registration begins. WEC Program Students - Are permitted to register for DAY and AU courses as soon as their registration windows open and do not have to wait until Crossover Registration begins. Graduate Courses Students must have completed an undergraduate degree and be admitted to a graduate program before taking graduate level courses from that program. Exceptions are made for approved courses in the Department of Nursing, the joint BA Accounting/MAL program, and advanced undergraduate writers approved to take ENL510 in the Master of Fine Arts program. Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay their standard undergraduate rate for those courses. Any student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate level program wishing to take an undergraduate course will pay their program's graduate rate of those courses. Grading and Evaluation Explanation of Grades The official delivery of end-of-term grades to students is online via AugNet Records and Registration. Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation. Most courses are offered with grading options—traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit grading system. The following is an explanation of undergraduate grades: Grade 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 FN P N V W I X Explanation Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course), student stopped attending Represents work at 2.0 or higher (not counted in grade point average) No credit (not counted in grade point average) Audit Withdrawn Incomplete In progress, extended beyond term of registration Pass/No Credit Grades Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned:   In order to receive a grade of P, a student must meet the basic standards of the course and/or achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a C. 54    Maximum number of semester credits taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is 24 semester credits with a grade of Pass (P). P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 56 traditionally-graded semester credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for Latin honors. Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement. To be eligible for graduation with Latin honors, students may elect P/N grading for no more than eight semester credits. Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (e.g., lifetime activities are graded only P/N). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading option must be made according to deadlines published in the Academic Calendar each semester. Incomplete (I) Grades Incomplete grades (I) are to be given only in the case of extreme emergency (i.e. illness, family emergency, death in the family, military commitment). If you have any questions regarding the qualifying emergency please contact the Registrar’s Office for verification. An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must submit a completed Application for Incomplete Grade form to the Registrar's Office by the grading deadline for the semester. This form states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor’s signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade by the grading deadline of the following academic semester. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic semester, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Extension (X) Grades Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one semester. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first semester of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the semester in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. Withdrawal (W) Grade A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade and before the last day to withdraw. Repeated Courses A course in which a grade of FN, 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned for the most recent attempt, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy. 55 Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time Day students will be charged an audit fee if their total credit load is over 18 credits. The charge to audit a course is $1,000 for parttime DAY/AU/ROCH/WEC students. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Audited courses do not count toward graduation and do not fulfill general education requirements. Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted with 0.0 to 4.0 grades assigned. Assessment of Student Learning The faculty at Augsburg College are actively engaged in research about student learning and the efficacy of the curriculum. To support such assessment of student learning activities, faculty may collect student work for evaluation beyond grading. Any information or student work collected will be treated confidentially; the student's identity will not be public information. Students who do not want their work collected for assessment purposes can opt out by contacting Dr. Amy Gort, Dean of Arts and Sciences. Classification Students are classified when grades are posted at the end of each term. Classification is based on the number of semester credits completed. Classification Freshmen Sophomores Juniors Seniors Completed Semester Credits 0 – 27.99 28 – 59.99 60 – 91.99 92 or more Academic Status Changes Change of Program Students may apply to change their “home program” by completing a Change of Program form. Applications are reviewed by a committee. If approved, the change will take effect the following term. Changes are limited to once each academic year. A Change of Program form must be submitted before the term begins. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this will result in failing grades on their official academic record. If necessary, students should instead submit a Withdrawal from College form. A Withdrawal from College form may be obtained on the Registrar’s Office webpage. The deadline to file a Withdrawal from College is the last Friday prior to finals week. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is submitted to the Registrar’s Office. Students must be re-admitted to the College when they are ready to resume their studies. The Application for Readmission form is also available on the Registrar’s Office webpage. Students are responsible for keeping the Registrar’s Office informed of their current mailing address while away. 56 Leave of Absence (DAY Program Students) Students in the Day Program may apply to for a Leave of Absence for one semester. The Leave of Absence allows continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet Records and Registration. If a student on a Leave of Absence does not register for the subsequent semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the student will need to submit an Application for Readmission form in order to re-enroll. The Leave of Absence program is not available to Day students who withdraw from all courses while their courses are in progress. Term Off (AU/WEC/ROCH Program Students) Students in the AU/WEC/ ROCH Programs may take a term off for up to two semesters and have continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll. Military Called to Active Duty Augsburg College will allow students to withdraw from courses without penalty if they are called to active duty as military reservists, National Guard, or for other military service. This shall include a 100 percent refund of tuition and fees upon verification of call to active duty. Students must submit an Academic/Financial Petition and provide a copy of their orders to the Registrar’s Office. If the student is called to duty after the deadline to drop a course, the Registrar’s Office will place a W for the course(s) along with a notation on the transcript that the student was called to active duty. This is to assist the student with any financial aid complications that may arise and also indicate that the withdrawal was outside of the student’s control. Alternatively, the College supports faculty in enabling students who are called to active duty and have substantially completed a course, to assign a grade based upon the coursework completed, or to work out an incomplete agreement. Students who are able to complete some of their courses would have their refunds adjusted to reflect this. Students who are being placed on active duty should contact the Registrar’s and/or the Office of Academic Affairs as soon as possible so the College can notify all parties and aid in this process. Student Standing Committee The Student Standing Committee is a standing committee of the College that reviews requests for exceptions to academic and financial policy. Representatives from the faculty, Registrar’s Office, Student Financial Services, and Student Affairs serve on the committee. Academic / Financial Petitions Students who wish to request exceptions to academic and financial policies should carefully review and complete the Academic/Financial Petition. Petitions must be submitted within 6 months of the semester being petitioned. The Committee typically meets to review petitions and Applications for Readmission every other week during fall and spring semesters and once each month during the summer semester. Academic Dismissal Appeals Students who have been academically dismissed have the right to appeal their dismissal to the Student Standing Committee. Applications for Readmission Students seeking to re-apply to the College after being placed on academic probation or after being academically dismissed must submit an Application for Readmission. 57 Catalog Applicability Students must fulfill the general education requirements that were in effect when they matriculated at Augsburg. Students may elect to satisfy the departmental major requirements of any of the catalogs in effect during their years of enrollment. However, students who are readmitted after more than six years away from the College must complete the departmental major requirements of the most current catalog at the time of readmission or any one of the catalogs in effect during their subsequent years of continuous enrollment at Augsburg. Second Majors and Degrees Students with an existing baccalaureate degree from Augsburg or another institution may enroll to complete an additional major(s) or minor(s). Students will not be awarded a second degree unless it is different from the original degree awarded (BA, BM, BS). Students cannot earn multiple degrees for the same major, though it is possible to earn multiple degrees from the same academic department if the majors are distinct. For example, a student cannot earn both a BA in Computer Science and a BS in Computer Science, but may earn a BS in Computer Science and a BA in Computational Philosophy. Evaluation of Transfer Credit The evaluation of transfer credits is completed by the Registrar’s Office and is based on a student’s official transcript(s). College credit is granted for liberal arts courses completed at regionally accredited institutions with a grade of 2.0/C or better. Liberal arts courses are defined as courses similar in nature, content, and level to those offered at Augsburg. Augsburg does not grant transfer credit for developmental-remedial courses, vocational-technical courses, or continuing education units (CEUs). Courses with grades of C-, CD, or below do not transfer to Augsburg College. Competency credits and exam credits issued by another institution may and will be evaluated on an individual basis. The Registrar’s Office evaluates coursework for credit and for applicability toward Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements. Academic departments are responsible for evaluating the applicability of coursework toward a student’s major or minor. The College requires that certain courses and a minimum number of courses be taken at Augsburg. (Refer to the Residence Requirements section of the catalog.) Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are reported on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average. Students should consult with their academic and faculty advisors and the Registrar’s Office before taking courses at other institutions to ensure compliance with transfer credit policy and residency requirements. Additional resources about transferring credit are available on the Registrar’s Office website. MnSCU Transfer Students Completion of the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum (MnTC) will satisfy Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements and will reduce the Search for Meaning requirement to one course (REL 100). Students will be granted credit for transferable courses graded C or better. To qualify for this transfer program, the MnTC must be completed prior to enrollment at Augsburg. Completion of the Associate of Arts degree with the MnTC will satisfy Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements, will reduce the Search for Meaning requirement to one course (REL 100), and will waive one of two Health and Wellness requirements. Students will be granted credit for transferable courses graded C– or better. Transfer courses that equate to Augsburg’s requirements of Effective Writing, entry level math, and modern language must have a grade of C or better in order for credit to be granted. To qualify for this transfer program, the AA degree and MnTC must be completed prior to enrollment at Augsburg. Note: Additional prerequisite coursework beyond the AA degree may be required in some Augsburg majors. Students are advised to consult an academic advisor in the major department to discuss major requirements. Courses with C– grades or below will not be accepted as prerequisites or for application to majors. 58 Advanced Transfer Students Students who enter Augsburg with 52 or more semester credits accepted in transfer are considered Advanced Transfer Students. The Augsburg Core Curriculum will be adjusted for advanced transfer students as outlined below:     Waiver of Search for Meaning II Waiver of Augsburg Seminar Waiver of Engaging Minneapolis Waiver of one Health and Wellness requirement (depending on transfer evaluation) All Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements not mentioned above remain unchanged for Advanced Transfer Students. Waivers for Advanced Transfer are determined at the time of initial entry into Augsburg and will not be granted for courses completed after initial enrollment. Transfer Credit for Military Experience Students are welcome to submit their military transcripts to the Registrar’s Office for transfer credit evaluation. A military transcript will contain credit recommendations from the American Council on Education (ACE) for training and courses completed in the US Armed Services. Augsburg will review a military transcript to determine if any of the credit recommendations contained within it meet transfer credit guidelines. Army, Coast Guard, Marine Corps, and Navy records maintained by JST: jst.doded.mil Air Force records: Air University and Community College of the Air Force are regionally accredited institutions. Students should submit official transcripts from these schools during the admission process. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for ensuring that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Each student is required to file an Intent to Graduate at the end of his or her junior year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available on the Registrar’s Office webpage. Faculty advisors, the Academic Advising staff, department chairs, and the Registrar’s Office staff are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Students who enter an academic program with a bachelor’s or higher degree should contact the Registrar’s Office about specific requirements for a second bachelor’s degree or for the equivalent of a major. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar’s Office in order for the degree to be conferred. There may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that comprise the academic program of a liberal arts college. The Assessment of Previous Learning program (APL) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student’s previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor’s degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: International Baccalaureate Program (IB) Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate program will be considered by the College for appropriate credit. IB exams may fulfill general education and/or major requirements. Credit granting guidelines are available on the Registrar’s Office webpage. 59 Advanced Placement Program (AP) Augsburg allows students to earn credit for scores of 3, 4, or 5 on selected Advanced Placement tests. For some exams, a minimum score of 4 is required. AP exams may fulfill general education and/or major requirements. Credit granting guidelines are available on the Registrar’s Office webpage. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) This is a series of standardized tests developed by the College Board that are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. Students who score at or above the American Council on Education’s recommended score on an approved examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. CLEP exams may fulfill general education and/or major requirements. Credit granting guidelines are available on the Registrar’s Office webpage. DSST Exams DSST Exams are a series of standardized tests in college subjects that are comparable to the final examinations in undergraduate courses. Exams are offered at testing centers worldwide for a small fee. Students who score at or above the American Council on Education’s recommended score on an approved examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Credit granting guidelines are available on the Registrar’s Office webpage. The American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages These tests assess written and/or spoken proficiency in world languages. For a small fee, students can assess their level of knowledge in world languages to earn college credit and/or waive the modern language requirement. More information about eligibility and qualifying languages is available from Academic Advising. Departmental Comprehensive Exams These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:     There is a departmental exam available for the subject area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Registrar approves the student’s request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is not computed in the GPA, and there is a charge per exam of $100 per semester credit. Portfolio Assessment Program This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty team is composed of two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student’s previous learning. Students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment should consult the Registrar’s Office. In completing the evaluation of a student’s previous learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria:      There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student’s educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least one term of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.50. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is a non-refundable application deposit of $200 to initiate the credit assessment process for each course presented in a portfolio. An additional $200 is charged upon approval of each course. Credit granted by portfolio review is not computed in the GPA. Transcript credit will be recorded with the equivalent Augsburg course numbers as determined by faculty reviewers. 60 Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg allows a maximum of 32 credits (one-fourth of a bachelor’s degree) to be obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the 32 credits for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the assessment processes available in the APL Program: AP, CLEP, IB, DSST, ACTFL, departmental comprehensive exams, and credit granted through portfolio assessment. Graduation Requirements Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the Augsburg Core Curriculum, a minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and in total coursework, and residence. 1. Completion of 128 semester credits—No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 128 total semester credits required: o Eight semester credits by independent/directed study o 16 semester credits of internship o 24 semester credits with a grade of Pass (P) o To graduate with Latin honors, students may take no more than eight elective P/N graded semester credits. o Each department sets its own limitations on the number of P/N graded courses that may be applied toward the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than eight semester credits with P grades toward a major and no more than four semester credits with a P grade toward a minor. 2. Completion of a Major—Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. Completion of the Augsburg Core Curriculum—Requirements for the Augsburg Core Curriculum are listed under the Augsburg Curriculum section. 4. Grade Point Average —Students must earn a minimum overall grade point average of 2.00. Additionally, all majors and minors require at least a 2.00 grade point average in coursework for the major or minor. Some majors, licensure, and certificate programs require a higher grade point average or a minimum grade in each course. See the departmental section for details about the grade and grade point average for individual majors and minors. 5. Residence —A minimum of 32 semester credits must be completed through Augsburg College. Additionally, no fewer than 24 of the last 32 semester credits must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved exchange program (ACTC, McNally Smith, or Augsburg Abroad). Transfer courses and Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) credits are counted against the residency requirement. Therefore, students are encouraged to complete transfer work and APL credits prior to reaching senior standing. Some departments have a minimum number of credits that are required in residence within the major or minor. Consult the departmental pages of this catalog for further information. Latin Honors Augsburg recognizes those students who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement by conferring Latin honors upon completion of a bachelor’s degree. Students may also receive honors recognition for departmental honors and for participation in the Honors Program. (See individual department and program descriptions for details.) Qualification for Latin honors is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude 3.90-4.00 GPA (plus successful completion of the Summa Oral Examination) 3.80-3.89 GPA 3.60-3.79 GPA To be eligible, a student must complete a minimum of 56 traditionally-graded credits at Augsburg and have no more than eight elective pass/no credit graded credits at Augsburg (classes offered only with P/N grading will not be counted). 61 For additional information, including the guidelines for the summa cum laude oral examination visit the Registrar’s Office webpage. Commencement Though the terms are often confused, the words “graduation” and “commencement” carry different meanings. Graduation refers to the completion of all degree requirements. Students graduate when all requirements for the degree have been fulfilled, meaning that one can graduate at any point during the academic year provided that all requirements are complete. Commencement is a ceremony. It is an opportunity for students, family, friends, and the Augsburg College community to celebrate academic achievement. Participation in commencement, however, does not mean that a student has graduated. A student will not graduate and a degree will not be conferred until all requirements are met, regardless of participation in commencement. Augsburg College holds two commencement ceremonies in the spring to accommodate the College’s different student populations. One commencement ceremony is for students in the Day undergraduate program. The second ceremony is for graduate program students and undergraduate students in the Adult Undergraduate and Rochester programs. Undergraduate students who have not completed all degree requirements may participate in commencement if: (1) no more than three requirements will remain in their program at the conclusion of spring semester; and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the summer or fall semesters immediately following commencement. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Requirements At the end of each fall, spring, and summer semester, the College will review the academic progress of all non-degree and degree-seeking undergraduate students registered for that semester. In order to remain in good academic and financial aid standing, students are required to maintain a cumulative Augsburg College GPA of at least 2.0 and cumulative credit completion rate of at least 66.67%. Credit Completion Rate Calculation  Attempted credits: Includes transferred credits and unsatisfactory grades (W, X, 0.0, FN, N, IP). o Remedial and repeated courses do not count as attempted credits, so should be subtracted from the total number of attempted credits.*  Earned credits: Includes transferred credits and satisfactory grades (0.5 - 4.0, P).  Divide earned credits by attempted credits (do not round numbers up or down) o Example: 19 earned credits / 27 attempted credits = .7037 or 70.37% o Example: 17 earned credits / 27 attempted credits = .6296 or 62.96% Warning Students who do not meet cumulative standards will be placed on Warning. At the end of the next semester attempted, students meeting cumulative standards will be removed from Warning. If cumulative standards are not met, the student’s semester term GPA and completion rate will be evaluated. Students earning a minimum of a 2.25 term GPA and 66.67% term completion rate and completing all other Warning requirements (www.augsburg.edu/acskills) will be placed on Probation. If cumulative and term standards are not met, students will be Suspended. Probation Students on Probation must meet cumulative standards. At the end of the next semester attempted, students meeting cumulative standards will be removed from Probation. If cumulative standards are not met, the student’s semester term GPA and completion rate will be evaluated. Students earning a minimum of a 2.25 term GPA and 66.67% term 62 completion rate and completing all other Probation requirements (www.augsburg.edu/acskills) will remain on Probation. If cumulative and term standards are not met, students will be Suspended. Students on Warning or Probation who voluntarily withdraw from college may apply for readmission. At that time, the Student Standing Committee will review their application for readmission. For more information about Warning and Probation requirements, visit www.augsburg.edu/acskills. Suspension Students on Warning or Probation who do not meet cumulative and term standards will be suspended from the College. Students may appeal their Suspension to the Student Standing Committee. Instructions for appeal are included in the Letter of Suspension. Students who have been suspended may apply for readmission after one full academic year (including fall, spring, and summer semesters). At that time, the Student Standing Committee will review the application for readmission. Augsburg College reserves the right to intervene with students who earn less than a 2.0 and 66.67% in a semester but are otherwise meeting cumulative standards. Professional Program Dismissal Students may also be dismissed from professional programs, such as social work, education, and nursing. A student dismissed from a program may appeal the decision through the Program Dismissal Appeal Process. The process is available at inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide. Dean’s List The Dean’s List, compiled after each semester, recognizes undergraduate students for outstanding achievement during the term. Students can qualify for the Dean’s List in two ways:   Earning a semester GPA of 3.50 or higher based on 12 or more traditionally-graded credits Earning a semester GPA of 3.75 or higher based on 6-11 traditionally-graded credits Incomplete courses and other classes without final grades at the time the Dean’s List is compiled will not be considered. The Dean’s List is published on Inside Augsburg and students can choose to submit announcements to their hometown newspapers. Enrollment/Degree Verification Augsburg College has authorized the National Student Clearinghouse to act as its agent for verification of student enrollment and degree status. Contact information is as follows: National Student Clearinghouse 2300 Dulles Station Blvd, Suite 300 Herndon, VA 20171 Web: www.studentclearinghouse.org Phone: 703-742-4200 Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the state approving agency for VA education benefits. Veterans and eligible spouse and dependents should consult with the VA School Certifying Officials in the Registrar’s Office and Student Financial Services about completion of enrollment verification and the forwarding of other information to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of 63 educational assistance funds received. Additional information about veterans’ education benefits can be found at www.benefits.va.gov/gibill. 64 Augsburg Core Curriculum Augsburg College is dedicated to educating students intellectually, physically, and spiritually. To live fully and act effectively, humans must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come, as well as the world in which they live. Through providing courses in the humanities, fine arts, natural sciences, and social sciences, the core curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of human knowledge and our world. “Search for Meaning” courses invite students to explore vocation, diversity, and pluralism through the study of Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, and encourages students to consider their own religious, philosophical, and ethical commitments in dialogue with other perspective. The Language courses introduce students to the skills and sensibilities necessary to cross cultures and work across difference. Wellness courses offer students opportunities to develop skills and habits of healthful living. Students choose from more than 50 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. Undergraduate Student Learning Outcomes The College’s mission statement offers a series of educational values: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. As part of this mission, Augsburg’s faculty have identified a set of outcomes for student learning These areas reflect our shared commitment to offering a vibrant liberal arts education in tandem with career preparation and vocational discovery. We expect students to achieve these outcomes cumulatively, through the completion of the core curriculum, majors / minors, electives and co-curricular experiences. As Informed Citizens, students are learning to …  engage their communities and demonstrate a sense of agency to create change in ethical and informed ways  explain diverse positions and collaborate effectively across social, cultural and geographic differences in local and global contexts As Thoughtful Stewards, students are learning to …  critically engage their own beliefs and articulate their gifts and goals for meaningful life and work in a pluralistic context  identify the broad foundations for sustainable living and apply them in demonstrable ways As Critical Thinkers, students are learning to …  use appropriate methods to gather and analyze evidence, identify underlying assumptions, and evaluate competing claims  construct coherent, polished and persuasive arguments, narratives and explications in written, oral and other formats As Responsible Leaders, students are learning to …  employ the fundamental principles of quantitative literacy to arrive at thoughtful judgments  articulate and solve problems in creative, analytical, and integrative ways 65 Overview of the Curriculum The Augsburg Curriculum is comprised of three main components: core curriculum (or general education requirements), major requirements, and electives. Some students may need to complete entry-level skill courses before enrolling in college-level classes. The general education requirements include a liberal arts foundation, signature courses and experiences, skills development, and a keystone. Entry Level Placement Tests Math, Writing, English (if applicable), and language placement for Language courses. The Augsburg Core Curriculum The Augsburg First Year    Augsburg Seminar Engaging Minneapolis Many Voices Project The Augsburg Signature Curriculum    Religion, Vocation, and the Search for Meaning I and II Augsburg Experience Senior Keystone The Liberal Arts Foundation     Natural Sciences and Math Social and Behavioral Sciences Humanities Fine Arts Electives Majors Skills The Augsburg Curriculum is designed to help students develop the skills necessary for successful careers and fulfilling lives, including:           Writing Critical Thinking Oral Communication Information Literacy Quantitative Literacy Religious Literacy Problem Solving Intercultural Competence Civic Agency and Engagement Health and Wellness Entry Level Placement Tests Prior to their first registration, students will complete entry level skills assessments in:   Mathematics Writing 66   Language Placement and, if applicable, English Language Learning First-year students entering Augsburg in the fall of 2013 or later who require developmental/entry-level courses must complete these courses by the end of their fourth term. Transfer students entering Augsburg in the fall of 2013 or later must complete all required developmental/entry-level courses by the end of their third term. The developmental courses subject to this policy are:     ENL 101 ENL 111 / HON 111 / ENL 112 ENL 217 / 218 MAT 103 / 105 Entry-Level Mathematics For a strong start at Augsburg, students will take entry-level exams to determine their math placement group (MPG.) In some cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the Registrar’s Office. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by Academic Advising. Students are required to take the Math Placement Exam before registering for the first term. Practice questions and other information are available from Academic Advising -- students are encouraged to study for the exam. Students may retake the Math Placement Exam once during their first term of enrollment. Based on the math assessment result, students will be enrolled in the appropriate courses or advised on preparation for retaking the Math Placement Exam. Students in Math Placement Group (MPG) 1 must take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student’s MPG. A grade of Pass or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to the next math level. Students are encouraged to advance their MPG as soon as possible. Students must achieve Math Placement Group (MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3, or 4 as a prerequisite. Entry-Level Writing A writing sample is required of students to determine placement in an appropriate writing class. In some cases, students who have transferred an equivalent English composition course from another college or Advanced Placement English Language and Composition with a score of 4 or 5 may have placement determined by the Registrar’s Office. All other students must take the Writing Placement Test, which is administered by Academic Advising. Based on the writing sample, students are placed into the appropriate writing course. Students are required to complete Effective Writing (or Advanced Effective Writing or Honors Effective Writing). Students who need to develop competence in composition skills are required to enroll in Developmental Writing (ENL 101) before taking Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing (ENL 101) with a grade of P, 2.0, or higher before enrolling in Effective Writing (ENL 111/112/HON 111). Modern Language Assessment Students with proficiency or experience in French, German, or Spanish complete an assessment to determine placement in Augsburg's modern language courses. Students begin their exploration of modern language at the level identified by the placement test. This online assessment is administered by Academic Advising. Placement assessment for American Sign Language and Ojibwe is administered by faculty representing those specific languages. English Language Learners Assessment Students whose primary language is other than English will complete an assessment to determine preparedness for classes taught in English. Results of this assessment determine placement in English Language Learner course(s). This assessment is administered by Academic Advising. 67 Core Skills Requirements Effective Writing Students must pass ENL 111 - Effective Writing, ENL 112 - Advanced Effective Writing, or HON 111 - Honors Effective Writing with a grade of 2.0, P, or higher, or transfer in an equivalent course. Attendance at the first day of class is required. Language For students who have not previously studied a second language, completion of a two-course sequence in the same language with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P in both courses is required. For a language previously studied, placement into the 211 level or successful completion (minimum grade of 2.0 or P) of 112 satisfies the graduation requirement. Placement into French, German, and Spanish courses is based on assessment results from an online Brigham Young University evaluation tool. Students proficient in other languages may seek a placement evaluation through faculty fluent in the specified language at Augsburg or other ACTC schools. Details are available from Academic Advising. Availability of assessment in all languages is not guaranteed. Assessment is used for placement only and does not result in credit. Students may audit, but will not receive credit for any course taken below their placement level. The Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies may review and sometimes override assessment results as deemed appropriate. Modern language courses accepted in transfer may be applicable to this skills area for partial or full completion of the requirement. Students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled the Language Core Skill. Students whose first language is not English and whose score is below the minimum on the English Language Learners (ELL) placement test must fulfill the ELL requirement. The requirement is satisfied by successfully completing the ELL course(s) and achieving a score above the minimum on the ELL placement exam. Students who complete the ELL requirement will receive credit for the Language Core Skill requirement. Contact Academic Advising or the English Department for additional information. Health and Wellness Two health and wellness courses are required. WEL100 - Foundations of Wellness (formerly HPE001) is required of all students. The second course may be chosen from a variety of different WEL102 – Recreational Wellness (formerly HPE002) courses. Students may test out of the WEL102 course by demonstrating proficiency from a selected Recreational Wellness activity. Proficiency exams are offered through the Health and Physical Education Department each semester. There is a fee to take the Recreational Wellness Activity Proficiency Test. Intercollegiate athletes and Health and Physical Education majors may not test out of this requirement. The Augsburg Core Curriculum The Augsburg Core Curriculum is designed to prepare students to become effective, informed, and ethical citizens through their engagement in a curriculum that:    Provides a liberal arts foundation and promotes the acquisition of intellectual and professional skills Calls for common inquiry into questions of faith and the search for meaning Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, the student’s place of leadership and service in a diverse world The curriculum has three major components:   Liberal Arts Foundation Signature Curriculum 68  Skills Development The Augsburg First Year To smooth the transition to college and their new community, first-year weekday program students are required to take courses containing the following components: Augsburg Seminar and Engaging Minneapolis The Engaging Minneapolis requirement builds on Augsburg’s national leadership in experiential education as well as its commitment to its urban location. Embedded in the first-year Augsburg Seminar experience, Engaging Minneapolis introduces students to the city as a resource for intentional learning, typically through civic engagement, cultural engagement, and/or service-learning. Many Voices Project Embedded in ENL 111, 112, and HON 111 (see Core Skills requirements), the Many Voices Project engages first-year students in discussion of a common text addressing themes of cultural diversity and global awareness. Emphasizing ways in which written communication can promote understanding and productive engagement among different cultures and points of view, the Many Voices Project is intended to teach skills and methods that promote successful communication among diverse writers and readers. The Augsburg Signature Curriculum Religion, Vocation, and the Search for Meaning Guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, the Search for Meaning courses encourage inquiry, welcome diversity, wrestle with life’s complexities, and engage the world. Two required courses (REL 100 plus a Search for Meaning II course) highlight Augsburg’s commitment to developing religious literacy and nurturing students to think critically about the concept of vocation. Students from all faith traditions will find a generous spirit of hospitality in these courses. Whether you are Jewish or atheist, Buddhist or seeker, Catholic or Muslim, Baptist, Lutheran, uncertain, disinterested, or someone who is “spiritual but not religious,” these courses promote respect and understanding across faith traditions. All religion courses engage with the concept of vocation and an understanding that we are called to live and serve as neighbors. REL 100 explores the idea that vocation is a model and lens for viewing the connections between our basic beliefs and the commitments and actions we make in life. The Liberal Arts Foundation The Liberal Arts Foundation courses introduce students to knowledge and modes of inquiry across a wide range of disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the liberal arts provide the opportunity for students to acquire a broad and solid foundation for their specialized study and professional preparation. Students choose two approved LAF courses from two different departments in each domain: Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Social and Behavioral Sciences, Humanities, and Fine Arts. The official list of approved LAF courses is found on the Registrar’s Office webpage. Natural Sciences and Mathematics Two approved courses from two different departments: Biology, Chemistry, Environmental Science, Mathematics, Physics. One must be a lab science course. Social and Behavioral Sciences Two approved courses from two different departments: Anthropology, Economics, Environmental Studies, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. 69 Humanities Two approved courses from two different departments/programs: American Indian Studies, Communication Studies, English, History, Philosophy, Religion, Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies (literature and culture courses), and Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies. Note: The signature Search for Meaning (REL 100 and 200) courses do not count as humanities Liberal Arts Foundation requirements. If a student opts to take another approved upper-division REL course to fulfill the Search for Meaning II requirement, it may not count toward a Humanities LAF. Fine Arts Two approved courses or approved activities from two different departments: Art, Film, Music, Theater. One fine arts LAF requirement can be met by participating in one of the following:    Four semesters in any combination of the major choral ensembles listed (MUE 111, 112, 114, 115) Four semesters of orchestra (MUE 121) Four semesters of concert band (MUE 141) Senior Keystone The Senior Keystone course provides a final opportunity for exploring the central themes of an Augsburg education— vocation and the search for meaning in a diverse and challenging world. In this course, students reflect on the meaning of their educational experiences and consider issues of transition as they prepare for their lives after Augsburg. Many Keystone courses also meet major requirements. The Senior Keystone course in each department connects the broad liberal arts foundation with the professional skills and in-depth study of the major. It asks graduating students to think critically, reflectively, and ethically about their place in the world as leaders and servants. Electives A student must complete a minimum of 128 semester credits in order to graduate. If the Core Curriculum and Major requirements do not reach 128 semester credits, the student may take electives for credit in any subject area to reach the minimum credit requirement. Majors For major requirements, see the appropriate departmental page(s) of this catalog or consult the department chair. Graduation Skills An Augsburg education aims to develop certain key skills during the years in college. Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, writing and information literacy are deliberate components of certain courses. Graduation skill requirements typically are embedded in required courses in the major. Some departments, however, designate courses outside the major or elective courses in the major that fulfill these requirements. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) skill incorporates both foundational mathematical skills and the application of those skills. MPG 3 (Math Placement Group 3) is a prerequisite for all quantitative reasoning courses. See the appropriate departmental page(s) in this catalog or consult the department chair for more information. Core Curriculum Modifications Some majors that result in a Bachelor of Science degree give students the ability to modify their Core Curriculum requirements in one of the following ways. 70 Bachelor of Science/Liberal Arts Foundation (LAF) Waiver Students who elect the Bachelor of Science/LAF Waiver must complete at least six of the eight LAF requirements, provided at least one course is taken in each of the four domains. (e.g., two Natural Science and Mathematics courses, two Social and Behavioral Science courses, one Fine Arts course, and one Humanities course) The following majors are approved for the Bachelor of Science/LAF Waiver:              Actuarial Science (St. Thomas) Biology Biopsychology Chemistry Elementary Education Exercise Science Health Education (teaching licensure only) Mathematical Economics Mathematics Music Therapy Nursing Physical Education (teaching licensure only) Physics Bachelor of Science/Modern Language Waiver Students who elect the Bachelor of Science/Modern Language Waiver are not required to complete modern language courses as part of their degree. The following majors are approved for the Bachelor of Science/Modern Language Waiver:          Actuarial Science (St. Thomas) Biology Biopsychology Chemistry Mathematical Economics Mathematics Music Therapy Nursing Physics 71 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines. Students are required to declare a major upon completion of 48 semester credits, and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the departmental pages of this catalog. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students are not required to complete a minor for graduation. Minors completed after a bachelor’s degree is awarded are noted on the transcript. Below is a complete list of majors, minors, and emphases. Listings that are in bold type are offered through both the Day Program and the Adult Undergraduate (AU) program. Students are encouraged to discuss scheduling rotation of major courses with their faculty advisors. Majors and Areas of Emphasis Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Graphic Design Biology (BA or BS) Life Sciences (BA) Biopsychology (BS) Business Administration Economics/Business Administration Music Business Chemistry (BA or BS) Communication Studies Computer Science (BA or BS) Computational Economics (BA) Computational Philosophy (BA) Economics Applied Economics Computational Economics Economics Economics/Business Administration Economics/Political Science (teacher licensure major) Mathematical Economics (BS) Education Education Studies (non-licensure) Elementary Education Studies (non-licensure) Kindergarten-Elementary (BA or BS- licensure) K-12 English as a Second Language Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist Secondary (non-major, licensure only) English Communication Arts/Literature (teacher licensure major) Creative Writing Literature, Language, and Theory Environmental Studies Exercise Science (BA or BS) Film Finance Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies Global Women’s and Gender Studies Sexuality Studies Health Education (BA or BS) History International Business International Relations International Business Concentration Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies Cross-Cultural Studies French German Spanish Management Management Information Systems Marketing Mathematics (BA or BS) Medieval Studies Music Music (BA) Music Business (BA) Music Education (BM) Music Performance (BM) Music Therapy (BS) New Media Promotional Communication Game Design Web Design Nursing (BS-Evening program offered through AU only) Philosophy Computational Philosophy Physical Education (BA or BS) Physics (BA or BS) 72 Biophysics (BS) Space Physics (BS) Political Science Political Science/Economics (teacher licensure major) Pre-Law Public Policy and Political Change Psychology Psychology and Law Clinical Psychology Social Psychology Religion Youth and Family Ministry Social Work (BS) Sociology Student-Designed Major Theater Design/Technical Directing/Dramaturgy/Playwriting Performance Urban Studies Minors Accounting American Indian Studies Art Architecture Art History Graphic Design Studio Art Biology Business Administration Business Minor for Science Majors Chemistry Communication Studies Computer Science Culture and Social Justice Economics English Literature, Language, and Theory Writing Creative Writing Environmental Studies Film Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies Global Women’s and Gender Studies Sexuality Studies Health Education History International Business International Relations Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies French German Spanish Leadership Studies Management Information Systems Business Analytics Marketing Mathematics Statistics Medieval Studies Music Music Business New Media Peace and Global Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Pre-Law Public Policy and Political Change Psychology Religion Youth and Family Ministry Sociology Social Welfare Special Education Theater Musical Theater Urban Studies 73 Student-Designed Major Students may design their own major with the assistance and approval of three advisors from relevant fields and subsequent final approval by the Augsburg College Academic Affairs Committee (AAC). A student-designed major allows flexibility in selecting major courses. Any student wishing to design a major must complete a proposal, submit it with approval and supporting letters from three faculty advisors, and obtain AAC approval of the program. Students should seek AAC approval as early as possible so that any changes suggested by AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting the student’s proposed completion date. The deadline for initial submission of the program design to AAC is the first term in which the student has achieved junior status; the final version must be approved the term before the student achieves senior status. Students wishing to design majors must: 1. Develop the student-designed major in concert with three faculty advisors from relevant fields, who together constitute the Review Team. All advisors must sign the proposal cover sheet and submit supporting letters of approval to AAC. Supporting letters should assess both the student’s ability to complete the proposed major and the validity and value of the proposed major, including (in at least one of the letters) the proposed capstone course. The advisors’ signatures and supporting letters represent their approval of the program, including the capstone course, and their commitment to oversee the student’s progress. 2. Develop a student-designed major program proposal that includes:  A statement of learning goals and objectives  A list of proposed courses (minimum of 36 semester credits, no more than one of which is a lower-level language course, and at least five of which are upper division) and a discussion of how the courses are related to the program goals. Indicate how the proposed courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated with a college major. Proposals must include research describing comparable programs of study at a minimum of three other academic institutions. In addition, students should consult with the Clair & Gladys Strommen Center for Meaningful Work for additional information regarding career objectives. The proposal should provide information showing how the Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements (including graduation skills) are to be fulfilled.  A description of the student-designed major capstone to be taken some time during the senior year. The student should devise the capstone in consultation with advisors. It should require an integrative project/paper that draws together the coursework up to that point and/or prepares one for further study. In addition, at least one of the advisors must specifically address the rationale for the proposed capstone in his or her supporting letter, though approval of the student-designed major program by all advisors presumes their approval of the capstone course.  Submit the completed proposal and supporting documentation to the Office of Academic Affairs. If AAC approves the proposed major program, the student will be expected to complete the program designed and still meet all of the other Augsburg degree requirements as stated in the college catalog. Students who design their own majors will meet with their advisors regularly throughout the design and subsequent evaluation of their program. Changes in the approved student-designed major may be made through the normal petition process to the Student Standing Committee with advisor approval. ACTC Majors Full-time Day students may complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a major or minor offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must submit a completed ACTC Major or Minor Declaration Form to the Registrar’s Office. This form must list all ACTC courses required and be signed by the ACTC school advisor. Some majors may not be available or may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department. 74 Students choosing an ACTC major will need to work with an advisor at the other campus to plan course schedules so that the student is making progress towards the degree. Students should know that registration for ACTC courses can be limited and are advised to submit registration materials at the earliest possible time. 75 Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary science, or pharmacy can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty advisor is available in each field to assist students in their planning. In addition, the Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunities (URGO) office includes a Health Science Advisor who works directly with students pursuing health care fields. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact Academic Advising prior to or early in their first year to arrange for faculty advising. List of Pre-Professional Programs  Pre-Health Science o See Biology Departmental page  Pre-Law o Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of American Law Schools. Pre-law students major in disciplines of their own choosing; most law school entrance requirements will be satisfied with a record of solid achievement coupled with an acceptable Law School Admission Test (LSAT) score.  Pre-Pharmacy o Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 151, 353, 476; CHM 115, 116, 351, 352; COM 111 or 115; ECO 112 or 113; ENL 111, 220; MAT 145; PHY 121, 122; and two courses in behavioral sciences such as PSY 105 and SOC 121. Requirements at other universities may vary.  Pre-Seminary o A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 100, 200; at least two semesters of history (Western civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. The Bernhard Christensen Center for Vocation provides resources and support, including scholarship opportunities, for students considering seminary. 76 Academic Organization and Departments As a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses that make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the following undergraduate degrees:    Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Music Bachelor of Science Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a doctorate or the highest degree in their field, and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are also involved in a variety of professional and research activities that support their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg’s size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every incoming student is assigned both a faculty and staff academic advisor. In this close interaction, faculty act as mentors for students, and the staff advisor primarily guides course planning. Course Descriptions Course descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. Course descriptions can be found at our Course Description Search. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, requirements, and evaluations for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Internships and Independent Studies Every department offers opportunities for internships and independent study. The course description and process for registering for credit is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional requirements that are noted in the course description. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. Internships 198 – Internship/On-campus 199 - Internship/Off-campus (4 credits) A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Strommen Center regarding requirements and permission to register. 396 - Internship/On-campus (4 credits) 397 - Internship/Off-campus (2 credits) 398 - Internship/On-campus (2 credits) 77 399 - Internship/Off-campus (4 credits) A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. For some majors, participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Strommen Center regarding requirements and permission to register. (Off-campus 397/399 internships are one option for the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.) Directed and Independent Studies 299 - Directed Study An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the direction of an instructor. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. 499 - Independent Study/Research An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. Academic Year All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with fall, spring, and summer semester lengths ranging from 14-16 weeks. In Augsburg’s Day Program full-time students normally take 16 credits per semester. Day Program students are able to take courses from the other four Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities during fall or spring semester. Adult Undergraduate (AU) classes typically meet on the same night of the week, Monday through Thursday for threeand-a-half hours, on an alternating bi-weekly schedule. The alternating weeks of the semester are labeled “Maroon,” and “Silver.” Online and out-of-class work occurs during the non-class meeting week. Students may take up to 18 credits per semester. Weekend and Evening College (WEC) classes typically meet on alternate weekends. There are seven to eight face to face class sessions supplemented by online instruction each semester, and classes meet on weekends for 3.5 to 4 hours. Students may take up to 18 credits per semester. Rochester (ROCH) campus classes are held on weekday evenings and meet alternate weeks. There are seven to eight class sessions supplemented by online instruction each semester with each class meeting for 3.5 to 4 hours. Students may take up to 18 credits per semester. Courses and majors offered through AU/ROCH/WEC are equivalent to their Day Program counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and majors. Course Offerings In general, most courses are offered at least once per year unless otherwise indicated. Since some courses are offered alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an advisor to ensure that all requirements can be met. Note: Not all courses are offered in all programs. Refer to AugNet Records and Registration for information on when specific courses are offered. 78 Credit Hour Definition Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method. Numbering Courses numbered 100 -299 are classified as lower division. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for first-years, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the online Course Description Search as prerequisites. While it is not recommended, a student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval by the professor teaching the course. Effective Writing (ENL111) and math placement prerequisites cannot be waived by the instructor. Students may be dropped from a course they have registered for if they do not earn a satisfactory grade in the prerequisite for that course in the preceding semester. Divisions and Departments The College curriculum is offered by 26 departments that are grouped into three divisions for administrative and instructional purposes: Fine Arts and Humanities American Indian Studies, Art, Communication Studies, English, History, Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Music, Philosophy, Religion, Theater, Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies, College librarians. Natural and Social Sciences Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Economics, Mathematics, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. Professional Studies Business Administration, Education, Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science, Nursing, Social Work. Full explanation of departments and academic programs including major/minor requirements, graduation skills, and other academic information is provided in the following pages, alphabetically by department. 79 American Indian Studies American Indian Studies is a major that gives students the opportunity to learn about the original, indigenous cultures of North America. Students will be provided with a multidisciplinary understanding of the history and present situation of American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, culture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy, religion, political and social forces, and the legal status and sovereignty of American Indians. This course of study exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian cultures. Faculty Eric Buffalohead (Chair), Elise Marubbio, Dale Weston, Vinodh Kutty, Virginia Allery, Sophia Jacobson Degree and Major Requirements American Indian Studies Major Nine courses including: AIS 105 - Introduction to American Indian Studies AIS 205 - Contemporary American Indians ENL 255 - American Indian Literature or AIS 264 - American Indians in the Cinema HIS 236 - American Indian History REL 370 - American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought In addition, students must complete four electives. At least four of the courses toward the major must be upper division. Elective course options: AIS 208 - Native American Women and Film AIS 233 - Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective AIS 264 - American Indian in the Cinema AIS 299 - Directed Study AIS 305 - Indigenous Issues of the Americas AIS 320 - American Indian Women AIS 332 - Native American Storytelling AIS 364 - Indigenous Filmmakers AIS 396 - Internship AIS 399 - Internship AIS 408 - Native American Women and Film AIS 490 - Keystone: Indigenous Issues of the Americas AIS 495 - Topics AIS 498 - Independent Study/Research AIS 499 - Independent Study ART290 - Native American Art ENL255 - American Indian Literature ENL355 - Themes in American Indian Literature OJB111 - Beginning Ojibwe I OJB112 - Beginning Ojibwe II Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by GST 200, MAT 163, 80 MAT 164, or PHI 230. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. American Indian Studies Minor Five courses including AIS 105. At least two courses must be upper division. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 81 Art Art is essential. It teaches us to see, claim beauty, make sense of pain, explore the world, and express ourselves. At Augsburg College, inspiration and creativity flourish with diversity. We are a small campus in the heart of a major metropolitan area with an innovative faculty and creative curriculum in graphic design, drawing, painting, printmaking, ceramics, sculpture, photography, hand papermaking, book arts, architecture, and digital media. A solid foundation of drawing, design, and history is balanced with the development of technical skills, critical thinking, and creative exploration in a range of media. On-campus galleries showcase student and professional artwork. Nearby museums, galleries, studio visits, and guest artists provide art in real time. Service learning, internships, and study abroad are integral to our program. We reach nearly 1,000 students a year from all disciplines, and graduate 25-30 majors annually with Bachelor of Arts degrees in art history, studio art, and art education. An emphasis in graphic design, an architecture minor, and certificates in art and graphic design provide additional opportunities for specialization. For half a century, students have been earning degrees in studio art and art history at Augsburg College. We’re excited to be here in the center of the city. You will be, too. Art Faculty Kristin M. Anderson, Susan Boecher, Christopher Houltberg, Tara Sweeney, Robert K. Tom Degree and Major Requirements Note: All studio courses require 3-6 work hours per week outside of class sessions. Most studio courses have lab fees. Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations: ART 102 - Design ART 107 - Drawing One course in two-dimensional art from: ART 118 - Painting I ART 201 - Introduction to Graphic Design ART 223 - Print Making I ART 257 - Watercolor Painting I One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 - Sculpture I ART 250 - Ceramics I ART 280 - Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 - Art History Survey, and two additional art history courses ART 305 - Junior Exhibition and Faculty Review ART 405 - Senior Exhibition and Faculty Review Studio majors must participate in a group exhibition and review in their junior year, followed by a solo or two-person show with a faculty review in their senior year, and the annual senior group exhibition. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S), Writing (W), and Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by completing the following courses: 82 S: Choose from ART 102, 133, 225, 424, or upper division art history courses (ART 349, 352, 382, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389). W: Choose two of the following courses to satisfy the writing skill: ART 349, 352, 385, 386, 387, 388, and 389. QR: PHY 119, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT163, GST 200, or PHI 230. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Graphic Design Major Four one-credit courses: ART 124 - Graphic Design Production: InDesign ART 125 - Graphic Design Production: Illustrator ART 126 - Graphic Design Production: Photoshop ART 226 - Artist Workshop The following four-credit courses: ART 133 - Introduction to Digital Photography ART 201 - Introduction to Graphic Design ART 202 - Typography ART 224 - Publication Design ART 315 - Web Design for Graphic Design Majors One of the following courses in drawing: ART 107 - Drawing ART 122 - Plein Air Sketching I One of the following courses in three-dimensional art form: ART 105 - Introduction to Architectural Drawing ART 221 - Sculpture I ART 250 - Ceramics I ART 280 - Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I One of the following courses in art history: ART 240 - Art History Survey ART 349 - The Designed Environment ART 352 - Women and Art ART 385 - Prehistoric and Ancient Art ART 386 - Medieval Art ART 387 - Renaissance and Baroque Art ART 388 - Modern Art ART 389 - American Art ART 390 - Native American Art 2 Art History Courses from the following will satisfy the Writing skill: ART 349 (HIS 349) The Designed Environment ART 352 Women and Art ART 386 Medieval Art ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art Four courses in the Agency Studio Model: ART 324 - Design Studio I 83 ART 326 - Design Studio II ART 424 - Advanced Design Studio III ART 425 - Advanced Design Studio IV The following two courses: ART 305 - Junior Exhibition and Faculty Review ART 405 - Senior Exhibition and Faculty Review Two courses or 8 credits from the following electives (same-department electives are permitted): Any ART course ENL 226 - Introduction to Creative Writing CSC 250 - Game Programming on the Web CSC 431 - Intro to AI Robotics CSC 495 - Topics: Mobile Applications ENL 241 - Introduction to Cinema Art ENL 324 - Creative Non-Fiction FLM 180 - Film, Sight, and Sound FLM 240 - Animation FLM 260 - Documentary Production I INS 330 - Arts Praxis: Social Justice Theory and Practice in the Field INS 331 - Art and Culture in Political, Social and Historical Context MUS 272 - Human Identity through the Creative Arts MUS 336 - Arts Management & Concert Promotion NMS 260 - New Media Production NMS 295 - Topics in New Media NMS 320 - Contemporary New Media Practices NMS 495 - Topics in New Media PHI 260 - Philosophy and the Arts SOC 111 - City Life: Introduction to Urban Sociology Graduation Skills The graduation skills in Speaking (S), Writing (W), and Critical Thinking (CT) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing one of the following courses: QR: GST200, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, PHI 230, or PHY 119 2 Art History Courses from the following will satisfy the Writing skill: ART 349 (HIS 349) The Designed Environment ART 352 Women and Art ART 386 Medieval Art ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. The following course: ART 280 - Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I is required for licensure and must be completed prior to the start of the senior year. 84 At least two second level advanced Studio Art Major Elective courses. Transfer courses must be approved by the Art Department and must each have a grade of at least 2.0. At least 2 courses must be taken at Augsburg College. Art History Major Eight art or architectural history courses including: ART 240 - Art History Survey ART 388 - Modern Art Six other art or architectural history courses Two studio courses: ART 102 - Design or ART 107 - Drawing ART 118 - Painting I or ART 221 - Sculpture I Art History majors must participate in a group exhibition and review in their junior year, followed by creating and curating a research-based exhibition with faculty review in their senior year. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Writing (W) are embedded in the upper division art history courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing the following courses: QR: PHY 119, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT163, GST 200, or PHI 230. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Double Major Students planning a double major in studio art and art history or a major/minor combination should meet with a department advisor to plan appropriately. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall, portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or research (art history majors) reflecting the highest quality work, and Art Department-approved special projects and/or research. Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the senior year. Architecture Minor Five courses including: ART 105 - Introduction to Architectural Drawing ART 210 - Drawing for Design in Architecture ART 243 - History of Architecture to 1750 ART 244 - History of Architecture after 1750 ART 249/349 - The Designed Environment Art History Minor Five art history courses including ART 240 - Art History Survey. Graphic Design Minor Three one-credit courses: 85 ART 124 - Graphic Design Production: InDesign ART 125 - Graphic Design Production: Illustrator ART 126 - Graphic Design Production: Photoshop Four four-credit courses: ART 201 - Introduction to Graphic Design ART 202 - Typography ART 315 - Web Design for Graphic Design Majors ART 324 - Design Studio I Studio Art Minor Five courses including: ART 107 - Drawing ART 240 – Art History Survey Three additional studio courses. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 86 Biology From transgenic crops to emerging diseases to being a member of the human species, biology affects – literally – every part of your life. Because biology is such a broad field, the biology program at Augsburg emphasizes integration across many sub-disciplines, including molecular, cellular, organismal, evolutionary, and ecological biology. Additionally, the biology program at Augsburg coordinates with the mathematics, chemistry, and physics programs to ensure that our students acquire the necessary knowledge to fully understand biological phenomena. Augsburg’s Biology program is designed to provide students with the opportunities to (1) understand the fundamental knowledge of the discipline, (2) know how scientific knowledge is generated and disseminated, (3) effectively communicate scientific information in written and oral forms, (4) be proficient in common biological lab techniques, and (5) demonstrate professionalism in the sciences. Additionally, Augsburg has a strong commitment to undergraduate research, both on and off campus. There are a variety of opportunities to work on research projects with Biology faculty and subsequently present your research at regional, national, and international meetings. Graduates of our Biology program follow many different paths. Most of our graduates use their undergraduate major in Biology as a springboard for further study. Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies leading to careers in post-secondary teaching, basic and applied research, and public health or have entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. In addition, many of our students go directly into the workforce as laboratory technologists and teachers. Biology Faculty Jennifer Bankers-Fulbright (Chair), Matthew Beckman, Ralph Butkowski, William Capman, David Crowe, Ann Impullitti, Dale Pederson, Emily Schilling Degree and Major Requirements Students may choose one of the following degree options: Bachelor of Arts in biology, Bachelor of Science in biology, or Bachelor of Arts in life sciences. Bachelor of Arts in Biology The total number of required courses in the department is nine courses. There are additional required supporting courses that must be taken in other disciplines. BIO 151 - Introductory Biology BIO 152 - Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity BIO 253 - Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 255 - Genetics MAT 114 - Precalculus or MAT 145 - Calculus I or MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics or MAT 164 – Introductory Statistics for STEM or PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II PHY 116 - Introduction to Physics or PHY 107, 108 - College Physics I, II or PHY 121, 122 - General Physics I, II BIO 490 - Biology Keystone or SCI 490 - Integrated Science or HON 490 - Honors Senior Seminar or another keystone with departmental approval 87 Five upper division electives, at least one of which must be BIO 361, BIO 440, or BIO 481. Students may take two different BIO485 courses in place of one upper division elective: BIO 351 - Invertebrate Zoology BIO 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy BIO 361 - Plant Biology BIO 369 - Biochemistry BIO 440 - Plant Physiology BIO 471 - Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 473 - Animal Physiology BIO 474 - Developmental Biology BIO 475 - Neurobiology BIO 476 - Microbiology BIO 481 - Ecology BIO 485 - Advanced Topics in Biology BIO 486 - Immunology BIO 495 - Special Topics in Biology PHY 317 - Biophysics Bachelor of Science in Biology The total number of required courses in the department is nine courses. There are additional required supporting courses that must be taken in other disciplines. BIO 151 - Introductory Biology BIO 152 - Evolution, Ecology and Diversity BIO 253 - Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 255 - Genetics CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II CHM 351 - Organic Chemistry I CHM 352 - Organic Chemistry II PHY 121, 122 - General Physics I, II or PHY 107, 108 - College Physics I, II MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II BIO 490 - Biology Keystone or SCI 490 - Integrated Science or HON 490 - Honors Senior Seminar or another keystone with departmental approval Five upper division electives, at least one of which must be BIO 361, BIO 440, or BIO 481. Students may take two different BIO485 courses in place of one upper division elective: BIO 351 - Invertebrate Zoology BIO 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy BIO 361 - Plant Biology BIO 369 - Biochemistry BIO 440 - Plant Physiology BIO 471 - Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 473 - Animal Physiology BIO 474 - Developmental Biology BIO 475 - Neurobiology BIO 476 - Microbiology BIO 481 - Ecology 88 BIO 485 - Advanced Topics in Biology BIO 486 - Immunology BIO 495 - Special Topics in Biology PHY 317 - Biophysics General Education Accommodation BS biology majors may reduce their general education program by one or two courses. See Bachelor of Science/Liberal Arts Foundation (LAF) Waiver in the Academic Information section of the catalog. Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences This major is appropriate for students also seeking secondary teaching licensure in biology. BIO 151 - Introductory Biology BIO 152 - Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity BIO 253 - Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 255 - Genetics MAT 114 - Precalculus or MAT 145 - Calculus I or MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics or MAT 164 - Introductory Statistics for STEM or PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II PHY 116 - Introduction to Physics or PHY 107, 108 - College Physics I, II or PHY 121, 122 - General Physics I, II BIO 490 - Biology Keystone or SCI 490 - Integrated Science or HON 490 - Honors Senior Seminar or another keystone with departmental approval Two science courses from the following: PHY 101 - Astronomy SCI 106 - Introductory Meteorology An introductory geology course Four upper division electives, at least one of which must be BIO 361, BIO 440, or BIO 481: BIO 351 - Invertebrate Zoology BIO 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy BIO 361 - Plant Biology BIO 369 - Biochemistry BIO 440 - Plant Physiology BIO 471 - Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 473 - Animal Physiology BIO 474 - Developmental Biology BIO 475 - Neurobiology BIO 476 - Microbiology BIO 481 - Ecology BIO 486 - Immunology BIO 495 - Special Topics in Biology PHY 317 - Biophysics 89 Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing COM 115 (preferred) or COM 111 or HON 130. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Transfer course policy for majors and minors All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the department, subject to review by the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. At least four upper division electives must be completed in residence (at Augsburg College). Custom Biology Programs Students who have completed BIO 151, 152, 253, 255 and at least one upper division elective may, in consultation with their advisor, seek approval from the department to complete major requirements with as many as four upper division courses from other institutions. Departmental Honors The awarding of Departmental Honors recognizes a student’s outstanding achievement(s) in the Biology Major. Only students who have a major GPA of 3.5 or higher and an overall GPA of 3.0 or higher may earn Departmental Honors by successfully completing one of the following: 1. Continuation of a summer or academic year biology research internship via successful completion of BIO 297, BIO 399, BIO 497, BIO 499 or HON 499. Before registering for one of these options, students must submit a formal letter of intent to an Honors Committee of three biology faculty (to be determined by the mentor and student) at least 2 weeks prior to the registration deadline. This formal letter of intent will be composed of no more than one page of text providing the following: (1) Title of project; (2) abstract describing the project with special focus given to the questions that will be addressed, the methods to be used and the expected outcomes; (3) name and signature (with date) of your faculty advisor; and (4) list of the three Biology Department faculty who have agreed to serve as your Honors Committee. A decision whether or not to approve registration will be made by the Honors Committee within one week of submission. Successful completion of the Honors process requires a public presentation of your research and a written report in the style of a typical peer-reviewed biological discipline journal article. The written report will be accepted or rejected by the Honors Committee within 2 weeks of submission. 2. Selection for, participation in, and completion of the Mayo Innovation Scholars Program (including the final presentation). 3. Scoring above the national 90th percentile on the ETS Major Field Test in Biology. Minor A course sequence in general chemistry and five biology courses including BIO 151, 152, and three additional BIO courses (200 level or above). The majority of courses in biology must be taken at Augsburg College. Other Requirements In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the biology faculty. Biology majors must have an advisor in the biology department. In order to complete all major requirements in four years, BIO 151 and 152 and General Chemistry should be taken in the first year, and BIO 253, BIO 255 and Organic Chemistry (when appropriate) in the second year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their college careers. Students must earn a minimum grade of 1.0 and an average grade of 2.0 in BIO 151 and 152. Supporting course requirements in chemistry, mathematics, physics, and communication must be satisfied with a grade of 2.0 or higher to 90 satisfy either major or prerequisite requirements. A grade of 2.0 or higher is required in BIO 253 and BIO 255 in order to fulfill major requirements and to fulfill the prerequisite requirements of several upper division biology electives. A grade of 2.0 or higher must be earned in all upper division biology courses applied toward meeting the requirements of a major. All biology courses applied toward the major must be traditionally graded. A GPA of 2.5 in biology courses is required for the life science major. *Students completing majors in biology or life science will be required to take the ETS Major Field Test in Biology during their final year of the program. The exam will appear on the graduation checklist. Biology for Health Sciences Prerequisite requirements for health sciences vary with the program and the institution. Care should be taken to study the requirements for every program well in advance of making application. In general, the pre-medical curriculum includes a year each of biology, general chemistry, organic chemistry, calculus and physics. Courses in biochemistry, statistics, advanced biology, and social and behavioral sciences are also important preparation for the MR5 Medical College Admissions Exam. Programs in physician assistant training, veterinary medicine, physical therapy, and such typically have a more extensive list of prerequisites. Students considering a post-baccalaureate program in these areas should consult early and often with health science advisors Catherina Kipper, Dixie Shafer, Dale Pederson, and Kelsey Richardson-Blackwell. Graduate Training in Biology Graduate programs in biological fields typically require two semesters of general chemistry, organic chemistry, calculus, and physics. Also required is extensive involvement in research through Augsburg Experience, internships, and/or independent study. Careful consultation with a biology advisor is recommended to select among coursework and research options. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for biology teachers, the science portions of which are satisfied by the Augsburg Life Sciences major only if BIO476 Microbiology and BIO481 Ecology are selected as two of the upper division electives. The state requirements may be subject to change after the publication of this catalog. Students should therefore consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. All upper division biology requirements for secondary licensure must be completed before beginning student teaching. Post-Baccalaureate Teaching Licensure Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree elsewhere and seek life science teaching licensure at Augsburg are required to complete a minimum of two upper division biology courses at Augsburg with grades of 2.5 or higher. Required or elective courses are determined by the department following review of transcripts and prior to matriculation. Beta Beta Beta Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national biology honor society is open to students who have completed at least one upper division biology course and have a GPA of 3.0 in biology. Cooperative Education and Service-Learning The department works with the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work in identifying and defining cooperative education experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 91 Biopsychology The biopsychology major is designed to offer students an integrative perspective on the biological basis of behavior. Towards this end, students will take courses in both psychology and biology to gain exposure to a broad range of theories and research covering a variety of topics such as cognition, motor control, sensation/perception, emotion, and psychopathology. These topics will be studied at multiple levels of analysis including genetic, neural, and environmental. The biopsychology major will provide students with a strong foundation of courses in neuroscience, statistics, and chemistry. This broad training can help prepare students for careers in research, medicine, public health, education, and pharmaceutical or biotechnology industries. Biopsychology Faculty Matthew Beckman (Biology), Ralph Butkowski (Biology), David Crowe (Biology), Stacy Freiheit (Psychology), David Matz (Psychology), Dale Pederson (Biology), Bridget Robinson-Riegler (Psychology), Nancy Steblay (Psychology), Henry Yoon (Psychology). Degree and Major Requirements Major Thirteen Courses: BIO 151 - Introductory Biology BIO 152 - Ecology, Evolution and Diversity BIO 253 - Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 475 - Neurobiology PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I PSY 315 - Research Methods and Statistics II PSY 355 - Biopsychology Two Psychology electives from the following: PSY 299 - Directed Study (Research in Biopsychology) or PSY 360 - Psychology Laboratory (two semesters) PSY 354 - Cognitive Psychology PSY 391 - Individual Differences PSY 410 - Clinical Neuropsychology PSY 491 - Advanced Research Seminar PSYC 322 - Sensation and Perception (St. Thomas) PSYC 407 - Seminar in Behavioral Neuroscience (St. Thomas) PSYC 378 - Psychology of Language (Macalester) PYSC 486 - Seminar in Neuropharmacology (Macalester) Two Biology electives from the following: BIO 255 - Genetics BIO 369 - Biochemistry BIO 471 - Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology BIO 473 - Animal Physiology BIO 495 - Special Topics in Biology: Animal Behavior (this topic only) BIOL 356 - Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (Macalester) PHY 317 - Biophysics Keystone (one required): 92 BIO 490 - Biology Keystone PSY 400 - Keystone Internship SCI 490 - Integrated Science Note: Students will need to take the CHM 115/116 sequence to complete the biology courses. A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in speaking (S) is met by completing COM 111 or 115. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill these skills. Other Requirements An average grade of 2.0, with no grade below a 1.0 is required for BIO 151 and 152. A grade of 2.0 or above is required for all courses (200 level and above) applied to the major. Transfer Course Policy for Majors All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the department chair(s). Only those biology and psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to introductory or elective credit for the major. Biopsychology Honors GPA of 3.5 in the major, and 3.3 overall. Students must complete a high-quality research project, approved and evaluated by three members of the Biopsychology faculty. Formal application must be made no later than the junior year. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 93 Department of Business Administration Our mission is to prepare students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a curriculum that stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community. The department fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects. The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and socially aware. Faculty Jeanne Boeh (Co-Chair), Stu Stoller (Co-Chair,), John C. Cerrito, David A. Conrad, George F. Dierberger, Marc D. Isaacson, Nancy Johnson, Phyllis Kapetanakis, Won Yong Kim, Jayoung Koo, Lori L. Lohman, Marc C. McIntosh, Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Milo A. Schield, Peter J. Stark General Requirements Majors The Department of Business Administration offers seven majors: Business Administration (Music Business Specialization), Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, and Marketing. There is also a combined Business and Economics major, which incorporates courses from both the Departments of Business Administration and Economics. Minors Minors provide students the opportunity to study and obtain a professional credential in an area of study that is in addition to their major. The Department of Business Administration offers eight minors: Business Administration (for non-business majors only), Business Analytics, Business Minor for Science Majors, International Business, Music Business, Accounting, Management Information Systems, and Marketing. Transfer Students Transfer students must complete at least four of the upper division courses required in the major at Augsburg, or at least three courses in the minor, or obtain an exemption from the department. Transfer courses must be approved by the department. Transfer courses taken more than 10 years ago will not be accepted. Business courses (ACC, BUS, FIN, MIS, MKT) taken at Augsburg more than 10 years ago will not be applied toward a major unless approved by a faculty member in the student's designated major area. Suitable intervening work experience will also be considered. Advising Students who plan to pursue any of our business majors are strongly encouraged to select a departmental advisor who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel students on their careers, assist in obtaining internships or jobs, and provide letters of recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. The Business Administrator is also available for advising questions relating to degree progress, course selection, and international courses abroad. Departmental Honors To complete departmental honors in the Department of Business Administration, students need to consult with the Department Chair. Students need to apply to the department and start the process during their junior year. Students will also have the opportunity to obtain the honorific of Scholar of Distinction, another method of earning departmental honors, departmental honors by scoring in the top 10% on the Major Field Test, a comprehensive assessment given during the senior year. Please contact the Department Chair(s) for more specific information. 94 Internships Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work and department faculty to obtain an internship during their junior or senior year. Internships can provide students with experience that may be valuable in competing for jobs after graduation. Faculty advisors should be consulted about internships. The department offers an internship course which can be taken for 2.0 or 4.0 credits (BUS 397/399). This course aids students in finding an internship placement within an organization which supports their major and provides direction and support. Study Abroad The Department of Business Administration faculty actively support international study. For additional details, see the section on Special Academic Programs: Study Abroad and Study Away in this catalog, or consult the Department Chair and/or Departmental Administrator for international business courses or other overseas opportunities. P/N Grades Students may apply no more than 8 semester credits with P grades toward a major and no more than 4 semester credits with a P grade toward a minor. Please refer to the P/N and graduation requirements section of this catalog for specific details regarding P/N grades. Business Core Requirements* *The exceptions are the Business/Economics major and the Business Music major. Thirteen courses including: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting ACC 222 - Introduction to Managerial Accounting BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation or BUS 242 - Principles of Management BUS 301 - Business Law BUS 362 - International Business ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics FIN 331 - Financial Management MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business MIS 264 - Statistical Literacy for Managers or MIS 379* - Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics *MIS 379 is required for Accounting and Finance majors MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing One of the following: MAT 110 - Finite Mathematics MAT 114 - Precalculus MAT 129 - Practical Applications of Math MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 171* - Discrete Mathematics For Computing *MAT 171 is required for Management Information Systems majors MAT 173 - Mathematics of Finance MAT 273 - Statistical Modeling One of the following: COM 111 - Public Speaking COM 112 - Contest Public Speaking COM 115 - Scientific and Technical Public Speaking 95 ENL 240 - Introduction to Literary Study ENL 241 - Introduction to Cinema Art ENL 250 - American Voices ENL 251 - Introduction to African American Literature ENL 255 - American Indian Literature ENL 260 - Authors ENL 270 - Themes ENL 280 - Genres ENL 290 - Explorations in Language and Theory ENL 291 - Thailand: Teaching ESL HIS 102 - The Shaping of Western Civilization HIS 103 - The Modern World HIS 282 - The History of Women Since 1848 Further explanation of the above:   The mathematics requirement is fulfilled by any MAT course numbered 110 and above with LAF status (excluding MAT 137, MAT 138, MAT 163, MAT 164, and MAT 287). The communication requirement is fulfilled by courses identified for writing and speaking with Humanities LAF status. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 96 Business Administration The major in Business Administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. Within this area, there is one specialization available to Day students called Music Business and another option available to both Day and AU students called the Combined Business and Economics major. These two areas provide students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. These majors involve substantial courses from outside the Department. The major requirements for these majors are shown below. Major in Music Business Six courses including: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting ACC 222 - Introduction to Managerial Accounting BUS 242 - Principles of Management* or BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation* FIN 331 - Financial Management MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing Two allied requirements in economics: ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 - Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement. Music Courses: MUS 205 – Legal Issues in Music, Entertainment, and the Arts MUS 335 – Music Business MUS 336 - Arts Management and Concert Promotion MUS/BUS 399 - Internship MUS 162 – Entrepreneurship for Creative Businesses** MUS 408 – Current and Future Issues in the Music Industry** **Students may substitute 4 credits of business elective (chosen in consultation with the faculty adviser) in place of MUS162 and MUS408 12 elective credits in MUS or 8 semester credits in MUS credits and 4 semester credits in MUE (8 credits must be in residence at Augsburg), selected from: MUS 101 - Materials of Music I MUS 102 - Materials of Music II MUS 111 - Aural Skills I MUS 112 - Aural Skills II MUS 130 - Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts MUS 220 - Worlds of Music MUS 241 - History of Jazz (other MUS courses as approved by advisor) *Music Business majors may substitute BUS 254 in place of BUS 242 or 200. 97 Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met by completing two courses: MIS 260 (QF) and either MIS 264 or MIS 379 (QA). Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 - Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement. Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics Eleven courses including: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting ACC 222 - Introduction to Managerial Accounting BUS 242 - Principles of Management or BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing MIS 379 - Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or FIN 331 - Financial Management One other upper division BUS, ACC, FIN, MIS, or MKT course ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics One other upper division ECO course Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the combined major in Business Administration and Economics. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met by completing: ECO 112 or 113 (QF) and either MIS 379, ECO 318, or ECO490 (QA). Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 - Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement. Minor in Business Administration (open to non-business majors only) Six courses including: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting ACC 222 - Introduction to Managerial Accounting BUS 242 - Principles of Management or BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing MIS 379 - Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or MIS 264 - Statistical Literacy for Managers or FIN 331 - Financial Management ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations may be permitted with approval of the Department Chair. 98 Business Minor for Science Majors (open only to students majoring in Biology, Biopsychology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Mathematics, Physics, Psychology) Six courses including: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting BUS 242 - Principles of Management or BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation or BUS 254 - Entrepreneurship ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing PHI 120 - Ethics BUS 399 - Internship or BUS 397 - Internship Minor in Music Business The Music Business minor is a course of study designed both for the music major desiring additional preparation in business and for the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in the music industry. With the Music Business minor, students are given the opportunity to enroll in coursework and participate in on-site field experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today’s music industry. The minor is a collaborative program between the music and business departments. See the Music Department for requirements. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 99 Accounting Accountants perform an important function in society by providing high-quality financial information. Augsburg Accounting majors learn the requisite skills to do this through the study of theories and practices associated with the areas of financial accounting, managerial accounting, tax accounting, and auditing. In addition, Accounting majors take courses in other business areas necessary so that they have a broad understanding of how accounting serves the needs of business managers and others who rely on accounting information. Students completing the Accounting major will be prepared for entry-level positions as auditors and public accountants, management accountants, tax accountants, and internal auditors. Their education will give them knowledge and skills to work as accountants in business, government, and nonprofit organizations and to work in other positions requiring engagement with financial information. The Augsburg Accounting major also provides students with the accounting and business coursework required to take the Uniform Certified Public Accountant (CPA) exam. Students can sit for the CPA exam after they have completed their Bachelor of Arts in Accounting. Students should note, however, that in order to be licensed as a CPA they must have completed a total of 150 credit hours in either undergraduate or graduate coursework and have one year of relevant work experience in auditing or taxation. Students will also have met the coursework requirements to take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) exam. Accounting majors are encouraged to consider taking one of the professional accounting examinations upon graduation. Students interested in learning more can find information at the following websites: CPA exam general information: www.aicpa.org/BecomeACPA/Pages/BecomeaCPA.aspx State of Minnesota CPA exam requirements: www.revisor.mn.gov/rules CMA exam: www.imanet.org/cma_certification Degree and Major Requirements Accounting Major Business Core Requirements  Must take MIS 379 rather than MIS 264 Required Accounting Courses: Six courses including: ACC 322 - Intermediate Accounting I ACC 323 - Intermediate Accounting II ACC 324 - Managerial Cost Accounting ACC 326 - Tax Accounting ACC 423 - Auditing ACC 425 - Advanced Accounting Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 - Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. 100 Joint Bachelor of Arts in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership A BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program designed for students who wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a Master’s degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled the 150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. Refer to the Graduate Studies Catalog for a complete list of courses. It is recommended that students meet with an Accounting advisor to create an effective plan for successful completion of the five-year program. Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of their junior year. The application process includes submission of:       Completed application form Two letters of recommendation (one from an Augsburg professor and one from an employer) Personal statement Example of their writing in an academic paper GPA of at least 3.30 Interview with the Director of the MAL program Students must also have faculty endorsement from the Accounting program. Students must complete at least one year of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program. Program Coordinator: Marc McIntosh Minor in Accounting Six courses including: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting ACC 222 - Introduction to Managerial Accounting ACC 322 - Intermediate Accounting I ACC 323 - Intermediate Accounting II ACC 324 - Managerial Cost Accounting One of the following: ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics FIN 331 - Financial Management MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business MIS 379 - Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 101 Finance The Finance major prepares students for professional careers in corporate finance and the financial services industry. Augsburg Finance majors learn requisite skills through courses focused on financial theory and practice, investment and portfolio theory, intermediate accounting theory, money and banking, and international finance. In addition, Finance majors take courses in other business areas necessary so that they have a broad understanding of how finance serves the needs of business managers and others who rely on financial information. Besides careers in the finance/accounting area in all businesses large and small, this major leads to careers in banking, asset management, insurance, and investment banking. Students will gain the knowledge and skills to work as financial analysts and financial managers in business, government, and nonprofit organizations, and to work in other positions requiring engagement with financial information. Students are encouraged to complete an internship prior to graduation. Proficiency in the use of spreadsheets such as Excel is expected. Coursework provides a foundation for graduate school and professional career examinations such as the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), conducted by the CFA Institute, and the Certified Financial Planner (CFP). Degree and Major Requirements Finance Major Business Core Requirements  Must take MIS 379 rather than MIS 264 Required Finance Courses Five courses including: ACC 322 – Intermediate Accounting I ECO 315 - Money and Banking FIN 433 - Financial Theory: Policy and Practice FIN 438 - Investment Theory FIN 460 - International Finance Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 - Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 102 International Business The objective of the international business major is to prepare students for the increasingly competitive and interdependent international business world with which they must cope. It is absolutely necessary for American graduates to be fully informed about how to compete and do successful business outside the US as well as in the US market where much of their competition is from foreign firms. Students will learn about business transactions between and within countries, exchange rates, the laws and logistics of international trade, and investments made in foreign markets. Knowledge of other cultures is crucial to being a successful international business person. Besides your studies in business, finance, banking, and the like, you will also learn about different cultures and societies. A major in international business will lead you to exciting careers in a global context. Degree and Major Requirements International Business Major Business Core Requirements Required International Business Courses: Four courses including: BUS 465 - International Management MKT 466 - International Marketing ECO 360 - International Economics or ECO 370 - International Economic Development or FIN 460 - International Finance FRE 211 - Intermediate French I or GER 211 - Intermediate German I or NOR 211 - Intermediate Norwegian I or SPA 211 - Intermediate Spanish I or other language in transfer Further explanation of the above: Students must complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). This does not include American Sign Language. The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations, including transfer equivalencies. Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the international business major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. Minor in International Business Six courses including: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting BUS 242 - Principles of Management or BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation or MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing 103 ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics Three courses in International Business (one may be in international economics). Options include: BUS 362 - International Business BUS 465 - International Management ECO 360 - International Economics ECO 370 - International Economic Development FIN 460 - International Finance MKT 466 - International Marketing Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in international economics. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 104 Management The major in management prepares the student for a wide variety of careers in supervision and senior management. Peter Drucker once commented that effective management is probably the main resource of developed countries and the most needed resource in developing ones. The role of a manager is to guide the organization and its employees toward the accomplishment of goals. The skills developed in the study of this major are applicable in businesses of any size and in both the for-profit and nonprofit sectors. In addition to the general business core courses, students take courses in human resources, strategy, international management, project management and/or quantitative methods of management. Degree and Major Requirements Management Major Business Core Requirements Required Management Courses: Four courses including: BUS 340 - Human Resource Management BUS 440 - Strategic Management BUS 465 - International Management MIS 376 - Project Management or ECO 318 - Management Science Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the Management major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 - Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 105 Management Information Systems The major in Management Information Systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems such as application developer, business systems analyst, IT consultant, or project manager. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and develop new systems. MIS is an extensive major and includes courses from Computer Science, Economics, Business, Accounting, Finance, and Marketing as well as from MIS. Degree and Major Requirements Management Information Systems Major Business Core Requirements  Must take MAT 171 as math course Required MIS Courses: Seven courses including: MIS 270 - Data Management for Business MIS 375 - E-Commerce MIS 376 - Project Management MIS 475 - Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 - Information Systems Projects CSC 160 - Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 - Introduction to Programming or CSC 240 - Introduction to Networking and Communications Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement. Minor in Business Analytics Seven courses including: CSC 170: Introduction to Programming MAT 163: Introductory Statistics or MAT 164: Introductory Statistics for STEM or MIS 379: Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 171: Discrete Mathematics for Computing or MAT 145: Calculus I or MAT 122: Calculus for Social and Behavioral Sciences MIS 270: Data Management for Business or CSC 352: Database Management and Design MIS 375: E-Commerce MIS 479: Business Analytics CSC 310 – Introduction to Data Science 106 Minor in MIS Six courses including: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting BUS 242 - Principles of Management or BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation or MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business Two courses selected from: MIS 270 - Data Management for Business MIS 375 - E-Commerce MIS 376 - Project Management or ECO 318 - Management Science For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 107 Marketing The Marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide variety of marketing functions within both businesses and nonprofit organizations. Career avenues include marketing research, product management, marketing communications (such as advertising, public relations and sales promotion), and sales. Marketing courses focus on integrating both theory and practical applications, with an emphasis on hands-on projects. Augsburg’s metropolitan location makes it easy for marketing students to complete marketing plans, research studies, and other projects for leading Twin Cities companies and nonprofit organizations, and provides opportunities for working in the marketing field after graduation. Degree and Major Requirements Marketing Major Business Core Requirements Required Marketing Courses: Five courses including: MKT 352 - Marketing Research and Analysis MKT 450 - Marketing Management MKT 466 - International Marketing MKT 350 - Consumer Behavior or MKT 354 - Sales Management MKT 355 - Marketing Communications or MKT 357 - Advertising Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. Minor in Marketing Five courses including: MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing MKT 352 - Marketing Research and Analysis MKT 355 - Marketing Communications or MKT 357 - Advertising Two additional marketing courses For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 108 Chemistry Chemistry is the science that examines and works toward understanding matter and changes in matter. Chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world, such as the things we use, the food we eat, and even ourselves. Correlating the insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas that excite and offer opportunities to benefit the entire world. Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their work, including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as offered in the general education curriculum are imperative if a chemist is to be both truly human and truly scientific. Augsburg’s Chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a Chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideals, the Chemistry Department has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists:     To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS Chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions, as well as professional goals other than traditional positions as chemists. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to integrate outside study areas with the sciences. To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world, and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty Vivian Feng(Chair), Sandra L. Olmsted, Amanda Case, Arlin E. Gyberg (Emeritus), David R. Hanson, Joan C. Kunz ,Michael Wentzel Degree and Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II CHM 351 - Organic Chemistry I CHM 352 - Organic Chemistry II CHM 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 362 - Chemical Thermodynamics, Statistical Mechanics, and Kinetics or CHM 368 - Quantum Chemistry, Molecular Structure, and Spectroscopy, CHM 491 - Chemistry Seminar (four semesters) SCI 490 - Integrated Science or other approved Keystone CHM 370, or BIO 369, or other approved biochemistry or chemical biology course MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II 109 PHY 121 - General Physics I PHY 122 - General Physics II One additional course from: CHM 362 - Chemical Thermodynamics, Statistical Mechanics, and Kinetics CHM 367 - Properties of Polymers CHM 368 - Quantum Chemistry, Molecular Structure, and Spectroscopy CHM 464 - Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 470 - Principles of Medicinal Chemistry CHM 481 - Instrumental Analysis CHM 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 495 - Topics CHM 498 - Independent Study/Research PHY 317 - Biophysics Because upper division courses have Mathematics and Physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in the first year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Chemistry for Pre-Professional Students Pre-medical students should plan to take at least three courses (and usually more) in Biology. Other pre-health and preprofessional students (physician assistant, pharmacy, engineering, etc.—see pre-professional program listings in the Academic Information section) should consult the Chemistry Department for assistance in course planning early in their college careers. Bachelor of Science (non-ACS-Approved) CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II CHM 351 - Organic Chemistry I CHM 352 - Organic Chemistry II CHM 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 370, or BIO 369, or other approved biochemistry or chemical biology course CHM 491 - Chemistry Seminar (four semesters) MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II PHY 121 - General Physics I PHY 122 - General Physics II SCI 490 - Integrated Science or other approved Keystone One of: CHM 362 - Chemical Thermodynamics, Statistical Mechanics, and Kinetics, CHM 368 - Quantum Chemistry, Molecular Structure, and Spectroscopy Three from these electives (12 semester credits) CHM 362 - Chemical Thermodynamics, Statistical Mechanics, and Kinetics CHM 367 - Properties of Polymers CHM 368 - Quantum Chemistry, Molecular Structure, and Spectroscopy, 110 CHM 464 - Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 470 - Principles of Medicinal Chemistry CHM 481 - Instrumental Analysis CHM 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 495 - Topics in Chemistry CHM 498 - Independent Study/Research PHY 317 - Biophysics Bachelor of Science (American Chemical Society Approved Major) CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II CHM 351 - Organic Chemistry I CHM 352 - Organic Chemistry II CHM 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 362 - Chemical Thermodynamics, Statistical Mechanics, and Kinetics, CHM 368 - Quantum Chemistry, Molecular Structure, and Spectroscopy, CHM 464 - Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 - Instrumental Analysis CHM 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 491 - Chemistry Seminar (four semesters) SCI 490 - Keystone CHM 370, or BIO 369, or other approved biochemistry or chemical biology course MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 245 - Calculus III PHY 121 - General Physics I PHY 122 - General Physics II One elective (4-semester-credits) from: CHM 367 - Properties of Polymers CHM 470 - Principles of Medicinal Chemistry CHM 495 - Topics in Chemistry CHM 498 - Independent Study/Research PHY 317 - Biophysics Recommended: PHY 245 - Modern Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, and computer proficiency. Because upper division courses have Mathematics and Physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in the first year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. General Education Accommodation BS Chemistry majors are allowed a two-course reduction in the general education program. See Graduation Requirements modification section of this catalog. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the chemistry major for both BA and BS degrees. ENL 111 should be taken in the first year. The Speaking (S) skill is met through COM 115 (or COM 111 or HON 130 or other approved speaking course) and further developed in upper division chemistry courses. 111 Departmental Honors Full ACS major; GPA of 3.50 in Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics; one course (4 semester credits) or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor in Chemistry Five courses that must include: CHM 115, 116, CHM 353, and any two other Chemistry courses above 300 or PHY317. At least one of the 300-level courses must be taken at Augsburg. Other Requirements Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each course that applies toward the major or minor in chemistry. At least two CHM courses numbered above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for any chemistry course. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in chemistry courses is required for any chemistry major. Note: Other restrictions and prerequisites are in the course descriptions. Transfer students must consult with a Chemistry Department Advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements for the major. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 112 Communication Studies Our discipline is grounded in rhetorical and scientific principles and is guided by the need to make communicative choices that are artful, ethical, and effective. Communication Studies offers majors and minors in Communication Studies, Film, and New Media. Prospective majors should meet with a program advisor as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Faculty Communication Studies Deborah Redmond (Chair), Kristen Chamberlain, Wesley Ellenwood, Robert Groven, Jenny Hanson, Anna Kudak, David Lapakko, Michelle Mcateer, Mackenzie Krzmarzick, Jenna McNallie Film Studies Deborah Redmond (Program Director), Michael Burden, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Wesley Ellenwood, Darcey Engen, Doug Green, Jenny Hanson, Rebecca John, Elise Marubbio, Jila Nikpay New Media Kristen Chamberlain, Larry Crockett, Cass Dalglish, John Dean, Jenny Hanson, Milda Hedblom, Christopher Houltberg, Rebecca John, Emily Lyman, Julie Longo, Shana Watters Degree and Major Requirements Communication Studies Major, Bachelor of Arts For transfer students, at least six of these courses must be taken at Augsburg. Required of all Communication Studies majors: COM 111 - Public Speaking or COM 112 - Contest Public Speaking or COM 115 - Scientific and Technical Public Speaking COM 120 - Mass Media and Popular Culture COM 254 - Interpersonal Communication or COM 355 - Small Group Communication COM 280 - Introduction to Communication Studies COM 281 - Research Methods COM 329 - Intercultural Communication COM 351 - Argumentation COM 352 - Persuasion COM 490 - Keystone: Critical Conversations about Vocation A total of 3 electives must be taken from following categories (one course must be from COM): 1 to 3 electives from the following (may not count the same course twice): COM 243 - Studio Production COM 247 - Documentary History and Theory COM 260 - Environmental Communication COM 299 - Directed Study COM 321 - Business and Professional Speaking COM 345 - Organizational Communication 113 COM 399 - Internship COM 405 - Nonverbal Communication COM 415 - Advanced Critical Media Studies COM 480 - Public Relations/Promotional Communication COM 495 - Communication Topics COM 499 - Independent Study 0 to 2 approved outside electives from another major, for example: ART 132 - Photography I ART 201 - Introduction to Graphic Design ART 215 - Introduction to Web Design BUS 242 - Principles of Management ENL 227 - Journalism ENL 228 - Broadcast and Online Journalism FLM 399 - Internship MKT 252 - Marketing Another course approved by Communication Studies department Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major This major, which includes secondary education coursework and student teaching requirements in the Education Department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools and allows them to become licensed to teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who complete the requirements for this program with a minimum grade of 2.0 in major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 in the major. All requirements in the major must be completed prior to student teaching. The course requirements for this program are listed in the English Department section of the catalog. Departmental Honors Departmental Honors is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Departmental Honors students must maintain a 3.50 GPA in the major and a 3.00 GPA overall, and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (COM 499 registration). Honors candidates should meet with their faculty advisor prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Communication Studies Minor For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be courses offered at Augsburg. Six courses including: COM 111 - Public Speaking or COM 112 - Contest Public Speaking or COM 115 - Scientific and Technical Speaking COM 254 - Interpersonal Communication COM 280 - Introduction to Communication Studies COM 120 - Mass Media and Popular Culture or POL 342 - Mass Communication in Society COM 351 - Argumentation or COM 352 - Persuasion COM 355 - Small Group Communication or COM 345 - Organizational Communication 114 Film Major The Augsburg Film major reflects our belief that students are transformed through a well-rounded curriculum that encourages creativity, critical analysis and inquiry, ethical considerations, and an understanding of the synergy between theory and practice. The major explores the tension between art and commerce through dialogues with film industry members, internship and mentorship opportunities, film symposia, and Study Abroad. Students will gain experience in scripting, directing, editing, acting, and producing for both 16mm film and digital. Students will be introduced to the study of film theory, criticism, and culture. Students are encouraged to double major or to seek minors in related fields such as Art, English, Theater, Communication Studies, American Indian Studies, and Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies, to name a few. Required of all Film Majors: Nine Core Courses: FLM 180 - Film Sight and Sound FLM 216 - Film Production I FLM 260 - Documentary Production I FLM 420 - Issues in Contemporary Cinema FLM 490 - Film Studies Keystone: Critical Conversations about Film and Vocation COM 247 - Documentary History and Theory ENL 241 - Intro to Cinema Arts ENL 371 - History of Cinema THR 232 - Acting or THR 233 - Acting for Camera Three electives must be chosen from the two defined tracks below in consultation with your advisor, who is designated by the program director. Note that not all elective courses are offered every year, so alternatives within the track may have to be chosen. Track 1: Production Students interested in producing films or videos choose from: ART 132 - Photography ART 215 - Introduction to Web Design ART 315 - Web Design for Graphic Design Majors ART 340 - Digital Imaging COM 243 - Studio Production ENL 228 - Broadcast and Online Journalism ENL 229 - Screenwriting FLM 124- Monster Movies FLM 240- Animation FLM 312 - Film Production II FLM 348 - Intermediate Video Production FLM 399 - Internship FLM 495- Topics FLM 499 - Independent Study MUS 130 - Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts PHY 119 - Physics for the Fine Arts THR 328 - Theatrical Design Track 2: Theory and Culture Students interested in analysis of film, film genres, and cultural context choose from: AIS 264 - American Indian in the Cinema 115 AIS 364 - Indigenous Filmmakers AIS 208/408 - Native American Women and Film ART 240 - Art History Survey ENL 221 - Intermediate Expository Writing About the Arts ENL 228 - Broadcast and Online Journalism ENL 229 - Screenwriting ENL 240 - Introduction to Literary Study ENL 430 - Advanced Studies in Theory and Method FLM 124 - Monster Movies FLM 399 - Internship FLM 495- Topics FLM 499 - Independent Study PHI 120 - Ethics PHY 119 - Physics for the Fine Arts REL 309 - Religion at the Movies SPA 248 - Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film Film Minor COM 120 - Mass Media and Popular Culture COM 247 - Documentary History and Theory ENL 241 - Introduction to Cinema Arts ENL 371 - History of Cinema FLM 180 - Film Sight and Sound FLM 420 - Issues in Contemporary Cinema New Media Major, Bachelor of Arts The transdisciplinary New Media major is a course of study designed to engage students from all fields in an exploration of new and emergent media, preparing them for achievement and scholarship in multifarious new media environments. The program fosters learning to manage change in media, creating effective expressions (communications, creative works, applications) in digital environments, and exploring the interrelationship of new media with other fields of study to understand the relationships between technology and culture. The major involves options for courses in art, business, communication, computer science, education, English, music, political science, and more. Students are encouraged to double major and select a concentration in Game Design, Promotional Communication, or Web Design or design a path of study as approved by the program advisor. Required of all New Media Majors: NMS 220 - Foundations of New Media NMS 242/ENL 242 - Electronic Literature COM 415 - Advanced Critical Media Studies POL 371 - Internet Law NMS 399 - Internship or NMS 375 Practicum or Internship, Practicum, or Workshop in Concentration NMS 490 - Vocation and New Media or Keystone in Concentration Four courses or 16 credits from the new media electives list: ART 102 - Design ART 124 - Graphic Design Production: InDesign (1cr) ART 125 - Graphic Design Production: Illustrator (1cr) ART 126 - Graphic Design Production: Photoshop (1cr) ART 133 - Introduction to Digital Photo 116 ART 180 - Intro to Community-based Photography ART 201 - Introduction to Graphic Design ART 202 - Typography ART 215 - Introduction to Web Design ART 226 - Artist Workshop (1cr) ART 315 - Web Design for Graphic Design Majors ART 340 - Digital Imaging COM 243 - Studio Production CSC 250 - Game Programming on the Web CSC 431 - Intro to AI Robotics CSC 495 - Topics: Mobile Applications EDC 220 - Educational Technology ENL 221 - Intermediate Expository Writing about the Arts ENL 226 - Introduction to Creative Writing ENL 228 - Broadcast and Online Journalism ENL 241 - Introduction to Cinema Art ENL 290 - Explorations in Language and Theory ENL 229 - Screenwriting ENL 371 - History of Cinema ENL 324 - Creative Non-Fiction ENL 427 - Advanced Studies in Media, Ethics, and Theory FLM 180 - Film, Sight, and Sound FLM 240 - Animation FLM 260 - Documentary Production I FLM 495 - Topics: Producer INS 330 - Art Praxis: Social Justice Theory and Practice in the Field INS 331 - Art and Culture in Political, Social and Historical Context MUS 221 - Intro to Music Technology MUS 272 - Human Identity through the Creative Arts MUS 336 - Arts Management and Concert Promotion NMS 230 - Social Media NMS 260 - New Media Production NMS 295 - Topics in New Media NMS 320 - Contemporary New Media Practices NMS 495 - Topics in New Media NMS 499 - Independent Study PHI 260 - Philosophy and the Arts PHY 261 - Electronics POL 342 - Mass Communication and Society POL 495 - Impact of the Internet REL 220 - Religion and Science in Popular Culture New Media Concentration in Promotional Communication This concentration emphasizes the importance of understanding message, purpose, goals, and audience to make effective use of new media technologies. Students are required to take the New Media core and four of the following courses: COM 120 - Mass Media and Popular Culture COM 480 - Public Relations/Promotional Communication ENL 228 - Broadcast and Online Journalism ENL 427 - Advanced Studies in Media, Ethics, and Theory NMS 230 - Social Media 117 NMS 260 - New Media Production NMS 320 - Contemporary New Media Practices New Media Concentration in Game Design This concentration emphasizes the social significance of computational problem solving within the game narrative and game-based environments. Students are required to take the New Media core and the follow courses: CSC 240 - Networking and Communications CSC 250 - Game Programming on the Web Two from the following: CSC 373 - Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence CSC 495 - Mobile Applications CSC 431 - Intro to AI Robotics New Media Concentration in Web Design This concentration emphasizes visual design, interactivity, and web development. Students will obtain a foundation in design, learn coding, and obtain valuable skills in understanding the impact of such on society. Students are required to take the New Media core and the following courses: ART 201 - Introduction to Graphic Design ART 215 - Introduction to Web Design ART 315 - Web Design for Graphic Design Majors POL 495 - Impact of the Internet New Media Minor Four core courses: NMS 220 - Foundations of New Media NMS 242/ENL 242 - Electronic Literature COM 415 - Advanced Critical Media Studies POL 371 - Internet Law Two courses or 8 credits from the new media elective list. Departmental Honors Departmental Honors is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Departmental Honors students must maintain a 3.25 GPA in the major and a 3.00 GPA overall, and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (COM 499/FLM 499/NMS 499 registration). Honors candidates should meet with their faculty advisor prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing the following courses: COM 281 (QF) and COM 352 (QFA) for Communication Studies majors and one of MAT 163, MAT 164 or PHY 119 for Film majors. Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be courses offered at Augsburg. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 118 Computer Science The Department of Computer Science at Augsburg strives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a BA and a BS major. The coursework provides students a strong foundation in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than applications. We encourage students to strengthen their coursework by electing an internship, undergraduate research experience, or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us with an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. Computer Science Faculty Noel Petit (Chair), Larry Crockett, Erik Steinmetz, Shana Watters Degree and Major Requirements Computer Science Major, Bachelor of Arts CSC 160 - Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 - Introduction to Programming CSC 210 - Data Structures CSC 240 - Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 320 - Algorithms CSC 345 - Principles of Computer Organization CSC 385 - Formal Logic and Computation Theory CSC 450 - Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 451 - Programming Languages and Compilers II MAT 114 - Precalculus (or MPG 4) MAT 171 - Discrete Mathematics for Computing (recommended) or MAT 145 Calculus I Two electives from: CSC courses above 200 PHY 261 - Electronics MIS 475 - Systems Analysis and Design MAT 355 - Numerical Mathematics and Computation At least one elective must be an upper division course. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR,) and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The Speaking (S) graduation skill is met by MAT 201, COM 111 or 115 (115 recommended) or a sequence of courses and presentations approved in consultation with the Computer Science department. Consult your faculty advisor for details. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Computer Science Major, Bachelor of Science CSC 160 - Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 - Introduction to Programming CSC 210 - Data Structures CSC 240 - Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 320 - Algorithms 119 CSC 345 - Principles of Computer Organization CSC 385 - Formal Logic and Computation Theory CSC 450 - Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 451 - Programming Languages and Compilers II MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II Two courses from: MAT 245 - Calculus III MAT 246 - Linear Algebra MAT 271 - Discrete Mathematical Structures (recommended) MAT 369 - Modeling and Differential Equations in Biological and Natural Sciences And three electives from: CSC courses above 200 PHY 261 - Electronics MIS 475 - Systems Analysis and Design MAT 355 - Numerical Mathematics and Computation At least two electives must be upper division courses. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The Speaking (S) graduation skill is met by: MAT 201, COM 111 or 115 (COM 115 recommended), or a sequence of courses and presentations approved in consultation with the Computer Science Department. Consult your faculty advisor for details. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Computational Economics The Computational Economics major has been designed to serve students with need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major requires six courses from Computer Science, six from Economics, and a required capstone independent study. Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in Computer Science, in Economics, or one of the coordinators. Coordinators Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics Noel Petit, Department of Computer Science Major in Computational Economics MAT 145 - Calculus I CSC 160 - Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 - Introduction to Programming CSC 210 - Data Structures CSC 240 - Introduction to Networking and Communications or CSC 320 - Algorithms or CSC 352 - Database Management and Design CSC 345 - Principles of Computer Organization ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics 120 ECO 315 - Money and Banking ECO 318 - Management Science CSC/ECO 499 - Independent Study Graduation Skills The Speaking (S), Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Computational Philosophy Computational Philosophy emphasizes areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The major requires seven courses from computer science, six from philosophy, and a required capstone topics course. Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in philosophy, or one of the coordinators. Coordinators David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy Noel Petit, Department of Computer Science Major in Computational Philosophy MAT 171 - Discrete Mathematics for Computing or MAT 145 - Calculus I CSC 160 - Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 - Introduction to Programming CSC 210 - Data Structures CSC 320 - Algorithms CSC 373 - Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence CSC 385 - Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 241 - History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy PHI 242 - History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 - History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century Philosophy PHI 344 - History of Philosophy IV: 20th-Century Philosophy PHI 365 - Philosophy of Science PHI 410 - Topics in Philosophy or CSC 495 - Advanced Topics in Computer Science One upper division elective in philosophy Graduation Skills The Speaking (S), Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.50 in Computer Science major courses, GPA of 3.10 overall, and an independent study project. Computer Science Minor Six courses including CSC 160, 170, 210, 345, one additional upper division Computer Science course, and one of MAT 171 or MAT 145. 121 Course Grading A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to be counted as completing a major or minor requirement. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 122 Economics The Department of Economics offers a program that stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis, and an emphasis on national and international issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. The department offers six majors: Economics, Applied Economics, Mathematical Economics, Business and Economics, Computational Economics, and Economics and Political Science (Education majors only). The Economics major and the Applied Economics majors lead to careers in the business world or government. The Mathematical Economics major is designed for students who intend to attend graduate school in economics or another quantitative field such as finance or operations research. It is also designed to serve students to work in quantitative fields immediately upon graduation, e.g., research analysts or actuaries. Computational Economics provides a liberal arts entry into the field of computer science. The combined Economics/Business Administration major allows students great flexibility in order to explore both fields. Finally, the teaching major in Political Science/Economics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid background for teaching economics. The study of economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and make choices. An Economics major prepares students for community leadership and leads to a great diversity of career opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, and private and public international service. Pre-law and potential Master of Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider Economics as a major or a minor. Students are able to combine an Economics major with other disciplines such as Business Administration, International Relations, Mathematics, Management Information Systems, Political Science, History, and area study programs. Students who are interested in any type of quantitatively-oriented graduate program in economics or in business are encouraged to either major or minor in Mathematics. These students should also take courses in Computer Science. Consult an advisor for specific course suggestions. For the Economics and Applied Economics majors, the capstone experience is ECO 490 - Research Methods in Econometrics. Students in other majors should consult their advisor for alternatives. Internships are recommended. Students must consult with the department chair and the Strommen Center before registering for an internship for academic credit. Note: Transfer students must complete at least three upper division economics courses for a major and two for a minor. Transfer classes must have been completed in the last 10 years with at least a 2.0 grade. Economics Faculty Keith Gilsdorf (Chair), Jeanne Boeh, Stella Hofrenning Degree and Major Requirements Major in Economics, BA ECO 112- Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 490 - Research Methods in Econometrics Three four-credit upper division economics electives MIS 379 - Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics and MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business or MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics or MAT 164 – Introductory Statistics for STEM MAT 114 - Precalculus or MAT 145 - Calculus I 123 or MAT 146 - Calculus II Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Major in Applied Economics, BA ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 - Money and Banking ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 318 - Management Science ECO 350 - Labor Economics ECO 360 - International Economics ECO 490 - Research Methods in Econometrics ECO 399 - Internship Program or ECO 499 - Independent Study MIS 379 - Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics and MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business or MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics or MAT 164 – Introductory Statistics for STEM ENL 223 - Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 - Ethics or PHI 125 - Ethics and Human Identity Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Major in Computational Economics, BA See Computer Science. Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration, BA Five Economics courses and supporting courses in other departments: ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting ACC 222 - Introduction to Managerial Accounting BUS 242 - Principles of Management or BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation MKT 252 - Principles of Marketing FIN 331 - Financial Management or MIS 379 - Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics and MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business One four-credit upper division Economics course elective One four-credit upper division Business elective 124 Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill can be met by completing two courses: (1) ECO 112 or 113 (QF) and (2) MIS 379 or ECO 318 or ECO 490 (QA). Consult your department chair or academic advisor if you wish to choose an alternative approach to meeting the QR graduation skill. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Major in Mathematical Economics, BS ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 416 - Mathematical Economics ECO 490 - Research Methods in Econometrics MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 245 - Calculus III MAT 246 - Linear Algebra MAT 373 - Probability Theory MAT 374 - Statistical Theory and Applications MAT 324 - Analysis or MAT 369 - Modeling and Differential Equations in the Biological and Natural Sciences or MAT 377 - Operations Research Two four-credit upper division economics course electives Recommended Courses: CSC 160 - Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 - Introduction to Programming Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Teacher Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students, therefore, should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics See Political Science. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 125 Minor in Economics ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics One additional four-credit upper division economics course Other configurations may be permitted by consulting with the department chair. Note: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a faculty advisor as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 126 Education The Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education programs that are accredited by the Minnesota Board of Teaching and National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendation for licensure to the State of Minnesota for:      Elementary (grades K-6) Secondary—grades 5-12 in communication arts/literature, health, mathematics, and social studies; grades 9-12 in life science, chemistry, and physics K-12 licenses in visual arts, physical education, music, English as a Second Language (ESL) and the NEW special education: Academic Behavioral Strategist (ABS) license. (Note the ESL and ABS programs are available in weekday evening program only*) General Science (5-8) initial license Optional endorsements for a K-6 elementary license include, mathematics (grades 5-8), general science (grades 5-8), social studies (grades 5-8), or communication arts/literature (grades 5-8). Program Availability Degree and/or licensure programs are available in both the Day and AU (weekday evening*) programs. Augsburg Undergraduate (AU) degree and licensure programs are limited to elementary, secondary communication arts/literature and social studies, and K-12 visual arts, ESL and ABS. Additional licensure programs are available through the Day program and open to AU students who can take courses on a weekday schedule. All prerequisite courses, elementary core courses, and professional education courses are available on a weekday evening schedule*. P-12 field service requirements associated with courses and student teaching must be completed during regular P-12 school hours. All students must have some time available each term for field service in P-12 educational settings. Graduate Master of Arts in Education A graduate level licensure option is available in the AU* program to those already holding a BA/BS degree. Graduate courses taken for licensure can be applied to a Master of Arts degree in Education (MAE). Licensure only Students who have completed a BA/BS degree may complete a licensure only program within the day or AU* undergraduate program. Contact the Education Department or the Office of Admissions for information. Program Overview Students in all degree and/or licensure programs must apply for acceptance into the Education Department prior to beginning most 300-400 level courses. (EDC 310 may be taken prior to admission). All students are required to meet the statutory requirements for a skills exam in reading, writing and math. The Minnesota Basic Skills requirement may be met by providing passing scores on one of the three test batteries (MTLE, SAT, or ACT Plus Writing). Additional criteria for acceptance into the Education Department are available through the department website. Students complete a semester of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure. Students must complete the EdTPA during their student teaching semester. State law requires passing appropriate exams (basic skills, pedagogy, and content exams) prior to recommendation for licensure. Students who entered Augsburg College under earlier catalogs must comply with the requirements of the new licensure programs. The Education Department offers non-licensure majors in Elementary Education and Education Studies. Contact the department for details. The department also offers a Special Education minor which is described at the end of this section. 127 Students are assigned an Education Department program advisor upon request or at the outset of EDC coursework. All students are expected to become knowledgeable about programs and follow through with department policies. Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the Education Department and website. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in an international student teaching program. Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department at least one year prior to student teaching. Students who teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. In addition to gaining Education Department approval for student teaching abroad, students must apply through the Study Abroad and Study Away Office in the Center for Global Education and Experience. Education Faculty Margaret Finders (Chair), Joseph Erickson, Jennifer Diaz, Jeanine Gregoire, Audrey Lensmire, Rachel Lloyd, Cari Maguire, Susan O’Connor, Donna Patterson, Christopher Smith, Barbara West 128 Elementary Education Major and Licensure Requirements Elementary Education majors are required to complete the following non-major and major courses. To be licensed they must also complete a student teaching experience. Degree-seeking students follow the Bachelor of Science Liberal Arts Foundation requirements. Non-departmental Core Courses These requirements should be taken during freshman/sophomore year; many of these courses will also fulfill liberal arts requirements: ENL 111 - Effective Writing HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education Math sequence for students (Do NOT take if seeking 5-8 math endorsement.) MPG 3 pre-requisite. MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I (fall) MAT 138 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers II (spring) Science sequence for students (Do NOT take if seeking 5-8 general science endorsement.) Option A is for Day students who do not have college-level science courses in their background. BIO 102 - The Biological World or ENV 120 - Environmental Science and PHY 203 - Physics and Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers Option B is for weekday, AU*, and/or transfer students with at least one college-level science course accepted in transfer, or for weekday students who have already started this sequence. PHY 203 - Physics and Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers or EED 203 - Physical Science for Elementary Teachers (summer session, Time 1 only) and EED 200 - Elementary Education Earth Science (summer session, Time 2) and BIO 102 - The Biological World or ENV 120 - Environmental Science Option C (Rochester only). SCI 110 - Natural Science I (Physical Science) SCI 111 - Natural Science II (Biological and Earth Science) Major Courses Foundations Block I EDC 200 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting** EDC 211 - Minnesota American Indians and EDC 210 - Diversity in the School (EDC 110 Teaching in a Diverse World (Freshman only) or EDC 206 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 225 - Foundations of Literacy 129 Foundations Block II EDC 310 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting Methods Block I (Courses from this point on require admission to the department) EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education EED 325 - K-6 Methods: Literacy EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience** EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’ Literature Methods Block II EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods** EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art EED 342 - K-6 Methods: Music EED 350 - K-6 Methods: Mathematics** EED 360 - K-6 Methods: Science** EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods** Capstone Block EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs** EDC 490 - School and Society Student Teaching Block Student teaching is required for licensure. Students with an Elementary major who do not complete student teaching can graduate through the Elementary Education non-licensure major. EED 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6 EED 489: Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar Endorsements (optional to add on to elementary license, secondary biology, chemistry, physics) Communication Arts (5-8) ENL 220 - Intermediate Expository Writing ENL 240 - Introduction to Literary Study COM 254 - Interpersonal Communication or COM 329 - Intercultural Communication or COM 351 - Argumentation or COM 355 - Small Group Communication EED 331 - Middle School Methods Writing ESE 300 - Reading/ Writing in the Content Area** ESE 350 - 5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading** Student Teaching - five weeks Social Studies (5-8th grade) POL 121 - American Government and Politics HIS 120 - America to 1848 or HIS 121 - 19th-Century United States or HIS 122 - 20th-Century United States ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 - The Modern World 130 or HIS 104 - The Modern Non Western World or PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology or SOC 121 - Introduction to Sociology or ANT 141 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ESE 220 - Introduction to Human Geography ESE 300 - Reading/Writing in the Content Area** ESE 311 - Middle School Methods: Social Studies** Student Teaching—five weeks Mathematics (5-8th grade) MAT 114 - Precalculus (or MPG 4) MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics or MAT 164 – Introductory Statistics for STEM MAT 252 - Exploring Geometry MAT 271 - Discrete Mathematical Structures MAT 287 - History of Mathematics ESE 300 - Reading/Writing in the Content Area** ESE 331 - Middle School Methods: Mathematics** Student Teaching—five weeks General Science (5-8th grade) BIO 102 - The Biological World BIO 121 - Human Biology CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II PHY 116 - Introduction to Physics SCI 106 - Introductory Meteorology Geology - (take elsewhere—see Education Department for suggestions) ESE 300 - Reading/Writing in the Content Area** ESE 341 - Middle School Methods: Natural Science** Student Teaching—five weeks Graduation and Licensure/ Endorsement Requirements A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50 in the major, 2.00 in the specialty area, and grades of P in student teaching courses are required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of two full courses graded P/N, plus student teaching, is the maximum allowed within the Elementary Education major requirements. Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 131 K-12 English as a Second Language The K-12 English as a Second Language (ESL) undergraduate major is available as an initial license as well as an endorsement to an existing license. This license qualifies teachers to work with K-12 students for whom English is a second language across a range of subject areas. A prerequisite to program admissions is two years of high school level or one year of college level language instruction. The K-12 ESL program is offered in a hybrid format with a mix of face-to-face and online instruction throughout the semester. Program courses are offered in a weekday evening* framework during the academic year and summer semester to make them accessible to working adults. Major and Licensure Requirements Required Non-major Courses: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education ENL 111 - Effective Writing Modern language pre-requisites (2 years high school or 1 year college language) Required Education Courses for ESL: EDC 200 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting** EDC 210 - Diversity in the School or EDC 110 - Teaching in a Diverse World (Freshman only) and EDC 211 - Minnesota American Indians or EDC 206 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 220 - Educational Technology EDC 310 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs** ESE 325 - Creating Learning Environments ** EED 325 - K-6 Methods: Literacy EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience** ESL Major Courses ESL 310 - Second Language Acquisition ESL 320 - Introduction to Linguistics ESL 330 - History and Structure of the English Language ESL 340 - ESL Literacy** ESL 410 - ESL Testing and Evaluation ESL 420 - ESL Methods ** ESL 490 - Language, Culture, and Schools (Keystone requirement) ESL 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary ESL 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary ESL 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar Graduation Skills Graduation Skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 132 Secondary Education It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department and the subject area major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisors in both their subject area major and in the Education Department. K-12 licensure is available in art, music, health and physical education. A 5-12 secondary licensure program is available in communication arts/literature, mathematics, and social studies. A 9-12 secondary licensure program is available in life science, chemistry, and physics with an additional general science endorsement for grades 5-8. Licensure requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program. These requirements are: bachelor’s degree, academic major in an approved teaching area, and completion of an approved licensure program. Consult with your subject matter advisor for Graduation Skills requirements in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W). Major and Licensure Requirements Non-Departmental Requirements ENL 111 - Effective Writing HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education Program Requirements Foundations Block I EDC 200 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting** EDC 211 - Minnesota American Indians and EDC 210 - Diversity in the School (EDC 110 Teaching in a Diverse World (Freshman only) or EDC 206 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 220 - Educational Technology Foundations Block II EDC 310 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting Courses from this point and on require admission to the Education Department. Methods Block I ESE 300 - Reading/Writing in the Content Area** ESE 325 - Creating Learning Environments** Methods Block II ESE 3XX - K-12 or 5-12 Methods in Content Area** Capstone Block EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs** EDC 490 - School and Society Student Teaching Block ESE 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Secondary ESE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50 in education, 2.50 in the teaching major, and P (pass) in student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, non-departmental requirements, and education program courses must have a grade of 2.0 or better. 133 Art, Music, and Physical Education Licensure (K-12) Students preparing for licensure in one of these areas follow the Secondary Education program even though they may plan to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three to four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. Note: Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the Bachelor of Music Education major. Art, music, and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Students may no longer license in a minor field of study. A graduate level licensure option is available through the AU* evening program. Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the Education Department or the Undergraduate and Graduate Admissions Offices for information. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 134 Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist The special education ABS major is available only through the AU* program. This major is ideally suited to people who are currently working in schools with K-12 special education students. Students must complete field service requirements in K-12 special education and general education mainstreamed settings as part of course and program requirements; field service requirements are during the regular school times and calendar year. A graduate-level licensure option is available through AU*. Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Special Education Coordinator: Susan O’Connor Major and Licensure Requirements Special Education Major Non-departmental core courses - These requirements should be taken during freshman/sophomore year; many of these courses will also fulfill liberal arts requirements: ENL 111 - Effective Writing HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I (MPG 3 prerequisite) Required Education Courses for ABS: EDC 200 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting** EDC 211 - Minnesota American Indians and EDC 210 - Diversity in the School (or EDC 110 Teaching in a Diverse World Freshman only) or EDC 206 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 220 - Educational Technology EDC 310 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EED 225 - Foundations of Literacy (Students must be admitted to Education Department to take courses beyond this point) EED 325 - K-6 Methods: Literacy EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience** EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods** EED 350 - K-6 Methods: Mathematics** EED 360 - K-6 Methods: Science** EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs** EDC 330 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing I EDC 331 - Practicum in Public Achievement I EDC 332 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing II EDC 333 - Practicum in Public Achievement II SPE 410 - Implementing Assessment Strategies SPE 411 - Etiology and Theory of Mild to Moderate Disabilities SPE 415 - Theory to Practice SPE 425 - Transition and Community SPE 430 - Instructional and Behavioral Practices SPE 490 - Parent and Professional Planning SPE 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary SPE 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary SPE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar 135 Graduation Skills Graduation Skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Special Education Minor The Special Education minor requires six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the needs of students in various disciplines interested in disability issues. This minor is available through the weekday program. Required courses: EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs** EDU 491 - Practicum and Seminar in Special Education** PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology SOC 231 - Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective Choose one from the following: PSY 250 - Child Development PSY 252 - Adolescent and Young Adult Development PSY 253 - Aging and Adulthood Choose one from the following: PSY 357 - Behavior Analysis PSY 359 - Assessment SOC 265 - Race, Class and Gender SWK 301 - History and Analysis of Social Policy Interested students should contact the director of Special Education at the outset of coursework For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 136 English Through the study of English we witness life’s complexity, experience life as others do, and thus better understand the world in which we live and work. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence and allows us to frame human events within diverse world views. Those who study English typically believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. At the same time, the English Department’s emphasis on writing helps our students to clarify and share their thoughts. English relates closely to other majors. Like the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. Like psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. Like philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. Like science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. Like speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. Like history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in various cultures. Augsburg’s English Department integrates its programs with cultural opportunities available in this vital urban area. Plays, films, and readings are available near the campus, often within walking distance. English majors also have opportunities to use and refine their skills by working in internships on and off campus, tutoring English Language Learner (ELL) students, or tutoring in the Writing Lab. Students who complete an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. English Faculty Dallas Liddle (Chair), Stephan Clark, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Douglas Green, Sarah Groeneveld, John Schmit, Lindsay Starck, Kathryn Swanson, Mzenga Wanyama, Cary Waterman Degree and Major Requirements Choosing a Concentration Students majoring in English have the opportunity to choose one of three concentrations: literature, language, and theory; creative writing; and secondary licensure in communication arts/literature. While some of our courses explicitly address theoretical approaches to literature, especially those that examine race, class, and gender, all of our courses infuse these concerns in their engagement with primary works of fiction, poetry, creative nonfiction, film, and drama. All literature classes involve students in multiple forms of literary examination and are taught by professors who love teaching and who love literature. Our classes develop and demand the skills of aesthetic receptivity, perceptive and critical reading, open and clear speaking, and analytical and engaging writing—skills of the educated and employable citizen. English Major with a Literature, Language, and Theory Concentration The Literature, Language, and Theory concentration provides students various approaches to the study of the written word and visual text. Spotlight courses focus on specific authors, genres, or themes, and enable the discovery of new literary experiences. Courses in African American, Native American, Asian American, and postcolonial literatures reconfigure the nature of traditional literary studies. Survey courses in English, American, and world literatures are organized by historical periods and provide a classically structured framework of study. Courses in literary theory demand the intense and intellectually challenging engagement of text, culture, and self. The Literature, Language, and 137 Theory concentration offers courses of study cross-listed with American Indian Studies, Art, Communication Studies, Film, Theater, and Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies. This concentration requires nine courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 including: ENL 220 - Intermediate Expository Writing or ENL 221 - Intermediate Expository Writing About the Arts At least two 200-level literature courses as prerequisites for upper division courses in English. No more than two 200level literature courses may count for the major. At least five 300-level courses, with one each in British literature, American literature, and world literature. At least one 400-level course. Any 300-level course serves as a prerequisite for the 400-level. Minor in Literature, Language, and Theory Five courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 are required, including: ENL 220 - Intermediate Expository Writing or ENL 221 - Intermediate Expository Writing About the Arts Four literature, language, and theory courses, three of which must be upper division courses. English Major with a Creative Writing Concentration The English Creative Writing concentration helps students develop professional writing skills by focusing their efforts in the creative modes: poetry, fiction, creative nonfiction, playwriting, and screenwriting. Over the course of the major, students master terminology; engage the field’s aesthetic and ethical issues; and read and study the works of established writers. The creative writing concentration expands competencies in observation, research, and analysis that enable writers to gather and interpret material from a variety of sources and perspectives for their work; it attends particularly to the artistic aspects of the writer’s craft, such as form, affect, and revision. English majors in Creative Writing engage the interdisciplinary demands inherent in literary endeavors, including issues of design, and enhance their appreciation of the aesthetic possibilities inherent in the writing life. Creative Writing courses are taught by dedicated professors, who are themselves practicing writers. The writing concentration offers courses of study cross-listed with Art, Communication Studies, and Theater. To complete this concentration students must take 10 courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112, including three literature, language, and theory courses. At least one of these must be at the 300-level or higher. ENL 220 - Intermediate Expository Writing or ENL 221 - Intermediate Expository Writing About the Arts ENL 226 - Introduction to Creative Writing ENL 320, 321 - Fiction One, Fiction Two or ENL 322, 323 - Poetry One, Poetry Two ENL 420 - Advanced Studies in Writing (Keystone) ART 215 - Introduction to Web Design or ART 201 - Introduction to Graphic Design One elective from: ENL 227 - Journalism ENL 228 - Broadcast and Online Journalism ENL/FLM 229 - Screenwriting ENL 320 - Fiction One ENL 322 - Poetry One ENL 324 - Creative Non-Fiction ENL/THR 325 - Playwriting I ENL 396 - Internship in Teaching Writing 138 ENL 397/399 - Internship An approved ACTC creative writing course Minors in Writing A minor with an open emphasis requires five writing courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112, including at least one course from the 200-level and two from the 300-level. A minor with a creative emphasis requires five writing courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 and must include ENL 226, and at least three upper division creative writing courses, two of which must be a 300 two-course writing sequence. Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major The Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure concentration is for students who seek to be licensed to teach communication arts/literature in Minnesota. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the first and sophomore years and to apply for the education licensure program no later than the spring of their junior year. Students in both programs must work with advisors in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major. Should licensure not be possible, graduation can be achieved through an English major, which requires at least two additional, specific courses, or through a communication studies major. Prerequisite: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 Major Requirements (eight courses in English): ENL 220 - Intermediate Expository Writing ENL 240 - Introduction to Literary Study ENL 365 - Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction ENL 380 - Introduction to the English Language ENL 396 - Internship in Teaching Writing One upper division ENL British literature course One upper division ENL American literature course One additional ENL literature, language, or theory course chosen from ENL360, 361, 362, 367, 368, 371, 385, 394, 410, and 430 Experiential Requirement (no credit): One college-level experience required in forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to departmental approval) Additional Courses (outside the English Department): COM 111 - Public Speaking COM 254 - Interpersonal Communication COM 351 - Argumentation One of COM 120, COM 243, or POL 342 Special Methods (two courses): ESE 350 - 5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading ESE 351 - 5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening Additional ESE and EDC courses are required for licensure. See the Education Department section for a listing of secondary education licensure requirements. In addition to consulting your designated ENL advisor, contact an Education Department advisor for information about education courses. 139 Graduation Skills Graduation Skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met by completing the following courses: GST 200, MAT 163, MAT 164, or PHY 119 Departmental Honors GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by early October in senior year for department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may receive independent study credit (refer to departmental guidelines). Transfer Students Note: Transfer undergraduate English majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer students who minor in English must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer English education students with a BA in English from another college must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken before the department can recommend a student for student teaching. The English Placement Test A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in composition must have a score of 4 or 5. Students who need to develop competence in composition skills—such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences—are required to enroll in Developmental Writing (ENL 101) where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in Effective Writing (ENL 111). These students must pass Developmental Writing (ENL 101) with a grade of P, 2.0, or higher before enrolling in Effective Writing (ENL 111). Note: Students should register for ENL 101 during the first semester of attendance if possible. ENL 111, 112, or HON 111 should be completed, if possible, during the first year. Students in Developmental Writing (ENL 101), Effective Writing (ENL 111), HON 111, or ENL 112 can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with their instructor up through the last week of class (without special permission/petition). Service Courses The department offers these service courses for students as required by a placement test. Literature, Language, and Theory Courses The 200-level courses in the literature, language, and theory track of the English major develop foundational competencies in reading and interpreting literary texts, and provide opportunities for diverse literary discovery. These courses require ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 as a prerequisite or co-requisite. Upper Level Courses The 300-level courses in the literature track in English concentrate on primary texts in historical and cultural contexts. These courses ask students to practice interpreting literary texts by employing techniques, terminology, and research methods of the discipline, resulting in effective and substantive expository writing about the subject. Unless otherwise indicated, students must take ENL 220 or 221 (see writing courses), or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or gain consent of the instructor as a prerequisite. 140 The 400-level literature, language, and theory courses emphasize scholarship, criticism, and theory, and ask students to write and speak professionally about literary texts. Any 300-level literature course or permission of the instructor serve as a prerequisite for the 400-level. One 400-level course must fulfill the keystone requirement. Writing Courses Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to hold their place in the course. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 141 Environmental Studies Environmental Studies is the interdisciplinary investigation of human relations with the natural world. The program pursues a multifaceted examination—across the natural sciences, social sciences, humanities, and professional studies— of the interdependence shared by people and nature. It provides an understanding of the material world as well as the ecological, social, and cultural processes and problems that bind that world together. Through the study of politics, biology, literature, chemistry, social work, economics, communications and history, Environmental Studies students focus on the most pressing local, regional, national, and global issues of our day. Augsburg College’s location in the city offers a particular opportunity for the close study of complex urban environments. Although many equate environmental issues with rural areas, most people live in cities. Urban residents shape nature in innumerable ways, including through energy, food, and water consumption; transportation; and industrial production. In turn, cities often serve as the settings in which environmental injustice flourishes. With that in mind, Augsburg’s Environmental Studies program fosters the simultaneous study of ecological quality and social justice. The program provides undergraduate training leading to a BA or a minor in Environmental Studies. Upon completion of the program, students will be able to comprehend ecological processes, recognize the many and varied forms of nature in the city, distinguish stakeholders’ interests in policy debates, decipher the context and variety of human experiences in nature, identify inequities in the access to and use of natural resources, and articulate responses grounded in multiple disciplinary insights to current urban environmental challenges. Drawing on their experiences in settings as diverse as the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood, the upper Mississippi River Valley, and Mexico, graduates of the program pursue vocations in nonprofit organizations, government policy and planning positions, law and graduate school, education, ministry, and corporate settings. Environmental Studies Faculty Christina Erickson (Social Work), Matthew Beckman (Biology), Ralph Butkowski (Biology), Kristen Chamberlain (Communication Studies), Lars Christiansen (Sociology), Z. Vivian Feng (Chemistry), Nancy Fischer (Sociology), Keith Gilsdorf (Economics), David Hanson (Chemistry), Ann Impullitti (Biology), Joan Kunz (Chemistry), Michael Lansing (History), Emily Gaenzle Schilling (Biology/Environmental Studies), Joseph Underhill (Political Science Director), John Zobitz (Mathematics). Degree and Major Requirements Environmental Studies Major Standard Track Requirements Core courses: ENV 100 - Environmental Connections ENV 120 - Environmental Science SWK 210 - Environmental Justice and Social Change POL 241 - Environmental and River Politics or ENV 310 - Environmental Politics Field Seminar or POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy or POL/WST 341 - Globalization, Social Struggle and the Environment (CGE) or SOC 381 - City and Regional Planning COM 260 - Environmental Communication or REL/WST 313 - Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE) HIS 316 - US Urban Environmental History ECO 365 - Environmental Economics ENV Internship (ENV 396, 397, 398, or 399) ENV 492 - The City and Environment Keystone 142 or ENV 490 - Environmental Studies Independent Project (Keystone) Biology requirements: BIO 151 - Introductory Biology BIO 152 - Ecology, Evolution and Diversity BIO 481 - Ecology Chemistry requirements: CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II HECUA Track Requirements ENV 100 - Environmental Connections SWK 210 - Environmental Justice and Social Change COM 260 - Environmental Communication or REL/WST 313 - Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE) HIS 316 - US Urban Environmental History INS 345, INS 346, INS 399 - (HECUA Environmental Sustainability Semester, four courses: Adaptive Ecosystem Management; Social Dimensions of Environmental Change, Field/Research Methods and Investigation, Internship and Integration Seminar) ENV 492 - The City and Environment Keystone or ENV 490 - Environmental Studies Independent Project (Keystone) Biology requirements: BIO 151 - Introductory Biology BIO 152 - Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity BIO 481 - Ecology Chemistry requirements: CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II Environmental Studies Minor Five courses: ENV 100 - Environmental Connections ENV 120 - Environmental Science Complete three courses from at least two of the four divisions: Humanities COM 260 - Environmental Communication ENL 270 - Themes HIS 316 - US Urban Environmental History REL/WST 313 - Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE) Social Sciences ECO 365 - Environmental Economics ENV 310 - Environmental Politics Field Seminar POL 241 - Environmental and River Politics POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy POL/WST 341 - Globalization, Social Struggle and the Environment (CGE) SOC 380 - Disaster and Resilience Professional Studies 143 SWK 210 - Environmental Justice and Social Change Natural Sciences BIO 152 - Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity BIO 481 - Ecology CHM 115 - General Chemistry I Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 144 Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies The Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies program provides students with the opportunity to examine critically women’s contributions and experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. This is an inter-college program with course offerings at Augsburg College, Hamline University, St. Catherine University, and the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women’s experiences. The Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies program offers both a major and a minor, and provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education, and social work as well as graduate study. Faculty Adriane Brown (director), Kristin M. Anderson, Janelle Bussert, Kristin Chamberlain, Sarah Combellick-Bidney, Cass Dalglish, Ankita Deka, Jacqueline deVries, Grace B. Dyrud, Darcey Engen, Nancy Fischer, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom, Sophia Jacobsen, Michael Lansing, Barbara Lehmann, Lynne Lorenzen, Mary Lowe, Ann Lutterman-Aguilar, M. Elise Marubbio, Kathleen McBride, Sarah Myers, Norma Noonan, Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, Timothy Pippert, Beverly J. Stratton, Kathryn Swanson, James Vela-McConnell, Mzenga Wanyama Degree and Major Requirements Major Ten courses that must include: WST 201 - Introduction to Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies WST 315 or another mid-level course in feminist theory selected from an approved list WST 485 - Senior Seminar WST 199/399 - Internship* *WEC majors may take WST 499 (Independent Study) with a practical application in lieu of WST 199/399; interested students should speak with the WST director. The remaining six electives are to be selected from approved Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies courses, and should include one course with a racial, ethnic, or global emphasis and one course with a sexuality emphasis. At least three of the six electives must be upper division courses. Students may take courses at any of the colleges participating in the Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies program. However, at least three courses must be completed at Augsburg. Each student’s program must have the written approval of the Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies program coordinator. Both majors and minors are encouraged to participate in one of the gender-focused semester study abroad programs offered through Augsburg’s Center for Global Education. Two programs have been pre-approved for Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies credit: Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (offered fall semester) and Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our Communities (offered spring semester). Graduation Skills The Speaking (S), Writing (W), and Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skills are embedded at all levels and are met by completing the major. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill can be met by completing GST 200 or MAT 163 or MAT 164. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. 145 Minors and Concentrations Students majoring in Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies can pursue a concentration in Sexuality and/or Global Women’s and Gender Studies. A concentration will be noted on the transcript at the point of graduation, not a minor. Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies Minor Five courses that must include WST 201; WST 315; and three electives, one of which must be upper division. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student’s program must have the written approval of the Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies Program Coordinator. Sexuality Studies Minor or Concentration The 20-credit minor/concentration in Sexuality Studies offers students the opportunity to explore the history, social construction, and physiology of sexuality and to examine the cultural meanings of gender, sexual orientation, and sexual practice on a global level. Students are required to take three core courses plus two electives (one of which must be upper division), as follows: Core Courses in Sexuality Studies: WST 201 - Introduction to Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies SOC 266 - Sociology of Sexualities WST 305 - Introduction to Queer Studies Elective Courses in Sexuality Studies: WST 250 - Global Perspectives on Gender and Sexuality WST 315 - Margins as Center: Feminist Theory HPE 316 - Human Sexuality WST 281/481 - Topics Global Women’s and Gender Studies Minor or Concentration The 20-credit minor/concentration in Global Women’s and Gender Studies offers students the opportunity to focus on women’s roles, experiences, and worldviews in a global context. Students are required to take three core courses plus two electives (one of which must be upper division), as follows: Core Courses in Global Women’s and Gender Studies: POL 359 - Topics: Women in Comparative Politics WST 201 - Introduction to Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies WST 315 - Margins as Center: Feminist Theory Elective Courses in Global Women’s and Gender Studies: WST 250 - Global Perspectives on Gender and Sexuality WST 281/481 - Topics WST 313 - Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE) WST 341 - Globalization, Social Struggles and the Environment (CGE) WST 357 - Mexican History, Culture and Cosmovision (CGE) WST 362 - Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender and Millennium Development Goals in Sub Saharan Africa WST 366 - Latin American Liberation Theologies (CGE) AIS 208/408 - Native American Women and Film AIS 233 - Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective AIS 305 - Indigenous Issues of Central America AIS 320 - American Indian Women ENL 365 - Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction HIS 195 - Topics in History: Promoting Justice and Seeking Equality - Globalization and Women’s Grassroots Movements in Latin America 146 Students are strongly encouraged to study abroad or to take at least one travel seminar. Transfer Students Students who transfer to Augsburg College and wish to complete a major or minor in Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies are urged to consult with the director of Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies immediately upon transfer. The Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies program has an articulation agreement with Century College and with Inver Hills Community College that governs students from these institutions with a Women’s Studies certificate who transfer to Augsburg. Transfers from other colleges and universities must consult with the director of Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies for approval of courses for the major or minor. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 147 Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science All students at Augsburg College will interact at some point during their college experience with the Department of Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science. Goals of the department are to provide quality experiences, preparation for the professions, and an education that leads to lifelong participation in physical activity. Recreational participants as well as student athletes will find ample opportunity for developmental activities. The Physical Education program prepares students for careers in physical education endeavors in the schools and in allied professions. It also provides general education in physical activity for all Augsburg students. The Health Education program prepares students for careers in school health education, wellness, and allied professions. This program offers a comprehensive view that examines prevention and promotion needs for individuals, schools, and the community. The Exercise Science program prepares students with practical application of the knowledge needed to become a health fitness or community health professional. Interested students will also be prepared to move on to graduate or professional school in allied health fitness professions such as physical therapy, occupational therapy, athletic training, and chiropractic studies. Faculty Eileen Kaese Uzarek (Chair), Chris Brown, Anthony Clapp, Carol Enke, Jill Everett, Aaron Griess, Melissa Lee, Michael Navarre, Kassondra Nordmeyer, Ana Ribeiro, Eric Rolland, Missy Strauch, Nathan Tenut Degree and Major Requirements Health Education Major HPE 104 - Components of Fitness Training HPE 110 - Personal and Community Health HPE 114 - Health and Safety Education HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education HPE 215 - Health and Exercise Psychology HPE 316 - Human Sexuality HPE 320 - School Health Curriculum HPE 357 - Measurement in Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science HPE 358 - Assessment in Health and Physical Education HPE 390 - Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education HPE 410 - Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 450 - Current Health Issues BIO 103 - Human Anatomy and Physiology PSY 250 - Child Development or PSY 252 - Adolescent and Young Adult Development Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Health Education Minor HPE 104 - Components of Fitness Training HPE 110 - Personal and Community Health 148 HPE 114 - Health and Safety Education HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education HPE 316 - Human Sexuality HPE 320 - School Health Curriculum HPE 390 - Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education HPE 450 - Current Health Issues BIO 103 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (The Minnesota Board of Teaching does not license minors in teaching.) Teaching Licensure The Minnesota Board of Teaching has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may be subject to change after the publication of this catalog. It is the responsibility of the student to consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. A Bachelor of Science degree is available for students seeking teacher licensure. Students must consult with a faculty advisor concerning the Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements under the Bachelor of Science option. All students seeking teaching licensure must receive a minimum grade of 2.0 in all required courses with an HPE prefix. Physical Education Major HPE 104 - Components of Fitness Training HPE 114 - Health and Safety Education HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education HPE 205 - Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science HPE 220 - Motor Learning and Development HPE 254 - Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education HPE 275 - Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 324 - K-6 PE Games and Activities HPE 334 - 7-12 Sport Skills and Activities HPE 335 - Outdoor Education HPE 340 - Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 - Kinesiology HPE 351 - Physiology of Exercise HPE 357 - Measurement in Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science HPE 358 - Assessment in Health and Physical Education HPE 473 - Physical Education Curriculum BIO 103 - Human Anatomy and Physiology Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Physical Education Minor HPE 104 - Components of Fitness Training HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education HPE 205 - Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science HPE 324 - K-6 PE Games and Activities HPE 334 - 7-12 Sport Skills and Activities HPE 351 - Physiology of Exercise 149 (The Minnesota Board of Teaching does not license minors in teaching.) Coaching Certification The Minnesota Board of Teaching does not require coaching certification. The following courses are recommended for those interested in coaching in Minnesota public schools: HPE 114 - Safety Education HPE 275 - Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 280 - Coaching Theory The Minnesota State High School League (MSHSL) requires all head varsity coaches of interscholastic sports to complete a coaching effectiveness program offered through the MSHSL. Teaching Licensure The Minnesota Board of Teaching has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may be subject to change after the publication of this catalog. It is the responsibility of the student to consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. A Bachelor of Science degree is available for students seeking teacher licensure. Students must consult with a faculty advisor concerning the Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements under the Bachelor of Science option. All students seeking teaching licensure must receive a minimum grade of 2.0 in all required courses with an HPE prefix. Exercise Science Major, BA HPE 104 - Components of Fitness Training HPE 110 - Personal and Community Health HPE 114 - Health and Safety Education HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education HPE 205 - Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science HPE 215 - Health and Exercise Psychology HPE 275 - Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 300 - Nutrition for Exercise Science HPE 304 - Advanced Fitness Training HPE 305 - Stress Management HPE 315 - Exercise Testing and Prescription HPE 350 - Kinesiology HPE 351 - Physiology of Exercise HPE 357 - Measurement in Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science HPE 397/399 - Internship in Exercise Science HPE 450 - Current Health Issues HPE 490 - Exercise Science Seminar and Keystone BIO 103 - Human Anatomy and Physiology Exercise Science Major, BS Pre-Health Science Track This major is available for those wishing to satisfy the prerequisites for graduate school in exercise science allied professions such as physical therapy, occupational therapy, athletic training, and chiropractic. HPE 104 - Components of Fitness HPE 110 - Personal and Community Health HPE 114 - Health and Safety Education HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education HPE 205 - Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science 150 HPE 215 - Exercise and Health Psychology HPE 275 - Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HLTH 345 - Nutrition for Health (St. Thomas) HPE 304 - Advanced Fitness Training HPE 305 - Stress Management HPE 315 - Exercise Testing and Prescription HPE 350 - Kinesiology HPE 351 - Physiology of Exercise HPE 357 - Measurement in Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science HPE 397/399 - Internship HPE 450 - Current Health Issues HPE 490 - Exercise Science Seminar and Keystone Supporting courses: BIO 151 - Introductory Biology BIO 152 - Evolution, Ecology and Diversity BIO 253 - Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy BIO 473 - Animal Physiology CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II EXSS 4300 - Advanced Biomechanics (St. Catherine) FSNU 3250 - Sports Nutrition (St. Catherine) MAT 114 - Precalculus INDI 2220 - Medical Terminology (St. Catherine) HPE 220 - Motor Learning and Development PHYS 1080 - Physics for Health Science I (St. Catherine) PHYS 1090 - Physics for Health Science II (St. Catherine) PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 151 History History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer expressed it this way: “No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences that makes scattered individuals into a community.” The study of history enables us to deal more knowledgeably with continuity and change in society. The construction of an informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the future. History majors are prepared to be active and contributing members of their society. The study of history, which has long held a major role in the liberal arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate study in many fields, and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing of information. History Faculty Michael J. Lansing (Chair), Phillip C. Adamo, Jacqueline deVries, William Green, Maheen Zaman Degree and Major Requirements History Major Nine courses, including HIS 280 and HIS 480. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval, modern Europe, United States, and non-Western. History Area Courses     Ancient and Medieval: HIS101, 102, 360, 361, 369, 370, 374, 378, or HUM120 Modern Europe: HIS102, 103, 282, 348, 352, or 354 United States: HIS120, 121, 122, 225, 234, 236, 241, 242, 243, 249/349, 300, 316, 331, 332, 335, 336, 338, or 343 Non-Western: HIS104, 140/440, 150/350, 155/355, 162/462, 323, 327, 346, 357, or 474 Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the major. Speaking (S) and Writing (W) skills are also developed throughout the major, but are given special emphasis in the following courses (both required for majors): S: HIS 480 W: HIS 280 and HIS 480 The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill may be fulfilled by taking HIS 369, GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT163, or PHI 230. Teaching Licensure The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor Five courses, at least three of which must be upper division. 152 Departmental Honors GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to four credits) to be defended before a faculty committee. Other Requirements First-year students should enroll in one or more 100-level courses. 200-level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Upper division courses are numbered 300 and above. Prerequisites Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See instructor for permission to waive prerequisites. Transfer Students Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their courses at Augsburg including HIS 280 and 480. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 153 Honors Program – HON Introduction The Augsburg Honors Program offers an adventurous education where students with a passion for ideas can be their best. We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students committed to an exceptional higher education. Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike any other honors program in the nation because it gives students the resources and freedom to build their own ideal higher education. Students have the opportunity to create their own courses, edit and write for the Honors Review of Undergraduate Scholarship, belong to an Honors House, and learn through small reading groups, research projects, and travel around the world. Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great books on trial, or attending music, theater, and art performances. Honors courses bring in professors from several different departments so students can learn from talented professors teaching their specialties. For information, contact the Honors Desk at honors@augsburg.edu, (612-330-1560) or Phil Adamo, Honors Program director, at adamo@augsburg.edu. Honors Program Recognition Students who complete the Honors Program requirements receive special transcript notation, special graduation recognition, résumé-building positions, and special access to academic advising and career options. Honors Admission Requirements and Academic Scholarships Students with a demonstrated record of achievement are eligible to enter the Augsburg Honors Program. Prospective students may demonstrate achievement in a variety of ways. Most students who are admitted have a composite ACT score of 27 or higher (or a combined SAT score of 1250 or higher), and a high school GPA of 3.50 or higher. However, students without these numeric requirements may be eligible if they have exceptional records of extracurricular activity or other exceptional experiences. All students are encouraged to apply. To apply, students should fill out the online application at www.augsburg.edu/honors. Students applying for the Honors Program also automatically apply for the College’s highest academic scholarships: the President’s, Honors Regents’, International President’s, and Hanwick/Agre Scholarships. Qualifying Advanced Placement, International Baccalaureate, College in the Schools, and Postsecondary Option courses may satisfy Honors Program requirements, and/or be granted College credit. Contact Academic Advising or the Honors Program director for further information. Students may enter the Honors Program at any point in their academic career, so long as they have the time left to complete the 28 credits needed to satisfy the Honors requirements. This usually means by the start of their junior year. All Honors students must complete the three required, 4-credit courses (HON 120, HON 130, and HON 490), and the junior colloquium (HON 340). Honors Program Requirements   All Honors student must complete the college’s General Education core requirements, including REL 100, REL 200, ENL 111, and two Liberal Arts Foundation (LAF) courses in each of the four disciplinary areas (Humanities, Fine Arts, Social and Behavioral Science, Natural Science and Mathematics). Unless exempt, Honors students must also fulfill the foreign language and physical education requirements. Some Honors courses, both required and elective, may also satisfy Gen Ed requirements. Students should use this circumstance to their advantage where it helps them toward degree completion. For example, students may take 154    HON 100, HON 200, or HON 111 to fulfill the Gen Ed requirements met by REL 100, REL 200, or ENL 111, respectively. At the same time, exemption from certain Gen Ed requirements does not mean exemption from Honors requirements. For example, students may be exempt from the Humanities LAF, but this does not make them exempt from taking HON 130-Liberating Letters, which all Honors students must take, usually in their first year. All Honors students must complete 28 credits in Honors to meet the Honors requirements for graduation. Students may transfer up to 8 credits from another institution toward their total of 28 Augsburg Honors credits. Transfer credits may come from AP, IB, PSEO, or other courses, through pre-established reciprocity agreements, participation in a chapter of the PTK community college honors society, or a portfolio of leadership activities. All transfer credits are subject to the approval of the Honors director. (This effectively means that some students may only take 20 Honors credits at Augsburg.) Honors Co-Curricular Activities Honors Houses All Honors students must belong to an Honors House for the purpose of receiving academic advising and program information. All Honors students are required to attend mandatory meetings of the Honors Program or of their houses. These meetings are necessary for advising, information, and governance. When students enter the Honors Program they choose to join one of the four Honors Houses:     The Crockett Scholars House coordinates scholarship, research, fellowship, major award or prize opportunities, and graduate school placement for all Honors students. Crockett House also organizes events related to scholarship, such as College scholarship events. The Pike Stewards House coordinates public relations, job placement, and fundraising opportunities for all Honors students. Pike House also organizes events for alumni and fundraising. The Griffin Citizens House coordinates recruiting, social activities, admission and scholarship applications, and the Honors website opportunities for all Honors students. Griffin House also organizes events for recruiting and socializing, such as banquets, parties, and high school recruiting trips. The Hesser Servants House coordinates service-learning, social justice, experiential learning, and political activity opportunities for all Honors students. Hesser House also organizes related events, such as Honors service days and Augsburg experiences. Augsburg Honors Review Students manage, edit, write, and publish an interdisciplinary journal of undergraduate scholarship. The Review accepts submissions from students at Augsburg and other colleges and universities around the nation. Student Leadership Opportunities Students elected to leadership within their Honors House may serve as house presidents or serve in other program leadership positions. The house presidents sit on the Honors Student Presidents Council and make critical decisions about program courses and resources. Student-Created Learning Experiences (SCLE) Honors students may learn through established courses or through student-created learning experiences. These student-created experiences may substitute for Honors curricular requirements, or may simply enrich a student’s education. Such student created experiences may count toward requirements in majors and satisfy Honors requirements, or simply be an elective course. Student-created learning experiences may take almost any form. Some possible forms include:   Student-created courses (created in collaboration with faculty) Full course (10-20 students) 155    Reading Groups (29 students) Individual Reading and Examination (individual study) Student/Faculty Research (may be one or many students) Process: A student-created learning experience may be proposed by any Honors student or by any Augsburg faculty or staff person. The interested student should speak with either an Honors Council member or the Honors Program director. Next, a proposal should be drafted in accord with the Honors student-created learning experience form. Finally, the proposal should be submitted by the student to the Honors Program director who will carry the proposal to the Honors Council for review. Honors Curriculum These courses may best be taken in the order listed below, but can be taken out of order if scheduling conflicts require it. First year at Augsburg: Fall Required course: HON 120 - Scholar Citizen (includes theater lab, satisfies speaking skill and critical thinking skill requirements) Electives that also satisfy Gen Ed requirements: HON 100 - Religion, Vocation, and the Search for Meaning I First year at Augsburg: Spring Required course: HON 130 - Liberating Letters (also satisfies humanities LAF and speaking skill) Electives that also satisfy Gen Ed requirements: HON 111 - Effective Writing for Liberating Letters (also satisfies effective writing requirement) Subsequent years at Augsburg Required course: HON 340 - Junior Colloquium (taught over two semesters by the Honors Director; P/N grading) Electives that also satisfy Gen Ed requirements: HON 200 - Religion, Vocation, and the Search for Meaning II HON 220 - Scholar Scientist (satisfies non-lab natural sciences and mathematics LAF and quantitative reasoning skill requirements) HON 230 - Arts and the City (satisfies fine arts LAF) HON 240 - Science, Technology, and Citizenship (satisfies natural sciences and mathematics lab LAF) HON 250 - Social Scientist (satisfies social and behavioral sciences LAF) Other Electives: HON 380 - Student Created Learning Experience (1, 2, or 4 credits) HON 499 - Independent Study (1, 2, or 4 credits. These may be fulfilled by one summer of URGO research, independent study within a department, an internship within a department, or completing a departmental honors project.) All HON 499 courses are subject to the approval of the Honors director. Certain courses cross-listed in other departments 156 Final year at Augsburg: Fall or Spring Required course: HON 490 - Honors Senior Seminar Electives: As needed For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 157 Interdisciplinary Studies Interdisciplinary Studies programs draw upon and combine coursework from multiple academic disciplines to provide both broad perspective and in-depth focus on an area of study. Through interdisciplinary programs and courses, students can gain greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their own. Augsburg offers a number of majors that are interdisciplinary in nature. They include:      American Indian Studies Environmental Studies Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies (ACTC) International Relations Urban Studies Information about these majors and their requirements can be found in their respective departmental pages. Other interdisciplinary course offerings are listed under International Programs. Culture and Social Justice Minor The Culture and Social Justice minor is an interdisciplinary program committed to engaging students with the histories, struggles, knowledge, and agency of marginalized groups throughout our global society. Drawing on the diversity of current and past voices from the Augsburg neighborhood, the minor connects local and national efforts to larger global struggles for justice. The program explores the interplay of experiences that form and reform the current landscapes of globalization, including Indigenous origins, diaspora, immigration, the impact of colonialism, postcolonialism, and neocolonialism, cross-cultural and multicultural integration, and cultural thrivance. The interdisciplinary character of this minor helps students develop professional skills for working across cultures and disciplinary audiences, enhances writing and speaking skills for multicultural audiences, and provides preparation for the increasingly diverse and globalized marketplace. Coordinators Andrew Aoki and Elise Marubbio Minor Requirements A total of six courses – one introductory course, four cluster courses, and one capstone course – are required. No more than two classes from the same department can count toward the minor. At least 2 courses must be upper division. No class can fulfill a requirement in more than one area. Courses noted with an asterisk have prerequisites. One introductory course: AIS 105 - Introduction to American Indian Studies ANT 141 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology CCS 100 - Introduction to Cultural Studies Four courses are required from the four clusters: Theory cluster: Courses from this cluster will help students develop the ability to use a variety of theoretical approaches to understanding globalization and marginalization. One course is required. AIS 208 - Native American Women and Film AIS 364 - Indigenous Filmmakers COM 329 - Intercultural Communication INS 233 - Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective POL 140 - Social Justice in America PSY 261 - Personality and Cultural Context SOC 240 - Protest and Social Change: Sociology of Social Movements 158 SOC 265 - Race, Class, and Gender SOC 290 - Cultures of Violence THR 245 - Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theater WST 305* - Introduction to Queer Studies WST 315 - Margins as Center: Feminist Theory WST 324* - Liberationist, Feminist, Queer, and Postcolonial Theologies in Latin America Local community cluster: Students will be able to describe the histories, politics, and cultures of the communities in which Augsburg resides, and be able to explain how those communities have been shaped by and responded to marginalization. One course is required. AIS 105 - Introduction to American Indian Studies AIS 205 - Contemporary American Indians AIS 332 - Native American Storytelling ENL 355* - Themes in American Indian Literature POL 140 - Social Justice in America National cluster: Courses in this cluster will help students be able to explain the ways that the United States has been constructed from a variety of cultures, and the economic, political, and social consequences of that. One course is required. AIS 105 - Introduction to American Indian Studies AIS 205 - Contemporary American Indians AIS 264 - American Indian in the Cinema AIS 320 - American Indian Women AIS 332 - Native American Storytelling ART 290/390 - Native American Art ENL 250* - American Voices ENL 251* - Introduction to African American Literature ENL 255* - American Indian Literature ENL 350* - Readings in African American Literature ENL 365* - Contemporary Post-Colonial Fiction HIS 236 - American Indian History HIS 241, 242, 243 - African American History POL 282 - Asian American Politics THR 270 - Introduction to Black Theater Global cluster: Courses in this cluster will help students be able to describe issues and question that cross national boundaries, and the ways that people around the world are adapting to changing environments. One course is required. AIS 305/490† - Indigenous Issues of the Americas [Travel seminar]* ART 100† - special topic on pottery & spirituality; taught in Guatemala* ART 231 - Pre-Columbian, Colonial, and Contemporary Mexican Art HIS 150/350 - Latin American History HIS 155/355 - Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America HIS 162/462 - Contemporary South Asia HIS 327† - Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the United States* HIS 357†* - Mexican History, Culture, and Cosmovision POL 158 - Introduction to Political Science POL 359* - Topics: Gender and Globalization POL 459* - Topics in Comparative Politics SPA 332* - Latin American Civilizations and Culture WST 250 - Global Perspectives on Gender and Sexuality 159 WST 335†* - Contemporary Latin American Women WST 341†* - Globalization, Social Struggles, and the Environment CGE programs in Mexico, Namibia, and Guatemala can count toward 1 class requirement. Note: Courses marked with a dagger (†) are not offered in the United States. Some are offered through the Center for Global Education at one of their international locations, while others may be done through a study abroad seminar. Courses marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites. One capstone course: In this capstone to the minor, students will review the connections between local, national, and global dynamics, and be able to describe the ways that people around the world adapt to the forces of globalization, and the role that those forces play in creating or reinforcing pressures of marginalization. INS 495: Topics For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Leadership Studies Minor The Leadership Studies minor is designed for students who are, and have been, engaged in leadership experiences and to tie their experiences with the academic study of leadership. Formal application and admission to the leadership minor is required. To be admitted, students must provide a resume of past and present leadership engagement as well as a commitment to continuing that engagement. The application can be found at http://www.augsburg.edu/mal/academics/leadership-studies-minor/ Successful completion of the undergraduate minor in leadership will allow the student advanced standing in the MA in Leadership program at Augsburg. They would not be required to take ML 505 Foundations and would only have to take 10 courses to complete the MA instead of 11. Five courses are required for the minor: LST 205, LST 485 and three electives as specified below. Note: some of these courses may have a prerequisite. LST 205 - Introduction to Leadership Studies LST 485 - Leadership Seminar: Integrating Leadership Theory and Practice At least three electives chosen from the two core areas of leadership focus – communication and cultural competence in organizations. At least one course from each area. Courses must be selected from at least two different departments. Students must have a 2.0 grade or above in all of the courses in the minor to qualify for graduation with the minor. Note: some of these courses may have prerequisites. Communication Leaders must have skills in imparting or exchanging of information. Choose at least one of the courses below, or a director approved elective: COM 345 - Organizational Communication COM 321 - Business and Professional Speaking COM 355 - Small Group Communication COM 480 - Public Relations/Promotional Communication ENL 385 - Language and Power ENL 220 - Intermediate Expository Writing 160 Director approved elective Cultural Competence in Organizations All leadership takes place within the context of an organization. Leaders should be able to understand, appreciate, and interact with persons from cultures and/or belief systems other than their own within those organizations. Choose at least one of the courses below, or a director approved elective: COM 329 - Intercultural Communication INS 359 - Political Sociology of Building Power, Change, and Equity SOC 265 - Race, Class and Gender SWK 280 - Diversity and Inequality in Professional Practice SOC 349 - Organizations and Society: Understanding Nonprofits and Corporations Approved CGEE Study Abroad Course Director approved elective Peace and Global Studies Minor See International Relations’ departmental page. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 161 International Relations International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which provides students with the basis for informed global citizenship, preparing them for graduate study or careers in foreign service, nonprofit organizations, or international business. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of offerings at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study opportunities; most of our majors do study abroad at some point during their time at Augsburg. Competency in one foreign language is required, and some students study two languages. All majors complete a significant senior research project and thesis on a topic of their own choosing, such as immigration, conflict resolution, economic development, or climate change. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students often combine this major with a second major in History, Political Science, International Business, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the international relations major. Director Joseph Underhill Degree and Major Requirements International Relations Major Required core courses: ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 - The Modern World or HIS 104 - The Modern Non-Western World POL 158 – Introduction to Political Science or POL 160 - World Politics POL 490 - International Relations Keystone or KEY 480 - Topics in Global Interdependence Four terms (or equivalent) of college work in a modern language other than English One of the following lower division electives: ANT 141 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology INS 225 - Introduction to Islam POL 241 - Environmental and River Politics SWK 230 - Global Peace and Social Development WST 250 - Global Perspectives on Gender and Sexuality or one additional upper division course from the list of required electives listed below. Two of the following: HIS 332 - History of United States Foreign Relations POL 368 - Model United Nations POL 459 - Topics: Comparative Politics POL 461 - Topics: International Politics Five of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): BUS 362 - International Business BUS 465 - International Management COM 329 - Intercultural Communication 162 ECO 360 - International Economics ECO 365 - Environmental Economics ECO 370 - International Economic Development ENV 310 - Environmental Politics Field Seminar FIN 460 - International Finance FRE 332 - French Civilization Today GER 332 - German Civilization and Culture II HIS 323 - Modern China HIS 346 - Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective HIS 352 - The Holocaust in German History HIS 354 - Modern Britain and Ireland HIS 440 - Topics in World History HIS 474 - World and the West MKT 466 - International Marketing POL 350 - Topics: European Politics POL 459 - Topics: Comparative Politics POL 483 - Political Statistics and Methodology REL 356 - World Religions SPA 331 - Spanish Civilization and Culture SPA 332 - Latin American Civilization and Culture Seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the program director, as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second foreign language. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in the program. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing ECO 365 The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) may be met by completing the IR elective POL 483 or MAT 163 or MAT 164. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. International Relations Major with International Business Concentration Required core courses of the International Relations major, three of the following courses: BUS 362 - International Business BUS 465 - International Management FIN 460 - International Finance MKT 466 - International Marketing One of the following: ECO 360 - International Economics ECO 365 - Environmental Economics ECO 370 - International Economic Development One elective from the list of International Relations major electives, excluding other Business, Economics, and Marketing courses. 163 Note: Several of the Business courses have prerequisites. Please consult the catalog and your academic advisor before registering for one of the advanced courses. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.50 in the major; 3.00 overall. In addition to fulfilling the requirements for the major, the student must enroll in an independent study (POL 499) course and complete an honors thesis no later than April 1 of the senior year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to complete an honors major by the end of their junior year. International Relations Minor ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 - The Modern World or HIS 104 - The Modern Non-Western World POL 158 - Introduction to Political Science or POL 160 - World Politics HIS 332 - History of United States Foreign Relations or POL 461 - Topics: International Politics One year of modern language Three courses from the list of required electives for the major Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor. Peace and Global Studies Minor The Peace and Global Studies minor focuses on the centrality of justice, tolerance, and intercultural understanding in moving toward a less violent world; it takes advantage of the campus resources of the Peace Prize Forum (co-hosted each year by Augsburg College), the Center for Global Education, and the international diversity of our surrounding neighborhoods. The minor is structured as a learning community that involves students, faculty, staff, and community members; it focuses on experiential learning that emphasizes the interconnections between peace, justice, and environmental sustainability. Students in the program draw on study abroad in taking local actions to address global issues. The minor consists of two required courses, two upper division electives, a senior keystone seminar, a study abroad requirement, and participation in local peace-related activities. See International Relations program director for full program description. POL 160 - World Politics SWK 230 - Global Peace and Social Development Two upper division electives from: ECO 365 - Environmental Economics ECO 495 - Topics ENL 365 - Contemporary Post-Colonial Fiction HIS 332 - History of United States Foreign Relations HIS 346 - Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective HIS 350 - Latin American History INS 312 - The Politics of Development in Southern Africa POL/WST 341 - Globalization, Social Struggles and the Environment POL 353 - Political and Social Change in Namibia REL 313 - Environmental Theology and Ethics REL 346 - The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa REL 366 - Latin American Liberation Theologies SOC 240 - Protest and Social Change: The Sociology of Social Movements 164 Other topics or study abroad courses with approval of program director For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 165 Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies The Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College’s mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today’s world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation and that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of a truly global perspective. The department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors in French, German, and Spanish, as well as an interdisciplinary major in Cross-Cultural Studies. Introductory courses in Latin, Norwegian, Ojibwe, Farsi, and American Sign Language are offered at Augsburg, and courses in Ancient Greek, Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, and Portuguese are available to Augsburg students through Augsburg’s four partner-institutions in the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) consortium. Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in second-language education and translation, but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in international business, law, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or minor in languages. In addition, a minor in languages is a valuable research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in most academic disciplines. Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies Faculty Michael Kidd (Chair), Sarah Degner-Riveros, Randy Gresczyk, Diane McDonagh, Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, Kate Reinhardt, Joseph Towle, John Van Cleve Degree and Major Requirements Language Major CCS 100 - Introduction to Cultural Studies 9 courses above 211 including: One course in literature KEY 480 - Topics in Global Interdependence A semester of study abroad (15 weeks) is required Students are expected to take as many courses in the target language as possible. Other than CCS 100 and KEY 480, any course taught in English must be approved by the advisor for credit toward the major. Cross-Cultural Studies Major The Cross-Cultural Studies major consists of three core courses, a language requirement, a study-abroad requirement, and three electives, as specified below. Core courses: CCS 100 - Introduction to Cultural Studies CCS 399 - Internship KEY 480 - Topics in Global Interdependence Language requirement: Minor in French, German, or Spanish or completion of the 212 level in two different languages. Placement waivers of the core skill in languages do not fulfill any part of the language requirement for the Cross-Cultural Studies major. Heritage speakers must earn credit by examination for 212, if following the two-language path, or complete the coursework for a minor in available languages (consult Academic Advising for testing in less commonly taught languages). Study-abroad requirement (consult Augsburg Abroad for offerings): 166 One semester (15 weeks) on an approved study abroad program or two short-term international study experiences approved by the department Electives: Three upper-division courses in related areas. Courses must be chosen in consultation with the student’s academic advisor and must include comparative study of a non-English speaking culture. Seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at other colleges and universities can be considered here. No more than two courses may be counted from a single department. Graduation Skills For all majors, the Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Writing (W) are met by completing CCS 100 and KEY 480. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met with one of the following courses: GST 200, HIS 369, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 164, NUR 410, PHI 230, PHY 119, POL 483, or the QR from a second major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Language Minor Four courses above 211 Students are expected to take all courses in the target language. Any course taught in English must be approved by the advisor for credit toward the minor. Departmental Honors Majors seeking graduation with departmental honors must apply to the chair of the department in their junior year. Requirements include a 3.50 GPA both in the major and overall, and an honors thesis written in the target language. Prerequisite Any prerequisite must be completed with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. Transfer Students Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See major/minor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses accepted for transfer must have been taken within the past seven years. Study Abroad A semester of study abroad (15 weeks) is required for Language majors, and some study abroad is strongly recommended for minors. See advisor for guidelines on portfolio documentation of coursework taken abroad. Majors in Cross-Cultural Studies must complete a semester abroad (15 weeks) or two short-term international study experiences approved by the department. Internships An advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199) that links language skills with community service and career exploration may be arranged pending faculty availability. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 167 Mathematics Mathematics is the study of structure and relationships and provides tools for solving a wide variety of problems. Mathematical language describes our world from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the problem solving and quantitative reasoning skills that are increasingly expected of every member of contemporary society. Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts education. Students majoring in Mathematics acquire the skills necessary to serve society through a variety of careers. In addition to acquiring computational and problem solving skills, Mathematics majors at Augsburg develop their abilities to reason abstractly; to conjecture, critique, and justify their assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems; to read and comprehend precise mathematical writing; to speak and write about mathematical ideas; and to experience working in teams on mathematical projects. Students can prepare for graduate school, for work in business, industry, or nonprofit organizations, or for teaching mathematics in grades K-12. Students majoring in many disciplines find it helpful to acquire a minor or a second major in Mathematics. Students may choose coursework supporting the study of Mathematics as a liberal art (through the BA degree) or choose a more focused program of courses (through the BS degree). BS focus areas include theoretical mathematics, statistics, teaching mathematics, and the application of mathematics to science and engineering, actuarial science, computing, business, or economics. Augsburg’s urban location allows students to gain experience working with mathematics through internships, service learning, and the colloquium course. Augsburg students can also choose to complete a major in Actuarial Science at University of St. Thomas, offered through ACTC. Mathematics Faculty John Zobitz (Chair), Pavel Bělík, Suzanne Dorée, Richard Flint, Matthew Haines, Miles Ott, Jody Sorensen Degree and Major Requirements Mathematics Major, BA Nine courses including: MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 245 - Calculus III MAT 246 - Linear Algebra MAT 271 - Discrete Mathematical Structures MAT 491 - Mathematics Colloquium (to be taken during junior and senior years) A “theoretical structures” course from: MAT 304 - Graph Theory MAT 314 - Abstract Algebra MAT 324 - Analysis Other courses approved by the department. Three additional electives chosen from MAT courses numbered above 250, at least two of which are numbered above 300. Note that PHY 327 counts as a 300 level MAT course. Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each course that applies toward the major. At least two MAT courses numbered above 250 must be taken at Augsburg. 168 Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QF and QA), and Writing (W) are embedded in the MAT courses and are met by completing the major. An additional course in Speaking (S) is also required and may be met by either MAT 201 together with the major, COM 111, COM 115, student teaching, another speaking skill course approved by the department, or completion of another major that includes the speaking skill. Students transferring in mathematics course(s) must consult their faculty advisor about potential additional skills courses needed. Mathematics Major, BS Twelve courses including: MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 245 - Calculus III MAT 246 - Linear Algebra MAT 271 - Discrete Mathematical Structures MAT 491 - Mathematics Colloquium (to be taken during junior and senior years) Four electives chosen from MAT courses numbered above 250, at least three of which are numbered above 300. Note that PHY 327 counts as a 300 level MAT course. Three additional electives chosen from MAT courses numbered above 250, or the following list of supporting courses (or substitutes with departmental approval); BIO 355, BIO 473, BIO 481, MIS 379, CHM 353, CHM 362, CHM 368, CSC 160 (recommended), CSC 170, CSC 210, CSC 320, CSC 385, CSC 457, ECO 112 or ECO 113 (cannot count both), ECO 318, ECO 416, ECO 490, ESE 330, FIN 331, MAT 163, MAT 164, MAT 173, MKT 352, PHY 121, PHY 122, PSY 215, PSY 315, SOC 362, SOC 363. (Not more than one of MAT 163, MAT 164, MAT 173, MKT 352, PHY 121, PHY 122, PSY 215, PSY 315, SOC 362,, MIS 379, PSY 215, SOC 362 may count). These seven electives must include a(n):  “Theoretical Structures” course: MAT 304, MAT 314, MAT 324, or other courses approved by the department.  “Applied Project” course: MAT 355, MAT 369, MAT 374, MAT 377, or other courses approved by the department.  “Statistical Perspectives’’ course: MAT 373, MAT 163, MAT 164, MAT 173, MKT 352, PHY 121, PHY 122, PSY 215, PSY 315, SOC 362, MAT 394, MIS 379, PSY 215, SOC 362, or other courses approved by the department. At least five of the seven electives must be chosen from a focus area approved by the department. Sample focus areas:        Biological Sciences: one of MAT 163, MAT 164, MAT 173, MKT 352, PHY 121, PHY 122, PSY 215, PSY 315, SOC 362,, PSY 215; two of BIO 355, BIO 473, BIO 481; two of MAT 363, MAT 369, MAT 373 Business, Economics, or Actuarial Science: ECO 112 or ECO 113; two of CSC 160, MIS 379, ECO 318, ECO 416, ECO 490, FIN 331, MAT 163, MAT 164, MAT 173, MKT 352, MAT 373; MAT 374 or MAT 377. (Only one of MIS 379, MAT 163 and MAT 164 may count). Computational Mathematics: CSC 170; CSC 210; one of CSC 320, CSC 385, CSC 457; two of MAT 304, MAT 355, MAT 363, MAT 377. Physical Sciences: two of PHY 121, PHY 122, CHM 353, CHM 362, CHM 368; two of MAT 324, PHY 327, MAT 355, MAT 369; a fifth course from this list. Statistics: One of MAT 163, MAT 164, MIS 379, PSY 215, SOC 362; MAT 324; MAT 373; MAT 374 or MAT 394; one of ECO 490, MKT 352, PSY 315, SOC 363, or another applied statistics course approved by the department. Teaching Mathematics: ESE 330; MAT 252; MAT 287; MAT 314; MAT 324 Theoretical Mathematics: MAT 314; MAT 324; at least three of MAT 252, MAT 287, MAT 304, MAT 363, MAT 373, or regularly offered courses at other ACTC colleges in Complex Variables, Topology, Measure Theory/Real Analysis II, Abstract Algebra II, Combinatorics. In addition, an experiential component in the focus area is required, such as an internship, volunteer or paid work experience, undergraduate research project, student teaching in mathematics, or other experiences approved by the 169 department. Such experiences may also fulfill the Augsburg Experience requirement if approved. For an undergraduate research project, the work may build upon a course-based project, but significant work beyond the course is expected. Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each course that applies toward the major. At least two MAT courses numbered above 250 must be taken at Augsburg. Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QF and QA), and Writing (W) are embedded in the MAT courses and are met by completing the major. An additional course in Speaking (S) is also required and may be met by either MAT 201 together with the major, COM 111, COM 115, student teaching, another speaking skill course approved by the department, or completion of another major that includes the speaking skill. Students transferring in mathematics course(s) must consult their MAT advisor about potential additional skills courses needed. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers. The state requirements are subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for secondary education licensure to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the BS major, but the electives must include: ESE 330 5-12 - Methods: Mathematics MAT 252 - Exploring Geometry MAT 287 - History of Mathematics MAT 314 - Abstract Algebra MAT 324 - Analysis an “Applied Project” course One of the following: MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics MAT 164 – Introductory Statistics for STEM MAT 373 - Probability Theory At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for a concentration in mathematics to teach in grades 5-8 under elementary education licensure are: MAT 114 - Precalculus (or MPG 4) MAT 145 - Calculus I One of the following: MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics MAT 164 – Introductory Statistics for STEM or MAT 373 - Probability Theory MAT 252 - Exploring Geometry MAT 271 - Discrete Mathematical Structures MAT 287 - History of Mathematics ESE 331 - Middle School Methods: Mathematics Elementary Education majors seeking middle school mathematics licensure are strongly encouraged to consult with a Mathematics faculty advisor before enrolling in the 200 level MAT courses. Departmental Honors in Mathematics To be considered for departmental honors, a student must be involved with Mathematics beyond the classroom, have a GPA of at least 3.50 in MAT courses numbered above 200, have an overall GPA of at least 3.0, complete a project with 170 significant mathematical content (usually beginning before senior year), and obtain the approval of the Mathematics Department. The project may build upon a course-based project, but significant work beyond the course is expected. The project results must be presented in a public forum. A proposal to complete departmental honors in mathematics should be submitted to the Mathematics Department chair at least one year prior to graduation. Specific requirements are available from the department. Pi Mu Epsilon Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national mathematics honor society is by invitation. To be considered, students must have a declared Mathematics major, junior or senior status, and a GPA of 3.00 in their major and overall. Mathematics Minor Five courses including: MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II Three MAT electives numbered above 200, at least one of which is numbered above 300. Note that PHY 327 counts as a 300 level MAT course. Alternatively students may complete a minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics or MAT 164 - Introductory Statistics for STEM MAT 252 - Exploring Geometry MAT 271 - Discrete Mathematical Structures MAT 287 - History of Mathematics Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each course that applies toward the minor. At least one MAT course numbered above 250 must be taken at Augsburg. Statistics Minor Six courses or five courses and a research experience or internship, as detailed below: MAT 213 - Data Visualization and Statistical Computing MAT 273 - Statistical Modeling An introduction to statistics - one of: MAT 163 - Introduction to Statistics MAT 164 - Introduction to Statistics for STEM MIS 379 - Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I SOC 362 - Statistical Analysis A project-based statistics course - one of: BIO 481 - Ecology ECO 490 - Research Methods in Econometrics MAT 374 - Statistical Theory and Applications MKT 352 - Marketing Research and Analysis POL 483 - Political Statistics and Methodology PSY 315 - Research Methods and Statistics II SOC 363 - Research Methods Two electives chosen from the following: 171 MAT 373 - Probability Theory MAT 394 - Topics in Statistics No more than one of the following: CSC 170 - Introduction to Programming CSC 352 - Database Management and Design CSC 310 - Introduction to Data Science MIS 270 - Data Management MIS 479 - Business Analytics POL 483 - Political Statistics & Methodology A second project-based course: BIO 481 - Ecology ECO 490 - Research Methods in Econometrics MAT 374 - Statistical Theory and Applications MKT 252 - Marketing Research & Analysis POL 483 - Political Statistics and Methodology PSY 315 - Research Methods and Statistics II SOC 363 - Research Methods No more than one of the following, with prior approval from the Mathematics Department: PSY 491 - Advanced Research Methods Advanced statistics electives taught in the ACTC or in transfer An undergraduate research experience or internship using statistics Either the project-based course or one of the electives must be taught by a content department other than Mathematics. Students interested in graduate work in statistics are encouraged to select MAT 373 Probability Theory as one elective and MAT 374 Statistical Theory and Applications as the project-based course, and also to complete MAT 145 Calculus 1, MAT 146 Calculus 2, MAT 245 Calculus 3, and MAT 246 Linear Algebra -- which completes a mathematics minor. Math Placement Group (MPG) Before enrolling in any Mathematics course and many other courses that have Math Placement prerequisites, students must have the required Math Placement. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. MPG measures student’s current skill in and understanding of Basic Math (MPG 2), Algebra (MPG 3), Precalculus (MPG 4), and Calculus I (MPG 5). Students who have taken the ACT test within the last five years are assigned an initial MPG based on their mathematics subscore, illustrated below. Students who have recently completed a mathematics course at another college or university are assigned an initial MPG by the Registrar’s Office as part of Transfer Credit Evaluation, if the course covers Basic Math, Algebra, Precalculus, or Calculus. Students who receive a grade of 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement Exam in Calculus (AB or BC) are assigned MPG 5. Students are allowed to take the Math Placement Exam to determine if they should be placed into a higher MPG than their initial placement. In particular, students whose initial placement is MPG 1 or MPG 2 are expected to take the Math Placement Exam. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by Academic Advising. The exam is given during Summer Orientation and Registration (SOAR) sessions for first-year students, and before new student registration appointments for transfer and AU students. Other times can be scheduled on an individual basis. Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam once during their first semester of enrollment at Augsburg College. Practice questions and other information are available from Academic Advising. Students in MPG 1 take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student’s MPG. 172 ACT Math Subscore Initial Math Placement Required Math Placement Exam 18 and below MPG 1 Basic Math; Algebra 19-21 MPG 2 Algebra 22-23 MPG 2 Algebra 24-25 MPG 3 No exam needed 22-25 and successful high school precalculus, trigonometry, or calculus MPG 3 Precalculus (if seek MPG 4) 26+ and successful high school precalculus, trigonometry, or calculus MPG 4 No exam needed Prerequisites A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a Mathematics course. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 173 Medieval Studies The objective of Medieval Studies is to introduce students to the culture of the Middle Ages—its diverse history and beliefs, its arts and literature—and to the disciplinary and interdisciplinary skills necessary for its serious study. The major in Medieval Studies fulfills the original (medieval) ideal of a liberal arts education. Since the study of the liberal arts was developed in the Middle Ages, students majoring in Medieval Studies find a model context for the pursuit of a liberal arts degree in the modern world. As was the case in medieval universities, Augsburg’s major in Medieval Studies prepares students for life beyond college. Because of its emphasis on precise reading and analysis of texts, careful writing, and spirited discussion, the major in Medieval Studies offers a solid foundation for graduate or professional study, as well as employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, critical and abstract thinking, and processing information. Medieval Studies Faculty Michael Kidd (Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Program Director), Phillip C. Adamo (History), Kristin M. Anderson (Art), Mark L. Fuehrer (Philosophy), Douglas E. Green (English), Beliza Torres (Theater), Merilee Klemp (Music), Philip A. Quanbeck II (Religion), Martha E. Stortz (Religion), Mark D. Tranvik (Religion), Hans Wiersma (Religion), Maheen Zaman (History) Degree and Major Requirements Major Eleven courses, including: Six core requirements: HUM 120 - Medieval Life in 12th-Century Europe LAT 101 - Beginning Latin I LAT 102 - Beginning Latin II HIS 369 - The Early and High Middle Ages HIS 370 - The Late Middle Ages to 1648 HUM 490 - Keystone: Medieval Studies Project One of the following literature courses: ENL 330 - Shakespeare ENL 332 - British Literature: Renaissance and Reformation ENL 360 - The Classical Tradition ENL 361 - The Medieval World SPA 352 - Survey of Spanish Literature I One of the following religion or philosophy courses: HIS 378 - Medieval Church PHI 242 - History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy REL 362 - Martin Luther and the Reformation One of the following history of arts courses: ART 386 - Medieval Art ART 387 - Renaissance and Baroque Art MUS 231 - History and Literature of Music I THR 361 - Theater History and Criticism I 174 Two electives from the following courses: HIS 374 - Medieval Crusades HIS 440 - Topics in World History: Monks and Heretics POL 380 - Western Political Thought SPA 331 - Spanish Civilization and Culture Any literature, religion/philosophy, or history of arts courses not already taken may be taken as electives. Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. HIS 369 meets the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Language Requirement Students must take one year of college-level Latin as part of the major. In addition, students must take one year of a college-level, modern language in which medieval scholarship is published (e.g. Spanish, French, German, Norwegian, Arabic; NOT American Sign Language). This second language will fulfill the Modern Language Core Skills requirement. Augsburg Experience As with all majors, an Augsburg Experience is required for graduation. For the Medieval Studies major this might include study abroad, or internships at the University of Minnesota’s Rare Books Collection, the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, or the Minnesota Renaissance Festival. Prior approval of advisor is required for all Augsburg Experiences related to Medieval Studies. Minor Five courses, including HUM 120. The remaining four courses must be in different disciplines, as grouped above (history, literature, religion/philosophy, and history of arts). For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 175 Music The Music Department at Augsburg College offers professional music training in the context of a liberal arts curriculum through three degrees and five music majors. It also offers a variety of music courses and ensemble experiences that are available to non-music majors, and meet Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements. Augsburg’s location in the heart of a major artistic center makes it an ideal place to study music, and the Music faculty seek and encourage opportunities that connect the campus and the greater arts communities. These opportunities allow students to explore the links between theory and applied knowledge and may take many forms, including internships; community performances; Music Therapy practica; community-based learning projects; required off-campus performance and concert attendance assignments; or travel and study within and outside the United States. The Music Department is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) and the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). Faculty Full-time Jill Dawe, Douglas Diamond, Susan Druck, Dain Estes, Annie Heiderscheit, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Merilee Klemp, Sonja Thompson Part-time Faculty Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Jon Strommen Campbell, Deborah Carbaugh, Carol Barnett, Lynn Erickson, Jennifer Gerth, Nancy Grundahl, Mary Horozaniecki, Joan Hutton, Jim Jacobson, Linh Kauffman, Mark Kausch, Kathy Kienzle, Ben Krywosz, Katie Lindenfelser, Steve Lund, David Mantini, Kameron Markworth, Lindsay Markworth, K. Christian McGuire, Laurie Merz, Vladan Milenkovic, Emma Moonier, Barbara Nordstrom-Loeb, Rick Penning, O. Nicholas Raths, Shannon Sadler, Mark Sedio, Andrea Stern, Matthew Wilson Fine Arts Coordinator Cathy Knutson Fine Arts Facilities Manager Karen Mulhausen Degrees/Majors Bachelor of Arts Music Major Music Major/Music Business Concentration Bachelor of Music Music Performance Major Music Education Major Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major Music Therapy Equivalency Offers students with an undergraduate degree the preparation necessary to meet the AMTA requirements for becoming a Board Certified Music Therapist. 176 Music Minors Music Music Business Degree and Major Requirements Students intending to pursue a Music major in any of the three Music degree programs must declare their major, perform a sophomore/transfer Music major jury qualifying jury, and complete the Music Department degree application by the end of their fourth semester of study. More detail is included in the Music Department Student Handbook posted on the Music Students site on Moodle. Because of the heavy curricular demands inherent in any single Music Department degree program, students are strongly encouraged to avoid declaring double majors entirely within the department, i.e. attempting two music degree programs simultaneously. In those rare cases where such a scenario seems both warranted and feasible, students are required to petition the department for acceptance of their proposed degree plan prior to formally declaring their double majors. Music Core MUS 101 - Materials of Music I MUS 111 - Aural Skills I MUS 102 - Materials of Music II MUS 112 - Aural Skills II MUS 201 - Materials of Music III MUS 211 - Aural Skills III MUS 202 - Form and Analysis MUS 231 - History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 - History and Literature of Music II MUS 331 - Music of the Baroque Era or MUS 332 - Music of the Classical Era or MUS 333 - Music of the Romantic Era or MUS 334 - Music of the 20th Century MUS 393 - Advanced Analysis MUS 458 or 459 - Senior Recital One to four semester(s) Performance Study on the major instrument in accordance with degree requirement Four to eight semesters Large Ensemble/Chamber Music in accordance with degree requirement Large Ensemble Options: MUE 111 - Augsburg Choir MUE 112 - Riverside Singers MUE 114 - Masterworks Chorale MUE 115 - Cedar Singers MUE 121 - Augsburg Symphony Orchestra MUE 141 - Augsburg Concert Band Chamber Music Options: MUE 113 - Vocal Chamber Music MUE 122 - String Chamber Music MUE 125 - Guitar Chamber Music MUE 131 - Woodwind Chamber Music MUE 142 - Brass Chamber Music MUE 144 - Percussion Chamber Music MUE 145 - Piano Chamber Music 177 Additional Requirements (refer to the Music Department Student Handbook for detail)  Pass a piano proficiency test or MUS 238 - Class Piano 4  Pass a sophomore/transfer music major qualifying jury  Complete the Music Department degree application  Pass 3 music repertoire tests Graduation Skills Bachelor of Arts in Music, Bachelor of Music Education, Bachelor of Music Performance: Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by completing the following courses: S: MUS 341 QR fulfilled with QFA: PHY 119, GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, or MAT 164. Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by completing the following courses: S: MUS 363 QR fulfilled with QF: PSY 215 or SOC 362 (choose one) and QA: MUS 372 Bachelor of Arts in Music with Music Business Concentration Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing the following courses: QR fulfilled with QFA: One of GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT163, or PHY119 Transfer Students Transfer Students and Graduation Skills: Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Music Major, BA Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields most often choose this course of study. Faculty advisor: Douglas Diamond Music Core, Additional Requirements and the following: MUS 341 - Basic Conducting(S) MUS 458 - Senior Recital Eight credits of MUS electives MUP 1xx - Performance Studies (four semesters of 1 credit lessons in major instrument/voice) MUP 3xx - Performance Studies (four semesters of 2 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice) Large Ensemble - eight semesters on the major instrument or voice from: Chamber Music - two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice 178 Music Major with Music Business Concentration, BA The Music Business major prepares students to enter today’s music industry and to pursue career opportunity where the arts and commerce intersect. Courses in music, performing arts, and business combine with field observations and internships. These experiences prepare students for careers in fields such as arts management, promotion, the record industry, and general music business. The program affords both the performing artist and the business student the opportunity to pursue music business studies. The Music Business major has two tracks: the Bachelor of Arts in Music with Music Business Concentration (designed with a music emphasis) and the Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration with Specialization in Music Business (designed with business emphasis). Augsburg College full-time students may elect to take one course each semester at McNally Smith College of Music providing that they meet all McNally Smith College of Music requirements. A list of approved electives from MSCM for the music business major is available in the Augsburg music office. McNally Smith courses cannot be used as a substitute for any required Augsburg course specifically listed within a degree program. This program is open to sophomores through seniors. There is no additional fee for this program. Faculty advisor: Dain Estes Music Core, Additional Requirements and the following: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business BUS 242 - Principles of Management or BUS 254 - Entrepreneurship or BUS 200 - Exploring Business as a Vocation MUS 162 - Entrepreneurship for Creative Businesses MUS 205 - Legal Issues in Music, Entertainment, and the Arts MUS 335 - Music Business MUS 336 - Arts Management and Concert Promotion MUS 408 - Current and Future Issues in the Music Industry MUS 399 - Internship or BUS 399 - Internship MUS 458 - Senior Recital MUP 1xx - Performance Studies - four semesters of 1 credit lessons in major instrument/voice MUP 3xx - Performance Studies - four semesters of 2 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice Large Ensemble - eight semesters on the major instrument or voice Chamber Music - two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice Business Administration with Specialization in Music Business, BA See Business Administration for requirements. Music Education Major, Bachelor of Music A fully accredited program (National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education and Minnesota Board of Teaching), the Music Education major offers students the preparation necessary to become music teachers in public schools. This coursework and preparation includes certification to teach at the elementary through secondary levels, with either a vocal/general or instrumental/general emphasis. In addition to applying to the Music Department, Bachelor of Music Education major candidates must apply to the Minnesota Department of Education for acceptance to the Music Education licensure program which is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the Bachelor of Music Education major. All Music requirements must be completed prior to student teaching. A cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all Music courses is necessary for the Music Education licensure program. Music Core, Additional Requirements and the following: MUS 311 - Composition I 179 MUS 341 - Basic Conducting MUS 358 - Junior Recital MUS 459 - Senior Recital HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 200 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting EDC 210 - Diversity in the School or EDC 110 - Teaching in a Diverse World (Freshman only) and EDC 211 - Minnesota American Indians or EDC 206 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 220 - Educational Technology EDC 310 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting ESE 300 - Reading/Writing in the Content Area ESE 325 - Creating Learning Environments ESE 370 - K-12 Methods: Music EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs EDC 490 - School and Society EED 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6 ESE 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary MUS 355 - Music Methods: Strings MUS 356 - Music Methods: Brass and Percussion MUS 357 - Music Methods: Woodwinds MUS 359 - Music Methods: Vocal Choose one of the following areas of emphasis: Vocal Emphasis: MUS 251 - English Diction MUS 252 - Italian Diction MUS 253 - German Diction MUS 254 - French Diction MUS 342 - Choral Conducting MUS/THR 235 - Skills of Music Theater Instrumental Emphasis: MUS 344 - Instrumental Conducting Music elective or approved courses Performance Studies and Ensembles: Students should choose the following courses in accordance with their area of emphasis*. MUP 1xx - Performance Studies (two semesters of 1 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice) MUP 1xx - Performance Studies (two semesters of 2 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice) MUP 3xx - Performance Studies (four semesters of 2 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice) Large Ensemble - eight semesters on the major instrument or voice Chamber Music - two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on the major *A Music Education major whose major instrument is piano, organ, or guitar is required to take a minimum of four additional semesters of lessons on an instrument/voice that corresponds with their large ensemble requirement. Music Performance Major, Bachelor of Music This major is a focused classical training program designed to develop the skills, artistic voice, and performing ability of the individual musician. This degree best prepares students who are interested in graduate school, professional performance opportunities, or private studio teaching. Acceptance to the program requires a half-hour formal audition and interview (see the Music Department Student Handbook). Faculty advisor: Jill Dawe 180 Requirements: Music Core, Additional Requirements and the following: MUP 1xx - Performance Studies (two semesters of 1 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice) MUP 1xx - Performance Studies (two semesters of 2 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice) MUP 3xx - Performance Studies (four semesters of 2 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice) MUS 358 - Junior Recital MUS 459 - Senior Recital Large Ensemble - eight semesters on the major instrument or voice* Chamber Music - four semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice *For guitarists, harpists and pianists: either eight semesters of large ensemble or four semesters of large ensemble and four additional semesters of chamber music or other assignment in consultation with advisor. Voice Majors: MUS 251 - English Diction MUS 252 - Italian Diction MUS 253 - German Diction MUS 254 - French Diction MUS 435 - Voice Repertoire MUS 359 - Music Methods: Vocal *MUS Elective (2 credits) *Voice students are strongly encouraged to take MUS/THR 235 Skills of Music Theater and/or MUE 294 or 494 - Opera Workshop. Keyboard Majors: MUS 436 - Piano Repertoire MUS 456 - Piano Pedagogy MUS Elective (2 credits) Instrumentalists: MUS 356 - Music Methods: Brass/Percussion or MUS 357 - Music Methods: Woodwinds or MUS 355 - Music Methods: Strings MUS Elective (4 credits) Additional requirements: BM performance major candidates must pass an extended performance audition and interview that is scheduled after completion of the sophomore/transfer music major qualifying jury. Music Therapy Major, BS Fulfills the academic and clinical requirements for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. The BS in Music Therapy is a four-and-one-half-year degree program, which includes a six month full-time internship in a clinical facility approved by the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become professional music therapists. A minimum grade of 2.5 in all music therapy courses is required. Faculty Advisor: Roberta Kagin Requirements: Music Core (except for MUS 331, 332, 333, or 334*), Additional Requirements and the following: MUS 271 - Introduction to Music Therapy MUS 340 - Music Therapy Techniques and Materials I MUS 345 - Music Therapy Techniques and Materials II 181 MUS 363 - Expressive and Creative Arts in Healing(S) MUS 372 - Psychological Foundation of Music I MUS 373 - Psychological Foundation of Music II MUS 374 - Music Therapy Practicum MUS 375 - Music Therapy Practicum MUS 458 - Senior Recital MUS 474 - Music Therapy Practicum MUS 475 - Music Therapy Practicum MUS 480 - Music Therapy Senior Seminar MUS 481 - Music Therapy Clinical Internship BIO 103 - Human Anatomy and Physiology EDC 410 - The Learner with Special Needs PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology SOC 362 - Statistical Analysis or PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I MUP 1xx - Performance Studies (four semesters of 1 credit lessons in major instrument/voice) MUP 3xx - Performance Studies (four semesters of 2 credit lessons in the major instrument/voice) Large Ensemble - eight semesters on the major instrument or voice* Chamber Music - two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice Pass guitar proficiency test * Students majoring in Music Therapy are exempted from the Music Core requirement to complete one of MUS 331, MUS 332, MUS333, or MUS334. Music Therapy Equivalency/Certification Program The Music Therapy equivalency program is available to students who already have a bachelor’s degree and wish to meet the requirements set by the American Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares students for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. Depending upon the student’s degree and skill level, individual requirements will be outlined by the director of Music Therapy. There is a minimum two-year residency requirement, which includes participation in a major ensemble for four terms. Acceptance to the degree program requires the following:   Pass the sophomore/transfer music major jury and Music Department degree application Pass guitar proficiency Music Minor Faculty Advisor: Merilee Klemp Requirements: MUS 101 - Materials of Music I MUS 102 - Materials of Music II MUS 111 - Aural Skills I MUS 112 - Aural Skills II MUS 341 - Basic Conducting MUS 231 - History and Literature of Music I or MUS 232 - History and Literature of Music II One additional course (2 credits or above) in music history or conducting Other music courses may be approved by departmental petition MUP 1xx - Performance Studies (four semesters of 1 credit performance studies in the major instrument/voice) Large Ensemble - four semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble 182 Additional requirements: Pass one music repertoire test Submit a Music Department application for minor by spring semester, sophomore year Music Business Minor The Music Business minor is a course of study designed both for the Music major desiring additional preparation in business and for the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in the music industry. With the Music Business minor, students are given the opportunity to enroll in coursework and participate in on-site field experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today’s music industry. The minor is a collaborative program between the Music and Business departments. Faculty Advisor: Dain Estes Requirements: ACC 221 - Introduction to Financial Accounting ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics MIS 260 - Problem Solving for Business MUS 162 - Entrepreneurship for Creative Businesses MUS 205 - Legal Issues in Music, Entertainment, and the Arts MUS 335 - Music Business MUS 408 - Current and Future Issues in the Music Industry MUS/BUS 399 - Internship (approved for the music business minor) One of the following: MUS 336 - Arts Management and Concert Promotion BUS 301 - Business Law BUS 254 - Entrepreneurship Departmental Honors Senior Music majors with a cumulative GPA of 3.5 or higher in Music courses may apply for Music departmental honors by completing extended original work in their area of interest. Such work could include, but is not limited to, one of the following: defending a senior thesis, presenting an additional recital, composing a substantial piece(s), conducting a program, presenting a research paper, or some combination of any of the above. Consideration for departmental honors requires a clearly written proposal that includes a project title, a transcript, and a brief music résumé to be submitted to the music faculty by November 1 of the senior year with outlined plans to complete the project by spring break of the senior year. Piano Proficiency All Augsburg Music majors are required to have basic piano skills that are either demonstrated by passing MUS 238 or by meeting the standard required by the Piano Proficiency Test offered at the end of each semester. Students come to Augsburg with a wide variety of prior training and experience in piano, and therefore can elect to develop their piano skills and prepare for the proficiency test in several ways. Students with extensive training may be able to simply pass the test; those with some training may register for private piano lessons; the majority of students are advised to take a piano placement test that determines their appropriate placement within a sequence of four class piano courses (MUS 135/136/237/238) designed to teach the skills of the piano proficiency test. To maximize student learning, it is strongly recommended that piano training is started during the first year, when piano study will complement and strengthen the student’s experience in the music theory and aural skills curriculum. Consult the Music Student Handbook for piano major and non-piano major requirements and test dates. 183 Music Repertoire Tests These four tests are intended to encourage students to become lifelong listeners by requiring students to familiarize themselves with many of the masterpieces of the classical music repertory from the Middle Ages to today. Consult the Music Student Handbook for the lists of pieces required by all four repertoire tests and the call numbers for the repertoire test CDs at Lindell Library. Each academic year a specific repertoire test is offered twice: once at the end of the fall semester, and again at the end of the spring semester. Music majors are required to pass three music repertoire tests, transfer students must pass two, and Music minors must pass one. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 184 Natural Science Teaching Licensure The Natural Science licensure program is designed to combine a strong content focus with early and ongoing teaching preparation courses that meet Minnesota licensure requirements. Courses are designed to provide a broad background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, required education courses (see Secondary Education requirements), and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Early consultation with the Education Department (in your sophomore year) is essential to complete undergraduate major and licensure requirements on a timely basis. Content Liaisons Ann Impullitti, Sandra Olmsted (Chemistry), Ben Stottrup (Physics) Degree and Major Requirements Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current licensure requirements. All upper division courses required for the Biology major must be completed before student teaching. Licensure Requirements General Science Endorsement (for grades 5-8): Introductory Geology (taken off campus, offered through ACTC program) SCI 106 - Introductory Meteorology BIO 121 - Human Biology BIO 102 - The Biological World PHY 116 - Introduction to Physics or PHY 121, 122 - General Physics I, II CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II Biology Major—BA in Life Sciences (for licensure in biology 9-12) Requirements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts in biology degree, but with the following differences: only four (rather than five) upper division Biology courses are required. Upper division Biology requirements must be traditionally graded. A GPA of 2.50 in upper division Biology courses is required for all Natural Science majors. BIO 151 - Introductory Biology BIO 152 - Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity BIO 253 - Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 255 - Genetics BIO 361 - Plant Biology or BIO 481 - Ecology MAT 114 - Precalculus or MAT 145 - Calculus I or MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics or MAT 164 – Introductory Statistics for STEM or PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II 185 PHY 116 - Introduction to Physics or PHY 121, 122 - General Physics I, II BIO 490 - Biology Keystone or SCI 490 - Integrated Science or HON 490 - Honors Senior Seminar or another keystone with departmental approval Two of the following courses: PHY 101 - Astronomy SCI 106 - Introductory Meteorology An introductory geology course Three electives from the following: BIO 351 - Invertebrate Zoology BIO 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy BIO 361 - Plant Biology BIO 369 - Biochemistry BIO 471 - Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 473 - Animal Physiology BIO 474 - Developmental Biology BIO 475 - Neurobiology BIO 476 - Microbiology BIO 481 - Ecology BIO 486 - Immunology BIO 495 - Special Topics in Biology PHY 317 - Biophysics Chemistry Major (for licensure in chemistry 9-12) Broad base requirements, plus undergraduate major in chemistry (BA): CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II CHM 351 - Organic Chemistry I CHM 352 - Organic Chemistry II CHM 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 362 - Chemical Thermodynamics, Statistical Mechanics, and Kinetics (Physical Chemistry) CHM 370 - BioOrganic Chemistry (or a Biochemistry course) CHM 491 - Chemistry Seminar (four semesters) CHM 499 - Introduction to Chemical Research SCI 490 - Integrated Science or other approved Keystone MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II PHY 121 - General Physics I PHY 122 - General Physics II COM 115 or COM 111 - a public speaking course One course from: CHM 464 - Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 470 - Principles of Medicinal Chemistry CHM 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 186 Physics Major (for licensure in physics 9-12) Broad base requirements, plus undergraduate major in physics: PHY 121 - General Physics I PHY 122 - General Physics II PHY 245 - Modern Physics PHY 351 - Mechanics I PHY 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 - Electromagnetic Fields II PHY 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory I PHY 396 - Comprehensive Laboratory II SCI 490 - Integrated Science or other approved Keystone Two additional physics courses above 122; PHY 261 recommended MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 245 - Calculus III PHY 327 - Special Functions of Mathematical Physics CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II Post-baccalaureate Teaching Licensure Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree elsewhere and seek Natural Science teaching licensure at Augsburg are required to complete a minimum of two upper division biology courses at Augsburg with grades of 2.5 or higher. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 187 Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of Science Completion The Augsburg College BSN Completion program is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to advance their education, increase their career opportunities, and address changing health needs in a variety of rapidly changing care settings and communities. No longer do nurses practice only in hospitals, they are moving into communities, corporations, parishes, schools, rehabilitation centers and long term care facilities, as well as into their own private practices. Wherever they work, nurses are making a difference in community health and well-being by providing comprehensive health care for diverse groups of persons across the lifespan. The BSN program at Augsburg prepares nurses to synthesize knowledge from the liberal arts with the art and science of nursing. Educational opportunities are provided that challenge students’ interests and engage their creativity as they increase skills in critical thinking, speaking, writing, ethics, nursing theories, community assessment, leadership, decision-making and the role of citizen nurse. Classes that combine short-term immersion experiences of study both at home and abroad are woven into the BSN curriculum. Students are invited to participate in these exciting endeavors as they are able. Augsburg’s BSN program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for a public health nurse registration certificate through the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Department of Nursing Faculty Martha Aleman, Katherine Baumgartner, Kathleen Clark, Kaija Freborg, Cheryl Leuning, Virginia McCarthy, Kristin McHale, Joyce Miller (Chair), Anna Sanchez, Deborah Schuhmacher Staff: Sharon Wade, Linden Gawboy Degree and Major Requirements Nursing Major, BSN Seven 4-semester credit hour courses, including: NUR 300 - Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 305 - Communication NUR 306 - Paradigms in Nursing NUR 403 - Families and the Life Cycle NUR 410 - Community Health Nursing I NUR 411 - Practicum: Community Health Nursing II NUR 490 - Leadership/Management A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative major GPA of 2.5 are required. Students also must complete Augsburg’s residence and general education requirements. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the required courses in the Nursing major and are met by completing the major. Students petitioning to transfer in upper division nursing courses from another institution to meet requirements in the nursing major at Augsburg must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these graduation skills. 188 Other Information The BSN program has been planned so that courses in the nursing major can be completed over 16 months of full-time study taking two courses per semester. Students can pursue their studies as quickly as 12 months taking three courses per semester, based on personal choice. Students will be assigned to a nursing faculty adviser to develop a plan of study. More time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of liberal arts (general education) courses individual students need to complete the BSN degree and the number of credits each student transfers to Augsburg College from other colleges or universities. Students in Nursing may take non-nursing courses in both the Day and Adult Undergraduate programs. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing major should consult with BSN admissions staff in the Admissions Office for assistance applying. Admission to the Nursing Major In addition to meeting admission requirements for Augsburg College, admission to the Nursing major requires the following:          Completed application Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher in one’s basic nursing program Unencumbered RN license–applicant must be a registered nurse who is licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the Nursing major Evidence of HIPAA training Up-to-date immunization records Criminal background check (details provided in application process) Special conditions: Students may be provisionally admitted to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program at Augsburg due to a cumulative GPA of less than 2.5 in their basic nursing program. Full admission to the program requires students to achieve a GPA of 3.00 or better in two liberal arts courses at Augsburg before being fully admitted to the BSN program. Students may apply to Augsburg College prior to completion of their degree program. However, all BSN program admission requirements must be met prior to matriculating into the BSN program at Augsburg. Credit for Previous Nursing Courses Registered nurses (RNs) transferring into Augsburg College’s BSN completion program will be granted 28 semester credits in recognition of their previous lower division nursing coursework if the following standards are met:   Prior nursing education in the United States is taken in an associate degree in nursing (ADN) program or a diploma in nursing program. Both must be state board-approved programs. Nursing coursework taken outside of the United States is submitted for evaluation to the World Education Services (WES), an agency approved by Augsburg College to evaluate foreign transcripts. Reports should be sent directly to Augsburg College. In addition, nursing coursework must be verified for authenticity by the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS). Applicants must request CGFNS (www.cgfns.org) to forward the educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, and who have passed the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students. Students who change their major and transfer out of the BSN completion program will lose the 28 semester credit block grant and their transfer credit evaluation will be reassessed. The 28 semester credit block grant will be applied toward a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing only. *Beginning Summer 2017, registered nurses (RNs) transferring into Augsburg College’s BSN completion program will be awarded up to 34 semester credits in recognition of their previous lower division nursing coursework 189 Options for Completing the Degree Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing a Nursing degree. Courses in the Nursing major are generally offered on weekday evenings with practicum courses (NUR 410 and 411) requiring additional weekday time. Generally, nursing classes meet on alternate weekday evenings for four-hour time blocks. Online instruction and activities occur between face-to-face class times. Optional immersion courses and practicums at home and abroad are scheduled throughout the year. Check with the Department of Nursing for details. It is recommended to work with an academic advisor for advice on liberal arts courses. Nursing majors can complete courses toward the bachelor’s degree at the Minneapolis campus and at the Rochester learning site. Transfer of Upper Division Nursing Courses BSN students who are provisionally accepted into the Master of Arts in Nursing program at Augsburg may enroll in up to three designated MAN courses, which can be used to fulfill elective credits in the BSN program as well as fulfill credits in the MAN program. Note that these graduate courses may not transfer into another college or university as graduate courses if they have been used to complete the BSN; Augsburg College, however, accepts the courses as also fulfilling requirements in the MAN. The three graduate Nursing courses plus the practica include the following: NUR 500 - Transcultural Health Care (3 semester credits) NUR 500P - Practicum: Transcultural Health Care (1 semester credit) NUR 532 - Transcultural Healing and Self Care (3 semester credits) NUR 532P - Practicum: Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (1 semester credit) NUR 541 - The Politics of Health Care (3 semester credits) NUR 541P - Practicum: Politics of Health Care (1 semester credit) (see current class schedule for practicum offerings) Note: Students who decelerate for more than five years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to audit courses. Departmental Honors Admission to the honors major requires a GPA of at least 3.60 in the major and 3.30 overall, application to the department chair by November 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and an honors thesis to be presented before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement. Latin Honors To be eligible for Latin honors, a student must meet minimum GPA standards as well as complete a minimum of 56 traditionally-graded credits at Augsburg and have no more than eight elective pass/no credit graded credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as P/N by the department will not be counted, nor will N grades). For further information, see the Latin Honors section in Academic Information. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 190 Philosophy Philosophy, in an important sense, is the most fundamental of the disciplines. All sciences and most other disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, philosophy is concerned with asking and answering the “big” questions that are the most basic. For example: Is there a God? Is there life after death? Are there absolute moral standards? What kind of life is the best? What is knowledge and what are its sources? Students learn to ask and answer these and other similar questions for themselves through the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by the study of philosophers from the past and present. The Philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some Philosophy majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy, while others use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine, religious ministry, or journalism. Philosophy Faculty David Apolloni (Chair), Markus Führer, Eric Helleloid, Marit A. Peterson Degree and Major Requirements Philosophy Major Eight courses including: PHI 230 - Logic or PHI 385 - Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 241 - History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy PHI 242 - History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 - History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century Philosophy PHI 344 - History of Philosophy IV: 20th-21st Century Philosophy A 400-level Philosophy course (other than PHI 499) Two elective courses in Philosophy Four courses must be upper division Note: The Philosophy department at present does not offer a keystone PHI 499 course of its own. We recommend that majors take the keystone course offered in the Religion Department, or (in the case of double majors) in the department of the other major. Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill can be met by taking PHI 230. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Language requirement The Philosophy Department has no specific language requirement besides the one of the College, but it recommends for Philosophy majors Greek, Latin, French, or German, at the discretion of the faculty advisor. Major in Computational Philosophy In addition to a major and minor in Philosophy, the Philosophy department also offers a cross-disciplinary major in conjunction with the Computer Science department emphasizing areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the major is to augment the technical skills of a computer scientist with the creativity and liberal arts 191 perspective of a philosopher. The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy. See Computer Science for more information. Departmental Honors Admission to the Philosophy honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student’s choice that involves research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Philosophy Minor Five courses, including two from: PHI 241 - History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy PHI 242 - History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 - History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century Philosophy PHI 344 - History of Philosophy IV: 20th-21st Century Philosophy For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 192 Physics Physicists are a curious and ambitious lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Historically called “natural philosophers,” physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to the largest galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery activity of stars. Physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society’s understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science, and space exploration. A good background in physics (and the associated problem solving skills obtained therein) will prepare you well for a multitude of careers. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and the need to keep abreast of rapid technological advances, the department strives to give students not only an understanding of basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. A rigorous major provides students with the preparation required for graduate study in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, materials science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the medical and health-related fields. The department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses provide the basis for further study and enable students to follow new developments in science with heightened awareness and comprehension. The department administers Augsburg College’s portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by NASA. It also maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences and the Sverdrup Laboratory for Biophysics, with support from the National Science Foundation, NASA, and other private and public sources. Several students work as research assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative education, internship, and undergraduate research programs provide opportunities for students to apply their knowledge and problem-solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. Faculty Stuart Anderson (Chair), Mark Engebretson (professor emeritus), Jeffrey Johnson (professor emeritus), Mary Lanzerotti, David Murr, Ben Stottrup Physics Research Staff: Jennifer Posch Degree and Major Requirements Physics Major, BA PHY 121 - General Physics I PHY 122 - General Physics II PHY 245 - Modern Physics PHY 351 - Mechanics I PHY 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 - Electromagnetic Fields II PHY 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory I PHY 396 - Comprehensive Laboratory II Two elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 245 - Calculus III PHY 327 - Special Functions of Mathematical Physics or MAT 369 - Modeling and Differential Equations in Biological and Natural Sciences 193 Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing one of the following courses—COM 111, COM 115, or MAT 201 Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Physics Major, BS PHY 121 - General Physics I PHY 122 - General Physics II PHY 245 - Modern Physics PHY 261 - Electronics PHY 351 - Mechanics I PHY 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 - Electromagnetic Fields II PHY 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory I PHY 396 - Comprehensive Laboratory II Two from the following: PHY 317 - Biophysics PHY 320 - Introduction to Space Physics PHY 352 - Mechanics II PHY 420 - Plasma Physics PHY 430 - Introduction to Solid State Physics PHY 486 - Quantum Mechanics CHM 115 - General Chemistry I CHM 116 - General Chemistry II MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II MAT 245 - Calculus III PHY 327 - Special Functions of Mathematical Physics or MAT 369 - Modeling and Differential Equations in Biological and Natural Sciences Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Consult your department chair or academic advisor for requirements for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing the following course—COM 115 Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Physics Major with Concentration in Space Physics, BS It is the same as the BS major, with the addition of PHY 320 - Introduction to Space Science and PHY 420 - Plasma Physics. Physics Major with Concentration in Biophysics, BS It is the same as the Physics BS major, with the addition of PHY 317 - Biophysics, one independent project (PHY, CHM, BIO, or MAT 499), and one elective from the following: BIO 253 - Introductory Cellular Biology 194 BIO 355 - Genetics BIO 369 - Biochemistry BIO 471 - Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 475 - Neurobiology BIO 476 - Microbiology BIO 486 - Immunology CHM 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 367 - Properties of Polymers CHM 368 - Quantum Chemistry, Molecular Structure, and Spectroscopy CHM 464 - Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 470 - Principles of Medicinal Chemistry CHM 481 - Instrumental Analysis MAT 369 - Modeling and Differential Equations in Biological and Natural Sciences PHY 327 - Special Functions of Mathematical Physics PHY 430 - Introduction to Solid State Physics Departmental Honors A GPA of 3.50 in physics and 3.30 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in Physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year. Final project submissions are due to April 1st. Other Requirements In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 145, 146, and PHY 121, 122 during the first year, and MAT 245 and 369 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year. Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Consult your department chair or academic advisor for requirements for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing the following course—COM 115 Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Physics Minor Seven courses including: PHY 121 - General Physics I PHY 122 - General Physics II MAT 145 - Calculus I MAT 146 - Calculus II Three elective physics courses above PHY 122 195 Society of Physics Students The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in the society is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.00 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 196 Political Science Political Science at Augsburg College helps prepare you for many things: political engagement, pursuit of an advanced degree, a successful career. Political science focuses on the role of power and authority in human affairs, something relevant to any field you might choose. Understanding power and authority is also necessary for anyone interested in political and social change. The major prepares you for many options after graduation, including law school, or graduate work in areas such as political science, public administration, and public policy. Our majors have gone on to work in government, business, communications, the non-profit sector, and education, and numerous other fields. Internships are within easy reach of the campus, because of our location in the heart of the Twin Cities metro area. Grounded in the diverse and international community around Augsburg, the department directly engages the world and issues around us. Numerous study abroad programs are also available, as well as learning opportunities throughout the country. The Model UN program, which travels annually to New York, is a highlight for many students. Our majors experience an education which can extend from the classroom to the surrounding community to places around the world. Our experienced faculty teach in all major areas of political science, and also possess special expertise in campaigns and elections, immigration and ethnic politics, urban and environmental politics, gender and politics, economic development, comparative and international politics, mass communications and other information technology, and American public law. Our broad, balanced, and flexible course offerings, combined with the many special educational opportunities, enhance your potential for graduate study and a successful career. Faculty Andrew Aoki (Chair), Sarah Combellick-Bidney, Milda Hedblom (Pre-Law Advisor), Elizabeth Klages, Norma Noonan (emerita), Joseph Underhill Degree and Major Requirements A 2.0 minimum grade is required in all courses taken for the major. Political Science Major Ten courses: POL 158 - Introduction to Political Science POL 483 - Political Statistics and Methodology POL 484 - Political Analysis One elective from the following: POL 121 - American Government and Politics POL 122 - Metropolitan Complex POL 160 - World Politics POL 170 - Law in the United States At least five other upper division courses in four out of five Political Science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Only one internship may count for an upper division area. One other Political Science course in any area, upper or lower division Political Science Area Courses This is a list of commonly offered courses that fulfill the upper division area elective requirements. Students may also satisfy the elective requirements with a variety of courses from study abroad experiences, HECUA, or other programs, 197 with the permission of the department. POL495 can be used toward area requirements with advisor approval. The applicable area will vary based on the topic of the course.      Area 1 – American Government and Politics: POL325, 326, 342, or 421 Area 2 – Comparative Politics and Analysis: POL350, 359, or 459 Area 3 – International Politics: POL368, 461, or 490 Area 4 – Public Law: POL370 or 371 Area 5 – Political Theory and Analysis: POL380 or 381 Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing one of the following courses: POL 325, POL 326, or POL 380 Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Pre-Law Concentration in Political Science 11 required courses including: POL 121 - American Government and Politics POL 170 - Law in the United States POL 483 - Political Statistics and Methodology POL 484 - Political Analysis Two of the following three courses: ENL 220 - Intermediate Expository Writing or ENL 223 - Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 230 - Logic COM 111 - Public Speaking Electives (five total): Three courses from the choices below: POL 350 - Topics: European Politics POL 370 - Constitutional Law POL 371 - Topics POL 380 - Western Political Thought POL 381 - Topics: Democratic Theory And two additional upper level courses in Political Science (can come from the list above, or be any other upper level Political Science course). Public Policy and Political Change Concentration in Political Science 10 courses plus an internship, including: ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics POL 121 - American Government and Politics or POL 122 - Metropolitan Complex POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy or POL 326 - Political Parties and Behavior ECO 490 - Research Methods in Econometrics or POL 483 - Political Statistics and Methodology or SOC 362 - Statistical Analysis 198 POL 484 - Political Analysis One Course from the Following: POL 121 - American Government and Politics POL 122 - Metropolitan Complex POL 124 - American Women and Politics POL 158 - Introduction to Political Science POL 160 - World Politics POL 170 - Law in the United States Four Courses from the Following: POL 241 - Environmental and River Politics POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy POL 326 - Political Parties and Behavior POL 342 - Mass Communication in Society POL 370 - Constitutional Law POL 371 - Topics POL 381 - Topics: Democratic Theory POL 421 - Topics: American Politics POL 461 - Topics: International Politics ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics SOC 381 - City and Regional Planning Plus an internship, usually taken as POL 399. Notes  POL 140 can be substituted for POL 122, with advisor approval.  If both POL 121 and 122 are completed, one can count for section I and one for section II. The same course cannot fulfill requirements in both sections.  If both POL 325 and 326 are completed, one can count for section I and one for section III. The same course cannot fulfill requirements in both sections.  Only one economics course (either 312 or 313) can be counted toward the four courses required in Section III.  The internship can be taken for credit or not-for-credit. A student taking an internship not for credit must still have a Political Science department faculty member supervising the internship, and must fulfill certain academic requirements, which will be explained by the supervising faculty member.  Substitutions to the courses above can be approved by the department chair. For example, the department sometimes offers relevant topics courses under numbers not listed above. Political Science Areas (I) American Government and Politics (II) Comparative Politics and Analysis (III) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Departmental Honors The honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student’s GPA must be 3.50 in Political Science courses and 3.00 overall; the student must take an honors independent study and a seminar, and must submit an honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. 199 Students may work with any member of the department on their honors thesis. For specific requirements, consult the department chair. For a student to be eligible for departmental honors, all courses in the major must be taken with traditional grading (not P/N). Exceptions may be made in extraordinary circumstances. Political Science Minor Five courses, including: POL 121 - American Government and Politics or POL 122 - Metropolitan Complex or POL 170 - Law in the United States POL 158 - Introduction to Political Science And at least three upper-division courses in three out of five political science areas POL 483 may not usually be used for a minor. Pre-Law Minor Four Required Courses: POL 121 - American Government and Politics POL 170 - Law in the United States Two of the following: ENL 220 - Intermediate Expository Writing or ENL 223 - Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 230 - Logic COM 111 - Public Speaking Two electives from the following: POL 350 - Topics: European Politics POL 370 - Constitutional Law POL 371 - Topics POL 380 - Western Political Thought When necessary, substitutions can be approved by the chair (e.g. if a required course has to be canceled). Public Policy and Political Change Minor Core courses: POL 121 - American Government and Politics or POL 122 - Metropolitan Complex POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy or POL 326 - Political Parties and Behavior POL 399 - Internship Three of the following: POL 241 - Environmental and River Politics POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy POL 326 - Political Parties and Behavior POL 342 - Mass Communication in Society POL 381 - Topics in Democratic Theory POL 421 - Topics in American Politics POL 461 - Topics in International Politics 200 ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics SOC 381 - City and Regional Planning Notes    POL 140 can be substituted for POL 122, with advisor approval. If both POL 325 and 326 are completed, one can count for section I and one for section II. The same course cannot fulfill requirements in both sections. Only one Economics course (either 312 or 313) can be counted toward the three courses required in Section II. Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political science, and two courses in education. ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill requirements for the social studies core; education courses also fulfill licensure requirements for secondary education. Economics Courses: ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics (elective for social science core) ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics (elective for social science core) ECO 312 - Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 - Money and Banking ECO 313 - Intermediate Microeconomics One other upper division Economics course Education Courses: EDC 200 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (required for licensure) ESE 310 - 5-12 Methods: Social Studies (Capstone course) (required for licensure) Political Science Courses: POL 121 - American Government (social science core course) Two upper-level political science courses (must be in two different areas) Two other Political Science courses In addition, in order to graduate with this major, a student must have been admitted into the Department of Education. To be licensed in social studies, additional education courses and the social studies core are required. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Science major or the teaching major in Economics and Political Science. Either option requires that the student also take courses required for the social studies core. For more information, see the department chair. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 201 Psychology Psychology is an exploration of behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding of individual and group behavior. The study of psychology equips students to understand and use the scientific method to think creatively and critically beyond the classroom. To prepare students for graduate study and work in psychology, the major emphasizes the complementary components of a strong foundation in research and theoretical work with the application of knowledge and skills in coursework, research experiences, and internships within the community. The curriculum’s emphasis on the experiential dimensions of learning and the integration of liberal arts and professional domains prepares students for careers in many settings including business, education, social services, research, law, government, religious institutions, and medicine. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology have varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling, physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industrial/organizational psychology as well as expertise in psychological applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through a variety of learning experiences including group and individual projects, Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student research teams. Faculty Henry Yoon (Co-Chair), Stacy Freiheit (Co-Chair), Ben Denkinger, O. Evren Guler, David Matz, Bridget Robinson-Riegler, Brian Rood, Nancy Steblay Degree and Major Requirements Psychology Major The major is 10 courses including: PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I PSY 315 - Research Methods and Statistics II At least one course from the following: PSY 325 - Social Behavior PSY 354 - Cognitive Psychology PSY 355 - Biopsychology At least one course from the following: PSY 491 - Advanced Research Seminar PSY 493 - Seminar: Contemporary Issues Professional Perspectives: PSY 400 - Keystone Internship At least one course from the following: PSY 201 - Health Psychology PSY 202 - Industrial and Organizational Psychology PSY 235 - Psychology and Law PSY 263 - Sports Psychology PSY 357 - Behavioral Analysis PSY 359 - Assessment PSY 385 - Counseling Psychology PSY 410 - Clinical Neuropsychology Electives (three courses in psychology) 202 Majors are encouraged to take more than the minimum 10 required psychology courses. Note: A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 199, 299, 399/396, 400 and 499 may be counted. Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students should consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. All psychology majors must have an advisor in the Psychology department. Transfer Students Transfer-course policy for majors and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective or PSY 105 credit for the major. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Biopsychology Major The Psychology and Biology Departments jointly offer a program in Biopsychology. See Biopsychology in the departmental pages of this catalog. Concentration in Clinical Psychology The Clinical Psychology concentration is designed to prepare students for careers and graduate education in mental health care fields. Students will learn about the biological, psychological, and social factors related to defining, understanding, and treating abnormal behavior. Emphasis is placed on developing knowledge and skills related to both the science and practice of psychology. Experiential learning opportunities include collaborating on faculty-student research projects and completing an internship in a real-world mental health setting. PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology PSY 315 - Research Methods and Statistics II PSY 385 - Counseling Psychology PSY 400 - Keystone Internship At least two courses from the following: PSY 325 - Social Behavior PSY 354 - Cognitive Psychology PSY 355 - Biopsychology At least one course from the following: PSY 491 - Advanced Research Seminar PSY 493 - Seminar: Contemporary Issues At least one course from the following: 203 PSY 261 – Personality and Cultural Context PSY 359 - Assessment Concentration in Psychology and Law The field of psychology and law involves the application of scientific and professional aspects of psychology to questions and issues relating to law and the legal system. This field encompasses contributions made in a number of different areas- research, clinical practice, public policy, and teaching/training among them—from a variety of orientations within the field of psychology, such as developmental, social, cognitive, neuropsychology, and clinical. Students in this concentration will participate in at least three experiential learning venues: laboratory research, a community-based internship, and study tours to Hennepin County courts. PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I PSY 235 - Psychology and Law PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology PSY 315 - Research Methods and Statistics II PSY 325 - Social Behavior PSY 354 - Cognitive Psychology PSY 360 - Psychology Laboratory PSY 400 - Keystone Internship PSY 491 - Advanced Research Seminar SOC 277 - Introduction to Criminology At least one course from the following: PSY 359 - Assessment PSY 385 - Counseling Psychology PSY 410 - Clinical Neuropsychology At least one course from the following: POL 170 - Law in the United States POL 370 - Constitutional Law Concentration in Social Psychology Both the Sociology and Psychology Departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology. The intent of the Social Psychology concentration is to provide students with a solid disciplinary foundation along with specific coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Coursework will emphasize research skills, theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to prepare students for careers in law, consulting, research, and social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition, the Social Psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology PSY 215 - Research Methods and Statistics I PSY 315 - Research Methods and Statistics II PSY 325 - Social Behavior PSY 400 - Keystone Internship SOC 121 - Introduction to Sociology SOC 375 - Social Psychology At least one course from the following: PSY 491 - Advanced Research Seminar PSY 493 - Seminar: Contemporary Issues At least one course from the following: 204 PSY 201 - Health Psychology PSY 202 - Industrial and Organizational Psychology PSY 235 - Psychology and Law PSY 263 - Sports Psychology PSY 357 - Behavior Analysis PSY 359 - Assessment PSY 385 - Counseling Psychology PSY 410 - Clinical Neuropsychology Electives (three additional courses in psychology) Departmental Honors GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall, and completion of a high-quality research project. Formal application must be made during the junior year. Consult the department chair for more detailed requirements. Minor Five courses, including: PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology Four additional PSY electives A minimum of two courses must be from Augsburg and no more than two of the following courses can count toward the minor: PSY 199, 299, 396, 399, 400, and 499. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 205 Religion, Youth and Family Ministry Religion – everyone has a notion of what it is. But try to define it, and words get tangled in the varieties of religious expressions, systems, and cultures. Personal perspectives and experiences also come into play. They create different and even conflicting opinions about the value and place of religion in the 21 century. st But while religion is deeply personal, it is seldom private. It impacts everyone, from the most committed believer to the most convinced atheist. Because of the significance of religion in the public sphere, the guiding theme of the Religion Department at Augsburg College is “Religion and Public Life”. We welcome all students to explore the role of religion:     In their own lives by asking how their beliefs, values, and commitments inform their place in society; When considering their own career choices in service to the world through religious institutions and organizations; To gain knowledge and competency in relating to the religious beliefs, practices, and cultures of others whom they will engage in their future professional and social contexts; For a deeper understanding of religion’s impact – past and present – in the world they inhabit. All these avenues of exploring religion in public life express Augsburg’s mission to educate students “…to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” In addition, the department’s commitment both to students and to working for justice in the world reflects the College’s history and its ongoing engagement with the faith and values of the Lutheran church. As a part of its work, faculty in the Religion Department guide students to explore and articulate their beliefs and to discern their calling to work for the common good in all aspects of life. Since the religion major requires only eight courses (32 credits), students should consider earning a major or minor in another discipline. Those students considering seminary or graduate studies should take one sacred texts course, one theology or history course, and one course in global religions. The Religion major prepares students to think critically, read analytically, write clearly, and speak confidently—skills that make our graduates attractive to graduate schools and employers. Faculty Mary Lowe (Chair), Lori Brandt Hale, Russell Kleckley, Matthew Maruggi, Jeremy Myers, Philip Quanbeck II, Marty Stortz, Mark Tranvik, and Hans Wiersma Majors The Religion Department offers two majors: Religion (REL) and Youth and Family Ministry (YFM). Prerequisites REL 100 is a prerequisite to all other courses. Transfer Courses All transfer courses for majors and minors, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective credit for the major. Advising All majors must have an advisor in the department. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall, research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the department by December 30 of the student’s senior year. 206 Religion A Religion major provides a strong foundation in the liberal arts and prepares students for professional work and graduate studies in a wide range of fields. Since the major requires only eight courses (32 credits), students are encouraged to double-major in a related field. Students considering seminary should take two Bible courses and one course in theology or church history. Students planning on graduate studies in religion ought to complete one Bible course, a world religions course, and the Philosophy of Religion course. A Religion major also provides strong preparation for graduate studies in theology, religious studies, sacred scripture, church history, and related fields. The major prepares students to think critically, read analytically, write clearly, and speak confidently—skills that make our graduates attractive to graduate schools. Degree and Major Requirements Religion Major, BA Eight courses (32 credits) including: REL 210 - Research Methods in Religion REL 495 - Religion Keystone Six additional electives (24 credits) Note: Keystone, especially for majors, should be taken in the junior or senior year. One New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses: QR: GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 164, or PHI 230; or by the QR requirement for a second major S: REL 302, 386 or consult with advisor for an approved course outside the major W: REL 495 and one of the following: REL 362, 370, or 481 Transfer students must consult a Religion Department advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Religion Minor Five religion courses (20 credits) including REL 100. Note for majors and minors: Students are required to have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counted toward the major or minor. One or two courses (4-8 credits) in Youth and Family Ministry (YFM) may count toward the Religion major or minor. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 207 Youth and Family Ministry The major in youth and family ministry prepares persons for faithful work as youth and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This major is interdisciplinary, combining a core study of theology, Bible, and ministry with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A distinctive element of the major is the combination of practical and theological training: students will have many opportunities to apply their knowledge and discernment skills in specific ministry contexts, including a supervised internship. Students must declare the YFM major and receive faculty approval before participating in off-site fieldwork. A Youth and Family Ministry minor is also offered. Associate in Ministry (AIM) Coursework completed with the major fulfills part of the requirements for Associate in Ministry (AIM) status within the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Students interested in AIM certification should consult with their home synod and with a YFM advisor no later than their second year. Youth and Family Ministry Major 60 credits including: Theology core (24 credits): REL 210 - Research Methods in Religion REL 301 - Interpreting the Old Testament REL 302 - Interpreting the New Testament REL 362 - Martin Luther and the Reformation REL 481 - Contemporary Theology REL 495 - Religion Keystone Youth and family ministry core (16 credits): YFM 208 - Vocational Formation I [required non-credit experience] YFM 209 - Vocational Formation II [required non-credit experience] YFM 235 - Foundations for Ministry with Youth and Families YFM 305 - Ministry Practices YFM 358 - Life and Work of the Church YFM 399 - Internship Youth and family ministry electives (8 credits): YFM 205 - Exploring Topics in Youth and Family Ministry (choose two topics course from a list of 2 credit courses) One other 200-level, 300-level, or 400-level REL or YFM course not already used towards the major and preapproved by the student’s advisor. And three supporting courses (12 credits): SOC 231 - Family Systems: Cross Cultural Perspective PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology PSY 250 - Child Development or PSY 252 - Adolescent and Young Adult Development Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or minor may not also major or minor in religion. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by the following: QR: GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 164, or PHI 230; or by the QR requirement for a second major 208 Youth and Family Ministry Minor The minor consists of the following five courses (20 credits): YFM 235 - Foundations for Ministry with Youth and Families One youth and family ministry course from: YFM 305 - Ministry Practices YFM 358 - Life and Work of the Church One Bible survey course from: REL 301 - Interpreting the Old Testament REL 302 - Interpreting the New Testament One theology course from: REL 362 - Martin Luther and the Reformation REL 481 - Contemporary Theology One course (4 credits) from the theology core, YFM core, or YFM electives as listed in the major. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 209 Social Studies Teaching Licensure The social studies licensure program is designed to combine a strong content focus with early and ongoing teaching preparation courses that meet Minnesota licensure requirements. Students preparing to teach social studies at the secondary level must complete a broad foundation program in the social sciences and professional requirements within the Education Department. Coordinators Michael Lansing, History, Content Liaison Rachel Lloyd, Secondary Education Social Studies Teaching Licensure Core requirements: ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics ESE 220 - Introduction to Human Geography HIS 120 - America to 1815 or HIS 121 - 19th-Century United States or HIS 122 - 20th-Century United States POL 121 - American Government and Politics PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology SOC 121 - Introduction to Sociology ANT 141 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Plus a major in one of six fields—Economics, History, Political Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or Sociology. Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. An interdisciplinary Social Studies major is available for persons holding a bachelor’s degree and seeking licensure only. Consult with Chris Brown for details. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult the Augsburg Education Department and the Social Studies coordinator by the beginning of their sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. Students should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 210 Social Work Professional social work is for students who have the desire to better the lives of people. Social work is for students who want to learn the skills necessary for a successful and satisfying career for themselves and the lifelong benefit of working with colleagues who also love their work. Our accredited program will immerse you in the skills and theories of social work and interweave that body of knowledge with the liberal arts, psychology, sociology, economics, statistics, and political science. The curriculum will prepare you for internships in a range of human service agencies including, schools, hospitals, community centers, food shelves, women’s centers and a number of other settings in your junior and senior year. The BSW program believes in social justice and teaches students how to engage the system to achieve it. The program addresses multicultural professional practice through a required course. The bachelor of social work degree awarded will allow you to be successful in your chosen areas of social work practice and prepared to work in multicultural settings. Students graduating with a Social Work major will receive a Bachelor of Science degree in social work and are eligible to apply for licensure as a generalist social worker. Over ninety-five percent pass the exam on their first attempt. Students interested in a graduate degree in social work (MSW) are encouraged to apply to our Master of Social Work program. The undergraduate degree provides transferable credits toward the foundation year of an MSW program, reducing the number of credits needed. Both the undergraduate and graduate Social Work programs are accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. For more information about the MSW program, consult the Graduate Catalog. Social Work Faculty Michael Schock (Chair), Laura Boisen (MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch (MSW Program Director), Nishesh Chalise, Susan Conlin, Ankita Deka, Christina Erickson (BSW Field Coordinator), Melissa Hensley, Bibiana Koh (BSW Program Director), Barbara Lehmann, Nancy Rodenborg Degree and Major Requirements The BSW degree consists of ten upper level courses and a total of seven supporting courses. Social Work courses that are open to non-majors are designated with an asterisk. The Supporting Courses Select one of these three courses: SWK 100 - Introduction to Professional Social Work* SWK 210 - Environmental Justice and Social Change* SWK 230 - Global Peace and Social Development* Select one of these four courses: ECO 112 - Principles of Macroeconomics POL 121 - American Government and Politics POL 122 - Metropolitan Complex POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy Take these four courses: BIO 121 - Human Biology PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology SOC 121 - Introduction to Sociology SWK 280 - Diversity and Inequality in Professional Practice* Select one of these three courses: SOC 362 - Statistical Analysis MAT 163 - Introductory Statistics 211 MAT 164 – Introductory Statistics for STEM GPA Requirements for degree completion The minimum GPA for admission to the program is 2.2 on a four-point scale. After admission to the program, a minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each upper level course and a 2.2 cumulative GPA is required in the supporting program. Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the curriculum and are met by completing the major. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met by taking SWK 401 and MAT 163 or MAT 164 or SOC 362. Pass/No Credit Maximums for Majors All Social Work majors must take their upper level courses with traditional grading. Social Work majors are allowed to apply up to six credits with a grade of Pass (P) toward graduation. Students seeking Latin and Department Honors may only take two P/N credits. (See Latin Honors in Academic Information for additional details.) Social Work Major Ten upper level courses: SWK 301 - History and Analysis of Social Policy* SWK 303 - Human Development and the Social Environment* SWK 306 - Social Work Practice 1: With Individuals SWK 307 - Field Work 1: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 - Social Work Practice 2: With Families and Groups SWK 317 - Field Work 2: Integrative Seminar SWK 401 - Social Work Research and Evaluation SWK 406 - Social Work Practice 3: With Communities and Policies* SWK 407 - Field Work 3: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 - Field Work 4: Integrative Seminar (Senior Keystone course) Social Welfare Minor (for non-social work majors) The goal of the social welfare minor is to give non-majors a sense of the impact of social work on society and a means to incorporate some social welfare perspectives to their chosen career. Six courses including: SWK 100 - Introduction to Professional Social Work SWK 301 - History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 303 - Human Development and the Social Environment SWK 406 - Social Work Practice 3: With Communities and Policies SOC 265 - Race, Class and Gender And one course from: POL 121 - American Government and Politics POL 158 - Introduction to Political Science POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy Required Social Work Field Placement Students are required to take a field placement at a social service agency in their junior and senior year. The field placements are a total 120 hours each semester which is 240 hours over the course of one year. 212 No credit for non-academic work In accordance with accreditation standards, the Social Work Department does not grant credit for life experience or previous work experience. Admission to the Major Students must apply to be admitted to the degree program in Social Work. This application process begins in the fall semester of the sophomore year at Augsburg or in the summer months for junior transfer students. Each Social Work major must complete the application materials and be officially admitted to the Social Work program before beginning the first field placement in the junior year. Social Work majors must have a cumulative 2.20 GPA to enter the program. Students who do not meet this minimum GPA standard will be given an opportunity to explain their GPA and may be considered for conditional admission. Admission to the program is required as a prerequisite for those 300- and 400level courses restricted to Social Work majors only. Contact the Social Work Department for details. Departmental Honors The Social Work Department offers students the opportunity to earn departmental honors through the completion of an applied or scholarly project. Students may apply for departmental honors if they have earned and maintain an overall GPA of 3.3 and maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.6 in all Social Work classes at the 300-level and above. Honors applicants may take up to two courses as P/N (pass/no credit) and must complete a minimum of 56 traditionally-graded Augsburg credits. Other requirements include the successful completion of a paper or project designed to demonstrate critical understanding of one area in the field of social work or social welfare. A faculty mentor will guide and supervise work on this paper or project. Please consult with the advisor or program director for complete details and deadlines. Social Work Study Abroad Opportunities The Augsburg BSW program is a leader in international education for its students. All majors are encouraged to study abroad at some point in their college career. Through The Center for Global Education, the BSW program offers an award-winning semester study abroad program in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Students in the spring semester of their junior year study social work in Mexico and finish their degrees on time. The Social Work department also offers a rotating selection of faculty-led, short courses to countries such as China, Slovenian, South Africa and India. Social Work Course Sequence Social Work Entry Level Courses The Social Work major offers three ways to begin the BSW degree: SWK 100 is for those students interested in the breath of the profession; SWK 210 is for students whose interest is in environmental issues and social change strategies; and SWK 230 is for students interested in international social work and global issues. All three courses are equal as introductions to the major. All three courses feature an experiential learning component. Students volunteer 40 hours in a human service agency, program, or institution. The placement is selected by the student, approved by the course instructor, and supervised by agency staff. These courses are also open to non-majors. The department also offers a course in human diversity, SWK 280, which is to be taken after the entry level courses. Social Work upper level courses (300s and 400s) are taught in a two-year sequence. Courses are taught once a year. The senior keystone is SWK 417: Field Work 4: Integrative Seminar. Consult the BSW Program Manual for the degree courseschedule flowchart. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 213 Sociology Sociology is the scientific study of society and social interaction in groups. Our examination of human social organization provides the opportunity to improve the world we have created and in which we live. The sociological perspective provides an important way to critically understand how human beings come to think and act as they do in a variety of social contexts. The goal of the Department is to guide students in gaining knowledge of social processes and the social order, how it affects them in their daily lives, and how it can be applied to their lives and vocations. Sociology majors develop an understanding of the theories of society and social groups, learn to create and use scientific tools of analysis, and practice the application of sociological concepts to the solution of social problems. The Department urges students to use Augsburg’s metropolitan and international settings as a laboratory for learning. Internships enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Students also may take an independent study, special topics course, or field study toward that end. The major in Sociology has equipped our alumni to understand and function more effectively in the social world as professionals, citizens, and persons, providing the necessary knowledge base and analytical, writing, and critical thinking skills. Augsburg alumni who have majored in Sociology are currently employed in the nonprofit sector, research positions, human resources positions in both government and private corporations, the criminal justice field, and as professors of sociology. Others have used the major as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, human services, social work, urban planning, and the ministry. Sociology Faculty Lars Christiansen (Chair), Nancy Fischer, Garry Hesser, Diane Pike, Tim Pippert, James Vela-McConnell Degree and Major Requirements Sociology Major Sociology has a long-standing tradition as an excellent undergraduate major that applies to a number of fields from human services to criminal justice to business to public service. The foundation of the major at Augsburg is that it provides a clearly organized curriculum that is challenging, develops over the course of the major, and integrates and reinforces a challenging set of important skills; those skills include abstract thinking, writing, critical analysis, basic research, integration of theory and data, and the connection of the individual and collective perspectives in the unique way of the sociological imagination. The five core courses intentionally develop those skills in our students. The electives allow students to choose courses that add other skills related to areas of career interest. The major includes a total of 10 courses: five required core courses and five electives, at least three of which are upper division courses from the specified list below: Core courses: SOC 121 - Introduction to Sociology SOC 362 - Statistical Analysis SOC 363 - Research Methods SOC 485 - Sociological Theory SOC 490 - Senior Seminar and Keystone Electives courses: Five SOC electives, at least three of which must be upper division courses (Prerequisite: SOC 121). Note: Majors must have a 2.0 or higher in each required course (SOC 121, 362, 363, 485, and 490) to receive credit in the major, and at least a cumulative 2.00 GPA in courses counting toward the major. 214 Graduation Skills The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements. Interest Tracks In order to focus preparation for careers and further study, the Department offers interest tracks within the major. These interest tracks are: City and Community; Crime and Deviance; Law; Organizations; and Social Psychology. Interest tracks guide majors in selecting elective courses in a way that tailors their sociological training, experiences and skills. Working with an advisor and following the guidelines and recommendations provided at the links below, Sociology majors can design a pathway through the major that directs them toward careers or graduate work in criminal justice, law, organizational development, public relations, social services, and urban studies. Students who are interested in pursuing an interest track should discuss this with their advisor or the Sociology Department chair. A full description of each interest track may be found at the Sociology Department website, www.augsburg.edu/sociology. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Departmental Honors To complete departmental honors in Sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall. See department chair and website for specific requirements. An application for departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of the junior year. Minor Five courses including SOC 121 and at least two upper division courses taken at Augsburg College. Students are required to have a 2.0 or higher in SOC 121 and at least a cumulative 2.00 GPA in courses counting toward the minor. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 215 Theater Theater is an ever-changing field that is important to understand in cultural and societal context. In our courses, productions, recitals, and artist series, the study of theater embraces both classical and new forms, examines global and local perspectives, and encourages in-depth creative exploration. Students are challenged to deepen their critical thinking abilities and to master professional skills while also exploring new approaches to theater through their studies in design, directing, performing, and playwriting. Students thoughtfully interrogate issues of cultural representation and diversity as they find and express their own creative visions. The program prepares them well to continue with their education and/or to become leaders in the field of theater and performance studies. The study of theater is firmly grounded in the liberal arts, integrating knowledge and principles from many academic and artistic disciplines, including literature, history, philosophy, religion, speech, art, music, and dance. Both the high quality curriculum and dramatic productions of our department offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for students and the campus, while providing a solid base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural theater. In order to encourage non-majors to become involved in our department, we offer six theater minors and welcome all Augsburg students to become involved in our productions. Augsburg’s location in the heart of a nationally recognized theater community makes it an ideal place to study theater. At Augsburg we seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theater artists and scholars by encouraging connections between our campus and the greater arts community, while also exploring connections between theory and application. Students have the opportunity to make these connections through course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist Series (an annual series of events featuring visiting theater professionals from the local community who work closely with students), and attendance at numerous professional productions throughout the Twin Cities. Augsburg productions are a valuable opportunity for students to enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional artists-in-residence. We value and regard theater productions as a critical and vital laboratory for student learning and training, and we hold our productions to the highest standards of the profession. Many of the skills acquired by Theater majors or minors are valuable and transferable to other professions: collaboration, verbal and nonverbal communication, organization, critical thinking, leadership, creativity, and selfexpression. Involvement in theater can help prepare students for successful careers in law, education, business, communication, journalism, and many other fields, as well as in professional or academic theater, television, or film. Theater Faculty Darcey Engen (Chair), Michael Burden, Sarah Myers (Chair), Beliza Torres Narváez, Barbra Berlovitz, Warren C. Bowles, Christina Ham, Karen Mulhausen, Sandra Schulte, Dario Tangelson, and Randy Winkler Degree and Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts The Theater Department currently offers both a Theater major with one (or more) concentrations, a Theater major without a concentration and two theater minors. There are three choices for concentrations within the major: performance, directing/dramaturgy/playwriting, and design/technical. The Theater major with a concentration requires the following: the theater core curriculum, three concentration courses, plus two theater major electives (12 total courses). The Theater major with no concentration requires the following: the theater core curriculum and two theater major electives (9 total courses). The general theater minor requires any five courses from our department and the music theater minor requires five specified courses (see Theater minors). Each concentration requires 8 Theater Practicum Units (THP’s). The Theater major without a concentration requires 5 THP practicum units. The Theater minors both require 3 THP practicum units. See Theater Practicum courses for specific course information and transfer requirements. 216 Graduation Skills The Theater Department addresses the graduation skills using the embedded model. Every course within the core curriculum and most electives as part of a specific concentration require various projects that address Critical Thinking (CT), Writing (W), and Speaking (S). The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill can be met by completing GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 164, or PHY 119. Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills. Theater Major The following four courses are required: THR 228 - Introduction to Stagecraft THR 229 - Theatrical Design THR 232 - Acting THR 250 - Script Analysis: Foundations of Theater Three from the following: THR 245 - Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theater THR 270 - Introduction to Black Theater THR 273 - Latina/Latino Theater and Performance THR 361 - Theater Histories: Origins to 1800 THR 362 - Theater Histories: 1800 to the Present Two elective courses from the following: THR 226 - Movement for Theater THR/FLM 230 - Scenic Painting: Painting for Stage, Film and Faux Application THR 233 - Acting for the Camera THR 235 - Skills of Musical Theater THR 237 - Dance for Musical Theater THR 245 - Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theater THR 255 - Introduction to Musical Theater THR 265 - Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture THR 270 - Introduction to Black Theater THR 273 - Latina/Latino Theater and Performance THR 275 - Lighting and Sound for the Stage THR 280 - Costumes and Makeup for Performance THR 295 - Topics THR/ENL - 325 - Playwriting I THR/ENL - 326 - Playwriting II THR 350 - Voice for Speech, Stage and Screen THR 355 - Performing Shakespeare THR 361 - Theater Histories: Origins to 1800 THR 362 - Theater Histories: 1800 to the Present THR 365 - Advanced Acting THR 366 – Stage Direction THR 367 - New Methodologies of Stage Direction and Dramaturgy THR 490 - Theater Keystone: Exploring Vocation & Artistic Practice ENL 221 - Expository Writing about the Arts ENL 330 - Shakespeare ENL 338 - British and Commonwealth Drama 217 ENL 358 - Readings in American Drama ENL 368 - Readings in World Drama The general Theater major requires four THP credits (Theater Practicum Units) in any area. Theater Major with Concentration(s) Theater majors with concentrations require an additional three courses, specified below. No course can be counted twice as a major requirement and a concentration requirement. A total of twelve courses are required for Theater majors with concentrations. Theater majors with concentrations require eight THP credits: 1 performance, 1 stagecraft/crew, 1 lighting, 1 costuming, and the remaining four in any area. Transfer students with concentrations should complete the following number of THPs based on their transfer standing: 6 for sophomores, 4 for juniors, and 2 for seniors. The areas in which these THPs are completed should be determined with an advisor. Performance Concentration Choose three from the following: THR 226 - Movement for Theater THR 350 - Voice for Stage, Speech, and Screen THR 355 - Performing Shakespeare THR 365 - Advanced Acting Design/Technical Concentration Choose three from the following: THR/FLM 230 - Scenic Painting THR 275 - Lighting and Sound for the Stage THR 280 - Costumes and Makeup for Performance THR 285 - Scenery Design Directing/Dramaturgy/Playwriting Concentration Choose three from the following: THR/ENL 325 - Playwriting I THR/ENL 326 - Playwriting II THR 366 - Stage Direction THR 367 - New Methodologies of Stage Direction & Dramaturgy Theater Minor Any five courses offered in Theater or listed above under Theater major electives. The Theater minor requires three theater practicum units (THPs) in any area. Musical Theater Minor Choose five from the following: THR 232 - Acting THR/MUS 235 - Skills of Musical Theater THR 237 - Dance for Musical Theater THR 255 - Introduction to Musical Theater THR 365 - Advanced Acting 218 MUE 294 - Opera Workshop Three theater practicum units (THPs) in any area. Curricular Planning Information First-years planning to major in Theater should complete THR 228, 232, and 250 during their first year. Students who are second-year, third-year, or fourth-year majors may choose from the following courses, depending on their concentration and courses offered: THR 226, 229, 230, 235, 237, 245, 255, 270, 275, 280, 295, 325, 361, and 362. Theater majors who are juniors or seniors may take THR 326, 350, 361, 362, 365, 366, 425, and 495. Note: While many courses are offered annually, some courses are offered alternate years only and others are offered only on an occasional basis. Departmental Honors Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Departmental Honors students must maintain a 3.75 GPA in the major and a 3.60 GPA overall and complete a substantial independent project of honors quality within the major. Honors candidates should meet with their departmental advisor during spring semester of their junior year to develop a proposal for the honors project to be submitted by mid-April. The Theater Department will assign an honors project advisor to students submitting successful proposals. Transfer Students Transfer students should meet with a transfer advisor upon acceptance to determine what credits taken at another institution will transfer into the major. The majority of Theater core classes should, however, be taken at Augsburg. Additionally, transfers are required to take a minimum of three upper-division Theater courses at Augsburg. Students pursuing one of the three theater concentrations should complete eight practicum units to fulfill their major requirements. Students transferring with sophomore standing should complete a minimum of six practicum units within the department. Students transferring with junior standing should complete a minimum of four practicum units within the department. Theater Practicum Units Theater Practicum Units (THPs) involve practicum teaching and learning in the context of play productions and are required for the Theater Majors/Minors. Theater majors and minors will register for THPs and the THPs are taken for no credit with pass/no credit grading. Evaluation by the faculty mentor will be based on: 1) Successful and timely completion of the practicum area for which the student is registered; 2) Positive and professional attitude and work ethic demonstrated by the student; and 3) Demonstrated competency in the practicum area. The positive evaluation of each of the areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a P grade. Theater Practicum Units require:      Consent and signature of instructor Supervision by Theater faculty A minimum of 25 hours of assessed participation by the student Registration for THP in the semester the practicum is completed THP course registration must meet the Registrar’s Office deadlines Please Note:    THPs may be repeated Crew work required classes/coursework does not count toward practicum credit Work-study hours do not count towards practicum credit 219 3 THP credits are given for large stage management projects and 2 THP credits are given for small stage management projects because of extraordinary amount of time required of the student. Theatre Major THP (theater practicum units) Requirements for Major, Minor, and Transfer students:     Theater majors without a concentration are required to complete 4 THPs in any area. Theater majors with a concentration are required to complete 8 THP units in the following areas: 1 performance, 1 stagecraft/crew, 1 lighting, 1 costuming, and the remaining four in any area. Transfer Theater majors in all three concentrations should complete the following number of THPs at Augsburg based on their transfer standing: 6 for Sophomores, 4 for Juniors, and 2 for Seniors. The areas in which these THPs are completed should be determined with an advisor. All Theater minors are required to complete 3 THP Credits (THP practicum units) in any area. Theater Practicum Courses - Groupings Performance THP 111/121/131/141/151 - Theater Practicum: Acting/Performance Students who complete participation as an actor in one midterm and one final student directing project for THR 366 may be given one THP 151 credit. Production THP 112/122/132 - Theater Practicum: House Management THP 113 - Theater Practicum: Sets THP 123 - Theater Practicum: Costumes THP 133 - Theater Practicum: Lights THP 114/124/134 - Theater Practicum: Running Crew THP 115/125/135 - Theater Practicum: Stage Management-Small Project THP 116/126/136 - Theater Practicum: Stage Management-Large Project THP 117/127/137 - Theater Practicum: Artistic For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 220 Urban Studies Urban Studies is the study of cities as social, political, economic, and cultural entities. Urban Studies brings many different perspectives to the study of urban life. It is an interdisciplinary major where students use the tools of sociology, political science, history, environmental studies, art and architecture to understand metropolitan areas in terms of complex relationships that contribute to opportunities and challenges. The major is designed with experiences that utilize the city as our classroom, demonstrating the interplay of urban design, policy, and lived experience. Coursework often includes walking tours, field trips, and field research. Augsburg College’s Urban Studies program emphasizes the themes of planning urban and suburban areas to be more environmentally sustainable, promoting the health and civic engagement of citizens, and ways to engage in effective citizen engagement. The Urban Studies major helps prepare students for careers and graduate work in community organizing, urban planning, public administration, environmental advocacy and sustainability planning, government service, social welfare and non-profit work, and architecture. All students participate in internships that reflect their career interests as part of their experience. Many students who major in Urban Studies often double-major in related disciplines such as Environmental Studies, Political Science or Sociology. If you’re interested in double-majoring, please consult the director of Urban Studies about how to best plan your academic schedule to accommodate both majors. Faculty Nancy Fischer (Director, Sociology), Kristin Anderson (Art), Andrew Aoki (Political Science), Lars Christiansen (Sociology), Keith Gilsdorf (Economics), Michael Lansing (History), and Joseph Underhill (Political Science). Degree and Major Requirements Urban Studies Major A total of 11 courses, with the following required courses. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in the core courses is required for the major. Core Courses: SOC/URB 111 - City Life: Introduction to Urban Sociology POL 122 - Metropolitan Complex ECO 113 - Principles of Microeconomics SOC 381 - City and Regional Planning SOC/URB 399 - Internship URB 492 - The City and the Environment Keystone SOC 362 - Statistical Analysis or POL 483 - Political Statistics and Methodology SOC 363 - Research Methods or POL 484 - Political Analysis ART/HIS 249/349 - The Designed Environment or HIS 316 - US Urban Environmental History or SOC 380 - Disaster and Resilience And two additional urban-related electives, approved by the Program Director. For electives, please see the following list, which is not exhaustive. Please consult the Director of Urban Studies for other elective possibilities that suit your career interests, including off-campus study, ACTC courses, or study abroad. ART 243 - History of Architecture to 1750 ART 244 - History of Architecture after 1750 ART/HIS 249/349 - The Designed Environment ECO 365 - Environmental Economics 221 ENV 100 - Environmental Connections GEOG225 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (Macalester) GEOG241 Urban Geography (Macalester) GEOG321 Geographic Information Systems (St. Thomas) HIS 316 - US Urban Environmental History POL 241 - Environmental and River Politics POL 325 - Politics and Public Policy SOC 265 - Race, Class and Gender SOC 349 - Organizations and Society: Understanding Nonprofits and Corporations SOC 380 - Disaster and Resilience URB 199 - Internship URB 295 - Special Topic URB 299 - Directed Study URB 395 - Special Topic Students who are thinking of careers in urban planning are highly encouraged to take courses in Geographic Information Systems (GIS) at Macalester College (Geography 225, 363 and 365) or at the University of St. Thomas (Geography 221, 321 and 322). Graduation Skills Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the core courses and are met by completing the Urban Studies major. Transfer students must consult the Director of Metro Urban Studies about potential adjustments in their course requirements to fulfill these skills. Urban Studies Minor A total of five courses including: Core Courses: SOC/URB 111 - City Life: Introduction to Urban Sociology POL 122 - Metropolitan Complex SOC 381 - City and Regional Planning One of the following: HIS 316 - US Urban Environmental History ART/HIS 249/349 - The Designed Environment SOC 380 - Disaster and Resilience URB 492 - The City and Environment Keystone And an approved Urban Studies Elective (see list above). Off-Campus Study and Study Abroad Off-campus study is highly recommended for Urban Studies majors. Urban Studies faculty frequently lead short-term study abroad courses over the winter break and summer. Please check the Center for Global Education and Experience (CGSS) website and ask Urban Studies faculty about upcoming short-term abroad courses in the major. For semester-length programs, the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs’ (HECUA) Programs are highly recommended. These semester-length and summer programs include: Inequality in America, The New Norway, and Environment and Agriculture, and Art for Social Change Programs (www.hecua.org). Other study abroad programs that are particularly useful to Urban Studies majors include: IES Metropolitan Studies program in Berlin, Germany (www.iesabroad.org); and the Danish Institute of Study Abroad’s Urban Studies in Europe Program in Copenhagen, Denmark (www.disabroad.org). Urban Studies students have participated in programs in other countries as well. 222 Please see the program websites, CGEE and the Director of the Urban Studies Program for completing Urban Studies coursework in off-campus programs. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 223 Augsburg College Board of Regents For more details, go to www.augsburg.edu/about/leadership/regents. Andra Adolfson Ann B. Ashton-Piper Karen A. Durant ’81 Matthew K. Entenza, J.D. Mark A. Eustis Alexander J. Gonzalez ‘90 Norman R. Hagfors Jodi L. Harpstead Bishop Richard N. Hoyme, ex-officio Diane L. Jacobson, Ph.D. Rev. Rolf A. Jacobson, Ph.D. Wayne D. Jorgenson ‘71 Toby Piper LaBelle ‘96 The Honorable LaJune Thomas Lange ’75, J.D. Steven E. Larson ’71, M.D. André J. Lewis ’73, Ph.D. Dennis J. Meyer ‘78 Pamela Hanson Moksnes ‘79 Paul S. Mueller ’84, M.D. Jeffrey M. Nodland ’77 Lisa M. Novotny ’80 Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. Curtis A. Sampson Earl W. Sethre ‘68 Dean A. Sundquist ‘81 Bishop Ann M. Svennungsen, ex-officio Gary A. Tangwall ’80 Rev. David L. Tiede, Ph.D. Vicki L. Turnquist Rev. Norman W. Wahl ’76, D.Min. Steven J. Wehrenberg ‘78 Rev. Mark N. Wilhelm, Ph.D., ELCA advisory member ELCA Congregational and Synodical Mission Executive Director The Rev. Dr. Stephen Bouman Program Director for Schools The Rev. Dr. Mark Wilhelm 224 Faculty and Administration Beginning year of service of faculty and staff is indicated with parentheses. College Cabinet Paul C. Pribbenow (2006). President. BA, Luther College; MA, PhD, University of Chicago. Leif Anderson (1996). Vice President and Chief Information Officer. BA, MPP, University of Minnesota. Ann L. Garvey (1998). Vice President of Student Affairs. BA, College of St. Catherine; MA, Loyola University; JD, University of Minnesota. Rebecca John (2010). Vice President of Marketing and Communication. BA, University of St. Thomas; MA, University of Phoenix, MBA, Augsburg College. Karen Kaivola (2013). Provost and Chief Academic Officer and Professor of English BA, Georgetown University; MA, Ph.D., University of Washington. Beth Reissenweber (2014). Chief Financial Officer. BS, Elmhurst College; MBA, Indiana University; PhD, University of Nebraska. William Mullen (2013). Vice President of Enrollment Management. BA, Lawrence University; MBA, Capella University; EdD, University of Minnesota. Heather Riddle (2012). Vice President for Institutional Advancement. BA, Concordia College, Moorhead. Administration Sheila Anderson (1991). Director, Academic Advising. BS, Minnesota State University-Moorhead; MA, Augsburg College. Ron Blankenship (2014) Director, Adult Undergraduate Program, BS, Christian Brothers University, MBA, Christian Brothers University. Harry Boyte (2009). Director of the Center for Democracy and Citizenship and Sabo Senior Fellow. BA, Duke University; MDiv, University of Chicago Divinity School; PhD, Union Institute. Scott Brownell (2014). Director of Public Safety & Risk Management. AA, Chippewa Valley Technical College; BS, Mount Senario College; Certified Emergency Manager, Minnesota Division of Homeland Security and Emergency Management. Dulce Oliva Monterrubio (2014). Director, Hispanic/Latino Student Services. BA, Augsburg College. Eric Canny (2014). Dean of Global Education. BFA, New York University; MA, New York University. Tom Carroll (2014). Director of Budget, Finance and Administration. BA, Loras College; MBA Keller Graduate School of Management of DeVry University. Jodi Collen (2007). Director, Events and Conference Planning. BA, Wartburg College; MTA, George Washington University. Crystal Comer (2012). Registrar. BS, Bemidji State University; MS, Minnesota State University, Mankato. Amy Cram Helwich (2009). Executive Director of the Minnesota Urban Debate League. BS, University of Wyoming; MPA, University of Pittsburgh. Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Parent and Family Relations. BA, Augsburg College. Rebekah Dupont (1995, 2008). Director, STEM Programs and Associate Professor of Mathematics. BA, University of Wisconsin, Madison; MS, Ph.D., Washington State University. Amanda Erdman (2007). Director, Residence Life. BA, Coe College; MAE, University of Northern Iowa. Nathan Gorr (2006). Director of Graduate Admissions. BA, University of Minnesota, Morris. 225 Amy Gort (2009). Dean of Arts and Sciences. Associate Professor of Biology. BS, University of Wisconsin; MS, PhD, University of Illinois at Champaign-Urbana. Sarah Griesse (2006). Dean of Students, Student Affairs. BA, Wittenberg University; MA, Ohio State University; PhD, Loyola University-Chicago. Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. BA, MA, PhD, LP, University of Minnesota. Nathan J. Hallanger (2008). Senior Analyst, Academic Affairs. BA, Augustana College; MTS, Harvard Divinity School, Harvard University; PhD, Graduate Theological Union and Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary. Kevin Healy (2004). Director, Advancement Services. BS, Carroll College. Stephen Jendraszak (2015). Director, Marketing Communication. BA, MA, Ball State University. Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Center for Academic Achievement. BA, University of Wisconsin-Madison; MS, University of Oregon. Scott Krajewski (2000). Director of IT Services, Information Technology. BS, Augsburg College; MS, Iowa State University. Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. BA, St. Pius X Seminary; MA, Mt. St. Mary Seminary. Ann Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. BA, Earlham College; MDiv, Yale University; DMin, San Francisco Theological Seminary. Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. BA, George Mason University; EdM, Harvard University. Donna McLean (1985). Director of Leadership Gifts. BA, University of Minnesota. Keith Munson (2010, 2012). Director, Career and Internship Services. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Minnesota State University, Mankato. Mary A. Hollerich (2015). Director of Library Services. AB, MS, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Aly C. Olson (2001). Director, Student Support Services/TRiO. BA, Grinnell College; MA, University of Minnesota. Steve Peacock (2008). Director of Community Relations. BA, College of Wooster; MURP, University of Minnesota. Joanne Reeck (2008). Director of Campus Activities and Orientation. Chief Diversity Officer. BA, MA, University of Minnesota. Mohamed Sallam (2006). Director, Pan-Afrikan Center. BA, MA, Minnesota State University, Mankato. Patrice M. Salmeri (2002). Director, StepUP® Program. BS, Kent State University; MA, Saint Mary’s University. Doug H. Scott (2007). Director of Leadership Gifts. BA, Eastern University; MDiv, Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary. Dixie Shafer (2000). Director, Office of Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunity. BA, Moorhead State University; EdM, Rutgers University. Jennifer R. Simon (2007). Director, American Indian Student Services. BA, University of Minnesota; MA, Minnesota State University, Mankato. Leah Spinosa de Vega (2008). Director of Augsburg Abroad. BA, MA, University of Minnesota. David St. Aubin (2008). Director, Athletic Facilities. BS, University of Minnesota. Lisa Stock (2013). Director and Chief Human Resources Officer. BSW, MSW, Augsburg College. Kim Stone (2008) Assistant Vice President for Advancement, Executive Director of the Strommen Center. BA, Minnesota State University, Mankato; MBA, Nova Southeastern University. Jeffrey F. Swenson (1986). Athletic Director. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of Minnesota. Erica Swift (2013). Director, Sponsored Programs. BA, University of Minnesota; MS, The George Washington University. 226 Tina Maria Tavera (2001, 2008). Director, McNair Scholars Program. BA, MA, University of Minnesota. Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student and Scholar Services. BA, Augustana College; MA, American University. Martha Truax (2007). Director of Annual Giving. BA, Macalester College. Mary Laurel True (1990). Director of Service-Learning and Community Engagement. BA, St. Catherine University; MSW, University of Connecticut. Hli Vang (2014). Director of Pan-Asian Student Services. BS, University of Wisconsin-River Falls; MA, University of Wisconsin- Lacrosse. Stephanie Weiss (2010). Director, News and Media Services. BA, University of Minnesota. 227 Faculty (Full-time) A Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Professor of History. BA, SUNY-Albany; MA and PhD, Ohio State University. Beth J. Alexander (2000). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BS and DPharm, University of Minnesota. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Professor of Art. AB, Oberlin College; MA, University of Minnesota; MA, LutherNorthwestern Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Professor of Physics. BA, Augsburg College; PhD, University of Minnesota. Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of WisconsinMadison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Associate Professor of Philosophy. BA, University of Minnesota; MDiv, Luther-Northwestern Seminar; PhD, University of Minnesota. B Jennifer Bankers-Fulbright (2008). Associate Professor of Biology. BA, College of Saint Benedict; PhD, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine. Eric Barth (2008). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St. Thomas; BS, Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska. Bruce Batten (2008). Assistant Professor of Business, MBA. BS, Davidson College; PhD, Medical College of Virginia. Matthew Beckman (2008). Associate Professor of Biology. BA, Brandeis University; PhD, University of Alabama. Pavel Bělík (2008). Associate Professor of Mathematics. PhD, University of Minnesota. Susan N. Boecher (2007). Assistant Professor of Art. BFA, University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Professor of Economics. BS, MA, PhD, University of Illinois. Laura S. Boisen (1996). Professor of Social Work. BA, Wartburg College; MS, University of Wisconsin-Madison; MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch (1997). Professor of Social Work. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Adriane Brown (2012). Assistant Professor of Women’s Studies. BA, Wichita State University; MS, Minnesota State University, Mankato; PhD, Ohio State University. Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Associate Professor of American Indian Studies. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of Theater (Designer and Technical Director). BA, Augsburg College; MFA, University of Minnesota. Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Assistant Professor of Biology. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota. C William C. Capman (1994). Associate Professor of Biology. BA, University of Illinois-Chicago; PhD, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Amanda S. Case (2016). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. John C. Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Rhode Island College; MS, University of Wisconsin-Stout; EdD, University of Minnesota. 228 Nishesh Chalise (2015). Assistant Professor of Social Work. BSc, Kathmandu University; MSW, PhD, Washington University in St. Louis. Kristen A. Chamberlain (2007). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BS, PhD, North Dakota State University. Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Associate Professor of Sociology. BA, Clark University; MS, PhD, Florida State University. Anthony J. Clapp (2001). Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science. AA, Golden Valley Lutheran College; BA, Texas Lutheran College; MA, Southwest Texas State University; PhD, University of Alabama. Kathleen Clark (2009). Instructor and coordinator, Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin; MA and DNP, Augsburg College. Stephan Clark (2011). Assistant Professor of English. BA, University of Southern California; MA, University of California, Davis; PhD, University of Southern California. Sarah Combellick-Bidney (2009). Associate Professor of Political Science. BA, Oberlin College; MA, PhD, Indiana University-Bloomington. Susan Conlin (2015). Instructor of Social Work. BA, University of Minnesota; MS, University of Wisconsin-Madison; MS; University of Wisconsin-Stout. David A. Conrad (2000). Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, Winona State University; MA, EdD, St. Mary’s University of Minnesota. Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Associate Professor of English. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. BA, MA, Pacific Lutheran University; MDiv, Luther Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota David Crowe (2008). Associate Professor of Biology. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; PhD, University of Minnesota. D Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Professor of English. BA, Saint Catherine University; MFA, Vermont College; PhD, The Union Institute and University. Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. BM, Memorial University of Newfoundland; MM, DMA, Eastman School of Music. Susan Degner Riveros (2015). Lecturer in Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies. BA, University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign; MA, Ph.D, Columbia University. Ankita Deka (2008). Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MA, Tata Institute of Social Sciences; PhD, Indiana University. Benjamin Denkinger (2011). Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA, Hamline University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Jacqueline R. deVries Jones (1994). Professor of History. BA, Calvin College; MA, PhD, University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign. Douglas J. Diamond (2005). Orchestra Director, Assistant Professor of Music. BM, MM, The Mannes College of Music. Jennifer D. Diaz (2015). Assistant Professor of Education. BS, MS, PhD, University of Wisconsin-Madison. George Dierberger (2012). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, University of Minnesota; MBA, Fairleigh Dickinson University; MIM, EdD, University of St. Thomas. Suzanne I. Dorée (1989). Professor of Mathematics. BA, University of Delaware; MA, PhD, University of WisconsinMadison. Susan Druck (1993). Instructor of Music. BA, Iowa State University; MA, University of Iowa. Rebekah Dupont (2012). Associate Professor of Mathematics, and Director, STEM Programs. BA, University of Wisconsin-Madison; PhD, Washington State University. 229 E Wesley B. Ellenwood (2002). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. BA, University of Minnesota; MFA, Syracuse University. Darcey K. Engen (1997). Professor of Theater. BA, Augsburg College; MFA, University of Wisconsin-Madison. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science.. BS, MEd, University of Minnesota. Christina L. Erickson (2004). Associate Professor of Social Work. BS, University of Minnesota; MSW., University of Minnesota – Duluth; PhD, University of Illinois – Chicago. Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Dain Estes (2014). Instructor of Music. BGS, University of Kansas; JD, University of Missouri-Kansas City. F Zengqi Vivian Feng (2008). Associate Professor of Chemistry. BS, Linfield College; PhD, University of Illinois. Margaret J. Finders (2014). Associate Professor of Education. BA, MA, PhD, University of Iowa. Nancy L. Fischer (2005). Associate Professor of Sociology. BA, Hamline University; MA, The American University; PhD, State University of New York – Albany. Richard M. Flint (1999). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Iowa State University. Kaija Freborg (2011). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire; MA, DNP, Augsburg College. Stacy R. Freiheit (2005). Associate Professor of Psychology. BA, University of Central Florida; MA, PhD, Case Western Reserve University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. BA, College of St. Thomas; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. G Keith F. Gilsdorf (2001). Professor of Economics and Interim Dean of Professional Studies. BS, Moorhead State University; MA, North Dakota State University; PhD, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Amy Gort (2009). Associate Professor of Biology and Dean of Arts and Sciences. BS, University of Wisconsin; MS, PhD, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. BA, Amherst College; MA, PhD, Brown University. William D. Green (1991). Professor of History. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; MA, PhD, JD, University of Minnesota. Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Sarah Groeneveld (2016). Assistant Professor of English. BA, Westmont College, MA, PhD, University of WisconsinMadision. Robert C. Groven (1997). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Concordia College-Moorhead; MA, JD, University of Minnesota. Evren Guler (2011). Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA, University of North Carolina; PhD, University of Minnesota. H Matthew J. Haines (2001). Associate Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. John’s University; MS, PhD, Lehigh University. Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Chicago; PhD, University of Virginia. David R. Hanson (2006). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. BA, PhD, University of Minnesota. 230 Jenny L. Hanson (2013). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MFA, Donau-Universität Krems. Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. BA, Macalester College; MA, JD, PhD, University of Minnesota. Annie Heiderscheit (2013). Assistant Professor of Music (Music Therapy). BME, Wartburg College; MS, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities. BA, Augsburg College; MA, Macalester College; MA, Columbia University; DMA, Manhattan School of Music. Melissa Hensley (2010). Associate Professor of Social Work. AB, MSW, Washington University; MHA, University of Missouri–Columbia; PhD, Washington University. Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Associate Professor of Economics. BS, University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois. Christopher Houltberg (2011). Assistant Professor of Art. BA, Azusa Pacific University; MFA, Art Institute of Boston. I Ann Impullitti (2010). Associate Professor of Biology. BS, Northern Michigan University; MS, University of Wisconsin; PhD, University of Minnesota. Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. J Nancy Johnson (2015). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, MBA, Augsburg College; MAcc, DeVry University. K Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Professor of Music (Music Therapy). BA, Park College; BMusicEd, MMusicEd, University of Kansas; PhD, Temple University. Phyllis Kapetanakis (2015). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, BS, Creighton University; MT, Arizona State University. Michael Kidd (2008). Associate Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies. BA, Pomona College; PhD, Cornell University. Won Yong Kim (2016). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Yonsei University; MBA, Thunderbird School of Global Management, Arizona State University; PhD, Drexel University. Russell C. Kleckley (2002). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, Newberry College; MDiv, Lutheran Theological Southern Seminary; DTh, University of Munich. Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Associate Professor of Music. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of Minnesota; PhD, Eastman School of Music. Jenny Kluznik (2014). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, Hamline University; MPH, George Washington University; MPA, Augsburg College. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. BA, Moorhead State College; MA, University of Minnesota. Bibiana D. Koh (2012). Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Hartwick College; MA, Columbia University; MSW, Smith College; PhD, University of Minnesota. Jayoung Koo (2015). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Yonsei University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. BS, University of Missouri-St. Louis; PhD, University of WisconsinMadison. 231 Terrance Kwame-Ross (2016). Associate Professor of Education. BA, National Louis University; Med, PhD, University of Minnesota. L Michael J. Lansing (2005). Associate Professor of History. AB, College of William and Mary; MA, Utah State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Mary Y. Lanzerotti (2014) Assistant Professor of Physics. AB, Harvard University; MPhil, University of Cambridge; MS, PhD, Cornell University. David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Martha Laskar-Aleman (2008). BS, University of Minnesota; MA, Augsburg College. Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Knox College; MSW,Tulane University; PhD, Case Western Reserve University. Audrey Lensmire (2011). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, Indiana University; MAT, National-Louis University; PhD University of Minnesota. Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Professor of Nursing. BA, Augustana College; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Holly Levine (2009). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, Northwestern University; MD, Loyola University Chicago. Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Associate Professor of English. BA, Grinnell College; PhD, University of Iowa. Rachel Lloyd (2014). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, Carleton College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MBA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Mary E. Lowe (2003). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, Pacific Lutheran University; MDiv, Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, Graduate Theological Union. Jason Lukasik (2016). Assistant Professor of Education and Director, Master of Arts in Education. BA, Med, PhD, University of Illinois at Chicago. M Caroline Maguire (2013). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, Macalester College; MA, University of Minnesota. M. Elise Marubbio (2003). Associate Professor of American Indian Studies. BFA, Cleveland Institute of Art; MA, PhD, University of Arizona. Matthew Maruggi (2008). Assistant Professor of Religion. BA, MA, University of Dayton; PhD, University of St. Thomas. David C. Matz (2001). Professor of Psychology. BA, Bemidji State University; MS, North Dakota State University; PhD Texas A & M University. Virginia McCarthy (2011). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Creighton University; MN, University of Washington; DNP, St. Catherine University. Kristin McHale (2014). Lecturer of Nursing. BS, Winona State University; MA, DNP, Augsburg College. Marc C. McIntosh (2007). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA, Argosy University. Jenna McNallie (2016). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Concordia College; MA, University of Wisconsin,Milwaukee; PhD, Purdue University. Joyce P. Miller (2004). Assistant Professor of Nursing. AA, Rochester State Junior College; BS, MA, Augsburg College. 232 Thomas. F. Morgan (1983). Professor of Business Administration. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota. Joaquin Munoz (2016). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, MA, PhD, University of Arizona. David Murr (2008). Associate Professor of Physics. BS, Augsburg College; PhD, Boston University. Jeremy P. Myers (2006). Associate Professor of Religion. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, PhD, Luther Seminary. Sarah Myers (2009). Associate Professor of Theater. BS, Northwestern University; MFA, PhD, University of Texas. O Susan E. O’Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota; MS, PhD, Syracuse University. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. BA, Augsburg College; MS, University of Wisconsin; PhD, University of Minnesota. Miles Ott (2014). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. BA, Smith College; MPH, University of Minnesota; MS, Harvard University; PhD, Brown University. P Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Donna R. Patterson (2006). Assistant Professor, Education. BA, MEd, University of Minnesota. Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. BA, Augsburg College; PhD, University of Minnesota. Skye Peltier (2015). Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, MPH, University of Minnesota; MPA, Augsburg College. Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota. Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. AB., Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University. Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Professor of Sociology. BA, MA, PhD, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Q Alicia Quella (2015). Associate Professor and Program Director, Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Drake University; MPA, PhD, University of Iowa. Philip A. Quanbeck II (1987). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, St. Olaf College; MDiv, PhD, Luther Theological Seminary. R Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. BA, MA, University of Minnesota. Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Language and Cross-Cultural Studies. MA, Middlebury College. Ana Ribeiro (2014). Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science. BA, UniverCidade; MS, St. Cloud State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Professor of Psychology. BS, Indiana University; MS, PhD, Purdue University. Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Professor of Social Work. BS, Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, Arizona State University. Kaycee Rogers (2016). Instructor of Education. BA, Luther College; Med, University of Wisconsin, La Crosse. Brian A. Rood (2015). Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA, BS, Drake University; MA Illinois School of Professional Psychology; MPH, DePaul University; MA, PhD, Suffolk University. 233 S Anna Sanchez (2016). Lecturer in Nursing. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire. Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. BS, Iowa State University; MS, University of Illinois; PhD, Rice University. Emily Schilling (2014). Assistant Professor of Biology and Environmental Studies. BA, Colgate University; MS, PhD, University of Maine. John S. Schmit (1990). Professor of English. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas. Michael D. Schock (1993). Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, University of Washington; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington. Deborah Schuhmacher (2014). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of North Dakota; MA, DNP, Augsburg College. Maggi Seybold (2014). Director of Clinical Education, Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Miami University, MS, University of Toledo. Christopher Smith (2011). Assistant Professor of Education. BS, MS, Purdue University; PhD, University of Minnesota, Twin Cities. Jody M. Sorensen (2005). Associate Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, Northwestern University. Lindsay Starck (2016). Assistant Professor of English. BA, Yale University; MFA, University of Notre Dame; PhD, University of North Carolina. Peter J. Stark (2007). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern University; MBA, Pepperdine University Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. BA, Bemidji State University; MA, PhD, University of Montana. Erik S. Steinmetz (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. BA, Augsburg College; MS, University of Minnesota. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Professor of Business Administration. BS, MS, Long Island University. Martha E. Stortz (2010). Bernhard Christensen Professor of Vocation and Religion. BA, Carleton College; MA, PhD, The Divinity School, The University of Chicago. Benjamin L. Stottrup (2005). Associate Professor of Physics. BA, University of Minnesota, Morris; PhD, University of Washington. Erika Svanoe (2016). Lecturer in Music. BME, University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire; MM, Oklahoma State University; DMA, Ohio State University. Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Tara K. Sweeney (1992). Associate Professor of Art. BS, University of Wisconsin-Stout; MFA, Minneapolis College of Art and Design. T Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. BM, University of Minnesota; MM, The Juilliard School. Robert K. Tom (2002). Associate Professor of Art. BFA, University of Hawaii; MFA, Temple University. Beliza Torres Narváez (2015). Assistant Professor of Theater. BA, University of Puerto Rico; MA, New York University; PhD, University of Texas. Joseph Towle (2011). Assistant Professor of Language and Cross-Cultural Studies. BA, North Dakota State University; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Professor of Religion. BA, Luther College; MDiv, Yale University; ThD, Luther Seminary. 234 Alan J. Tuchtenhagen (2011). Director, Master of Arts in Leadership. BS, Westmar College. MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University. U Joseph Underhill (1998). Associate Professor of Political Science. BA, University of California-Berkeley; MA, San Francisco State University; PhD, University of Michigan. Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; MS, Minnesota State University, Mankato. V Lisa Van Getson (2012). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, College of St. Teresa; MA, St. Catherine University; MS, Winona State University. Gail Van Kanegan (2014). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, Blessing-Rieman College of Nursing; MS, University of Missouri–Columbia; DNP, Augsburg College. James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Professor of Sociology. BA, Loyola University; PhD, Boston College. W Mzenga A. Wanyama (2006). Associate Professor of English. BA, MA, University of Nairobi; PhD, University of Minnesota. Shana K. Watters (2007). Associate Professor of Computer Science. AA, Northern Virginia Community College; BS, South Dakota School of Mines and Technology; MS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Michael T. Wentzel (2011). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. BS, Creighton University; MS, University of Pennsylvania; PhD, University of Minnesota. Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement /Licensing. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, Syracuse University. Hans H. Wiersma (2004). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, University of California, San Diego; MDiv, PhD, Luther Seminary. X-Y-Z Henry Yoon (2009). Associate Professor of Psychology. BA, University of California; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Maheen Zaman (2014). Assistant Professor of History. BA, SUNY Stony Brook University; MA, MPhil, PhD, Columbia University. John M. Zobitz (2007). Associate Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. John’s University; MA, PhD, University of Utah. Faculty Emeriti Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. BA, Augsburg College; MA, Middlebury College; PhD, University of Wisconsin. Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry/Dean Emeritus. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD, University of Michigan. Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. BA, University of Minnesota; MA, Northwestern University. Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. BA, Northwestern College; MA, Northwestern University. Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. BS, MA, University of Minnesota. Elizabeth Ankeny. Professor Emerita of Education. BA, Augustana College; MA, Morningside College; PhD, Colorado State University. 235 John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, Columbia University. Anthony A. Bibus, III (1992). Professor Emeritus of Social Work. BA, University of St. Thomas; MA, University of Virginia; PhD, University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton Professor Emerita of Theater. BS, MFA, University of Minnesota. Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Nora M. Braun. Professor Emerita of Business Administration. BSBA, University of Missouri-Columbia; MBA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BA, MA, American University; MSW, University of Minnesota. Francine Chakolis. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BS, Augsburg College; MSW, University of Minnesota. Grace Dyrud. Professor Emerita of Psychology. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson. Professor Emeritus of Physics. BA, Luther College; MDiv, Luther Theological Seminary; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson. Professor Emeritus of Physics. BA, Augsburg College; MS, Michigan State University; PhD, Colorado State University. Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. BA, University of St. Thomas; PhD, University of Minnesota. Norman B. Ferguson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. BA, Franklin and Marshall College; MS, PhD, University of Wisconsin. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BA, Augsburg College; MS, St. Cloud State University. Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. BEE, MS, University of Minnesota. Satya P. Gupta. Professor Emeritus of Economics. BS, MS, Agra University, India; MS, PhD, Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson. Professor Emeritus of History. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. BS, Mankato State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Daniel S. Hanson. Professor Emeritus of Communication Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of Minnesota. Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BA, Cedar Crest College; MSW, PhD, University of Minnesota. Garry W. Hesser Professor Emeritus of Sociology. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame. Norman D. Holen. Professor Emeritus of Art. BA Concordia College-Moorhead; MFA, University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt. Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MPhil, PhD, Yale University. John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. BA, St. Olaf College; PhD, University of Minnesota. Gretchen Kranz Irvine. Professor Emerita of Education. BS, College of St. Teresa; MS, University of Wisconsin-River Falls; PhD, University of Minnesota. Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. BA, Rangoon University, Burma; MA, Bucknell University; PhD, University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. BA, Huron College; BA, University of Minnesota; ME, South Dakota State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Jeffrey E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Physics. BS, MS, MBA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Martha Johnson. Professor Emerita of Theater. BA, MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin. 236 Amin Kader. Professor Emeritus of Business Administration. BComm, University of Cairo; MBA, University of Michigan. Kenneth S. Kaminsky. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. AB, MS, PhD, Rutgers University. Ashok K. Kapoor. Professor Emeritus of Business Administration. BA, MA, University of Delhi; MA, MBA, University of Minnesota; PhD, Temple University. Anne M. Kaufman. Professor Emeritus of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, Middlebury College. Alvin L. Kloppen. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BS, Augustana College; MA, University of South Dakota. Steven LaFave. Professor Emeritus of Business Administration. BA, MA, Michigan State University; MBA, University of Minnesota. Lynn E. Lindow. Professor Emerita of Education. BS, Mankato State University; MS, North Dakota State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Lynne F. Lorenzen. Professor Emerita of Religion. BA, University of Iowa; MDiv, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, Claremont Graduate School. Dawn B. Ludwig. Professor Emerita of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of Colorado, Denver; MS, PA Certification, University of Colorado Health Science Center; PhD, Capella University. Esther G. McLaughlin. Professor Emerita of Biology. BA, PhD, University of California-Berkeley. Fekri Meziou. Professor Emeritus of Business Administration. BA, University of Tunis; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of Minnesota. Mildred “Mike” Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. BA, MA, Central Michigan University; EdD, University of Minnesota. Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. BA, University of Nebraska; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. BA, Hope College; MA, University of Michigan; PhD, University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. BS, MS, PhD, University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan. Professor Emerita of Political Science. BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana University. Vicki L. Olson. Professor Emerita of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari. Professor Emeritus of English. BA, Bethel College; BDiv, Bethel Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. BA, Eastern Michigan University; MA, PhD, University of Michigan. Curtis M. Paulsen. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. BA, St. Olaf College; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, The Fielding Institute. Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. MEd, Marquette University. Joyce M. Pfaff. Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. BA, Augsburg College; MEd, University of Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Augsburg Theological Seminary; MTh, ThD, Princeton Theological Seminary. Larry C. Ragland. Professor Emeritus of Computer Science. BS, MA, Central Missouri State College; PhD, University of Texas at Austin. Bruce R. Reichenbach. Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. BA, Wheaton College; MA, PhD, Northwestern University. 237 Glenda Dewberry Rooney. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BS, University of North Texas; MSW, University of Illinois; PhD, University of Minnesota. Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. BA, Valparaiso University; MA, University of Minnesota. Kathryn Schwalbe. Professor Emerita of Business Administration. BS, University of Notre Dame; MBA, Northeastern University, PhD, University of Minnesota. Frankie B. Shackelford. Professor Emerita of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies. BA, Texas Christian University; PhD, University of Texas. Charles M. Sheaffer. Professor Emeritus of Computer Science. BA, Metropolitan State University; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota. Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, St. Olaf College; BT., Luther Theological Seminary; ThD, University of Heidelberg, Germany. Robert J. Stacke. Professor Emeritus of Music. Band and Jazz Director. BA, Augsburg College; MACI, College of St. Thomas; PhD, University of Minnesota. Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BA, Augsburg College; MS, DSW, Columbia University. Beverly Stratton. Professor Emerita of Religion. BA, MA, Boston University; ThD, Luther Seminary. Grace K. Sulerud. Professor Emerita, Library. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. BA, Concordia College, Moorhead; MS, PhD, University of Nebraska. Karen T. Sutherland. Professor Emerita of Computer Science. AB, Augustana College; two MS degrees; PhD, University of Minnesota. Maryann Syers. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BA, Arizona State University; MSW, PhD, University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. BA, Concordia College, Moorhead; MFA, University of Iowa. David L. Tiede. Bernhard M. Christensen Professor Emeritus of Vocation and Religion. BA, St. Olaf College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; PhD, Harvard University. Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. BA, MA, University of Minnesota; PhD, Cornell University. Mary Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BFA, MSW, University of Pennsylvania. 238
Show less

Pages